= 8 Be

Ph BoB

' --4

Gat

Ae Woe

ant

rare!

4 ,

a le

s,8785"

OLS tht Pt ba

Phe n2a- 4

6G -ivi-m-

rhe / =A yeh =

oo bm ond

?* z

Per er tt |

wert wee Sore

EP hy

ee ee oe re ee ad

Fete tr ett eee te oI

2") that Porcetetet

St bid

“Payee Bee oA

Pe eee ee |

earned ys neha

10 sda % kat Pe

he eer.)

eal SS Sees

batt eR

= ye MD = Bos

a we

= >

~ Rae

o24.6 4-8 ode

Bh 28 2h 48 ON Oh

re ee ee ee an

ere eee

O-4 -Os&-4 raphy

pistzeatstitite

a® =n ba O

ret tere!

* ‘a:

«hs home

Stecenes

4 ha Gre

285

bn Gah oa a4

Pre er ey pe)

~hat ih =

Pretty ti

et bet

Znge38 a%

S-4-0

Srsigcegdetgratiis

et iota Fe

peer et ett

oshee

aou:

Sar 2i4

\eigte

ertevelens

er et ee

rin

Br,

“4 ry Pr)

er eeeee tty b

4 = j= = eh

£)

Vee

Pere

Rate

= oF y

a Srertie

ore seer

ead:

Siias

oeue

‘2228

2am

mse @t

eee

bree

Tel bed od

Lil Fol

te eae r

toda ate

‘me

see

ree8

5593

a 2&9

2S sweee

ont

eet

Bet

sina ce

tated

sede

Le baled

a a9a9

ene

19;

i 9-8-05 .

~ Gee

Piet

iy z.

647 86. S7Ri 04 ws. Bess

‘Soy Sik payee

26.2

St Lert

Sita

me mo

73°§ -aaa-

bab |

2a:

&~%

Ge ow

gat na'asata a

16-4 Maegs

Tawra saad ‘ash

Pir eee te ee

<8 Rin @ te: daar

Pas 5

ead

nhcaed Bae -

peer rar er err

—B Geiss:

Sete 8 ae Sed

Peer bebe]

Cee ey eee es ee

ace ase

bh ‘2a

19 20 Oe es

ry ree om

“eae 2ae9

95824745

oH anaas

B.2

imis

a Ws

2 Gems

shoe

er)

STRIPE tre ery i

«e

~~ Baa

sao 20s ig a36 sone

Qh 0%

rect

or -

Lis

“

Pes

—

ipa Be

3 ;

: eas

aeiatta tite!

saree

bf 4

i-@

Perec)

pibibe

evr x

Libs = wae «eee &

caeatatehssatataea © eas eatetatutats

: reo t's ee

Be oe ee ee secu bai eee aed:

ak mSatee

ere

by et pb tet)

casa

ot Wa be ha Pe)

O98 aha

soars:

“4

nce

27 SLE

=o.

rot)

Pt ai

Oe)

“4

Rigid Beis

eee is!

tet

’

Ttaeeoee

Coast al

ere

azbs0 3) tiziaita

eso

(ths

rit

seq laie

iret

2 os Ba

sae

3 Base

Jai Beko

ar nse

tsSte

263>a0

iP at =

are

iPisisoe

age

reities

Sess

LatBeay

£508

Lal

pe aine

gists

Lis

piteene®

“5

ine

{iat

=e2

Voge

Ese ret

sae

;

Pere

< 33%

“Asis

26 oens

ity

Siete

Mar

ae Gi

Pr yt)

ped

CF Pet

Risens

<4 sais:

ae taza?

Teeser!

eghezris

et:

3 ae ee

se stares

SBIBs Vim

trae

wed-Be

ite

asae

vane

m0 te seine) |

Pieaey

Pee eoeeey

itee

sae

12aBe

Pye rr

208

’

eee

eaze

eee

ati

be eert

ngrehiee

5 ae

bE te

3415

Bas

‘ey

tan

fia

EWE

aed

(bin ipawsadoeai@sy

<-6-5

‘a

we Mat Tr Le te Be

P| Oe

SV ee a > eee er

iis : { a IF,

SUMAN ALPDIE S| dS Oren Nate i

viet, BS at en Mi ante

Asta ‘te

AA al

POR, Ee MAR ivy ny Hla Bi thea

Repay Bhs Wed

wife Gay

HORRY AIK

ani ey ay BeAe mn Nah ei) lee a) Atl Bd on fe

ae Yo ; “ 4 ee j Le

8s erat pe

CRAB MMO Stool ulwy

4 reel , Pvt iy

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

EDITED BY

THE SECRETARIES.

VOL. XXII.

Nos. I. to VII.—1853.

“¢1t will flourish, if naturalists, chemists, antiquaries, philologers, and men of science,

in different parts of Asia, will commit their observatons to writing, and send them to the

Asiatic Society at Calcutta. It will languish if such communications shall be long

imtermitted ; and it will die away if theyshall @nfirely cease.”—Siz Wm. Jonzs,

PRINTED BY J. THOMAS, BAPTIST MISSION PRESS.

1854.

ads

lca yy oy:

;

sebagai) eb ati teint

se YR

Pal

i ; .

ws ”

Na Pe fl

| , a

* ih

are

ly iar

a - 3 .

| !

INDEX.

| Page

Abi Ma or Amoo or Oxus, Notes on the Sources of the, extracted

' from-the Journal of Mr. Gardiner, by M. P. Edgeworth, Esq.

eC: 5. ' . 431

Barometric Waves in a se Onolone, iGesmtetncal Misastirarhaut of he

distance from Crest to Crest of. By Henry Piddington, President

Marine Court, (if

Central Asia, Abstract of aJ weanal kept wa Mr. Cdeatior deci

his travels, with a Note and Introduction, by M. P. Edgeworth,

Esq. B.C. 8. ue ote be 2. «283

Catalogues of Oriental ieateahiev By A. Sprenger, Esq. M. D. Se-

‘ eretary Asiatic Society, ate a He se ©6885

Caucasian and Mongolian Affinities. By B. H. Hodgson, Esq. OG

Hindustani Poetry, Early. By A. Sprenger, Esq. M. D. Secretary

Asiatic Society, .. o. .. 442

Hircine, Supplementary N tidee on the New NEMeHA Rosin. By

Henry Piddington, Curator Museum Economic Geology, 279

Irrawaddy, Note on the discharge of Water by the. By J. McClel-

land; Esq. F. L. S. Commissioner of Forests, Rangoon, »- 480

Indo-Chinese Borderers and their connection with the Himalayans

and Tibetans. By B. H. Hodgson, Esq. B. C. S. 1

Inscription from Thaneswar, Note on an. By Babu Biventivaldl

Mittra, x 4 rer Ona

Iron Mines of the Ranigunj District, Memorandum on the prospect

' of remuneration in working the. By Major W. E. Baker, Con-

sulting Engineer to the Government of India, with a report on

- the same subject by Professor Oldham, .. 5A 2» 484

Jugloo and Seesee rivers in Upper Assam, Account of a visit to.

_ By Capt. T. E. Dalton, together with a note on the Gold Fields of

that Province, by Major Hannay, : 511

Khorasan, Ibn Huokul’s Account of. Bianststed by Minto W. Awe

derson, Bengal Artillery, 152

Kansonapuri, now called Ba re The Ancient City of. By

Capt. F. P. Layard, hg, en BO

Literary Intelligence . 433, 491

Laterite found near aieubas Hotsnvs on ihe subject of By Capt.

_ C. B. Young, Bengal Engineer, net 96

Mahabalipuram, Notes on the Ruins at. By C. Ganbiny. Hisq. :...' ‘656

iv Index.

Page

Maunkyala, Notes on the ruins of. By er James Abbott, Boun-

dary Commissioner, Punjab, ' aa ae

Mohzarkhala in the Kohistan of. the Westark Hazara, Description of,

extracted from the Journal of Mr. R. ‘Gardiner. By M. P. Edg-

worth, Esq. B. C. 8. : i

Meteorological Observation, ligiebe act of ie Rastilts of ile Hiegrly:

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, in the month of

January, 1853,.. .. Lae

-—_———. February, ‘Mae oh April dl May, 1853, bie

June to November 1853,

———_—————. November and December, 1852, ae ati

——_—_——_—_——. January, 1853, ‘i :

——_—_———. February and March, 1353, ne ae

April, 1853, _... ee as

a at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, fas November

and December, 1852, et iy

at the Office to the Secretary to Cirerarnenis N. W. P.

Agra, for July, August, September and October, 1852, ie

——_—_-—————- November, December, 1852, and January, 1853, ..

——— February and March, 1853, sie oe

April to October, 1853, ar oe .

Orang utan, Remarks on the different species of. By E. Blyth, Esq.

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society for January, 1853, ve

a February and ‘aah: 1853, ..

Apr, Op te

———_—_— —_—_—_ ——__———_———- May and June, .. ale

——— ——__——. July and August, ve

————__—_——_—_—_ ————- September and October, a

—————— —_—___—__- -—__-—- ——_————. November and December, ..

Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India, Catalogue of. By T. C.

Jerdon, Esq. Madras Medical Service, a sale 462,

Reptiles, new or little known. Notices and Descriptions of various.

By E. Blyth, Esq... ‘ie oe

Statistics of Bengal, Gonbehugen iG the. Income, Bzpendituea and

Food. By J. R. Bedford, Esq. Bengal Medical Staff, a

Sculpture in Alto-relievo sent by the Governor-General to the Asiatic

Society, Notes on the. With a drawing. By Welby Jackson, Esq.

Vice President, Asiatic Society, : a6

Sikkim Himalayah Mountains, Notes upon a Tos in oo undertaken

for the purpose of ascertaining the Geological Formation of

Kunchinjinga and of the perpetually snow-covered peaks in its

vicinity. By Walter Stanhope Sherwill, Revenue Surveyor, 540,

570

383

139

611

Index. Vv

Salt’ Range in the Punjab, Report on the Geological Structure and

Mineral Wealth of the. By Andrew Fleming, M. D. Edin. As-

sistant Surgeon, 4th Regiment, Punjab Cavalry, in the charge of

‘the Geological Survey, 1851-52, © hig wid 229, 333, 444

Sifan and Horsok Vocabularies with another special exposition in

‘ the wide range of Mongolian affinities and remarks on the lingual

and physical characteristics of the Family. By B. H. Hodgson,.. 121

Tabary, The first volume of the poviginal Text of. By Dr. A.

aa rs ee oe oe te wap 195

INDEX TO NAMES OF CONTRIBUTORS.

. a | _ . Page

Abbot, J. Major, Boundary Commission, Punjab. Notes on the

' ruins of Maunkyala, wert, O40

Anderson, W. Major, Bengal Netiltoige Ts usin Account of

Khorasan, RPS Fone 5)"

Baker, W. E. Warori @anisaltiie Bivtetnica £6 the Guvantinient of In-

dia, Memorandum on the prospect in working the Iron Mines of the

Ranigunj District, with a report on the same subject, by Professor

Oldham, Geological Survey, Communicated by the Govt. of Bengal, 484

Bedford, J. R. Esq. Bengal Medical Staff, Contribution to the

Statistics of Bengal, =. ser oer

Blyth, E. Esq. Remarks on the different species of Gente utan, .. 369

Blyth, E. Esq. Notices and ae of various Reptiles, new or

little known, «+ o. -. 639

Dalton, T. E. Capt. Account of | a visit ie the J ates and Seesee

rivers in Upper Assam, 511

Edgeworth, M. P. Esq. B. C.S. N otes on tier Sources of the Abi Ma

or Amoo or Oxus, extracted from the Journal of Mr. Gardiner,.. 431

Abstract of a Journal kept by Mr. Gardiner during his

travels in Central Asia, with a Note and Introduction, viet 2

Description of Mohzarkhala in the Kohistan of the Western

Huzara, extracted from the Journal of Mr. Gardiner, es 6888

Fleming, A. Esq. M. D. Assistant Surgeon. Report on the Geolo-

gical Structure and Mineral Wealth of the Salt Range in the

Punjab, -. 229, 333, 444

Gubbins, C. Esq. N bed on shes ais at Neakabalipuran, 2. 656

Hannay, Capt. Gold Field of Assam, on OL

Hodgson, B. H. Esq. Caucasian and Aon goliah ffir oe se 26

Indo-Chinese Borderers and their connection with the

Hymalyans and Tibetans, a es oe ite 1

vi Index.

| Page

Hodgson, B. H. Esq. Sifan and Horsok Vocabularies with another

— special exposition in the wide range of Mongolidan Affinities and

remarks on the lingual and physical characteristics of the Family, 121

Jerdon, F. C. Esq. Madras Medical Service, Reptiles exhibiting the |

Peninsula of India, vs - 462, 522

Jackson, W. B. Esq. Vice Phosidlent, natin Saviety: Seal pte in

Alto-relievo sent by the Governor General to the Asiatic Society, 139

Layard, F. P. Capt. On the Ancient City of Kansonapuri now called

Rungamutty, ne 281

McClelland, J. Esq. F. L.S. Batannerner of Forest, Tango N its

on the discharge of Water by the Irawaddy, ts -- 480

Piddington, H. Esq. President Marine Court, Geometrical measure-

ment of the distance from crest to crest of Barometric Waves in a

* Cyclone, .. 7

Sipiile rion N ‘uitas on thie New Mineral Rodin,

' Hircine, | 5 oe 209

Rajendralal Mittra, Babu. N ee on an FaNcteos ext Thaneswar, 673

Sherwill, W. S. Capt. Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Hymalyan

Mountains, undertaken for the purpose of ascertaining the Geolo-

gical Formation of Kunchinjinga, and of the perpetually snow-

covered peaks in its vicinity, ». 540;,. 611

Sprenger, A. Esq. On the First saline of fe Original Text of

Been o Fee 198

. — Gaeatomuss of Onivatal ihiieatios Fee 2. 535

—_—_—_—— Hindustani Poetry, ie ee -- 442

Young, C. B. Capt. Bengal Engineer. Remarks on the subject. of

‘ Laterite found near Rangoon, ae ee o. 196

LIST OF PLATES FOR VOL. XXII.

Page

Plate I.—Diagrams of Barometric waves, in a Cyclone, ............ 8

II.—Plate XI. Idro Puncho,........... Puta eetea ne a cincduan Gui nemmacars 140

Ee Ose sareria cise gjcitaiva lunscaal Selawametide Ga velininces oplscinmnaeieea 152

'¥,— Sculpture im Alto Kelievo,.. ......0.ccseussscvccsecssrcsvaesees 193

V.—Geological Sketch Map of Salt Range, .........cc0...cec0 229

VI.—Black stone Image found in the Jumma Talao at Runga-

PAUGET - acclans a teasbnas cis atlanta ars agiciale sae tale o'S vistas aiele Cate saVanlalur atonal resis 282

Reb — Plate bh, Orangutan head, ..iccc..¢esessssctevesssracdessvovonene 383

See Me reat Ele CHE UOs 5s rc cessie'nspinie siete e wiaidmv's'e qq ou do oterasarsieu tame verwencere 1b.

re NE, SON ULOS Nea coe cine si sisiadiale vas destdeas dein saue Sateteve Moawnscae ib.

Braet Ve GIGLO ns, decode cr cneancnldece see's ua suea ees sac ranedaaoteonss 1b.

Be Plaka Vo GitbOs oot. ceseiemesdesee We chet onan sata skincare ab.

Pele late VY. ditties -sccccc cease cusses vee Ah elas eabeNealaeren fain va ea

eee eae VLE. ALO) icc.s., oh cu ace sae Seiousiscaicedae sagusuaeneiesvencesss ib.

ee latoe V Utes IGOR... Vana v acess cuscstaswetcogeeecuoeeminscascecace ib.

Pete LUA. GULUOL 1. ccenssiecs coedipeienc se PU cerlae rei BDO Ce a scloveits 2b.

aE ibe SMO NLLO yo ceausnnctars vepneseetcclinbesas tec ssieeaicetied cere: ib

Pee IN Oy UW Vablet Of COLOUESS fei. :cecescscsecseccssvecrscececeocce. ence 456

bey Pit.—Section. No. 2, ......ss0c008 “sy OMS TOLD at UR a 457

RINNE eos htiiasincnniaaimliaticaca@ebinac ni ceseeotamonmerica caeeeetcns ib.

PRON NOs Ao oiikakteess densouns waniimapesniene Eich Ge Ae ae a ea 458

NIN), GT eae osc ce ete ca eulded Sangiee sie umn aoetioueecedocbins re ab.

BE INO. Gy. as ss csc ceeaa eins vege voasns' AED i se aR 459

MUMIA Fft -faee aetna etc cbr tCL vacscuic'n ola cinlcciele onivaiedcemneeas aeauan, MaDe

Nee) sericea Ce cere dts cll « dbecisins soy ovwoeshoa Sese cea: SOG

TOE NG. 950. scanacse DN 5 AS RS NL te en a 461

eh Noel O 5 ava Be Papreretles Uc waienes ostaeclooeccer sclcaseceineesdaser tbe con ae'e 462

XXVII.—Sketch Map of the Valley of the Great Rungeet River, 540

Pee hk romaimnsot a, 2 armed Tobe iio oicins succcescvesecccceceds 577

XXIX.—Distorted sketch of the Great Singalulah Spur,............ 619

XX X.—Chookor Dongor Mountain Rhubarb, .............00..cceeees 618

Dow XY.— Mahavalipuram’ sliore simple, ......000..0...csssccaesnswensenes 672

XX XII.—Sketch Plan of the Coast of Mahavalipur,.................. 2b.

XXXIII.—Horns of a Wapiti Stag. oo... ec ee eee bevicen mementos. ss. G92

a |

SS cath hha eter een Ly Aer ‘ iy 3 satanae

‘ : tie

| * oh =

* ca wen ess TOW ees hes ey

her Phe ortus sonny

" » f J 1 a7 3 af

y avy. we sige ‘ d ae a

Nees tang te rho ae routes § tis

Pree ee eee Nay 2h Satan rey a, A ‘at ais oH

c ham igh a i ,

neeiW REE POnE Wess tieks oe ital ale

— * :

, 469d GR Tt mieam oe we Vee eee tind, oa

hh ei ic ‘ f

sma ® mR ee dee neko ae

re ee 2 ee |

re ‘ : te

aes = r eee

+ ey v , ros

wee teen ccs petty y pallens RRS a ‘en et B

a We 2

[ a : ie io BM ie

a neebensen) =i ML + , ‘ a eas

PE SE at CURR ae ge sO a 5 Ue

7 el: Sr vif, rea I Om

. Ti

‘

weheuereere pevesige eves y sina hts Seas Euan gh 23 one eben

. Aditee rk ae’ Pr i*

Aaa r as

fee peas bias dl sopiria aap gens dle eee sath Kee Abe erg

te { SS tt Vere e ek : ; a

Ase Ores: Fh COR Ce ee ORR eae ; FE tee desde

eh: De teen a ae

a |

Il 8 OR,

Teed eee eee ee :

. : es o

eee twee Oe ew Ce eee ae Chen (amie gee

twvevig tt rpg Lal ree 5 . ’ case

i. oe ne 7

hae | rake mo an ; pehintne

Shi o a B&. P

,S.9t & hw anes

Errata in No. III. of 1853 of the Journal of the Asiatic Society in

the Paper entitled—

Report on the Geological Structure, &c. of the Salt Range in the Punjaub, &c. &c.

Page line

230 9, for Kaffin read Kafiir.

12, for Kovana read Korana.

‘ »» for rise read rises.

232 3, for Punchah read Punchal.

», 24, for map read mass.

», 933, for Kuttba read Kuttha.

233 3, for Chountuah read Chounterah.

10, for Kaffin read Kaffir.

53+ 22, for strata read straths.

234 4, for Vehee read Vahee.

», 28, for kurrul read kureel.

», 930, for specigera read spicigera.

235 4, for kurul read kureel.

5, for chenopodiacious read chenopodiaceous..

6, for java read lana.

28, for Kuringurli read Kuringuli.

», 29, for Katass read Kutass.

», for Kuhun read Kahun.

9, 92, for Kuhor read Kuhar.

», 232, for ditto read ditto.

236 11, for lakes read lake.

pS », for any read very.

», 13, for Nunva read Nurwa.

», 24, for Khubakkie read Khubukkie.

re », for Lone Lihesur read Sone Sikesur.

», 27, for ditto read ditto.

», 28, for inland read inclosed.

32, for Lihesur read Sikesur.

237 17, for Europeans read European.

238 20, for Marie read Maree.

» 28, for Lurdi read Surdi.

239 ~=2, from foot for bottoms read bottom,

241 11, for Milawan read Nilawan.

242 14, for trappian read trappean.

», 21, for Kemah read Keurah,

244 5, from bottom for thin read their..

246 4, for roots read roofs.

9, for salt read mineral and.

», 21, for strifes read strikes.

», 25, for Kalibay read Kalibag,

»» 29, for Marree read Maree.

249 11, for Sugaswalla read Sujeewalla.

i », Jor efforts read effects.

250 22, for give their read give to their.

», 24, insert a point after through it.

a », for wherever read Wherever.

», 26, for seem to be read seem to lie.

252 399, for Gredi read Grechi.

» 18, for up to the read up the.

Errata.

line

2 and 3, for on the scarped read “ or the scarped.””

4, for Vevhalee read Vuhalee.

11, for Vusual read Vusnal.

24, for to be most read to be a most.

34, for calcarious read calcareous.

25, for this concretion read these concretions.

8, for copper, as read copperas,

32, for Bayaar read Bazaar.

13, for Poonah read Boonah.

14, for Imapore read Surafur.

15, for Gurjah read Gurjak.

20, for mount read mounts.

»» for Drengum read Drengun.

5, for where read whence.

1, for Kaffee read Kaffir.

»» for Dak read Dok.

5, for A lower limestone, &c. read ‘* A Lower limestone, &c.’’ in italics,

3, from foot for on read of.

11, for magnesia read magnesian.

16, for Zinnanee read Zamanee.

+5 for Chederos read Chederoo.

21, for Nummaal read Nummul.

31, for Zimanee read Zamanee.

30, for and intercalated read and are intercalated.

14, for shales read slabs.

23, for Salira read Lalira.

11, for seas read lias.

23, for M. de Verueuil read M. de Verneuil.

24, for Cara read Cora.

32, for ditto read ditto.

14, for Sam Sikesur read Sone Sikesur,

21, for Mulakhail read Mulokhail.

25, for Dak read Dok.

28, for Soohinam read Sooliman.

2, for Umlakhail read Mulokhail.

8, for ditto read ditto.

27, for this read the.

34, for Jamieson read Jameson.

9 and 10, for connected with read converted into.

1, for Musakhail read Mulokhail.

9, for block hard read black band.

13, for Kuneegoornul read Kuneegoorum.

25, for Pecoptaris read Pecopteris.

32, for Pecteus read Pectens,

3, for osselit read osselet.

6, for concave or convex read concavo-convex.

7, for thin read their.

9, for a disc read each disc.

7, for crustacian read crustacean.

last line for throw out read then out,

A. FLEMING.

Dera Ghazee Khan, Augt, 22nd, 1853.

Errata in Vol. XXII. for 1853, (Nos. 3, 4 & 5) of the Journal of

Asiatic Society, in the paper entitled “ Report on the Geological

Structure, Sc. of the Salt Range in the Punjaub, Se.”

Page line

258 18, for Soda read Lead.

334 30, for Likesur read Sikesur.

335 36, for thin read their.

.. 937, for Kathee read Kotkee,

336 2, for Chotab read Chotah,

re 3, for Soan read Loon.

$5 » for Marie read Maree.

an 6, for Ral read Rol.

», 205, for ditto read ditto.

337 17, for Jumsan read Jumsau.

», 20, for apparance read appearance.

», 2%, for devoid read derived.

338 8, for Jumsan read Jumsau.

27, for Cents. read Cwts.

», 29, for Kathee read Kotkee.

339 3, for Jumsan read Jumsau.

», 16, for Kathee read Kotkee.

» 20, for Jumsan read Jumsau.

340 5, for ditto read ditto.

341 8, for clay sandstone read claystone.

-,, 16, for sandstone read sandstones.

342 15 for Shob read Shah,

» 383, for Rhutlum read Ruttibun.

343 11, for Kurrah read Keurah.

14, for Taber read Tober. ,

», 94, for Demdhote read Dimdhote.

344 13, for Kurrumea Wou read Kurrumee Wan.

28, for Kathee read Kotkee,

» 932, for ditto read ditto.

345 3, for ditto read ditto. :

3» 29, insert a point after coal,

. ,», for small read Small.

346 10, for Kathee read Kotkee,

» 293, for ditto read ditto,

347 =1, for ditto read ditto.

ae 9, for Brattenberg read Beattenberg.

,, 16, for ditto read ditto.

349 =. 2, for coating read luting.

» 14, for Fascialites read Fasciolites.

» 16, for Aeritina read Neritina.

350 14, for when read where,

» 29, for Gharigulla read Ghorigulla,

», 94, for ditto read ditto,

as ,, for Bulerala read Bukrala.

351 7, for Sam read Sone.

5, 90, for identified read identical.

352 3, for Moochpoor read Mochpoora.

354 2, for Buhrala read Bukrala,

355 13, for Kuttree read Puttree.

»» oo, for with read into,

357 ~—4, for Carapax read Carapace.

» 13, for endogenous read exogenous.

», 24, for eastward read east.

,, 36, for formed read forced.

358 15, for axis read axes,

» 24, for Sekesur read Sikesur.

Errata.

Page line

33, for 2113 feet. Above read 2113 feet above.

» 04, after Maree insert a point.

,, for looking read looking, and omit ; after summit,

360 11, for grove read zone.

», 15, after mountains insert would.

363 17, for alluvion read alluvium.

», 22, for Siberian read Silurian.

» 24, for hard read hand.

366 36, for oolitics read oolites.

367 =. 2, for 18° read 180°.

ie 5, for Kothee read Kotkee,

368 15, for Kurum read Koorum.

», 20, for fossil read fossils.

445 8, for pelu read peelu.

» 9 for mud read mudar.

», 13, for as read so.

446 15 and 16, for detritic read dentritic.

447 9, for vein read veins.

» 98l, for Gurjok read Gurjak.

448 2, for Leyden read Seyden.

" 5, for Dhur read Dhar,

x 8, for Soue read Sone,

a 9, for Moosoul read Moosral.

» 19, for 4,493 read 493.

», 40, for render read renders,

449 9, for Kothee read Kotkee.

», 19, for Lingasun read Singasun.

», 22, for Atub read Amb.

451 24, for rock read rack,

452 18, for Deooman Rocks read Devonian Rocks in italics.

», 30, for Kerah read Keurah.

453 11, for Mukraih read Mukrach.

», 20, for Arub read Amb.

» 25 and 26, for glame read glance.

» 94, after Agate insert ........ cece

» 4 and 35, Carboniferous Rocks, &c. in italics.

454 17, Oolitic Secondary Rocks, &e. in italics,

»». 21, for Shah read Shales.

», Al, for Intana read Jutana,

456 12, after Lower Silurian or Cambrian Rocks insert ?

457 13, for maps read mass.

»» 20, for Kuhar read Kuhan.

33, for ditto read ditto.

458 4, for Hoona read Hoon,

A. FLEemine,

Chuprah, 26th January, 1854,

JOURNAL

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

Note by the Editors.

The two following papers by Mr. Hodgson were, with a third, which

will appear in the next No. of the Journal, nearly prepared for issue in.

the early part of last year (1852), when they were recalled by the author,,

who desired more fully to amplify and digest his matter, with reference to

his rapidly increasing information and larger access to books.

Illness, however, having now compelled Mr. Hodgson to suspend his

investigations and repair to Kurope for the renovation of his health, the

Editors conceive that the publication of the papers should be no longer

put off, and they are accordingly now printed with the author’s assent.

The important comparative list of Caucasian and Mongolian vocables has

received considerable additions.

On the Indo-Chinese Borderers and their connexion with the Himéd-

layans and Tibetans— By B. H. Hopeson, Esq.

To the Secretary Asiatic Society.

Srz,—In further prosecution of my purpose of recording in the

pages of our Journal a complete set of comparative vocabularies on

an uniform plan, I have now the honour to transmit to you two fresh

series, one for Arrakan, and the other for the Tenasserim provinces.

The first comprises six tongues, viz., the Burmese, the Khyeng, the

Kami, the Kimi, the Mri and the Sak; the second, five, viz., the

Burmese, the Talien, the Tang-lhu, the Shan and the Siamese.

It is needless, I presume, to apologise for thus recording provincial

dialects of well known languages such as the Burmese and Siamese,

No. LVILI.—NeEw Series. Vol. XXII. B

2 On the Indo-Chinese borderers. [ No. 1.

because such deviations of a known kind afford inestimable means of

testing those which are unknown, and of thus approximating to a just

appreciation of the interminable varieties of speech, that characterise

the enormously extended family of the Mongolide.

I am indebted for these vocabularies to Captain Phayre whose

name is a warrant for their authenticity, and who has kindly added

to their value by the subjoined explanatory note upon the Arrakan

tribes. On those of the Tenasserim provinces the only elucidatory

addition is the important one that the Ting-lhu are “ Hillmen,”’ that

is, dislocated aborigines driven to the wilds, or, in other words,

broken and dispersed tribes, like the Khyeng and Kami and Kumi

and Mra and Sak of Arrakan, whose vocables constitute the greatest

part of the first half of the vocabularies herewith forwarded.

In the course of recording in our Journal these numerous vocabu-

laries, I have purposely avoided any remarks on the affinities they

suggest or demonstrate, intending to take up that subject when they

should be completed: but the high interest* excited by my Himé-

Jayan series, in connexion with the bold and skilful researches which

are now demonstrating the unparalleled diffusion over the earth of

that branch of the human family to which the Himalayans belong,

has induced me on the present occasion to deviate partially from that

rule and to at once compare Captain Phayre’s Arrakanese vocables

with my own Himalayan} and Tibetan ones. Having been so. for-

tunate as lately to procure an ample Sifanese series, comprising the

tongues of the several peoples bordering on China and Tibet between

Kokontr and Yunan, and having moreover made some progress in &

careful analysis of a normal and of an abnormal sample of the Himé-

layan tongues, with a view to determining the amounts of the

Turdnian and Arian elements, I shall ere long find occasion to reeur

to the general affinities of the Indian Mongolide. In the meanwhile

the subjoined comparison of several Arrakanese tongues with those

of Tibet and of the Eastern Himalaya will be read with surprise and

pleasure by many who, accustomed to regard the Himalayans as

Hindus, and the Indo-Chinese, like the Chinese, as distinct from the

* Latham’s History of Man and Ethnology of British Colonies.

+ My own Himalayan series will be found in the Journal, No. 185 for Dec.

1847. The Arracanese series is annexed hereto.

1853. ] On the Indo-Chimese borderers. 3

people of Asie Centrale, and from the Tibetans, will be astonished

to find one type of language prevailing from the Kali to the Koladan,

and from Ladakh to Malacca, so as to bring the Himilayans, Indo-

Chinese and Tibetans into the same family.

That such, however, even in the rigid ethnological sense, is the

fact will hardly be denied by him who carefully examines the sub-

joimed table, or the documents from which it is taken, because not

only are the roots of the nouns and verbs similar to identity, but the

servile particles are so likewise, and that as well in themselves as in

the uses made of them, and in the mutations* to which they are

liable. It should be added that the resemblances cited are drawn

not from “ransacked dictionaries” but from vocabularies of less than

300 words for each tongue.

To those who, not content with this abstract, shall refer to the

original documents, I may offer two remarks suggested by their study

to myself. 1st, The extraordinary extent to which the presently

contemplated affinities holds good, has been made out by the helps

afforded by the series of cognate tongues, whereby the synonyma

defective in one tongue are obtained from another, whilst the

varying degrees and shades of deviation are a clue to the root

or basis.t 2nd, The other remark suggested by the comparison

of the vocabularies is, that it is the nouns and verbs, and not

the pronouns and numerals, which constitute the enduring part

of these languages ; and that consequently, whatever may be the

case in regard to the Arian group of tongues, we must not always

expect to find the best evidence of family connexion in regard to the

Turanian languages among the pronouns and numerals. Indeed the

confused character of these parts of speech seems to be a conspicu-

ous feature of the Mongolian tongues.

* In order to appreciate this remark and to trace the elements of the vocables,

see analytic observations of the following paper on Caucasian and Mongolian words,

appended to the list of those words.

~ Take the radical word for dog, as asample. We have khyi, khia, khi, ki,

khwé, kwé, kwi, ka, ki-cha, ki-cha, khé, kyé, cho-i. For the appended particles

and their mutations I must refer to the original documents, and to the future con-

firmations to be supplied by my Sifanese series of words.

B 2

4 On the Indo-Chinese borderers. [No..1.

Comparison of Tibetan and Himdlayan tongues on one hand, and of

the Indo-Chinese on the other.

Blood.—Thak in Bhotia, Thyak in Lhépa, Vi in Lepcha.*

Thwé in Burmese, Thé in Sak, Ka-thi in Khyeng, A-ti in

Kami, Wiin Mri.

Boat.—Thiu in Sérpa.

Thé in Burmese.

Cat.—Si-mi in Bhotia, Si-mi in Sokpa.

Min in Khyeng, Min in Kami.

Crow.—O’-la in Lhépa, A-wé in Limbu.

O’-4 in Kimi, W4 4 in Kami and in Mri.

Day.—Nyi-ma in Bhotia, Nhi in Newari, Nyim in Lhopa.

Né in Burmese, Ni in Mri.

Dog.—Khyi in Bhotia, Khi in Lhdpa, Ku-chii in Kiranti, Ki-cha in

Newari, Khia in Dhimali.

Khwé in Burmese, Ta-kwi in Mri, Ku in Sék.

Ear.—Na in Bhotia, Na-vo in Lhépa.

Na in Burmese, Ka-né in Sak.

Hye.—Mig in Bhotia, A-mik in Lepcha, Mo in Murmi and Guring.

Myé-tsi in Burmese, A-mi in Kami and Sak, Min in Mri.

Father.—Pha in Bhotia, Amba in Limbu.

Pha é in Burmese, Ampa in Kimi.

Fire.—Meé or Mi in Bhotia, and in all Himalayan tongues.

Mi, Ma, Mai in Burmese, K4mi and Mri.

Fish—Nya in Bhotia, Ngya in Lhopa, Ngé in Lepcha, Nyau in

Sinwar.

Nga in Burmese, Neti in Khyeng, Ngho in Kami.

Foot.—Kéng in Bhotia, Kang in Lhopa, Khwe-li in Sinwar.

Khyé in Burmese, K4-k6 in Khyeng, Khou in Kimi.

Goat.—Ra in Bhotia.

Ta-ra in Mri.

Hair.—A-chém in Lepcha, Chim in Magar.

A-sham in Kami, Sh4m in Mri and Kumi.

Head.—G6 in Bhotia.

Ghong in Burmese.

* The first line gives the northern series, the second the southern.

1853. | On the Indo-Chinese borderers. 5

Hog.—Phak in Bhotia and Lhépa and Kiranti, Wak in Magar.

Ta-pak in Mru and Vak in Sak.

Horn.—Ar-kyok in Sérpa, A-réng in Lepcha.

A kyi in Khyeng, A-riing in Sak.

Horse.—Ta4 in Bhotia and Lhopa, Sa la in Newari.

T4-phi (phu male suffix) in Kami, Sapi in Sak (pti idem).

House.—Khyim in Bhotia and Lepcha. Yum in Magar.

Kyim in Sak, Kim in Mri; Um in Kimi.

Man.—Mi in Bhotia and most Himalayan tongues, Maro in Lepcha,

Muri in Sinwar.

Ka-mi in Kémi, Mri in Mri dialect.

(Ka-mi in Newari means crafts-man).

Moon.—14-va in Bhotia, Lhépa, Lepcha, &ec. &e.

La in Burmese and Khyeng, Pui-la in Mra.

Mountain.— Gin in Newari.

Ta-kin in Kami.

Name.—Ming in Bhotia and Lhopa and Limba and Mirmi, Nang in

Newari. 3

A-mi in Burmese, A-min in Kami, Na-mi in Khyeng.

Night.—Sa-nap in Lepcha.

Nya in Burmese.

Oil.—Si-di in Magar.

Shi in Burmese and Kami and Mri, Si-dak in Sak.

Road.—Lam in Bhotia and all the Himalayan tongues.

Lam in Burmese, Khyeng, Kami, and Sak.

Salé—Tshé in Bhotia and Lhdpa, Chha in Himalayan tongues

(most) Sing in Bodo.*

Sha in Burmese, T'si in Khyeng, Sang in Sak.

Skin.— Pa-ko in Lhopa, Dhi in Gurting, Di in Murmi.

; Pé in Kimi, Pi in Mri.

Sky.—M4 in Mirmi, Min in Gurtng.

Miu in Mra, Mo in Burmese.

* My Bodo and Dhimal vocabularies will be found in the Journal as well as

the Himalayan series. I take this occasion to intimate my now conviction that

the Bodo, Dhim4l and Kocch tribes belong to the Tibetan and Himalayan stock

rather than to the Tamilian; that is, with reference to India, to the more recent

race of Tartar immigrants, not to the more ancient and more altered.

6 On the Indo-Chinese borderers. [No. 1.

Snake.—Bul in Magar, Bu-sa in Sinwar.

Phil in Khyeng, Pa-vi in Kumi.

Stone.—Long in Lepcha, Ling in Limbi, Lhing in Magar.

Lin in Khyeng, Ka-lin in Kami, Ta-lin in Sak.

In the verbs, again, we have

EHat.—Sa in Lhoépa, Zo, 8d, in Bhotia, Ché in Limbi, Cho in Keranti.

Sa in Burmese, T's4 in Kami, Tsa in Kimi.

Drink.—Thing in Bhotia, Thong in Lhopa, Thing in Limba and

Mirmi, &e.

Thouk in Burmese.

Sleep.—Tp in Stnwar, Ip in Limbi, Im in Kiranti.

Yp in Khyeng, I in Kami, ? in Kumi.

Laugh.—Yé in Limbu, Nyé in Mirmi, Nhyé in Newari.

Yé in Burmese, A-nwi in Khyeng, Am-nhwi in Kimi.

Weep.—Nu, ng, in Bhotia, nga in Lhdépa and Sérpa, Khw6é in Ne-

wari.

Neg6é in Burmese, and Kha in Kami.

Say, tell—Shéd in Bhotia.

Sho in Burmese.

Come.— Wa in Newari.

Va in Kami.

-Go.—Lau in Sinwar.

La in Kami and in Kimi.

Sit down.— Det in Serpa, Ngu-na in Magar.

Tat in Kimi, Ngin-gé in Khyeng.

Move, Walk.—Dyii in Lhépa.

Kyt in Burmese.

Run.—Chong in Sérpa, Loyé in Kiranti.

Cho-né in Khyeng, Lei in Kimi.

Give.—Bin in Bhotia and Lhépa, Pi in Limb, Pai in Kiranti, Pen

in Giring.

Pé in Burmese, Pé gé in Khyeng, Pei in Kimi.

(Na pt in Kami—Nang in Bhotia asks for self.)

Take.—Ya in Bhotia, Lyo in Lepcha, Lé in Limba.

Yd in Burmese, Léa in Kami, Lé in Kimi.

Kull,—Thod in Guiring, That in Bédé.

That in Burmese.

1853. ] On the Indo-Chinese borderers. 7

Hear, attend—Nyen in Bhotia and Lhdpa and Lepcha, Nyo in

Newari.

Né in Khyeng, Ka-né-i, in Kami.

Remark, the materials for the above striking comparative view are

derived from my own original vocabularies for the northern tongues,

as published in the Journal No. 185, for December 1847, and from

Capt. Phayre’s for the southern tongues, hereto appended.

Tt is seldom that vocabularies so trustworthy can be had, and had

in series, for comparison; and yet it is abundantly demonstrable

that every thing in regard to the discovery of the larger ethnic

affinities of dispersed races depends upon such a presentation of these

materials, the distinction of. roots and of servile particles, as well as

the range of synonymous variation, in each of these classes of words,

being thus only testable, and these pomts being all important as

diagnostics, even more so than grammatical peculiarities which, at

least in our sense, are apt to be excessively vague, or else palpably

borrowed, among the Mongolide. Syntactic poverty and crudity

and etymological refinement and abundance seem to be the charac-

teristics of this vast group of tongues, and hence the importance of

its vocables and the necessity of obtaining them in a state accurate

enough for analysis, and copious enough to embrace the average range

of synonymes.

A common stock of primitive roots and of serviles, similarly em-

ployed, indicates unmistakeably a common lineage and origin among

the several races to which such stock belongs: preference for this

or that synonyme among the radicals, as well as various degrees

and modes in the employment of serviles, whether prefixed, infixed

or postfixed, indicates as unmistakeably the several branches from

the same family stem with the relative ages and distances of

their segregation. By the above comparison of vocabularies I pur-

pose to illustrate the common lineage of tribes now and for ages

most widely dispersed, and of which the intimate relationship is or-

dinarily overlooked: by a subsequent and more detailed examination

somewhat differently conducted, I will endeavour to illustrate the

true character of the minor distinctions of race, showing that these

distinctions are by no means inconsistent with the common lineage

and family relationship now exhibited.

[Noet.

On the Indo-Chinese borderers.

nyy-V nV OV NT smmoqy) peo

es het We Dal WILY OE er Peels

eee ie GETS urey.§ Urey s-V yesh weqey Ss eter

1-DI STL, 2-T 7G-O8L PW aU 2 jul }

aes aah neu ee Bal sje ee. iL ea gAT HOONT

ued-_v no-eg sunofys-e yy ed-v ed-eg ueg IOMOT A

eu-ueg we ous N Pow nvs NT BON Us

EL re req ren TN TN nual

eq-V ed od-wy To-vd ned 9-PUd Toye]

ru-V TA oN Tu-V TN Tso ATW oA

ev iget FETS-25 NT EPEC OL FEB"8 51. TATA vets queydory

BAA ta rq ng Foy, ia) Soy

ey Sano. y Suno]-e yy Suoy-1el-e yy yal 9 ATT Wye

eU-8y-V UW1Led-eq ou-v y Bu-vs-V neyU-v yy ING Jeg

ny Ay-BY, 0 wie ra gay sod

®4-7U IN UNA} 1U-e yy TU-V YT dnu-oy ON keq

BATA B-B AN a B-B AA ne-suy uy AOL)

ed: vhs, Bris POGeP UL Geek be: Al 28)

suey utAU-ey, OY9-UIT 1-0q-WI}\, UIT, sunoty qeg

OLY BN ou-uvg BU-V IL ING tent y so Ryu

BIUL-V 40q-V ny-V nV yoA-e yy ofy aug

neyy Suno'y SuNOoy, SUNOT, WL Suno'y ouL qeog

PUL TM mH3-V mtV¥ Mitel Jai PALL Pod

TS-B MA Reet DATEL) = YAP) tO Ya BT Lge USN pate

B-BUL-I-OT, T-yMb Jo ‘eg -e}-1] Vy BAU, vA AOITW

eXs-ts-unyg| ef-Suti-vs}-Suno07yT Uly-eq THy-eq TU-eZ-SuUIy'T yrosjyon keg quy

oye sta I] Tey TY Tey]: TL oT IY

nA JO nap ‘BULUe

reg sunoy, 10 NATL ‘TUN yy "Ue yy ‘noyg Jo sued y | -ATAL 10 osoumang YstLouy

‘Uvynlip Ud Sdadapsog asauyg-opur fo havjnqvoo4 aayvundumog

On the Indo-Chinese borderers.

1853.)

yeue ey

ouyy,

sued-sung

peed? Vi

B/7-B yy

UOT-B

wp-Bu05-0y'7

nd-v yy

Yepsunos-sunoy

bi Dol el

Sung

Suv]

aaa al

Bah

a aA SE

wed

1S-0ULW

OF-B],

Ouy

o4-VB4.T

yNM-B yy

pEPt

Yep U MT

UO“

uA y

ndeg

suni-y

ney

VOL

cox

11d-8 J,

UlU-B J,

BY M-@T,

chats

@-O1-T,

vail

BUS UM

Tny-suo

TBM.

oat

SUPSY-B I,

IN’ \T

Sun} 10 ‘Suny,g

dere

qnA-eT,

OITA

PBIB AA

wel-V

ey-sunory

BdU-C1-0 FF

suvu-V

yed-vy,

I-n

See

sunoy-ulcy

Peed

ree oT

sunoy,s-uwy

Tat

Polid

nee

ee Oli

NOI-Bg

bisa leah PE

ULUI-"W

Supr-uvyo

sunoq-VT

bom

DUTY

OTH

B-VYy

UWIBs \T

Dye

uL,{)

nsu-sunOy

DAL,

no-V

eTM

T-

gue

uny-V

eur V

I-BY-B],

TU-BY

UNT-e yy

TL S-V

nye

HY ‘to “neqy

nyd-y

Oye

suey

BA-B yy

Tye TL

UIU-V

By -Vs-UR yy

By-CUl-V

Uny-BY,

rn- NT

val

Te]-e yy

yu-e yy

$5-ep-ueA-V

Suvy-e'T

LOIS

nyd-ey,

1-4-4

PEN

teA-SuNO T

Nes EEL

SunOT,

suno x

ouyp DI

248

TUL

UW “AL

9.8

tAY-V

yuo MA;

nos |

sah

uody

bags db

IO} AA.

oselA

dal,

HOD

JOSE,

9u0}g

Ieq4S

oyVug

AYS

TBS

Pea

TOATY

UrIeqUel

FUSINT

OUIB NT

oymnbsnyr

TIMOTT

UIe{UNO PAL

TOOT

UMOOTL

AoyuoyT

FST

Speed

Uuody

asnoyyT

OSLO FT

ULO FT

hey,

18-V5N

Is“

18-M0Y, 7,

DS-1g

nF-eL,

q108}-V

1U-CY 7,

qnoAT yy

BON

WY,

U9 NT

IeM-09

[ No. 1.

On the Indo-Chinese borderers.

TUnes-TINS T,

JUL-Bl- bq

pa wa

qyeA-1y

be Aa

Death

BOU-¥ J,

TRL

uBts

941d

suno'yT

“DATAL

SuUnOy, 10 nI_T

‘unynip Ud SialapLog asaMryQ-opur fo hunjnqnooyg aarznundiuog

TI-BM-TONT)

Ta-ed-1 AA

T1-np-ed-n AA

ga-1-e qd A

9a-uund-y

ney

ney-ey,

pA-BT,

nd-Bg

nie],

ued

op-ed

wan],

nu N

°H

OU-11]0-8Ue \T

ou}?

3 Sate

reo

“TU

BI-B I,

gsu-Supd-roy

[-eU-1-0

Tyyy-E Uy

qns-n

qns-8 FT

OF-B TL,

vA-B yy

ld Bg

BB],

esu-sueg

Un}-e yy

UN-TYd-1u-v Fy

un-1y9-UP N]

Un-1Y9-B ¥f

Un-1-eu-8 Ay

UN-UP \T

un-1-2 ¥f

-1U-ey to “eu-un yy

myjo-Ue NT

wpa-ey

reU-e yy

ue N

rey

“uLe yy

4e-eT YT

dis-neys Ny

di3-1y'T

dis uny,

in y

2US

yueg

NVYS Nv

mung],

TyU-ueg

FOUN

OF-TP-tNT

OY-1U-SUe NT

Oy-TU-TYy

OF-TN

OY-SUe NT

oxy

T-Tu £0 Tp-NT

1U-S Ue NT

yu-ul yy

Suu Ny

“‘suoAY YL

voy,

Tey] 289 NT

rey 29]

TeILs UOTL,

TEI WYN

qryu-uny yy

ynoAyy

BON

Leel/ yf

UU NT

op uYZ,

Topuey,

1opes NI

1nYT,

Tey

TBS NT

opuyy,

opus,

Op-85 N

B41

UoT IO UOT

VON

‘osoUIng

“YStpSugy

On the Indo-Chinese borderers.

1853.]

e-tyT

1 -V

Te-0}-8U-,T

neq ]

wan-ne dk FT

yor-ed-y

1-BYo-YRI-V

uv-oz-ofys-Vy

B[-Uvy yf joul-v nVyy-e v-nsT,

O-UN By-N-eN

we BY-OF-B,

= gU-es-n-T,

Be 9q-BY-e NT

2 2

oe 1-YU-TH

see 04-9A-B FT

ON) — gf-Suo “a0 ‘vq

ueyy-V 09-np-10s[,

BS-1Y 1ON

red-oy-tq

TINT L, 9q-mnt}-V

tiysu-V oq-mEyy-V

BLTS|¥-WIyI-N to squiyy,

01-1 oq sul,

Unpy-T 9q-sunoy-V

om-8 7A 9q-8U-8 NT

= 949-8

surq-1H eA do “YI

a uInp-e A

tayp-ne moyy-eyO

TU-T-? AA TU-10 AA

By-BU-B IAL uey-1U-e

e UvS-I-eU-OFT

gUI-T BMA a EBAHY

5 oq-sun0y-V

es eX

ake eH

a ew

= LEN

@oeo N

gum-e5-nqT

oul-e-SuE yy

ieee ey

Beal

ey-vUl-epy

Coed te |

eel

Ua¥"1 NT

4-4eT NI

de-uny,

B-0U-/]

PeorryN

Calf

sueu-e

eyod

sun

ou yOH

ond oyg

oY? SUG

9U-OY7,

OY? ‘Ory

OY? 94)

ynopsy

BAT

gTeTAIOG

TOMI V|Opts |

vyur uaAq|-4n0

ey vy

ByUt INO

vymody

vyuoyg

eywoH

ByWLY 7,

guueme

meydye NT

gue

By Ov700g

Bye OWL

nyyeA

vyuog

WOUN

Ter Ni

uoAU

Trt

‘quOUIL AA

0M JO

MOTO.

aA0qYy

o10T AA,

aloUL,

alo FT

Avpieqse

MOIIOUL-OT,

Aep-o,

wot"L

ALO NT

qnoy}ytM.

[| No. 1.

On the Indo-Chinese borderers.

OT eye is 9y3 ux Sung

noyyug| 9]-euU-wnyL-ng o-n], WL TE

TINT YeIO-Noyy Ng oT PN 91-01 sod ‘yr x oY

oT al 1g Dx LAP

Tod nd-v NI 03-0g ad aAT)

to] TyM-V 9u-or) ghq ony

eS ae a enky ‘ory] =—- BAA “OATH

ye, nu-e yy esuns NT Suey, TMOP FIG

noy}-say Op-e yf o-UnT, qeum “ey, dn puryg

cal at UST, BMY T, on)

nox Al OT yuod ‘ery euloyn

1-01], ed-vy, OM-B os ‘okg yeodg

a O4-UO) oT guyLoysylo ], qUdIs og

OM-V eT dey-V 09 NT dao A

TAQ U-ULy TMU-8 JA TMU-V OK youey

Byy-uy ea FPL ON OF? AA

hil I qj TOL daatg

TON TON 2-0 YOY T, qu

ee, es, AL Bg EOL

gut-1-vd-v Sy vAqUINTOU Apoq Auy

I-0-B], ia exyueyg su} Auy

gur-T-ed-V Wet", ny79Ud dOUM.

mt we y-}U,] alts d OU AA

T-BU-8 NT By-B-1-,T std V d WOMAN

vy-eW uO oy ‘OUL UL

'H | V2 “1 sD,

- os qoyewoy y, IO

e “r sunosry ose ‘puy

UBU IO YN 9-9N| woyu (vA) vy you (oq)

DIT ‘TUN “TU yy ‘suoAT -asoulng, "YSTLSUuyy

Sunog, 10 nar

"UDYvI Wd SdadapLog asauiyp-opuy fo hanjnquoog aaynuodumog

On the Indo-Chinese borderers.

Sey

(aA)

i Ye)

(o.2)

“muy, WO-9

Toy-UB-O YT,

W0y-V

Gla §

od-tme yy

ug]

weyy-V

ynos v

Uloy-Uv yy

ULd]-UB yy

TAy[-Ue yy

wUnU-e yy

gavy[-V

ney,

0-1-0}

LOH

o7-V

VOL

TOT HL

Toy -sue yy

T-EM-Ig

O-I-ne FL

yney]

OTL

Suvyy-vur yng

SULT Y-eUL I-N,

Bs-eTL

ed-ey,

ug'T

ep-eyd

TUILY-T}-"V

un[-ud

sue

rod

es-Vy

tod

Las

UIS-W19-B IL

Suns-9q] V

uou-V

Ip ‘0 ‘oq

neILS

Lay

1-BU-e yy

req,

Tote L

I-np-8-Ue[-ng

aa ele ah

ou-v yy

WT-OU

sunos-vy

eh-Og

°F

_ Avue oye y

rosunyyT

SIL,

SSOULIVO AA.

ara

VOT

FETT

arenbg

punoy

qvaly

Teas

he { TRL

4q10yg

SuO'T

tea)

OFT MA

OCT

poeyxoolg

PST

A189.

auOSspur FT

im0g

qOoMG

ody

MBIT

PISS

peg

poo)

oyelor “TAT,

puvysiepuy

IVOFT

ester ‘dn 4yvy

14 On the Indo-Chinese borderers. [No. 1.

Note to accompany Vocabularies of languages spoken by Tribes in

Arakan.

1.—BuRMEsE.

This is the language of the Arakanese people, who for the most

part live in the lowlands, and on the sea-coast of the country called

Arakan. Provincial words occur in this language, differing from

those of Burmah proper, and the pronunciation in Arakan varies

considerably from that current in the valley of the “Irrawaddy ;”

yet the written languages of both countries are for the most part

alike. Thus the word fora day written tos) is pronounced Rak by

the Arakanese, but by the Burmese is softened to Yet: the word

for water is called by the Arakanese Ri, by the Burmese Yé. It is

written with the same letters by both people. The Arakanese and

Burmese are of the same race, and have the common national name

of Myam-md, which is however a comparatively modern appellation

for the several tribes, into which the race was originally divided.

The term Mug is applied by the people of India to the Arakanese.

It is exclusively a foreign epithet, unknown to the Arakanese them-

selves. It probably takes its origin from the tradition of a tribe of

Brahmans, termed Mdagas, said to have emigrated Eastward from

Bengal. 7

2.—KuHYENG.

This name is given by the Burmese and Arakanese to a numerous

race of people who live in the high range of mountains called Yo-mda

(that is “great ridge,”’ or “back-bone’’), which separates Arakan

from the valley of the Irrawady. These people call themselves

Shyou or Shyi. The word Khyeng (pronounced Khyang or Kyang

by the Arakanese) is probably a corruption of Kldng* their word

* Perhaps so; but Kyang or Khiang is a well known ethnic designation to the

Northward where, by the way, with Chinese and Tibetans many of the ethnic

designations of the Indo-Chinese region are familiar terms of their own, as Mon,

Lho, Lao, Sak, Kyang, Myau. Nearer at hand we have, as terms allied to Khyeng,

Rakheng (whence our Arakan for ‘“‘ the Mugs;’’) Khyi for the ‘‘ Cossiahs,’’ Kho

vel Kyo and Ka for Kambojian tribes, and Ka Khyen for ‘*‘the Kariens,’’ whilst

the Kambojian Kyo vel Gyo re-appears in the Kho of the Koladyne river, and in

the ‘‘ Moitay”’ of Manipir, we have the combined appellations of the Siamese Tai,

1853. | On the Indo-Chinese borderers. 15

for man; and their own present distinctive name for their tribe, is

no doubt recently adopted. An Arakanese in writing down for me

words from the mouth of a man of this race, wrote Khyang for what

appeared to me to have the sound of Kléng. The Khyeng country

extends along the Yo-ma range (which runs nearly N. N. W. and

S. 8. E.) from about the nineteenth to the twenty-first degree of

North latitude. The people inhabit both the Burmese and British

side of the range. The ascertained number of this race under

British rule in Arakan is 13,708 souls. An equal number probably

reside within the Burmese territory. There are also a large number

of Khyeng tribes, which though living within the nominal British

frontier, yet from the rugged inaccessible nature of their country,

are really independent, and which have never yet submitted to any

foreign Government, whether Arakanese, Burmese, or British. Their

language is unwritten. There appears to be some difference of

dialect between the Northern and Southern tribes of Khyeng. The

words here given were taken from a man belonging to the Northern

tribes. The Khyengs believe themselves to be of the same lineage

as the Burmese and Arakanese, the stragglers from armies or moving

hordes, left in the mountains.*

: ! 3.—Kami' og Ku'mr’.

This race of people, of which there are two divisions called by

themselves Kami vel Kimi and Kumi, and by Arakanese respectively

Awa Kumi and Aphya Kimi, inhabits the hills bordering the river

which is named by the Arakanese Auldddn, (that is, limit or border

of the Kula or Western foreigner) and by the Kamis Ye-man, by

the Kumis Yan pén. It is the chief river of Arakan. It is proba-

ble that the Kamis and Kumis have not been settled in their present

and the Kochin Chinese ‘‘Moy.’’ In other words, the Manipurian tribe, called

Cossiahs by the Bengalis, belong to the Moi section of the great tribe called Tai

by themselves and Shan vel Syan by the Burmese, the sectional name being also

foreign, and equivalent to the native? Khyior Khyang of Chinese and Khyeng

of Burmese.—B. H. H. |

* This native tradition and opinion accord with what follows relative to the

Khyau and Mring in corroborating the doctrine which assigns the whole of the

border mountaineers towards Ava, or inhabitants of the Yo-ma range from Assam

to Arakan, to the Rakheng division of the Myam-ma.—B. H. H.

16 On the Indo-Chinese borderers. [ No. 1.

seat for more than five or six generations. They gradually expelled

therefrom a tribe called Mri or Myt. The Kami clans are now

themselves being disturbed in their possessions by more powerful

tribes, and are being gradually driven Westward and Southward.

They state that they once dwelt on the hills now possessed by the

Khyengs, and portions of the tribe have been driven out by the

latter within the memory of man. The language of the Kami

portion of this interesting race has lately been reduced to writing

by the Rev. Mr. Stilson of the American Baptist Mission. The

Kami words entered in this vocabulary have been chiefly furnished

by an intelligent Kami young man educated by that gentleman, and

are more to be depended upon than the other portions. Yor it is

exceedingly difficult to acquire from savages through the medium of

a language foreign to them, any words but those which they use to

designate some object or quality. The number of Kamis within the

British territory amounts to 4,129 souls. They are divided into

several clans, each having a distinctive name. The dialects of these

clans differ more or less from each other. Many clans are inde-

pendent.

4.—Mrv’ on Toune Marv’.

This is a hill tribe now much reduced from its ancient state. They

once dwelt on the river Kuladan and its feeders, but have been gra-

dually driven out by the Kami tribe. They have therefore emigrated

to the West, and occupy hills on the border between Arakan and

Chittagong. The Radzaweng, or history of the Arakanese kings,

refers to this tribe as already in the country when the Myam-ma

race entered it. It states also that one of this tribe was chosen

king of Arakan about the fourteenth century of the Christian era.

The traditions recorded in the same work also imply that the Mri

and Myam-ma races are of the same lineage, though this connection

is denied by the Arakanese of the present day, who regard the Mru

tribe as “‘ wild men”’ living in a degraded state, and consider that it

would be disgraceful to associate with them. ‘The number of the

Mri tribe in Arakan amounts to about 2,800 souls. Their language

is unwritten, They call themselves Mv. Toung Mru* is a name

* Toung means wild, uncultured, as ‘‘ hill men’’ with us and Pahari or Parbatia

with Hindus. Mrd alias My4=Myau of Chinese which again=Kyang.—B, H. H.

1853. | On the Indo-Chinese borderers. 17

given to some of their clans by the Arakanese. Mri is also used

by the Arakanese as a generic term for all the hill tribes of their

country. The word Khyeng is occasionally used in the same sense.

5.—Salk.

This is a very small tribe mentioned by Buchanan in his paper

“on the religion and literature of the Burmese.’’ Asiatic Researches,

Vol. VI. p. 229. He calls them “ Thek,”’ (that being the Burmese

pronunciation of the word,) and states that they are “the people

inhabiting the Eastern” branch of the Nauf river, and are called by

the Bengalis Chatn and “Chatnmas.” Chatn is no doubt meant for

Sdk which is the name, these people now give themselves. Their

language is unwritten.

There are other tribes in Arakan who have languages or dialects

peculiar to themselves. They consist of but a few families, and

some no doubt are the descendants of captives brought into the

country several generations back by the Arakanese, in their warlike

expeditions against the adjoining countries. Of these, the language

of the tribe called Déding-ndk appears to be a rude corrupt dialect

of Bengali. The tribe called Mriung state that their ancestors were

brought as captives from the Tripura hills. There is also a curious

tribe called Khyaw* in the Kuldddn country, consisting of not more

than from fifty to sixty families. I have not yet been able to obtain

satisfactory vocabularies of the languages of these last named three

tribes, but they will be procured on the first opportunity. I regret

* Kyo aforesaid? The tradition would ally them with the Kiki and Khyi,

whence Kyo, Khyen, Khyi, and Kuki may be conjectured to be radically one and

the same term, and to be an opprobrious epithet bestowed by the now dominant

races of Indo-China upon the prior races whom they have driven to the wilds, for

Khyi, Kyi, Ki, Ka has the wide spread sense of dog. Not one of these tribes is

known abroad by its own name. Kami may be readily resolved into ‘‘ men of the

Ka tribe,’’ the Ka being a proper name or merely an emphatic particle. Ka,

mutable to Ki and Ki, is a prefix as widely prevalent in the Himalaya and Tibet

as the word mi for man. The Kamis themselves understand the word in the latter

sense—a very significant circumstance quoad affinities. Ka prefix is interchange-

able with Ta, (Ka-va or Ta-va, a bird in Kami, and so in most of these tongues ;)

and Ta varies its vowel like Ka; and thus, in Gyardng, tir-mi, a man, answers

Kimi, a man. Ex his disce alia.—B. H. H.

18 On the Indo-Chinese borderers. “> (UN.

that there are so few words of the Mri and Sak languages given,

but as some time might probably elapse before they could be pro-

cured, I considered it best to forward them in their present state.

Memo.

Scheme of vowels, &c. &c. a to be sounded as a in America.

4 BPN St ie oe .. & in Mather,

1 ne a ae tee woh a meee

i eae oe e .. Lin police

AD ae oe =A vs. oo) UL I pileiy

u oo in foot.

e e in yet.

é LET ae a .. ein there.

21 Tea ads as eohy vette. ele ea Tass

Cl ey Dcegeie 4 os i... 1 inetd

Ole a os «> «ew OUL 1 Oumee:

SHU ee uals yee we aif .. au in audience.

Ou buick. te a ao. oe! 0) LD eae

th ee se bd +. ~ th in thin,

the aspirate of t.

I have endeavoured to express the sounds of the Khyeng and

Kami languages as near as I can, but there are a few which I could

not exactly convey through any combination of European letters.

N. B.—In the next or Tenasserim series of words the system of

spelling followed is the common English. I have not deemed it

prudent to alter it. These words were taken down by Dr. Morton,

not Capt. Phayre, as above inadvertently stated. Valuable as they

are, they lack the extreme accuracy of Capt. Phayre’s series, and

hence I have not extended my comparisons over them.—B. H. H.

On the Indo-Chinese borderers.

1853.]

‘OSOULBIG

92 TAL

ony UOu

Keu- seg

1087},

Avy

AVMUT,

BMV

eS SS GEE | Ed ee

ooy]-Sunoy,

Blew

AVMSU-BT,

yeyeyl yy

nee y

semyeg

wodleg

4089

OTH

10S}

Us4eVy yy

ney]

jouer

BAY

‘MOT IO WdTTRy,

sunoyy-O

49'T

weq 88377

qoIs|

ynoyy-e Ay

ued

“BU

-weA]T 10 osoulang

‘ULuassuUuay, Wr SMavapLog asamypQ-opur fo hunjnqnooy aarznundmog

Poort

EOE Er

IIe FT

4vo4)

400 iT

TOMO] A

Saf

OLE

IOYIe AT

oAnT

queydory

Soy

Sod

keg

MOIO

MOO

aoTeyug

ouog

qeog

pects:

Dit

MOLIY

quy

“YStSuyy

{Suse

— TOME TOMY YY I SEMSU-BT, @NT ung

‘ sot ULloye I, suny newer yy yno Ay am01g

7, Noy, suno'y 8,7] Suno \T key TRIG

bel 005 \T 009 NJ UAL ~ U0O0I-BU J, eM AT ayeug

qey-V ed OW TeMIE OW AXg

mUe NT TUB NT old UBT BxV uIyg

Olver oa LAR od 28} WBS

ue}-00 FT ey, vyquey-Aepy uurdey y UBT peo

eu-AV Tl YMOY-UP AT SUOTY NT 00d qoo kIT TOATT

& Kempe y BM y Buy qe kd yy neAd-jouyy ureyuLl sy

S NVUL-B NT WeU-v Ny TWVUI-N AT uyle yy 90S} FT IO

3 woyy-Uey Ty, uvyy Vy ey -OTW uRyey yy tooASu-n 45 yy qUStyy

: os} OOS], WOOT ooury 7 oouULy OULY NT

Ss nox nox BAY YR T, qoouey yy ueAY OLOSOTAT

2 qeq 10817 SUNOLT uvdnowmey y qVZzeg MoT

= ey-Uey yy ynoy-eq Ssunoy uvAyy-uol-ey yy sunoy, UIeqUnoTL

= Lai yaury WoW ON euLy TOYOTA

2 gooyy, vA FT uo'ry WT 004 Vy y ery MOOTAT

Ss uue'y Ulery Seka y 9O.MU-8 yp yno AT Aayuoyy

Re osyqjood Fy uytt-ooduo yy uvy 0018 Y vf-ynof-0orT7 UeTAL

Ss BUL-UYl uUvt-Sunoy, Kery oos}y-vue yy gondy yeary

= qooryT q10r] aoqy-Aeg AVMS YY uvyy, uo1y

BIA eI Avuy, keayo wa ATL OS10 FT

Sunoy yy Sunoy yy Sun NT SudIe yy oAx) ULO FT

ooyL OO, ney Ay qo[B yy 49 AA SOyT

“OSOUUBIG ‘ueyg ‘OoU]-Ssunoy, “MOTT LO UWoT]Ry, egal “YSstpsugy

“med Io osounmeg

a. LL LS no a ne Sean

“Uisassouay, Ut SHavapsog asauryy -opuy fo hanjnquoo4 aayuunduog

On the Indo-Chinese borderers.

1853.]

49084-8F]

4998}-908 T,

40084-URS J,

49084-8

4908}

ook

008 J,

PEL

vou]

998 |,

URS,

SUNOS],

trav | UI NT

-dUN0084}-eyyUOY yy

WoR-SuNOS} SUOIY YY

SUNOS} VIUOY y

Sunod}-unoy yf

Suoe-sunoy y

Biel BA

90U-sunOo'T

uov-Vy yy

90U-SUnO0 yy

m0qY

SUL

Ne TAL

TB NT

uurg

UOL

Uy EL

PSL

uietiel lal

JIS} FT OS ET

qos} F{-Ues} FT

SunOS} FT

T198 NT

uod-Sunoy sunoyy

uod-sunow sunoy y

Ssunoy-sunoy y

uod-sunoy y

Sunou-sunoy y

ney-sunoy yy

FULU- NB PAT

yyru-Yoos} FT

qyU--dUnO0 yy

yolu-Ssunoy yy

SUNOTL

SUnOy

NVUL-OFT

TUR,

UOT,

O8} ET

48S NT

yoo]

suny J,

°H

Is-qey

400 YY

POUL

4.0.A\ KT

oT eA

oUyeN

BMT YY

UMN

094,H

sung

NU-SUITT,

vUus-8 I,

U0S4-008}UT

U0S8}-U0g

08}-9

nes-eq

Nes,

pon U OL

ues BY Y

nedeyy

SUNOI’ yy

U08}-Vq

wed

°d

Senter

nvy-teoATLOOIeY

neykedy ooreyy

Mey AVMV-OOILY YL

sundu oo1eyy

edy-oorey yy

Aeme-oorey y

ney oa4 \T

ney weg

Kaecal

eANT

req

EMV

BM-2

Tay

YoX

sunou-ey

4909 NT

Bley

Awesyy-85 jy

Aesyq-e9

Aesyy-woyy,

Avsyy-joou Fy

Avsyy-B J,

1 MAAS EE

yqnoAyy

89 N

no“uL

qoouyT

409],

BY-0} OOTLT,

By 0}-W9 \T

BY 04-85 NT

Se ae

By WONT

ey BS NT

0} OO"Y,

0} WO AT

04 BON

O"L

U9 NT

v8 NT

sumnoyy-ynoApy

6é

[No. 1

On the Indo-Chinese borderers.

u04FT

9I-G4-F9ONT

ya8

UYLI-V yy

sunou-ury y

ynou-ueyy

were

BLUEU

uvUu-99 J,

neyey

UevU-1e FT

o0U BIFT

90U-BM-V IT

touood FT

90U-UB AA

uyoreyed Fy

ey ed

99U-004-¥q

uoul-uey yy

Bu-Uey yy

AVM,

uou Avn x

“asoUlRIg

BULLY T,

JIIV

ues-Uy

EP Eey

SuUnOU By

ynou-ey

PLY

uoleg

tome

nee y

od-e yy

GLU Yh

BM-VTA

jody-e Tl

Fytay-B TAL

ny-uredy

yoruy-ure sy

uyrayo Ae Ty

ynou-v yy

sunour yy

uyoy

qed Fy

“uByS

ney

vhty

nd-ug

nuvi q-ey,

oulOL,

noAOT BI,

See

“Oou]-sunoy,

Med

400g

Nosy,

A@M-UL-00 NT

AeM4-CY YL

Bsu-e Yl

OuPV

By BY VY

ByOTV

NBIOTY

OY-VU-vy yy

neu-vU-ey yy

BU-By-4O'T

eh oary

neukea SUBT,

neieleyy-V

Suv

pou ey

00VV

KeMyy

edy

noye

O0ON

kemg

UOxTA

uoojey

‘MOT, IO UdT]eT,

uody

HO Mee etn RENE

ByUl-oouy

eyU-B MV

equrdely-V

eyuuokdy

eyut-AVlTW

vyU-yNO

eryUr-304q-V

eyu-Aeg

eyw-OFT

equ sot J,

e0-VU-B A

vysuedy 40 NT

vueyy UU,

eyyneyy- seq

Buy OT

OOyEX

nedy

eyUUeyy-V

6é

BI-BT,

*BUL

-wuvAy, IO osouamng

‘Wdassnuay, Wr Siasap.Log asauyy-opuy fo hunjgnqnooyg aarzoundwmoy

(Pal

ud Bei §

IO NT

Ie iy

UOT

OpIsqno “4noyIT AA

T09.MIO

MOTO.

dA0QY

d STO A.

a10U, [,

a10FT

Avpieqse

MOIIOUW-OT,

Aep-OT,

FRCL

moTUL

MO NT

7HOUTL Me

“YStpougy

On the Indo-Chinese borderers.

1853. ]

OO.1WO NT

UyIy-suneyy

nv1-OF{

wI9T,

BuO NT

uuoy

ae Bab

uysts-epAed Fy

vphed xy

SuUNOT-UYI NT

sunoy-oky

pA FACT aE

Te]-We NT

ARNE

nef-ued-1e Iq

inset lat

Bey TRIN

wos,

UYL-Ueyy

90U-UB1-WO TAL

90u-tey

99 NT

gi pal eal

ued

BAAY-UdT

oo A-key

ooA-Ue KT

OO1-JOS J,

SUI

qOOSTY-49O8TY-00 H

UTA

ouy

U9.

U0 NT

uA Yy

nok yy

083-08} Aes} Y-tog

Os}-OsqABSzY- Tog

sunod

Avy-WeRS}-VY

Tep-suno[-UVy

weU-OS,

Ewen

yNos}-VU-ylou-Os J,

B-OY-CTL

yNOS}-V IT

99y-yn0s} yy

nes}y-Uog

ooy-O8 [,

ynoA-vu-osy,

ynoA-yI9U-OS J,

ynoA-¥I9 NT

SuUnOU-vy FL

etd |

MRT

Aery

Uey-suy)

suny y-suy),

Ae MT

EAU SE

nep-suy)

Sulsuyy

110.0 NT

B53 NT

SuLy,

ould

2M NT

Aeu Aeu-eg

Seu Avu-or]

Aeu-AVUI-esvy]

UOTY-V I,

wae

Bal.

‘6

MO} BAUI-R T,

BATA

Avut ©M4 FT

Ayu-no'T

of-AB NT

of-A@ NT

oA-A@ NT

Aewmy Suyy

€é

e018

Keke

oAS-ey yy

nv}-ey yy JTCOPL

BIVV

eI-U0]-8 yy

TBy-UR FT

yhou-vy-YNoU-vy-Uo Py

GEAE

Ee)

005 NT

nowy,

998],

TVMUL-TRMUI-14-B1-VY

‘redvd-yroyy-AeM TAL

net-nes-Aed NT

NVI-NVS-OOT[

NVI-V]-OF,

UBvUyy

Oe eet ye ik

suno X

Oe) i.

UOdS}-V FT

Te Odi

nered-ooj,

B]-NOST,

unod-doy,

nvy-y1os}-suno0A yy

neu-y10s} AVM NT

008}-P J

eon) ed

soy} -neMYyy-eA

o0y-Aery

poy uy

207}-AvU-[24-48 AL

90Y}-NVAY T,

90Y}-8'T

soy}-osyyned

SOYMEU 4O7,-99\],

89T[}-05 N

eoyq-AV

04-9 NT

oot OTy

soy NOU,

90T]}-BS],

ynoAvqu094-vT,

OOYYRIUOS-kT, |

oy Avg

Tey-eq

arg} Avg

ey-OF]

vy-eou |,

qoyeu-OU TL,

Aen

004-90|-8 JL

004-F0YP JA

Tey-I0

ojooAd-urg

Aeu-Avg

uylye cou,

ou} Tey -ny TY,

o}-1e yf

_-ynoy-Aeg

quoTIs og

doo AA

youe'y

Oe MA

dae[s

yard,

yen

fpoq Auy

Sur} Auy

d OU M

yeu MA

6 (OI MA

veUL

SIT,

5 @)

osye ‘puy

you (oq)

YONUL MOF,

On the Indo-Chinese borderers. [ No. 1.

eee OED

suno X

okey yy

sunoy y

uery

PLE

TR Or

uvy URAL

08}

TUR AA.

0 AA

ofy)

uue yy

90[- TAL

ynos-ver]

yey |

42[-00]

TOT ME FT

40¥-SUNG

UVUL-SUNG |

UYI}-7NO |

uyt} ned

Le)

"OSOUVIG

sunoX

oft)

Glas

SunOoy yy

uey

OOS],

see egal |

Woo]-Ue FT

OME

[OS EEt

uOoLy,

JO8qY-V

ost)

or) aE

ned oor

qeT

OOT ULI FT

VM-SUNC

BUI-dUNG

uyry-neg

01,

oUt

Bins

ued

Way-V5N

ouosy,

peel

vhs

non

eur fy

490]}-8 JT,

ney y

ree

noy{T

ueq} nor,

eu-vyy,

sunoy,

sunoX 10 eAFy

AeM-004 FT

9U04-00} FT

Avyy-e YL

AVM T,

ouoy yy

ooyl-Ssunoy,

uls[e yy

qoo Lu-e4-WoU FT

qooy-ed FT

uyiy-ed

NVsye y

ynou-v J,

tela

nes)

nvy-v

eXd fa

JEL

400.0URS4-U0S T,

CAs

TeI-VU-Ue FL

BI-BUl-JYL I,

URRY

SUNOY-v y

eu-oo yy

wou-400 y

eS,

FEL,

400 ¥

‘UOT, 10 UaT[RT,

dolf} OVTG

90q}-UlS J,

991]}-99 NT

soq}00Ad Fy

Cee IAL

eo ODE

soyy-sunod Fy

eoyy-08}q-JoA VW

90} VTA

goU FEY |

doy}-ueAY Y

aoqvAy

Cot et IN:

ddl} -UdSsT,

d0T]}-00g

eoyy-uueAy

SUNOY-V IAL

d0q}-S Uno y

ooyy-neAg

oot} Avye NT

d9dT]}-UN0}Y-B AT

9oyy-yNoAY TAL

90T]}-NVAY}-NO X

bape Coad at Bs PSO

ooT}-IVUT,

eo te

90T[}-00

“eUL

-uvAyy Io osouing

‘UNMaSSHUAT, UL Suasapsog asauryg-opuy fo hunjnqno0y aaynwoduog

Suory

Wed

Pee

OTT MA

pia teh

peyxoorg

PISS

Ajsq

oULOSpuR EL

LONE

mog

JOoMG

odny

MBI

PRO

Pee

poopy

oyeyod “TOT,

purys.iepuy

Ivo FT

osivr ‘dn 4yrT

ABME YB,

Sullg

|| Ib

OYVT,

"YStpougy

On the Indo-Ohinese borderers.

1853.]

OLLDLLLP_PL LL LOLILLOLLOLLLOOOOwow—w

‘H CBE ‘Gi "40992 03 pornjuod JOU oABY T Fora ‘QA0Ge oy} Ul posn surjodg jo wa48As Ystsuy—'q "NU

18.110V

Uvu-7eyy

nyody

UIMV

ued fT

eT-9981

008} 7

uy’ y

99T

uyoTL,

uuesy,

yeAd-40

UBU-4eyy

uoy

suney

ook g

ook

hekg

TOW

aT.

eM oa

Ate ral

wos J,

ae ila SB

904,9-10-81,

BAM-BT,

suokFy

keg

SeXd-neg

Suas-4aeg

sun]-suny,

Uv,

ofdy oy-e yy

Tahar

U0M-8

rer CULL

BI-V

99T]}-104-eT y

Uv]-By-Wog

Sunoj-ey yy

qou-eqT,

Rou

LING E

UOT-VYL,

op Tew

wofTy JOUI-3e9 NT

roAYY-yVU-1e

sunoAuy

904} -U8g

Q0Y}-Ne AA

eoyy-eAg

90} leu FN0APFT-1e'T

oot worl

a0q} 00AY

a0q7 ABS hy

90 }00g

90q}-WoA TL

90t}-O],

resun fy

IGT,

SSOULIVO AA

sad tu |

erenbg

| a |

qvaly

prod

awa | Tu

OUS

26 On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. [No. 1.

On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians —By B. YH.

Hopeson, Esq.

All residents in the East who take an interest in the more general

topics of Ethnology must have been exceedingly struck by Dr. La-

tham’s recent imposing exhibition of the vast ethnic domain of the

Mongolide. From Easter island to Archangel, from Tasmania and

Madagascar to Kamskatka and the mouths of the Lena, all is Mongo-

lian! Caucasus itself, the Arian Ararat, is Mongolian! India, the

time-honoured Aryavartta, is Mongolian! Granting that this re-

markable sketch* is in good part anticipatory with reference to

demonstrative proofs, it is yet, I believe, one which the progress of

research has already done, and is now doing much, and will do yet

more, to substantiate as a whole; though I think the learned Author

might have facilitated the acceptance of his splendid paradoxes, if,

leaving the Osetif and the Brahmans in unquestioned possession of

their Arian honours, he had contented himself with maintaining that

the mass of Caucasian and Indian population is nevertheless of Tura-

nian, not Arian, blood and breed ; and if, instead of laying so much

stress upon a special Turanian type (the Seriform), he had been more

sensible that the technical diagnostics, which have been set upon the

several subdivisions of the Mongolide, are hindrances, not helps, to

a ready perception of the common characteristics of the whole race.

I do not propose on the present occasion to adverb to what has

been lately done in India demonstrative of the facts, that the great

mass of the Indian population, whether now using the Tamulian or

the Prakritic tongues, whether now following or not following the

Hindu creed and customs, is essentially non-Arian as to origin and

race, but that this mass has been acted upon and altered to an amaz-

ing extent by an Arian element, numerically small, yet of wonder-

ful energy and of high antiquity. These are indubitable facts, the

validity of which I am prepared with a large body of evidence to

establish ; and they are facts which, so far from being inconsistent

* Natural History of Man, London, 1850.

+ It will be seen in the sequel, that in the course of those investigations which

gave the ‘‘ Comparative analysis” its present amplitude, I satisfied myself that the

Oseti are Mongolian,

1853. | On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. 27

with each other, as Latham virtually assumes, are such that their

joint operation during ages and up to this hour is alone capable of

explaining those physical and lingual characteristics of the Indian

population, which Dr. Latham’s theory leaves not merely wholly

unexplained, but wholly inexplicable. I must however postpone their

discussion till I come to treat of the Newar and Khas tribes of

Népal. In the meanwhile and with reference to Dr. Latham’s

crowning heresy that the most Caucasian of Caucasians (the Irdén or

Oseti) are “ more Chinese than Indo-European,” I have a remark-

able statement to submit in confirmation of his general, though not

his special, position, my agreement with him being still general, not

special. .

His general position quoad Caucasus is, that the Caucasian races

are Mongolidan ; and, availing himself with unusual alertness of the

results of local Indian research, he has, at pp. 123—128, given

copious extracts from Brown’s Indo-chinese vocabularies, as printed

in our Journal; and he has then compared these vocables with

others proper to the Caucasian races. My recent paper upon the

close affinity of the Indo-chinese tongues with those of the Himalaya

and of Tibet, will show how infinitely the so-called ‘“ Chinese’ ele-

ment of this comparison may be extended and confirmed ; and my

Sifanese series, now nearly ready, will yet further augment this

element of the comparison, which in these its fuller dimensions cer-

tainly displays an extraordinary identity in many of the commonest

and most needful words of the languages of Caucasus on the one

hand, and of Tibet, Sifan, the Himalaya, Indo-china, and China on

the other. There is no escaping, as I conceive, from the conclusion

that the Caucasian region, as a whole, is decidedly Mongolian, what

I have now to add in the shape of grammatical or structural corre-

spondences affording so striking a confirmation of that heterodox

belief, whilst Bopp’s somewhat strained exposition of the Arian cha-

racteristics of the Iroén (as of the Malayo-Polynesian) provokes a

doubt even as to them, despite the Edinburgh Review.* It is the

* No. 192, article Bopp’s Comp. Grammar—a work that cannot be too highly

rated, though its style of demonstration is not equally applicable beyond the Indo-

Germanic pale. Its spirit may pass that pale, but not its letter, as when the

Georgian sami is identified with the Sanscrit tri, Greek tpia and Latin tres. My

E 2

28 On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. [No.1.

fashion of the age to stickle, somewhat overmuch perhaps, for struc-

tural or grammatical correspondences, as the only or best evidence

of ethnic affinity. I am by no means insensible of the value of such

evidence ; and, though 1 may conceive it to be less important in

reference to the extremely inartificial class of languages now in

question than in reference to the Indo-European class, I proceed to

submit with great pleasure a telling sample of structural identity

between the Gydaring tongue, which is spoken on the extreme East

or Chinese frontier of Tibet, equidistant from Khokhontr and

Yindn, and the Circassian language, which is spoken in the West

of Caucasus.

The Gyaring sample is the fruit of my own research into a group

of tongues heretofore unknown, even by name: the Caucasian sam-

ple is derived from Rosen apud Latham, pp. 120—122.

Rosen, who was the first to penetrate the mysteries of Caucasian

Glossology, states that the Circassian pronouns have two forms, a com-

plete and separable one, and an incomplete and inseparable one. 2nd,

that in their incomplete or contracted and concreted form, the pro-

nouns blend themselves alike with the nouns and with the verbs. 3rd,

that these pronouns, like the nouns, have no inflectional or other case

signs, in other words, are immutable.f 4th, that the complete form

of the pronouns is distinguished by the suffix Ra. Now, every one of

these very arbitrary peculiarities belongs to the pronouns in the Gyé-

rung language, not less than in that of Circassia, as the following

examples will show ; and 1 should add that by how much the develop-

doubt respects the Oseti, not the Malayo-Polynesians, for I am satisfied that they

are Mongolian, and would now add a striking and novel statement in support of

that opinion, but that I must by so doing, go too far ahead of my yet unproduced

Sifan vocabularies. The true and endless Mongolian equivalents for the Georgian

numeral may be seen in the Appendix to this Essay.

+ I have now ascertained that the same principles prevail, with slight variations,

in the Hayn, Kuswar, Kiranti and Limbu languages of the Himalaya, in the Uraon,

Ho, Sontal and Gondi tongues of Tamulian India, and in the Tagala and Malaya

languages of the Pelasgian group, though passing out of use in the last named

tongue as in several of the Himalayan tongues. See remarks in the Supplement.

I may add that in the Hayn language (of which I have a detailed account nearly,

completed) the verbs are distinguished into the two classes of transitives and in-

transitives precisely as in Malaya.

1853. ] On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. 29

ment of this part of speech is anomalous throughout the Tartar or

Mongolian tongues, by so much is the instanced coincidence with

the Circassian more significant, the anomalous or irregular character

of the pronouns of both not sufficing to conceal the coincidence, and

therefore doubly illustrating it.

Circassian.—Ab, father. Wara, thou, the full pronoun. Wa, the

contracted form, used in composition.

Hence Wa4b or Wa-ab, thy father.

Gyaring.—Pé, father. Nanré, thou, the full pronoun. Na, the

contracted form, used in composition.

Hence Napé or Na-pé, thy father.

VERBAL USE.

Circassian.— W ara, { e i —kwisloit, thou ridest.

Gyaring.— Nanreé na—syo, thou knowest.

I have changed the Gyartng verb, because I do not possess the

equivalent in that tongue for to ride. It matters not, however, as

the sample shows the grammatical form to be absolutely the same in

both sentences, just as well as if ride were the verb used in both.

The other rules and examples (scanty I admit) given by Latham

from Rosen may be matched in each instance by Gyaring rule and

sample, as will be seen in the sequel. But there is this difference in

respect to the Ra suffix, that it is applied to the first and second

pronouns in Circassian, though not to the third; and to the second

only in Gyaring.*

This however is in complete conformity with the other and typical

Mongolian tongues; for in Mantchi, and in Mongol also, the Ra

suffix is found, but attaching only to the third personal ; and, if we

compare the Téré of those tongues} with the Chinese Ta and the

Sokpo Tha, we shall perceive the perfect analogy of the suffix

throughout these tongues, in spite of its varying applications.

* The first and second pronouns are so nearly alike in Gyarding (nga, na) that

the ré suffix has probably been reserved to the second, in order to difference it more

plainly.

tT Recherches sur les langues Tartares, pp. 173, 183. I cannot thus revert to

the thoughts of my old antagonist (voce Buddhism) without a fresh tear dropt on

the untimely grave of that truly amiable and learned man.

30 On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. [No. 1.

But is there no clue to the irregularities, none to the real force

and signification, of this pronominal suffix? Clearly there is; for,

in the Tibetan language the word rang, meaning self, and attaching

to all the personal pronouns alike,* affords us that clue, though the

people of Circassia and the Gyariing, whose common and familiar

use of this suffix is so perfectly analogous, seem equally unaware of

the fact, and can neither explain the meaning, nor the partial appli-

cation, of their suffix, any more than can the Mantchis and Mon-

gols. This I infer from the silence of authors and should add that

the explanations are wholly my own, my Gyarting interpreter being

able only to express very unsophisticated surprise when asked to

analyse a word.

But I have not yet done with the analogy of erate and Gya-

rung pronouns, having still to notice that the third personal in Cir-

cassian, which drops the Ra suffix, is not really a personal but a

demonstrative, equivalent to ille, iste. Now, the Gyarting language

has a third personal, which the Circassian lacks; but it has also a

demonstrative, and that demonstrative is the very same as the Circas-

sian one ; that is, i or w; and this pronoun has, in both tongues alike

a separate, full, and a concrete contracted form. Moreover, in the

Gyartng tongue the forms and uses of this demonstrative afford a

perfect elucidation both of its strange metamorphosis (W. to T.)

and of its anomalous suffix (1), in Circassian ; for ‘ watu’ is the com-

plete separate form in Gyartng; whilst ‘wa,’ the contracted form,

alone used in composition, constantly takes i, which is really a geni-

tive sign and recognised as such in Tibetan but is a mere “ particule

morte’ in Gyarting as in Circassian. Take the following samples

from Gyaring: Watu, he, iste, ille: Wapé, his father: Womo,t his

* Nga, I, Ngarang, I myself, Egomet ; and so Khérang, Khorang. Remusat

has sadly confused the Tibetan pronouns, and, as I suspect, those of the other

‘‘ langues tartares,’’ though his work be a marvel for the time and circumstances of

its publication. Remusat ut supra, p. 365.

+ The change of wa into wo, in wapé and womo, is an instance of that vocalic

harmony which these languages so much affect, and which has been erroneously

supposed to be peculiar to Turki. We have abundant alliteration both vocalic and

consonantal out of, or beyond the Turki branch of, the Mongolian tongues.

Shaimek, from Shi and Mek, has other peculiarities precisely similar to what

occur in the Altaic tongues, teste Remusat.

1853. | On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. 31

mother: Waimyek, wa-i-myek, his eye (myek, eye) : Shaimek, shai-

i-mek, leaf of tree (shi, tree, mek, leaf;) and then turn to the Circas-

sian samples in Latham, u-i, he; t-ab, his father ;* i-kwisloit, he

rides, and you will perceive that (i being the same with w) the

nominal t and the verbal i of Circassian are the secondary or suffix

portions of the full Gyarung pronoun exalted into primaries in order

to difference the third person from the second, the second already

having the wa or t (wab, thy father; u-kwisloit, thou ridest) form.

And that such substitution of the secondary for the primary part of

a word is no arbitrary assumption of mine, but aregular principle of

the Caucasian and of the Mongolian tongues, may be seen by the

numerous examples of it occurring in the subjoined list of vocables.

The above elucidations of Circassian pronouns for which I am entire-

ly answerable, are so thoroughly in the spirit of Bopp’s system that

I trust they may find favour in his eyes, though I have ventured to

demur to his Arianising of the Tartars by too strained applications

ef that system.

I know notif Rosen at all explains the peculiarities of the pro-

nouns in Circassian, but Latham does not; and it will therefore be

felt as a truly interesting circumstance that the explanation just

given, like that of the Ra suffix, have been fetched from Lhasa and

Lithang! The cultivated tongue of Tibet proper continues, it will

be seen, to afford the clue to the labyrinth; and that it does so, is

surely a strong presumptive proof, as well of its superior antiquity

as of its superior completeness. So judging, I cannot moreover

doubt that the Circassian preterite sign is the same with the Tibe-

tan preterite sign (Chen-Tshar), though this be beside the mark of

pronominal expositions,—and to these I must confine myself, or I

shall not know where to stop, so constantly do these Tartarian illus-

trations of the Caucasian tongue flow in upon me. I am unaware

* In the supplement to this paper will be found an exact and beautiful pendant

for this Circassian sample, derived from the Tamulian tongues, the Sontal language

having G and i for the 3rd personal and these commutable, in composition, into the

coujunct form of ta, precisely as in the Circassian tongue. From the Gondi tongue

is there given another example of the commutation of 4 to t, so that my exposition

from the Gyarang instance is placed beyond doubt, whilst some fresh and beautiful

links are added to the chain of affinities, us to which see prior note.

32 On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. [No. 1.

whether the Circassian language is distinguished, like the Gy4ring,

by a very ample employment of those prefixes which, as more or

less employed, characterise so many of the Mongolian tongues, and

which are dropt in composition, like the Ra suffix. Thus, tarti, a cap,

in Gyarting, is compounded of ti the root, and tar* the prefix: but,

if we join a noun or pronoun to this word, the prefix disappears, and

“his cap,” for example, is warti, compounded of the wa above-men-

tioned and the radical ti. In like manner taimek, a leaf, when com-

pounded with shi, a tree, drops the ta prefix and becomes Shaimek,

as tapé, father, becomes Ngapé, my father.t Rosen, should this

paper fall under his eye, or Latham perhaps, whose quick eye will not

fail to catch it, will be able to tell whether the same peculiarity dis-

tinguishes the Circassian tongue. Jor myself I doubt not it will so

prove, because the rule for nouns is but another phase of the rule

for pronouns.

In the meantime, the striking grammatical analogiest I have

pointed out stand in no need of further elucidation, and these analo-

* Ta, the common form, becomes Tar, differentially as Timi, fire; Tirmi, man,

Root Mi, used in both senses, In Tirmi, Tarti, Warti, we have the ra particle

which remains in its conjunct form as a medial, whilst the uswal prefix ta disap-

pears. The ra too would disappear in a compound of roots if mot needed to differ-

entials and mark the special sense of such roots, or one of them, or if the root

commenced with other than a labial consonant, its prefix being servile.

+ It has been queried whether the polysynthetic words of the American tongues,

quoad their principle of construction, as to which there is so much doubt, be not

compiled from radical particles only. Judging by the method of forming ordinary

compounds in Gyaring and its allies, I should say, Yes, certainly they are toa

great extent, though not exclusively, for the cumulative principle ill brooks control,

revelling in reiterations and transpositions of root alike, and of its servile adjuncts

though clearly, as to simple compounds, constantly observing the rules of contrac-

tion and of substitution noted in the text. Inthe Gyaring sentence Tizékazé

papun, he summoned them to feast, the word for to feast shows the root repeated

twice, and each time with a separate servile, though we have here only one verb, not

two verbs, and in Kalarlar, round, still no compound, we have the root repeated,

but yet with a servile, though only one, being the prefix ka. In such cases that ser-

vile is usually omitted as kaka, sky ; pyepye, bird; chacha, hot,

+ Those analogies might now be largely extended did health and time permit.

Take the following instances : Tam-bas, father ; imbas, my father, in Uraon. Sam-

pa, father; ampa, my father, in Kiranti. Ku-kos, child; ing-kos, my child, Ura-

on. Tam, sam, ku, serviles, replaced by the pronouns, compare Maylayan sam-

piyan, san-diri, kan-diri, ka-manus, k’anak, &c.

1853. ] On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. 33

gies, together with the explanation from the Tibetan of the widely-

used but heretofore unexplained Ra suffix, constitute in themselves,

and as sustaining all those numerous identities of the primitive voca-

bles which have been adverted to, something very like a demonstra-

tion of the Mongolidan affinities of the Caucasians, though I would

be understood to speak with a due sense of the disqualifications inse-

parable from my secluded position and want of access to books. I

subjoin Latham’s sample of the construction of the Circassian lan-

guage, with its equivalent in Gyaring.

‘I give to my father the horse.’

Circasstan—Sara s-ab ace istap

I my father horse give

Gyarung—N garé* nga-pé boroh dovong

I my father horse give

‘In the house are two doors’ is, in like manner, ‘ house two doors’

in the Circassian and Gyartng tongues.

The plural sign, kwé in Circassian, myé or kamyét in Gydring, is

in both languages alike “the beginning and end of declension.”’

The following list of Circassian and Gyaéring pronouns may facili-

tate the reader’s apprehension.

x Thou He

Circassian pronouns—Sa-ra. Wa-ra (Ui.

Gyaring pronouns—Nga. Nan-ré. Waz-tu.

The same conjoined with a noun.

Circassian.{—S-ab W-ab. = ‘T-ab.

Gyaring_N ga-pé. Na-pé. Wa-pé. i Biy) thy, His; fathes,

* Ra suffix subjoined for illustration though not in use with this person. See

prior note.

t Ka is the prefix, appended as usual. I have already remarked that the Gyd-

rang tongue is distinguished among its allies by its extensive employment of this

class of particles, The Burmese tongue makes less use of them, and in its mya,

much many, we have the Gyardng plural sign, mye, vel Ka-myé. The Suanic

Maré and Georgian K’mari for man, afford a precise Caucasian equivalent quoad

the servile ka, showing it to be dropt or retained according to circumstances or to

dialects in Caucasus.

t Ab, father—Pé, father, less the prefix.

34 On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. ING SEE.

Comparison and Analysis of Caucasian and Mongolian words.

(K, prefix, servile, as in Indo-Chi-

1s . nese K’lun, a man, and Ma-

Man.—K’ mari in Georgian. ? )

Maré in Suanic. layan K’anak, a child: a sort

of article and equivalent to the

| suffixed K.

( Ma, with the customary change of

vowel (see on to Mo-i and M1)

is the root throughout, and it

takes the common ra suffix, like-

wise with the usual vocalic diver-

sity. But observe that in M’ru

this servile absorbs the vowel of

the root, as in M’se, Georgian

for Mé-se, voce fire.

vo is the first of numerous sam-

Maro in Lepcha.

Muru in Sunwar.

M’ru in Mru. J

Mano in Newari.

Mansi in Bodo.

Mia-mire Nomen gentis.

Man.—Lé-g in Osetic. ples in which the name of the

species is that of a tribe..

Lé-ng in Burmese. Means husband.

M Means male, especially human, lén,

Leslie agar, the root, having the sense =

La in Burmese. mankind, or both sexes.

Lé-k in Tai K suffix, servile articular like the

Ba ian gin Lé-g and Lé-g.

L6-g-nya in Khas. “Nya, a synonyme.

( Compare K’amari and K’anak. Li

K'lé-n in KE’ hin. root. Nomen gentis necnon ho-

minis.

oe suffix, a diminutive. Lé, La,

Lé, the root, ‘as im ‘mani x

Lok-pa in Tai. Pa, diminutive, = pu. dé, root.

Lu root with articular, K suffixed.

Wan, doubtful. Compare Wak,

in Armenian Sé-wak a child ; Sa

in Burmese having the root only,

Young per- Bitshi in Geor- . euphonised sha, = sa and cha

Boy.—Uap-pu in Osetic.

Luik-wan in Tai.

gon of el gian. and za, in the following words:

} ¢

ther sex Bi-shi in Lazie. a are Bo, Bu, junior,

Bo-shi in Mingrelian. Means daughter.

Zo = Za = sa and cha, the common

diminutive, euphonized to vowel

Bo-zo in Lazic.

of root.

1853. | On the Mongolian Affimties of the Caucasians. 35

Bisha, Bishi in Bodo.

Bu-cha in Takpa.

Pu-sa in Maplu.

Po-ze in Pasuko.

Man.—Moi in Osetic.

Moi in Kong.

Pii-moi in Ple.

Moi-tai.

Mo-n.,

Mo-cha in Newari.

Mai-bii in Takpa.

Miu-rié in Sunwar.

Man.—Tsé-s in Georgian.

Tsé in Chinese.

Man.—Zo-zi in. Osetie.

Ka-zi in Georgian.

V-zi in Horpa.

D-zi in Chinese.

Woman.—vU's in Osetic.

Us-res in Gyartng.

Woman.—Swa-n in Osetic.

Swa-s-ni in Khas.

oe") Dain Georgian,

or pie

é Da in Sontal.

Sister.

Da in Kuswar.

Da-s, Da in Uraon.

A-da in Bodo.

Déa-ni in Dhimali.

D’si in Chinese.

Male and female respectively.

The diminutive cha is seen in the

conjunct form in Osetic Sa-ch

voce Harth.

Zo servile, as in Lazic Bo-zo.

Z=S, alike in Caucasian and

Mongolian series.

Y servile. M06, = Ma supra et Mi

infra, is the root.

Means sister.

sign. Moi therefore is man.

Nomina gentium. See note at end

of Supplement.

Means child, cha being a diminu-

tive, = sa, supra.

Mu is the root. For change of

vowel therein see note voce Dog.

(Meme woman, pi being a feminine

Ru, the ra suffix, with its vowel

harmonised to that of root.

Means boy, owing to the sa suffix.

Tsé therefore is man.

( Zi, = si and Shi, is the root. The

latter appears in Bit-shi, Tsé, &e.

It isa very widely spread man

| root, signifying adults as well as

|| juniors.

(The root is U meaning man. The

conjunct S is the feminizing suf-

fix. U-er-ti, U-shi, &c. have

the same root. Rés is the ra

suffix, with the sa particle re-

peated.

Means girl.

Mean boy and girl.

Means virgin.

36 On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasian. No. 1.

Ego = Homo.—M1 in Suanic.

Mé in Georgian.

Ma in Mingrelian.

Ma in Osetic.

Mi in Tibetan.

Mi in Lhopa.

Mi in Murmi.

Mi in Moitai.

Mhi in Gurung.

Bhar-mi in Magar.

Bar-ma, nomen gentis.

Tir-mi in Gyarung.

Mi-va in Garo.

Yap-mi in Limbu.

Mih-pa in Kuki.

Ka-mi in Kami.

Kiui-mi in Kimi.

Pi-mi in Plé.

Mi-jang in Newar.

Mi-sa in Newar.

Mi-ya in Newar.

Miya-lau in Roinga.

Mim-ma in Burmese.

Sa-mi in Burmese.

S’mé in Horpa.

Se-mé in Kolun.

Mé-jing in Lau.

J.—Sa in Circassian.

Sa-ya in Malay.

Sa in Tagalan.

(Mean I, the pronoun. No fact is

| better established in Glossology,

3 than the frequent equivalency of

| the roots for man and 1; and itis

of much importance to ne them

| here.

( This, and all the following mean

man. It is remarkable how far

the pronominal sense of Mi pre-

vails in Caucasus, and the nomi-

nal, in the regions east of it. But

they run into each other, and the

root very generally is further

employed to designate tribes

from Caucasus to Indo-China,

as Mi-shi-mi from the Mi and

Shi roots, Mt-r-mi, from the Mu

and Mi roots, &e. &e.

( Tribe names derived from name of

| species—a very extensively dif-

4 fused principle. The etymology

of Burma, or the Burmese is thus

L recovered. See Supplement.

Mi, the species: Jang and sa

sexual adjuncts. Jang = mas.

Sa= fe.

Means girl. Ya, differential ser-

vile with reference to the various

senses of the Mi root.*

Means woman. Root Mi. Mais

a feminine and maternal sign.

Means girl. See note in sequel.

S'mé means girl, like Sa-mi and Sé-

me. The Sa particle in various

phases, added to Mi root.

Ya, a differential servile.

An article. See Crawford’s work

for proof how these so called arti-

cles blend with the pronouns.

* The basis of all these tongues from Caucasus to Oceanica is a small number

of monosyllabic roots bearing necessarily many senses. Hence to distinguish

between those several senses is the chief function of the servile adjuncts of the

roots. In this language, for example, the root wa means, come, tooth, rice, rain,

throw, and he.

3. | On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. 37

Sa in Malay.

Si-m in Vagu.

I—MaA in Osetic.

Ma in Mingrelian.

Ma in Lazic.

Mi in Suanie.

Ma in Tinnic.

Mo-n in Sap.

Mi in Mongol.

Mi in Mantchu.

T.—Jé-s in Armenian.

Ji in Newari.

v Jain Horpa.

I.—A-z, A-s in Osetic.

An-ka in Kiranti.

A-ku, A in Malay.

A in Manyak.

Ka in Dhimali.

Thou.—She-n in Georgian.

Si in Mingrelian.

Si in Suanic.

T’shi in Mongol.

Se-n in Turki.

Sa-n in Onigur.

Sa in Finnic.

Chha in Newari.

Cha in Sokpa.

Sd in Tai.

He,—Na in Armenian.

Na in Chinese.

Na in Malay.

Ni in Khyeng.

No in Anam.

Ha-né-i

h’na-i

\ in Kami.

Means one. Smidt wittily remarks

Pies the perpetual coincidence of

3 the first personal pronoun, and.

the first numeral, which is also

| constantly equivalent to the inde-

| finite article, where wanting.

In composition only, as Ha-sum,

give to me.

Compare Mo-i, man, in Osetic and

Mon the Indo-Chinese tribe

name.

Deduced from the derivatives Mi-

ni and Mi-ning-ge. So Mi in the

sense of man is deduced from

Mim-ma and Sa-mi in Burmese.

See remarks, voce Dog, on the voca-

lie changes to which all roots

nearly are subject.

A is the root throughout Za, Sa,

J Ka, Ku, being serviles, though

es of them, as Ka, frequently

ki take the place of the root.

Si, Shi; Sé, Shé; Sa, sha, Su, are

the several phases of the root, or

cycle of customary variation, just

| as in the nouns. See remarks

on ‘ Kha’ voce Dog.

The plural, Ye.

Ha prefix and I suffix, servile.

38 On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. No; 4:

He.—U-i in Cireassian.

U-i in Sontal.

O’é in Magyar.

U in Circassian.

U in Garo.

O' in Onigur and Turki.

Wo in Newari and Gondi.

Wa in Gurung, in Dhimali and in Tunelhu.

He.—Y in Circassian.

T in Mantchu.

Y in Burmese.

Y in Dhekra.

T in Malay and Tagala.

He.—Ta in Circassian.

Ta in Sontal.

Ta in Gondi.

Té in Mongol.

Té in Mantchu.

Té-tin in Dhekra.

TA in Ksthonian.

Tha in Gyami.

Thi in Gurung.

Thé in Murmi.

Thi in Burmese.

T4-i1 in Dhekra.

He.—Y-3 in Georgian.

J-ti-na in Mingrelian.

I-té in Dhekra.

i in Magar.

I-ti in Malay.

Sé-i-ti in Koch.

Sé-i in Dhekra.

Y-ta in Khas.

Si-ni, Si-tu in Malay.

Si-ya in Malay.

Deduced from i-ti, i-tu, &c.

(In composition as conjunct prefix

or suffix or as disjunct. E. g.

T-ab, his father. Apa-t, his

father. Handa-ta-r, he went. See

Rosen, Phillips and Driberg.

With regard to the transposed

pronoun, See note voce Fire.

The law of transposition is so

important that I add the follow-

3 ine samples to show that even

where the actual practice has

ceased, analogy supports its quon-

dam use.

Suffix possessive.

Baba-ku, Malay.

Prefix possesswe.

Ang-upa, Vayu.

Aba-im, Kus- | Im-bas, Uraon.

war. Nega-pe, Gya-

Apa-ing, Sontal. rung.

== my father.

In i-thu, ithi.

Means she.

\ See remarks in supplement.

Mean this, this very one, this one

here.

Iste qui.

Means, here.

Means, here and there.*

Ille qui.

1853.]

Sky —Kha-k in Absné.

Ka in Lazic.

Ka-ka in Akush.

Kha Khau in Kami.

Khé-rang in Bodo.

Nam-kha in Tibetan.

Nam-khan in Magar. |

Sky.—Ta-la-k inTshettshentsh.

Ta-li in Georgian.

A-li in Georgian.

Ta-la-k in Ostiac.

Ta-li-ang in Lepcha.

Ta-li in Gyarung.

Le in Burmese.

A-li in Kumi.

K’li in Khyeng. |

Ga-li in Kami.

La-k in Sak.

Li in Rukheng.

Ta, as before.

( Valuable illustrations of the system

On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. 39

Kha is the aspirate, and Ka-ka the

reduplicate state of the root. K

final is an articular servile, as in

Talak, Bik, &c. &c.

For Nam compare Nam-sin. It is

frequently omitted. Kha is the

place, metaphorically sky or hea-

ven. Rang is an emphatic servile,

for which see supplement to this

paper.

La, root. Ta, the common prefix,

Means sun.

and K, the articular suffix.

oubtful, and can mean sky only

metaphorically.

Ang, a form of the

na suffix. Compare Pett-ang.

Means air.

he nude root whereof the phases

are 1a, lé, li.

of serviles, the root being palpa-

ble. Its general sense is air, sky,

by metaphor. For K’ prefix of

Ki, see K’mari.

( Zhi, 86, Za, are three conjunct suffix

Fire.—Mizh in Suanic = Mi-

. (zhi.

Msé in Georgian = Meé-sé.

Mza in Absne = Ma-za.

forms of the Sa particle which is

seen in Manyak in its separate

unaltered form as a prefix. Here

it is altered, 1st, by dropping its

own harmonised vowel (see Zhi,

infra), 2nd, by absorbing the

vowel of the root. Din, Den, for

Di-ni, day, and Smé for Sémé

girl, are parallel instances of

change as of transposition are

Mi-sa and Sa-mi,f voce man. See

note below? and that on the Ma

particle, voce ‘ Day.’

* It is because the 3rd personal is so perpetually identical with the demonstra-

tives, of which the direct and exclusive principle is contrast, that the same elements

come to express the contrasts of place and time and manner (here there; now

then; as,so.) He who would trace the remoter affinities of race, must treat lan-

guages in this thoughtful manner.

t+ Nore. The Mi-sa, Sa-mi, sample of transposition of the Sa particle, cited above

to match the Me-se, Georgian, Sa-me, Manyak, sample here compared with it, is

On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. [ No. 1.

Zhi in Kuanchua.

Zi in Dido.

Za in Chunsag.

Ma-fa in Circassian.

Mé in Tibetan.

Mé in Limbu.

Mé in Serpa.

Mé in Murmi.

Mé in Kolun.

Mhé in Magor.

Mi in Lepcha.

Mi in Kiranti.

Mi in Newari.

Mi in Gurung.

Mi in Sunwar.

Mi in Burmese.

Mi in Khyeng.

Mi in Moitai.

Mi-ung in Maplu.

Ma-i in Kami.

Mha-i in Kumi.

Fa-i in Khamti.

Fa-i in Tai.

Fo in Kong.

( These are introduced to show the

servile particle of Mizh, Mza, and

to show it superseding the root,

as in Fa for Ma, here, and in Ba

for Sa, voce ‘ Cow,’ and in Di for

Bi, voce ‘ Skin.’

Fa servile. We shall presently see

it usurping the place of the root.

These abundant instances from the

Mongolian series plainly prove

the root in the Caucasian series,

and they show that root precisely

such in every phase (mi, mé, mé,)

as it is seen in the Caucasian

series. We thus securely pro-

ceed to the serviles or rather ser-

vile, and this the Manyak word,

below, gives in the primitive

state, unaltered by blending or

by euphony. We are therefore

certified as to its various altered

forms (zhi, z4, sé), in the Cauca-

sian series. Observe also in the

Mongolian series that all the ton-

gues which use the Mi root in the

sense of man have Mé instead of

Mi for fire.

(Turn to Ma-fa, supra, and note

again how the servile supersedes

the root, as in Zi for Mi, fire.

So also Tibetan Ba for Circas-

sian bsa, voce cow, and Anamese

Di for Dido Bi, voce skin; the

last so decisively proved by the

Murmi form of the word wherein

root and servile both appear, Di-

bi. Thus the Circassian word

Ma-fa supplements and expounds

the Tai and Khamti word Fa-i;

and this the Manyak word Sa-

from my Tibeto-Himalayan vocabularies ; thus in full, Mi-sa, woman, in Newari,

Sa-mi, girl, in Burmese and Khyeng, and Sme, in Horpa, root Mi, Me, mankind,

and Sa, a feminine and diminutive sign. In short the Sa particle, like all others,

may be prefix or suffix, and separate or blended. Hence Mse, Georgian = Sa-me,

Manyak. With regard to the suffixed Zhi, Zi, or Za, clearly = Sa, it would seem as

if Mi were the Sun or great fire, of which Mi-sa is the diminutive, just as Sa is the

earth, or terrestrial globe, and Sa-ch (cha = sa) earth, soil. See ‘ earth’ in sequel.

1853. | On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. Al

meh supplements and expounds

the Georgian word Msé and its

Suanic and Absne equivalents.

The languages must have a deep

and radical affinity which can

thus be made mutually to illus-

| trate each other.

Me-n in Dhimali.

Meh in Takpa. Return to the simple root again.

“Meh in Thochu.

Here we have the Sa particle above

Sa-meh in Manyak. cited in its pure unaltered state.

The Georgian Msé shows it trans-

posed and blended.

(Timi recurs to the Mi form of the

root, with the inseparable Gya-

Sa-mi in Sak.

E/-mé in Abor.

Ti-mi in Gyarung.

U-ma in Horpa.

Um-ma in Aka.

rung prefix (ta) harmonised in

its vowel, U servile, like é, in

é-mé. These last words of the

fire series afford excellent illus-

tration of the wide scope of ser-

vile adjuncts.

ee ee

Di is the da prefix harmonised in its

vowel to that of the root Ni.

Den shows the above prefix con-

junct, and the ni root altered to

né, become én per metastasin.

D-én, Dé-nin Ingush. << Or, if we read Dé-n, then the

particle takes the harmonised

| vowel of the root which is ab-

| sorbed, asin Din for Di-ni, below.

Day.—Di-ni in Tshetshentsh.

Has the ka prefix harmonised in its

Ki-ni in Kasi Kamak. 3

vowel to ni root.

Means to-day. Ki, as above. Na,

Ka-na in Makash. a new phases of the root, as Ma

for Mi, fire.

Di-ni in Magar. Tally exactly, root and servile, with

Di-ni in Gurung. the T'shetshentsh word and simi-

Di-ni in Bodo. larly analysed of course.

D-in in Khas. Tallies with the Den instance.

Ka-ni in Kumi. Means day and sun.

Means sun. The roots for sun and

day run into each other to a

great extent. Nhi, vel Ni, vel

Na, is the root.

Ka-nhi in Khyeng.

Ko-ni in Kolun.

g Nain Horpa.

42 On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. [No. 1.

Si-ni in Singpho.

Nam-sin in Sunwar.

Sak-ni in Lepcha.

Nhi in Newari.

Né in Burmese.

Ni in Mru.

Ni-n in Koreng.

ta Ni-n in Mru.

Na in Sunwar.

Na-m in Limbu.

Na-m in Kiranti.

Ni-mo in Serpa.

Ni-bha in Newari.

Nhi-ga in Newari.

Ka-nhé in Newari.

Ba-ha-ni in Newari.

Ha-ni in Newari.

Tha-ni in Newari.

Ma-ne-k in Burmese.

harmonised vowel.

\ ie Nam-kha, voce sky. Sin

ig servile, is the sa particle with

for si-ni is like Din for Dini, ni

being the root.

Sak, like Nam, is a servile or parti-

cule mort ;* not however so ut-

terly dead, that its radical sense

of ‘sun’ cannot be recovered.

Shows the root again, free of all

adjuncts, but varied by an aspi-

rate as Kha for Ka, voce sky,

Mhé for Mé, voce Fire.

Means ‘sun.’ Day, sun and sky

run into each other perpetually.

Compare Nam-kha voce sky : mean

gun or parent (ma) of day (na):

Or, ‘m’ being servile, Na = Ni,

will be sun vel day.

Means day and sun.

Means sun.

(Mean respectively to-morrow and

yesterday, evening, then, and to-

day, and are most valuable expo-

nents of the function of the

particles as well as of the flexi-

bility of the roots Nhi, Nhé, Ni

being as surely phases of one

root as Mhe, Mé, Ma, Mi are;

voce Fire.

(Means morning, from the roots

Ma, mother and Né, day with

the articular K_ suffix, as in

Kha-k, sky. The Chinese in like

manner name, the day, the sun’s

son. Or, the prefix ma may

be a servile as in the next word.

| a ha

* Observe therefore that what is said of the universal vitality of all the parti-

cles of these tongues, voce dog, is only true in the comprehensive view of the

languages.

1853. | On the Mongohan Affinities of the Caucasians. 4S

(The meaning here being simply

| day from the Ni root ma must

be a servile, no more affecting

the sense of the root than the

ka, da, and sa prefixes in Dini,

Ma-ni in Kami. J

| Kani and Sini.

i the ma particle becomes a

suffix, and, as before, without

touching the sense of the root.

Ma suffix conjunct = main the pre-

ceding word. Seems conjunct in

T'sari chim, voce water.

Na-ni in Dhimali. Means then. Na, servile.

('Ti, and Ma, both servile differential.

| For ma suffix, see Chi-m, voce

Nyi-ti-ma* in Dhimali. < water, Si-ma, voce tree, &c. For

ti suffix, see Purti, voce bird, Bi-t,

yoce cow, &¢.

Snyi in Gyarung. Sa prefix, conjunct.

Pish-nyi in Gyarung. ee respectively to-day and yes-

Nyima in Tibetan.

Nyi-m in Lepcha.

Sos-nyi in Gyarung. terday.

. ae . Ak servile as in Akra, voce horn.

ee elseine. Sa root = Sha, Tibetan.

K. prefix = Ak, and the final r,

K’shé-r in Armenian, the common ra particle, con-

junct.

Ri suffix, servile, = r in Ksher.

See supplement.

T’shaé-n in Tibetan. Initial t’ and final n serviles.

Ché-n spoken Tibetan. Final n servile.

Kusen 1... Lepcha Ku prefix and Dik suffix serviles.

Sén-dik Se Sé root.

. servile, as in Ché-li, Georgian,

Séri in Mingrelian.

~ voce hand, and Kué-li, Surawar,

Sén-li in Takpa.

voce hand.

* Mani compared with Nyima and Nyitima afford further illustrations of the

rule of transposition already illustrated from the Msé and Sameh instance, voce

fire, as well as from the Misa and Sami sample, voce man. In fact no law of these

languages can be more certain than this of transposition, passing frequently into

substitution (of servile for root), of which also we have seen various instances.

The rationale is that every element is, in general, equally available in a primary or

secondary sense, though there will of course be exceptions if the view be narrowed

to one or two of the tongues, and more especially if these be regarded merely in

statu quo.

Ga 2

4A On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. [No. 1.

Ché-i in Chinese. Tally exactly with the spoken Tibe-

Cha-i in Buret. tan.

Ach = cha, per metastasm. Keé

Summer.—Ach-ké in Mizjeji. ;

servile.

Cha-ko in Tushi K6 servile, like ké and ka. For

vocalic changes, see “ dog.”’

Giese Means spring. Medial r and d

Chidka bin Tibetan. serviles, for which see the supple-

airs ment of this paper.

Chi-a in Chinese. Final a, servile.

: : Su hoet Cha is hot and 84, summer.* Yet

cL ae the adjective and substantive are

ER NET really, but one word.

month and gu is a servile = ka,

ko, supra.

““The hot months.” La means

Ché-n-gu-la in Newari. :

Sun.—b Sha in Mingrelian.

Sha in Tushi.

pis ; Means day. Final n, servile as in

EEE IE the following words.

Sha-n in Bodo. N. servile, as in the prior word and

Sa-n in Garo. subsequent one.

Sa-ne in Dhimali. Means sunshine.

} Sa-ch4, sing, song, repetition of the

Sa-cha-k in Lepeha. root. K, articular servile.

( Compare Tagalan, Ta-vo and Bugis,

Tau, meaning man, for proof of

the wide prevalence of disjunct

| and conjunct styles. Final 1,

Moon.—Twai'in Suanic

=—4 val:

| servile.

Twé in Georgian.

m Twa-ré in Georgian. Ré servile, the common ra suffix.

Two in Newari. Epithet from colour, white.

Da-va in Tibetan.

Da-u in Lhopa.

Ta in Tai.

Ta-li in Dhimali. Li servile, as in Cheli, Sen-li supra.

Earth.—T’ shé-do in Dido. For the suffix see remarks in

| "re t’, servile, and do suffix.

supplement.

* Compare Malay Cha-bi and Ende Sa, meaning pepper. Sense, sound

and system seem to tally with ours, the added or omitted servile and the

change of root!!

1853.1]

T’shi in Georgian.

T’shi-git in Osetic.

T’shi-git in Dugoian.

T’sé in Georgian.

Sa-ch in Osetie.

Sé-ch in Osetic.

Mit-za in Georgian.

Mi-sa in Andi.

Mu-sa in Akush.

Di-cha in Mingrelian.

K’sha in Horpa.

Ha-sa in Sontal.

Séh in Gyarung.

Sa in Tibetan.

Sa in Lhopa.

Sah in Takpa.

Cha in Newari.

Kat-ché in Karien.

Salt.—T’ shé-a in Kubitsh.

On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. 45:

Tnitial t’, the common ta particle :

eit, doubtful.

Ch suffix, a phase of the diminutive

particle cha, sa.

Sa, the root, is the earth. Sach,

earth, soil a little of.

Mi-t, double servile, modified like

oit.

(Mi and Mu are indubitable ser-

viles, S4 being the root. They

serve excellently to show how

4 these particles attach to the

roots. The Mi prefix is very

common in the Magar tongue,

| as Mi-rong, Misya-ros, &c.

Cha, the root, tallies exactly with

Newari. Di, is the common, da

prefix.

K’ is the ka particle conjunct, as

in K’mari, K’li, K’anak, &e. &e.

Ha, servile, or a synonymous root.

('These numerous samples from the

Mongolian tongues plainly de-

monstrate the root of the Cau-

casian words as before remarked

in reference to the fire series.

( Compare Kat-shui, voce hand, and

observe that the form is identical

in the Caucasian and Mongolian

sample (Andi and Plé). We

have here the very same com-

+ pound servile (ka-ta), similarly

employed (prefix). Such perfect

coincidence of all the elements

of speech could result only from

identity of origin and family

| unity.

(The word is radically the same as

that for earth, as proved by the

Osetic and Wogal terms. The

prefix also is the same, and hence

a suffix is required to difference

the senses. It is thus we learn

the real function of the serviles.

See note, voce Ego = homo.

On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. [No. 1.

Za-ch in Osetic.

Se-ch in Wogal.

D’zé in Akush.

Zi-o in Dido.

Dé-sé in Dhimali.

Dé in Kolun.

T’si in Khyeng.

T’sa in Takpa.

T’sha in Tibetan.

Sha in Burmese

Wi-sha in Mru.

Cha-cha in Gyarung.

Chha in Lhopa.

Chha in Serpa.

Chi in Newari.

Chhé in Manyak.

Chha in Horpa.

Chhé in Gyarung.

St-ng in Sak.

Syu-ng in Bodo.

Dab-st-n in Mantchu.

Da-ba-sii in Mongol.

wer.—O'r in Osetic.

Hor in Avar.

Or-(kyuré) in Akush.

Wéa-ran in Osetic.

se- Wa in Georgian.

O' in Sak.

O’ng in Lepcha.

U-(st) in Sokpa.

Wa in Newari.

Ha-wa ].- ‘

in Kami.

K’wa

Atv in Mru.

Wa-i in Dhimali.

\ See earth.

Comparing this word with the

Akush D’sé we see the equiva-

lency of the conyunct and disjunct

serviles.

procured from water. Else wi

* = water? sha=salt. The salt

== bi, the common servile.

Root repeated as in Ka-ka, voce sky.

This aspirate Ch is equivalent to

the Tibetan and K4bitsh Tsh.

very common as Ni, Nyi, voce

day. Khi Khyi voce dog.

We cannot doubt that Si is here

the root. Da-ba therefore are

+ servile prefixes, though the exist-

ee nasal servile. Intercalate y,

ence of such has been denied to

these tongues.

O’, U, the root: r, servile.

The same aspirated.

For Kyitré, see on to ‘ Rain.’

Means rain. Wa root. Ran ser-

vile. See supplement.

Means a lake. Wa, the root.

. is the nude root. O’ng, the

same with the common nasal

addition.

U, another phase of the water root.

For sti see on.

Same as U. Means water.

Prefixes H and K, servile.

Unites the O' and U’ roots.

Means rain.

1853. |

Hra in Horpa.

Hyung in Serpa.

O'ng-kyong.

Wé6-hdng in Limbu.

Khyong in Lau.

Khwong in Gurung.

Khyong in Burmese.

Rain.—Ki-a, Kwa in Abassian.

(Or) Kyt-ré in Akush.

Kiui-1, Kwi, in Murmi.

Kyt in Gurung.

Li-kti in Sunwar.

Khu-(si) in Newari.

Lake.—D’z0 in Armenian.

T’so in Tibetan.

Water.—Di4 in Ingush.

D6-% in Armenian.

Di-n, D6-n in Osetic.

Di-i in Singpho.

D6-i in Bodo.

Do-i in Garo.

Da in Sontal.

Da in Moasi.

Di in Magar.

Tu-i in Khyeng.

Tu-i in Kami.

Ti-i in Mru.

Water.—Chi in Mizjiji.

On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. 47

of the root absorpt as in Msé,

ve = Ho-ra, Ho-r, with the vowel

voce fire, &e.

Compound of Yu and Ong, syno-

nymous roots.

Compound of Kyti (see rai) and

' O’ng, supra.

( Obvious compounds from the pre-

cedent elements. River, rain,

water, so run into each other

that no justice could be done to

the real synonymies by technical

separation.

‘Or’ disposed of above. Kyu is

ku with the intercalate y as in

F ré suffix, see the supplement.

Nyi for Ni and Khyi for Khi.

Li may be a root = sky and then

Liku is sky water, or it may be

the Li servile.

Compound of two synonymes Abas-

sian Kui and Kubitsh Si! For

Sl, apart, see on.

‘4

Voce ‘dog’ we have summarised

the changes to which the ele-

ments of words are lable, when

taken singly or when a single

element constitutes a word: we

may here take occasion of the

great water root (or of available

space, rather) to summarise the

changes those elements are liable

to in conjunction, or when more

than one goes to the composition

ofa word. They are

1st. By reiteration, as Ka-ka voce

4 sky, Cha-cha voce ‘salt.

2nd. By cumulation, as na-ma, si-

ni, voce day ; 1-sé-na voce he.

3rd. By contraction as nt-sin voce

water ; bb-sé voce tongue; Msé

voce fire.

4th. By permutation (euphonic of

vowels and consonants) as Kach-

chur for Katas Kyur, voce sour.

Water.—T’zi-n in Kubitsh.

On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians.

Shi-n in Kubitsh.

Shi-n in Kasikumak.

Shé-n in Akush.

p Shi in Tsherkesik.

d Zék in Absne.

T’cha-ri in Mingrelian.

Chi-m in Tshari.

Sé in Altekesek.

Chi in Garo.

Chi in Dhimali.

Ti-chi in Gyarung.

T’ché in Mopla.

m Chi-n in Jili.

Cho-du-k in Mongol.

I’-si-ng in Khyi.

We-si in Ugorian.

n t Sin in Singpho.

Cha-wa in Kiranti.

Cha in Thochu.

Shi-r in Armenian.

T-st-en in Samoiede.

Chhiu in Tibetan.

Chhi in Lhopa.

Chhi-a in Limbu.

Chhi-wa in Kiranti.

Shi-i in Gyami.

Sta in Anam.

Sd in Turki.

U-st in Sokpa.

| Noo.

5th. By transposition, as mim-ma

and mi-sa, versus sa-mi, and s-mé,

voce man.

6th. By substitution as fa for ma,

| voce fire ; di for bi, voce skin.

(Final n servile. This is easily said

by way of disposing of an incon-

venient particle. But I appeal to

the uniform tenour of the whole

of my paper for my proofs.

nyim voce day, and in Mru sham

voce hair.

ae cited with the di suffix as is

ae conjunct ma suffix, as in Lepcha,

dzéin Absne. See remarks on

Tshe-do voce earth.

Has the inseparable ta prefix, har-

monised in its vowel.

The same prefix conjunct.

Initial m and final n, serviles.

Means ‘spring.’ Observe that the

du suffix, is frequently attached

to Absne Zé and Altekesek Sé,

though omitted here.

Compound of two synonymous roots.

n-t, prefix, and n, suffix, serviles, Si

being the root.

Fi = sti == chi, the root.

R, final, the common ra suffix, con-

yunct.

Cited to illustrate Tzu just remark-

ed on. Final en is metastatic ne,

a servile.

Aspirate chh = Ts and Tsh by

numerous examples, though the

Tibetan alphabet has both let-

ters.

in fact, the basis of a whole series

4 and Su, are synonymes. U is,

of words for water.

1853. | On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. 49

Chi-ra in Kalmak.

Cho-du-k in Mongol.

Cow.—b Sa in Circassian.

Sa in Newari.

Sa-lo in Sokpa.

Sha-r in Mongol.

Sha-r in Khyeng.

Ba-sha in

Ba in Tibetan.

Bi in Sunwar.

Bi-t in Limbu.

Bi-k in Lepcha.

Cow.—K-chiu-g in Osetie.

Ma-shii in Bodo.

Ma-cha, spoken Tibetan.

Dog.—Ch6-i in Avar.

Cho-i in Andi.

Ché-i in Chansag.

Chu-a in Akush.

K-chi-d in Osetic.

Shu-n in Armenian.

Ch6-i in Bodo.

Chi in Magar.

Chi-ta in Moasi.

Sé-ta in Sontal.

Dog.—Kha in Circassian.

K6-a in Kubitsh.

Gwai in Dido.

Gwi in Dugoriec.

Khi-4 in Dhimali.

Khi-a in Limbu.

Khi in Lhopa.

Means rain. The ra sufix — du,

to which is added the articular

k. Du however may here be a

root and synonyme.

Turn to the Tibetan word and

mark how root and servile are

commutable.

Lo, servile. La, Li, Lo, its phases ;

r, the common ra suffix.

Circassian here becomes a regular

prefix.

Takes up the servile b of the Cir-

cassian and makes root of it as

already noted in various other

instances.

pc how the surplus silent b of

K and g, serviles. Chu, root.

Ma, feminine sign.

Ma, as before.

Initial k and final d, serviles. The

latter is the conjunct form of

the da, du, do, suffix remarked

on in the supplement.

all others, may be prefixed or

suffixed.

( We may take occasion of the cycle

of changes seen in this word to

make a general remark. That

homogeneousness and _ vitality

- the common servile, which, like

+ belong to all the elements (roots

tongues is a very important truth,

as well for the illustration of

L general philology as for the ex-

| and serviles) of words in these

On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians.

Dog.—Khi in Gurung.

Khwéa in Thochu.

Khwe in Burmese.

Khyi in Tibetan.

Geu, Gy, in Chinese.

Na Gyu in Gurung.

Ka in Horpa.

Ka-i in Garo.

Kou in Gyami.

Ku in Sak.

[ No. 1.

planation of the extraordinary

extent to which transposition and

substitution among those radical

and servile elements are carried.

It is likewise true that these ele-

ments and the words resulting

from them are less flexible and

mutable than among the Arian

tongues. But it is by no means

generally or strictly true that

“all the words are invariable.”

On the contrary, the words, whe-

ther consisting of monosyllable

roots, or of such roots and their

servile adjuncts, are constantly

subjected to changes, which are

clearly systematic, which belong

alike to the radical and servile

particles, and which may be sum-

marised as follows :—

Ist by aspiration, as Khi for Ka.

2nd by change of vowel, Ko, Ku,

Ke, Ka for Ki.

ard by intercalation of y, Khyi for

Khi.

4th by metastasis, ain for nai, voce

| ear, &c.

Kwi root = Ku-i.

These are compounds of the two

preceding words—a sort of terms

very common in all countries

wherein many tongues prevail.

Ta-kwi in Mru.

Dog.—Kiut-chik in Kurd.

Khi-cha in Newari.

Ko-chu in Kiranti.

Ku-ching in Sunwear.

Dog.—Hué in Chunsay.

Hwé in Tunglhu.

U-i in Kumi.

U-yo in spoken Tibetan.

Tree.—K-Cha-d in Osetic. |

Ché in Mizjeji.

d Sé-g in Circassian

d 84 in Laziec.

Sé-k in Suanic. l

Shi in Gyarung.

Si-ng in Moasi.

Shi-ng in Bodo.

Shi-ng in Dhimali.

Shi-ng in Lhopa.

Si-ng m Magar.

The root varies from Cha to Ché,

and Sa to Sé to Si, to Shi. The

suffixes have occurred too often

to call for further remark in this

place.

1853.]

Si-n-du in Gurung.

Sa-ng in Anam.

Si-ma in Newari.

T-sing in Mru.

Forest.—Dish-ché in Mingre-

lian.

Din-cha in Dhimali.

Bird.—Pi-r-ti in Andi.

Pét-tang in. Avar.

;

On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians.

Here is a Mongolian sample of the

du suffix, so frequent in the Cau-

casian series. Ka-n-du, Ka-do-t,

&c., voce foot, are further sam-

ples.

Sa, Si, the root, ut supra. Of ma

suffix we have had samples in

Nhi-ti-ma, voce day, Chi-m, voce

water, Cha-m, voce Hair, &e.

The Osetic Cha = tree is clearly

the basis of these two words for

forest.

Compare Ta-r-ti, a cap, Ti-r-mi a

man, Nyi-ti day, of the Mongo-

lian series, and the Pu root will

be easily apprehended.

Tang, servile, is the ta particle with

the common nasal addition. How

common it is may be seen by

consulting my Himalayan Vocab.

Pé is the root, borrowing the t

| from the servile suffix.

Pyé in Gyarung.

Pya in Takpa.

Byt in Tibetan.

Bi in Limbu.

Pho in Lepcha.

Hish.—b Zhéh in Circassian.

(Initial g =D supra.

g Zhah in Thochu.

== Andi Pa.

Pyé= Pé. The frequent intercala-

tion of y, has been already noted

in Ni, Nyi, Khi Khyi, &e.

Abstract the intercalate y, and the

root re-produces that of the Andi

Pu-r-ti.

Turn to the word for flesh, and you

will see the differential function

of the prefix b.

These are

merely the conjunct forms of the

ba, ga prefixes. The conjunct

and disjunct system of prefixed,

as of infixed and postfixed ser-

viles, prevail alike inthe Caucasian

and Mongolian tongues, as evi-

denced by this paper throughout ;

and theprevalence of both systems

is another striking feature of that

perfect analogy which pervades

| these tongues.

H 2

52 On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. [ No. 1.

Di-shé in Magar. Di, servile.

Flesh.—Zhéh in Abassian.

Jé-chu in Suanie.

Li-cha in Finnie. Li, servile. Cha root.

Sha in Tibetan.

Sha in Takpa.

Ta-Sha in Gyarung.

A-sa4 in Burmese.

The prefix ta is as common in Gya-

rung as is A in Lepcha and Bur-

mese.

Hog.—Di-khi in Akush. Du, Water? Khi, fowl?

To-kha in Garo. To, blood and kha, fowl.

Tou-chi in Garo. Tou, fowl and chi blood.

Tou-doi in Bodo. Tou, fowl and D6i water.

(U Burmese, meaning originally

‘water,’ is the root of all the

other words, for which see ‘ Wa-

T6é-i in Khyeng. ter.’ The metaphorical and now

Di-i in Mru. only current sense of the word is

Di in Kami. + even more singular than that of

Tu-i in Dhimali. the preceding terms, amongst

U in Burmese. which the first is determined ana-

logically. The literal sense of

U’ is lost in Burmese, like Mi

\s for man.

Har.—Na in Armenian.

Ain in Tshari.

ett ae ; Ain = na-i, per metastasin.

Na in Burmese. ( Na, the root, speaks for itself. Vo

r Na in Tibetan. == bo = be = pe are phases of

Na in Singpho. one and the same servile which

Na-vo in Lhopa. =ko, ku. De Coros calls these

Né-ko in Limbu. “articles ;’’ and like all the ser-

Na-ku in Karien. viles, they often perform the arti-

Na-pé in Murmi. cular function of specification or

Na-bé in Gurung. emphasization.

(A rich fund of illustration of the

A-ga-na in Kami. serviles, the Na root being un-

Ka-né in Sak. questionable. My Himalayan

A-kha-na in Tankul. Vocabulary afford numerous sam-

Nha-tong in Dhimali. which are but pa and ta with the

frequent nasal addition.

Sha the root t’ prefix and r suffix

as before in endless examples.

N4-i-pong in Newari. ples of the pong and tong suffixes

Hair.—T-sha-r in Kasikumak.

BAD Te ; final the conjunct form of the ba,

Sab in Anzukh, bo suffix, so common in Tibetan,

$4-b in Tshari,

1858. ]

Horn

Bone.

Sha-ben in Burmese.

Sha-m in Mru.

Cha-m in Magar.

A-shé-m in Lepcha.

A-sha-m in Kami.

Tiui-sa-m in Khyeng.

Li-si-m in Khyeng.

Head.—Té-wi in Georgian.

Ta-u in Khas.

Tha-bo in Murmi.

Ta-ng in Kiranti.

Tha-gek in Limbu.

Thau in Gyami.

Ka-tati in Mou.

Head.—Kah. A-kah in Absné.

Za-ka in Altekesek.

A-ka in Tangkul.

Ka-ng in Burmese.

Da ka-m in Garo.

K-ra in Gurung.

Kho-ro in Bodo.

R-ka in Georgian.

Ra-g-s in Lettic.

Ru-g in Slavie,

Ak-ra in Lazic.

On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. 53

M servile = b, and constantly com-

mutable with it.

A prefix and M suffix, so common

in Lepcha that almost every

adjective in particular is. thus

formed.

Li = man. Hence lusam is hu-

man hair.

wi, servile = bi, vi, infra compare

wi-sha, voce salt.

Aspirate form of root, with bo

suffix.

Ng servile the customary nasal

appendage often superceded to

other serviles.

Gek servile. Compare git in Tshi-

eit, voce earth.

Aspirate root as in Murmi.

Ka, the common prefix. Note that,

in general, a, servile may be known

by the absence of accent, or of

broad vowel where writing is used.

A, servile, as in A-shom A-sa, &c.

1 Za servile, the sa prefix in its usual

Caucasian phase.

Ng servile.

Prefix da and suffix m, serviles.

Compare Hra for Hora Mse for

Me-se. So Kra for Ka-ra, the

ra suffix absorbing the vowel of

the root.

ro servile with harmonised vowel.

ne \ -Ra-k-ka in Tsari. { Ra, root ; ka servile adds k to it.

Servile ka absorbs the vowel of the

root ra.

g, and sg, servile.

g, servile.

Ak servile asin Ak-sa. It is the

ka suffix changed per metastasin.

54 On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. [ No. I.

Ra, and Ri. in Tibetan.

Sa ; spoken Ditto.

Ra-k in Thochu.

A-ro in Rukheng.

Rou in Lhopa.

Ré-ra in Horpa.

De-réng, in Sontal.

Am-ra in Sak.

A-ro-ng in Lepcha.

Ru in Gurung.

Ro-s, Ra-ng, in Magar.

Bone.—t Li-sa in Dido.

Lo-t in shan.

Bone.—Tsi-zyi in Suanie.

Gyo in Burmese.

Guro in Sunwar.

Mouth.—M6-lé in Kubitsh.

Miu-ra in Limbu.

Mia-r in Khoibu.

Mhi-tu in Newari.

Tooth.—d Zéh in Circassian.

Za-vi in Avar.

Si-bi in Lesgian.

T-shi in Chinese.

{ Pure root, of which rd, ri, ré ré

are the phases.

‘ jo servile and ka also, differential

addenda.

K final, conjunct form of ka suffix,

= prefixed K’ in Ak, which itself

is merely metastatic ka.

ré servile, or sig song repetition of

root. Dé, servile, the da particle

harmonised to vowel of root.

‘am,’ servile, metastatic ma.

‘a,’ prefix, and ng suffix, serviles.

Pure root.

(The roots for horn and bone are

constantly the same, both in the

Caucasianand Mongolian tongues.

The senses are sometimes distin-

guished by an additional particle,

as in Magar, which uses the pre-

prefix mi, human to demark

bone. Just such is the form in

lusan, voce hair.

( The root is Li, which is really only

a varied pronunciation of Tibe-

tan Ri. But note how the ser-

vile t stands equally as prefix and

suffix, just as does the servile r,

voce stone.

Tsi = Magar Mi, just remarked on :

zya, root, compare lusan, voce

hair.

- e

rd, servile.

M6, the root. Lé, servile.

Mi, the root. Ri servile.

The same with ra conjunct.

Mhiu, aspirate form of root as Mhé

for Mé, fire Nhi for Ni, day,

&e. &e.

d servile.

Z4—s. Observe that in the Mon-

golian samples the conjunct form

is used, swi, swa.

t’ servile, = d Circassian.

* 1853. | On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. 55

$6 in Lhopa.

Wa in Newari.

S-wé in Murmi.

S-wé in Thochu.

BP a Ti, the usual Gyarung prefix har-

Ti-swi in Gyarung. | monised to the root.

Th-wé in Burmese. Th, servile.

S6 in Tibetan.

S6 in Serpa.

Repeats the Burmese prefix with

an additional one.

K, servile, the quasi article so often

A-tha-wi in Sak.

Sa-k in Gurung.

Sya-k in Magar. noticed.

i 8 : ee Tong is the ta suffix with the nasal

Si-tong in Dhimali. addition before noted.

aE ae Intercalate y, as in Khyi for Khi,

y any voce dog, Nha for Na, voce ear.

Horse.—t’ Shé in Circassian.

A-sé in T hi foe

Bie PoGsoreian. Sa, changing to Sé is the root, the

Shé, Sé in Tibetan | aspiration being neutral as to

See an iehicow : sense. Thus we have Mhe or

pce. Me, Nhé or Né, Khi or Ki, &c.

S4-la in Newari.

S$4-dom in Sontal. Dom suffix, is the sexual sign.

Note the marvellous correspondence

of this word with its Mantchu

equivalent, roots and_ serviles

tallying, asin Katshu, voce hand.

oa in Georgian.

Pé-t-ché in Mantchu.

Foot.—Po-g in Lesgian. (The manner in which the words for

Pa-g in Chunsag. hand and foot run into each

Pa-g in Anzukh. other, alike im the Mongolian and

Pa-g in Khas,

P4-li in Newari.

im the Circassian series, is truly

remarkable, so much so that it

Bha-lé in Gurung. is difficult to distinguish the

Ba-lé in Murmi. terms. The Georgian Pé-che,

Foot.—T’shé-ka in Andi. 4 like the Mantchu Pét-che, in fact

Chhé in Horpa. blends the more special names:

Ché-n in Anam. for the lower and upper members,

Lip-ché in Manyak. and so do the Manyak Lipché

Lap-ché in Manyak = and Lapché, the latter word

hand. meaning hand, whilst Chéli, hand

Chap-lap in Garo. in Georgian, has the Ché root of

Chha in Gyami. \ foot with li servile.

56 On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. [Neaks 3

Foot.—Ka4-ch in Osetie. (Ka, K6, is the root in all these

Ko-ch in Tshetshentsh. | words and in the next one. Yet

Ko-g in Ingush. the two latter mean hand—a suf-

Ko-g, Ko-ek, Kwek in ficient confirmation of what just

y, Mizjeji. said !

K6-da in Kabitsh.

K6-ng in Khyi.

Ka-ng in Tibetan.

Ka-ng-lep in Lhopa.

Ka-n-du in Ple.

K4-do-t in Mon.

Ka-do in Pasuko.

K6 in Horpa.

A-kho in Kami.

Kh6-kho-i in Dhimali.

Khyé in Burmese.

Khau in Tunelhu.

Khi-t in Khoibu.

Khi-t in Khas.

Kha-ng in Newari.

Foot.—Ta-i in Kubitsh.

Ta-ra in Moasi.

A-ta-r in Sak.

Ta-mi in Gyarung.

Ka-ta in Sontal.

Hand.—Ké4-r in Tshari.

Ki-ch in Osetie.

Kweé-r in Anzug.

Ka-r in Sokpa.

Ga-r in Mongol.

For da suffix, see remarks on Tshe-

da, voce earth, and compare Ka-

do and Ka-do-t, infra.

Final ng, servile, as in many prior

| instances.

Lep may be servile, or it may be

the radical lip, lap of Lipche,

Lapché, &c.

Diu servile, also the annectant n.

Mean leg, yet have indubitably

the same root as the foregone,

the Do being servile, as in T'she-

do, voce earth.

The nude root, vast numbers of

such words occur in all the

tongues alike.

ee servile: Kho, the mere aspirate

phase of Ko.

Root repeated, as in Ka-ka, sky;

Cho-cho, hot, &c.

Means leg.

Ra, the common suffix.

ve the servile, so frequent in Lep-

cha and Burmese: r = ra.

Mi servile, means human.

Ta root. Ka, the common prefix.

r servile, conjunct ra, as in the

following words.

Ch servile, compare Sé-ch, &c.

(zr final servile. Ku-er, observe

here that Ku, Ka, Ga, is the root

| throughout the whole series and

4 note the identity of the word in

Sunwar and Anzak with reference

| to the alleged Greek etymon of

\ Kwer.

~ 1853.]

Ka in Kumi.

A-kaé in Kami.

Ta-ki in Sak.

Kweé-li in Sunwar.

Hand.—Kat-shi in Andi.

Kat-shi in Plé.

Hand.—Ché-li in Georgian.

Ché in Mingrelian.

Shi in Suanic.

Shi in Gyami.

Pat-shu in Pusako.

Chii-a-sé in Ple.

Blood.—t’ Sha, Sha in Absné.

Sha in Manyak.

S4h in Thochu.

Séh in Horpa.

Syé in Gyami.

Ta-shi in Gyarung.

Biood.—Thiu in Osetic.

Thwé in Burmese.

Thé in Sak.

Thé in Kasswi.

Th6-i in Garo.

Ka-thi in Khyeng.

A-thi in Kami.

Tha-k spoken Tibetan.

Blood.—I, E' in Dido.

Hi-n in Andi.

Y in Khyi.

Hi in Newari.

Hi-t in Kong.

On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. 57

The pure root.

ta and. ta prefixes, serviles.

)

Shu, the root.

Li servile, as in Ché-li, Georgian

for hand. The word therefore is

identically Anzug, li being = r.

Kat, a double ser-

vile ; ka-ta a marvellous accord !

Such samples leave no doubt as to

li being a servile.

Pat, double servile, pa-ta.

Compound of Andi Shi and Min-

grelian ché!!

( Compare the conjunct servile in the

Absné word, and observe that the

so-called monosyllabic and poly-

syllabic character of languages

has been made to rest on this

frail foundation !

( Observe that the change of root

from Tha to Thwé is exactly

similar to that of Kui to Kwé,

voce hand. ‘This identity of plan

prevailing throughout speaks

trumpet-tongued for the truth of

the affinity of races contended for.

Ka servile.

A servile.

K, the articular suffix.

N servile.

t’ servile.

58 On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. [No.- 1.

ea Doyen Ki servile, the ka suffix harmo-

Hi-ki in Dhimali. She cel

Hi in Khoibu.

Hi in Marung.

Hyu in Magar.

Blood.—Zi in Tshetshentsh.

Zi in Ingush.

Zi in Mezjiji.

Blood.—U-si in Sanwar. U servile as in U-ma, voce fire.

Chi in Garo.

A-zi in Champhang.

A-zyé in Maram.

Blood.—Bi, Pi in Avar.

Vi in Lepcha.

Wiin Mri.

Skin.—f Fé in Circassian.

t’ Ché-bi in Mingrelian.

Ga-shi in Armenian.

Pé in Kami.

Pi in Chinese.

Fi in Gyami.

Pi in Mri.

Ché-g4 in Newari. et servile, ag in Chan-eu hot.

Pa-ko in Lhopa.

Pa-g¢ in Tibetan.

(Ka is the root passim. Niand n,

two phases of the same servile.

Skin.—K4-ni in Georgian. The ‘m’ in Kampa, a euphonic co-

Ka-n in Suanie. pula with reference to the labial

Kam-pa in Lhopa. of the root.

Pa, servile, the common ba, pa suf-

fix of Tibetan.

Skin.—Bi-k in Dido. Here is another sample of the sub-

Di-bi in Murmi. stitution of servile for root, as Fa

Di in Anam. for Ma, voce fire, &e.

gu-ra, double servile. See remarks

Bi-gur in Bodo. voce Ego = homo.

reference to the very numerous

senses of the Sé root, and thus

we learn the differential function

of the serviles. See remarks

L voce man,

Tongue.—bb Sé in Circassian.

fe These repeated serviles bear direct:

rd Zhé in Tibetan. 1

Shé in Chinese.

1853. | On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. 59

Note again how the suffixed and pre-

Stone.—Do6-r in Osetic. fixed serviles tally, the root (D6)

r Do in Tibetan. being here indubitable. So Tsari

chi-m and Jili m-chi, voce water.

Doh in Lhopa.

Doh in Serpa.

Diin-ga in Khas ie suffix, and annectant n, both

servile.

The serviles have

been too frequently remarked on,

to need repetition. But note

well how congruous they are

Li-n in Khyeng.

Li-ng in Limbu. 5

Ta-li-n in Sak.

Lé-ng in Lepcha. |

Stone —Lé6-di in Georgian. [ Root is Ld, Tak:

Mein Kari, i ab initio usque ad finem !

Great.—Di-di in Georgian. Root repeated, as in Cho-cho, Pyé-

Di-di in Mingrelian. pyé, &c. &e.

Di in Tai.

Maas Gé, the ga prefix euphonised: t,

Gé-dé-t in Bodo. { conjunet ta.

Da in Kuanchua.

Dé-i in Anam. i final, servile.

Da in Pile.

ta-Dhi in Newari. aspirate form of the root, as Mhé

2 the common prefix and dhi, the

for Mé, &e.

Three.—Sami in Georgian.

Sami in Mingrelian.

Jum in Lazic.

Sum, Shum, Sam, Song, San, Tham, Tum, in all the Tibeto-H1-

malayan and Indo-Chinese tongues.

Four.—p Si in Circassian. ( Both root and servile are identical

min OM haseian in all five words; another marvel-

ees ; } lous instance of concord, capable,

b Zhi in Tibetan. | like the rest, of only one expla

Zhi in Lhopa. ; , y a

Zhyi in Serpa wn

y a Intercalate y, as in the nouns.

Si, Si-ka in Gyami. Ku, a servile.

t? si in Siamese. t’, servile: the common ta particle,

t’ sé in Shan. conjunct.

Si in Tai. The nude root.

Five.—Chi-ba in Circassian.

Pa chiein Talon vile as in the Pasuko word for

Chiu, the root. Pat, a double ser-

hand.

I 2

60 On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. [No. 1.

Hight.—Yat-sh in Tshe-

tshentsh.

Yat-sh in Limbu.

o-Yet in Takpa.

Ka-ya in Kami.

Ba-ya in Tangus.

Ri-ya-t in Mri.

Re-ya in Kiranti.

Yo in Sunwar.

Or-yét in Gyarung.

Eight.—Rwa in Georgian.

Ru-a in Mingrelian,

Ré-ya in Kiranti.

p-Ré in Murmi.

Ryié in Horpa.

Ra-nit in Mru. J

Nine.—b gi in Circassian,

d ga in Tibetan.

r gu-ré in Thochu,

Gu-bi in Manyak,

Guth in Sunwar.

Giui-n in Newari.

G6 in Horpa.

Kan-gu in Gyarung,

Ten.—p Shé-n in Circassian.

Zhé-ba in Abassian.

Swé-ba in Circassian —=

Su-a.

b Chu in Tibetan.

t Sha-i in Burmese,

h St in Kami.

Chi in Garo.

ta-Chi in Gyarung.

Shi in Chinese.

Sha-i in Tangus.

ta-Shi in Tunghlhu,

Si-stii in Sak.

t-Sa-u in Talien,

p-Chi in Takpa.

Chi in Serpa.

Cha in Gurung.

Cha in Lhopa.

Sa-n-ho in Newari.

Final sh’, servile. Another beauti-

ful sample of affinity.

g, servile, = v, d, p, below.

Y4 the root throughout the whole

series, with the common vocalic

changes.

‘Or’ servile, in Gyarung.

Vira, Ri, Ré, is the root beyond

doubt, though the Kiranti sample

under both this and the preced-

ing head shows how readily roots

become serviles and vice versa.

Note again the wonderful accord of

root and servile.

The ra particle here appears both

as prefix and suffix.

Bi servile, as in Circassian.

The pure root.

N, final, servile.

Nude root again.

Kan, double servile, Ka-na = Kam

in Kampa, voce skin.

(Sa, Cha, is the root with the usual

cycle of changes by aspiration

and by alteration of the vowel ;

and to the root, moreover, are

added the usual variety of servile

appendages in some cases, whilst

in others we have the nude root.

All this is perfectly conformable

to what has been seen in the

nouns, and it follows therefore

that the peculiarities commonly

ascribed to the numbers do not

really exist. The nature of the

error, as derived from the exami-

nation of a few only of these

tongues, may be appreciated by

adverting to the remarks in the

next paper on the differences

presented to all such observa-

tions.

1853. | On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. 61

Root repeated with ba suffix har-

monised and serial as in Circas-

Chi-chi-bi in Manyak. sian. This feature of the numeral

serviles is of frequent occurrence.

; See Essay on Bodo and Dhimali

| for two good samples.

P. 8. The above paper has been considerably augmented in num-

- ber of vocables, and in the analysis of them, since it was first pre-

sented to the Society, though not to the extent I had hoped and

purposed if health had not failed me. If however the principles of

the analysis (sufficiently revealed in their application and in the

observations of this and the following paper) be sound, they may be

easily carried as much further as is desired.

With regard to the soundness of those principles I am fully pre-

pared for censure of the presumption of attempting to analyse un-

known tongues ;—prepared also to see many errors of detail detected,

to afford apparent justification of such censure.

I can but solicit the particular attention of the candid to the per-

fect uniformity of the phenomena presented by the vocables, whether

nouns, pronouns or numerals, from the very beginning to the very

end of my paper, and ask, How this is to be explained, except upon

those principles which a comparison of the numerous Himdélayan

tongues with each other and with that of Tibet led me first to detect,

and which my opportunities of novel exploration beyond the Hima-

laya afforded me great advantages for testing the more extended

application of ? I have to regret that my investigations have been

interrupted just when they were beginning to produce their ripest

fruit, and to solicit the Society’s favourable construction of what is

now submitted, as it is, rather than trust to an uncertain future for

its improvement.

Supplement to the paper on the Mongolian Affinities of the

Caucasians.

Since the above paper was hastily written I have obtained through

the courteous aid of our Secretary the loan of the Mithridates and

Asia Polyglotta. The ampler stock of Caucasian and Mongolian

vocables thus placed within my reach (and illustrated too by occa-

sional analytical notices) has needed only to be compared with my

62 On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. [No. 1.

own large stores from the Himalaya, Tibet, Sifan, Indo-china and

Tamulian India, to satisfy me that the widest assumed scope of Al-

lophylian affinities might be placed on an unassailable basis. Again,

a renewed reference to well known works* has equally satisfied me

that nothing short of a careful analytical demonstration would be

accepted after the frequent insufficiently supported assertions, and

more or less superficial investigations that have been given to the

world, even Dr. Latham’s splendid panoramic view of the subject,

though in fact well grounded on the opinions at least of numerous

scholars,} and fortified, moreover, by the adduction of some special

evidencet either priorly overlooked or only recently accessible, hav-

ing met with a cold, not to say a scoffing, reception. §

I therefore beg permission to withhold for the present the com-

parative list of Caucasian and Mongolian vocables which I had pre-

pared to accompany the above paper on the resemblance of Circas-

sian and Gydaréng pronouns, pledging myself that that list shall ere

long be submitted to the Society, so amplified, and analysed, as to

enable the scholar both to test and to extend the analogies sampled

by the list.||

In the meanwhile and with reference to the above paper I sub-

join some farther explanations which will not only serve to illustrate

more fully its special topic (pronouns), but to show how continued

attention to the general topic teems with fresh proofs of the sound-

ness of the opinion that Caucasus is essentially Tartaric, and that

the widest sense of the word Tartaric is the truest.

Klaproth, who was too well informed on the subject to insist on

the Arian origin of the Caucasians generally, yet contended that the

Osi were Indo-germanic.

I shall soon be able, I think, to show that the elements and the

mechanism of words in the Osetic tongue are purely Tartar, and that

* Prichard III. 13 et seq; IV. 384 et seq. Report of the British Association for

1850, p. 174 et seq. Madras Journaf for July 1837, and January, June 1850.

+ Klaproth, Dobrosky, Rask, Rolt, Norris, &c. &c,

t Brown's Indo.-Chinese vocabularies, and Rosen’s Caucasian Researches.

§ Edinburgh Review. Article Bopp’s Grammar.

|| This has been done, I hope tolerably effectually, in the list as it now

stands,

1853. | On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. 63

the very name of the race (O-si*), like that of the Georgians (Swan),

proves their Tartaric progeniture, these names being significant, and

significant in the special mode in use among the Tartar races. How

Bopp could contend for the Arian origin of a race styling themselves

Swan, and go to Sanscrit for Georgian etymologies, I am the more

surprised, as Swan in Sanscrit means Dog, and we can hardly suppose

that the Georgians or any other people would call themselves Dogs,

though their neighbours might so compliment them. Not to travel

however beyond pronouns, I may mention that I have a long list of

Mongolian equivalents for the Caucasian pronouns, and that, for

instance, the Ma root in all its phases (M4, Mi, M6, Mu,) and in both

its senses (nominal and pronominal) will be exactly matched by a

long series of Tartaric equivalents. Nor are the so called inflections

or declensional signs, less Tartaric than the roots ; for instance i or

ni for the genitive; an, ang, nang for the dative case; the i being

Tibetan, Takpa, Horpa, &c.; the ni, Mongol, Mantchu, Turki, Bodo ;

the an or ang, nan or nang, Dhimali, Turki, Ouigtir, &c. Here is a

sample.

Pronoun I,

Ouigur. Osetie.

N. Ma, Ma-n, Ma, Ma-n

G. Ma-ni-ng, Ma-ni.

D: Ma-nang

Méng-gé Ma-nan.

In Ouigtr the first na suffix is often dropt in the dative, and the

second, reiterated ; and thus we have Manggé for Ma nang. Both

changes are thoroughly consonant to the genius of these tongues,

and are in perfect harmony with the alternative nominative form

Ma, or Ma-n. The n final is here simply emphatic, and is the con-

junct form of the na suffix. All these particles, in either their ser-

vile or radical character and function, may be used conjunctly and

disjunctly, that is with or without their vowel ;f and all may be also

* See the note in the sequel on words with the O’ and Si roots, O-as,

O-su-ri, O-zu-r-ka, &c.

+ Here are some examples, k’ ma-ri man in Georgian, ka-mi, man in

kami: Mia-ra, man in Sunwar, M-ri man in Mrdé (root, ma, mi, mu): M-za,

fire in Absne, Mi-za, fire in Avar (root mi): S-mé girl in Horpa, Sa-mé girl in

64 On the Mongolian Affimties of the Caucasians. [ No. 1.

augmented by various new elements or by reiteration, without affect-

ing the sense in either case. Here are some samples of the disjunct

and reiterated, or added na, with one of these singular equivalents.

Pronouns I. Thou. He.

Tibetan Na, Nani. Khé, Khéna. Kho, Khona.

Esthonian Ma, Minna. Si, Sinna. Ta, Temma.

We see here that the suffix m4 is equal to the suffix na. So also

is the suffix ra, which has been noticed as common, in form and

function, to the Circassian and Gyaéring tongues, but which in fact

has. a wide and almost universal prevalence among these tongues,

being attached like all the other serviles alike to pronouns, nouns,

numerals, adverbs and changing or dropping its vowel as well as tak-

ing the sursuffix n, ng, without more alteration in its meaning than

in the other cases of reiteration and elision and vocalic changes

above illustrated in the pronominal roots and serviles, and in the

nominal ones also, by the subjoined note.

In fact such, and much greater, reiteration, cumulation, substitu-

tion and vocalic change, with concomitant contractions medial and

final, affecting roots as well as serviles, are chief almost among the

fundamental laws of these languages and constitute the veil that has

so long concealed their complete affinity. Who, for instance, would

suppose Namasini or contractedly Namsin, day, to be the same

with Ni, Nyi, or Nin? Show him, however, the intermediate forms

Nani, Mani and Sini, and show him also this intercalate y and final

n of the root, as well as this cumulation and these changes of the

serviles, holding good in a great number of other instances, and you

will carry him with you in this one and the rest, as I hope to do my

readers by and by.

Here are some further pronominal illustrations of the Ra suffix.

Jt attaches, as ra, to the 1st and 2nd singular in Circassian, exclu-

Tunglhu, Sa-mi girl in Burmese (root mé, mi). Note also the vocalic changes of

roots and of the servile ra, in ma-riand mt-ri and m-ri ka servile of Geor-

gian kmari, is dropt in Suanic Maré, where again the servile ri becomes re. In the

Indo-chinese tongues we have the ka prefix present and absent in this very word,

man, just as in the Caucasian, witness k’ lun in kolun being lun in Burmese. I

may add L-6-k in Tai and Lé-g in Osetic with the k vel g suffix (root, 14, 1d, le).

1853. | On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. 65

sively ; to the 2nd singular only in Gy4rung, as ré; to the 3rd. sin-

gular only in Mongol and Mantcht, and Sokpo, as ré; to the 3rd

singular only in Gondi as r; to the 3rd plural only in Turki, as ré ;

to all three plurals, and to no singular in Rukheng, as rd; to the

same in Burmese as do, (local difference and of pronunciation mere-

ly) ; to the 1st and 8rd plural in Mongol as da and dé respectively ;

to all three plurals in Takpa, and to them only, as ra; to all the

persons singular and plural in Tibetan, as rang, usually rendered by

self; to the 1st and 3rd plural in Ouigir, as ar vel lar. The usual

reading of Olar, they, is O-lar, making lar a so-called plural sign.

But if Ol be ‘he,’ in Ouigtr and Turki, ol-ar must be ‘they.’ How-

ever, O is undoubtedly the root ; as proveable by numberless instances

in the cognate tongues; and 14 is an infix, and O-la-ra, the true ety-

mological analysis, as of the Turkish anlar and anlaré, the analysis

is, a-na-la-ra, 4 being here* the root (anggé, to him a-ning, his), and

na-la-ra, serviles, whereof the first is the emphatic na above illus-

trated; and ar, vel ra, vel la-ra, the so-called plural sign or signs,

though in my judgment it is to mistake the true genius and charac-

ter of these tongues to give to any of their particles, except with

extreme reserve, the attributes of strict grammar (declensional marks),

or a precise independant signification such as self for rang in Tibetan.

Rang is a compound of the ra, and ang particles. The phases of the

latter are a, an, ang, and the reflective or egoistic sense, such as it

is, (itis most like that of the Sanscrit swa) attaches, not to the

compound rang, but to the simple ang. In Béddo and Garo and

Hayu ang stands for the first personal pronoun; in Limbu and

many other allied tongues it is the first possessive, in the form of 4.

In Tagala and Malaya 4 and aku represent the first personal, and

ang is an articular prefix of the same drift. The first personal is

an-ka in Kiranti and a-za in Osetic, prefix in all these instances, in

others even of the same tongues it is a suffix; but still whether

* The change of the root from 6 to 4in Turki and Ouigutr is continued in

Mantchu, wherein it becomesi. Precisely in like manner we have Mi, vel Ma

vel Mé, for five, and Ni, vel Na, vel Né for day, in Caucasus.

t As ang is prefix or suffix, so is any other servile, for instance the ka of anka,

here cited ; thus, k’ mari, man, in Georgian (mari in Suanic) and Osurka, maid,

in Mingrelian (Osuri in Lazic). See on to further note.

66 On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. [ No. 1.

attached to pronouns, verbs, or nouns and whether prefixed or post-

fixed or standing alone, as root or servile, it is apt to indicate a

reflective character. This is the reason why it so constantly marks

the possessive case, with or without a preposed particle; but if with

one, usually the na conjunct, which is only one phase, as ang-gé is

another phase, of the repetition of itself; and this is also the reason

why in so many of these tongues the ang suffix when appended to

verbs and their participles, designates the first person. Thus Kazang

I eat, Kazdngti I who eat, I the eater, I eating, from the root za, 26,

in Gydring. Piré, give; Pi-rang or Piréng-gé or Pirang-né, give

to me, in Limbu, from the root Pi Davo, give, Davong give to me, in

Gyarung, from the root va, vo. These forms are imperative. The

indicative ones are similar, thus Piré and Dovo mean, you or he

(quivis preter meipsum) gives; and Pirang, Dovong, I myself give,

Ang-né and Ang-gé are equal and are reiterations of the a, an, or

ang particle.* Compare ang-gé to me, in Turki and Ouigir; and

mang-gé to me in Ouigtr with their equivalent md-n4n in Osetic.

Piré and Piréng show very pointedly that the reflective virtue re-

sides not in the ra particle but in the dng particle. This case also

examplifies their conjunction. Ma-nang is the disjunct form; mdng,

the conjunct; and mang-gé, is the same, only more emphatic ; mang,

to me, mang-gé to myself; and méng-né and mang-ré, are both

equivalents and emphasizers merely. So mini is mine; and mining-

gé, my own, in Mongol and Mantchi; the nang becoming ning

euphonically to harmonise with the mi root. And, by the way, we

may here, as in all the other derivatives, note the forthcomingness

of the widely prevalent Mi root, though obsolete as a nominative in

these two tongues, just as it is in the analogous sense of man (Ego =

homo plur. exem.) in Burmese, wherein however we similarly gather

it from its derivatives, woman and child, Mimma? and Sa mi.

* In Sontal Uraon, Ho and Hayu, the ang becomes ing, and eng with the very

same emphatic reiteration, viz. eng gna and ing ga.

+ Compare Esthonian Temma, supra, where suffix ma = emphatic na. All these

tongues affect alliteration and consonantal as well as vocalic harmony to an extent

quite perplexing, since each tongue has its fancies in this respect. Here ma is a

root.

)

1853. | On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. 67

I have illustrated the pronominal and verbal uses of the ra parti-

cle, as well as explained its relation to rang. Here are some exem-

plifications of its nominal and other uses. I fear I shall weary the

Yeader: but he must remember that what is true of this particle is

true of all the particles; and that, whereas a confined view of the

character and functions of this grand element of these tongues has

led to very erroneous notions as to their general affinity, so a com-

plete conception of the nature of the particles is the best guide to a

just perception of that affinity. For instance, Rosen has dwelt on

the unique character of the Circassian pronouns arising in good part

out of the operation of the rd particle, and I, following him, have

announced with reasonable surprise the fact that the same pecu-

larities are attached to the Gyarting pronouns, whereas in very truth

whatever he or I noticed in this respect as to the pronouns is equal-

ly true as to the nouns, adverbs, &c., and that not merely in the

languages of the Circassia and Gyartng, but in every tongue from

Caucasus to the Pacific. Here is the enumeration.

Ma-re, man, Suanic, Ma-ri, man,* Georgian, Ma-ro man, Lepcha,

* T here omit the ka prefix, with full warrant from usage:

See prior note on kmari and kliu; ka suffix in Ozurka is the same thing and

similarly omissible, witness osuri. Here 6 is the root, = 4, meaning man, and it

also takes the k prefix. St is the sa particle harmonised in its vowel to the root.

It is a diminutive, so that G-sa, U-sa or U-a-sa is child and Kusais equally child.

We have Kusa and A-sa in Limbu, and U-a-sa in Avor, Us in Osetic, U-as in

Wogul, U-er in Armenian, Sa in its capacity of diminutive means woman as well

as child when added to any root for man as U' or Mi; and hence Ossetic U-sa wo-

man = Mi-sa, Newari. Such and so concordant are all the elements. In Are

menian Uerti, child, erti vel rati being servile, it follows that the a root for man

may express juniors as well as adults, whilst the Gydréng Us, man, and Ossetic

Us woman prove that the U root expresses both sexes meaning man-kind or the

species man, and also that Sa is not uniformly a diminutive but a synonyme.

This will be amply proved by and by, when the O-U-W, and the Sa, Si, Shi, roots

for mankind are arrayed, and then it will be also seen that the name of the Osetic

people is derived from two synonymes for man, and that, like TA4-ta, or Tshe-tshe-

nsh, it is = Allemanni. The Caucasian puzzle as to Us, Ush, Ushi, U-as, U-as-

sa, U-er, O-su, O-zu, is solved by this explanation, and if we add the Murmi Bu

root for man (supra) we have the clue to the Caucasian Bo-zo, Bo-shi, Bit-shi, Bi-

shi, for all which I have numerous Mongolian equivalents, thus Po-zo in Pasuko,

Pu-sa in Karien, Bu-cha in Tekpa, Bi-sha and Bi-shi in Bodo, .

68 On the Mongolian affinities of the Caucasians. [No. 1.

Mi-ri, man, Sunwar, M-rié, man, Mri, Ilé-ru, before, Turki, uz-ré

upon, Turki, Herel-ri man, Sontal.

Lan-ré, once, Tibetan. Kyv-ré, river, Akush. Tho-ré, to-morrow,

Tibetan. Wa4-ran, rain, Ossetic. Mu-ran, river, Turki. Mai-ran, arm,

Mantchi. Kodl-ron, child, Mongol. Kho-rang, sky, Bodo. Chak-

reng, hand, Garo. Di-rang, this, Serpa. Dé-ring, to-day, Tibetan.

Ré-m-bu, man, Limbu. Res-ga, where, Tibetan (samples of prefix).

Us-rés man, Gy4ring (sa,added). Reu-re, nine, Manyak. Ma-r, horse,

spoken Chinese. Ma-rhi horse, Sokpa. Gé-r, where, Tibetan. Ga-ri,

where, Tibetan. De-r, and Dé-ri, there, Tibetan. Ta-r-ti, cap,

Gyaring. Ti-r-mi, man, Gyérung. Ok-ur, ox, Magyar. O-zu-r-ka,

maid, Mingrelian (ka added see note). O-si-ri, maid, Lazic. U-er-

ti, boy, Armenian. Pu-r-ti, bird, Andi (ti, added, the rati suffix).

Do-r, stone, Osetic. Teng-er, sea, Magyar, Sha-r, ox, Mongol.

Khor, river, Avar. Ku-er, hand, Anzig. Ka-r, hand, Tshari. Ka-r.

hand, Sokpo.

We thus see that the ra particle changes its vowel to the utmost

(rd, ré, ri, rd, ra) ; takes the ang or other additional particle, (ti, ka,

sa); occupies the initial (res-ga), medial (pu-r-ti), or final (ka-r)

position, or even both (r gi-re), with reference to the root, and

lastly, blends itself with that root dropping its vowel (gar), or stands

apart retaining its vowel (ga-ri); and all this without change or

even modification of the meaning of the word as derived from the

root further than a certain emphasizing can be so termed, as Kho-

rang, the sky; ka-r, the hand.

Such elements of speech, and all the serviles are essentially alike,

can with little propriety be designated by our grammar terms or

alleged to be conjugational or declensional marks except with ex-

treme caution. The essence of a grammatical rule or part of speech

is generalization : the essence of the function of these particles is

the very opposite or specialization; and thus it is that unlimited

change of place and change of form belong to the latter, whilst no-

thing of the sort does or can belong to the former. |

Of the habit of applying our grammatical terms to the elements

of these tongues in central Asia, without any apparent perception

of their true character* as noted in the South Eastern islands, I will

give a sample from the Altaic group of languages.

* To prove this it suffices to advert to Vater’s derivation of the Caucasian kar

1853. | On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. 69

The plurals of the Mantchu personal pronouns are thus stated and

commented upon.

We. Ye. Vhey.

i. oe ; Souwé. Tését.

To this statement of the pronouns it is added that Bé, Sou wé,

and Tését, constitute the ordinary series; that Mousé is a sample of

the Dualistic form ; and that it is regularly derived from Mou, I, by

the addition of the plural sign sé. Now it is quite true that the

existence of a Dual or rather, of an inclusive plural* is one of the

characteristics of these tongues and one that prevails very generally

from the Pacific to Caucasus. But how it can be said that in the

Mantchu tongue this inclusive plural is formed regularly from the

singular Mou by means of the plural sign sé, I cannot conceive,

since a regular pluralizing particle would be uniformly applied and

wear one shape, whereas there is here in the three persons of the

pronouns no vestige of such attributes in the sé particle. The ordi-

nary “we’’ (be) has no trace of this or other pluralizing suffix: the

ordinary “ye’’ (sou wé) has quite a different augment (wé); and,

lastly, the 3rd person shows the sé particle indeed, but with a foreign

element or suffixed t (sét). Now surely a grammatical rule must

have some identity of character; what it includes must be similar

in form and application. But that im the Mantchi pronouns the

plurals cannot be said to be regularly formed by the addition of sé

is self-apparent ; and if we turn to any collated list of the pronouns

of the Altaic tongues generally we shall immediately perceive the

same anomalies prevailing throughout this group of languages, and

affecting both the form and the application of all the particles; the

ang suffix, for instance, being at once a genitive and a dative sign in

and kwer, hand, from xeip, and Klaproth’s of Waran rain from W!)¥ and Maré

from 27”. I shall give numerous Tartar equivalents for all three and thus prove

their roots to be respectively Ka, Wa and Ma, the ra, ré and ran being serviles, or

rather phases of one servile.

* This remarkable and arbitrary feature of a dual and two plurals I have already

detected in the Kuswar, Hayu and Kiranti tongues of the Himaiaya and in the Ho,

Sontal and Uraon tongues of Tamulian India, I need hardly add that the same

peculiarity belongs to the Tagalan and Alforian languages, as well as the Altaic.

70 On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. [No. 1.

a single tongue (sanggé, of thee; manggé, to me, in Ouigur), and

also changing its form entirely in the same case (maning, of me;

sangeé, of thee) in that single tongue. Look again beyond the

Altaic group and you will see the same anomalies. Every body had

noticed them in this or that instance, and I have on this account my-

self demurred to the use of the pronouns at all as a test of ethnic

affinity. Iam now aware that I was misled by the authority of

great names looking at these particles from a too grammatical point

of view. We first make the particles grammatical and then we

declare them to be utterly anomalous; the facts being, ‘that they

are not strictly or uniformly grammatical, generally speaking, nor

perhaps any where so except as the result of Arian influences

(Tibetan, Newarese, cultivated Tamulian, and so in Caucasus) ; and

that they obey their own law with perfect uniformity, and equally so

when they attach to pronouns as to nouns and to verbs. That they

are not strictly grammatical may be shown as well by their inconsis-

tency with any intelligible conception of grammar,* as by the har-

monious and simple elucidation they admit of according to their

own norma loquendi or mechanism of speech.

Look, for instance, at the following explication of the Mantchu

plurals above cited, or Mouse, Souwé and Tesét. Mou-sé, we, = I

and Thou, thus, Mou is the Ma, Mi, Mo, root for I, obsolete as an

ordinary nominative in this tongue, but found as such in most of

the cognate series of tongues and forthcoming even in Mantchu in

all the oblique cases (Mi-ni; Mi-ninggé; Mi-ndé), Sé, again, is the

sd, sé, si, s0, root for Thou; still extant as si in this tongue, as sé in

Turki, as s4 in Ouigur, Finnic and Esthonian, not to cite more

instances from my ample store. Therefore Mousé is beyond dispute

a compound of two roots meaning I and Thou. In like manner pre-

* There should be, though there is not, a higher sort of grammar capable of

reconciling Tartaric forms of speech with our own, that is, of showing the equiva-

lency of each to the other. In the meanwhile the use of our technical terms in

discussing the Tartar tongues is natural, almost inevitable; and at all events I beg

earnestly to disclaim all purpose of censure whilst attempting to elucidate. There

is much grammar in these tongues, but as I think borrowed and shown to be so, as

well by reference to the much larger and unchanged portion of the languages as by

the unharmonising character which the grammatical element wears when it exists.

1853. ] On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. fii

cisely is Sou-wé, ye, a compound of the root above cited for Thou,

and of the O, U, root for He; which latter, though obsolete in

Mantchu, is extant in Turki and in Ouigur as O; in Magyar as O/é or

wé; in Circassian as ui or wi; in G4ro as 4; in Dhimali, in Gyarung

and in Tunglhu, as wa; in Newari, as wo, &e. &c. Sou-wé ye, is

therefore palpably a compound of the roots expressing Thou and

He ; So changing to Sou, as Mo to Mou, and O'é to wé; the é more-

over being a synonyme of 6, and a phase of the i root, found alike

in this very Mantchu tongue and in Circassian; so that the Magyar

oé, Circassian vi and Mantchu i, with other instances just cited, lead

irresistably to wé == He in Mantchu. Therefore Souwé, ye, is

literally Thou and He; as Mousé, wé is literally I and Thou. In

like manner the 3rd plural or they, Tését, is undoubtedly a com-

pound of Té = he, and Sé = Thou. The sé root has the ta particle

added as a conjunct servile (sé-t,) according to a rule of universal

operation in these tongues. Té is extant in Mantchu in the sense

of He. It has the ra particle suffixed and harmonised in its vowel to

the vowel of the root (téré,) also according to an universal rule

governing these particles; and Sé, in the sense of Thou, is likewise

extant, as Si in Mantchu, as Sé in Turki; as 84 in some one of its

phases, in short, (Sa, Sé, Si, So, Su) in 20 of these tongues. There-

fore Té-sé-t, or They, is, literally, He and Thou ; and the whole of the

three plurals are constructed upon precisely the same principle thus :

Mou-sé, = we, = I and Thou.

Sou-wé, = ye, = Thou and He.

Té-sé-t, = They, = He and Thou.

In like manner the Mongolian plurals Bi-da, Ta, and Té-dé-t, might

be analysed by means of the Tibetan demonstratives Di and Dé with

their analogues in allied tongues ; and shown to be nothing more than

reiterate pronouns of the singular number, and also that the Da Dé,

is no more a plural sign than the third phase of this particle or Dou

(Da, Dé, Di, Dé) is a dative sign though widely as erroneously so

regarded (just as De Coros regards the equivalent ra,* particle), wit-

* De Coros, pursuant to his view of the ra particle, as a dative case sign, trans-

lates Namgar in one instance and another, to Heaven. Now, Nam is the Sun, and

Kha vel ga is place; and that the ra suffix only emphasises the sense of Kha vel

Ga may be shown by a familiar pair of Examples. Gar vel Garo and Takla-khar

72 On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. [| No. 1,

ness T sé-do, to the earth, Ko-da, to the foot, &c., in the Caucasian

group, according to Vater. In truth, the Da particle is in these latter —

instances a servile, not a radical, as is the sé before given; but appa-

. rently neither radical nor servile can be regarded in strictness as a

declensional sign, of case or of number. Nor in the great majority

of these tongues from Caucasus to Oceanica do these or the other

particles* ordinarily fulfil the necessary conditions of such a sign,

with the scant and obvious exceptions before noted. The Sa radical

and the da servile are both alike particles and as such subject to the

laws regulating particles according to which all their alleged anomalies

in either character can be explained, including not only every vocalic

change, incident to them in both capacities alike, but also that sub-—

stitution whereby they interchange functions and the root becomes a -

servile, or the servile, a root. Thus, for example, the sé particle is

undoubtedly a root in the instances cited above; and it is as un-

doubtedly a servile in the Magar tongue wherein I-sé means this,

and O’-sé, that; 1 and 6 being the near and remote demonstratives,

with sé as a servile affix, answering exactly to the Georgian §, in 1-s,

he. Compare Circassian i with Georgian i-s, and the servile and

equivalent character of the Sa suffix in these instances drawn from

the Magyar and Georgian tongues will be at once apparent, and it

will be also perceived how the alleged plural sense is here neither

admissible nor possible, though the particle be assuredly the identical

one to which in the Mantchu tongue the plural quality is attributed.

In explaining the Mantchu pronouns I have included almost all

that need be said of the Circassian 3rd personal singular, or 4 {,

with its change to t’ conjunct, as in t-ab, his father.

If we consider the U, the I, and the T, as all radicals, we may yet

find numerous equivalents for each in that sense; and if, again, we

regard the t’ as a servile superseding the radical ui, or wi, we may

are the names of two well known places in Nari, Gar meaning the place or fort, or

head-quarters of its district ; and Takla-khar, the place, or fort, or Sadr, of Takla.

Again the 13th divisions of the spire of a Chaitya are called Chuksum-khar in

Tibetan, = triyodas bhuvan in Sanscrit, i. e., ¢he 13th mansion.

* The cha suffix in Ma-ch, we, Osetic, is called a plural sign. What is it in

Sa-ch, earth ? Probably what it is in A-ch, one, Circassian, viz., a servile with the

usual differential function.

_—

1853. | On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. 73

find abundant instances of such supersession alike among the Cau-

casian and the Mongolian tongues, as Ma, Ma-fa, Fa, fire ; Bi, Di-bi,

Di, skin ; 84, Ba-sé, Ba, Cow; and many more for which I must refer

to the forthcoming analysed list of vocables.

With regard to Mongolian equivalents for the radicals U, I and

Ta, in the sense of He, the 3rd personal, the subjoined enumeration

must suffice at present.

U, Circassian, = 4 in Garo; ti in Sontal; O/ (6é) in Magyar; O'

in Ouigur and Turki; W6 in Newari; Wa in Gyaring, in Dhimali*

andin Tunglhu. I’, Circassian, = I’, in Mantchu; I’ in Sontal; I’,

in Burmese, (this) ; E’, in Magyar (O’é) ; E’, in Kalmak ; EH’, in Lazig ;

I’-s, in Georgian ; I’-sé in Magar; I’-tu in Tagalan. Ta Circassian, =

Té, in Mongol; Té, in Mantchu; Ta, in Esthonian; Ta, in Chinese ;

Tha, in Gyami; Thi, in Gurung; Thé, in Murmi; Thu, in Burmese.

If, again, we take the Circassian 1 i as one root and word, we

have parallels for it in the Magyar 0é, similarly taken, and in all

the wa roots should we read wi, (w for wu).

With regard to the Gyéring wa ti, which I have compared with

the Circassian % i changing in composition to ta, itis very important

to observe that if wa tui and ti be considered as compounds of two

synonymous roots, according to the above detailed exposition of

* The perfect agreement of the Circassian and Dhimali in regard to the singular

of the 3rd personal, 4 being he, in both tongues, renders the proximate agreement

of the perplexing plural, i-bert and u-bal, very interesting. I have tried fhe ana-

lysis in several ways but have not succeeded to my own satisfaction: but I submit

the following.

U-ba-rt = they = he and he; one he being the & above elucidated, and the

other, a synonymous ba, bé, bi, root such as Bi actually is in Bodo: rt, servile;

the ra and ta suffixes conjunct,

U-ba-l1 = they = he and he, as before. The juxtaposition of the Bodo and

Dhimal tribes renders the adoption of the Bi root from Bodo likely in this instance.

It is however a word and root widely diffused and used as a noun and pronoun

also. Final 1’, servile. The Suanic Al, he; aud the Ouigir and Turki Ol,

he and Ol-ar, they, are very suggestive, as also the Turkish and Ouigur Bi, and

the Sokpo Bu in Abid, with all the numerous words for man having the Bi root,

as Bi-shi, juvenis, alike in Turki and in Bodo. Nominal and pronominal roots are

so apt to coincide that I have a long list of coincident roots for Ego = Homo: for

instance the Mi root, and Ta root and Sa root, and Ba root.

74 On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. [No. 1.

roots, then that such reiterated pronouns are completely conforma-

ble to the genius of these tongues, and as such harmonise perfectly

with the preceding exposition of the plurals. These tongues in fact

revel in cumulation pronominal and nominal, varying as to the exact

applications of the emphasized or reiterated pronouns,* but pre-

serving a general overruling similitude, of which the following in-

stance from a Himalayan and a Caucasian tongue is too singular to

be omitted. In Georgian the i root for the 3rd personal singular,

or he, becomes by such accretion, gradually augmenting, first i-s, and

then, 1-ti-né; and in Magar the same root with the same sense (ille

iste) becomes i-sé and i-sé-né, according as more or less of emphasis

and discrimination is needed. Again, the Georgian ti; in iti na, is

the Burmese thi, in I-thi, a word compounded of two synonymes,

both meaning this (ille), and conjointly equivalent precisely to iséna

as well as itina in Magar and Georgian respectively. Thi, again,

means he, the 8rd personal, in Burmese, and this word, which is

merely another phase of the tha particle (tha, thi, thu, tho—which

last signifies that, and is Tibetan)—brings us back to the Tagalan 1-ti

and the Gydrting wa-ti every particle, whether used in a primary or

secondary sense, taking the aspirate indifferently (Mé, Mhé, fire ;

Ni, Nhi, day; ka, kha, sky; et cet., ad libitum).

Now, if we look again at the Gy4rting wa tu through the medium

of the Malayan and Tagalan i ti and the Circassian ri t and ta,—all

but the last equally involving a double pronominal root and single

sense—we shall see in this identical composition and identical idio-

matic use of the 3rd personal pronoun, illustrated on all sides as

they are by Altaic, Himalayan and Indo-Chinese equivalents repro-

ducing every form and phase of the roots, a marvellous proof of the

affinity of all the tongues. But this is not all, for the Circassian

ti and Y commutable to T derives the highest and complete ilustra-

tion from another and most interesting quarter, to wit the unculti-

vated Tamulian tongues of India amongst which the Sontal exhibits

both u and I for the third personal pronoun as well as their com-

* See Mith. voce Turki, I. 467 et seq. and Essay on Koch, Bodo and Dhimal,

p- 120, and De Coros’ Grammar, p. 65, Crawfurd’s Malayan Grammar, Phillips’s

Sontal Grammar, and Brown’s Asam Grammar.

1853. | On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. 75

mutation into T* whilst the Gondi has 4 (w) similarly commutable.

For the proof of these most remarkable co-incidences I refer the

student to the works of Phillips and Driberg, merely observing in

conclusion that it is but a sample of those analogies derivable from

the same interesting quarter which I have already made good pro-

gress in the development of, and which when fully exhibited will

go far to confirm the conviction that the Tartaric family is one and

indivisible from the Caucasus to the Pacific.

The prospect of a retinion of all the Tartars suggests the consi-

deration of a fitting designation for the whole; and, whatever my

leanine towards the term Scythian from veneration for the father

of history who first introduced this mighty herd to our view, I pre-

fer upon the whole the more familiar appellation Tartar, 1st, because

it has a sense as ample as our present requirement, in which respect

it has no advantage over Scythian—2nd, because it has an etymolo-

gical significance thoroughly indigenous and in the highest degree

appropriate, as well with reference to the structure of those tongues

by the dissection of which we have come at a knowledge of the whole

scope of Tartar affinities, as with regard to that characteristic idiom

according to which the name of a tribe is the name of our species.

Ta means man in a score of extant tongues; and Ta designates nume-

rous extant tribes stretching from the Altai to the gulf of Siam,

whilst the same or equivalent names prevail throughout the Mongo-

lian countries and in Caucasus ;{ and, lastly, the reiteration whereby

* The transposableness of the particles in these tongues has been already stated,

and abundantly proved. With this hint look at the following wonderful sample of

analogous structure, t-ab, his father, in Circassian ; apa-t, his father,in Sontal. It

is needless almost to add that the word for father is ab in the former tongue; apa

in the latter. Not one of Bopp’s celebrated Arian affinities surpasses the above

in beauty and interest.

+ Essay on Koch, Bodo and Dhimal, Preface, pages 8—9, where the reader may

see that seven years ago I had a strong presentiment of what I now hope to de-

monstrate.

¢ Tsha-ri, Tshé-tshé-nsh, &c. come from the ta and sa roots for man, and are

seen in similar combination, being synonymes, in the Chinese and Georgian Tsé

meaning man, whereof Tsé-s, is a diminutive. The Chinese call the Tartars

indifferently Tha-tha and Tha-tsé, and so do the Newars of Nepal, whilst Ta-i, Ta-

i-m6é, Ta i-lung, Ta-i-né, Ta-i-yé, names of tribes from Assam to the Ocean, are

L 2

76 On the Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians. [ No. 1.

the Ta, or Zenghis’ clansmen, came to be called Ta-ta, vel Tha-tha,

(men pre-eminently, quasi Allemanni) is a normal sample of one of

the chief constructive principles of these tongues. Wherefore I

would abide by that medieval designation by which all the races

beyond the confines of Europe have been known to Europe in mo-

dern times, and which from and after the middle ages superseded the

classical term Scythian—-a term of as wide import as the other and

so far equally fitting, but now laid aside, and never so etymological-

ly just as Tartar, the very r of which word, though carped at by half-

informed critics, is in fact thoroughly in accordance with the jus et

norma of Tartaric speech, everywhere from. Oceanic to the Caucasian

region.

all not only Ta but Ta-ta, since the second syllable is in all a synonyme, and there-

fore as equivalent as Tshé-tshé and Ta-ta which are reiterations. As instances,

familiar to us in India, of a tribe-name signifying also man in the language of that

tribe, I may mention, A-nam, Mru, K lun, Ka mi, Ku-mi, Kong, Lau, Mé-n,

Mo-i, Bar-ma. These are simple. Mi-shi-mi, Md-r-mi, &c. are compound.

Occasionally, as in Burmese, the root may be obsolete in the human sense; but

it will always be found in its derivatives or in the proximate tongues, leaving the

principle of gentile nomenclature indisputable. In Misshimi we have the Mi and

Shi roots for man, the former, reiterated. In Miarmi we have the Mi root reiter-

ated in different phases (Ma and Mi). In Burma, we have a third phase of the

same root (ma) with the Ba root and synonyme preceding it ; and lest this etymo-

logy should startle my readers, I will add that this very word Barma means man

in the Magar tongue, that is, in one of those Himalayan tongues whose close affini-

ty to the Burmese language I have lately shown.

’

1853.| Geometrical Measurement of Barometric Waves. 77

On a Geometrical Measurement of the distances from Crest to Crest

of the Barometric Waves in a Cyclone.—By Heyry Pippinerton,

President of Marine Courts.

The measurement of the pressure of the Barometric Column,

whether arising from changes in its density or from actual variations

in its height; such as the fish at the bottom of the sea must experi-

ence by the effect of every wave which rolls over them; we have

possessed since the days of Torricelli and Pascal, and though, from

our ignorance of the definite extent of the atmosphere and other

causes, we can only express that pressure or vertical height by a con-

ventional scale, which expression again though depending always on

one fact, is different with different nations, we may still be said to

have a measure, though an imperfect one, of the height of the atmo-

spheric waves : assuming as we always do in using a Barometric mea-

surement that we know and allow for all the causes which influence

their density.

That these variations in the Barometric pressure also succeeded

each other in the form of waves, at greater or less intervals of time,

so as to be traced over large areas, has of late years been well known,

and the attention of Meteorologists has been much directed to this

research, of which an illustrious professor of science has justly said—

“the great extent of country over which the accidental variations of

the Barometer take place is one of their most striking features, and

in a future and more advanced state of Meteorology, we may be able

to draw the most interesting and important conclusions from the

great atmospheric tidal waves which are thus perpetually traversing

oceans and continents.”’* .

We also knew generally, and from undoubted authority, that the

Barometer both on the approach of, and during, Cyclones was subject

to very remarkable oscillations, but hitherto we have had no Barome-

tric measurements of their height, and though from their succession

in time we of course inferred that their crests were at a certain dis-

* Professor Forbes’ Report on Meteorology to British Association in 1832,

78 Geometrical Measurement of Barometric Waves. | No. 1.

tance from each other in space, we had no sort of index as to what

that distance might be. In the present paper I have, as will be

seen from its title, the pleasure to announce an instance in which, by

the aid of Cyclonology, the Barometric waves of a Cyclone during its

passage have been, I think, accurately measured, both vertically by

the Barometer scale, and horizontally in geographical miles, giving

us thus, as in the beautiful instance of the Charles Heddle’s Cyclone,

a new insight into the internal economy of these wonderful and

fearful phenomena, and, I hope for Meteorologists in general, a step-

ping stone of which we can only at present anticipate the advantage

from its position and the authenticity of its data.

After.a Cyclone from the 2nd to the 5th of May 1851, which

raged principally between Trincomalee and Madras, extending to

about 85° East Longitude—and which I have named “ The Foa’s

Cyclone’’ from H. M. S. Fow having made very bad weather by get-

ting too close in towards the centre before she bore up—lI received

from my friend Capt. Chas. Biden, Master Attendant at Madras,

amongst a large collection of logs and other data some ten-minute

readings of the Barometer at the Madras Observatory. This was

what I had been long looking and hoping for from some quarter,

knowing, as I did, to what it might lead us ifa complete short series

of Barometric observations in the track or neighbourhood of a

Cyclone could be obtained, together with the necessary data for an

accurate track of the Cyclone itself; and having written to Captain

Biden on the subject, the Hon. Co.’s Astronomer, W. 8. Jacobs, Esq.

was good enough to furnish me with a complete table of his ten-

minute readings extending from 8h. 41’ a. mu. on the 2nd May, to

11h. 41’ on the 5th; and from these, combined with the track of the

Cyclone which I was fortunately enable to trace very accurately,

having no less than twenty-six logs and reports. (See Journal

Vol. XXI. p. 283,) the accompanying Diagram which, it will be

seen, shows both the vertical height on the Barometric scale, and the

horizontal distance in miles and tenths from Crest to Crest of the

Barometric waves in the Cyclone, has been constructed.

To understand the plate it will be necessary to observe—

1. That, as shewn in the Diagram A. which is from the.

Chart to the Memoir on this Cyclone, aboye quoted, omitting

ee re a

Le ee Ne a ee ee a oe

Pe en ee ee ae es

+ — x 115

Diagram D |

ey ye

Ga vs Ye View |

Y ‘the Barometric Cnilulations in Diagranv G

Ys |

Seale 25 miles to antnch \|

J ‘

f \

2 ) =) ei

= re z 4

a v7 ey, Z : z NG “a fh qd 7 =

“9 = } a

H 4H

|g _ E

y) | it

Diagram B )

| a

Lime Chart of the tribch: of the Cyclone /

: ‘ v . Diagram A

Fea Trincomalle Br

Jaale|\ 20 te an Inch

4 ik x Mereators hart of the Cyclone

Nocn £4 to Noon §" May 1852, ~

= Syley rl = ccometenes

as | ¢ z 5 4 q © cee A - Ad 130

eae! i a8 £ } ey ae | Lite elapsing in the transition # the Waves MN =

i { ~ 55 } Roe Sy

j t i J ye | Le |

Ta ' =a t | | eH ey ee $ 2 30. Jes 15 Pap © 0. &

- uy u { t SS 6. $a y \ fe

; == + g $i 40.

of } rey ' 74 579 2.93 £8. 2.89 ag? | Gale iy : es t

Ei Dictancet from rest le Crest; Sy rel ie | 7 \ |

; | ies aco} vu aos

= iG Z f ; Eee

c 4 $

S 2 iP , , 5 eee a Ds, Wie & gy a a ze s Y

Po) | iid ed H ie LE CMG 3B | Fg 27.8 4 v; 26.0 284 58 L 5 AeA) Ge Fa a. 6 hor bo ye z Es

| ——t { “ = { I 1

| ; E 5 = aa

Distances the (entre fram Yadrae | Distances from Crest to Crast of cach, Wane, and of the\Centre of the Cyclone from | Madras

a |

| | Werizortal Scale), (tude t2an Four \ H-@

| Diagram © ; ; = |

bg Fo Piddagion i Vertical Scale, \2inches to Aanch of the Bar* colump Ae

WPA, . a a = z : z 2 : ————— 5 = i

| | ! W Atelyight in Hl fi | Alive J.

Dheprmerd be T Ei Miah 25.8 Proce

pe Denne Sener Uy Side: too

apHpatianns

‘i

iN ’ A ‘ ‘ t 4 i 1 f ; ¢ F

Li otek ig RRR ete WER Ma Orie A cre Sage

ght ED Nth aa PY

ao,

“per gf paeaeb apy lp oy se maatagan eral

} Nv ona :

m * <

4 RIN ike PHA se SP yaaa

fa ; 1

pene ectree re ee

y Ap!

Chiat

ni,

1853.| Geometrical Measurement of Barometric Waves. 79

only the ship’s tracks, the Cyclone has been accurately tracked

for the day between Noon of the 8rd and Noon of the 4th May,

and to 3 a. M. of the Sth May, when its centre must have

reached the shore about 30 miles to the Northward of Madras. We

have unfortunately no inland reports beyond that point, so as to

enable us to trace accurately the exact passage of the centre, and we

have thus to asswme that its course and rate of travelling were the

same inland as they had been at sea, which I have done in this case

—though there is usually some diminution of the rate of travelling

on shore—from comparing the veering of the wind, and the rise of

the Barometer with its previous fall.

2. That from the known extent of the Cyclone, as well as by the

indications of the Barometer and Anemometer, the true wind-circles

of the Cyclone do not appear to have reached Madras before 4h. 11’

Pp. M. of the 4th, from which time the readings are projected on the

Diagram C. The greatest depression of the Barometer was 29.316

occurring at 5h. 36’ a. M. of the 5th May, when the centre of the

Cyclone bore about No. 21° 30’ West, distant 47 miles from the

Madras Observatory.

3. The course of the Cyclone at sea being accurately known, and

consequently the distances of its centre from Madras at any given

time, those distances are noted in Diagram C. at the different

hours at which the various waves passed the Observatory. These

distances are also marked on Diagram B. which is a Plane Chart

enlarged from A. A is a copy of the Mercator’s Chart to the

Memoir on this Cyclone in which the ships tracks are omitted.

4, As the Cyclone did not advance directly towards Madras but

passed to the N. Hast of it, each of the successive undulations shewn

by the projection must have passed the Zenith of the Observatory

at a different angle ; so that the simple distance from Crest to Crest

as shown by the advancing centre of the Cyclone would not be a

direct transverse measurement at right angles to their course, but

one more-or less diagonal. The correction for this, which varies, as

the sines of the angles, has been duly calculated, and the distances

in the column of corrected distances are the true transverse ones.

5. A very steep wave will be remarked at e—f (or 8 Pp. m. of the

4th May). This seems exactly analogous to the steep, and sudden

80 Geometrical Measurement of Barometric Waves. [No. 1.

roller-like sea waves which I have noticed at p. 360 of my Horn

Book as the resultant wave of an advancing or passing Cyclone.*

6. The centre of the Cyclone at Noon on the 4th May bore S.

70° East, 102 miles from Madras, and its course and distance to 3

A. M. of the 5th, or for 15 hours when it bore North of Madras was

No. 55° West 114 miles, and the various distances given in the

Table No. II. are those measured on the Plane Chart on which the

positions of the centre at the times of the passage of the Crests of

the waves are laid down. The distances from crest to crest of the

‘undulations, and those from the flag-staff of Madras are the actual

ones as measured at each successive interval on the Plane Chart,

and for each of these again the correction above indicated has been

ealculated and applied.

7. The Cyclone was coming up from the 8. E. b. E. or from the

right to the left of the page, but the hours are naturally read from

left to right. It will not then be forgotten that, according to the

direction of the arrows, ais the advancing front of the Cyclone, and

that the whole passage here shown is that of 19 hours 50 minutes

or from 4.11 p.m. of the 4th to 24h. 1’ of the 4th—5th May.

8. But of this it should be borne in mind that we have really but

10h. 10’ of actual measurement of the Cyclone’s track at sea, and

that we have asswmed its inland course and rate to have been the

same, as above stated.

9. The Diagram D represents a Bird’s-eye view of the whole of

the undulations of the Cyclone, as we may conceive them, or waves

analogous to them, to have existed at the time when the first of them

a reached Madras, or when the centre passed the Meridian of that

place. The regularity on the van or advancing portion of the

Cyclone with the exception of g and h, and the grouping of the

waves by twos and threes, as they felt the effect’ of the land (the

Pulicat hills) are very remarkable.

10. The mean result of the whole of the measurements is as

follows, 1. e. that—

The mean Time of Transition of each wave is Lh. 7’.

* Our analogies must necessarily be drawn from what we know of the motions

of waves in fluids, since we have assumed that the Barometric variations are waves

of some kind. Of what medium we know not.

1853.] Geometrical Measurement of Barometric Waves: 81

The mean distance in geographical miles from crest to crest of

each wave is 5.91 miles.

But if we take only the means of the ten hours and ten minutes

for which we have the actual track measured at sea, the means will

then stand as follows :

Mean time of Transition of each wave Lh. 1’.

Mean distance from crest to crest of each wave 4.62 miles.

‘We may thus for the present say that—

1. Ina Cyclone of average violence (for this was by no means

an excessively violent one) travelling at the rate of 182.4 miles in

24h., or 7.6 miles per hour, there is a succession of aerial undulations

affecting the Barometer to the average extent of 0.020 per hour of

pressure, these being + or — according to the position of the centre,

and the curve of the undulation as shewn in the Diagram.

2. That these variations of pressure occur at average intervals

of lh. 4’, and that their crests are at a horizontal distance of about

5 miles from each other; the greatest horizontal distance being at

14.97 miles, and at the centre of the Cyclone, and the least at 1/.07

miles.

As an Appendix to this paper, and because, however carefully the

original drawings are made, we cannot in India have them accurately

lithographed, and the unequal stretching and drying of the paper

again always deranges the most exact work in the printing. I

give here

Table I. The Madras observations complete, as sent to me, for

the time included in the Diagram C, i. e. from 4 P. m. on the 4th

May to 1 a. u. on the 5th May, 1851, as being those from which

the projection is made.

Table II. (2) The separate times at which the various undu-

lations passed over Madras, with (8) the intervals of these times.

(4) The heights the Barometer, and (5) their variations. (6) The

distances of the centre from Madras at these times ; (7) its bearing

(8) the angles of variation of bearings. (9) Distance, and (10) the

corrected distance in geographical miles from crest to crest of

each aerial wave of the Cyclone.

on L¥S 0°64 |Z9E° {IF rO€ | ege- |e 9Z€ O8r |1%

6 L¥a "MSM ore {TE : Poe oe Wie 928 Ost LI

Zo = S’aT o gee’ |1Z F0E gge° {II ar 928 : cer ONG

= 0 Cee: “HAT qe |FOS “A AG’ MN ose" jf % 9ZE 66%" {1S

0 gze° 9 cle LLe° |TS 9Z¢ 0°08 \06R 1%

OIL 0 ece> it 279 cts G64 joss’ |r 928 ‘N 4q “MN cor TS

0 eae" 9S cig LLG" \LS Lee sor |TZ

3 0 oze* IS cig 6Le" {1 Lee “MN ‘N Orr {II

8 0 poe" |9F cig g4e° | €3| 6Fe “M 4q°N cor’ iT “8.

8 0 G64 |ose" IF Le cle “M'N ese* tL LES Ist |T¢

ogy 0 91¢° |9¢ FOE eee" |S Lee $08 [94° | IF

2 Bor 0 sie’ |1¢ FOE G64 |00F" |IF LEe gir jie

ES 0 Ze" 193 F0E aly’ {LE £66 M'N'N sr Iz

g 0 ose" |1Z ros “MM 4q"°MA'N LP. 1% 9ZE ¥8r° IT

S 0 eee |9L GIe oze tt et [9ze "mM AQAA ose 61 cE

S 0 cee [11 0s GI¢ zor’ it «0 LEe “M “NN cor 1g

gQ 0 ace’ 19 "I¢st ‘Avy wag Aepuopy = [wv 6FE G08 99 IF

, 08 0 cee’ IT *S cle Z0r {1G 6FE “A Aq ‘N oLr Ie

= 0 Lpe’ |S cle G64 |90h |IF 0 OLR IZ

= 662 “S 4q"M} 0°08 [478° {IF cIg FIP |g 0 OLF Tl

i 2 012 gece’ |TS cle vor IZ OT 0 BOF --i1_< *@

s = slg £98" |12 CI ‘M‘N cer ITT 0 ror” {Tg

= 0L2 roe" {II 0's 9B Orr = Tin 0 0°08 |sch IF

s 49 012 ove (TF 98 roy (TS 0 grr ite

3s 012 | ogg |1¢ 9Z¢ 0°6L [FOF IF Gz 0 Sk IS

ai 012 | G64 ges: |lP 928 ‘N 4q°*M‘N 09F I¢ 0 oor - IIT

S 012 | eae" | 18 LEE scr |Z 8°0 0 AS ee le a

= O42 “MA 0z&° {IZ Lee Bor IT 0 arp TS

ay OLS “M ore’ |It oT LES “MN 'N repr ia °01 0. G08 |Fer IF

= 8% | 183°N 4a°M pegs SIT =e 928 scr TS 9°% 0 ep |S

S 263 “MN 'M jege" |t¢ 9ZE "6, |FSh" {TF 0 ser 1%

S 266 “MN “A S64 |Z98'62|1F °Z 928 0°08 |FOF'6ZI1E ‘6. 0 0°08 |9FF'6Z\IL ‘FP

i SIN> “VV: "NWN “d | ‘nN ‘d

"90109, ‘YINUIZY "IY, |IU SOF] OUIL], ‘9010q| “qInuizy "19qT, [Iq 31077 -gunty, | "10 ‘WQuuzy “IOUT, | ISI -OUILy,

*pulm *19j9 OLR “pum "19,9 OLE “pul *19}9 M1018

"1S81 ‘Ae yg Avpuoy "Test ‘Av, Wp Aepuns "1¢6gt ‘Avi WipF Aepung

‘2 wnshnig ut papnjour awa, ay, of suoivasasgQ soupoyy ayYfL—'[ ATAV,

1853.| Geometrical Measurement of Barometric Waves. 83

Monday 5th May, 1851.

Barometer. Wind.

Time.

Height. |Thermometer, Azimuth. Force.

aM.

Be. 52 29.365 247

7. 1 .360 247 15.4

11 .380 247

21 .380 S. W. by W. 236

31 PY 4 236

41 392 78.0 236

51 .o94 Ss. W. 225

8. 1 -398 225 9.8

11 426 225

21 430 225

31 424 S. W. by S. 214

41 -432 17.2 214

ol 452 214

9. | 466 S. W. by S. 214 6.6

li 481 214

21 482 214

31 476 214

41 493 76.5 214

51 .498 214

10. 1 002 214 5.8

ll -498 214

21 -502 214

31 508 214

41 -518 77.9 214

ol -920 214

Bi. 1 526 214 4.4

11 0od2 214

21 542 214

31 047 214

41 .040 78.6 214

51 .540 214

P. M.

0. 1 .004 214 3.2

11 .004 214

21 .006 214

31 .558 S. S. W. 202

41 -060 78.5 202

51 558 202

he 1 -552 202 2.4

il .550 202

21 004 202

31 554 202

Geometrical Measurement of Barometric Waves.

Tasrie II.

[No. 1.

Table of Times, Barometrical Variations, Distances of the Cen-

tre from Madras, Angles of Bearing, and Distances and

corrected Distances from Crest to Crest of each Wave of the

Cyclone.

SS ee eee ieee ee ee

Madras,

Time.

Height of

Barometer

4th May.

Variation

of Barome-

ter.

Distance from

Madras Miles.

Bearing from

Madras

Angles of

Variation,

Distance

Miles.

from Crest to

Crest of Waves

Corrected

Distance

Miles.

+ .007

38.00

4.40

1.20

1.40

10.00

15.40

2.4

7.8

6.6

6.4

4.0

_ =

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

For January, 1853.

PLS

The Annual General Meeting of the Society adjourned under

Bye-Law 59 was held on the 19th January 1853, in the Society’s

Museum at half-past 8 Pp. M.

Sir James Colvile, Kt. President, in the chair.

The proceedings of the December meeting haying been read and

confirmed, the Secretary read the following Report.

REPORT.

In laying on the table the accounts for the past year, the Council

have the pleasure to call attention to the generally improving cha-

racter of the state of the Society’s affairs.

The Annual Report for 1851 held out the prospect of the Society’s

finances being re-established on a healthy footing in the course of

the year just elapsed, and this prospect has been quite realized, as

the accounts now on the table will show.

The Society has lost 2 members by death and 4 by withdrawal

during the year. Mr. W. Mackintosh died in England, and the loss

of Mr. H. W. Torrens in August last was the occasion of a resolu-

tion which will be fresh in the recollection of all present.

The list moreover of Honorary Members has lost. the name of a

distinguished scholar, that of Eugene Burnouf.

The accessions during the year have however been more numerous

than the losses, 10 new members have been elected, so that the Society:

now numbers 189 members, of whom 17 only are absent from India.

The gross Receipts and Disbursements of the Society in the course

of the year were as follows :—

86 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 1.

RECEIPTS. DISBURSEMENTS.

Contributions, ............ 6,764 12 0

Library including Society’s

Oriental and other pub-

HegMlOngs 3555 ccca tes. 1,652 11 0 2,892 14 4

BORNE sh 5. oe has aoc don eaand BOW aus care 4,052 1 6

Museum including Go-

vernment Grants, ...... 7,369 1 0 7,905 3 8

> (TW TEs, Seen eee RR es <8 0 0 0 296 12 0

Secretary’s Office, ......... a. O 1778 4 9

Preeti... a se ween tene ...G 72 8 O

Miscellaneous, ..........0. 34 5 6 762 9 O

| Total,...17,027 2 6 17,760 4 10

Balance of 1L8sF,.... siictaleiclele 3,481 +2 A Cash in hand

Ten et, neludme bal,

20,508 11 7 in London

In hands of London Agent Agent’s hand. 3538 14 7

£101-8 or ab 28 snes ROLE 19), 4, et Bal 227 5 6

21,526 8 11 21,526 8 11

This Statement is intended to show the whole income and expendi-

ture including the Government Grants, but the heads are so arranged

as to distinguish the Society’s own resources and the charges which

they were required to meet.

The outstandings continue large, amounting to Rs. 14,092-6-9, and

the Finance Committee have not yet succeeded in determining the

character of all the items with sufficient precision to enable them to

remove from the accounts what is irrecoverable. It is believed, how-

ever, that not more than Rs. 4,500 of this sum will have to be given

up; avery large proportion consists of current contributions which

are certain of realization during the next quarter.

The liabilities amount only to Rs. 3,384-1-10. This estimate pro-

vides for the payment of Book-sellers and Printer’s Bills, and every

contingent charge for the year which may yet be due. The amount,

it will be seen, falls short of the Cash balance now in hand.

The Council think therefore there is room to congratulate the

Society on its having recovered altogether from the remaining em-

barrassments which were noticed in the Annual Report for 1851.

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 87

The average monthly expenditure of the past year has exceeded the

average monthly income by 62 Rs. being 868 Rs. against 806 Rs.,

but the detailed accounts will show that the whole cost of printing

A. say 1400 out of the 7 Nos. of the Journal for 1851, (A.) the balance

i a a of the printer’s bill for Mr. Blyth’s Bird Cata-

C. 774 0 logue, (B.) and the removal from the list of the So-

222 8 : yee :

45 12 ciety’s liabilities of heavy items (C.) due to the late

64.0 Mr. Torrens and other members, are among the

3,477 5 charges; deducting the aggregate of these as by

marginal Memo. the legitimate charges of the year will not exhibit

a higher monthly average than 578 Rs.

~The Council think that the following may be taken as a fair esti-

mate of the probable income and expenditure of the ensuing year.

INCOME.

Contributions from 118 resident Members, ......... fale eon Oe O

MMMM TG OCEANS... cc rcp aoe -s cuss cpa ses agers nn ery te’ 7,368 O O

Journal, 80 Subscribers and Miscellaneous sale, ...... 1,100 O O

Library and Sale of Society’s publications,............... 1600 0 O

16,620 0 g

EXPENDITURE.

General Establishment including Secretary’s Office,... 1,470 0 0

Museum Establishment and Contingencies, ............. 7,920 0 0

MME NOS re oe eat, sc anepoe taps catee 1,700 0 O

NE a a vc as vo oa scleteins ota voile Se a he 2,236 0 O

Miscellaneous, including Building, &e. ................... 1,200 0 0

14,526 0 O

The income from the Sale of Oriental publications is here perhaps

under-rated. The gradual improvement of this branch of the Socie-

ty’s resources will be best seen from the following memo.

MEE PUA fo. sini covtne ie’ acs enmmmetes 696 8 O

” Pe Ss ah dia Daighals dale o's «s JA AOS 224 4 9

5 beri ela Je a eS 1,047. % 3

3 rere eRe A. ee Boe TTF Ge eS

” it EG Ee Oe ne Oe a a OLF' 820

88 Proceedings of the Asiatic Socrety. [ No. 1.

‘ PB4B) + ase leilhs Revomehtilaweys: 1,077 10 6

DSAOE ete yc ie RU oH er vee 1,042 3 3

a 1850 buat: 1,097 14 5

P POS Pome Rada acd hn 1,339 6 6

i OSD oe cake id pedis, adh. 1,791 8 0

It should be remembered that the Stock on hand from which these

supplies are derived is considerable, being valued at Rs. 17,242, ex-

clusive of the Stock of Bibliotheca Indica, which may at its present

selling price be estimated at Rs. 14,469.

LIBRARY.

The number of books added to the Library during the year 1852,

amounts to 219 volumes. Ofthese 438 volumes, including Johnston’s

Physical Atlas, Layard’s Remains of Nineveh, Fergusson’s Illustra-

tions of Indian Architecture, Ghasaley’s Ohia ul Alum (MS.) and

several other valuable works have been purchased at a cost of nearly

800 Rs., the remaining 176 volumes are donations from authors and

learned Societies, and include works also of considerable value.

A new Catalogue of the Library is nearly ready, and will, it is be-

lieved, be sent to the press by the middle of February next.

The estimate of the current year’s expenditure above given pro-

vides for additional purchases of books to the amount of Rs. 1000.

| Museum.

Several valuable additions have been made to this Department

during the year now closing.

The coin cabinet has been re-arranged, many of the silver and gold

coins having been accurately labelled during the short stay in Cal-

eutta of Mr. E. Thomas, who kindly offered his assistance. A clas-

sified catalogue of the coins is in progress and will be, it is hoped,

soon completed.

The Council have again to record their satisfaction with the two

Curators and with the Librarian, whose best attention has through-

out been given to their respective Departments.

SECRETARY'S OFFICE.

The arrears of accounts and other business in this Department

have been brought up by means of extra assistance.

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 89

ORIENTAL FUND.

The Bibliotheca Indica has received an accession of eight new num-

bers. Six of these contain Sanscrit texts and Translations (1), and

of the remaining two Numbers, one is in Arabic (2) and the other

Persian (3). It was proposed also to print the History of Animals

by Damyry, but though six copies of the work had been obtained

from various quarters, it was found on comparing them and

correcting the text that none was sufficiently correct to enable the

editor to proceed with the labour.

The prospect of the Bibliotheca for this year are encouraging.

Two new contributors, Dr. Ballantyne and Mr. Hall of Benares,

are engaged in editing, for this work, the Saikhya Pravachana Bha-

shya, and their recent proposal to edit the Sutras of all the six Dar-

ganas is now under consideration.

In addition to the books of which parts have been printed, a new

work of great importance would have been commenced two months

ago, had not the Printer’s hands been already fully occupied ; this

work is an Arabic Dictionary of the technical terms used in various

sciences. It is as large as the Kamus, and it is intended to print

it in the same form.

Two works, moreover, the Chaitanya-chandrodaya Nataka and an

English translation of the Chhandogya Upanishad of the Sama Veda,

are being edited by the Society’s Librarian, Babu Rajendralal Mittra,

and others are in progress under the auspices of Drs. Roer and Bal-

lantyne. In short, the coming year’s income added to the amount,

viz. Rs. 9,513-10-10, now at credit of the Oriental Fund, will be in-

sufficient to meet the charges for the undertakings already on foot.

(1) Dr. Roer has edited Naishada Charita text, Fas. 2, 3 and 4, Brihad

Aranyaka Upanishad, English Translation, Fas. 2; Several Upanishads, English

Translations, Fas. 1; and Sahitya Darpana, text Fas. 2. Dr. Ballantyne has edited

an English Translation of the last mentioned Number.

(2) Soyaty Itqanfy, fy ’olam al-Qoran, edited by Mowlawies Basheerooddeen and

Noorool Haqq, Fas. 1.

(3) Sikandar-namah, edited by Dr. A. Sprenger and Agha Mohammad Shooshtaree,

Fas. 1.

90 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 1.

The liabilities of the Fund may be classified as follows :—

Due for works published altogether or in part, ...Rs. 8,890 0 0

Probable cost of work now in the Press,,................++ 3,600 0 O

Ditto ditto in progress of editing for publication,...... 5,880 0 0

Total Rs. 18,370 0 O

The Report having been read, it was proposed by Mr. Woodrow and

seconded by Babu Gyanendro Mohun Tagore, that it be received and

adopted, and the proposal being put to the vote was carried unani-

mously.

The meeting then proceeded to the election of office-bearers for the |

current year, and appointed Mr. Woodrow and Babu Gyanendro

Mohun Tagore scrutineers, who after examining the lists declared the

following to be the result of the Ballot.

PRESIDENT.

Sir James W. Colvile, Kt.

Vick PRESIDENTS.

W. B. Jackson, Esq.

J. R. Colvin, Esq.

Babu Ramgopal Ghose.

CouNcIL.

©. Allen, Esq.

' Dr. H. Falconer.

C. Beadon, Esq.

Major W. E. Baker.

Captain H. E. L. Thuillier,

Rev. W. Kay.

Major J. 8S. Banks.

H. Woodrow, Esq.

H. Walker, Esq.

SECRETARIES,

Dr. A. Sprenger.

A. Grote, Esq.

Read and confirmed,

2nd February, 1853. (Signed) J. W. Couviue.

1853. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

ABSTRACT STATEMENT

RECEIPTS AND DISBURSEMENTS

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY,

FOR

THE YEAR, 1852.

92 Proceedings of the Asvatie Society. [No.1].

Dr. Abstract Statement of Receipts and Disbursements of the

1852. RECEIPTS.

To Museum.

Received from the General Treasury, amount

of Government allowance authorized by the

Court of Directors for the services of a Cura-

tor, from December, 1851, to November, 1852,

at 250 Rs. per mensem,

Ditto for the preparation of Specimens of Na-

tural History, from ditto aust at 50 Rs. Ee

mensem,

3,000 0 O

600 0 O

—————— 3,600 0 0

To Musrum or Economic GEOLOGY.

Received from the General Treasury, amount

of allowance authorized by the Court of Di-

rectors for the services of a Joint Curator,

from December, 1851, to November, 1852,

being 12 months, at 250 Rs. per mensem,.

Ditto ditto for Establishment and Contingen-

cies, from ditto to ditto, at 64 Rs. per mensem,

Ditto from Issurchunder Mistry’s salary for

4, days, his services not having been enter-

tained for that period in the month of eo

tember,.. ate

3,000 0 0

768 0 O

L- Lane

—_————- 3,769 1 0

To ConTRIBUTION AND ADMIssion FEEs.

Received from the Members, amount of quar-

terly Contributions, pe Ree Oe igaae Wee

Ditto ditto admission Fees, oe “a 384 U0 O

Ditto ditto in advance, ae = 710 9

————_-—— 6,764 12 0

To LIBRARY, INCLUDING SALES OF ORIENTAL

PUBLICATIONS.

Received from Babu Rajendralal Mittra, Li-

brarian and Assistant Secretary, by sale of

Miscellaneous Books from January to Decem-

ber, 1852, . 1,310 11 O

Ditto from Major M. Kittoe, per eale of Books,

at Benares, 308 0 O

Ditto by sale of Bibliotheca Indica, sold at the

Library, including Subscription to ditto, .. 34 0 0

1,652 11 O

To JouRNAL.

Received by sale of the Society’s Journal, and

Subscription to ditto from January to De-

cember, 1852, oe Sa ie 1,074 4 0

Carried over,.. 16,860 12 0

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 93

Asiatic Society, from the 1st of Jan. to 31st of Dec. 1852. Cr.

1852. DISBURSEMENTS.

By MuvseEvum.

Paid Mr. Blyth’s Salary as Curator, from De-

cember, 1851, to November, 1852, being 12

months, at 250 Rs. per mensem, .. 3,000 0 O

Ditto for house-rent from ditto to ditto at 40

Rs. a month,. an. 400" OF 'O

Ditto eet bliahment 4G 45 Rs. per mensem, .. 540 O O

Ditto Freight, £7 AO 0

Ditto Charges for repairing a thatched roof of

the Taxidermist’s Room,,.. 4 8 6

Ditto Contingencies for preparing specimens of

Natural History up to September, including

_ extra allowance for fixing in pesngy the jaw-

bones of awhale, .. : St jieclo | Once

By Museum or Economic GEoLoey.

Paid Mr. H. Piddington’s Salary as Joint Cura-

tor, from December, 1851, to November, 1852,

being 12 months, at 250 Rs. per mensem, .. 3,000 0 O

Ditto Establishment from ditto to ditto at 35

Rs. per mensem, .. 420 0 0

Ditto Rev. J. Thomas for printing 50 copies ‘of

- Papers, being Faas He ana and

Analysis,” : ie), O

Ditto Contingencies, .. cae a 2200 TB “9

By Mvssevum or MIneEratocy anp GEOLOGY.

Paid Mr. H. Piddington, ee for mary

Contingencies,

By Liprary.

Paid Babu Rajendralal Mittra’s Salary from

December, 1851, to November, 1852, at 70

Rs. per month, ai ee | FO40% OO

Ditto Establishment, at 8 per ditto, ae 96 0 0

Ditto Contingencies and Stationery, &c. .. 71 4 9

Ditto for binding Books and Varnishing Maps, 289 14 0

Ditto for Purchase of Books, .. 536 1 O

Ditto Freight for books received from Europe

and for despatch of ditto to ditto, 42 0 0

a for Extra Writer for copying the Cata-

logue, ot 2) y

Ditto for Book- Shelves, 6 0 0

Ditto for printing 200 copies, Catalogue of

Birds, including binding-charges, o7l- 1-0

Ditto to the Registrar of the Government Boat-

Office, Freight for sundry cases of books de-

spatched to Benares, A? 15 te 6

Carried over,..

4,260 8 9

3,642 56 9

2,895 14 4

10301; 1 7

94 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

Brought forward, Co.’s Rs.

To MIscELLANEOUS.

Received from Capt. Thuillier, amount pro-

ceeds of old furniture sold to him from the

Library, :

Ditto from the Government of Tndiihe amount

of charges incurred in packing and shipping

sundry sculptures, ..

Ditto from Babu Rajendralal Mittra, Li:

brarian, freight and postage onaccount of him,

To Deposit.

Received from B. H. Hodgson, Esq. on account

of printing Gally-slips of his articles on Mon-

golian Vocabularies,

Ditto from Lieut. Raverty, on account of tran-

scribing Pushtu MSS. for him,.. ate

To SrcretTary’s OFFICE.

Received (by transfer) Postage paid on 31st

August, 1852, on account of Babu Rajendra-

lal Mittra and charged under this head, ..

Carried over,..

[No. 1.

16,860 12 0

17,027 2 6

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 95

Brought forward, Co.’s Rs. 10,801 1 7

By Journat.

Paid Rev. J. Thomas, Printer of the Baptist

Mission Press, for printing Journal, No. I. of

1851 to No. III. of 1852, LOGh. O20

Paid Sundry Draftsmen, Engravers and Litho-

graphers for drawing, engraving, lithograph-

ing and colouring plates for Journal, 519 5 6

Ditto ditto for extra copies and paper for plates, 669 14 6

Ditto Agent of P. and O. 8. Navigation Co

freight for peeDale ne the Journal to Eu-

FORG..\ ss ale bale 90) bP": 0

Ditto Contingencies, -. sia 37 12 6

Ditto H. Torrens, Esq., Balance of Account for

the purchase of a stock of old Journals, .. 774 0 O

— 4,052 1 6

By Buoripine.

Paid Rohim Mistry for repairing a closet and

spreading khoah on the Society’s compound, a0p, Gi 0

Ditto Ramdhone Mistry for repairing a window, 7 0 0

Ditto Glazier for supplying glass for window-

frames, .. iY eae)

Ditto R. C. Ghose, IGollactor of Meceaainent.

assessment for the premises of the Asiatic

Society, from August, 1851 to September, 1852, 236 4 0

296 12 0O

By Srcretary’s OFFICE.

Paid General Establishment from December, 1851,

to November, 1852, at Rs. 86-8 per mensem, i 038 0 0

Ditto Establishment from December, 1851, to

November, 1852, at 42 Rs. nee mensem, .. 504 0 0

Ditto Stationery, &c,.. , ais gy ROLES O

Ditto Postage, : on one 84 4 O

Ditto Petty “Charges, .. we se we 21 4 6

Ditto Extra Writer, .. © es 42 10 9

Ditto Contingencies, on fs eh, 14.5 6

B7a 4-9

By Deposits.

Paid Rev. J. Thomas, Printer of the

Baptist Mission Press, for com-

pee and setting up Mr. B. H.

odgson’s article, Nos. 1,2, 3, 5112 0

Ditto ditto for lithographing and

drawing a Monk’s head, 1212 0

Ditto ditto by transfer for a copy ‘of

Bird Catalogue, sold to him, .. 4 0 0

68 8 0O

Ditto on account of Lieut. Raverty, for a ream

of French Foolscap for copying Pushtu Books, 4 0 0

72 8 O

Carried over,.. 16,997 11 10

96 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 1.

Brought forward,Co.’s Rs. 17,027 2 6

To Bauance.

As per Account closed on the 31st December, 1852, wp COSMET Gin aa

——ee

Company’s Rupees,.. 20,508 11 7

Errors and

Calcutta, Asiatic ee

the 1st Jan., 1853.

Examined and found correct.

‘ ee Ok Members of the Finance Committee.

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 97

Brought forward, Co.’s Rs, 16,997 11 10

By MiscELLANEovs.

Paid charges for packing and shipping 10 boxes

of sculpture, : Re 164 G

Ditto for Advertising Meeting of the Society, 45 8 0

Ditto Mr. J. Chaunce for winding the clock of

the Society, 25. O01 @

Ditto Sundry Contingent charges for Meeting,

and oil for night-guard, . 141 15 6

Ditto tinman for a pair of Gate Lamps, wee Ys 8 8 0

Ditto Rev. J. Thomas, for printing the Bye-laws

of the Society on two different occasions, .. 180 0 0

Ditto ditto for printing a Financial Report, . 2% «0:0

Ditto Babu Rajendra Lall Mittra, postage and

freight, for letters and parcels on his account

on the 3lst August, 1852, vs 2k 6

Ditto Sir James Colvile (by transfer) in part

payment of the sum advanced by him on ac-

count of his contribution,.. .. se 64 0 O

Ditto ditto by ditto, as a loan, 158 8 0

Ditto J. Muir. Esq. (by transfer) ‘palance of his

account, 3 45 12 0

Ditto H. Torrens, Bsa. (by transfer) on ac-

count, .. ve oe 48 0 0

762 9 0

By Batance.

In the Bank of eee ye -. 2,432 12 0

Cash in hand, as as 88 5 3

—_———— 2,521 1 3

By Inerricient BaLance.

Paid freight on a case of books despatched

to Allahabad, per Goomtee on account of

R. N. Cust, Esq. “ Dayis’ cO)

Ditto ditto on Bont of H. Templeton, Esq. L & 0

Balance on account of sundry advances, ba) Vee 8G nae wena

Company’s Rupees,.. 20,508 11 7

Omissions Excepted.

IsHANCHANDRA MazumparR,

Accountant.

98 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 1.

Dr. . The Oriental Publication Fumd in

Seuaaey 8th, 1852.—To Cash paid Establish-

ment for the Custody of Oriental works for

December last, is «Gees. 3 yee. te Rs. 42 0 0

Ditto 22nd, Ditto Babu Isser Chunder Sar- |

mana, Pundit for Babu Rajendra Lall Mittra,

Lib., his salary for December last, ........ 20 0 0

Ditto ditto, Babu Rajendra Lall Mittra, Lib.,

Contingencies for December last,.......... 0 8 6

Ditto 30th, ditto Rev. K. M. Banerjea, Sub-

scription for 200 copies of the Purana San-

prahg No. Liper} Bill} .....'.. ssieent dizeenes 200 0

Ditto ditto, Dr. E. Roer. Editor of the Biblio-

theca Indica, his salary for Dec. last, ...... 100 0

Ditto ditto ditto Establishment for ditto, .... 35. 0

Ditto ditto ditto Contingencies for ditto, .... 22 10

SSS} j=)

420 2 6

February 5th, ditto Establishment for the cus-

tody of the Oriental works for Jan. last, .. 42 0 0

Ditto ditto, ditto Babu R. L. Mittra, Lib., Con-

tingencies for January last, .............. 0.8

Ditto 9th, ditto Dr. E. Roer, ‘Editor of the Bib-

liotheca Indica, his salary for Jan. last,.... 100 0 0

Ditto ditto, ditto Establishment for ls: elas 35) O08

Ditto ditto, ditto Contingencies for ditto, .... 35 2 ©

—- 213 2 0

March 8rd, ditto Establishment for the cus-

tody of the Oriental works for Feb. last, .. 42 0 O

Ditto | ditto, ditto Babu Rajendra Lall Mittra,

Lib., Contingencies for February last,...... Lt Oo

Ditto 5th, ditto Dr. E. Roer, Editor of the Bib-

liotheca Indica, his salary for Feb. last,.... 100 0 O

Ditto ditto, ditto Establishment for ditto, .... 35 6(One

Ditto ditto, ditto Contingencies for ditto,...... 22)1FoAG

—— 200 7 6

April 1st, ditto Establishment for the custody

of the Oriental works for March last,...... 42 0 0

Ditto 5th, ditto Shama Charana Sarmana for

AMAT M SD RSS cso bse. 6 Rares ole tae fais ac keieloreetne 45 0 0

Ditto 6th, ditto Dr. E. Roer, his salary for

VRP erie cic c's Moco aleltcoters a ola altelaiedeavens ‘ 100 0 O

Ditto ditto, ditto Establishment for ditto,.... 35 0 O

Ditto ditto, ditto Contingencies for ditto, .... of. OG

259 6 O

May 8th, ditto Establishment for the custody

of the Oriental works for April last,. 42 0 0

Ditto 11th, ditto for binding Oriental works,

per Dilly Mapes tm win se elateetats cals 0-0/-« oie, « 24 0 0

Ditto ditto, ditto for copying Persian and Ara-

bie MSS. for publication in the Biblotheca

ING RS ee etete s41s tas ORE ec > 6 are aha 30 10 6

Carried over,,.. 1,093 2 0

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 99

Account Current with the Asiatic Society.

Jan. lst, 1852.—By Balance of Account closed

and published down to the 31st Dec. 1851...

Company’s Papers of the new 5 per cent. Loans

deposited with the Government Agent, ....

Ditto ditto, Cash in the Bank of Bengal, ...

Pie co, Gitto in Hand,....ccsecccase ccs

Cr.

————_ 6,808 13 0

Ditto 21st ditto, By amount received from the

General Treasury, being the monthly grant

sanctioned by the Court of Directors for the

montaor December, 1851; 0265. 0. se -) sso

Feb. 21st ditto, ditto ditto for Jan. 1852 last,

March 19th ditto, ditto ditto for Feb. last,....

April 23rd ditto, ditto ditto for March last, ..

May lst ditto, ditto ditto for April last,......

June 22nd ditto, ditto ditto for May last, ...

July 1st ditto, ditto ditto for June last, .... .

Ditto ditto received from Society’s Cash on

geeounbor Cash short, -. 22326 kk eek.

Augt. 25th ditto, ditto ditto for July last, ....

Sept. 22nd ditto, ditto ditto for Augt. last,....

Oct. 22d ditto, ditto ditto for Sept. last,......

Ditto 16th ditto, received from Asiatic So-

ciety’s Cash on account of Cash short,......

Nov. 18th ditto, ditto ditto for Oct. last, ..

Ditto 30th ditto, Received from Asiatic So-

ciety’s Cash on account of Cash short,

Dec. 22nd ditto, ditto ditto for Noy. last, ....

Lo) |

Loe i=)

_—

Sh coon SSS) a2) es) 5)

ow ow SCooe MONS Sec S

6,009 14

Carricd over, 12,818 11 38

o 2

100 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. feNo 4.

Brought forward, Co.’s Rs.

May 11th, 1852.—To Cash paid Dr. E. aoe

his salary for April last, .

Ditto ditto, ditto Hstablishavent for ditto, . es

Ditto ditto, ditto Contingencies for ditto, ....

Ditto ditto, ditto for se Veda per Bill of

HixchanQe ss sce Teka iceess Cues ss

1,093 2 .0

96 10

100 0

35 (0

23 14

200 0

GO ee S:2) Vc)

————_ 455 8 6

June Ist ditto, Establishment for the custody

of the Oriental Works for May last, ......

Ditto ditto Babu Rajendra Lall Mittra, petty

charges for May last, per Bill, .

ie 9th ditto, Dr. EH. Roer, his salary for May

SU, iar wis ake Gebel ke, elicls Olala ete ets tate tials

Ditto ditto Establishment for ditto,..........

Ditto ditto Contingencies for ditto, ..........

Ditto ditto Sarietullah Duftry for binding Ori-

ental Works, per Bill, .....06+ 2 iis stcciales

Ditto ditto a ream of Serampore PAION y deste ade -

Ditto ditto for Kharoah cloth and Paste Board

for binding Oriental WV OnIS, 220 aces a2 a es

Ditto ditto for copying Persian and Arabic

MSS. for publication in the Bibliotheca In-

Fa LE ae RE RES 3 ee“

for)

—_

oS oo ooo o So

iS)

ie) Co & ooo £© =)

—————._ 276 1 6

July 1st ditto, Establishment for the custody

of the Oriental Works for June last, ...... 42 0 0

Ditto 12th ditto, Dr. E. Roer, his salary fordo. 100 0 O

Ditto ditto Establishment for ditto,.......... 35 0 O

Ditto ditto Contingencies for ditto, .... ..... 22 8 0

Ditto 13th Ditto, Rev. J. Thomas, for printing

and supplying paper for 500 copies of La-

lita Vistara in Sanscrita, p. 1 to 296—296

PP-8via-o. periaill iceman lek leterts. core 647 8 0

Ditto ditto for printing, &c. for 500 copies of

Bibliotheca Indica, No. 37, being the Sahitya

Darpana, by Dr. Ballantyne, p. 57 to 112—=

English matter, 56 pp., at Rs. 2-6 each, . 133 0 0

Ditto at p- 33 to 80 = Nagree matter 48 Pp.

Bib Ruaeee-SHOMEM, ° \invs!a¥eeslaialsie «Gaile, dlaiwia'e@ slew 114 0 0

Ditto ditto and for cover and doing up, ...... 120° 6

Ditto ditto for printing, &c. for 500 copies of

Bibliotheca Indica, No. 38, p. 81 to 160 and

list of corrections, 2 pp. = 82 together with

many corrections, at Rs. 2-6 each, ........ 19412 0

Ditto ditto and for cover and doing up,...... 12 0 0

Ditto ditto for ditto of ditto, No, 39, being the

Uttara Naishada Charita, p. 1 to 96=96 pp.

aut BR 2223 ee asia vn (uns ete etaet nie 0,0 Jan. algholl 210 0 0

Ditto ditto for cover and doing up, ......-.-- 12 0 0

—————- 1,534 12 0

Carried over,,, 3,359 8 O

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 101

Brought forward, Co.’s Rs. 12,818 11 3

Carried over,,.. 12,818 11 3

102 2 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

[ No. 1.

Brought forward, Co.’s Rs. 3,359 8 0

August 3rd, 1852.—To Cash paid Establish-

ment for the custody of Oriental works for

plaalipetegstiy naman aspen cates tore, eteareasenemeiert poeta

Ditto ditto ditto R. L. Mittra Lib. contingen-

CIOS TOL CIULG,*- suede en Oleic tkerinta ities oak

Ditto 4th ditto, George F. Lackersteen for pur-

chasing 8 Iron clamps with 32 cut screws, ..

Ditto ditto ditto Society’s Cash for balance of

last month’s'Cashishort,.’. 6. Soap. ee.

Ditto 19th Dr. E. Roer his salary for July last,

Ditto ditto ditto Establishment for ditto, ....

Ditto ditto ditto Contingencies for ditto,

September Ist ditto, To Moonshee Ashrutullah

for purchasing Innam Ghazzaly’s Ohya Olum

complete in 1 Vol...

Ditto 8th ditto, J.C. MeArther, Supdt. Bishop’ 8

College Press for printing Bibliotheca Indica,

Ditto do. Dr. E. Roer his salary for Aug. last,

Ditto ditto ditto Establishment for ditto, ....

Ditto ditto ditto Contingencies for ditto,

Ditto ditto ditto Babu R. L. Mittra, his salary

and Establishment for the custody of Orien-

tal works for ditto,.....

Ditto ditto ditto Rupchand Mistry for Plank

for Suspension-shelf, per Bill,

Ditto ditto ditto Cooley-hire to bring the plank

to the Society,.. Soanodassos

Ditto ditto ditto, ditto for raising and fixing

the shelf in its proper position,.. ..

Ditto ditto ditto for 4 coolies for their working

3 days to remove Book-shelves with Oriental

works from the Society’s room, at 3as.per day,

Ditto ditto ditto for 3 Coolies for work done in

arranging the Bibliotheca Indica, at 3 as. ..

Ditto 22nd ditto, G. Adams, Esq., Offg. Govt.

Agent, to be invested in Govt. Security, ..

October 5th ditto, Babu R. L. Mittra his

salary and Establishment for the custody of

Oriental works for September last,.....

Ditto 11th ditto, Dr. E. Roer his salary for Sep.

eye] Ces 21 I ee Pa ER oe

Ditto ditto ditto Establishment for ditto,

Ditto ditto ditto Contingencies, .

Ditto ditto ditto To Cash paid Sarietullah Duf-

tory for binding Bibliotheca Indica, 5

Ditto ditto ditto Bissonauth Shastry his salary

from 13th September to 12th October last

being 1 month, at 10 Rs. per mensen,,.....

100 0

22 11

1,050

<=) lor = ae) j=)

SSS) i)

SS ef So. &

— oceo =e)

Carried over,...

200. 1.9

1,622 8 6

217. 6 8

5,438 8 3

1853. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 103

Brought forward, Co.’s Rs. 12,818 11 3

Carried over,... 12,818 11 3

104 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

Brought forward, Co.’s Rs.

November 4th ditto, Babu R. L. Mittra his

salary and Establishment for the custody of

Oriental works for October last, ...... 42 0 0

Ditto ditto ditto Society’s Cash on account of

last month’s Cash short, ... 0.2 43

Ditto 23rd ditto, Dr. E. Roer his salary for

October Tastes Asie SER eh ee, ‘ 100 O Q

Ditto ditto ditto Establishment for ditto, .... ao. Oss0

Ditto ditto ditto Contingencies for ditto, .... 22 0 O

Ditto ditto ditto Babu R. L. Mittra, Petty

charges for ropes on account of tying the

Bibliotheca Indica and sundry pieces of wax-

GlGLV TOR CIGOs aie sos) che Rate eee occatees 010 O

Ditto ditto ditto Sorietullah Duftory for bind-

ing Oriental works per Bill, .........0000- 16. 0.0

December 4th ditto, Babu R. L. Mittra his

salary and Establishment for the custody of

Oriental works for November last, ...... 42 0 0

Ditto ditto ditto Asiatic Society’s Cash for last

month’s Cash short, .... Ag

Ditto 18th ditto, Bissonauth Shastry his ‘salary

as Pandit from 15th Oct. to 30th Nov. being

1 month and 15 days at 14 per mensem,.. 21 0 0

Ditto ditto ditto R. L. Mittra for Contingent

CRATES) 4 asap apes eanhstte ogo nie tombe ete sss aiciake L 8.8

Ditto alto ditto Dr. E. Roer, his salary for

November last, ..... pace | 00> 105 8S

Ditto ditto ditto Establishment for diffe, betes 35. 0:

Ditto ditto ditto Contingencies for ditto, ..., 22: 75

To BALANCE.

Company’s paper of the new 5 per cent. Loan,

deposited with the Government Agent, .... 7,000 0 0

Cash in’the: Bank of Bengal.) i. 0's. i)n. +. oe ce 1,397 15 3

Cagibimtamdy a .:. a'hlee steko sake e's ain a levers s 37 11 9

Cash in the hands of the Government ‘Agent,.. 1,077 15 10

Co.’s Rs.....

Asiatic mae’ |

lst Jan. 1853.

Examined and found correct.

[No. 1.

5,438 8 3

214 12 3

229 11.9

9,513 10 10

ooo

15,396 11 1

A. J. M. Mitts, } Members of Finance Committee.

A. GROTE.

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. 105

Brought forward, Rs... 12,818 11 3

By amount received from the Government

Agent on account of interest due on Govern-

ment Securities in his custody, as per ac-

count-current, dated the 15th Sept. 1852, ... 1,521 15 10

By amount invested in Government Security

Gn) itne) 22nd Sept. last, .. 0:0 Vestas es stat 1L,050. 0 0

—_——_—_ 2,577 15 10.

Company’s Rupees,.. 15,396 11 1

Errors and Omissions Excepted.

IsHANCHANDRA MAzuMDAR.

Accountant,

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 1.

106

SSS) em)

a Se)

"aazTUWWUOYD aunULT ay) fo suaquapT

‘HW

Pgee scores ‘soadnqy s Auedu0g

8 968

y=19

él 821

0 0g0'T

OI Z

1 81P

8 162

cece “FeQT ‘Lequs0eq] LO JUOTUYST[GVISy 0F1C

@eeeevreeree2c ee eeeeeeee eer e eee eee ‘oOUBAPY

ur pred worpuy wooqOrqig ey} 0} wor’

-dimosqng jo yunoossyw uo solipung ojIG

*-++ ‘sqisodoq atey} Jo yuNODVW uo ‘bs ‘aos

-spoH ‘H ‘q pue Ayroaey “q “qnory 0771G

eo Fe ees: coe eee COs seer reece eae ‘sodny aod

ssurypiys Z ye Aes 9 */] ‘/1F “yunoooe aod se

‘syOOq IO} ‘og pur Joply ‘WIIWY ‘sussoTT 0731

0-0 OSG

0 0 008

‘Aes “oAoqe oy} 1Oy soqerd roy 0791q,

cece eveccerce ‘Aes ZEB] jo Th 0}

"ALTON ‘Teumor oy} suyutad z0F

‘ssolg WOIssty ystideg o99rp 09917

**sromoryy “ydep pu sesucidg -aqy 0941p 0731q,

oqigas se 2: ares se. sary: ‘Ae prey "M. oe 0441p oust,

‘SU * “PM “OTLATOO “Lf Ag 09 onp gunoury Ag

or LP)

ae) noo i)

‘ALOU “VY

‘STTIW ‘Wf 'V

“EGQT ‘humnuvep 2ST

0 PF Sgo‘st’***'**: ‘seodny s Auvdutog

)

O19 <H

vi9

POE

€8

686

G19G

1€9°6

869°

eeeeteeeeetse ‘bs ‘mosspoyyT SEF ae WOdy otha §

‘EGR ‘Loquiedeq] 1OF S}UVIS JUOUIUIAAOY 0941(T

esee.,s, e@eeer eee “qqouleg “ITAL ieCone enp oouRleq

e@eeneeeeree es eee eee eo eee se ° “uley} ‘09

porddns pue ‘107 posvyoand syooq oF sya4y pue

SIDING Jo AJolV0g ULIARIe| oY} WoIT onp 07417

e@oeerseeoe eeeee seee ‘Bolpur,

BOOTIOI[GIG oY} 0} WoIyditosqng yUNODDW uo 09417

stresses se2- SS¥OOg JO e[Vg JUNODDW wo 09917

TeuUInor oy} 03 uoydttosqng yunodDdH uo 0991(7

‘eeess ‘og 7 UOISSIUpY pur uoyNqry

“U0 JUNOIDW Uo SuipuRysyno s]tq jo yunowy

oi Ndi ao cca eS oy Mam aoe ae ‘oouRl eg Yyseg

a a he

"S]08SE7

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatie Society.

LIST OF MEMBERS

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

Anderson, W. Major, Bengal Artillery, Ishapur.

Avdall, J. Esq., Calcutta.

Abbott, J. Major, Bengal Artillery, Punjab.

Allen, C. Esq. B. C. S., Calcutta.

Barlow, R. Sir, Bart. B. C. S., Calcutta.

Beaufort, F. L. Esq. B. C. 8., Pubnah.

Birch, R. J. H. Lieut.-Col., Calcutta.

107

Blagrave, T. C. Captain, 26th Regt. B. N. I., Trans-Sutledge Provinces.

Bogle, A. Lieut. Col. Amherst.

*Benson, R. Colonel, Europe.

Batten, J. H. Esq. B. C. S., Almorah.

Beckwith, J. Esq., Calcutta.

Bell, A. Dr. B. M. S., Lucknow.

Blundell, E. A. Esq. C. S., Penang.

Banks, G. S. Major, Calcutta.

Beadon, C. Esq. B. C.S., Calcutta.

Bruce, R. C. D, Captain, H. M. 29th Foot, Wazirabad.

Byng, R. B. P. Hon. Capt. 62d Regt. B. N. I., Darjeeling.

Boyes, W. E. J. Captain, 6th B. L. C., Meerut.

Baker, W. E. Major, B. E., Calcutta.

Bayley, H. V. Esq. B. C. S., Calcutta.

Bowring, L. B. Esq. B. C. S., Umballah.

*Brodie, T. Captain, 5th Regt. B. N. I. Europe.

Burgess, F. S. Lieut. 74th Reet. B. N. I., Pellibheet.

Cust, R. N. Esq. B. C. S., Banda.

Christison, A. Dr. B. M. S., Rangoon.

*Clint, L. Esq. Europe.

* Absent from India,

108 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 1.

Campbell, A. Dr. B. M. S., Darjeeling.

Cheap, G. C. Esq. B. C. S., Rajshaye.

Colvin, J. R. Esq. B. C. S., Calcutta.

Colvin, B. J. Esq. B. C. S., Calcutta.

*Colvin, J. H. B. Esq. B. C. S. Europe.

Corbyn F. Esq. B. M. S., Lahore.

Colvile, Hon’ble Sir J. W., Calcutta.

Cautley, P. T. Col., F. R. S., Bengal Artillery, Roorkee.

Colebrooke, EK. Esq., Calcutta.

Douglas, C. Captain, B. A., Mooltan.

Dwarkanath Doss Basu, Babu, B. M. S., Punjab.

Dalton, E. T. Lieut. 9th Regt. B. N. I., Assam.

*Earle, W. Esq. Europe.

Edgeworth, M. P. Esq. B. C. S., Mooltan.

Elliott, W. Esq. M. C. S., Vizagapatam.

*Elliott, H. M. Sir, B. C. 8. Cape of Good Hope.

Frith, R. W. G. Esq., Jessore.

Faithfull, G. Lieut. 68th Regt. B. N. I., Akyab.

Fayrer, J. Dr. B. M. S., Rangoon.

French, G. R. Esq., Nowhatta.

Falconer, H. Dr., B. M.S. F. R. S., Botanical Garden, Seebpur.

Forbes, W. N. Col., B. E., Calcutta.

Fytche, A. Captain, 70th Regt. B. N. I., Bassein.

Gubbins, C. Esq. B. C. S., Meerut.

Govinda Chandra Sena, Babu, Calcutta.

Grote, A. Esq. B. C. S., Calcutta.

*Gladstone, M. Esq. Europe.

Gray, J. J. Esq., Maldah.

Gyanendra Mohana Tagore, Babu, Calcutta.

Hodgson, B. H. Esq. B.C. S., Calcutta.

Houstoun, R. Esq. B. C. S., Chittagong.

Hopkinson, H. Captain, 70th Regt. B. N. I., Arracan.

Hannyngton, J. C. Major, 24th Regt. B. N. I., Hazareebaugh.

Hall, F. E. Esq., Benares.

Hamilton, R. N. C. Esq. B. C. S., Indore.

Huffnagle, C. Esq., Calcutta.

Hearsey, J. B. Col. 10th Light Cavalry, Wuzeerabad.

* Absent from India.

1853. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

Heatly, S. G. T. Esq., Chandernagore.

Hayes, F. C. C. Captain, Lucknow.

Jerdon, T. C. Esq., Madras.

Jackson, W. B. Esq. B. C. S., Calcutta.

Jackson, L. S. Esq. B. C. S., Shahabad.

Jenkins, F. Lieut.-Col., Assam.

*James, H. C. Lieut. 32nd Regt. B. N. I., Europe.

Jadabakrishna Sinha Babu, Calcutta.

Kittoe, M. Major, Benares.

Kay, W. Rev., Bishop’s College, Howrah.

*Laidlay, J. W. Esq. Europe.

Layard, F. P. Captain, 19th Regt. B. N. I., Berhampore.

Latter, T. Captain, 17th Regt. B. N. 1., Prome.

Loch, G. Esq. B. C. S., Moorshedabad.

Logan, J. R. Esq., Singapore.

Lawrence, Col. Sir H. M., Lahore.

Lees, W. Captain, 42nd Regt. B. N. I., Benares.

Muir, J. Esq. B. C. S., Futtehghur.

*Maclagan, R. Lieut. B. E., Europe.

Money, D. J. Esq. B. C. S., Moorshedabad.

Morton, D. T. Esq. M. M. S., Moulmein.

Marshman, J. C. Esq., Serampore.

Martin, W. Esq.,.B. M. S., Calcutta.

Mills, A. J. M. Esq. B. C. S., Calcutta.

Mitchell, A. Esq., Calcutta.

Manickjee Rustomjee, Esq., Calcutta.

Newmarch, J. Esq., Calcutta.

Nicholls, F. W. Captain, 44th Regt., M. N. I., Saugor.

*O’Shaughnessy, Dr. W. B., F. R. S., B. M. 8. Europe.

Oldham, T. Professor, F. R. 8., Cherra Punji.

Ommaney, M. C. Esq. B. C. S., Jaunpore.

Ouseley, R. Major, 50th Regt. B. N. L., Benares.

Peel, L. Hon’ble Sir, Calcutta.

Phayre, A. P. Captain, Rangoon.

+Prinsep, C. R. Esq., Calcutta.

Prosonno Coomar Tagore, Babu, Calcutta.

* Absent from India,

+ Exempt from payment of subscription, according to the old rules,

109

110 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 1.

Pratt, J. H. Venerable Archdeacon, Lahore.

Pratépchandra Singh, Raja, Calcutta.

Rammanath Tagore, Babu, Calcutta.

Ramgopaul Ghose, Babu, Calcutta.

Ramchundra Singh, Raja, Nishapore, Moorshedabad.

Ramaprosad Roy, Babu, Calcutta.

Rogers, T. E. Captain, Calcutta.

Row, J. Dr. B. M. S., Dacca.

*Royle, Dr. J., London.

Rajendra Datta, Babu, Calcutta.

Rammanath Banerjee, Babu, Calcutta.

Stephens, Captain, 8th Regt. B. N. I., Shajehanpur.

Seton Karr, W. Esq. B. C. S., Calcutta.

Sleeman, W. H. Lieut.-Col., Lucknow.

Sherwill, W. S. Captain, 66th Regt. B. N. I., Berhampore.

Spilsbury, G. G. Esq. B. M. S., Cawnpore.

Stewart, Dr. D., B. M. S., Calcutta.

Samuells, E. A. Esq. B. C. S., Calcutta.

Suttchurn Ghosaul, Raja, Calcutta.

Shave, J. T. Esq., Jessore.

Smith, W. O. Rev., Calcutta.

Sprenger, A. Dr., B. M. S., Calcutta.

*Strachey, R. Lieut, B. KE. Europe.

*Strachey, J. E. Esq. B. C. 8. Do.

+Strong, Dr. F. P., B. M.S., Calcutta.

Thomason, J. Hon’ble, B. C. S., Agra.

Trevor, C. B. Esq. B. C. S., Calcutta.

*Thornhill, C. B. Esq. B. C. S. Europe.

Thuillier, H. E. L. Captain, Calcutta.

Thurburn, F. A. V. Captain, 14th Regt. B. N. I., Bhopal,

*Thurburn, R. V. Esq. Europe.

Wilson, Daniel, the Right Rev. Dr., Bishop of Calcutta.

Willis, J. Esq., Calcutta.

Walker, H. Esq. B. M. S., Calcutta.

* Absent from India.

+ Exempt from payment of subscription, according to the old rules.

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatie Society.

Waugh, A. S. Col., B. E., Darjeeling.

Watkins, C. T. Esq., Calcutta.

Woodrow, H. Esq., Calcutta.

Ward, J. J. Esq. B. C. S., Burdwan.

*Wallich, N. Dr., B. M. S., F. R. S., London.

Loss or MEMBERS DURING THE YEAR 1852.

By Death.

Mackintosh, W. Esq.

Torrens, H. W. Esq. B. C.S.

By Withdrawal.

Broome, Capt. A.

Buckland, C. T. Esq. B.C. S.

Erskine, J. C. Hon’ble, Esq. B. C. S.

Harimohana Sena, Babu.

List or MEMBERS ELECTED DURING THE YEAR 1852.

Allen, C. Esq. B. C. S.

Burgess, F. J. Lieut. 74th Regt. B. N. I.

Christison, A. Dr., B. M.S.

Clint, L. Esq.

Gyanendro Mohun Tagore, Babu.

Lees, W. Lieut. 42nd Regt. B. N. I.

Nicholls, F. W. Captain, 44th Regt. M. N. I.

Rammanath Bannerjya, Babu.

Ward, J. J. Esq., B. C.S.

Manickjee Rustomjee, Esq.

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS.

Blyth, E. Esq., Calcutta.

Keramut Ali, Syed, Hoogly.

Long, J. Rev., Calcutta.

McGowan, J. Dr., Ningpo, China.

111

112 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 1.

Piddington, H. Esq., Calcutta.

Stephenson, J. Esq.

Roer, J. Dr., Howrah.

Tregear, V. Esq., Bareilly.

LIST OF HONORARY MEMBERS.

Baron von Hammer-Purgstall, Aulic Counsellor, Vienna.

Garcin de Tassy, Membre de I’Instit. Sec. de la Soc. As. de Paris.

Professor R. Jameson, Edinburgh.

Sir John Phillippart, London.

Count De Noe, Paris.

Professor Francis Bopp, Memb. de |’ Academie de Berlin.

Professor Christian Lassen, Bonn.

Professor A. Langlois, Memb. de 1 Institut., Paris.

M. J. J. Marcel, Ancien directeur de l’ Imprimerie nationale, Paris.

The Rev. William Buckland, D. D., London.

Sir John F, W. Herschel, F. R. S. London.

Col. W. H. Sykes, F. R. S. London.

General Count Ventura, Paris.

Professor Lea, Philadelphia.

Professor H. H. Wilson, F. R. S. London.

Sir George T. Staunton, Bart. F. R. S. London.

M. Reinaud, Memb. de I’Instit., Prof. de l’Arabe., Paris.

Dr. Ewald, Gottingen.

His Highness Hekekyan Bey, Egypt.

Sir Edward Ryan, London.

Professor Jules Mohl, Memb. de I’Instit., Prof. de Persan, Paris.

Captain W. Munro, London.

His Highness the Nawab Nazim of Bengal.

Dr. J. D. Hooker, R. N., F. R. 8., London.

Professor Henry, Princeton, United States.

118

Meteorological Register kept at Rangoon.

1853.]

‘oprdsoey pjaig ‘uoabungy junpsissp

dG ‘W ‘aduavg “f

eee ee ee ee ae aa FT| er Lo. | errs

oe)

im =

| tO | iw)

OP} en} &)~

ct or] ct et

Pls ae —| >

_ Es

= o

os Yeo} 9 (JC) ool} & oo bo) ©

S o|S S So) > | Oo

ra) o|~ —) —] —) <o| ¢

for) &| ao 4 i) be

tio) fe) - “I o| oO

si 2 3

s |gi2) & (Bel & ISS

& S/R, & (5)8) B& [El

BiB Bis’ Bis

ale Ale | 6

Bis 5/5 Bis

°N ‘d & *yasung "W °d &

19JaTLO1B A 1939 O18 19}9WO1BG

ee | :

oe | Wy)

wa &)} re

_ e

wl? = =| 8 S| 3998

ale o|wm |

eo” ee Wil oe lord a a

rt DO et

“SS 7

wo to| ve O} ww

Ss |i S S fsis| Ss felis

e : . ole * O| ~~

a = = | ox = isa

or ° nse 0} 9° ox

oo oo rary

2 je/s| = lee) & Ise

a 15] * a |S) h a EIR

me i vot | ete | mete

B| 6 5\5 Bis

e\s =e Sis

B| B 5|5 BiB

‘U0ON "WV 6 ‘9STIUNG

JajowWO1eg J9jyaMOIVg ROVETUCORG LT |

. _ | @ ~T

sayrwam Aap (aeao ‘ouy ‘syyfia pue | 969°1s |gzics| "8 |z8| S| £999°L8 | 51/26) FOTS'LB [28] 16 | 499818 | L\h8) L99T LA FA /e8 “Sid

SSUINIAS UL § SSa1UIOW [OOD [NJINeOg on

“aN “as “AON ‘Spurs Suipreaarg se = ©

‘sXep Q Ul [Jay :soyouy PG"] | GOSF' LL |EZ\18) TIZS°LL 8) 80 3° BL | (68 E L\¢° L’ ¥ “79

Cytout ery koruy Wied yo Aqnuend ls ei Le ex108 Le°8L aes 6896 82 9216 18 Peel LL ve & L990" GL U 64 M

a2 izle] oS leis) .= |S/2\ 2 lel S| 28 (S18) 3B IBF

Be le/k| 2S (sie) Se jee) Se |s)e | Se lek) Se elk

o 5 = er =e mee . een 4 wets | te

&% E/E) £2 [2/8] BS 2/2) 2S |2) 8) 2S (EF: 2 |El2

Be |e s~ |B/B ge |F/5 BS |F| B BS B\ 5 go B\5

a te o = S ° = e s ¢ s

*syIVWOY “W ‘d 6 ‘gasung "W ‘dg ‘MOON ‘WN °V 6 *@SLIUNG

JopOMOMIIYT, | J}9MOWJEYT, | IaoMOUEyY, | szsyoMOoUeyT, | JajyoMoMeyy, J9jaMO UII |,

"SGRI ‘“aquaaon ys ‘uoobuny

Pi Gh Shs ee Ee | ee ne ar ae

"SESl ‘42q0700Q fo yzuopy ay7 v0f woorwne jeer pau ay, yo pday senor yonbeqosoeteny ayy fo geeieesir

aa . “SUUVUIFEAMIBYY OG JY “VELL,

eo ee

8Sc0'0€ | POIs’ £8 | 689¢"8L

9G640°0€ | L99S'oLL, £996 0GZ| “UBayy

€F60'0€ | £998°o18) PEEL oLL

SS Cees | SSS SS

"Ong 071d; 90° 88 92 °0}1G| HAN] OTT v8 cL “OuN'G| = * 0731) = 60" 92 EZ T¢

"071 °0731G| 80° G98 1H 071 ‘oytd| IT 68 GZ ‘ong mo) 70) Ml GL GL 0€

‘yumng| “op*a‘N| It’ 18 C94 "oW1G| *079Iq) E&I" GLE rs ‘OIN) ILA CN] | OT" tL IZ 6%

"LIM = “ORIG! ~— OL 48 9L 07310 "031q| ST" 64 92 oyid!§ §=6°oytq| IT’ GGL €Z 8%

‘ynune-"9| ‘Opa *s} = &0° 88 G94 ‘og; = "oniq) It cis G'9L oid) °0731q) LT’ GOL vs LZ

‘oy 01d} 90° c°88 LL “ONG a) 70) ee 68 GOL °0391 ‘o1q) = OL’ 92 eZ 9G

010 ‘op “H| = =60" 6°98 GLs “reat, Op “A| «= ET 82 cL ana) “myeQ; = ST GL GL &Z

*2 a “3 a o "Od ONG) PL £8 LL “OW ‘oyIq) €T LE GL ¥G

*1]nwND ‘ou1q| £0° 98 jays oI} = OHI) =U 6L GL ‘ORIG OP "A “N; IT" G°Gl GGL &%

"HeAys9"O/OP "NG “a; OL o’¢8 82 071 01d) =F 8Z 92 TNR OOP ten ile LL GZ 6G

oVIG)|'OP "S “4 °H} £0° G28 8L ‘TnmNd-"/ INA) |= ST q'8L g°cL “HES-OLTOFOR NG) = oT G¢L SEZ 1Z

031 *o331G| 60° ¥8 g'8Z *010 *01q) > GT 68 6£ ICO) ‘oq; = OT" GLL G°cs 0Z

"o1G| “OP ‘A ‘N|~ 10° 88 64 ‘010 ‘otd| = éT £8 82 awn") "o71q|; 80° 82 GOL 61

ee ee ee ee ee es ee ee ee se ee es ee ee ee ron

OVI ‘op *a| = £0" v8 G62 *OT ‘o1d| £0: 68 82 01 *o1G| 0° es 74 9L LI

‘OWI oyIq| 0° 68 CLL °0131G|'OP “HAH "N| 0 18 G*8Z 0731 *0y1G|} 30° G82 92 9T

"owid) “OPH “S| £0" 88 08 "031 |OP “ANG| 90- 64 LL "0771q| __*0931q|.___§0° GLL Gf ST

“yang ‘op 'd| 30° 68 GLL “TOwND|"OP “A "N| 0° G18 6L “OWG) “IA N| =O" Ls cf al

*1}81}8- O11) ‘oW1G| 30° G8 08 *178.448- 0411) oud) $0: 68 G'62 aa) “wye; = G0" 08 84 €L

°0}1G|OP*M "A *N} = £0" 16 18 ‘OIG ‘oy1d}; 40° c8 08 "031G| “OP*N| £0° 18 6£ él

“Tawny ‘oW1G| ~=—F0° G68 c"18 “MATT AN] 20° 68 + 4 "S0q/"0P "MA "N| $0" G82 CLL IT

“ynUNd-"/ “OPH "N} 60° G°88 08 ‘oI ‘oy1G} =OT 68 82 °ous1G| ‘OP *N| = ¥F0° 82 92 OT

“yang "op “ay ~-S0" 68 6L 0G "071G) 60° €8 8L at ‘outd| 90" 82 9L 6

OIG OP *"N “9 °H| 90° 88 8Z °0}31G|"OP “H “N} 60° 68 82 PUG "03tg| =—£0° 84 GZ 8

“031d *0W1G}| 60° ¢°88 GLL oI) “OP a) =6Tt g’°s8 08 071 oy1q; = £0" 64 LL L

ee) ‘Oop "aH| 60" 06 08 oyiq) = *oIq) OT 98 08 ei (@) ‘0n1G) 60° 82 94 9

“OIG [OP "S “GQ "H] = $0" ¢°68 18 “1e9TD| Op “A "S| 20° *8 ~ 08 OIG; “OP 'H}| 0° 68 8L ¢

“O31 °0731q|} = F0'0E 16 ¢°08 ‘TTnwnD)) “Op "Hy; 90° 98 c°08 *0WV1G) = =—‘OId) 0° G62 GLL P

OFT ‘op 'a} = 10°08 68 G°8Z ‘WNuNd-"0/Op "A “N} 0° 6°38 G°6Z “AzeH|‘Op “A “N| £0" 08 82 €

071 “Op *M 0€ 68 08 *0991 ‘071d| 90° 18 6L "S0q/OP “MM “S| 0° LL GZ G

“hig “parm *193900 “Aig "JOM ngs “para jo| ‘tayo "Aig “JOM ‘Ag ‘pula, jo | ‘ajo "AIG "JOM |

JO UOWOaIIp; -oO1e”g UOTJOI.IpP { -O1Kg uoljvalIp | -O1Vg au"%q

jo yoodsy Jo yoodsy ° jo yoodsy

pus 90104 | plotouy *J9JOWOUIOY,T, pue 9910.7) plolouy *19}9WIOULIIY J, [pu 90109} plo1louy *1OJIULO MAY TF,

"NOON LY

“6S81 “4299700 fo Yyruopy ay; of ‘uoo

‘WV 6 LY

‘ASIUNAS LY

buoy ‘qopdsozy pray ayn qo ydoy sapsrtboay yn91h0j0.L0022T7

*SUOTJBAIOSGO [Z JO UBOT *‘SUOIJVAIOSGO J JO UBOTA *SUOIJBAIOSQO FZ JO Uva

“ADUAV A 'f (ge == at (se pts at = WESTER S

‘skep 9 uo T]9q| [690°0€)969'T8 |608F LL 8cFS0'0S| S°E8 |ITLG°LZ 60£60°0€ £999°L8)8022'8T

"ONIG ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee oe ee

°0}J1G ee °0}7IG *OnIG OL’ 82 ec) ee ee ee eo ee ee ee ee ee ee

"0731 on °0731G °0#31G; 90° 18 LL ~ = es =< ze “IBID 0331) 90° £8 LL

0711 ee 071d ‘o71d| = £0° 08 GL ae ie = on nae "OIG SOP'A'S*U| ~=F0" ¢°98 LL

01 = “OWN; = 0931) OT’ 18 GL “wae aS) —£0* G98 | gs 071 °0771q; 90° £8 LL

‘ONG re °071d °OF1d) OT: 08 GZ ‘O1q| “OPH; £0° 68 Grs “OVC Op’S*a a; = £0° G°98 G°GcZ

‘ound ie ant il “waye| IT" £8 82 ¥ :¥ ee so <t “09391 "O33'1d) 90° G28 82

0731 ee °01G oat "'N OL’ c'08 J, ee ee ee ee ee *]uINd-"d ‘op a | 90° 98 9L

"ONG ae "0331 OUI) ~=IT’ 68 8L 01d) OP “AH “N) = 20° 98 08 OIG) HS “UA} =O" 98 6L

"Bas Iva[d UY _ eats) IED es UL. 68 G°8Z oI) OP “A 'S| L0°OE | E8 62 °0731d ‘OnId;) sO" 98 6L

“193 | Ee “ON °0#}1d| OT" 08 LL 01d; “OPH; 60°0€ | G8 84 “Tntany| “48943 “q) = 900 £8 8L &

011 O1'0 ee eo ee oo ee oe oe ee ee ee ee ee ee e- eo

*Avpaoysod uley 02°0 ee oe eo ee ee ee eo ee eo eo "MUO ‘op | Ss €0'0E €8 gf

ee ee ee ee ee eo eo ee ee ee ee *[uInd-"¢ ‘op a ‘og c'eg c’gZ

"qq s1U oq} Re Tomo O| OR (| cor | 0B LL *e = a = "* | "eays-"9/ «op “g] «= 6"——«|:«S"T8 8L

Salimp Japunyy, 0¢°0 “Hawn; “Op; €0° | 4°38 08 |*HaunD) 34511 -g} To0'0S] ¢8 08 ‘yuu; “Op "A) 66°62) S°98 08

*SULIOMOYS ee °033IG ‘op “A °N 40° G8 6L eo ee ee ae ee 01 0731 "Og £6 18

“uoouynoqge Avp a °0710 31 °N} 90° ¥8 18 os =e ao a" e ‘OVIC)OP"M'N| 60° 66 18

-1aj3sah JaMoys 0g'0 = ve ee ee oF oe oe oe ee oe ‘oIG/IT AMON] FO" 16 08

ee °OUUIG ‘op aC | ‘'N 0° 38 LL eo ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee es

eo eo ay ee eo es ee ee ee eo ee 00I1q ‘op ac | Ny 10° C68 css

cs “OUNG)| ep a | SO" 68 82 a ae se “ts = “NuD) “OP ‘a F0° 68 68

ar “M4ID/ OP “aH "S| 20° ¥8 8L - a =a . a ‘071 *0331G| 0° ¢°06 18

"W ‘d Ze Aep eo ee o- oe eo eo eo oo eo eo ee 189[9|'Op “G'S ¢0° C'06 0g

~19j804 JaMoys ¥2'0 PeelD “wmyeD|. G0" +8 6L = = md rd ie ‘med; «6 Op "| «= 30 0€ 06 91

ee "Lg ‘op “T ¢0° 28 82 ee” ee ee ee ee "onigd ‘op *S/ 86° 88 0g e

-uns 10938 Aavozy ee s ee eo. ee ee ee eo ee es oo ee ee oe oe ee Ss

: . "PUI JO | ‘rajour | “AIG | “99M |, *purm Jo| cuajom | “Aig | "390A F ‘purm jo| ‘asjom | “Aq | "39M

“syle ae Oo AS BOnoalp: |. Ove AAS oe UO1}D91Ip | -oO1eg 5 rats uOI}OIP | “Oleg

bs ee SAE gers pus sd10q |PlOOUY) -r9,;9WOWIEU, papa P0107! PIOLBUY | -royamMOWwsIy TF, ees), PUB s10g) PIOLWUY | -19jaMOUIEyL,

‘Nd @ LY

“esneg uly ‘N46 LY “LGSNOQ LY

116 Meteorological Register kept at Rangoon. [No. 1.

REMARKS.

On the 3rd, a heavy shower of rain fell. Prevailing winds up to

ard E. N. E., E. 8. E.; very cool air, but hot sun. A catarrhal com-

plaint begmning to appear.

9th. At noon to-day a shower fell with squall of wind from N. E.,

during which the rain was heavy, 0.3 inches, having fallen. The first

rain we have had from the N. East.

12th. ‘Weather continues hot with fine clear atmosphere ; winds

prevailing in the E. and N. E., and very light.

14th. A heavy shower, accompanied by thunder and lightning,

fell last night. The winds much cooler and the sky more cloudy.

The latter half of the month has been beautifully fine and clear.

The sun during the day hot, but the nights cool; air dry, and wind

prevailing (generally very hight) in the East, 8. E., and N. E.

J. FayRer.

cons ZOL PIs 2 6L 986° 62 eereece eeen 9°69 LLL SSL L¢0'0¢ erence eee 6'99 169 1°69 | $1662) ‘UBa TA

“HO ABou'splo*y yy,

HBYS-OLITD| “MA 'N | $69 | LBL | 0'9L | 666" PH “gy reo ys-"115 ‘MM ‘N | GPO] SEL] STL |Seo° Jy Aysso,o][e"s-"O] NT O'*9 | OL9 | O'L9 | 096" 0g

Apno[o|'M"N'N] $°89 | #°LL | 6'SL | 286°6z HVIIS-OTNUND | MA'N'N| 0°89 | OSL | SSL | O¢O" VNS-O1ID| "AN C9 | OL9 | 8°99 | 6LE°6% 6%

@eesesn eee0e ee ee ee ee @eeeoeeed ee0es ee ee ee ee @eeeees eeere ee ee ee ees *S8%

TTNUIND *pywos} “AA °N | 8°69 | BBL | FOL | SzO° "AACN 843 UT3S"O] AA "N | G19 | GPL | 6 IL 1060 ssoypno[p| “°° c’s9 | 0°99 ¢°¢9 | 80° LG

Tauny °N 6°89 | 8°64 | SOL | SOL" JAeAorle *pumnd-a19 “M'N°N] $°89 | 0°92 | O'SL | GGL’ fx9A0 Te *[Wd="11) “N P39 | LS9 | 9°S9 | 990° 9%

YNUIND “pywosyM"N'M| GL9| S'6L | SLL 12S0° fsysoup] OId| “AM “N | 0°89] 2°SL | 9°%L |e60" JAys on] OIG] *wWieD | O'S9 |! F°G9 | BGO | OTO'OE cz

SSOTPNOTD| = AA 269 | *8L | 6SL | O10 Od) M°N M| B19} 8'SL | ALL |%90° onId| “MM “N | 889 | 0°99 | 0°99 | [86°62 iid

"H °N dvou [wo] "AA CN | OPLO 0'6L | G'9L | #z0° OnICT| “MN | 2991] OGL | SL 910° SsoTpno[D; “wep | Z'49 | 1°S9 | Z'¢9 | TOO €6

sso[pno[p| °AA G99 | £84) G92 /6L0°0E Sso[pno[D “NI 8°99 | 6 SL | OSL B90 OENELYS-O111D *pxBdSG) “Weg | Bg zg} O'O9 99 | €00°0E) (a4

@eesnee eeee ee ee ee ee @eeorea @eeee ee ee ee ee @ereeeeo @eeee ees ee ee ee “SIZ

OnId) “M°N | 1°69 | 9'%B} SOB | 968" Julory FP rVaU";MD|'AA'N AA| TTL OSL | L'°SL | te T[RUIND *pyBVdg °S GOL | O'CL | OSL | 6FB" 0z

; SSO[PNO[D "MM °S°S| ZEL} O'S8! F'O8 | LL’ "T03°S] oO} : OTL | 98L 1 6SL | 8E6° SsaTpnojp) “Wye | 9°99 | B89! F'R9 | 188° 61

H 94} punos*;wp “M 9'OL | 6'08 | 6°84 | S06" ONGC, “M @ OL LLL | GL |\8c6 THe TVOU"yS-""] "we CL9| S'69 | 669 | TOG’ ST

ONT MN M}| TOL | O18 | O'6L | 8z6° SSoTpNO[D|’-M'N MA! 9'OL | TLL | 8'PL | G66'6% ‘P.Ot “ITAL FOI VY] “AA ON TL9 | 1°89 | ¥°89 | OF6’ LI

TUN *pywoS| “MAN | 8'OL | 228 | L'6L | Gcg’ ['a'a's'r avon 1S"D “N @ OL | 8°84 | #94 |F00° |'H ayi } Ssojpno[p|; “AA °N | O'L9'| O'OL | G'OL | 66" OT

ea eeles *1UD "N €0L | O28 | FEL | F96 caine "O| MON | GIL] BLL) O'SL | StO° WOH A BV’°S! "“M°N | O19 | 9°69 | 9°69 | ZS6" cI

(0) e@eeeeee eee, ee ee ee se ‘HCD e@eeeedee eeene ee ee ee ec e@eousee eeses er ee ee ee “StI

"ISD 007] *SS9TD "M'N A O;OL | O€8 | O18 |9re FA oO} Sso/PNo[D| “M “N | ¥'69 | OGL | SOL S00 oI) “MeO | ¢'g9 | O89 | [°R9 | 9FG" a |

°1q 8" H‘ANO}'MS *17 ‘MN | FTL! 8'F8!] 0B CL60 PAS Saye Fysu 's-*— *N €0L| O6L | Z2LL |8t0 OTIC sere G99 | S°69 | ¢$'69 | 066" ral

“df "FT tvau *4s-"—- ‘"N él} 8) LIS |916° TAs ayy Ul"ys"D |" N °N| OTL] 3°6L | O'LL 610° ssoTpno[D *N L°89 | OTL | OIL | $96" TI

@ o's} ynunD} -y *N L’'¥L | 8'§8 | O'28 | 216° Sse[pnotD| “M “N | 9FL | O18] OGL 13z0° PMU eouyseary) “NT PIL | BSL | SSL 1 S86" OI

“A 84} Ul 4Ss-"[WD} “AA 'N | SPL | 6B! Z'O8 986'6% TBI}S-O11ZD “N SGL| F8L} $'9L |TFO' Juozuoy] Apnoj9D| “weg | F'tL esl | OSL | 166°6% 6

Apno[9D| "Mm “N 8ZL | O'8L | O'LL | zz0° Apno[9| °N GGL | SLL! O'9L | LL0° JSBO19A QO “N GOL | @ZL} LIL | 600'0E 8

e@eecsee eceeo eo ee ee ee @eanes pees eo ee ee ee @eeeeece e@ese0e ee ee ee _e *SL

ynunD) "NT SIL | 18} 6°08 |600° PH ‘q4veuys-9|"A'N “N| GOL] Len} FLL |9¢0° A3807| "AA G89 | Z'OL | O'OL | [66°62 9

NUN *pyeog “M GOL | G28 | 108 | zoo" — OIG} = AL 669} L8L |] 99L |z90° [X'S SYIABIT *4S-"T)| “WW BD) €°L9 | 8°69 | 8°69 | 800° ¢

q LREATOSOND) MN | #02 | 2°68 | S18 G19! ond ‘$ 8°69 | S08 | 0784 |690° TH'M'N] NIGMS ‘S| #29! 669 | 8°69 10" t

Hq au *jwp) “A | 8°0L | O'8 | O18 | 6r0'0e oniq) °“M 9°69 | ¥'6L | FLL |990 BSO7PNOT) = ch 89 | OOL | 869 | 90008) ¢£

: MIO MSM! G89 | S81] 6:08 | L26' oniq| M°N'N| 1°89 | o'6z | 6°92 |ezo° |'3dxa-F7 pou “B-"D/] “MN | €°249} 669 | SOL | 996 j

Hd 180u [WoO /"M'S'*M!] GIL] S48 | ozg 086'°6% Ssoypno[D) M'N M]| 2°TL | 218 | T'6L |ezooel MA] = sseypnoya] ot °* PIL} OSL | T'SL | 1L6°6% I

o oO o |sayouy o oO o |sayouy ° o © sayouy

eS | 2/9/9] » Shi ailacery OOF |. ty e Palouse OF PeOide mh ote

5 ° oo 2 =a ° eo & Ooo . Ss to. a

"A¥g Jo yoadsy 3 Sell oe 1 | eas | Sa wkapgomnadog el, om DB] Fe | & | 82 | sug yoyoadsy | es | & . See Ee

5g Salty ov ees, ze os | pes) ee Bg Peis ay fo oS

“PUM a1nyeied wa J, So "pul, *a.1nj eed Wd f, = “PUMA *910)8.19d WA T, Ss

“U0ON Juoredd y 38 apeuI suOlBAIOsSaG ‘W 'V Q] 18 speuUl sSUOTIRAJASgqG ‘W'V 9 18 apRU UONRAIaSqG

- ‘GEB8T “laquaaony fo yuopy ayz sof ‘DYNO ‘2YJO squosauarxy sohaaingy ayg yo gday 1agsrsagy 1001G0]0.100j0 FT

@eeces @eee eeoeee @eceee cece

199] 8 b1/ Le

6°69) 6°62 | 08| 616'°6% veers 19°69) 9 18] 9°T8| TI6 “6S

————_— a fl rn ee ee | | | Ce OS iE

8°69] 6'Z8| FSB) STE'G) °°

0°€9] OIL} O°6L NBIIS-OLIID | “WROD | 9°CO} HLL) CLL] Sze yeI}S-O1ID| AA “N| 6°S9/2'6L| 0°6L O16" 19@118-O111D)|" AA" NI] °F9] £°08) 0°08) 016’ og

S* i) S007 ApnolD| M N.N|€'89| F 92] $792) 906° £pno] DAA N N| 8°89! #°LL| 0 LL) 806° Apno[d| AA NN] 0°69] F'84| 41/916" 6g

ee s whe eeoves eece ee es eo. ee Step aiitue. eurate we “i ae iets FET a eocese Pa = 4 os a '8z

0°69| 612] 8°18 SS97PNOTD|M N N|6'89} 9°44] O'BL} LE6°6Z S89] PNO[D| MA N Nj 3'69)| 0'6L| 0°6L/ 636'6% $S9/PNO[D| Ms NN] €°69} 2°08! $708] [$6 6% Lz

0.29) 91) 6 TS) “H 9s. "3q8 “38—D)/"AA *N} 0°89] O'LL| SLL) [ZOOS] TNwMd-o1UID/ AA *N| 9°29} 9 RL) 6°SL| 6TO'OS| VeAs-opnuNnD|' AA *N| 0°69! 6'08! 6 6L| ZEO'0E 9z

b'19) 9 TL) PLBPZ yd "3qR"[WO-"D) “N /O°L9] L°9L/°LL/ 666" 17 “3Qe *1UI9-"D]" AA “NT 6'99| 2°92/9°SL/ G86 | TUIND *pywog)" AA - NI! 0°99] 6°62 0'08| FG6° |ezt

ee ro) OMG | *UVD) 1°19) LLL} O'8L) LUG" PA 2Y"S UO’ [=D "WLeD) G*19/ G-61/ 361/816 IAUIND-O1ND) “AA | 8°L9| 6°08) 6'°6L| 6" Fz

0'%9|6 TL/ 8°18 OWN | AA “ Ni] 6°29) L°LL) 3°82) SE6" |Z JO"AUN “IS: Ol AA “N/8°L9/2°6L| F'6L1 186° Ff WMuino *pywog]"AA “NI 989] z'08) S'08/ S86" eat

69 1°EL/0 8 SST PROTO |'M °N}S'L9) 621/084) 246° Po ayy UL “ISTO MA “NOLO T6LI P'6L|LE6° PASS Ul 's-"Ol"AA “N| O79] 0'T8| F°08| FFG" zz

ee ee 5 @eevee eeec o. ee ‘ ee @tevve eeee . cS ee ee a@eevase seee ee ee ee ee Iz

“| wOletpg S89] PNO[D | “W]BD| ¢*g9/ 0°08) 8°08] TFB" SSI[PNOTD} “AA | '99) z'zB! F°Z8 6Z8" Sse]PN01D| “AA | 8°99 0 FB) L°S8/ ZB" Oz

O'S9] PSL) O8SePurseo~eH TUeMID) "S /e'eL/8'08/ S's] G08’ fs-o'MANS UTD! “S | o'pL/9'eR/0'FS|S6L’ fF TRUM ‘pyeag] “WA “S}e'sZ/s'¢8/8F8/96L" GIF

0:99) 0°SL) O'F8f-aNoy"sray'Ht |*s8919]" AA *N}8°69] 6'6L| Z'08| 998" |z"M's UL] *ssaqD|"A °N| 6°69] GT! $718] OSB" IMUINI-OIND) “MA | TOL) T’gs| 828/098" gt

0°69/ 6°92) FEB} YNUIND “pIVIg! AA “N}O'TL| F'6L| 0°08] 0S8" | yNUMNd “pyeos|' AA ‘NI! 0'69/ CrTg}9°TS] TSB" fF AUN *pyeog|" AA “NI g'0L) O'ggl Fze} E98" [LT

PPIO PL) Ses} = T[MuINd “pyeos)" MA *N O*OL| 9°08] 8°08] L06 TNUNS *“pyBoS}" MA “N| FOL) 9°18] BIS} 006" fF WAwno ‘pywos| “N | O'TL/ e'e8| e%s| E06" [ctf

ee ee ee @eerzece eeee "he ee . ee pPesece eeoe eo 304 ee o« @vcocese eece ee ee oe al

OTL] 8°LL| S498 $89]PN01) AA N NII 4°89] 2°08] O°I8] 898" f'S-*D ] ssetpn0]D]'41-N 1] C°g9| e-zg] 0°88) S98" S89] PROTO)" AA *N] O°0L| 8°48) 88 198" jel

|” 19 Gepas-"* HEN 09°S “|” AA "N| 0°69] F'18] 8°18] 206° fH “AN 1°S'4A| AA “NI 1°89] G'e9] S28] ZOG~ f°S-"0°H ANO}'S‘27] AA NNT 0°89] 0°G8/ 9'FS/ SIG" izth

G°L9) 8°92) O-9RP F09"s “ay FY “W'S-"O/°MA “NY F'SL/ SVB] G'SB] L6G" AFH ABOU "S-"D "AA “NI FTL] F'g8/ O'R] TG’ YH ABeu"Is-"/ MM NN @°@21 9°S8) O'SR|ST6" ILI

P69) 6 LL S*9R)-e"ASs sp,410} “48-"FD)/" AA “NI G’e2/ 6 S8/s'e8) c06° fous] HWND] AA “NT g'eL! srg] 878/968" fraqoy's] uNwND|'AA “NI GPL) g'98/ FSS) FIG" oT

O°TL| SLL) TPEPM'S] “WS-ofmMND! *N /g'zz] 918) STs\ sco | Yaumo “pwos| “nN | Tzz/¢eg| gel ore’ fF "NWN “preos| “NN | o'T//6zB S'es|ST6" 6

SPST LP. ApRero} Tak, Jere] 8794] 9:94) 126" Apmo(o] Ni |AcTL/ 22] 0°44) 896" J APMOIOT AM “N|erts}@ LL) 6°9L) £96" 8

"19) VSL! 6*pRl IMUM 2 "IS-"AID|" AA “NI O'TL| NTS! BTS] 996" NWND|" AA *NI| 8°OL| g'zs! 6°S8] BEG" ynundD! *N | 1'SL|0'S8| 9"e8) $96" 9

9°99) L'SL| 8°F8]3-" 29°Z "0G "SID! AN “NI/ O'TL) O'@R] 0°SS] P96" fEIOL'Z"PA TLE “O)" MA “N) 9°69) 0'e8) S°E8/ SSO" FZ “POLE LID] “AL |8°69/ F-78| B°E9| 26" |F

9°99/ 6'SL) G'cgPsoy*asé 01° “MT) “AN | 8°69) F°T8/G'SB| PSE" |MNA"Z WO'PD-"Dl-mn-m! Z-QL/ egg! F'e8/ L7G" FISH AUN 'UTD|*AA *N| F'0L/0'C8| 0'F8| 9FG" |g

0°99) 8°SL| S'cayas-"D J yesys-O4.1| MA NN] O*TL| 6 38] T'S8]} 9Z6" | IS-"1LD 7B MID| AW NN] 0°69 o'F9/SFS| LTE” ZIMA] Is") “Ay |8'R9/8 o8/ GFE QTE" |Z

Soyouy|sayouy o| ©} o o! of o {seyouy o| o| o (|seyouy o | o| o {soyouy

JeMo'y|1odd at oh i fo) to t = ‘o) O mit

5 9. oi 3 | = wey 3) 8) S eo See 3 SL] =] ws Weel a Selon | eicls

coe ‘ el i se ie i a Si a Ma a ~ Bol OW) pp} S| vet, eat oe) =| |) = oe

a | OT ' 39907 : : "AY Jo joodsy 22S) 2] 3] @ | os | AIS jo wedsyjn eo] GF] a] BS} Om Psyg joyoodsyj2 48) 2] SF]! Sx |

v “Io WOWIOY | Wi slain adel ae es Biss: Sa ee SOFT | 8290 | OGS8) 2 aaa

S _“SUONBARTA WUT, pure “pura! *ounjesodwia 7, Es "PUT AA | “OuNnyBaad WaT, = *purAd |eunjesadwe 7 | S|

p_| Sesney wey UINUIIX® “W 'd G 4% apvul suONeAINsgC "M ‘d F IV P9Adasqo ainssalg WNUIUITT ‘W *d € 4B APVU SUOTIVALASGGO b

[‘panuyuon ‘uagssaay 709180,0109/9 [17 |

9°69 | OL9

979 | OFL | TZL jOS00E .aaS5 cae ZOLOE Se vere 1 68S | “19 | BIO |8g0'Os| “UB>IT

Sso_pnorD| “N 629 | O92 | STL | 20 Sso[pNoTD) = ° Ni L°6S | ¥-89 | 9°69 | 691" ssaypnofp| °N g’eg | OLS | OLE | 960° Ig

OWI | “M°N'N| 0°39 | 9°04 | 0°89 | 880° ond) “"N | 86S | T'S9 | B29 | I@L* [Aysseopesys-g} “Ny g'cg | 9°89 | 0°69 | 090° 0g

pO TB “USD *M"N'°N| 0°S9 | L°0L | $89 | 8ZO" [AYSA0,0T[e'NS-"1D} «nT | o'6¢ | eg | 9°29 | LLO' ond) “N G’S¢ | O'8¢ | 9°8¢ | S20 6G

jAx%s] Apno[D| “AN | O'19 | 9°69 | ¥°29 | 9F0' ApnojO|"M'N'N| PLE | B'e9 | S19 | FOL Apno(D/"M'N'N/| 6'FS | OLS | PLE | #80" 8

OWIT | "MA" N'N| 2°09 | 9°TL | 9°69 | FIT’ ON'G)"M°N°N| 82S | 699 | 2°89 [SLL PAyssaoqes-"O) "NN g'eG | S'L4¢ | SLg | 901" LG

j HENS-outO "PIw9S|"AA"N'N| O'@D | FL | OTOL | O80" [NBS-oLMIO “pyeog] “NT | FEC | B99 | Le9 | SEI’ |NVns-oauD -pyeog! “Ny Pre | PLS | LLG 1290" "S9Z

O1d| “M ‘N | 9°09 | FTL | ¥°69 | 080° SS2IPNOID] “MN | F°6S | WL9 | Z'S9 | LVL’ fUez 3qQBuIs-"uIQ) “MyeQ | gE | O'9G | O°9S | ZS0'0E SB

Omid) “AA "N | 0°09 | O'SL | O'OL | S00" [o9E*AMN “498-"1D) “MAN | FBG | 129 | 259 | SVGOr Jsoyriqeas-s1g) Ay | zoo | BBs | O'S 9L6°6% ¥Z

ontq; "N | B%9 | ehh | HTL | FOO" {4 "IG" SsoTpnoiD|*mA-N ON! #19 | e'89 | 1:99 | @ZO° Ss3]PNO1D|"M'°N“N} Gg | 209 | F°09 | 600 8

Je ssoqpno[g “M’N'N]| O'F9 | G9L | FEL | TLO° JANS 40,0]/e*wNd-"-5 "M’N'N|0°%9 | OTL | 2°29 | PEL” PTuNd-o1d *pyeas|"AA" NN] Z'6S | 8%9 | VEO | £90 GS

p of Oh Mt Hnamd) "AA" N | 9°49 | 6'9L | TPL | 180° ]419 *Z—“z04 “ATT] MN *N| B69 | BIL | 689 1SEl’ ITM B-ASPULMAN'N| 819 | s'e9 | I'e9 040° 1Z

: SserPROTO «Ni -|.3'99'4, Spa.) Oey | 9cQ" SSoIPNOID) = *N | B'S9 ) GOL | B'LI | SIT? ['[wLd-o1n19“pyeag) “NI r'09 | 1'%9 | 229 | 60 0%

Mage yun} N | B99 | g°ch | 9'BL |eror JyNUEZqe-ns-mt9) -aT | esq | soz | g:z9 | OL: IjNWNd-O1ND "AA NN! 96S | F'19 | 819 | 680" “S6L

¢ZJ wens-o1id) “MN | 89 | Zs | $69 | O90" | “AA UE HeAIs-om5 "M‘N | 3°86 | 0'99 | O89 192° | SsATPNOTD| “BVO | OFS | SL | OLS | SLO" 81

: Sso[pno|D} M'N'N| €89 | OSL | ZL | F80° — ONTG|"M'N‘N| 9°09 | 2°89 | T'99 | OSL’ [UBIIS-O4ND *pywog) “WED | Ogg | L'IO | E19 | 8S0° LI

ontd) “MA "N | 9°49 | 7°92 | 1°84 { 890° SS9[PNO[D} “MN | 9°49 | TOL | 2°29 | TST onic) “WIPED | g'6g | 219 | 0°39 | $0" 91

"RUINS *pywos! "ANN" NI) 8'S9 | g'cL | e'8h | 180" [AA NUN WIS-O4ID|“AANTNT] 9°90 | 9°02 | 9129 | 280° ond |"M'N°N| O°6¢ | 2°39 | F°B9 | 620 SI

Onid| “M°N'N] 9°S9 | Ooh | HSL | zEO | _ ONIT|*AA*N“N] 9'I9 | O69 | ¥'99 | £80" Ssa[pno[g,;M*N'N| g°L¢ | &19 | G19 | ZrO |

sso[pnofD|"dys'MNN| Q'g9 | g ez | O'sL | S60" SS9[PNOLD|‘M'N'N| 9'%9 | 9°0L | B'L9 [OSI PA wou suys--ng! “MeD | o'eg | 8°09 | Z19 | OOL gl

ACM “pwos| LN 4} G29 4 9°G) | OSE | O10" A8307/"M'N'N| 0°69 | BOL | 089 |OLL? fuozaoy] A880q| “weg | geg | g'¢9 | 9¢9 | Sede] ‘Set

oniqd| “M'N°N]| 269 | ¥'Sh | SSL | S00'08 OIG) “N 1°89 | 8°0L | 769 | 0SO" Apnolg| “N 8°99 | 0°89 | 0°89 | 066" Ut

Apno]D| “MA"N’N) 289 | 6 IL | FTL | 966° _ OIG) °N 0°89 | PIL | OTL | LG0° Suyzzuqg| “N ZOL | SIL | 8'OL | 186. ol

yMUND *pIwos}"M "S ‘S| FIL | O'O8 | SAL | P16" Apnoig/'M *S "S| @z1 | e'S2 | e's | 080" Apno[D)"M “S °S) 8°49 | 0°69 | 9°89 | 096"

ong) “M | 0'89 | 082 | 8°92 | 166°6% od) “MN |089 | @FL | 9'IL | SO" ssa(pnojg| *""" | 329 | €F9 | 9'¢9 | 8L66s, 8

$s9/PNo[D|"M"°N’*M! 8:99 | OBL | O'SL | ge0 ONIG|"A'N’N| 0°99 | GPL | OTL | 980" F°A OY Ut ays-aIgQ) "WIV | O'19 | B29 | O'S9 610" L

6. APROIO} ND | 8149 | 0°84 | 8°94 | BGO" ssoTPNO}D/ NN | £69 | Fes | LOL [OBL’ [Ag “Ao qie ‘o-s1Q) “WIED | s19 | O'P9 | geo | $70" se

gers orld “prBwos)"M"N'N/ 8°99 | O'9L | F'SL | 690° [HBIIS-O1N10 “pyeog|"AA'N'N| O'FO | O'@L | O'69 | STL’ [oems-osmo “preog| ‘weD 88g | 0°79 | FIO | 6FO v

: Apno[p|"M"N’N] (19 | O'%L | FOL | ZE0" SBIIIAO)"M°N"N| O'BS | 689 | G99 | 280° eS) “AN | ovg¢g | 0°89 | G'E9 | 960° g

“A Ol 8148-01117) °N G9 | OLL | 6 SL | LE0° YVI}S-O1ND "pywog| “AA °N 019 | OIL | 8°89 | 820° feu UI NeNs-ouIg! AA NN] ['z¢ | O89 | O89 10. a

pty “BMS | N L'49 | TLL | OL | ZFO'OS HVAIS-OLUD | AANA] 2°09 | SOL | 9°89 [06008] *G] eus-o1D) “MN | oyg | 79 | O'F9 |Sz0'0E) =i

f29°U9Z Sp,MOz MID ° ° o soyouy : eae j o = jseyouy é ° o |se4ouy

eS | 2} 2] & | og fy | =| 9] 2 | ee ae 21.8 | 8 1er, #

:. Ao eS en n= oF : Pe eles A > is o8 o © x= > = at i

g “ANS Jo J00dsy oe = 5B | m=] Aygjoyodsy | 2a ee m. ry *Ayg jojyoodsy | ° uo P= a & ms

co = ° * Cas:) os. ie be) @ eas ae =e ° 3 a

*puUlAA ‘ganye1adwia y, S “PULA *ainyeiedwe J, s “PULA *aanye1ad wo T, z

"Ww

ays lof “nj3naI0Q ‘af sjnwauay Lohaning ay} 4D 2

_ “uoON jusIeddy 38 apeul suoNeAIasqQ __

“BEST “aquasag fo yruop

OS ‘Y 638 pradasqo sinsso1g WwNwIxepy “9SLI-UNG 1B APBUL SUOTIBAIASAO

day agsibasy 7091601010020

es ee

ged " z r(

fen: ‘vy 6@

PV UCLA] F2'0

sesey q 9,u00]N

ja ""uUL®

‘Kv yo'dy

-0S°0 | ¥F'0

LU'0

970 | LZ'0

"youy | *youy

19M0'J |.19dd 9

oS) < 209

*J994 | *1007

*SUOIBAR|H

*saDURD UIRY

1°96

8°18

0°L8

9'88

9°88

§ 98

F838

¢°98

@ 06

G 66

816

G G6

9°06

0°06

9°G6

¥S6

G16

¢°88

8°16

$66

v'SL

G16

0'S6

0.46

€ 06

*LAJIULOWIIY Ff,

2B¢ L'L9 PLL eevee eeecs 8 9

PSS] 0°99] OBL] “3S-O1ID “pyVOg! AA *N| 8°S9] FTL

%°SS| $69] SSL ONT | M NN| #29] '02

9 S| S'F9| B'SLIAAS'AO TTB IS") AA “N| F Z9| 9°69

G'SS| 1 $9] LPL Apno}D|"AA *N| L°%9! 0°69

¢ $¢| 6'F9| $'OL 011 |MANN| 8°19) £°0L

F SS! 'F9| L HL) “3S-OddId *pyedG}' AA *N/ 8°09! 9 69

V'Z9| F gg PPL 0731] M N N| 3°09] 3°69

0°96] 649] 8°PL 011 |"M *N|9°6S/ £69

F 9G) G 99] 9'OL ON | AVMN'A! O°Z9] FTL

Z'6S| 8°99] F'SL 889[PN0[D) AA NN| 0'89/ #62

96) $69] O' 64] “H Moge ys-"O] “AA | SLO s*' PL

F'8¢] 9°g9/ BSL SSO[PNOTD|"M “N| 2°99) S'e2

O'8¢| S°29| OLL] “H 320qQB"4S"O| “NT 1 8'EOl gay

G SG} [°¢9| 9° of NVAYS-OLIITT) |" AA ° NT] O'S9] BLL

9°L¢|¢@ 19/ OLLI H M 180U IS-"D)" AA “NT FSO! OTL

€°8G/ G°g9| LBL] °38-OL11D “PIVOS|" AA *N| F 9] GPL

8'8¢| 689] O'GLI'H °S 1v9U "YS-"D |" AA *N/} 099] 3°FL

¥'LC] 6°29] F BL OVI | AA N N| 9°F9| 9°81

L'9¢] 9°99] F°9L SS27PNO]D | AA NN O'FO! LL

8°19) 9°69) LLL nwWND | A NN} 0°99] 8'az,

0°79] 1°69] § GLYN 2v0UIS-"|WD] “NT | 2°89/g'zz

roolreo| F2LbH M] NIG! “*N | F990! e'g9

0'¢9] gL] P18 £PNOID |" MSS] 8'SL| O'R,

6°09] 6'OL| F 18 ONIG | AASM| 6°69) F°9L

1°6S| TOL) O18 Sse[PNOID|'M “N'| 6°49] FOL

6°6S| 9°01) €18 TL a] naa AA N N| 4°99) 1°92

0°89] 8°89] $°6L] *38-O1410 “pivds) “NT | g'g9] g'¢1

68S 2°99] 9 SLIA4S'A0 [1B “IS-"Ol*AA NI O'FO! SLL

0'°6S| $°69| 0'08 O14} “M |0°99] O°¢2

6'8S| S°69| 0°08] “IS"O411D *piVdg!" AA *N| BPO] Q-oy

° ° ° ° Ce)

E/E lz 22513)

5 oe @

“o) B [Mo[edagyoqoodsy|" 28) F |. &

Rup tse |

UNUTUIT, pues

WNUTXB IT

“puLAA! °adnyeied Wd Tf,

"198-UNS 1B OpBUl SUOTAIASGC)

9'GL| SEL} 6166S

¥'SL| 600 OE] "11S -O1d10 *pyeas

P'IL| L66°

F'OL| 986°

0'OL

PIL

9'OL

0'OL

FOL

SSL

PSL

Srl

O'FL

110°

£00

9¢6°

066"

966°

L96°

F'SL| 8966S

LTO'0€

PCL

L'vL

OFL

VCL

G86"

9L6°

9°gL| 8TO°OS

GCL G66"

S 12rTL6"

LL) 696"

69663

[60°0E

686°6@

ST0°08

P96" 66

“N

OnId) MANN

AYS*AO [IB “4S-"D| AA NN

ApnojD| *N

ond) °N

*1}S-OU11D "PyBIS| "AA “N

OnIG | AANN

OnIG| MA 'N

oniqd|M *N

ssaTpno|D| MNN

[NUNS "pywog| “AA

ss97pno[p)’M “N

TPNUIN *pyeos|" MA “N

1}84}S-O1U19| AA “NT

on'q| MNN

oniq) M ‘N

ssaTpno]D| M “N

T]NwWNd ‘pyevog| "ds * Ny

sso]pn0]|ISMNN

qnung|MNN

NWN *pyeos| “N

suiuiey| ‘N

SpnojD) MSS

‘WT Savou*yun~) MSA

"H] sseqpnod)"AA *N

2 °S Tea *4S-"O/ AAN N

‘H "a | eee e@eec

"JS- O19 *pyBOs} MA N NT

A¥S*A0 ]]B YS-"C| MM NN

NVIYS=O1I1Z) | AN * AA

6'GL| LL6’6G} “3S-Od110 *pyeog)’M *N

o \soyouy

‘AWS Jo yodsy

‘ud pye

uol}aa1IG

G9! 6'FL| O'SL| [L6°6S

9°T9| 8°92! F914) LO00°

$39

Leg

F'Z9

P19

0°09

¥'6S

/S°8S

v'19

019

¥'o9

T'99

8'S9

@'09

SSL

GGL

S'GL

OSL

SSL

VIL

OGL

SSL

OSL

9°92

O°CL

oo)

oPL

*ODWDOR

GGL

OGL

VSL

SSL

STL

CHL

9°¢)

8-01

6°SL

GGL

GPL

OPL

9° 9L

Ory OD 12 Wks 68

m~ Osc +000

~~~ ee

‘s9qv JO |

*PUIAA | aunjeisedway

“wid 7 38 paddasqo S1NSSad J WINUNUL TY

[-ponurqu0s ‘saysSoay 0050]0.L0912 7 |

owe

G°S9| 6'9L| 6'SL| 6L6°6% **

SeoTpnoly| N | Oso et

—

SOL|6TO’ IIS

000'0 0731 |"MA “NI 9°S9| G2) 9°SL!Z10 OS 10S

TLE [44S *AO [1B "IS-"D/ AA N NPS 9] O'FL/E'SL| GLE" 16z

%S6'6S 011d) “N |0'S9| o'F2|9'SL/0L6'6Z/8%

610'0 OnId) “N |F'S9/g°Gz\S'FL/ FEO" [Lz

966°6G; “IS-O1ID “PIPIC]| AANEN| STI O'FLIS™SL/RTO" 19%

S10 0 OnTd| MN N| 0°19] 0'F2/ 8°SL|0Z0'08)S%

66" OIC | M “N| 09 F FL) L°SL\TS6 \F%

026° 0331 | AM NN/G 29| #'92/2'SL/086" (Sz

686° Sso]Pno[D| “N |O'F9/ O'R! O'LL Z66'6ZISS

S66" TNWND *pyBVdg} -MA | 2°19) O'Rz) SLL ZOO OS|IZ

166° | “H °M WOWND |" M “N| 29! e°g2/ O'LL S66" 10%

496° HNWND "piwOS) "AA * NT} 99] 9°91/6°SL/ 696° |6T

196'6% 1JB.14S8-O.111) |" AA” N| O'F9! Q'Q Z| 9 FL) 9L6'62|8T

600°08 old)" M *N 0729 O'LL|O'9L 2200 LT

Cg6' S$S97PN0]D/ AA NN 8°99) 9°92/9°LL 886° |9T

196° OI] M “Nj 299) 9°g1/ FLL 186" [ST

T9663] HNUIND "piwog) AA NN} Z'99/ #9710" LL ¥S6'66)FT

S10" , _ S$S9[PNO[D|dSMNN| E'E9] Fg) F'SL FIO" (ST

FOOTOSY HeNS-opnMIND|) “NT | 0°89) g°z2/9°9L| TIO'OS|ZI

rr6° | SPhO[O “pivos| “N |[e'69gpz/ TFL BPG" ITT

gh6° | OUIUTRT "MAN S89] FTL PTL PFE” (OT

F06° ApnolD|" MSS} O'@L| -08/9°6L ST6' {6

G16’ PA'S 1v9u"]WN}D| A SAA] S69] o°9g/6°6L FIG’ |8

996° [H] sse1pnofd| “A | 0°89| o'og/0'62 S96" |L

196° JAH Av9Ns-"F) *N | 8°29] o'08/ 9°62, 696° (9

ava Wy 0} *s] eees ecco ee oe ee ee Cc

BL6° PIS-OdIID *pIWIS) AA NN} $°99] 2'g2/0°8L 86° IF

096° | S'40 118 “19S-"D| MN IN| ¢'€9] ozzy! O'@L' S16" |g

cc6° HMI “pyBOS|" AA “N| S°C9! g-g7| ¢'8L/ 996" |z

£96'6S] 1IS-O1I9 *PyWIS| "MA "N} 8 €9/ Q"Gz| S°8L/896'6S|T

sayouy ° o | o |seyouy

oe EBs] 31 9\2)\ oF |S

‘om fk ds 5 mee. a >| ae S

mg | AUSso308dsy) = BE) ec | S| | me |

oe 55/ Sl" | =

S *purAA | *aanjesed wa J, S

"WOP*YZIV IPVUL SUOIBAIOSGO

JOURNAL

OF THE

POLAT IG. SOCIEL Y.

DEEL PDL PPR LPLDAOPELLLPLPLLLPLLLILVII_LPLLPOLIOILWIIOIER

No. II.—1853.

Sifan and Horsck Vocabularies, with another special exposition im the

wide range of Mongolidan affinities and remarks on the lingual and

physical characteristics of the family.—By B. H. Hopeson, Esq.

I now submit to the Society my promised Sifan and Horsdék voca-

bularies with such geographic illustrations as may tend to render

them more easily and fully appreciable. I intended to have retained

these vocabularies till I had completed my pending investigation of

the grammar of the Gyéring and Hoérpa tongues. But the high

interest attaching to the discovery of another surprising instance of

the wide-spreading relations of these tongues, made in the course of

that investigation, and which discovery is sufficiently verifiable even

by the vocabularies, though by no means limited to their evidence,

together with the bearings of these vocabularies upon my two last

communications to the Society, induces me not to postpone the

sending of them. I can follow them up, by and bye, by the proposed

grammatical elucidations. In the meanwhile there is abundant mat-

ter for the present communication in such a statement as I now

propose giving of the present discovery, in some general remarks on

the characteristics of the vast group of tongues to which the vocabu-

laries now and priorly submitted belong, and in some descriptions of

the physical attributes of the almost unknown races more immedi-

ately now in question. Nor doI apprehend that the want of the

grammatical details adverted to will materially impair the interest of

the present communication, since I have anticipated so much on that

No. LIX.—New Series. Vor. XXII. R

122 Sifan and Horsok Vocabularies. [ No. 2.

head in the way of practical exposition by samples as to make the

special discovery I announce perfectly appreciable without those

details, which, moreover speaking generally of this vast group of

tongues, I have shown reasons for deeming less important than they

are wont to be held both philologically and ethnologically.

This series of vocabularies is entirely my own work ina region

equally interesting and untrodden. It consists of seven languages,

viz. the Théchi, the Sokpa, the Gyami, the Gyaring, the Horpa, the

Takpa and the Manyak ; and so novel is a deal of the matter that it

will be necessary to explain at once what these terms mean, and

to show where the races of men are to be found speaking these

tongues. Hérsdk is a compound Tibetan word by which the people

of Tibet designate the Nomades who occupy the whole northern part

of their country, or that lying beyond the Nyenchhen-thangla* range

of mountains, and between it and the Kwanleun or Kuenlin chain.

Hors6k designates the two distinct races of the Hér or Horpa and

the Sok or Sékpa, neither of whom, so far as I have means to learn,

is led by the possession of anative name at once familiar and general,

to eschew the Tibetan appellations as foreign ; though it will soon be

seen that they are really so, if our identifications fail not. The

Hérpa occupy the western half of the region above defined, or north-

ern Tibet; and also a deal of Little Bucharia and of Songaria, where

they are denominated Kao-tsé by the Chinese, and Ighurs (as would

seem) by themselves.

The Sokpa occupy the eastern half of northern Tibet as above

defined, and also, the wide adjacent country usually called Khokho-

nur and Tangtit by Europeans, but by the Tibetans, Sokyeul or Sdk-

land.

* This important feature of the geography of Tibet is indicated by the Nian-tsin

tangla of Ritter’s Hoch Asien and by the Tanla of Huc. I have, following native

authority, used in a wide sense a name which those writers use in a contracted

sense ; and reasonably, because the extension, continuity and height of the chaiu

are indubitable. Nevertheless Ritter and Guyon have no warrant for cutting off

from Tibet the country beyond it up to the Kuenlin, nor are Katché and Khor, :

the names they give to the country beyond, admissible or recognised geographic

terms, Khor, equal Hor, is purely ethnic, and Katché is a corruption of Khachhé

or Mahomedan, literally, big-mouth.

1853. | Sifin and Horsck Vocabularies. 123

In southern Tibet, or Tibet south of the Nyenchhen-thanela

chain, there are numerous scattered Hérpas and Sokpas, as there are

many scattered Bodpas in northern Tibet; but, in general, that

great mountain chain, the worthy rival of the Himélaya and the

Kuenlin, may be said to divide the nomadie Hérpas and Sékpas from

the non-nomadic Bodpas or Tibetans proper. Though the major

part be Buddhists, yet are there some followers of Islam among the

Horpas and Sdkpas of Tibet ; more beyond the Tibetan limits. They

are all styled Khachhé by the Tibetans, of which word I think the

Chinese Kao-tsé is a mere corruption, despite Cunningham’s ingeni- |

ous interpretation of Kao-tsé,

The Islamites are also called Godkar, of which term again Klap-

roth’s Thogar seems to be a metamorphosis.

Between the Horpa and Sdkpa in the central part of northern

Tibet, are the Drokpa* vel Brogpa, whose vocables I have as yet failed

to obtain; and also, numerous “ Kazzak” or mounted robber bands,

styled by the Tibetans Chakpa vel Jagpa, who recruit their formid-

able association from any of the neighbouring races, but especially

from the Bodpa (Tibetans proper), the Horpa, the Sdékpa and the

Drokpa. The language of the Chakpa is the ordinary Tibetan, and

therefore, and because also of their very mixed lineage, they are of

little ethnic importance though always cited by the Tibetans, with

fear and trembling, as a separate element of their population. The

predatory habits of the Chakpa often carry them beyond their own

limits, and they and the erratic Drokpa are often seen in Nari where

Gerrard and Cunningham speak of them under the designations of

Dzakpa and of Dékpa. I doubt the ethnic independance of both,

and believe them to be mixed associations, composed of people of the

above specified races, from among which the Horpa or Turks contri-

bute an element even to the Himélayan population of Kanawer, as ig

proved by the infinitives in “mak’’ of the Taburskad tongue.

From Khokhontr to Yinén the conterminous frontier of China

and Tibet is successively and continuously occupied (going from

north to south) by the Sdékpa above spoken of, by the Amdéans who

for the most part now speak Tibetan, by the Thdcht, by the Gyé-

* Quite distinct from the Dikpa vel Brikpa of Bhitan, The ‘ vel’ indicates the

distinction of the written from the spoken words.

R 2

124 Sifdn and Hoérsék Vocabularies. [No. 2.

rung, and by the Manyak, whose vocabularies are all subjoined ;

whilst returning back westward, along the pente septentrionale of

the Himalaya we have, after passing through the Kham districts of

Chyaring and Kwombo, the region of the Takpas, or Takyeul,

styled* Dakpo by Ritter, who however places it East of Kwombo,

whereas it lies west of that district, written Combo by him. The

Brahmapttra or Yari quits Tibet in the district of Kwombo, as he

states.

Takpa, the Towang Raj of the English, is a dependency of Lhasa.

Its civil administrator is the Chonajing peun; its ecclesiastic head,

the Tamba Lama, whence our Towang.

The peoples of Sok-yeul, of Amdo, of Thochti, of Gyaring, and of

Manyak, who are under chiefs of their own, styled Gyabo or King,

Sinicé Wang, bear among the Chinese the common designation of

Si-fan or Western aliens; and the Tibetans frequently denominate

the whole of them Gyaringbo from the superior importance of the

special tribe of Gyarting, which reckons eighteen chiefs or banners of

power sufficient, in days of yore, often to have successfully resisted or

assailed the celestial empire, though for some time past quietly sub-

mitting to a mere nominal dependancy on China. The word Gya in

the language of Tibet, is equivalent to that of Fan (alienus,t barba-

ros) in the language of China; and, as ring means in the former

tongue, proper or special, Gyaruing signifies alien par excellence, a

name of peculiar usefulness in designating the whole of these Eastern

borderers, in order to discriminate them from the affined and approxi-

mate, but, yet distinct, Bodpa of Kham. Others affirm that Gyé-

ring means wild, rude, primitive Gyés, making ring the same as

ting in Myamma; and that the typical Gyas (Gydmi) are the

' * JT should add that Ritter’s Gakpo and Gangpo, and Dakpo are not three sepa-

rate places, but merely various utterances of the single word Takpa, and no more

admissible therefore than his Katché and Khor before explained, This great geo-

grapher is rather too prone to give a ‘‘ local habitation’ to the airy nothings of

this polyglottic region, as 1 have formerly had occasion to point out, though no one

can more admire than I do his immense learning and the talent that guides and

animates it.

+ Hence Gy philing, or Frankish stranger. European foreigner is the name

for Europeans in Tibet. Philing=Frank, indicé Feringi; no¢ as interpreted by

M. Huc.

1853. | Sifan and Horsch Vocabularies. 125

Chinese, though the latter be usually designated specially black

Gyas (Gya-nak).

The Gyartings themselves have no general name for their country

or people, a very common case. When I submit the interesting

itinerary I possess of a journey from Kathmandi to Pekin, I shall

more particularly notice the topography of Sifan. At present it will

be sufficient to add that this country, which extends from the Blue

Sea to Yunan, with a very unequal width varying from several days’

march to only two or three, forms a rugged mountainous declivity

from the lofty plateau of Kham to the low plain of Sechuen, and

which is assimilated by those who well know both, to the Indian

declivity of the Himalaya, the mountains being for the most part free

of snow and the climate much more temperate than that of Tibet.

Within this mountainous belt or barrier of Sifan, are the Takpa, who

are consequently Tibetans: without it are the Gyami who are con-

sequently Chinese, as will be seen by their respective vocabularies

—vocabularies, not the less valuable for being dialects merely, (if no

more) of languages well known, because the dialectic differences of

the Chinese and the Tibetan tongues are little understood,* at the

same time that they are very important for enabling us to test the

alleged distinctness of the great groups of people nearest allied to

these divisions. |

_ For my part I apprehend that the true characteristics of the

Chinese and Tibetan languages have been a good deal obscured by

book-men,+ Native and European ; and, though it be somewhat pre-

* Leyden reckoned ten Chinese tongues (As. Research. X. 266). Others hold

that there is but one. Again Remusat (Recher. sur les lang. Tartares) insisted

that there must be several tongues in Tibet, whereas DeCoros (Jour. No. 4,) con-

siders that there is but one. This comes in part of the want of a standard of

ethnic unity, whether lingual or physical, and in part of the mixture of distinct

races by regarding them under a large geographic and political unity, thus the

Horsok belong undoubtedly to Tibet, but do not belong to the Bodpa race. I have

given, I believe, all the languages of Tibet, that is, the languages of all the races

now and long settled in Tibet. My Gyami vocables exhibit a vast difference from

the Kong one of Leyden, ut supra. But I do not rely on mine, nor have I means to

test it.

tT A deal of DeCoros’ abundant grammatical apparatus of the Tibetan tongue is

positively repudiated by the people of Tibet, whilst the learned and sage Remusat

126 Sifén and Horsék Vocabularies. [ No. 2.

mature to venture an opinion before I have completed my pending

investigation of the Gyaring and Horpa tongues, I still must say

that I suspect few competent judges will rise from the attentive

study of this and my two prior series of vocabularies without feeling

a conviction that the Indo-Chinese, the Chinese, the Tibetans, and

the Altaians have been too broadly contradistinguished and that

they form in fact but one great ethnic family, which moreover includes

what is usually called the Tamulian element of Indian population as

well as nearly every element of the population of Oceanica.*

My former vocabularies showed how intimately the Indo-Chinese

tongues are allied with the Himalayan and Tibetan by identity of

roots, of servile particles, and even of entire words as the integral

results of the combination of the two former, provided only that the

comparison be drawn from a field large enough to exhibit the neces-

sary range of admitted mutation both in the primary and secondary

parts of words in use for ages among widely sundered and often also

extremely segregated races. How large that range of admitted

mutation is, I have illustrated by examples in the note appended to

the present series of vocabularies, and I recommend those who would

properly appreciate the great apparent deviations from a type of

language which is, as I suppose, one and the same, to take good

heed of what is there instanced. In the meanwhile without fatigu-

ing the reader with more analyses at present, I proceed to remark

teaches us to question the over-strained and unintelligible assertions about the

monosyllabism of the Chinese tongue, as if there were no dissyllables, no adjuncts

to the roots! and as if the roots of Sanscrit, Hebrew and Arabic were nof mono-

syllables. For some valuable remarks on monosyllabism, see Recherches sur les

langues Tartares, I. 351-4, and compare what occurs in the sequel as to the mono-

syllabic polysyllabism (different aspects of the case) of Gydring and Tagala. Thus

in Gyaring the root zo becomes Masazangti by mere cumulation of particles, ma

sa, ng, and ti.

* The elder oceanic element or Alforian,=our Tamulian and the analogous dis-

persed and subdued tribes of Indo-China and China: the younger oceanic element

or Malayo-polynesian, =the now dominant tribes of Indo-China, China, Tibet, and

Himalaya. I must content myself at present with pointing to the special illustra-

tion of the datter part of this reunion of the continental and insular races in the

sequel, though every proof of the wide common domain of the continentals is also

an illustration, inferential yet clear, of both parts of it.

1853. | Sifan and Hérsdk Vocabularies. 127

that the analogies and affinities indicated by the last series of voca-

bularies between the Himalayan and Tibetan tongues on one hand

and the Indo-Chinese on the other, are carried on and confirmed by

some of the present series, whilst others extend the links to the

Altaic group of languages; the Gyardng, Takpa, and Manyak car-

rying the chain of connexion onwards from the South-east, and the

Théchi, Horpa, and Sdkpa, transmitting it over the Kwanleun to

the North and West; the Gyaring by its grammatical structure

exhibiting also marvellous correspondencies with remoter regions ;

with Caucasus, as has been separately shown already, and with

Oceanica, as will appear in the sequel of this communication. How

far precisely the other languages now submitted may participate

these express and peculiar features of grammatical affinity I am not

yet prepared to say. But the whole of them certainly exhibit a great

general resemblance in the broader traits of syntactic,* and yet a

greater in those of etymological construction. In a word they are

evidently members of that single and vast family of languages the

singleness and the vastness of which I conceive to be justly inferrible

even from its vocables: Ist, because of the similarity of the roots,

2nd, because of the similarity of the serviles, 3rd, because of the

similar principles governing the uses and the mutations of both, and

the consequent composition and the character of the integral words

which exhibit an essential identity in numberless terms of prime

necessity after due allowance for synonymous changes in their roots

and for euphonic and differential changes in their serviles within

known limits and upon a demonstrably single plan. And I infer that

the differences characterising this vast family of languages, however

striking at first sight, are subordinate, because when the languages

are examined upon a broad enough scale these differences are seen to

pass away by insensible gradations. Such as they are, they arise

* I may instance the universal substitution of a continuative participle in lieu of

conjunctions and of conjunctive (relative) pronouns, because this feature has been

supposed to be specially characteristic of the Altaic group. It is no more so than

the vocalic harmony of Turki, or than the inverted style and tonic system of the

Indo-Chinese tongues. These appear to me to be blending differences of degree

only, not absolute differences of kind, and to have been used to sever unduly the

several groups.

128 Sifan and Horsck Vocabularies. [No. 2.

from Ist, a greater or lesser use of the prefixed, infixed and postfixed

particles, amounting to nearly constant employment of some or all of

them in some tongues, and to nearly total* disuse of some or all of

them in others. 2nd, from a preference by one tongue of the pre-

fixes, of the infixes by another, and of the suffixes by a third. 3rd,

from that transposed position and function of the primary and secondd-

ry part of wordst (root and particle) which is a law of these lan-

guages eminently obscurative of identities in its partial operation.

4th, from the substitution of a reiterated root, for a root and particle

in the composition of words when the various meanings of the root

might otherwise transcend the differencing power of the particles, or

at all events, not satisfy the demand for an unusually broad distinc-

tion.t 5th, from the disjunct or conjunct (elided vowel) method of

* The disuse or non-use is often only apparent, for the surplus “ silent’’ letters

are really prefixes, with a blended instead of a separate utterance. That this is so

may be proved to demonstration by identity of function (differential) in the two:

and yet the blended or separate utterance makes all the difference between mono-

syllabism and its opposite, besides causing other differences that are apt to conceal

the essentlal identity of words. See analysis of Caucasian and Mongolian words

in appendix to my last communication,

+ Compare overleap and leap over: what holds good chiefly as to our verbs,

holds good equally as to the verbs and nouns of these tongues wherein indeed the

two classes of words are but faintly distinguishable, or not at all so. Abundant

fresh evidence of the law may be found by comparing Leyden’s Indo-Chinese with

my Tibeto-Himalayan vocabularies: compare mim-ma and sa-mi, Burmese, with

mi-sa, Newari, Root mi; and ma-nek, Burmese, with Nyi-ma, Tibetan, Root Nyi.

Day, sun and morning, when compared speak for themselves.

¢ In Gyarang the root pyé, bird, is so near to the root pé, father, that they have

been segregated by the application to one of the usual prefix, to the other of the

iterative principle, or root repeated, whence tapé, a father, and pyé pyé, a bird,

forsan et pe pé. I might add, as a 5th cause of difference between these tongues,

the different degrees in which each employs the tonic or accentual variant, which

principle has been most erroneously supposed to be exclusively Chinese and Indo-

Chinese, whereas it prevails far and wide, only more or less developed ; most where

the servile particles and so-called silent letters are least in use; least, where they

are most in use; so that the differential and equivalent function of all three pecu-

liarities, that is, of ‘‘ empty words,’’ (see Chinese Grammar) of “silent letters’

and of tones is placed in a clear light such as Remusat vainly strove to throw upon

one of the three, viewing it separately. See Recherches sur les langues Tartares,

p- 399-7, Vol. I, DeCoros strangely enough says nothing about tones or servile

1853.] Sifin and Horsék Vocabularies. 129

using the prefixed serviles, whence results at once all the difference

of soft polysyllabism or harsh monosyllabism. The resulting dis-

parities of the vocables are certainly often very marked, as in the

Watt and Ui instance of Gy4rting and Circassian, (so singularly

confirmed by the Malay and Tagala itu, that) as well as in those

given at the end of the present series of vocabularies, so that it is no

great wonder that the Mongolidan tongues have been referred to

many groups so trenchantly separated as virtually to fall under

different families. And, if I incline so strongly to unitise the family,

it is only because, as far as my investigations have gone, I have been

able to discern nothing absolute and invariable in the distinctions—

which though no doubt distinctions proper to the vocables only and

not affecting structural diagnostics (in the usual narrow sense, for

composition of words is structure) are yet unusually and as I con-

ceive decisively important owing to the extremely inartificial charac-

ter which belongs to the grammar of these tongues with some appa-

rently borrowed exceptions, such as that of the Turkish verbs. Not

that the grammatical or the physical evidence of this assumed family

identity conflicts with that of the vocables*—much the contrary, as

we shall soon see—but that the latter has unusual relative value.

And, would we speak plainly, we should say that grammar relates

equally to the construction of words and to the construction of

sentences, and that the former sort of putting together or syntax is

always equally, and often more, important than the latter. Certainly

it is more so in the Mongolidan tongues which are as much distin-

guished by their immensity of nicely discriminated terms,f most of

particles and hence his remarks on the silent letters want point and significance,

The language of Nepal proper is remarkable for its numerous tones and its scanty

serviles, whether literal or syllabic.

* I may mention here an interesting sample of this identity derived from the

substantive verb. It is ‘da’ in Myamma, a-da in Malay, da in Hérpa, gdah in

Tibetan, dan in Uraon, &c. So also it is mena in Sontal and mna in Tibetan ;

and again, it is dug in Tibetan, dong in Bodo and Garo and di in Newari.

tT See vocab. voce ‘ give’ and ‘take.’ A Tartar cannot endure that confusion of

the precative, optative and imperative which our imperative mood exhibits. But

he remedies the defect not by the multiplication of grammatical forms but by the use

of distinct words, or distinct multiplications of the same word, thus Davo solicits

130 Sifan and Horsdk Vocabularies. [ No. 2.

them necessarily compounds—and compounds of no unskilful contri-

vance—as by the scantiness and infantine simplicity of the contri-

vances by which those terms are held together in. sentences. Nay,

if we look carefully to what has been so well done in one’s own day

for the elucidation of our own language, we shall discern that the

new lights have been principally etymological, borrowed from, as

thrown upon, the construction and composition of words, not of

sentences. ‘

Perhaps it will be urged that, after all, the structural analogy I

have established between the Gyaring and Circassian tongues be-

longs rather to the etymological than to the syntactic department of

language. Let it be granted, and I would then ask whether the

analogy be therefore less important? And is it not singular and a

proof wherein resides the essential genius and character of these

tongues, and where therefore we are to seek for their true and closest

relations, that my scanty knowledge of the Himalayan and Tibetan

group of them should enable me unhesitatingly to analyse the words

of the Caucasian group, of which I know nothing and to pronounce,

for instance, Didi to be a reduplicate root, and Dini to be a root and

servile prefix, with perfect confidence and, as I doubt not, with equal

accuracy ? That will at all events be known by and bye, and should

the result be such as I look for, the consequent affinity of the Cauca-

sian and Mongolian tongues will take an unquestionable shape and

stand on the unassailable basis of words similarly constructed in all

their parts and similarly employed throughout.

I must, however, whilst thus insisting on the pre-eminent import-

ance of Mongolidan vocables, freely admit that those of all my present

series are by no means entitled to equal confidence, my access to the

individuals who furnished the Sokpa and Gy4mi words in particular

having been deficient for such analytic dissection as I hold by, and

the competence of my informants, moreover, not beyond question. I

am likewise much in want of adequate original information respecting

the Altaic group, and of the books that might supply it. Neverthe-

less, I think, I may safely affirm upon the strength of my vocabularies

that the Sdkpo of the Tibetans are, as has been already assumed in

and Davong commands, et sic de ceteris. Compare the disjunctive we, so common

in these tongues.

1853. | Sifdn and Horsck Vocabularies. “131

this paper, no other than the Olet and Kalmak of Remusat and

Klaproth,* whilst their confréres the Horpa are almost as evidently

Turkish, the Turkish affinity of the latter being inferred, not only

from the vocables but from the complex structure of Hérpa verbs

and from the quasi Arian physiognomy of the samples I have seen of

the Horpa race. And thus, quoad Sokpo, is dissipated the dream of

twenty years, during all which time I have been in vain endeavouring

to get access to the Sokpo, assured from the identity of names (Sok

pronounced Sog) that in the much talked of people of Hastern Tibet,

I should discover that famous race which gave their appellations to

the Sogdiana and Sogdorum regio (on the Indus) of the classics, and

whose identity with the Sace of Indian and Grecian story, whose

genuine Arianism and resplendant renown, I never permitted myself

to doubt. Reverting to what I have better assurance of, I shall next

note a fact as extraordinary almost as that which formed the subject

of my last communication to the Society, to wit, that some of Hum-

boldt’s characteristics of the Malayo-polynesian tongues hold good

as to the Gyaring language even more strangely than Rosen’s of the

Circasian ; so that we may have possibly in the unsophisticated

tongue of this primitive race of mountaineers, situated centrally be-

tween the Chinese, the Indo-Chinese, the Tibetans and the Altaians

and protected from absorption, assimilation or conquest by their

fastnesses, the main and middle link of that vast chain which unites

the insular and continental nations of the East and the most re-

motely dispersed scions of the immensely diffused family of the

Mongolide!!+ Those who are acquainted with the famous Kavi

* I might now add, having just laid my hands on M. Huc’s book, the synonyme

of Turgot to those of Kalmak and Olet, but that Turgot, like Durbét, designates

only a tribe of this race, and a tribe whose tribual denomination as well as its

migration to the Volga and back to the Ili, had been already stated by Remusat.

M. Huc’s amusing work in fact adds nothing to our stores of accurate ethnological

knowledge, his mere assertion, for instance, that the Hiongna were Huns throwing

no fresh light upon a long debated point, and the nullity of the absolute identity

of names in reference to the Sog teaching us yet more to doubt vaguer identifica-

tions of this sort. Let me add that M. Huc’s account of the habits, manners and

characters of the several peoples is capital, and most evidently accurately as vividly

delineated.

¢ It may reconcile some of my readers to this startling aunouncement to hear

s 2

132 ° Sifin and Horsok Vocabularies. [ No. 2.

Sprach (known to me alas! only at second hand) will know what I

mean when I solicit their attention to the accompanying Gyaring

vocabulary, as bearing on the face of it evidence that in the Gydring

tongue almost all the words in their ordinary* state are dissyllables,

whilst I can assert positively from my own knowledge of the lan-

guage that the two syllables may be resolved into a monosyllabic

root and its affix, or into a repeated monosyllabic root. Now these

features (which by the way are very noticeable even in the small

samples accessible to me of the Circassian tongue) Humboldt has

denoted as special characteristics of the Malayo-polynesian languages ;

and they are certainly most conspicuous attributes of the Gyaring

tongue. Thus, in the first column of the Gy4aring vocables there

are thirty-five words, whereof not less than thirty-one are dissyllables

and only four monosyllables, and the dissyllables are all resolvable

into a monosyllabic root and its customary prefix (Ta, mutable into

Ka), save those (Pyépyé, Nyényé) that are formed by reduplication

of the radical.

That Pyé, bird, and Nye, cow, are roots, any one may prove for

himself by turning to their Tibetan and Chinese equivalents; and

that in the Gyarang tongue the root is in these instances repeated

to constitute the current term or integral word is self-apparent.

That, again, in Gyaring Ta is the common and almost indispensable

prefix, and is mutable into Ka, both liable to euphonic changes of

vowel, to suit that of the radical, the vocabulary also demonstrates,

testably to any extent by its predecessors of the allied tongues.

And if it be urged, as in truth it may be, that the above constitution

of the vocables belongs in essence to all the continental tongues, as

. Humboldt’s sagacity divined it did to all the insular ones, the more

frequent use of the prefix and consequent dissyllabism being all that

is excessively Gyartng, I have still to produce another Gyaring

that there are historical or traditional grounds for supposing this very region to be

the common nest and original seat of the Chinese and Tibetan races. See Klaproth’s

Tabl. Histor. and Memoires relatifs a l’Asie and Remusat’s Recher. sur les Lang.

Tart.

* J say ordinary state because when all the apparatus of composition attaches,

they become polysyllabic. See the sequel, and mark the consequence as to the

monosyllabic test.

1853. | Sifin and Horsck Vocabularies. 133

trait which it shares with what has been deemed the most primitive

Malayopolynesian type; and I shall do so by the following quotation

from* Leyden. “Few languages present a greater appearance of

originality than the Ta-gala. Though a multitude of its terms agree

precisely with those of the languages just enumerated (the Western

Polynesian), yet the simple terms are so metamorphosed by a variety

of the most simple contrivances that it becomes impossible (difficult

B. H. H.) for a person who understands all the original words in a

sentence to recognise them individually or to comprehend the mean-

ing of the whole. The artifices which it employs are chiefly the

prefixing or postfixing (or infixing B. H. H.) to the simple vocables

(roots) of certain particles (serviles) which are again combined with

others ; and the complete or partial repetition of terms in this re-

duplication may be again combined with other particles.” The

above, as well as what follows (p. 211-12) upon Ta-gala verbs, is in

general remarkably coincident with Gyartng,{ the differences being

such only as, when compared with other allied tongues, to show that

* Researches, B. A. S. Vol. X. p. 209.

+ I subjoin some samples as significant as Leyden’s illustrations of the Tagala

verbs. From the root Ching, to go, we have almost indifferently, Yaching, Ka-

ching, Daching, Taching, Naching, in a present sense, and Yataching, Kataching,

Dataching, Tataching, Nataching, in a past sense, with some speciality of sense as

to the na and ta prefix that need here be particularized. Next we have Yatachinti,

Katachinti, Datachinti, Tatachinti, Natachinti, meaning ‘ one who goes or went, or

the goer,’ if one’s self ; and, if any other, then the series becomes Yatachisi, Kata-

chisi, &c. The negatives are Matachinti vel Matachisi according to the person,

the particle of negation displacing the first of the prefixes indifferently. So from

Mang to sleep, Karmang, Marmang, Tatarmang, Matarmangti, Tatarméti, Matar-

mési, I sleep, I sleep not, I slept, I who slept not, Thou who sleepedst, He who slept

not, or the sleepless, (other than one’s self). From Zo, eat, Tasazo, feed, Tasa-

zangti, I who feed, Tasazési, he who feeds, Masazangti, I who feed not. Of these

I give the analysis of the last asasample. Ma, negative prefix. Sa, causative

infix. Zang, I eat, from the root Za with suffixed pronoun. Ti mutable to Si,

the participial attributive suffix.

These are the simplest verbal forms and the most usual, whence the prevalent

dissyllabic character of the verbs as of the nouns, as seen in the vocabulary con-

sisting of a root and one prefix. But the vocabulary, whilst it demonstrates this,

indicates also the more complex forms, put rather too prominently forward by

Leyden in his Tagala samples.

134 Sifin and Hérsok Vocabularies. [No. 2.

the characteristics, however pre-eminently, are by no means exclu-

sively, Gyaérting among the continental tongues, any more than they

are exclusively Ta-gala among the insular ones. Among the latter,

Humboldt considers that the Ta-gala (a specimen by the way of the

inseparable prefix) preserves the primitive type of the whole group;

and that that type is revealed in the Gyarting I am inclined to assert,

without however forgetting that my investigation is far from com-

Thus, in our Gydring vocabulary the words, cry, laugh, be silent, run, or four

out of twenty-four verbs, instead of a single prefix, have a double and even a treble

supply in the simple imperative form there used ; as Da-ka-kri from the root Kra;

Ka-na-ré from the root Re ; Na-ka-chim from the root Chim; Da-na-ra-gyik

from the root Gyik. Hence, compounding as before, we have from the last cited

simple term, Danarasagyik, cause to run; Madanarasagyttk, do not cause to run;

Danarasagyingti, I who cause to run; Manarasagydti or Madanarasagytti, he

who does not cause to run; I believe also that the reiterative form Matarmang is

quite as usual as the substitutive form Marmang, and Matsazangti, for Matasa-

zangti, as Masazangti, time and tense notwithstanding. Repetition and other

changes above illustrated in the prefixes, belong much less to the roots, infixes and

suffixes whether in verbs or nouns, and when the root is repeated the prefix is com-

monly dropt, as has been explained as to substantives. But there are instances in

the verbs of root repeated and yet prefix retained, though the vocabulary affords

none such as its Kalarlar, round, which is a root repeated yet retaining its prefix ;

whilst the adjectives of the vocabulary, unlike the substantives also afford several

instances of the doubly and trebly reiterated prefix, as Kamgnar, sweet ; Ka-ma-

gnar from the root of gnar, and Kavandro, cold, Ka-va-na-dro from the root dro.

The elided forms, however, and particularly Kamagnar show that leaning towards

dissyllabism which has been dwelt on,—perhaps too strongly, though it assuredly

be a most marked feature of this tongue, and one too which Leyden’s mistake as to

his own sample verb shows to be pre-eminently proper to Tagala; for ‘‘ tolog, to

sleep”’ is not the radical form of the word, as he assumes, but a compound of the

root and its customary prefix, ta, with the vowel harmonised to that of the root.

The prefixes are the great variants, and besides being so much repeated, they can

be transposed and interchanged almost at pleasure owing to their synonymous cha-

racter, and these variations of the prefixes, with the elisions consequent on much

reiteration of them, constitute the greatest part of that enigma which Leyden em-

phasizes ; though it be in the actual use of the speech much less excessive (I still

speak of Gyarang), than his samples would lead any one to suppose.

In the above samples of Gyarting I have given the verbs alone, without the added

pronouns of Leyden’s Tagalan instances—such additional complication being ra-

ther suited to create wonderment than to promote sound knowledge.

1853. | Sifén and Horsck Vocabularies. 135

plete, and without insisting so much upon the primitiveness of this

type as upon its much more interesting feature of a connecting bond

between the so-called monosyllabic aptotic and the so-called poly-

syllabic* non-aptotic classes—classes which appear to me to have

no very deep or solid foundation much as they have been insisted on

to the obscuration of the higher branches of philology and ethnology

rather than to their illustration (as I venture to think), and but for

which obscuration our Leydens and our Joneses, our Bopps and our

Humboldts, could never have been found at such extreme apparent

diversity of opinion. I may add, with reference to the disputed

primitiveness of Ta-gala, owing to its use of the “artifices’’ above

cited that throughout the Himalaya and Tibet it is precisely the

rudest or most primitive tongues that are distinguished by useless

intricacies, such as the interminable pronouns, and all the perplexity

caused by conjugation by means of them with their duals and two

plurals. The more advanced tribes whether of the continent or of

the islands have, generally speaking, long since cast away all or most

of these “ artifices.”’

I have thus, in the present and two former communications shown

what a strange conformity in the essential components of their speech

still unites the long and widely sundered races inhabiting now the

Himalaya, Tibet, Indo-China, Sifan, Altaia, Caucasus and Oceanica ;

and, as a no less strange conformity of physical conformation, unites

(with one alleged exception) these races, it cannot much longer be

doubted that they all belong to one ethnic family whose physical

attributes it shall next be my business to help the illustration of by

describing the heretofore unknown peoples whose languages have

been submitted to inspection and examination. Before however I

* Compare the monosyllabic roots and dissyllabic simple vocables of Gydrting

with the sesquipedalians just given? The comparison is pregnant with hints, espe-

cially as there are in the cognate tongues, all grades of approximation. Thus Ka-

naré, laugh, in Gy4raing with its double prefix, is Yere in Limbu with one, and

Rer, in Magar without any; and thus Taliang, air, in Lepcha with its prefix and

suffix, is Tali, in Gydrang with prefix only, and Li or Lé in Burmese without

either. Innumerable instances like this make me conclude that the Gyaring dif.

fers only in degree, not in kind notwithstanding that its verb, like that of the Ta-

gala, certainly presents an extraordinary and seemingly unique spectacle in some

aspects—but not in all; for, in the sentence tizé-kazé papun, he called them to

feast, though the root za to eat be repeated and each time with a differently vowel-

ed servile attached, yet the combination is not grotesque nor the root smothered.

136 Sifin and Horsok Vocabularies. [ No. 2.

turn to the physical characteristics I must add that all the languages

whose vocables are herewith submitted to the Society, are and always

have been devoid of letters and of literature, what writing there is

among these races being confined to the Tibet-trained monks whose

religious ministry they all accept, and who (the monks) use the

Tibetan system of writing applied solely to the Tibetan language and

never to that of their flocks, the several races now in question or any

of them.

I cannot learn that in Tibet the Sokpo or the Horpa ever employ

any system of writing of their own, though I need not add (assuming

their identification to be just) that the Mongols and the Eastern

Turks have each their own system quite distinct from the Tibetan.

Having always considered the physical evidence* of race quite as

important as the lingual, and the one as the true complement of the

other, I have not failed to use the opportunity of access to the peoples

whose vocables are now transmitted in order to note their physical

traits.

The following are the chief results of that investigation :—

Amdéan. Hérpa. Gydring. Manyak.

II. III. IV.

5072... SUSeOn 6 455420

Height without shoes,.. ..cccecccccecece 5

Length of head, from crown to chin (with

calipers), s@eeeeeoev ee ee en © ©8 B® Oe Be Be 0

8.4 0.8.3 0.9.0 0.9.4

Girth ob head, :scus ciesserciaw oie lacgecpeees 1.10.0 1.9.4 1.10.2 1.10.3

Length of “one fore and aft or forehead to

occiput, 0. /.-5 of alsveld orien 0.7 ¢ 0.7.4 0.8.0 0.80

Width of head, between parietes, Estey esa 0.6.5 0.6.0 0.6.3 0.6.2

Crown of head to hip,.. occ cece cccccece 2.4 2.4.0 2.3.5 2.3.0

Hip to heel,. Metaiw of fable 3.3.3 3.3.4 2.11.9 3.1.0

Width between: the Shoulders Steisieieistieiel ete 1.4.0 1.1.0 1.1.3 1.4.0

Girth of chest,. BN ats eis & chateleisee eaters 3.1.0 2.9.0 2112 | 2114

Length of arm antl conut ciwieketsicetse eevee 2.6.3 2.6.0 2.4.3 2.4.0

PienpEAVetariis, \civae nies aw sclanis vice sees 1.0.0 1.0.0 0.11.4 0.11.2

Ditto Of FOTe-avHl, ss .0 2 oe ec ee vie se eee 0.11.0 0.10.0 0.94 0.9.2

Dittolof dant pees «nye iee a's aes alereie iete a’ 0.8.0 0.7.4 0.7.4 0.7.4

Dittocof thigh, F5i5i3% chi, sare vleivieie ee ae we've 1.8.0 1.7.0 1.64 1.7.0

Ditto of lez jto,ankle,. «0 i. es sje mm sins 0 1.4.4 1-5.0 1.3.0 1.5.0

Ditto Of fOOts yo. s sci oa os oe caeisa see) Cabin 40.10.0 0.9.3 0.9.4

Widt byot ame aterseca. + »injc/nujninle a eeie som 0.4.2 0.4.3 0.4.0 0.4,0

Ditto OFTOOt, es sets e o's ka alc cbicwtenecias ce 0.4.4 0.4.3 0.4.4 0.4.0

Girth’ of iGhighy si oc ota:c's vis 4 0tde cibhte in! wie ‘ole 1.9.0 1.4.2 1.6.3 1.7.3

Ditto! of Cale yiem ciate 6 ciel so, sel eteieielaplslejs.« 1.3.4 1.1.3 1.2.0 1.1.4

Ditto. of, fore-au1y, aicis« siwieels oi sieteleiae aioe) (Ueda O 0.9.4 0.10.0 0.9.3

* Some attempts have recently been made (see last vol. of Brit. Assoc. and

Journal of Roy. As. Soc.) to disparage the value of this evidence. But no one

well acquainted with the Tartars in various remote locations could for a moment

think of so doing. JI refer with confidence to Dr. Buchanan’s remarks on the

subject in the V. vol. Asi. Res.

1853. | Sifin and Horsck Vocabularies. 137

No. I.—A native of Amdo, aged 35 years, a finely formed and very

strong man, capable of carrying three maunds or 250 pounds over

these mountains, which he has done several times in order to turn a

penny during his sojourn here, though the lax state of his muscles

shows that he is usually an idler, and not now in training for such

work, nor much used to it.

A Géling or monk of the mendicant class, and of course a shave-

ling, so that his head has been examined with unusual advantage. Five

feet eight and a half inches tall, and more than proportionably broad

or bulky, with large bones and ample muscle, not however showing

any bold development, the surface on the contrary being smooth and

even, like the body of an idler. Not fat at all, but well fleshed. Colour

of the skin, a very pale clear brown, or isabelline hue, like dry earth,

or dirty linen, or unbleached paper; not yellow nor ruddy at all. No

trace of red on the cheeks which are moderately full. Colour of

eyes, dark brown; of hair, generally, black, but that of moustache,

auburn. No hair on chest, nor on legs or arms. Moustache spare.

No beard nor whisker. Hair of head, so far as traceable, abundant,

strong and straight. Cranium not compressed nor depressed. Not

raised pyramidally, yet brachycephalic rather than dolichocephalic,

and the occiput truncated or flush with the thick neck, but not flat-

tened. Vertical view of the head, ovoid not oval, widest between

the ears, and thence narrowing equally to the forehead and to the

occiput. Facial angle good. Profile inconspicuous. Contour of the

face (front view) rather ovoid than angular or lozenge-shaped, the

cheek-bones having no conspicuous lateral saliency, nor the forehead

and chin any noticeable attenuation. Forehead sufficiently high and

broad, and not appearing otherwise from any unusual projection of

the orbitar periphery or of the zygome. Eyes sufficiently large and

not noticeably oblique, but remote from each other, and flush with

the cheek and the upper lid, drooping and constricted to the inner

eanthus which is large and tumid. Nose, good, straight ; the bridge

well raised between the eyes and the terminal part nor spread nor

thickened, though the nostrils be shorter and rounder than in Euro-

peans, and the saliency of the whole organ less than in them. Lars

large and standing out from the head, but occupying the usual rela-

tive position. Mouth good but large, with fine vertical teeth, not

138 Sifin and Horsék Vocabularies. [No. 2.

showing the least symptom of prognathism in the jaws. Very full

lips, but not gaping nor at all Negro-like in their tumidity. _ Chin

not retiring nor yet roundly salient, but level with the gums, or in

the same plane with the teeth, and square and strong, as well as the

jaws which afford ample room in front for an uncrowded set of beau-

tiful teeth. Body well proportioned, but somewhat long (as well as

massive and square) in the trunk and in the arms, relatively to the

legs. Hands and feet well made and large, but rather as to breadth

than length. Head well set on the short thick neck, and shoulders

high. Chest, splendid, wide and deep, and general form, good. Ex-

pression Mongolian, (but not at all markedly so as to features) and

calm and placidly good-natured. Ears bored, but not distended ; and

tattooing or other disfigurement of the skin quite unknown to all

these races, as I may say once for all.

No. II. A Hérpa of Tango, west of Gyéring towards Amdo.

Name Isaba. Age 88 years. A man of good height (5-73) and figure,

but far less powerful than the Amdoan, and somewhat darker in co-

lour. Spare of flesh, but not actually meagre. Colour, a pale brown,

without yellow or red, like all the Himalayans and Tibetans, and

the eye, of a dark clear brown, as usual with them. No trace of

ruddiness on cheek. Hair of the head, moustache and whisker, pure

black. Hair of head, long, straight, strong, abundant. Moustache

small and feeble. Whisker rather ampler. No beard, nor a trace of

hair on the chest, back or limbs. Head longer (fore and aft) than

wide, but scarcely dolichocephalic, though not truncated occipitally,

nor compressed nor depressed nor pyramidised. Vertical view, oval,

the wider end being the posteal or occipital, and being wider there

than between the ears. Facial angle, good. Contour of the face

long and oval, without any trace of the lozenge breadth and angu-

larity. Forehead, narrow and rather low, but not retiring. Cheek

bones not salient laterally, nor the frontal sinuses or orbits, promi-

nent. ars large and loose. EHyes of good size, remote, but not

noticeably oblique, though the inner angle be tumid with the usual

constriction thereto of the upper lid which somewhat narrows the

parting of the lids. Nose straight, not very salient, yet well raised

between the eyes, and not dilated towards the tip, and the nares ellip-

tic and long, but the bridge nevertheless broad and obtusely round-

ed. Mouth good, but large and prominent from the fullness of the

1853. | Sifdn and Horsck Vocabularies. 139

lips which however are not gaping nor are the teeth at all progna-

thously inclined ; well made and vertically set, but not sound. Chin

not pointed nor heavy nor retiring, nor jaws unduly large and angu-

lar; whence, with the non-saliency of the zygome, the face takes a

good and Arian contour. Figure good, almost elegant, but the arms

rather long, and the legs rather short in comparison of the European

form. Hands and feet well made and well proportioned. Hair

plaited into a tail, ala Chinoise. Ears bored, but not dilated, and

furnished with small earings. Expression pleasing, and cast of fea-

tures but faintly Mongolian.

No. III.—A Gyartng of Tazar, north of Tachindo, by name Ma-

ching, and by age 33 years. Height 5-3-0, or much shorter than

either of the above. A well made smallish man. Bony and muscu-

lar development moderate, especially the former. In moderate flesh,

but thigh and calf very fine; arms much less so. Arms longish. Legs

shortish. Colour of skin a pale earthy brown or isabelline hue with-

out the least mixture of yellew or of red; like Chinese but deeper

toned. No ruddiness on the spare cheeks. Eye dark hazel. Colour

of hair in all parts, uniformly black; long, straight, abundant,

strong, on head; spare on upper lip; none on chin, nor on body

nor on limbs. Cranium large, nor compressed, nor depressed, nor pyra-

midally raised towards the crown, though there be a semblance of that

sort from the width of the zygome (but this feature belongs to the

face). Occiput not truncated posteally. Fronto-occipital axis the

longer and vertical view oval with the wide end backwards, the occi-

put being conspicuously wider than the frontal region or than tie

parietal, and the maximum occipital breadth lessening regularly for-

wards to the forehead. Facial angle good with a vertical, but incon-

spicuous profile. Contour of the face (front view) lozenge-shaped,

widest between the cheek-bones which project much laterally, and

are flattened to the front causing great breadth of face just below

the eyes, whence there is a regular narrowing upwards and down-

wards. Forehead sufficiently high and not retiring, but narrowed

apparently upwards, owing to the salient zygome and molars. Front-

al sinus not salient. Eye smallish and not well opened nor hollowed

out from the cheek and upper lid drooping and drawn to the inner,

inclined and tumid canthus. Eyes wide apart and oblique. Nose

Jong, straight, thick, with a broad base between the eyes where,

140 Sifan and Horsok Vocabularies. (Na: 2.

however, the bridge is not flat but raised into a wide, low arch:

Width great there and spreading into an expanded fleshy termina-

tion with broad ale and large round nostrils. Mouth large and sa-

hent, yet good, Lips moderate and closed, and teeth vertically set,

and very fine in shape and colour. Chin pretty good, not retiring,

nor yet projecting, flush with the teeth and somewhat squared as

also the large jaws. ars large and loose. Figure good with head

well set on; neck sufficiently long; chest deep and wide, and well

made hands and feet. Hair worn plaited into a pig tail. Ears

bored, but declaredly contrary to the custom of his country, and not

distended. A very Chinese face and figure, and belonging to one

who has in his character a deal of the shrewdness tending to knavery

that marks the Chinaman.

No. IV.—The Manyaker is 40 years old, and bears the euphonious

name of Ydrophtincho. He is a native of Rakho, six days south of

Tachindo, and by profession a Géling or mendicant friar ; and a cross

made ugly fellow he is, as one could wish to see, with round shoulders

and short neck, but stout and good tempered exceedingly ; and, more-

over, accomplished in reading, writing, drawing and carving like most

of the regular troops of Lamaism to which corps he belongs, though

to the heterodox branch of it, or Bonpo sect, called by him Beunpo

or Peunpo, and which he has enabled me to say is no other than

Téntrika Buddhism, or what is commonly called Shamanism.* This

very interesting and important discovery I therefore make no apolo-

gy for inserting here though it be somewhat out of place ; and, as I am

digressing, I may as well add that to confound the Lamas with the

Gélings, as Hue and Gabet invariably do, is a worse error than. it

would be to confound the Brahmans with the Pandits in India. To

return to my friend Idro, whose shaven head has afforded me a se-

cond excellent opportunity for closely examining the cranial charac-

ters of these races, I proceed to note that he is a man of moderate

height (5-4-0), but strongly made with large bones and plenty of

muscle, but no fat. Colour, a pale pure whitey brown. No trace of

*In saying that Shamanism is nothing but Tantrika Buddhism I speak most

advisedly and fully aware of the opinions I oppose. That the Bonpo also are

Buddhists there can be no doubt and my friend Idro’s statements and drawings

show that his sect follow the Gydt or Tantras which, though canonical, are in bad

odour, aud have been so since the Gelukpa reform. A Bonpa anda Moslem are alike

odious to the orthodox in Tibet, though the Bonpas have many Vihars of high name

and date all over the country.

YEE

Sdto Thiincho, a Stan Mosh, aged AO. |

1853. | Sifan and Horsok Vocabularies. 141

red in the spare cheeks, winter though it be. Eye, dark rich brown,

and hair throughout, unmixed and pure black. Like the others, he

has none of the Esau characteristic, but on the contrary is, as usual,

scant of hair, having not a trace of it on the body or limbs, and not

much on the face. No beard. No whisker. <A very wretched lean

moustache and a spare straight eyebrow. Cranium bachyocephalic

and large. Vertical view of the head, ovoid not oval, widest between

the ears as in the Amdéan. Thence regularly and equally narrowed

to the frontal and occipital extremities. No compression nor depres-

sion of the cranium, but on the contrary a distinct pyramidal ascen-

sion from a broad base, the point of crinal radiation being some-

what conically raised from the interaureal and widest part of the

seull. Occiput truncate and flattened, that is, not projecting beyond

the neck nor rounded posteally, like most heads. Facial angle pretty

good, but rather deficient in verticality of profile. Contour of the

face (see accompanying sketch) lozenge shape, owing to the large

laterally salient cheek bones, though the forehead be not very no-

ticeably narrowed (except with reference to its bulging base), nor

the chin pointed. Forehead sufficiently good, high but somewhat

compressed and retiring, and appearing more so by reason of the

heavy frontal sinuses and zygome which project beyond the temples

towards the sides and front. Lars big and salient. Eyes, remote

and oblique, with the inner angle down and tumid and the upper lid

drooping and drawn to the inner canthus. Nose rather short,

straight, not level with the eyes nor yet much raised to separate

them nor elsewhere. Not clubbed at the end, but the ale spreading,

and the nares large and round. Mouth large and forward with very

thick lips, but no prognathism, the teeth being vertical and the lips

not gaping so as to expose them. Teeth well formed and well set in

an obtusely convex large arch, those of the upper jaw however over-

hanging those of the lower. Chin rather retiring, or flat and square.

The partial retirement of the chin and the large frontal sinuses are

what mar the verticality of the profile which moreover shows little

of nasal and much of oral projection. Figure bad with thick goit-

rous neck, high forward shoulders, and somewhat bowed legs. Hands

and feet well made. Muscular development of arms, poor, of legs,

good. A thoroughly Mongolian face, but the ugliness in part redeem-

ed by the good-natured placid, yet somewhat dull, expression.

142 Sifdn and Hérsék Vocabularies. [No. 2.

Vocabularies of Sifan and of

i——

English. Tho-chu. Sokpa. Gyami.

Air Mozyt Salki Sphtn

Ant Ta-khra Khoré-khwé Mai-thin

Arrow Jah Sé lh mé Chen

Bird Marw6 Tha-kél Sphti-chher

Blood Sah Khéro-gwé Syé

Boat Phya Sakerst Si-thi, Thi

Bone Ripat Ya so Ka-thé

Buffaloe Caret Caret, Swi-nya

Cat L6-chi Si-mi Mau, Myau

Cow Gwah (Bull zyah) |S4-lo INeu, Nyeu

Crow yagwo Khéré Lawa

Day Styaklé Wiundur Péth-yan

Dog Khwakh Nhokhwé Kou

Har Nikh Khikhé Airto

Earth Zip Wonnish Ti, Thou

Kgg Kiwést Caret Chitun

Elephant Caret Lhaboché Syang

- Kye Kan Nota Yen-chin

Father Ai T'ehiki Dha-da

Fire Méh Kwal Ak-khaé

Fish Izhah Khélé raé

Flower Lampah Chichtk Khwa

Foot Jaké Khéil Chya a

Goat Tsah Ya ma Chilyt

Hair cone 1 | | Kéchigé Thou phwa

Hand ipah Kar Sy, Syeu

Head Kapat Thola-gwé Thau

Hog i Kha-khai Dh

Horn Rak Yé-bour Tiko

Horse R6h Ma-ri Ma

House Kih Pa-syang Shhangcha

Iron Sormo Thamar Thé

Leaf Thrompi Nai Yé-cha

Light Uik Caret Réyai

Man Nah* Khun Rin

Monkey Waissi Méchi Khouch

Moon Chhah Sara Yoliang

Mother Ou Akhi, Yekhi Ma

Mountain Spyak Tava San, Syan

Mouth dzakh Ama Chwé

Moschito Beup Khé-khwé Wocha

Name rMah Nér Minn

Night Asha Su eee

Oil Chingyt Ma-chin-théso /Eué, Yu

Plantain Sarmi Caret ‘Machouker

*h, underscored, thus, 4, marks the abrupt accent.

1853. ]

Northern and South-eastern Tibet.

Gyaring.

Tabrt, small

Bri § Shabru,

Pish-né, nyé

Tir-né

Séh

Ki-tan

Lang-chhen

ae a

Tam-myek §

Ta-pé

Cha-ngyé

eas

Shé-pri, Ti

Tsi-le, vel Chileh

To-méd

Ta-vet

Ti-khe

Caret

Tir-ming

T6-di, Tong-mor

Chin. mustard

s8Wwi seed

‘ juice

Sifén and Hérsdk Vocabularies.

Horpa.

Paryt

s Khré

1 Da

Gyé

Syé, Séh

Gra

Ré-ra

Sganga

Lamochhén

Lha

Zumdeh

Slikno

Ama

Rihrap

1 vasa,

Smen

Spha

Marnak

Tikpa.

Rh6t

Rhok-pé

Mia

Pya

Khra

Khalam

Méléng

Lamrep

143 -

Manyak.

Mérdah

Ba-rah

Ma (Rili, bow)

Shah

Rtkht

Dingmi

Macheu

Womi(Gnazi,bull)

Kali

Nashchah

Kshah

Napi

Mali, Mh

{Racha

Ménto

Lipchhéh

Tsah

Mui (Tsi of head)

Lap-chéh

Walli

Wah

Ra-bu

Chhoh

Miyahah

Lhe

Ama

m Bi

Yeba

Bimo

Ming

Kwakah

I'chira, I'tira

* Ghormé hair of head. Y4-spi hair of mouth or moustache. Pa-spt hair of body.

144

. English.

Thou

He, She, It

They

Mine

Thine

His, Hers, Its

Our’s

Your’s

Theirs

One

Two

Three

Four

Fifty

Hundred

Sifdn and Horsck Vocabularies.

Thochu.

Chabrah

Grih

Cheh

Rapi

Mahto

Brigi

Ghada

hard

Gholopi | arabic

Main

Khoh (hard)

Swéh

Gwoz6si

Weékha

Chah

Jyah

Chi, Ka

Kwa, Kwé

Vocabularies of Sifin and of

Sokpa.

Wass, U’si

Cham

Wassa, U’st

Caret

Mi, Bi, Aba

Chha

irene Tha

Chiklar Chiki, nue

E aha dual Mini | L

'‘K wéniko, s

| Kwa-nik-lar oo |

Thako, Thak-lar |Thani

Kak chi Caret

Kwék nee Caret

Thakchi, Kwa-

seiglbe } \caret

|Chikak Caret

Kwaniktk Caret

Thakfk Caret

Ari Négé

Gnari Hoytr

Kshiri Kérba

Gzharé Tirba

Waré Thaba

Khataré Chorka

Staré T616

Khraré Néma

r guré Yés6

Hadaré A’rba

Gninaso Héré

Kshyaso Koéchhen

Ghyiso Téché

Wasso Thaché

Akshi Chévé

[ No.

Gydmi.

Shai

Yan

Phi-cha

‘Khen

|Shré

Singh-sya

Hri-thou

Ré-thou

Kht

Gnométi

Nimeti

Théaméti

Iki, I

Liangkt, Ar

Sangka, San

Sika, Si

Wakt, Wa

Leuki, Leu

Chhikaé, Chhi

Paka, Pa

Chyaku, Chya

I'shsa

Air sa

San sa

Sya sa

Wa sa

I'pé

——

* But for the analogy of the Horpa plural in ‘ni’ I should say these were geni-

tives and possessives and that the plurals were wanting.

bd = ‘i

ee oe Ce ae ee. ae

Se ee

1853.]

Northern and South-eastern Tibet.

Gydring.

Ti-chi

Tri

Chhé

Ti-dri [meun

Ta-mén, Teu-

Kha-bri

Tsi-ni

Shi [khyt

Wo-Khya, Ta-

Ti-chi

Sé-ten

Gna, Gna-y6

San-ré

Gna-pos, Wa-ta

Y6 {

Ny6

Ya pos Brot

Gna, conjunct pre-

Ni, the same

Wa, the same

Caret

Ka-ti

Ka-nésf

Ka-s4m

ung-end

Ka-t6k

Kish-nés

Or-yét

Kung-gt

Sik,

Kinnis-si

Ka-sam-si

Kaplis-si

Kangnosi

Par-yé

. * A disjunct and complete series of possessives formed

Sifan and Horsch Vocabularies.

Horpa.

Hrah

Chéh

Chhah

Gla

Koh

Phri

Sgré

r Gamé

Gna

Stak

Sy6

Nah

Rhava

Hrah

v Ja, v Jya

Tékpa.

Phyekh (hard)

Namding

Mrti

Karma

Gorr

Plang

Té é

Wah

Shéng dong

Pé, Beé

Gnani, Gnarigei or i

: 88! ON Gna-ra

rigya

Nini, Ni-riggi

I’-ra

v Jini. v Ji-riggi |Pé-ra

Gna-a (elongation)|Gnékt

Nii

v Jyaa

Guaarigya

Nii rigya

v Jaa rigya

Gné

Hla

Gwé

Chhé

Zné

Rhiéé

Naské

Saska

Léska

Gwéska

r Hya

Pékt

Gna ra kt

I raka

Pérakic

Thi

Nai

Sim

Pip

Liagné

Kro

Nis

Gyet

Dict

p Chi

Khali

Caret

145

Manyak.

Dyah

Ral

Chek

Grah

Mah

Bri

Krah

Wobi

Nyi-ma,

Léphé

Phwih

Thi

Plural, Adur

Dual, Ajo

Néoéndur

Thidar

Skwibi

Zibi

Gubi

Chéchibi

Nachabi

Sa cha bi

Zyizabi

Gna zabi

Téjé

by adding the suffix

‘ young’ to the personals has been alleged to me, but it is so rarely used, I doubt

its genuineness.

Yoyong. Nyoyong. Yaposyong.

+ In composition these names of the numerals are liable to variation, as tirmi

targé, one man: tirmi tagi, two men: but three men is tirmi kasam, unchanged.

Here it is Gnayong vel Gnong, Nayong vel Nong. Gna posyong.

146 Sifin'and Hersck Vocabularies. [No. 2.

Vocabularies of Sifan and of

English. Thochi. Sckpé Gydmi

Of KK. Na, Né Ti

To Shil Ta Kha

From K, To, Gé Gasa Li

By, instru. I’ Ra La

With, cum Ong Théngdi Khang chhen

Without, sine = =|Marak U'g gwé Moma, Meyu ma

Tn, on Koka, Tike Wha, Ta La |

Now Patino O't6, Wotd Chha yé

Then Staka, Hattis Caret La khiin

When ? Thisni Khech ché Na khan

To-day Pashi In dar Chin thé

To-morrow Sdzyt Magar Min the

Yesterday Narr [si Nokhor Hou thé

Here Cho, Kazga, Chak-|In dé Thi mé

There Hato, Thazga,| Ya ba La mé

Where P Tano [Thaksi/Thyerthar La li

Above Tikh éré Syang thou

Below Kol Tér6 Ti sya - -

Between Tigt Toung da Tung jen

Without, outside |Khanyis Gacha Wai tha |

Within, inside |Ktka T otar Litht

Far Grikho Kh6lé Ywén

Near Grin, Grinista |Nangni Jhin

Little Khwini Baga Sy6ti (small)

Much Brobo Elvik Ta-ti (great)

How much? Nikal In chhin yabi T6 sy6

As, rel. Tek Caret Ah men-ti

So, correl Staka Caret La men-ti

Thus, pos Cheu [chan] Y énichhin Thi men-ti

ow P Nikanju, Nika-|Caret Thi ma

Why? Niblin, Nishi Tharichhin Sya cha

Yes Gnéwa, Gno Bi Sy6

No Mangwa, Mang |Bisi Pasitiéyd

(Do) not Chi Puthi ké Puasyo

And, also Tah, Dah Pichhé Orcha

Or Gnéa Ne Thang

This Cha Ani. Yéni Thikou

That Tha Théni Lakou

Which, who, tén Pe A Hi mé

Which, who, ton a Fr La mé

Which who, kon ?/Sa

What? kya

Anything

Any body

Ning

Ningwan

Songwan

Sya, Himé

Syacha, Hima

Hiong

Ohki, Hiong

1853. |

Northern and South-eastern Tibet.

Gydring. Horpa.

*Caret. Um? I’. Dang ?

Caret GiP Da

Shis. § Lhano, Gha

Gi Kha, Wa

Kri, Khyas A’ché

Kamei Macht

S; Pr Na, No, Cha

Piz-doi Habdeu

Tis-dui Tabdeu

This-déi, Kwistra|Sa deu

Pish-nyi Pas-ni

Sds-nyi Khasi

Pasytr Maga, A'wesni

Chida U'da

Hadt Outht

Kata Léré

U'rkyé Chha

Waki Wo

U'lé, Tilé Kytka

Wonpo Pheu-so

U’gt, Woga Nang

Ka sri Chéchi

Kaching Thané

Kah ché A'mché

Kak-ti Kagaré

This-ti Haisyi

Caret Naya

Caret Nya

Caret Wodeé

Thigupso, This-pé| chibi

as-pé A’cha: gno

Do-mos Gnort

Di-mek Nyér

Met Ma, Dif

Caret Ré

K6, Wové. Na

Chidi U'dé

Hadi Outha, Yé

Caret Caret

Sa Sa, Lo

Tha Achin

Tenzi, Tizzé Ake

Sa Sayo

Sifin and Hérsék Vocabularies.

Tikpa.

§But ka, Képa

Phit ka

Dantang

Dantarang

Usttim

Katin gya

Sagyak

Int

Men .

a,|| Magya

Na, Ina

Wocht

Wotho

Caret

Sirang

147

Khu, Chok

Milé

Thilé

Ninkhé

Tanytr

Sorth

Yaha

Khopi, Dait

Thanga pu, Kwa-

Khadé [nait

Cha

Thazy6é

Thtisu,Thtsé, moh

Hanus moh

Hamilé

Zyi

Ma Zyi

Tha

Lé

Thi

Quatha

Hano

Taka

Styé

* No declensional signs as the general rule; but tm has been obtained as an

anomalous exception of very special and narrow use, as Lama-im-boroh the Lama’s

horse.

+ These are the positive and negative forms of the substantive verb = the Per-

sian hast, nest, exactly.

t+ Di, an infix, medial Ma, prefix.

§ Horizontal and perpendicular betweenity.

|| Initial and medial.

U 2

148

English.

Handsome

Ugly

Straight

Crooked

Black

White

Red

Green

Long

Short

Tall

Short

Small

Great

Round

Square

Fat

Thin

Weariness

Thirst

Go, depart

Stand up

Sit down

Move. Walk

Run

Give

Take

Pre

Sifdn and Horsok Vocabularies.

[ No. 2.

Vocabularies of Sifan and of

Thicht. Sékpa.

Chhang béné

Nai

Ghai. Ghé. Mari |Ma béné

Stya Khou thin

Si Ha lon

An. Min Bél chhén

A-min Chhik thé

Jam Am thé thé

Chak Ammahalon

Khak

r kwi

Markwi Ma béné (bad)

Kasth a

Jagera. Jabla gwé Mg

yik os

Phyokh Chhagan

Shidzi Ulan

Zyangkt Kho kho

Dritha Ur tha

Wongchitha ,

Bratha U'n dtr

k Thatha Mf

Bratsi tha Baga

Pwi tha U'khi

Ashyura 5

Ghzirt Ms

Charwa Yokhwé thé

Charghé O’khii na é

Darvatch Ya tava

Tirpitch U'léso

Ashpitch Woltiso

Adz E’thé

A'thi Wo

Anan Wam tha

Toron (get up) ne

Daran Enna

Arzan [kochin| Wan na

r Sgdstan. Dzik' Ah ma hopchhi

Kwor, Karr Caret

ipkem Iré

Dakan Ya ba P+

Toron Posth

Ajon So

Dakan Ahyar yabo

Dadran Thar keng

Dagsh (cuivis)* ,

Kragsh (nin) [| Weg Buk

Jadjh Caret

Gydmi.

Houkhou. Houti

Hou ti myt

Sidi

Ré-di

Pht-ti

Myupha

Syangdi

La-ti

Kht-ti

Chang béné (good) Houti (good)

Houti mya (bad)

Ting-di

Ting-di myt

Khidi

Pi-di

Khong-di

Lig-di

Thang-ti

Thong-ti

Kou-ti

Kang-di. Yangdi

Pyang-di

Hou-ti (good)

Syou-ti (small)

Sphwa leu

Khang ti

O’-ti. ae -ti

Thyé, Khyé

Kia

* In all these tongues there is a special and general term, indicated by the Latin

appendage.

+ Quere? Iré bi, come not, in Kalmak,

1853. |

Northern and South-eastern Tibet.

Gydring. Horpa. Takpa Manyak.

Kasné Gayé gnor Jihtni Deundah

Ma-kasné [mishtajGayé nyér Lihtmani Manda

Kavandr6o. Ka-/Kurka Krang-mo Phemphé

Kassi. Kavassi |Ché ché Gromo Chéché

Ka-sman Ntlamsi Choso Demi

Ma-ka-sman Numalimsi Machoso Demami

Kam-gnar Thi-thu Nyok-pa Debi

Kach-chtr s Gts-go Kytr-pi Da-chi

Kiuc-chés s Nésné Khak-b6 Da-kha

Kiam-chhar Kam-sytr Lihani. Gnomano}Phytn pht

Ma-kumchhtr (Mem-syir Lihfmani. Gnoma-|Mam phyu

Ka-kasto Kathong Trang bo = [mano/Cht cht

Ma-kasto Gingu Kyok po Kho kho

Ka-nak Nya nya Nak po™ Dana

Kaprom Phra phrt Khért Dalla

Kaver ni Gingl Leu Dani

Karmyak Jhanga Changt Chigindo

Kasri Kachi Ringbo Shasha

Kachan Kalgé Thongpo Dridra

Kasri Gakhyé Zugring Hra hra

Kachin Gade Zug thung Dridra

Kahchai Kamma Chingbo. Pra = {Yi

Kahti Kamtha Thénbo Kah kah

Kalarlar Lolo Birhi Wak wah

Zhirdo Str zhi Tap-zhi Drazo

Kwipan Kalbo. Galvo Gyak pa Dachts

Kwichem Cha chu Kamrhang Kari

Disdtk Nertha ay Na brida

Taskom Nasya bs Depsya

Tomos Namjongsi ‘, Vitengné

Ta-z0 Nangi Zo Gnajeu

Ta-mot Wathi Thong Gnachhoh

Korman Gtrgytn Nyet Khaiyah

‘Tar-was |Taryén Lang (get up) Dougwah

Ka-naré Kha khé yé Narir

Da-ka-kra Nakabra Gnt Dangwa

Nak-chtn Ya-guzi Thama Thathadyu

Ta-chén Nap-shéh, Tayin |Syat Thadyu

Ka-ptn. Pa-pin* |Kwi-lhex Syo Lemo

Yeyen, Da-chin,!Ta-shin. Wa-shin|Gai Ya

Tar-yap [Ya-chin|Zaryén Lang Khanjéh

Na-nen — U'nztn. Wanzun |Ztk Naijeu

Ye-yen. Ya-chin /Tashin Gai Ya

Dees aw vempye Pshet Tachimoya

a-VO (CUlVIS u-khyé (cuivis) ae . .

Dalvong (mihi) $|4 Tackhong (mihi)| ¢ B Bin Mita

Da-ven Gwonkhé. Tashtha/Ya.+ Longa Dango

Sifin and Horsék Vocabularies. 149

* Ka prefix becomes pa, according to that alliterative principle which prevails so

greatly though irregularly.

+ Be, Ya, have a special sense. Give to me: take from me. Bin, Long, a gene-

ral sense.

One solicits; the other, commands.

150 Sifin and Hoérsék Vocabularies. [No. 2.

Vocabularies of Siftn and of

English. Thochi. Sokpa. Gyami.

Strike Da-gatch Chhok ka, Ta

Kill Ta-séh . Sa

Bring Dzi-la A’hba-thira La-le

Take away § |Doukwa Ahba-chhi La-chhé

Lift up Ta-chi Wara Maya

Put down Kwaksh Caret Caret

Hear Kokshustan Sana Thyén

Understand A’khchan Hariya Sya.e '

Tell, relate Karr Khala Shro

Nortz.—-The orthography is in general that sanctioned by the

society and commonly used by me, but there are a few deviations ne-

cessitated by the peculiar articulation of these races whose gallic j

and u are of incessant recurrence ; I have represented the former

sound by zy and the latter by eu. Both sounds are found in the

French word jeu. The system of tones or accents, so important for

discriminating the many otherwise-identical roots in these tongues,

there is no practicable method of doing justice to. But I have mark-

ed the chief one, or abrupt final, by an underscored h, thus %. In

Thédchi and in Horpa, the h, kh, and gh, have often, nay gene-

rally, a harsh Arabic utterance. I use the short vague English a, and

e, as in cat, yet, for their common equivalents in these tongues, but

u has always the oo sound, whether short or long. It so occurs in

English though rarely, as in put,pudding. The continental (European)

and eastern system of the vowels is that pursued, and the long sound

of each is noted by accent superscribed. It is the common vocalic

system, the English being wholly beside the mark. Y is always a con-

sonant. It blends with many others to give them a sliding sound as

in the zy, above instanced. It gives S the sound of Sh, as in the

Syan of (Shan) tribe’s name. It must never be made a vowel, a

Vanglaise, for that makes monosyllables dissyllabic and totally

changes the proper sound of words. The same as to W, which

we English are however more familiar with. From é, I make the

diphthong ai; from 4 that of au; from 6 that of ou, sounded as in

aye aye, hawfinch, how; which, with the gallic eu (beurre heurre),

are invariably diphthongs, each with a single blended sound. If two

vowels come together and require separate utterance, the latter is

1853. | Sifin and Horsék Vocabularies. 151

Northern and South-eastern Tibet.

Gydring. Horpa. Lakpa. Manyak.

Ta-tap Nazbi Danga Dan-tha .

Na-sé Ta-shé Sota Na-sya

Ko-pet Wi-khyé Rota Tralhé

Di-chang Wam-bé ~ Khor Tayi

Ta-yok Rang-ké. Rhazi |Longna Da-chi

Na-tok Rale Nina Wachi

Kar-nyou Wul min Nyan Khabé ni

Ti-sen Sam tench Sém > Najinjé

Ta-chen Ta-yin. Nap-shé |Syat Thai-dyt

superscribed with a double dot, as dai. J have marked off the pre-

fixes (tir-mi, man, see Gydrting column) to facilitate access to the

root and comparison on a large scale such as that lately employed

to illustrate ethnic affinities. This and the hke marking off of the

suffixes will be a great aid to those who wish to make such compari-

sons without knowledge of these languages. But the procedure is

hardly correct since the root and its prefix in particular are apt to

be blended in utterance by transfer of the accent (mi, tir-mi) and

since the sense also of the roots is occasionally as dependant (though

in a different way) on that of their prefixes, as it is in regard to the

prepositions of the Arian tongues (tir-mi, man; ti-mi, fire). Never-

theless these important particles are liable to a large range of muta-

tion, synonymous as well as differential, merely euphonic as well as

essential, whilst some of the tongues use them very amply, and

others very rarely. Add to these features the infixes and the suf-

fixes, with the occasional change of place and function between all

these, and you have before you the causes of the differences of these

languages which are often so operative as to merge their essential

affinity and make it indiscernible except by those who, knowing the

roots, can pursue them and the servile portions of the vocables

through their various metamorphoses and transpositions.*

* Compare in Tibeto-Him4layan and Indo-Chinese series, as follows :

Day.—Nyi-ma, Ma-ni, Nye-n-ti, Nhi-ti-ma, Sak-ni, Root Nyi.

Eye.—A-mik, Mi-do, Mi-kha, Ta-i-myek, Myé-t-si. Root Mig.

Dog.—Khi-cha, Ko-chu, Choi-ma, Khwé, Ta-kwi, Ka-zeu. Root Khyi.

Ripe.—Kas-sman, Mhai-ti, Mhin, Min-bo. Root sMin,

Sour.—Kiuch-char, Kytér-bo, Da-chu. Root sKyiar.

Hear.—Khep-ché, Nap-syé, Ta-eché-n. Root Shé.

These are extreme cases perhaps of mutation; but they are therefore all the

better adapted to illustrate my meaning; and links enough will be found in the

vocabularies to bind them surely together. B. H. H.

152 Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. [ No. 2.

lon Huokul’s account of Kuorasan,—translated by Major W.

-AwpveErson, Bengal Artillery.

KHORASAN

Is the name of a large country divided into districts. On the East

it is bounded by Seestan and India, I have already given in my map of

Seestan those portions of Ghoor which are near and belong to Seestan,

but the entire country is considered Indian. I have included the dis-

tricts of the Khuluj tribes in Cabul. While Wakan and those

places to the south of Khotul are also Indian.

To the West lie the deserts inhabited by the Goz tribes and the

country of Joorjan.

To the North extends Mawarolnuhr and a portion of the Tork king-

dom south of Khotul.

To the South are situated the desert of Fars and Koomis.

But I have added Koomis to the map of Duelum, Joorjan, Teberes-

tan, Rue, and Kuzween, and of them formed a separate division.

I have included Khotul with Mawarolnuhr, as lying between the

Wukhshab and Khurab, and also Kharism, because it is beyond the

river and its capital nearer to Bokhara than to Khorasan.

This country to the east is enclosed by a line sweeping along the

desert of Fars and Herat and Ghoor, to Ghuznee; joined by a line

from Koomis to Furawuh making nearly a square. ‘Thence, along

the confines of Joorjan and the Caspian to Kharism, embracing the

inhabited places.

In the various aggregations and divisions of Khorasan the chief

places are, Neeshapoor, Merv, Herat, Bulk.

The minor subdivisions are, Koohistan, Toos, Nesa, Abeewurd,

Surukhs, Esfezar, Pooshung, Badghues, Gunj—Rostak, Mervrood,

Joozjan, Bameeyan, Tokharestan, Zum, Amol. Kharism I will

describe with Mawarolnuhr, as its capital is beyond the river, and

nearer to that country than to Persian Khorasan.

I have not separated Neeshapoor, but have detailed under it all

the various subdivisions, at the same time I have separated Tokha-

restan from Bulkh, as, although commonly joined in name, their

description and revenue accounts are kept separate.

‘ Ls

aie 8

fen Nf

nea vie

1853. | Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. 153

These arrangements only involve some care in the table of routes,

and in the map, as it is necessary to introduce so many places under

the one map of Khorasan.

NersHapoor was known as Eeran-Shuhr, it is situated in a level

country with houses built of unburnt brick, placed at a distance

from each other, the city covers a square fursukh, having a town,

fort and ramparts—both the town and fort contain a large popula-

tion. The Jama Musjed is in the suburbs at a place called the Can-

tonments. The Government house is situated on a plain called the

Prison-square, near the Jail, at a distance of a fursukh from the

Musjed, it was built by Omur bin Lues.

The fort has two gates, and the town four.

The Rasulkunturuh or bridge gate.

The Mokufful or closed gate.

The Kohundez or fort gate.

The Deze-Mushkan.

The fort is distinct from the town, but the ramparts enclose both ;

these last have gates, that leading to Urak and Joorjan is the Ko-

bab, that on the Bulkh, Merve and Mawarolnuhr road is the Jubul

or mountain gate; the entrance on the Fars and Kohistan road is

the Huozol Eyaz gate; while on the Toos and Nesa road are several

gates, as the Sookhtuh and Sere Sheereen.

The bazars are outside the town and the fort in the suburbs, the

best is known as the Great-square and the second as the Small-square,

from the great square the bazars extend to the east as far as the

Musjed, and to the west they join the smaller square—to the south

they extend to the tomb of the two Husuens, and to the north the

streets end at the Bridge. The smaller square is near the prison and

Government house. ,

The water is chiefly taken from kareez running near the habita-

tions and it flows from the houses and waters the gardens inside

and outside the city. They have also a large river called the Wade

Sughawur. Several towns and villages are irrigated from its waters

which run from this Wadee, nor is there any larger river.

in the whole of Khorasan there is no more extensive or salubri-

ous city than Neeshapoor.

The weavers manufacture stuffs of cotton and of silk which are

154 Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. [No. 2.

so plentiful and good as to be exported to all countries of Moslems

and of Kafers.

Neeshapoor possesses extensive districts and populous towns, as

Boozjan, Malun called Kesrajerd, Khaemund, Suloomul, Sungan,

Zoozun, Kunduz, Tersheez, Janruwan, Azad-war, Khushuogerd,

Buhmunabad, Muzneyan, Subzwar, Rewaduh, Mehrjan, Esfurayun,

Khuer Khan, Zurmuluh, and if Toos be included, there may be added

Radgan, Taburoon, Burooghoor and Nookan.

Toos contains the tomb of Ulee the son of Moosa Reza, on whom

be peace, also the sepulchre of Haroonul-rusheed ; the tomb of the

former is distant from the town about four fursukhs, in a village

called Sunabad. The latter is at Nookan. Turquoises are extensive-

ly found in the hills near Neeshapoor and Toos, and earthen-ware is

exported.

Merv, known as Merve Shah Juhan, is a very ancient place, the

fort is considered to have been built by Tuhmoorus, while the old

city was founded by Zool Kurnuen ; it is situated on a level plain

far from any hills; the soil is saline and very sandy, while the

houses are of unburnt bricks. The place contains three Jama Mus-

jeds—the oldest being the Musjed built inside the place on the first

introduction of Eslam called the Muhan next is the Musjed Uteek

at the city gate chiefly occupied by the traditionists; the third is

the Musjed of Makhan. They consider this last Musjed, the bazars

and the Government house to have been built by Abo Moslem. The

Government house is in front of this Musjed and contains an arched

room built by Abo Moslem under which he used to sit—and to this

day the Umeers of Merv assemble under it; it is built of bricks and

mortar, and covers a square of fifty-five cubits.

This doomed room has four doors, each opening into a vestibule

ornamented over the entrances with sculptured representations of

large fish, and in front of each vestibule is a square open court. The

fort is as large as the city, but now in ruins, it is built on an elevated

mound which has a kareez cut into it from which the water runs to

this day ; and sometimes vegetables and melons are cultivated on it.

Originally the bazars were at the gate of the city near the Ateek

musjed, but in the days of Abo Moslem, they were removed to

Makhan, they are cleaner than the bazars of other cities.

> ee Se OEP eee

1853. | Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. 155

The Eedgah is situated in the division called Rasulmuedan near

the square of Abee Jehem, and is surrounded on all sides by houses

and buildings. The situation is between Makhan and the canal of

Hormuz Kuruh. The streets of the city have four canals—among

them is the canal above mentioned—on which are built many of the

houses of the city, it enters the walls from the direction of a place

called Serjosh.

Hosuen bin Taher erected many of these buildings, and wished

to remove the bazars and Government house to this position. The

inhabitants of the quarter of the city called Ras ol Shabaee use this

water, in this division, resides the family of Shuekh ol Juleel Abu

fuzl Mohummud, the son of Obuedallah.

Another canal is called the Makhan; on it is the Government

house, the bazars, the musjed Hadeesan, the jail and house of the

family of Abee Lukhum the slave of Abee Moeet. In which house

is a dome, round the interior of which is written the declaration of

election to the Khulafut of the family of Abbas, the cupola stands

to this day.

Another canal is called the Zoruk—it flows to the gate of the

city and its water is used by the people, on it is the Uteek musjed,

and lower down is the house of the family of Khaleel ben Uhmud

ben Hemad, the Governor of Bokhara.

Next is the canal of Usudee Khorasanee, which waters the Mu-

huluh of the Sunjar gate, Burmahan and other quarters; on this

canal was the house of the Murzban of Merv.

Such are the canals on which are placed the various divisions of

Merv with their buildings, a wall surrounds all these four canals

with the houses ; a second wall surrounds the city and the various

villages and is known as the wall of Raee, of it remains are now

to be seen.

The interior city has four gates.

The first leading to the Jama-Musjed is called the Sharsan.

The Homa, the Sunjar, the Malun, the Dure Mushkan leading to

Bokhara, near which was the residence and the mint of Mamoon

during the period he lived at Merv, previous to his being elected to

the Khulufut. |

Merv has one chief river rising under Bameyan from which are cut

x 2

156 Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. [ No. 2.

all the above-mentioned canals irrigating the lands, it is called the

Morghab or waters of Merv, some think the name is taken from

that of the spring where the river rises, named Morghab ; others,

that the derivation is from Murgh Ajmuh, the pasture of reeds.

This river flows to Merv rood and its villages and then enters

Merv Shahjuhan at Goo Geen between Khoozan and Kurshee—the

bunds are placed at the village of Zoruk where the water is thrown

off into the canals—by boards having holes equalizing the division

of the water to all parties, so that if any person takes more or less

than his right destruction overtakes his crops. There is an officer

placed in charge of the water who is even a greater man than the

Walee of Muoonuh.

I have understood that ten thousand men find employment on

this river. Merv was the cantonment of a large force in the early

days of Eslam ; and the district was the place which determined the

possession of Persia, to the followers of Mohummud, for Yezdegerd

the last king of Persia was killed ina mill on the canal of Zoruk.

From this quarter arose the call to the Khulufut of the Abbas

family. In the house of the children of Aboo Lukhum Olmoeet was

this celebrated call, written round a dome; but now hardly to be

read. From this city went forth Mamoon to contend for the Khu-

lufut with his brother Mohummud bin Zobueduh. Many bestowers

of the Khulufut resided in this city.

The best. penmen of Erak and Khorasan, the most celebrated

theological lawyers and masters of ethics are of Merv, I have de-

termined that my book should be a mere abstract, and hence have

excluded those celebrated men, whose histories may be found in

works on the subject. I have not detailed men and things which

perhaps should have been mentioned.

In the days of the Persian dynasty, the most renowned of phy-

siclans and of accomplished performers came from Eranshuhr ; as

Burzooyuh, the first of doctors, and Barbod, the chief of singers and

of musical performers.

The provisions are better than in any other portion of Khorasan,

the bread in particular is finer and better tasted—while of its dried

fruits and raisins, a large exportation takes place to other countries.

Much is said of the productions of Herat and the plenty in other

1853. | Ibn Huokul’s aecount of Khorasan. 157

countries; but the delicacy and flavour of Merv productions are

superior. Of its fruits the melon is large and is exported to Erak ;

but I am not sure if it is carried to other countries.

As to the city, the cleanliness, the beauty of the place, the ar-

rangement of the divisions and of the houses, the windings of the

canals, the vineyards, the marked difference of the people of the

bazars from those of other places, all stamp the superiority of Merv

over other parts of Khorasan. On its deserts flourish the Turunj-

been which is carried over the world, as also are its fabrics of silk

and its raw silk. But I have heard that the original source of the

silk-worm is Jorjan and Tuberestan, whence it was brought long

ago to Merv.

Raw Silk is now exported from Merv rood to Tuberestan, also the

superior cotton called the Leyun cotton, and ready made sheets.

Merv possesses several ancient traditionist musjeds. Merv rood

has two. Keshmehun, Hoormuz Kuruh, Seenuj, Khuzukh, Khuruk

Shooshukan have each one house of prayer.

Herat.—This is the name of a city having various districts,

among its towns are Malun, Jusan, Serteyan, Oobuh, Marabad,

Pashtan, Korookh, Chesht, Esfezar, Udruskun, Gowazan, Kooshuk,

Khorasanabad.

Esfezar is the name of a district containing the four towns I have

mentioned.

Herat is surrounded by walls, with plenty of water, and a large

population, it has also suburbs, and contains a fort and Jama Musjed,

but the Government house is outside the walls at a place called

Khorasanabad about one-third of a fursukh from the city on the

road to Pooshung lying to the westward. The houses are erected

from unbaked bricks, and each side of the city measures about half

a fursukh.

The city has four gateways, that to the north on the Neeshapoor

road is called the Erak, that on the road to Bulkh is named Kep-

chak. The gateway leading to Seestan is known by the name of

Feroozabad, while that leading to Ghoor the Khoshuk. The doors

are all of wood except the Erak which is covered with iron, at each

entrance is a bazar for the use of the inhabitants of the neighbour-

ing quarter of the city. Water runs through the towns and suburbs,

158 Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. [ No. 2.

the fort has also four entrances opposite to, and known by the names

of, the gates of the city.

Outside the fort runs a wall on each side, to the height of a man,

and about thirty paces in breadth.

The Jama Musjed is in the centre of the city surrounded by

bazars, while to the west of it is placed the jail. In all Khorasan,

Seestan, Mavarulnahr and the Jubal districts, there does not exist

to the present time a better frequented Musjed that the one of Herat.

Next in estimation is that of Bulkh, then the musjed of Seestan.

This Herat Musjed is much frequented by a large body of the

profession learned in matters of religion, the congregation conduct

themselves after the customs prevailing in Syria, and have a religi-

ous discourse read on each Friday’s assembly.

Herat is a grand halting place between Fars and Khorasan, also

a central mart for these countries as well as for Seestan.

On the road to Bulkh about half a fursukh from the city there is

a hill rising from the plain lying between Herat and Esfezar, it pro-

duces neither wood nor grass but merely stones for mills and floors.

On the summit of this hill stood a fire temple called Sershak ; be-

tween it and the city is a Christian church.

No water nor any gardens exist until you reach the canal of the

city near the gate, which is crossed by a bridge; beyond this canal

there is neither garden nor water.

Near all the gates irrigation being obtainable, gardens are nume-

rous—the most populous is the Feroozabad gateway. The river of

this district rises at the Robate Gorwan, and as it flows from Ghoor

to Herat, many canals are cut from it as follows:

CANALS. VILLAGES WATERED.

Perwant,... sock 2 4. 3 0) Euwadushtuk. [ Odwan.

Malun,.... ........... Kowashan, Seyawashan, Malun, Teezan,

Ulanjan; 2 4. 0.00) | Koosnan,

Kheyabanyet. ti. (9.0660), aSullbuh.

Kumburak))) 2i...n0/s44.0) Mookan.

Ghoorwany, 2.0 /.s.oea Qieetuk.

Tooneyan, ............ Ghooryan Kurugurd.

Subkur, .............. Ghazurwan and Feerozabad.

Unjeel,........0-..... Thecity of Herat and the gardens on

the Seestan road.

1853. | Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. 159

Next to Herat the largest towns are Korookh and Oobuh, from

the former are exported large quantities of raisins, of which the

particular sort called zubeeb tayutee is also excellent at Malun.

- Kurookh is a small place inhabited by a Khowarej population.

The Musjed is located in the quarter belonging to the Seyuds, the

houses are of unburnt bricks, the place itself is among the moun-

tains, about a fursukh square filled with gardens, running water,

trees, and populous villages.

Oobuh—the population is of the established Sonnee sect, the

place is about the size of Kurookh with gardens, water and houses

of unburnt bricks.

Malun is smaller than Kurookh, but covered with gardens con-

taining water and plenty of grapes, always well peopled.

Jusan contains few trees and is less than Malun in size, the peo-

ple are of the established sect.

Serteyan, the population is Khowari, the place less in size than

Malun, contains water and a few gardens, corn being more culti-

vated than fruit, as the situation is among the hills.

Marabad is a place less than Malun, contains many gardens and

much water, rice is exported largely.

Pashtan is less than Malun, much grain cultivation, but few gar-

dens exist, although water is plentiful.

Esfezar contains four towns, the largest being Kowashan which

is less in size than Khorookh, but contains many gardens. Kowazan,

Kooshuk, Edreskun, the other three places, are nearly equal in size,

with water and gardens.

The district of Esfezar extends about four marches in length by

one in breadth, it is highly populous, contains but little level land

and has one difficult pass called Kashkan, this is inhabited by Kho-

warej families—while the population of the large towns is of the

established sect.

PoosHung, its chief towns are Khushruo Gerd, Berkurduh, Koos-

weeyuh, Koh.

Pooshung is the largest and about the extent of half Herat; it

is situated ona plain distant about two fursukhs from the range

which passes Herat, the houses are level constructed much as those

of Herat ; water and trees are plentiful, one species called the Urur

160 Lbn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. [No. 2.

is superior to that produced in any other district of Khorasan, and

is exported in large quantities. The water is supplied from the Herat

rood, ariver which flows on to a place called Surukhs, unless when the

water is turned off below that place, in which year it is not obtain-

able so low down its bed. Pooshung is surrounded by a wall and a

ditch, having three entrances.

The Ulee gate on the Neeshapoor road, the Herat and the Kohes-

tan on their respective roads.

The next town is Koosweyuh, in size about one third of Pooshung,

containing water and a few gardens with houses of unburnt brick.

Khusruo Gerd abounds in gardens and water but is less in size

than Koosweyuh—Berkurduh is still smaller with some water; the

inhabitants are breeders of cattle and not agriculturists. Koh is

equal to Berkurduh, has both cultivation and irrigation. }

BapdGuves, contains the towns of Jubul-ul-fezut, Koh, Koghuna-

bad, Best, Jadoo, Kaburoon, Kalyoos, Dehestan; the Sultan resides

at Koghunabad ; the largest and most populous place of these is

Dehestan which is about half the size of Pooshung, with houses

built of clay ; the country contains much lead. The town is among

the hills of little water and few gardens and no grapes, its cultiva-

tion depends on rain, similar to which are Koh and Jubul-ul-fezut of

which the two former is the largest place, the latter is on a hill

containing mines of silver not worked from the absence of fire wood,

the former, Koh, is on a plain.

Koghunabad, Best, Jadoo possess gardens, water and upland cul-

tivation, but Kaburoon and Kalyoos are without gardens or running

streams, their water being obtained from ponds and wells. The

inhabitants are agriculturists as well as breeders of cattle. Jubul-

ul-fezut is situated on the road leading from Herat to Surukhs.

The population of Badghues is all of the established sonnee sect,

except that of Hujestan, and the village of Uhmud bin Abdallah who

are all Khowarej.

Guns Rostaxk is a district of which Buen is a town, as also Kuef

and Bugshoor, the Soltan resides at Buen which is the largest place

in the district and greater than Pooshung, to which place Bughshoor

is about equal; Kuef is less than half Bughshoor ; Buen and Kuef

possess plenty of water, gardens and grapes, but the houses are of

1853. | Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. 161

clay. The water of Bugshoor is from ponds and wells, the place

being situated on a plain: its cultivation is small, chiefly upland ; but

the situation is healthy and salubrious. All these places are on the

road to Mervrood.

MeERvRooD—one of the towns is Kusre Ukhnuf, another Duruh,

the largest being Mervrood. This place is smaller than Pooshung,

it has the advantage of a large river which flows on to Merv-Sha-

jiehan ; on the river are many gardens containing plenty of grapes,

the air and soil are salubrious.

Kusre Ukhnuf is situated one journey on the road to Bulkh.

Duruh is on the road to Unbar at the distance of four fursukhs.

Kusre Ukhnuf abounds in water, gardens, grapes and fine fruits.

Duruh is watered by the Merv-rood which divides the town, and is

crossed by a bridge: it abounds in gardens of grapes and fruits.

Mervrood is about an arrow’s fight from the river. Talkan is about

the size of Mervrood with running water, and a few gardens, its

houses like those of Mervrood are built of clay, than which place

it is more healthy. ,

Mervrood is situated at a distance of three fursukhs from hills

to the west, and of two from those to the east. Talkan is in the

hills and has villages round it.

- Faryab—is in size less than Talkan, but exceeds it in water and

gardens, its houses are built of clay.

Joozjan is the name of a district, of which Yahoodeyah is a town,

as also are Shuburghan, Undkhod, Usluj, Kundderem, Unbar, San.

Of these Unbar is the largest, being more extensive than Mervrood,

it is the residence of the Sultan and situated among the hills—

having gardens, water and vines, but houses of clay. Sanisa place

of no extent, with gardens and water, its chief fruits are walnuts,

being among the hills.

Yahoodeyah is more extensive than San, but of the same descrip-

tion. Kundderem abounds in vines, walnuts and water. Shubur-

ghan has running water, agriculture exceeds horticulture, but it is

of greater extent than Kundderem. Murshan equals in size Ya-

hoodeyah.

Seerokh is a town. Undkhod a small one on the plains having

seven villages attached to it, containing houses of the Koord popu-

162 Ibn Huokul’s aceount of Khorasan. [ No. 2.

lation, who are breeders of cattle and camels, and also they manu-

facture hair numuds. Khorasan is supplied with leather from the

districts of Joozjan, which are also very fruitful.

Shuburghan is one march to the north of Unbar. To reach

Yahoodeyah from Shuburghan it is necessary to go to Unbar, thence

to Yahoodeyah. From Shuburghan to Undkhod two marches to the

north. From Shuburghan to Kundderem, four marches, viz. three

to the river and one march beyond it.

GHORJESTAN or GHORJULSHAR has two towns, Busheer and Soor-

meen, both equal in size, but neither constitutes the residence of the

Sultan ; the Shar to whom this kingdom belongs, resides in the hills

at a place called Gungan, the country has water and gardens in

plenty, and much rice is exported from it. Large quantities of rai-

sins are produced in Soormeen. Busheer is one march from Duruh of

Mervrood.

Mutlugh is an arrow’s flight from the river of Mervrood to the

East. From Busheer to Soormeen is one march to the south among

the hills.

Ghoor is a country of infidels, which I include in the country of

Eslam, because there live some Mohummudans in it. The country

is one of springs, gardens and rivers, very fertile. ‘Towards the east

in early days was a tribe which professed Eslam, but were not Mo-

hummudans in heart.

Ghoor is bounded by the districts of Herat, Furruh, Zumeenda-

wur, the Robat Gorwan in the country of Kureeghoon, Ghorgestan,

back to Herat; all of which districts are inhabited by Mohummud-

ans, hence have I mentioned Ghoor as in the very centre of Eslam.

Surukhs is a city between Neeshapoor and Merv—situated on a

level plain ; river water only reaches it in particular years, and is

not permanent, being the excess of the water of the Herat river.

Its cultivation requires no irrigation. The city is about half the

size of Merv, populous and salubrious, the neighbourhood consists

chiefly of pasture-lands round a few villages, the main wealth being

camels. The town is a centre of traffic for the surrounding dis-

tricts of Khorasan. The mills are turned by cattle, the water being

from wells ; the houses are built of clay.

Nesa is a town equal in size to Surukhs, cultivated, irrigated and

1853. ] Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. 163

having plenty of gardens. Water runs through the houses, and the

streets are clean. Jt has many large thriving villages, being situat-

ed on outskirts of the mountains.

Furawuh is a frontier post on the deserts of the Ghoz tribe of

Torks ; it is separated from all villages, but has a Jama-musjed, and

is the station for a guard moving to a great distance for the protec-

tion of the people. The place is a Robat with no villages, and no

population near it. A spring runs through the place. There exist

neither gardens nor cultivation, except a little pulse on the spring.

The guard is under the strength of one thousand men.

THE Konestan of Khorasan lies near the desert of Fars, there

is no town of the name, but one is called Kaen, of which the depen-

dencies are Jonabad, Tubus called Geeluk, Khoar, Tubus known as

Museena.

Kaen is equal in size to Surukhs, it has houses of clay, with a

citadel surrounded by a ditch, also a Jama-musjed, and a government-

house in the citadel; its water is derived from springs, with a few

gardens, and villages far separated, the climate is cold.

Tubus is inferior to Kaen in size, the temperature is warm and

dates appear ; the place is surrounded by a wall, but has no fort, its

houses are of clay and its waters derived from kareez; its dates

are larger than those of Kaen.

Khoar is in size less than Tubus, and near to Khost. The Jama-

musjed is at Khoar; the houses are of clay with no fortifications or

fort. The gardens are few and water from kareez—indeed the

want of water is excessive ; the people are cattle-breeders, the place

being situated on the borders of the desert with no gardens.

Jonabad is greater than Khoar—the houses are of clay—villages

and gardens exist with water from kareez. Tubus Geeluk is larger

than Jonabad, there is water from kareez, and villages and gardens,

and houses of clay. There exist the remains of an old fortification

now in ruins, but a fort is standing. Dates are found in Kohestan,

Tubus, and those places which I have mentioned as of cold climate.

I have well examined all of them. The population is scanty as in

other parts of Khorasan. On the confines of the district is a desert

inhabited by Koords, who are breeders of cattle, as camels and sheep.

On the boundaries towards Neeshapoor is found an earth which is

exported for use, but not for food to distant countries.

164 Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. [No. 2.

I know of no large rivers in the Kohestan; they manufacture a

species of earthen-ware which is taken to other places; also cloth

of silk and cotton mixed, also much thread—but nothing else of

value.

Butxu, to which belong Tokharestan, Khotul, Punjheer, Budukh-

shan, Bameeyan.

Tokharestan contains Kholum, Sumunjan, Bughlan, Sukulkund,

Wurwageer, Urhun, Raween, Talkan, Eshkemesh, Zuwa, Serae Asem,

Chesht, Indurab, Muzur, Gah.

Khotul contains Holawerd and Lawakund, towns of Wukhsh,

Karteel, Ulyan, Huleel, Sekundurah, Meel, Undecharagh, Roostak

Neel, sometimes Khotul is joined to the districts of Mawazlnuhr.

-Bameeyan contains Bameeyan, Lushghorkund, Segawund, Kabul,

Nujruo, Perwan, Ghuznee, Punjheer.

Budukhshan has a capital of the same name and is the country of

Abu ul Futuh.

Bulkh lies on a plain about four fursukhs from the nearest hills

called the Guz. The city has walls and ramparts with a Musjed ul

Jama in the centre of the city surrounded by bazars, between which

live the people. The length of the city is about half a fursukh, the

houses are of clay. The gateways are called Nuo Bahar, Rukhnuh,

Hudeed, Hindoo, Yuhyood, Shustbund, Yuhya. A canal called

Rohaneen enters the ramparts at the Nuo Bahar gateway: it is

capable of turning ten mills, and irrigates as far as the village called

Seyahgerd.

The gateways are surrounded by gardens and vineyards, the walls

have no ditch and are built of clay.

Tokharestan; the largest place is Talkan, situated on a plain at

an arrow’s flight from the hills, it possesses a large canal with gardens

and vineyards, being about one-third the size of Bulkh ; next in extent

is Wurwageer and then Indurab which is situated in a gorge of the

hills; it is a mart for the silver found in the mines of Jaryanuh and

Punjheér ; two rivers flow in this district called the Indurab and

Kasan; vines and fruit-trees are plentiful. All the other places of

Tokharestan are much of the same magnitude, but all less than

Talkan. Wurwageer and Indurab are at the heads of springs con-

taining fruit-trees, much cultivation, and a large population.

1853. | Lin Huokul’s account of Khorasan. 165

The towns of Khotul are all well supplied with springs, trees

and population, they are all situated on plains, except Sekundurah.

The Jubal or hill-districts of Khotul are all mountainous, except

about Wukhsh.

The large towns of Khotul are Meei, Ulyan, Huleel; the Sultan

resides at the last named place. Khotul is situated between the

streams Wukhsh and the river of Budukshan, which is also called

Khurab. Near this district flow many streams which all unite a

little above Termez near Kobadeyan and form the great river called

Juehoon.

Meel is about the size of Indurabuh, Huleel less—the houses of

both are built of clay, but the walls of Meel are of stone and mortar.

Two districts of the Kafirs called Wukhan and Gharan are adjoining.

Budukshan is less than Meel in size, it has many villages, vine-

yards, a large population and cultivation with plenty of water,—being

situated on the river Khurab flowing to the West. Khotul exports

large numbers of cattle; and produces abundance of lapis lazuli and

rubies from mines in the hills. Musk is imported by the road of

Wakhan from Tubbut.

Punjheer is a place in the hills inhabited by ten thousand men

chiefly robbers and thieves. There are streams and gardens but no

cultivation.

Jaryanuh is a smaller place than Punjheer,—both contain mines

of silver and houses for the men employed in the mines, they have

no gardens or cultivation. The river of Punjheer runs through the

district of that name, then flows into Jaryanuh, and passing Perwan,

enters India.

Bameeyan, its city is about half the size of Bulkh. This district

is called Sheer Bameeyan; the town is without walls built on a hill,

a rivulet flows through it into Ghorgestan—fruits are imported, it

having no gardens. There is no town near at hand situated on the

hills except Bameeyan.

GuzyzE has no gardens but a stream flows near it; none of the

places under Bulkh are more rich or more commercial than Guzuee,

which is a mart of India.

Kaxut has a strong fort of one entrance, in which reside Mohum-

madans ; with suburbs in which reside Hindoos. It is settled, that

166 Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. [No. 2.

the king has no right to the kingdom unless he is residing at Kabul

on attaining it—should he be at a distance, he does not obtain the

power until returning to Kabul. This city is also a grand emporium

of Indian produce. Bulkh produces the Bactrian camel, superior to

those of any other district, also oranges, water-lilies and sugar-cane,

which are products of warm climates, but no dates. Snow fallsin the

neighbourhood. Nugruo, Segawund and Kabul are warm climates

but still produce no dates.

GHooR is surrounded on all sides by Mohummudan countries, but

the inhabitants are infidels, except a few who pass for Mohummudans.

The country is of mountains; their language is different from

the Persian language; the earth is fruitful in crops, cattle and

flocks. J have admitted it into Khorasan, because it is surrounded

on three sides by this country, one boundary is Seestan.

Most of the slaves from Ghoor are carried to Herat or Seestan

or in those directions. At the back of Ghoor, stretches a range of

mountains reaching to Bameeyan, Punjheer and Wakhan.

It then passes into Mawazolnuhr crossing Sar and Shash, and con-

cluding in the country of the Khurgheez.

This range from beginning to end contains mines of silver and of

lead. The most pure comes from the country of the Kherkheez,

Ferghanah and Shash; but the best obtainable in Mohummudan

countries is from Punjheer and its dependencies.

I will sketch the banks of the Juehoon and Kharism in my ac-

count of Mawazolnuhr.

Amol and Zum are two places of equal size on the banks of the

Juehoon, having running water, gardens and cultivation. Amol is

the point of meeting of the various roads from Khorasan. Zum is

less populous than Amol, it is also a well known ferry. These places

are surrounded by the desert which extends from Bulkh to the sea

of Kharism—the soil is chiefly sandy, with no springs, only a few

ponds and wells for water and pasture-lands. This desert reaches

back to Merv from Amol. A similar one also separates these dis-

tricts from Kharism and the countries of the Ghoz tribes. Wells

are dug and much cattle are produced, but the best breed of camels

in Khorasan is from Surukhs and Bulkh. The sheep are mostly

imported from the Ghoz districts, from Ghoor and from Khulyj.

1853.]

Ibu Huokul’s account of Khorasan.

167

In Khorasan are found abundance of cattle, slaves, food, clothing

and all that is necessary for man.

From Koomis the first district of

To the banks of the Juchoon,

Esferayun the second dis-

trict of Neeshapoor, ...

PO ORIAT (lage uphcmmvcty.'s

Neeshapoor

Boozjan

Pooshunj

Herat

Esfezar

Duruh

Esferayun

Neeshapoor

Nesa

Neeshapoor

Kaen

Merv

Abeewurd

Herat

Bulkh

Bulkh .

Bulkh

Bameeyan

Bulkh

bP)

Pace. :

Herat, .

Haak

Duruh, the last sia of

Herat, .

Seestan,

Marches.

Pane

Bi ie ai ese

Toos,

Nesa,

Bhutan ay cence eels

Kaen of Kohestan,.........

eras :23.vasiciec hs

Mervrood,

eessceerveet er 2004880

Plerabs 2255.45

Abeewurd,

@eeeveersens0ere0008

ING sai listec yt,

Mervrood ontheBulkeh oF

Surukhs, ...

Mervrood,

ecoreeeeee 2 ee280 08

the border of the ewe a

Termez,

1 Of 0b0a 02) 010): Se a ne

DAMCCy aT, ptt sals late tedens

Guznee, ...

,, Budukshan

eon etcosoereseeceesee sae

prerreercscvervcecves

,, the border of the desert

on the road to Khotul

at a place called Eeluh,

COS ek OH

168

Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. [No. 2.

Khorasan extends in latitude from Budukshan lying on the Jue-

hoon to the lake of Kharism.

From Budukshan To Termez on the river, ...... 13

» Lermez oy ALATA 3 oes 8k sion ee 5

5 Fain y tAmols: isi): lk 4A

5, Amol », the capital of Kharism,... 13

» Lhe capital ,, the lake of Kharism, ...... 6

I have thus stated the distances between the well known cities,

I now proceed to the towns situated in each district.

N&EESHAPOOR.

Neeshapoor 5» BOORIAN, i. ..3.0:h.. eee, et

Boozjan », Malun called Kisrajerd on

the left of the road from

Herat to Neeshapoor,... 1

Malun »» khaemun, -...Leeeee 1

Khaemun 5) Sagan)’ 2... eee. 1

Sungan » JOnabad,:...2. cig seeeeere. Lal?

J onabad. jy Migtem,” 4.0.0. care 2

Suloomul is situated two days to the left of Sungan, ...... 2

Suloomul jy RLOOZabyey: .....ce eee

Zoozan 5, Kaen, 6 oo... 2.. Ee lS

Neeshapoor 9) PeBREET, osc cse coe seeie. 4

Tersheez 5 umd, 2... eee ed

Kunduz » Jonatad,....... Jee 2

Jonabad 57 (K@CBES w.hiets asc ee 2

Neeshapoor > schushruogerd, s«..dee. A

Subzwar is two fursukh from Khusruogerd.

Khusruogerd » Bubmmmabad, .:. 5/9 long 1

Buhmunabad ,», Moobedan on the road to

Koomis fursukh,.......... 1

Neeshapoor, 5) SUWANL, 2 ...00'es ee 1

Janruwan, ,» Diehtian, \ as ..1 nee ee

Mehrjan jp BTeRAyUN,.: ..:.....:..0eeeeeneee 2

Bubmunabad sp AUZAOWATS 's0:3\...'c bade eee 1

Azadwar wee waAduh, ..o.L eee 1

Reewaduh Mehran, ...:. 32. ae 2

1853. | Tin Huokul’s account of Khorasan. 169

Merv.

From Merv To Keshmehun, ...... march 1

yi Keshmehun , » Hormuz-Kuruh, near it, is

the road leading over

the desert to Kharism,

PUPAE KI cow saet ee ete 1

Pashtan lies in front of Hormuz-Kuruh at a fursukh from the

road. Seenuj is situated one march from the city between the grand

road, and the Surukhs road. Khuzukh is a place six fursukhs from

the city, one fursukh in front of Zoruk on the desert.

Mervzum is situated four fursukhs from the city on the desert.

Dundafkun is one march from the city on the road to Surukhs.

Kurshee lies four marches from Merv on the desert.

Khuruk, three fursukhs from the city between the road to Surukhs

and Abewurd.

Shooshukan lies at a distance of a fursukh from Khuruk.

HERAT.

From Herat ° To Esfezar, contains 4 places

already mentioned, each

less than one march in

(S50) 0 LT ee eee te eee 3

eo dterat NTO yy APES a a ee ali =

» Herat PRED ANY 5 AA Rad IS 3 3

» Herat A Poesia). OAPI se sk: wd

» Pooshung » Koh, two fursukhs on the

left of the Neeshapoor

TORI ON oe MEL Up 2 aera a 4,

» Pooshung a UEP eas ate A 2

» Burkurduh » Khushruogerd, 2

» Khushruogerd Ey OGURA ee LL e SL ca 1

3 Herat wn Pabhtanvot deraty 0062. 4

» Pashtan jp usa alee. io. do basyl) 1

» susan » Serbeeyan, ... yey 1

» Serteyan jj Mara bady: nobis .wie easy 1

» Marabad 4 Molrtbyytiy wid. We easy 1

» Oobuh », Chesht, 2

170 Lbn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. [No. 2.

From Chesht the country of Ghoor commences.

, Herat yy LOT ae: «4 Soe eae ecw hee

» Buenuh jy SRE, 2s ee 1

» Kuef 33) Bugshoor, \i.csccomaaeseennen eb

BuLKuH.

» bulkh 5) HOMME, te eemenace eee ss 2

» Kholum 5, Wurwageer,, "0. Jem. na, Wie

», Wurwageer ye Dalkany 333). seeds 2

» Talkan ») Budukshan, cave eae 7

» Kholum, s .OUMUBIAN,? 5c alee soe 2

» Sumunjan 9§:q LAUELIUPED), sin, rn civeg Coe eeCemEN ES

» Endurabuh 4) PAPVeNI,® oo ee eee 2 3

» daryanuh ge EMO TOGY, 5 gaseous tae

», Punjheer yy) COU WANS. clon coisas os 2

» Dulkh j Duglan,: ...:.0) eee arn 6

Two marches to Sumunjan then Bughlan, ....................... 2

» Bulkh, » jp eas” oe 2

» Mudur 59 REIN, cos cc sone vee Cena REC a Mee

» Kah »» DaMmeyan,...\ cco

» Bulkh »» HSouboorgan,,...2. arenes.) es

»» Shuboorgan 55 Pakyab, &:....ctesedemeeeese ces

» Faryab oy PaCS oo 2 Ss aeons nee

» Jlalkan 53. Mlervrood, ©...) see. 3

| KoHESTAN,

» Kaen ») LOCA, . 6.2... oceans 3

» Kaen »» Lubbus Meseena, ......... 2

», Kaen 9 MOORS 7.2. AOS ae

», Koor », Khoost,............fursukhs 2

» Kaen See U0) 300 a marches 3

NOTES.

NEESHAPOOR.

The glory of Neeshapoor must indeed have faded away. Accord-

ing to Fraser, hardly a trace remains of the various neighbouring

cities passing under this name, unless perhaps mounds of debris with

two shrines of Mohummudan saints can be so termed. The trade

has entirely vanished, and now consists in the traffic of the turquoise

1853. | Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. 171

found in the mines—the circuit of the present wall is 4000 paces,

the population under 20,000 souls, the entire revenue being estimat-

ed at a lac of Tomans.

In the Nozhut-ul-Koloob it is stated, that Shahpoor ben Ardesheer

in renovating this city carried on the ancient custom of laying out

cities on the form of some animal, or visible article ; in this case, the

squares of the chess-board were adopted. Bulk subsequently as-

sumed the position of capital of Khorasan, until Omur ben Lues

restored this dignity to Neeshapoor. One of the numerous new cities

had the name of Shadbagh—it was destroyed by an earthquake in

A. H. 679, after this arose the present town which has been absorb-

‘ed in the modern Mushud. Every book contains long descriptions

of the beauties and delights of the springs and gardens of Neesha-

poor.

Boozjan or. Boochgan, on the high road to Herat at a distance of

38 fursukhs from Neeshapoor according to the Nozhut-ul-Koloob.

The Bezk of Burne’s map (?) also noted as a district of Jam. Four

roads take off from this place ; to Herat, Kaen, Surukhs, and Bakhurz.

Khaemund, doubtful. Burne’s Map exhibits Kahmah near the

required position.

Suloomul doubtful. Salama of the Maps? |

Sungan. Sungoon of the Maps—mentioned by Christie, a place

in Zawuh.

Zoozan is noted on Burne’s Map, but too far to the north of the

position required. The interpolation of places by correct European

latitudes and longitudes, among locations from native authorities

has this effect of transposing positions. All places connected, re-

quire to be reduced in the same ratio of the newly determined

place.

Tersheez was visited by Forster, who says the old capital was

ealled Sultan Abad, of small compass surrounded by a wall.

Dure Mushkan, a fort of this name between Neeshapoor and

Subzwar is mentioned in the Nadir Namuh.

Azadwar is noted as eight fursukhs from Jajerm, the first march

on the road to Neeshapoor.

Khushruogerd is noticed by Fraser, a fort of great antiquity with

delapidated minars and extensive ruins.

A 2

172 Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan, [No. 2.

Buhmunabad Map.

Muzneyan, Muzeenoon of Fraser, a place surrounded by extensive

ruins.

Subzwar is the central town of a district known as Beehuk ; found

by Fraser a field of ruins, with the tombs of several saints of Eslam

alone preserved, said to have been built by Sasan ben Buhman.

Rtewaduh, probably the Rewat of the Maps.

Esfurayun, a district thirty.or forty miles N. E. of Subzwar, both

names are now used in common. The Nozhut-ul-Koloob mentions a

large stone vase of four yards in diameter as a curiosity.

Khuer Khan very doubtful, unless it be Khur or Khuer Shah

twenty miles from Azadwar on the road to Neeshapoor, a place of

the district of Joweeruh once a portion of Beehuk.

Zurmuluh unknown and doubtful.

Toos, is recorded by Fraser as exhibiting a large area of debris

surrounded by walls yet standing. The name and indeed the city are

ascribed to Toos ben Nuozur. This city has been ever celebrated

as the birth or resting-place of men of talents or of piety. The

poet Ferdousee, and numerous Mohummudan saints are buried

within its walls.

Radgan seen by Fraser about forty-three miles W. by N. of

Mushud.

Taburoon, Burooghoor, Nookan, Sunabad.—The modern town of

Mushud, now a place of pilgrimage, has entirely arisen on the pro-

ceeds of the shrine; it must occupy the position of the Sunabad

mentioned, the little detail given by our author of the shrine with

the absence of all mention of the tomb of Ferdousee at Toos, point

to a date prior to which the work must have been written.

Merv.

We have some account of this place in the travels of Sir Alexan-

der Burnes and party. They arrived at the river thirty miles below

the city ‘and found ita fine stream, eighty yards wide, five feet deep.

The country between the Oxus and this point having been a dry

arid plain. But round the town of Merv were scattered for miles

the remains of ancient forts and villages, with the marks of exten-

sive cultivation; when this existed, the waters of the river were

nearly exhausted for irrigation. The houses of the villages and

1853.] Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. 173

towns were all of un-burnt bricks, the population resided chiefly

in black felt tents; a few families of Jews were found in several of —

the larger places.

The country continued to rise in level from the Oxus until reach-

ing Surukhs—a ruined town of mud houses under a fort ona hil-

lock of no importance. The population had changed from the fixed

habits of towns to the wandering propensities of the tents. The

distance was calculated as 125 miles from the Charjoee ferry of the

Oxus to Merv, and 68 thence to Surukhs. The waters of Surukhs

are from a river called Tejend, rising in the hills lying to the North

of Neeshapoor and hence unlikely to be joined by a river like the

Hureerood coming from the opposite direction on the South side of

the range. The lands about Surukhs were considered to be fertile

to an extraordinary degree: the place was able to send forth 4000

horsemen. All the splendour narrated by our Arabian author had

disappeared before the ravages of the contending Tatar and Tork

tribes. The clay-built houses had melted away under snow and rain,

the canals were choked up, the fields affording precarious subsistence

to wandering hordes of Toorcomun robbers. From Surukhs to Mu-

shud was considered 64 miles. Capt. Abbott gives to the lands of

Merv 2,400 square miles, a population of 60,000 Toorkoman families,

paying two lacs of rupees per annum, revenue.

Kurshee, is here distinguished from the Kurshee of Bokhara and

is given in the Nozhut-ul-Koloob as four marches or twenty-five

fursukhs from Merv.

Walee Maoonuh. The only point of comparison I can reach is

this—on the Huj road to Mecca exists a celebrated well, called the

Bere Maoonuh, on the waters of which the pilgrims much depend,

hence the Meerab or Canal Master of Merv may be considered as

of equal importance to the owner of this well.

Arched Room.—This place is mentioned in the Nozhut-ul-Koloob.

Mamoon.—Merv was also the capital, subsequently, of the Seljook

dynasty.

Surukhs is given in the Nozhut-ol-Koloob as founded by Afraseyab,

and- watered by a continuation of the rivers, both of Herat and

Toos. The extraordinary fecundity of the soil is extolled, that one

mun would return one hundred muns, and either from the roots or

174: Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. [No. 2.

the scattered seed, thirty more could be collected in the following

season.

HERAT.

The city has been altered since this description was written, the

names of the gates, of the canals, and of the villages given in the

translation are such as I believe to be intended and to be correct,

I have compared them with the names given in many books. Mara-

bad is the Marwan of the Map.

Esfezar—Arthur Conolly mentions Kooshuk as a small fort

situated in a fertile plain of twenty miles in breadth.

Subzwar is a town of one thousand houses.

Pooshung was the capital of the family of Taher, which for

several generations was all-powerful in Khorasan. The Nozhut-ul-

Koloob contains Kooswee, Khushruogird, and Burooh as its sub-

divisions, the second I adopt and the latter may have connection

with Burkurduh. But Mohun Lal mentions Furuhabad to the

South of Khaff, which is about the requisite position, and points to

Furuhgerd as the correct reading, perhaps Ferhadgerd.

Kooswee was passed by Arthur Conolly in ruins, at seventy miles

from Herat. It was once a place of importance and stood a long

siege from Jungeez Khan.

Urur, one dictionary offers the Surv or cypress-tree for this word.

Hureerood, it appears to be settled, that this river does not run

so far as to reach Surukhs; and its junction with the Tajend to be

a misconception, or at any rate doubtful, as the country rises from

Herat towards Mushud. )

Badghues—the readings with the exception of Koh are nearly all

confirmed by the Nozhut-ul-Koloob. The district is an extensive one

to the North of Herat.

Hujestan is noted in a history of Herat.

Gunjrostak appears to form a large division of country lying

between Badghues and the Moorghab river.

Bughshoor.—The Nozhut-ul-Kolook has Buhreshoor in the required

position—which is about the Awsharuh of Wyld’s map. Native

authority is in favour of Bughshoor—I incline to Buhreshoor.

Buen and Kuef are unknown.

Mzrvroop appears never to have been visited, hence many of the

subdivisions cannot be identified.

1853. ] Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. 175

Ukhnuf bin Kues—a celebrated Arab leader of early period, the

place is identified in the Nozhut-ul-Koloob at three fursukhs from

Mervrood.

Talkan lies 18 fursukhs east of Merv, yet this meanly mentioned

place took the entire army of Jungeez Khan seven months to

capture.

Faryab stands at 40 fursukhs East of Merv on the Bulkh road.

JoozJAN is a large district between Merv-road and Bulk round

Muemoonuh as a centre.

Unbar, we have a place in Ezzut Allah, and on the maps, and

constantly mentioned by horse-dealers, Ulmar, which may be the

Unbar indicated by the text; and the Humber of Wyld’s map.

Yahoodeyuh, a large body of Jews are known to have accompanied

the armies of Seleucus, and to have been settled near Mery; this

Yahoodeyuh may constitute their location.

GHORGESTAN ; it was a most difficult affair to reach the meaning

of this sentence, but I find it mentioned in the fourth volume of the

Roozut-ul-sufa that the people of Ghorgestan called their kings,

Shar, even as Torks use Khan, and Hindus Rae. I can offer no

confirmations of my readings, except that Wyld’s map contains a

place called Soormeen though not quite in the position required.

Nesa, Furawuh, are known by name but not identified.

Konestan.—Jonabad, is the Arabised form of Goonabad, a town

said to have been constructed by a son of Goodurz. It is defended

by a fort on an eminence!

Tubus called Geeluk appears to be the Tubus of Wyld’s map to

the West of Kaen, it is said in the Nozhut-ul-Koloob to be seven days’

march from Yezd, a distance which Captain Christie covered in that

time, and calls about 145 miles—this traveller skirted the district of

Kohestan, and indicates the want of water, the deserts of sand, but

no absolute deficiency of supplies.

Kaen is put down as a large city of a warm climate, and very

fruitful, in Lat. 33° 40’; the inhabitants are very warlike and possess-

ing, each man, instruments of war.

A more modern work gives the subdivisions of Kohestan as Choon,

Toon, Tubus, Dushtebeyaz, Neyarjan, Moomenabad, Shakhuen,

Jonabad, Zeerkoh, Peeshawur.

176 Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. [No. 2.

This district became the centre of the noted sect or tribe of

Esmaeeluh or Mulaheduh; the assassins of European story.

BULKH.

Bulkh is considered to be the capital of the ancient Bactria. In

Moslem history, this city has ever been highly celebrated, even

called the Paradise of the world. The old ramparts and castle, went

by the name of the Hindoo fort, it was destroyed by Ukhnuf ben Kues,

a new city then arose under the order of Aboo-Moslem the gover-

nor of Khorasan. On the high road of contending armies, its vicissi-

tudes have been numerous; it now lies under the ban of “ruin and

decay with no remains of interest beyond its name.” The numerous

gates mentioned, will be of the fort and of the town. The designation

to the hills of Koo, is a fragment probably of Hindoo Koosh—or

may be Gor or Guz the last I take as the valley of the Bulkhab is

called Guz.

Sumungan, according to Moorcroft is now designated Uebuk—

“the first view of Uebuk was rather imposing, presenting a castle

on an insulated eminence’’—it proved to be in ruins, but to possess

some claims indicative of its antiquity.

Wurwageer is doubtful, by the distance and bearing, it would fall

near the position of the modern Kundooz in the direct line from

Bulkh to Budukshan.

Shuboorgan is mentioned by Marco Polo.

Wukhsh, the arch type of Oxus is apparently beyond the river of

that name, lying N. W. from the stream at no great distance.

Khotul—The Khotlan of the maps, is a large district lying on the

bend of the Oxus above Budukshan, near the spot marked Durwaz

-—the town ofthe name is mentioned in the Nozhut-ul-Koloob as an

important place but in ruins.

Khuryab has a local authority attached, as Khurgeez the wander-

ing tribes of the steppes of the Poshte Khur of the Pameer range.

Budukshan is a well understood district, the Balashan of Marco

Polo.

Talkan is “ a small place under a fort of no importance,” perhaps

four hundred houses.

Eshkemesh is probably the Scassem of | Polo, but Wood places an

1853. | Lbn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. 177

Eshkashem to the East of Fuezabad, which better answers the posi-

tion required by the Venetian.

Budukshan town, according to Wood, “hardly a vestige remains

of the modern capital, Fuezabad’”’ which once occupied a commanding

position on the left bank of the Koksha or Khur river. |

Wakan is clearly the Vokan of Polo, whose description is most

wonderfully authenticated at a distance of six centuries by the

highly interesting narrative of Capt. Wood of the Indian Navy—

a companion of Burnes.

Gharan is mentioned by Wood as the district of the ruby mines,

which are located on the South face of the mountains of Shughnoon,

the Sikinan of Polo who also notices the same fact.

Rubies.—Budukshan has ever been celebrated for the rubies and

lapis lazuli of its mines.

Jaryanuh—I adopt in preference to Haryanuh, on the authority

of Wood, who mentions the district and village of I-angheran at the

South end of the Perwan and Punjheer valleys. |

Punjheer, exactly as described by Wood, and has not improved

since the days of our Arabian author, except perhaps in population,

as the former gentleman considers the valley could turn out 10,000

armed men. The fort of Khawak captured by Timoor is situated

near the top of the pass.

Bameeyan.—The reader is rather surprised to find no mention of

the celebrated idols cut in the hill-side.

Kabul.—The fort with one entrance is probably that now known

as the Akabeen or upper fort of Kabul, now but little used, being

the enclosed summit of the range which would otherwise command

the modern fort.

Lushghorkund is most likely the modern Lhoghur.

Ghor, is now occupied by Huzaruhs who speak very pure Persian.

Sar of Torkestan is doubtful.

Ghoz tribes, they were located on the sources of the Utturuk

river.

Most of my readings are acknowledged by men of Bokhara to be

such as they have heard mentioned, but several names are extremely

doubtful as Sukulkund, Wurwageer, Undechuragh and others,

178 Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. | No. 2.

ule Lol,

ests) Uasrt yo Les bacet oly rls yi ene! 529 r95 colo Ueiiiny (gils

BIS yy rb 00 er Unady bo lin” CS) ed UY oifolr, Yin

iy US as iy b os3 wl? y Uns yam 68 giz sto Waa y oiclt ot

till Fyy Lo Yad lod y lara gale) y A155 Filo lay Fy Corte) We EUS

eed 9 pty 9 msl §;|20 Leigh y dis! Lb ihe Srvlols (0 us

lee Uraisbe 5 urte53 » cortly liners 9 wla ye ee ala cate call meg’

SU yd ord? OM pp Ml Fhyy bo Co)! Ais!) Lined y leald als U5 Wler y

worst 29 rl Shy Lo Lito WV eM istyy Lo Coll pjylgd Used 9 slige y

crt! Lond 5B3; Brel gly load lol S?y Wleol yd wore gl! ae LL? It

preg Om wr wytell ss &29, les a) 5 stl 928 ly Ghd ws [20

wlesl yd yIle Bars ye WRI! WO Wars y 919 Gal delol oil

pul oll ye bats wlaye O& Eo Kady

Wlwlrd Bye sd%y leat! she pays

syldal Lebst yO Gy lest! le st Cail Wylaelyd p96 Lol g

Lady Cup y wlindys lied p19 Lela y9S wleol y=? e2 1% 9 97% 9

way re 9 Daryy? 9 Gleye%y Cmedly ear 3 yas! _g cpr y gyydity

* bel erly wy Gwayls’ wll,

ctl 62 9 elt koe WI Uishyy lead lay5d) QU pj ylgd Lol y

po r98 ryilend 9 lel d WO? pod! ee Gash! Som gle pVlFly be wore

ee Wgy] 9 yguldiad Ha.0 3 laySdine flocdy all dogo? (gil lyri

zo JBad ytylgQly ySdI1C68 Fy p20 Lg lath ogee? wilSy} , eh er

Lt y giles! Ly pSISya yxwe y yg] yd Udy 523 os? ctl wlimoyla? y

7! cop) ppglisad Lold loo A By ye (63 Live (ga US wK0 K9 20 9 yon2lt 63

plasie » Liv Kd pio cst a orth ledaus Slew ay! us KYO 9 rym

[giizove g By ddg5 9 (524) 9 ONES g Kix dv0 Lely e 73 os Bey y= lps ys

cayas yay BLOM ty 9 meets Gres Woy 21 Sg role as” yu) ole

dell ts 9 HUM glo 9 mel erty HlOVylo Sie ptm lly Cymt=!] Wylde!

1853. | fbn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. 179

Bide y WEL por!» SAMI ey poo Uy Gye HlVjNo 9 grey a= ele

wl Wty Treo Oly tly FI Cul) oly Syed Wort Glos! Kary!

Kuselly bast 9 itso oye z le layosps 9 pho yo FpbS wit My poe

Cay colt &A0 coe wh} Lold Gigs! Wail y Waid} laren yeast g

Bee 8 5) 8 eo Cott Oly oh Mialy) Oy 8 wiles

KIL9 QyKonsd yd g cls ig? &A0 Sais ce ctty Gan why SRL pt Mislyg

Clg! FOE bd web coll 0 Er gM) lty SLI Goze! let Sty

te Lo DAS 9 (pry ded yond Syed OY g Sidgwe Ol [pies

LStpmel @ BS! 9 1d pai Blly Hoes] Wy DIE WE LSlpw! Lor

wy? Uy den! ldty BE ypara| Katyolls a My 5 yaad] Ks rebly W372! Leadon W\S p00

Lit 9 ole!) am? fyle? yt Il Oday Gyelld Gye gm? Fast Sey pelt

Hyped Sms yell 59! wl coll Obed Grd Gptalt y=) despot yuo dA

cptince tlie yi gl obey Gye Gyigti = deyall yo wd! 1i!y

Katyelly Ere) Col) oll coats chem alle (69 Serpe ewe Soul! obey y

wa cre es ye LoS 9 Blea Gabe erin! ylose oydy Fatal

cs y NF cbs ie lee g eels God OMT cy psy piFlae

soldaw Cgoly? Bret pS rd gly She Lady ald) ASlo ppintles adyge

5? et! Cds la} oalell 188 gle y Fy9F Galles, oll) aay dio 20g

3 a SNe eel ae ola}

wx? ho Rpg ryalthnd wo past Vol Fly Above yleelyS! wl g

Watts elle wots Fle coll Bip Lo md Mg eb! Cl Glic}

# agrg 4d IS Spit) dls

WE’ rel ie oe ley Hole Fall y aml g ogda 5 yuldiaily

2554 W959 Surg oye y aietlay pats Gy reall wl Fley

Bdlata 9 hare y slo lung sblegy oS 9 yd a slediila wl by wd 9 rrmy?

daft? coll Guyb Urer ol 9 Abi yy Waray CHlely Ws” y

wrt she rad le ct WM a r9¢ 9 Sta Olly WS leo ww?

JP ell Cr be y oad ST yy l@ p23 9 allt lngale Lal (suogie

2a 2

180 Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. [No. 2.

Ste ahs obile lel Jy dry gays Bye cle doe) Gyo sy}

is 9 WISP 4» yo) Gyal IY y pole y c 52241 wt Curb 9 9 galt

Co OY Gye Kad EM! Cy! g Ly gel LY Gyo Woks Ey! JR, Us] deo

urd 9 se Ge dora) SUS ye For by phe Git > Cts ert rE

bead 9 era Udaist g ley! Brads KEM lds! g Une Wggae wye cod O63

At ys us’ ome isos BAS eas} ORM (fy! Lo} wo lelase)| Dea lsd Feet

OH Gy roll ome!) colt allow Mi yh lols pdlood Ugh Go dowlt

ist wyleles!) esi ; eos) a! ass eshsg Kua! OL cgle gakel|

col oe} SIS os Gb ai wldle gis ose! Sse » pil ox}

priewo cst! WS Gyo HOM slog Gomi g ax} Hs why dy 9 late (le

WS ple yt lly a9 lod} goo ee ase| Ide rb cole ZO sty 5

wy? EA 5 9 9 70 F1y0] EQN] 550 69 poles? GL] 352 Ct g Yad cpl?

eee Kaa) GALy Gy (gl CyAi0 9 Kalmet| Sd ~ KI] yd Kev goat

9 lel! OS Saws ete i CL OS oly! dey daa,

83] Mp Kigave vo aS) 6d Ry B17 WE? ly US Cort wre

Sd Uisogs Coll yle Fle BUF AJ) ebrve oF Keli yt gle y Qkiye 9 9 GIpd

# SIS a6 9 US lwo y ae &ale e)5 ley 9

ont!) Gia doa GU le Cub poll 3 LEG Slyal bel y

ly! ABI 0 [Sigal g Wlale (JI (rlonaa ost! Pal (63 CARDIs Gaked)

9 mee | cll S210 C68 Wlddel] Col dle? (69 Orel] law y lal

$93 72y>_@) Crh! gy WH Lerly WA! Sileay arom Wy? cgloel! [gs aby

bsist Sale 56) 92 9 35° rer? re) ed day p20 slo! Ob cle sty wl bey

Cpe ye URI DS oslo Yat ced Getir hile 9% 9 lt Ewe § ass

Lali Adi wtolyly Said! EUG lad Uy pal Gy ce) wll Byald Sahel gy

399 839 CoO CGE] Cooly SLE? yd pM] 108 Ly 9 HLM sly 9 Gym!

Babe y wlalely 5,21 94) (pieey SWlosse uy! Owe Una)| c! Jabs} ey |

3@)] 1% cole y ere eos evils} ost lye Nl 9 SLOM! ply

che U1 ABU Yad GUI stot Gog bree Gol UI edo al Gott Ube

1853. ] Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. 181

9 Gil Sytz rite gaat oll RSL My GL sl Byca alpen les

[Sd ye 9 yen KLdot} UO! yates UI 1b2 (0 9 Kot! GL gle sls”

rgill 1d dw! cy Gade!) Om) gil] [da ole 9 Yar Gola Ci pei!

cS ytz_pg) (gi g l=? HlLo} gle wls CSO! ober Cyt OFS! Uy lA Cf! ty 925

che g Wyre 9 Wloys wie” Gb dle rd att g cilelye!) cdmuls

4g OL la? Gale CU 9 yo let 5d42 97 WY 7? 90 CUS A! 10

soy? basis ley Kar SM xdqsg Uo bast yg KY x0 ste 5 Lg Sauy

dsr 9 col Spaz UpBad lee awa gle less 531) yuo (phatleey 9 dda

5523 GU hes wat! Key! kato] kool! y &lzJ] yoo eel yd a Uy

wy MY ol lems Oly EM Oy oe Gly pole! og” live

(ySonv0 oh} pe) sh 9 tM Sly lo os to lI] [2 C0 5 WSs yy

re gels Su id KOT wt coll _g pe? duolBuo ply] 53 yada g gle}

elo LI} Sty 9 xglOdve 4 Sho Gatleo yt hil y LAS sla M yd ready exes

ph ME wl Est Or Coll eg yl Cot Cle ye? yell 102 G21 9

é ye oe) rey? J fps 0 S60 g lene! Cotes Slel] divo c oF wS0o os?!

Cr pI OO oly pels dale 9 59) 9 0 cle pl 12 LE" 9 Sec!

Ida prelBvo 9 9 0 wr? seyUi9 3 2? Yl a® Ot Ot 959° Aes

{Xo uy? &SS0 3 dla” US an od 3970 slo peso les & B Gy) we Slolf

Sas co? He bee Coplay ibe Gas Gad cial dale patro ye) pil

WER 131 TIES 9 Foleo Muyo brane) paid US xa} al} cyl? sled Wy? pane

Brig) BI ght Aye ell Golly Wwe Ue Ip y Bom che ya] Flo] 182 Yyo y

FJ] 1d% coke apo arly UY day GY Fhe cle Sols Fhdi 130 le

aml KS Lavo ewe Divo} Lady cleo YI Js! és prin Y_Smtu0 9 50 lS 9 es

wy Updo (55) pale 663 br AES CSI) SLO gre oho WY Eptalmal

Bogmedl cyt! oly Qe chine! w=) Cott SL lo Gedy HUN! colt Bye

dic lio Foss) Gy? dee”? dad! cle by Koda) wg led] Fle Yas y

wd Va 5 FURR p50 dnd] (ive y wylasl yd Vol g GIL lis, AIL) 91,5

182 Ibn Huokul’s accownt of Khorasan. [No. 2.

$755 Wl] Lo Fle 9 Cul} laa Gyo Vapi! EU ool) dg dt 69

ol 9 EN ded et Gale) Ot! Of EdedRe Ill EY Ol Sy

By stall pile 9 4) Ubi pile le Leake & 9 5 ye pttinh ol ia

bl oye ct ab ct Seal! ULL y le! Yi ahs Wye ile gle pode oy sll

&M0 leebA} 4g [gad RBs} wylolys? cals 254% bo} Serb! wold odly

_pilae ils wei Us ps we 1 Gyo Ls 193 wr? pe? LJ} wy! eN

Bog i g erbli le GUM G3 Ss Sy BAST HL, wy bz lily Sled

Gtytt cd dex’, ah: a wot mee | 23 B=? Lye g 8B) C059 Hl WY

ponds 3 Ld 0 yd wag 8 (iJ) wy prods 9 Kas dha cro? 102 ple! re 9

Bye exe Gye US dai gazed 9 Gers 9 sted! JIS Gd Jews dint

jE ydwo dM! erghy YER 6.5 9 Shenm CoS bold Wow pile eas Qusce!

estthsy ph 521g dey I 990 ero BU y Wo ile Col) ess! Cod!

Ley a9 ore tod! (9 AR be]! Wlbe wb y lars adiyy I! Ue! wl

mms GI ppb! QR yy Leg live yale coll (eine 8) 990 9 52 Gye? Uber

som 9 deso3_yalivc lea SES ol 56=" Gil wl 9 OY GbR cat

Gig 00 ct a prho zany stho toby sth g_pthve cnetlt y wil she 9 poss

# Sel oh 9 0 pile ghg3_pHo WylRagndls 9 aie

wlwr 9 pllo yiaw wywry lest Ky Side! gue! ols §1,0 Lo

Oly? 9 cre yol atydwels g catiny copy wll Skibo» S291 9 wh pdurly

léey ydd gIO0 9 Kudo} eo! J Bo pool oll s Wylasl Ri gdine oS y

Fyols Hipaw dts 9 slo bligay ygaw yale Spo eile F1,% Lely lolys5

who rae cS Hlelilog Goll ogy dal5 Gow O65 4 Layla »

e 29 LS Gye i) Rast iepty 9 diad Koel! Lye @ARiWO SLY Gyleol p=? yd

ee? wu25 jfodo ts wih wr losly 9 315% usiz® ght reas cate ushe

pga’ gg! vo ert Cod OL! gly day! MAIO! Yhizoed y sys

e os) 0 go SH gy ole oO cotmnt flail Gols Lovo

psted wlmce™ oI bbe ot oI] EIU Sly Colym OU Gott Cate

1853. | Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. 183

Lao betas Sqm OL US cle gy ayaa AL Colpo GL yas Guha Cpe Lutyity

wtyit day! was y fle slro cdi y dad! Udts coi y SIEM We aah

oh} uy awl uses end [dgJ wl Ksdod| wet! Gyo ols US stax?

wats ado lepdar y dol uw? Jot! als post U3 —hs toe eyes)! ci»

le wet y Slo! Letlga (plow ues Kido! oy gol) os}, ¥,bs

SUE ly wl 4 _seillslyy leg whole! Gul y gol!) ag” ls yb

= o e a ~ Slyo Oe? we ell also ule rl yoo] ow?

EN pany slo ree late wlll g Col BRI! Gla dalmet! sds WE Ola

Bye clases! oF Cyl Upildig aig! uSloM ghyp Oalnal! gilng y9dilly

# By wlns y lee! pEI85 5 60 9 wlelyd coll Old ye wIyesic he

¥3 1200 wy prrbis”s - cSipb ule e 2 55 W9.r0) ae SL y2 Eye Jas! ls

Bie wyyBil ys Lei Leyolly rbd? Uae) 1s Codd 9 riydeol rts bis

US Al 9 ely diay Hie 4

wrt 9 eharg rye 9 9 Claopee cowed U cans ne’) 180 Coty gle y

Ko0)! p45} eptlens Yq glyo Kido} {opts [sas ets os Last] KomdsS KN Oued |

_pllee ghey BypBd Yy slo yor! WKY ot Fb prey dual! GL cgle

wy 95 bly 5,0 pile Saas) OU hy yas wy yeel Gyrdlend g glo oly Sf

used Cop com ye we oe! KAv0 eae Ss) BL yD coll soe Oyo z ~~ tls

Er eg wlaogles g GyleolyS (Sloe (cRme amyl Cotrmmed red g Ebae] Owe (Slewy

WIE Sue (com yi? 9 wy Wenger Slbney (bnet WEE yd! goed ye) 9_pilyy 9 WL

wlewege grand re) y wlSoS Gibney coheed BIS Cgomnd ped g Shaw Gibaey (Rand!

stmt rh 9 oS _5y lige lbs ghar AS gomnt_pily SF Glbeey coins

# stp Byove lms 52) coms ry addy wloyaley Glia gbew gtd

Bye? Kiowa p51 g dao sla wlimce Serb cghe dbaio wyrilusdy

SEY gM lt GM! eB! 09 Se ry A shy coy i, oF

Hid E995 9 cpl wy Bins doles GUI ol! nes! oS)! 582tbI] casyll y

Urb Why wloams (gems We dle gelatine” y Syd la) Fate

sliedly uplast) SXaitiwo lls ae ie leony Jaa Gur 5 62»

184 Tbn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. [No. 2.

Bley cyatlns lel capo! gy Kelen Lat Sig! y Zpolell g Uiy tA,

sleig Erlaslt Sabtio (5% 9 cax5 Ey? peel ort! og Wh Wo losly ,

2} Ula! y cplle pro piel ct 9 ERY Ally lem 4 fom Eyele egy

Has phases 9 stare Uy cle pyc sel (68 9 cl! ltl whe peels dele

ertlle FAS oly bey SYS esd 9 pr es ery! pele Ul,

& sm ly ll chloks? ass jl Gao e552 Eple Gyo _yR~o] KOO 5% 9 slrelty

Has iste crlead| Klas ust ©} rey enle Ey? _pr~o] Kg dw0 ylag by

TI IH _pRO] AAO (5 9 Wyles! gS [bya] _g Wood! Uy Hayy! pL Quel g Alo

# dl 9 Sarg 9 wlytyS 9 SpdS Gytilen y Slo lel y

cls Lay adie jt, Qwel 9 Gytiled 9 slo ley pA (63 duylaio (a lis

sySmold 9 Filo larity cod Cu Fpole WIS (0 9 dla we 25 alo

WE Bul wow Wold gpd pels Bole 1y5 lead 9 WERE omy Gad

C9 9 d7593.9 dS => WH! Kr Le WL Co lof 9 dcla Ula} ila;

3? BL 5 68 9 B® WO Raga? Kiyo (ot 9 coh WAST 5 5 g

wy cool Jax! | {a2 EPaee=e ° 53 = Jas! t col geet wr 9 phd

BrbS see) 5 xlyo wel y Bye ly Cuda Eye x5ly Pee had ka! Sym

CEE [de est 9 al 3 whet, d eres! Cal lorcet le) Gyo le

me sll oF ool 9% 9 Be se) We ptgley GerloN pile II

Sie saad (yar itz M1 eer dame 9 ee yas w9d slat ebay &S} te

I B® Ug yy) baad cole GU gers GY Gly! SAL g Gadd 4 5 gue

529 Coy 9S Gee O81 Led dad! AST g Wmdyd COI] Wyhutdyd GL 4 ipo

ert? uy? la gl 9 erty? wy ALU yas! cod 9 Kale Gatley slo gt dav

wr Fl O59 9 sr098 WR rH! 5 9 HAT Esler y slo Wl oS gay

pe) 9 BrrbS cyatlnd wad Ctl 9 aig lI padg yle she ley osSym

aS) dD 5 9559 wy? = usd 9 Spas $4 9 yrilend Qt R55 9 Uals sla slo

Wad g ghlic fF 9 x95 9 KAR] Cha lao Lywo ley wld Cmts SU bel y

9 dbo) slew S WlbliSt 9 wees s 9 I 5 wa l=» 95»

wyab xed lo slis 3 ers? wy Lai gs? wSs 93 ey Demd (2 b ya] 3 (® D yo]

1853. | Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. 185

crm Unld sla slo wel y ae ole 5% 9 SM oP ES Claw! ely

59 KAM! Use 9 of CIOS 9 Gralio (ot Ll y pty rF Wy pple pal

Dah) Galen asd gues (jlo Say) ig, Laat Uae Asst

lei} 5 Sa yle slo Vy rls ae Co ws wr FpsS parley

re 9 plist I=] walve 9) ole! tg UY shod! Eye aptlyo

yin I dclem sy cre 0g B® yo Cir Geb Glo KAS

a Blyd [gla} wy! AU) one Gy oon! & 5,

wr ST Eptty Wel! 399 51 C529 Err Yo Ylbld ys 5% & y

ell oS eu a= yx 5 gre

ertilens y By sla yaks slyo leg OS 9 Ett 9p gts Chal y=? Sy

° *, Q . o,e me Sy?

Wo+)} (0 les 3 909 wy? 9599 Wr cai uss (Gls ydoJ} yd 9 SI9estig

a) race Wr? 821 659 5.999 Cy? LOST 5 5939 Ey? Ho 9 al_y05

By py Sy pyrlles Sale wey 9 90 coll wr Coyle | rail 198 5 ps5 0)

# y@llg & U} dub gt y

dbo! Cod_yb ils $09 = Cdz_yb uss lgivo da 5.0 she LBi&] yrOS y

Kime 81939 A959 cyriley lal g sl Slol dia |_paady en? ds 1 gle

cpp Ul BybiS begins 9 WIR) (62 lebmy 5959 wt) GY Boy

Eprints Xz la slyo lg) 4 paSd} os 397” wo = Kiyo Wy lBJ La]

WO 53938 wr *9® el sta Oth YP 537950 FU» logy dlls

tivo Uae!) Gills yey Gptell lites el BH set ot 53099

a Gye]! cglileo Was y5 cle

* Jax! usd Calley lel g Uae G9 Wllb} ,

2 3B

1S6 Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. [No. 2.

wy hao y ctl 51 Ga ME QUAI) Gye pte) Kyaw Yl W

vo Lageall Giza y SGU aot Wl p91 9 wb eyo afl y wih)

Lm yaSHg slaoy Lt y poy sass a piso 9 GUayoe'ts wwe

59999" WS ge 9 Cast cle dizoo Gy lhl ale ky 9 lst

7 w wtb SUL 5 Bas Galery ary se KI ,

555 Lays ish ltt og cyttlend 9 glo Kt Spade EUW Lyle g

Jae) 3 cota user y ssc ly wis we v5 Lonely Uae! 63

a BS glo le) 5 p95 2 prs Brads Kove ogy Sas! G43 A) 35 9

cs? 9 Kas patton 5 egy 5!) pepe Glatt g sla slo ld WY ga y

Kiso cyte 9 AN God Saget Ee 9= G8 9 wlad 5 2055 Wy? 4

plier Gls! of 51 Vets LF Que le) Hilde Ud Eppie Kyoo omy

, ay Mole « Ut,

us?! Les’ us! ale wle 9 Baal yo GU pty gded pron! lpivo

dla yw bys eat! wl 7 wd a) dwle cs 9 Wlelyd Lytle

style i gen wl cis! diet! oll oF roe yey opie dat

wile ye oF) II wy We 9 dare hoseall ool! Kio Ps) un Wr

silt coll date EU Uatye @)! IS ol WS) 9 ere 9 Slot (69

* Lad dla, )

Lind 9 (yh y gaol yA 9 prens awe lepda! wryavo [gt slat zoe 3

Bs remedy Cod sled gy wylblel olde leet Gad 9 AS G69 lds yldivo

ost 255 tee Gry thle y se Led wllbosd! Uble s

WY ya ort s Sd bee AS ants Gd ym Wr? tg Wl oI

BaSy® ys Bele he 3919 7 54) Wy? yy Glbel! 9 dla,0 33335" 80

* Jax? us? 3 coi ishilere Haye Lyre) gee coll pier Wye 9

gs? 9 cprebene 8 WY ede Ce? gUySh lett 9 985 plo YAW) gt Ler

elSlel 699 Apo Bad 62 4 lly het y were wld Hele le

es gl: arst y Lprolmalls Iymal dla! wy re Bs ay5 Srtinel! chloe

oly SLR Moy g'a Oh Or ay 3!d OL IO? WH 9H oll BL

1853.] Lbn Huokuls account of Khorasan. 187

Ip bl pie y shad] lem coll wl rS Ly wey wx¥13 Yi! Gee wr

- odo I honey 69 YY LOU SS belt 9 Gygobmve LUIS yal yb, coh! 1Oys

cots Syme Cd)! Co? ate 8 a yaglad ett Kyowe i yrae bol y

ee995.9 Er slyo La? 9 9 s5lo ayor Vy dint) dey (9 Vi yla slo UU

& yi} oo all Byles (529 9 yO oyu ual) ys? csle BAO pgdy ed

oss Stes) pes dhol pasr0 4g Lad] &lals eS) cstlyedt Yaatys ule tl} 'g,

eck? pephasrylg SU! pd zle y wuld Yoo ye le bast bo egos! coke

# yt Ledge 9 tga

oss lle!» Flos) Fabs dad (ety Kiros pac! A bad Lot y

rel 1am kazi mong e996? Kyle shee wey ucire 9 I Lo?

= Jas lest 69 655 Aad daw) hailey

Lgady Idi ye dabiic (a5 &2 52/1 cole & pi day Cod) Hyly yg

By8!g FOC col yprare e! MW pred 08% cob) wybitreli les madyprio

poly Byles ler ais Yy dr 55 Gr Cyd Bol? Geos! Ly cody Cw lt lyr Uiiy

lao! e995 Uy qyatlns og! coma! y Sr p8)) beawy 9 cpt) Co yen? slo aye

# Uay 8)! yyy Keli! y sled) 1d0 gle US

pod 1g? Kizove (gy coomad g ny FW le wlwlyd yo Wlimsdy’ y

93 WIS 9 9S S52 9 grtebs} sg dsly Wool! Wy Ly El eines ,

5s 9 mayen 9? AIT Ewe std eyild Lo U jlo Comes yr 9 Cmts

poigtli (3 FyleV slo y gelsllagn” Gaid dale y yoied les» Gab Uys

# 99.7725! yo cedy KF Rie laid y ALLS peiailed y EAD wr erste 9,

ne le , re) od wo esta oF yertel dy00 ie cp btl bel 9,

3851 Wele? 4 GiB Gye Whloy Gpth laflry |) dels Y Qram ayle y

, | ol pdb wy?

Wenn? Cpt g emg Cpt cg 9 ppebt} (00 deo} gals jam ley

le) y Sab5 Yo rar le wily Eth ye able, sipet pred! leit y yah

elas Ua! (glory shed] oo Gas ery GUI Ee pazlo y Sb1S Cpadles

# cptiles wel Cpt! s xj Ral! Liye al ss,

2B 2

188 Tin Huokul’s account of Khorasan. [No. 2.

Srila y 5 lel g ah we W5U2 9 jae We rS! [GEV oile Lol,

cree WSL 4 gilt Gye WW5le y alles ye 935] nb! y (sid Wy la§ le

ale y pmb ylintgy Use 5 325 ler Coals Cbd yea lel s

os? Joslivo 2 wlimdyds sl tpt g Wodatt 352 9 yy OS! ye glyS5 Lo

cybolyS or ly) ySlns SUIS! AS rite eilndy hs Bloat wad 9 5 glo [gadt ye}

DI ey pit genll LEI 4 oh YI Gikme 5 gle Wore! 3d Gel O65

le Cb)! 10) galiaas cele Wwe Gyarrgs (oho [gio coy tld dow us 3 piel 5

os Mle ye Ahebe Leas ulmidyt Cat 9 US Y GUM CM ee cod!

c's con 9 GEM SF ess? Cutty Gr GS lee aahy 9 bi»

* K223 yoo &aio} (gs ors

wlidors jes? dies ulin pe a Lal Cod! wl - Lal»

“yd yg Wass phe Igils wUewyasb wow Lols er [40 9 ylaols Use

role colyany 1) 9 9 SmeSerg ILI y wy!) 9 erP! a ri5l 979.9 O8Sw g

Lig diss By gygdld Ugiovw WE LEE") Lol g aI 9 0% 9 Gd Game

@ Ells? Usd 5 sydilw y clile » Ul Us t= y shay)! Uijove

Jas ely sl] slyglo G8 Jaz!) eee OF g Shad line gly

ty g ley dig\Kue grid pron y wylio LI] ove wy ys Cady Loy uylavo Li}

pels wlbdor sy Se? Good Goals Eiow (0 pe) s 52 9 lyr’ y

* ei cst! Sle (6 9 wltdoy Lio y gril, a

asst ge Gal SUS Cdl ett lela y gheve p99 digo Gil ee Lols

us Ele!) OF 5 Lat) ale g rym eal oS he gem eb?

Wom crtty eins pole!) seemel) Nigam Yi lyanly bar 9 63 Kizoad|

laf lis, alive, 49 eo 2.0) w= 6%5 U ds ead! elys she (pL ) 9020

wipe OL ode GL» 448) GY g lest GL Lebo Gly! ler y abt

os? GIF Ut! Bo coent shld g nelly Ut Cm CU gored! Oly

Blaww coSl Cpalany ghient y Samy! Epc or ety leg! GL gle lary

GIS Kio4)] y gue gle es pat 9 plan! LAS Lstgsls est g apm

os? Kiyo 668 9 WU LL] bh Kigove._pa5] yl ylinayae® Lol 9 Eyal yO pgmey

she y pr cries se opilly Ge dae! os Yin » sine

1853. | Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. 189

iol hts oily sy ob tale ph eh ye eb p=? yl)

Ww E Us 5 Kaa) eo lg 9 Jlrs Wires Me KY v0 us? 9 KI} yO] ya

obeolg re? ah 9 HOt se) cgems Leto wld be shee’ Slyle

Wy Rivo (lias yx WOO Oy C6 23 le Siem Zyads ys” 9 e995 #2

9! wld s* 5 & NyO3t 9 AS! 99.9 ey lS US} wo Leds us? 9 es

eles GAS lgils Siz] woo lo 9 Syed fyole FyaiS £93 l=

Se 69 LEW ayo gh Cs WS 4 KE gle (25 yl} 9 sleet

Lats rete ixtt Kd AS] 9 nny) Sh foe. UG ules Pore ule

wibdoey 56) tty Glee ord oH Use’) y Caley olblelt 4 ile

maps Qroyil) sd UlS wed Krab let Ys! 3 9 Soe comet 9

yee] ala 4 4210! G0 Ip wg Uae 9 yg St (GS prroas yl pty

wy Leal HlS* 9 Ver YW wo 33 9 GAL Wy ded] yao Bahl Lavo

# Ob 9 OS 585i yy,

WHOS Jor Kyle Zrrsl Gli lg 9 Chavo Gyo po] AiO Wylihdou y

clas GEL oS 9 by 2 ye whee od Ble Ct 9 Hels pros Mey

wolee lel 9 ay95) Sl 9 HY waa wr? BRy2 9 SUM! ol ols ere

# OY Ly? WEY Gib yr Smo al ery deel “s

9 Uay GY! Rptic = at hese ches sls Kivowo Lyils aS Lely

# g lye we amit 9 yttlens 9 9g) hoe) Slam BS] 9 Grant! [glo she tla]

7B 9 29)! Warv lo IS) sag? (ey? _yRr0] Ktydwo [gils Al la Loy ,

kewog (hod 9 693 My ytdleny Sly LE? Cyt 9 Waleed! Us gle lela;

aly) oll thi emee Sl le 5 gre’ se) 5% 9 greet se) dos}

Io why Wlwl! oe 51 YY wlye WI Les Let's diel Go! ue CY

9 9 |e Cpl Whol pac gsi Kad} SUS rnd) g e" 2.03 we

9 pl alist age51y? 9 where II BLS re) love etsy Une (le

Wold! Cog Cla ie Kio ylvol)} shld Cotta Cypher les Cyn

rd a elds LS Gailey) ails REMI lad is”) 9 43! colgd ly ,

dig)| &edyS Lil 4356 w & js 9 Yivo_y351 ie shah oe? Ul Woe! gor 9

190 Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. [No. 2.

SUI Modes GLY SLI ge ¥ SLAIN Et gee 529 Oad8I! Gye SOS!

as Kad lad} Od249 KJ Uas oss Eda dwn Vy OX oslo Uso e'S3 9 Nels

KOR 4S este’ 1 ey Soil et Ww BRIy2 g Lx} aigh K5,5 ts Sue

eg coli lasts) OP be? aby be a= V1 I Hl wily yt

# eg? Ons" atyat Hla I Ls Oy Kreg

tas Lay 9 ealas YI sto wile Js cy Ls b=” Jam tgsls oe bol 9

9 wlolyA a! lod sas ogi Lod Arrive la 2 9 wrgelwo pros 12) I!

Klee (2 Wass (ctrl 9 rlpell earn Uy dyad nella

bed y arty) 9 Qa” 9 Bye Sr ery dt Gad) S19 One

pr she weols Sg cls Cy laol sd od is las ett ab wr

este SoM Sto ct sti Fh gle Uo Grits y slay od Udoz Uda

KS! coll Sat yee das! 180 ct PS CF CN Cop g DW goa

sit cst e ptdte® 9bb yr Gydlo By 551 9 AW, KB} Wolro

seoM le is woleel! x02) 401 9 Rl) , dls 59 ey? el Fhyg bo

« laYig ley ae Kral

nel g re Styglo kao 19 gd) UL 5 syd y wyett Ueatgw bel

gle Slo eg 4 Wyst> ba Pee ro Ae WW lato wiao Le e359

riled 9 rt Fale CM uleld Girb Eos? Geel 5 29959 Wty

wot yd St yew] Fh glo_prro wt Yl Hlest| ae Lo! wy C9 Us bo} le

he Sy eiyted os? Col cb ggae Gye hai glee lesea Lt bast,

esl uty wl coll ele 9 ght Yi lest was le cdg flesdi F510 sos

Jaleo a8 ob 9 yd wes Win reer ad dot le 0 Gurb

Crs Gale LY Eo while? pty p51 5 er pbigadl 9 bt UR

97 Ey? 9 SA bb Ge pl clst laws! YL aia Lo’ ps

Lo yilany cpgthall 9 Kerb Mig Coast 9 ld) Gym ule! = alz'

eed lo Kal) qh :

rtd} ale we=t> Cools Pe. rey ott lore) galiiias ee Jy! ure?

1853. | Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. 191

pgaltias es S192 9 CutyBool Ii y gala) Gyo Kayo wy rte y Lh

9 atye et ole yah coll sgt Gg Catee Cured galtas lt

yrs Haye ihe JI exer wre» date @)! exer cll way wo

Spd Use sSl 5% 9 Ho GS bd! Wey Jato edb Jyh (oll Ele

eo Bd cs! cpl Qo! ee. cd far Wim cs! Bo wr 3 wile yo

col sagldisd Gey Dato 2B Cok GM ost Go y Uaye gpte

ct Hrsg! eg Ube Got sgl? ll bed yey alo crole)

Us! p20 po a = ilye JI eH py 9 Tato Eun! = wimdgd kas

pte Lins xt y® ne) 97? Uy Unto awe y9 yJ! 3” os! 39” G9

Ua!,0 @)! Linc’ cst] ae 9 Ula! 0 mony gaol cs)! _por® w* 9 dm 520

# Uptire 9 970 9 Ul 9 95 cyt! be LS3 O9 y

Bp® oy? 9 Ueto came li Gir 52 9 o9 rt 95° le IL Yrs

cl srsgtee I EL Ee Garb LySd 09 5 Jabro Cyad Cpt oll

elt e wy? EI 9 Wlimndyd dxed Coli g Win uh leo dm yd!

weg, aya! (os yb sols bis ol - uy? 9 ogy pthc rey dsr! 97

Lato are loll oJ Pye yg Uatyo Gud & Hdd! cod ee wry

se ye? olbday oli @ ws Ualye csiled y= 8155 col! whe WW y

rey eS Jax coer uk cg oly! ha sl! e Ww? 9 dn 50 Xone

# Ua! ,< er als

wyst> csols bs ish ince dd ult WRO2 Gy Wlolyd Core Lo} 4

Bye lS gs? pei! cnn be dori) Ji Wlbdo? Grad pj slyd Bae’

wo llngd! USS oF lato cove erated Brae? cell pj ales Kiso 0 g Slay

Solgm Fy gga Ayo USI Siding cyleolyS? 5) g¢thell Wael! yt CA!

whey (I (give WU ) salinad Lols gles gs sl woe ot wr ebmed! (50

dla ght) galing cst! ELD Wr psils) slg we whey (yy Ualy< eI

OF V9 coll COO (oy 9 FD colle Cyt 9 Joly lle? Cdr2 9 Uy bo

wr 9 ley dole I Se yey yt Sm I ye > Wr y aye

9 art gle Wan jl Gye dE 151 veg Son 9 logy old II oile

me et LS oo I 5.9) 9 yt W593 sll ego

192 Ibn Huokul’s account of Khorasan. [No. 2.

wr? 9 92 09S CI pattys Cy _y Ualyo @ yt prdy I) guldiad yo

# whos! Gls re Dilee Gy 9 Wylogs aloo ei yous

a> 9 gre roy! slo 9 ato Qs! ard gym GIy pelted Eye y

Sblegs Gye y ¥ pass Bayo yllixg! cd! Sed gpd Cy 9 (Wty yah

* oes = red Gist cle wl 90 GI

o's Sols Wd weg Haye wlyy WE I! 5 salty Gwe

ey ob Logs Ey Haye Id! 9 Whey? Ly Qee| ell wa 740 65 9 Uydmg?

cll sdle2) Weg ext 8db2) GIy SUI Wes arto a SU! JY wle_r¢0

# whos wla x0

37370 99 JO EpeestS CS gy G0 WE 95 Wd Widlawe Lely

ise us| Kno cab gale y Ldylens (pf ee loko ost poses S|?

faye le gts gas rb ghe ere Sp9 70 70 AF lool? 9 Aj yl col

gob? wwe she go= 339° Gb Cty Girb we lear slot .0

ule cay b) |d2 ut 0979 cs ols)! isle eum ay 5 as KU deS| we

se 90 Gye dare (he wes! U2! 9 Ecole! she 9° UW gab? eI

Gr 9 9.7 sale she 99° We Jaleo et)! cl Cals rdw Gtrb

use legary oy gel 9 mri Gib cyt! Kuoed! Lye ele cbs y=? gle

* aca Po lei de} 431 SI WS ym om

[glee cecal ex oa wy les eis log S1pd Wydw ORC) eee Lo} 9

ws? LBlirene &2 5 ws® hyve Wor 9 Ura! ,40 EMS yf Que] os! 31rd wy wl

Hyd Cy Axe Re HD oS og Fd Coy dla yo oy US we? lgls

gn Cy! 89 9 ee writ pat git! 9 BL cr! 9 ey! GG cI 9

9 AEM 98 Gb tty Eg rotlhs li atl ples Gye

it B9S9% WP 9 Wlept B99 col BAP CE 9 Wleyt S295? col eres

Wl coll Wlol Gye 9 Haye cdiat Fd lol II EL? We 9 Get W) 95

sliybe Coll wlasyarl Gye 9 Daye lessee! coll Ulsmr (ye y Amar dla,0

nm cell O39! Gyo g SaARd Kaye 63 61 call oll sho Gye g ARE dle po

Wg Gla ye 6h oI B,D Ey 9 p98 Om C9? Cre Gye US0y y wiley?

1853. ] Note on a Sculpture in alto relievo. 193

Barun BAO (It VIE! Gye y Wlegs wb) I yS1 919 Ww 9 whey?

ell Kmgce Sd {yds} gsi! le 00 9 Whos wl=* csi! se Ww 9 elt

w?9 A one ISL sla Gye y Aalpo GIS ails la Gol! a) dit Gy g

# Wlilaye ly coll sree” See

wd coll UAL By! wie os! gio Ua} ,0 we WSR! (6) gtivts

8S (0 9 (Jp 8S J) yO (500g Ut yo awe ydvo we) Ee wy? 9 wy Ws yo

WIE) geo! wry Us| ,20 edb wld) gee} call ee Sras) Ja! et) waobs stl

Ww?» a! v0 edly wldlb) cs)! wl las ws Ux! y40 edly wh yla gsll

cA p48 Wlbmagd Gove Gy Bleed! 9 Dato GI 595 99 Goll AME

HF Ey? 9 legs Wwe Curl CI eld Gey Jato 215 0595 ool!

Note on the Sculpture in alto-relievo sent by the Governor-General to

the Asiatic Society— With a drawing. By Wuusy Jackson, Esq.

Vice-President, Asiatic Society.

This plate represents avery curious piece of sculpture in high

relief which was laid before the Asiatic Society by order of the

Governor General ; the size is 6 inches by 6} inches ; and the mate-

rial, a dark Pot-Stone containing mica. The subject of the piece

is a “ Warrior King on horseback :’”’ under the forefeet of his horse

is apparently one of the conquered, holding and supporting the

horse’s forefeet in his hands: the horseman wears a close tunic with

sleeves, and a scarf hangs loosely across him and over his left arm :

his legs are covered with drapery which, from the position of the folds,

seems to resemble the dhoti of India: he raises his right hand held

open to a level with his head, the thumb upwards; an attitude com-

mon in ancient Bactrian coins, and in Greek and Etruscan figures :

the horse is caparisoned, with a plume on his front, which seems to

wave backwards as he advances ; a circular disk behind the head of

the horseman has the appearance of a shield ;—and over his head is

194 Note on a Sculpture in alto relievo. [No. 2.

a Chhattra or umbrella, the emblem of royalty in the east ;—three

attendants accompany him; one preceding him dressed in scale

armour, which was common among the Persians, a kilt or continua-

tion of the Owpagé or lorica in the Greek fashion, and a sword held

under his left arm; he wears the same lower drapery, as the horse-

man: behind this foot soldier is another, whose action cannot be

made out, though they both look towards the principal figure; ano-

ther attendant behind seems to hold Chhattra over the horseman :—

the whole is executed with much spirit and effect ; the heads are of

a Greek form, and resemble in character that represented in Plate

20, No. 230 of this Journal: the head-dress is precisely the same,

as regards the horseman and the principal attendant who precedes

him, that is, an ornamental cap, which allows the hair to appear in

curls over the ears;—the heads of the other attendants differ

slightly ; and that of the figure under the horse’s feet, is without

covering ; it has also a beard, while the other four have only mous-

taches. This relief is probably of the same period as the head

represented in No. 230 of this Journal; and was found in the same

vicinity ; but this is a work chiselled in stone, while the other was

merely of stucco. It is perhaps part of a long frieze representing a

triumphal procession. On the upper part there is a projection by

which it has been fastened into its place ona wall, and a similar

projection, a tenon, has been broken off below.

There are several coins of Azes and Undopherres and other kings of

the Arian and Bactrian races, bearing the representation of a horse-

man holding out the right hand in the position of the principal

figure in this relief; which is no doubt intended to represent a vic-

tory or perhaps rather a conquest, as the vanquished is unarmed ; and

if so, probably there would be an inscription or some distinctive mark

or monogram on some part of the building to which it belongs, indi-

cative of the time and the king to whom it refers; it is a subject of

the greatest interest, and well deserves the attention of those who

have an opportunity of carefully examining the site where it was

found and the vicinity of it: all the information hitherto obtained on

this point is, that it was found near Kohat.

PLL PPLLPPLIIPOwmwmmvOw"

1853. | The first volume of the original text of Tabary. 195

The first volume of the original text of Tabary.—By Dr.

A. SPRENGER.

In the library of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, No. 443 is an old

MS. on the margin of the first page of which the words :2)¥ (yo &b5

cszis| are written in an old hand, but not in the hand of the copyist,

and it has consequently been entered in the Society’s catalogue

under this title. On examination it turns out to be a very consider-

able portion of the first volume of the original text of Tabary.

This is proved by the fact that Ibn Homayd is constantly quoted, as’

the informant of the author, and observations on the original tradi-

tions, which compose the body of the works, are in the fashion of

Tabary preceded by the words cob! y y= uy! 8%a gt JS. To

these words, the formula ésle 4! 6,0) are added, which might shake

our faith in the identity of the work, but it is clear they are the

additions of the pious copyist.

The volume is not only incomplete (there are six or fourteen

leaves wanting in the commencement) but the book-binder has dis-

placed the leaves. It is in small 4to., 216 pp. of 17 lines, written in

a clear, old and correct hand. The contents do not appear suffi-

ciently important to deserve more than a summary notice. The

author treats of the creation, of time, of the eternity of God, of the

first thing created, of the day on which the creation was begun, of

the order in which day and night, sun and moon were created, of

Tblys and the fallen angels, of the history of Adam. He gives

a short account of Kaytimarth+,“,12 (the end of this Chapter

is wanting, or displaced by the book-binder) the death of Adam,

the history of Seth and his times, a few words on Tahmirath

the successor of Hushang, Idrys, Noah and the flood, Baytrasb

that is to say al-Azdahaq (5le0jM, whom the Arabs call Dhakhagq,

the history of Noah continued, the times from Noah to Abraham.

This is the last chapter of the book. It would perhaps be worth

while to extract from it the legends of the Persians contained in it.

2 O42

196 A few Remarks on the Rangoon Laterite. [ No. 2.

A few Remarks on the subject of the Laterite found near Rangoon.—

By Capt. C. B. Youne. Bengal Engineers.

Srz,—lI take the liberty of troubling you with a few remarks on

the subject of the Laterite which abounds in the neighbourhood of

Rangoon.

The hilly country of upper Ava ceases with the promontory of

Kyouktaran near Lunzay below Prome, and from that to the sea,

the Irrawaddy flows through a rich alluvial Delta.

Unlike that of the Ganges, however, this is varied by occasional

rising eminences and ridges, and upon one of these the great Pagoda

of Rangoon is situated, the platform of which is 160 feet above the

river, the Pagoda itself rising 320 feet above that again.

These eminences are chiefly, if not entirely, composed of Laterite.

The lower plain country consists of clay and sand; each occasionally

predominating, and the former sometimes of a very rich aluminous

kind like pipe-clay. (Vide specimens.) The surface soil is always

clayey or alluvial, but in making cuttings, as in digging tanks or for

roads, it is usual to find the soil at a small depth becoming gritty or

gravelly. On examination, this is found to arise from numerous

concretions, similar to kunkur, some of a brick-red, some of a black,

colour. In some places the red predominate, in others the black,

forming strata running in waving directions though the soil ; and the

colours are exhibited owing to the nodules being cut through by the

tool in the act of digging.

The nodules themselves when picked out of the earth are agerega-

tions of the local coloured clay, round nuclei of the black matter in the

centre, and around that the redder material ; both having strongly the

appearance of owing their origin to an infusion of iron in the goil.

Deeper down the nodules speedily become more numerous, until

at last the whole, from the nodules joining and adhering tolerably

firmly together, leaving at the same time numerous interstices irre-

gularly shaped between them, assumes the appearance of a nodular

clay iron-stone, etites, or, as it has been called, an iron bound

breccia. In this shape it may be dug out and handled in lumps or

masses, but these may be readily broken with the hammer, or even

by hand. In a more advanced state, it becomes still more compact

1853. | A few Remarks on the Rangoon Laterite. 197

and rock-like, tougher and heavier, and in short has all the charac-

teristics and appearances of the more vesicular or spongiform species

of Laterite. In other places and under other circumstances, its

structure becomes more uniform and compact, and of this kind is that

of the hill on which the Rangoon Great Pagoda itself stands, and that

from Bassein, where also it appears to be generally redder in colour.

Specimens of all these, I have the pleasure to send you. Under

all these forms, as may be imagined, this stone is very useful. In its

early nodular state, it is thrown out together with the clay of the

bed or matrix in which it is found, on to the surface of our roads, and

when the latter is washed away by the rains, the nodules remain

like kunkur, forming an excellent firm road. In its more advanced

and perfect form, it is quarried in blocks, and hardening with the

characteristic quality of Laterite, it is used as in the flight of steps

to the Great Pagoda, where, although frequently more than usually

spongiform, it withstands admirably the unceasing tread of thousands

passing over it.

It must no doubt have been among the specimens sent home by

Mr. Crawford in 1826, and is, I suppose, that which is called by Dr.

Buckland in his most interesting paper on Mr. Crawford’s Fossils

and specimens, breccia; as he writes of this, that it is cemented

sometimes by carbonate of lime, sometimes by hydrate of iron, and

“where this iron is very abundant, it affords concentric ochreous

concretions resembling etites, dispersed irregularly through the

breccia.”’

Although the stone certainly gains greatly in weight in its pro-

gressive states and also in hardness, yet this latter quality appears to

arise almost wholly from exposure to the air ; and its intrinsic tough-

ness is by no means, that which an ore of iron should have. Nor

does it affect the magnetic needle in any way after exposure to the

blowpipe.

lis specific gravity, taking pieces of medium formation, and the

mean of three experiments, gives 2.858, which is not great.

The red and black small masses or concretions are, at all times

readily scratched with the nail. It cannot be called etites ; there

are no looser particles in it: and scarcely with truth I think breccia,

for that is a compound stone, consisting of agglutinated fragments,

198 A few Remarks on the Rangoon Laterite. [No. 2.

The fragments of this are neither, irregular masses of two or more

minerals intimately blended, nor, secondly, are they fragments of pre-

existing rocks united bya cement. These are generally considered,

as the only two classes, I believe, of breccias.

Analyses of the various parts of this rock and of the soils about it,

give the following results.

The aluminous soil generally contains 50 per cent. of clay, the

richer kinds as much as 65 to 70.

A detailed analysis of specimens of the rock made by Captain

James. 32nd N. I.* of the Museum of Economic Geology gives the

following result.

Mean Result of three Analyses of Laterite from Burmah.

SOLUBLE In AcrDs.

Peroxide Or Lron,. (5. sci caeseeanine caiecee se ete) tanec eee 46.279

PUBCON, oes sess Mae case aston wiSicieineed cc celSMecseokice te eRe 5.783

pine! 9, Bae Be tena ere es cates s cee ca tiibe other ec se otc en eanen 742

INE Se TUCSIAS GC Glo oui tecanestcct vast ee case teees ene on .090

Silnem,! ssahea. S ns 2AN Hess Miiied. BR A OE ee Be Are .120

INSOLUBLE In AcIDs.

Silica (dissolved by Potash,)

Silica, (by fusion,)y ...4i. 9h. wdc snad. ROMs pac Onna

ime, Toni and Aliaminias 150085. ce hcch ia oe 2.728

Combined Water Alkalies and Loss, ...............sceeceees 6.802

100.000

* The following is an extract from Capt. James’ letter :—

‘¢T send you an analysis of the Laterite which I have made very carefully.

‘¢ It is the mean result of three analyses, all of which came within a fraction

one of the other. You will perceive by the quantity of iron it contains, that it

would be well worth smelting if coal and limestone could be obtained in its vicinity.

‘Tt yields about 32 per cent. of metallic iron, and I shall smelt a small piece I

have remaining to see what quality of iron it is.

‘*The quality of hardening by exposure which the laterite possesses, is doubtless

due to the silica which exists in a soluble state by potash, and to which the same

property is due in all hydraulic limes. Iron also when it exists in such quantities

has the power of hardening.

‘‘T have shown the analysis to Sir Henry de la Becke who considers it very in-

teresting, and I think I shall publish it in the Chemical Journal,

‘* Water also exists in it chemically combined, and which I was unable to drive

off at 2129. This would also assist it in hardening.

‘« T have been assisted in my analysis by an assistant of Lyon Playfair’s who is a

very clever chemist, so you may depend upon the result being quite correct.

‘T have sent the analysis of the laterite to Col. Sykes, requesting him. to let me

have one that was made for him some time ago.”’

1853. | A few Remarks on the Rangoon Laterite. 199

The analysis of a proportion of a black stratum in its neighbour-

hood bearing quite the appearance of a carbonaceous or vegetable

mould, gave moisture 13.3 in 100 parts, and on being calcined to a

red heat, animal or organic matter 1.6 only, the remainder having the

colour and appearance of powdered brick.

Particles taken carefully out, having more than usual the appear-

ance of concretions of lime, gave however on trial with sulphuric-acid

no indication of it.

From the foregoing, this rock appears to be chiefly silica and iron

bound together, by some agent acting chemically on it, although at

the same time, there can be no doubt that the clay of the rich alumi-

nous soil, in which it rests and is formed, is In some way necessary to

the process. In some of the rising grounds near the Rangoon stock-

ade, I have found a plain soft clay-slate which gathering the ochreous

tint or infusion, seems to swell into lumps or small masses, and from

that to pass into the regular concretionary or gravelly form in which

T have described the stone itself as being found in its first stages, and

which we use for roads, and in this pebbly form it may be found

covering the surface of most of the hillocks and mounds about

Rangoon. What the infused agent may be I am unable at present

with my imperfect means to ascertain. If this rock be then, as it has

all the appearance of being, true laterite, we have it here forming

under our feet, and laterite cannot be supposed to be igneous, but is

evidently, like other rocks which have been erroneously attributed to

volcanic sources, of chemical origin.

I have found in it myself small shells, but no sufficiently decided

Specimen as yet to pronounce confidently on, and the superintending

Surgeon here informed me that he had seen at Moulmain, in the

side of an excavation for a dry dock, pieces of pottery imbedded in it.

Quartz and other pebbles are common in it. It may be perhaps

that as the flints in chalk and our kunkur are nodular formations of

silica and of lime, so this represents a similar nucleous concretionary

form of a richly aluminous soil, and that flints, kunkur and laterite

are the results of a similar chemical process acting respectively upon

calcareo-silicious, silicio-caleareous and alumino-silicious earths.

Specimens of rocks of various kinds are found at Rangoon, but the

only one in situ is the plastic clay-like pipe-clay which occurs to the

200 A few Remarks on the Rangoon Laterite. [No. 2.

north of the pagoda mixed with strata of a rough silicious sand,

inclined at an angle of 15° to the N. E.

Marble and alabaster from the Ava (Sagaing) quarries are plenti-

ful, the former, which Chantrey pronounced to be equal to the

finest Carrara, particularly so; the latter which is equally beautiful

and pure, is less plentiful.

Limestone is not found nearer to Rangoon than the Martaban

district, and the mountains in the neighbourhood of Pegu whence it

is imported, and used in great quantities for the temples. It is also

found about Prome.

From the same part of the country (Prome) come a variety of

sandstones which are used for domestic purposes by the Burmese.

Some are freestones of a fine clear even colour and very easily cut.

I have also found boulder specimens of travertine and a roofing

clay-slate, but whether these will be found hereafter up the country

or not, I cannot say.

One specimen only but a good one of petrified wood has been

found. It was presented by Major Fraser to the Governor-General.

Doubtless we shall find more of these hereafter.

Chlorite used as slate-pencil by the Burmese is found near Prome.

A handsome syenite also occurs, which will, I believe, be met with

near Ava; and what appears to be a decomposed granite which comes, I

am told, from Shoegeen and Lao country. This I have found but one

specimen of. It contains much felspar and at one time I thought I

detected grains of gold in it, which seemed a not improbable occurrence.

I have little doubt that when we get better acquainted with the

northern districts, coal which belongs to the formation will be found,

and added to the already large mineral wealth of the country, which

including Lao and the Tenasserim provinces, supplies gold, silver,

rubies, sapphires, copper, zinc, tin, lead, iron, petroleum, antimony,

marble, alabaster, &c. &c. If to these be added its teak, cotton and

indigo, it should, with the aid of such a water carriage be a profit-

able and valuable acquisition to the Indian empire.

I remain,

Yours very faithfully,

C. B. Youna,

ftangoon, September 10th, 1852. Captain, Bengal Engineers.

1853. ] A few Remarks on the Rangoon Laterite. 201

Last of Specimens of soils from Rangoon.

Nos. 1, 2,3, and 4, Specimens of Laterite taken from a quarry

or ditch excavation at the S. E. corner of the stockade, as num-

bered in the section, No.1 being the surface soil, and No. 4 the

exterior surface of the excavation hardened by exposure.

Section of Quarry.

I observed at this quarry that under a projec- A

tion (a) where much moisture must have col-

lected and but little sun reached (as b) the

surface was much less hard than at (a) where

it was perfectly rock-like, and could be cut to

quite a smooth face if wished.

No. 5. Laterite specimens from other spots

about Rangoon with pebbles, &c. imbedded.

6. Ditto ditto.

7. A smoother and more even textured specimen, approaching

sandstone. ‘Taken from a block, said to be similar to that on which

the Great Pagoda is situated.

8. Nodules picked from the gravelly soil.

9. arth from a black stratum in the neighbourhood of the same

gravelly soil.

10. Gritty sand from near Scotch Tank, in which plastic clay

occurs.

11. Lump or nodule of plastic clay.

12. Part of a thin stratum of ditto. These can be, and are used

as chalk, although steatite is preferred by the Burmans for writing

with, on prepared black tablets.

138. Disintegrated granite (?) with much felspar—said to come

from near Shoe-geen on the Sitang river.

14, Syenite, found near Ava I am told.

[

SLISSLS SSDI II PDL IAAL AL DLE LPL DLL LIN

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ASTATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

For Fesruary, 1853.

At a meeting of the Society held on the 2nd instant at the usual

hour and place

Sir James Cotvite, Kt., President, in the Chair.

The following gentlemen were introduced as visitors :—

Captain Crawford, R. N. } by the President.

Mr. Hillersdon, B. C. S. :

Captain Brereton, by Major Kittoe.

Babu Radhanath Sikdar, by Captain Thuillier.

The following presents were laid on the table :—

1st. From Professor Oldham. A Sonthal drum, and two boxes of

geological specimens from Cherra Punjee and its neighbourhood. _

Qnd. From Capt. C. B. Young. Specimens of shells, coprolites,

&c., imbedded in the calcareous sandstone formation in the neigh-

bourhood of Prome.

Ditto of fossils from Rangoon.

16 Burman MSS.

3rd. From C. Gubbins, Esq. 6 Hindu copper coins from near

Mahabélipuram.

4th. From Dr. Campbell, through Captain Sherwill. Skin of a

female Shou Deer.

5th. From Fred. Gubbins, Esq., Collector of Benares, through

Col. Forbes, Mint Master. 68 old silver coins. ‘These coins,” says

Mr. G. “are of the reign of Shah Jehan and other Delhi Emperors ;

three of them are Noor-Jehanny.”

6th. From Captain Layard in his own name and in that of Mr.

©. T. Carnac. Four small gold coins found under the old temple of

1853. ] Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. 203

Tribeni at Ghorabad. Some black sculptured stones from these

ruins, were sent to the Society last year, by Mr. D. Money, and

Captain L. offers to try and procure some of them if the Society

wish it: some of them bear inscriptions.

7th. From the Academy of Sciences, Belles Lettres and Arts of

Bordeaux, through Captain Bolibo. Transactions of the Academy,

Parts 2, 3 and 4 of 1851.

HK. Thomas, Esq., CO. S. was named for re-election by Mr. Grote,

seconded by Dr. Falconer.

Read a letter from Lieut. Faithfull, wishing to withdraw his name

from the list of members of the Society.

The President called the attention of the meeting to an inter-

esting piece of sculpture kindly placed at his disposal, for exhi-

bition to the Society, by Lord Dalhousie, together with a drawing

of the same, by Welby Jackson, Esq.

_ With reference to a proposal of Dr. Roer, the Council recom-

mended that the Saririka Sutras of Vyasa be published in the Biblio-

theca Indica, and that the publication of the Saikhya Pravachana

Bhashya, on the terms proposed by Mr. Hall and Dr. Ballantyne, be

also undertaken.

Resolved that the recommendation of the Council be adopted.

. The Council reported their having formed the following sub-

Committees.

Sub-Committee of Finance.

C. Allen, Esq. and Dr. Falconer.

Sub-Committee of Oriental Philology.

J. R. Colvin, Esq., Welby Jackson, Esq., Major J. S. Banks, Rev.

W. Kay, Dr. E. Roéer and Rev. J. Long.

Sub-Committee of Natural History.

H. Walker Esq., Major W. E. Baker, and Dr. Falconer.

Sub-Committee of Library and Journal.

J. R. Colvin, Esq., Captain Thuillier, H. Walker Esq., Rev. W. Kay,

and H. Woodrow, Esq.

They further reported the removal from the list of members of the

name of Mr. C. T. Watkins under Rule 13.

The following communications were read—

2D 2

204 Proceedings. of the Asiatic Society. [No. 2.

From Major Anderson, enclosing an English translation of Ibn

Huokul’s account of Khorasan.

From. W. Muir, Esq., forwarding a Meteorological Register.

kept at the Secretariat office at Agra, for the month of December, ’

1852.

From I. Bowring, Esq., sending a fac-simile of a Sanserita

Inscription, found near Thanesar.

The following is Mr. B.’s account of the way in which he discover-

ed the inscription.

“T have the pleasure to send you a copy of an inscription which

IT saw recently on a tablet of red sandstone in the temple of a fol-

lower of the Goraknath persuasion, in the town of Pehewa, which is

about 15 miles west of Thanesar. I was marching from Patiala toward

Thanesar, and halted at Pehewa which is on the banks of the Saras-

wati river and is a place of pilgrimage of some note, having been

formerly Known under thé name of Prithidak. It is included in the

limit of the sacred territory known as the 40 kos, that is, the dis-

tance between certain places, or the four points of the compass,

within which the skirmishes of the Pandavas were carried on. The in-

scription was copied after my departure by the Thanddar of Pehewa,

and is, as you will observe, reversed. JI am not sure whether it will

prove to be legible, asa part of the inscription is effaced. It is

possible, however, that there may be interesting matter in it.

“Tam not aware whether the Society has ever been furnished

with an account of Thanesar, which bears marks of great antiquity,

and is considered particularly sacred on account of the celebrated

tank of Kurukshetra. I obtained an interesting notice of it from

one of the Brahmans of the place.

“The old town of Samana, of which the ruins are very extensive,

is another very remarkable spot, in which many coins and traces of

ancient buildings are found. It is about 30 miles W. N. W. of

Pehewa, and in the Patiala territory.”

From E. C. Bayley, Esq., announcing that he has heard of- an

ancient inscription at a place called Khunniarah, and is trying to:

get a fac-simile of the same for the Society. With reference to the

paper on the Kotuch Kings of Kangra, which he alluded to ina

former letter, he states—

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. 205

“JT am working at the Kotuch Kings, but find the Bansavalis so

manifestly fictitious, or at least so incorrect, that it will take me much

time and trouble to reconcile discrepancies ; meanwhile, I have from

coins the following names, Rupchand, Prithichand, Harichand, Srin-

garchand, Trilokchand, Avatarchand, and at least two others not yet

quite decyphered.

“T am not quite certain yet as to their actual period, but they

range from 1100 to 1400 or 1450, A. D. I think ;—probably from

1200 or 1250 to 1400.

“From Dhurmchand, who was contemporary with Akbar, the

native histories are pretty accurate and detailed, but they admit

every thing earlier to be uncertain. Even the present representa-

tive of the Kotuch race told me, I probably knew more than he

did, but pointed out one old purohit who, he thought, might know

something if he could be persuaded to shew his documents.

“ The history of the Pathania Rajpoot, the family of the Noorpoor

Rajahs, is also curious, and I will endeavour a sketch of it with that

of the Kotuches. They claim descent from the old Tuars of Delhi,

and are said to have got their present appellation because three of

their kings in succession were employed by the Mogul emperors in

subduing the “ Pathans’ of Affghanistan. Of one of these I have

contemporary Hindu history. By the way, his death is said to have

given rise to the name of the ‘ Hindu kosh.’ I don’t know if the story

has been published before; if not, it may be worth the Society’s

notice.

“Tt is said this Rajah was ordered to march in winter by some

very dangerous pass in the range to effect a surprise of some enemy.

on the other side.

“On entering the pass with his army (of his own Rajpoot clans) he

was told that there is such danger of avalanches, that it was abso-

lutely necessary to enjoin strict silence throughout his ranks.

“ He is said to have replied to the effect that he was a Rajpoot

and himself a dedta, and would shew fear of neither man nor spirit, and.

_ 8o far from enjoining silence on his men, directed that they should

- march with every trumpet sounding and every drum beating.

“They proceeded accordingly, and as the sun rose the avalanches

descended, and overwhelmed the Rajah and five thousand of his devot-

ed. host. |

206 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 2.

“From this the pass originally, and subsequently the range, is

reported to have received the name of ‘ Hindu kosh,’ the Hindu

slayer : as good a derivation at least as any I have heard before.”

. From Captain Layard, forwarding a notice of an ancient city

Kurnsonapuri, now called Rangamati. The notice merely gives

the traditions handed down regarding this city.

The Curator of the Museum of Economic Geology and the Libra-

rian submitted their usual monthly reports; the former also read a

supplementary note on the new Mineral Resin Hircine.

On the termination of the proceedings of the evening, Major Kittoe

delivered a lecture on the antiquities of Sarnath, and exhibited a

series of drawings of ancient sculptures from that neighbourhood

and from other parts of the Benares and Behar districts.

The President in the name of the Society thanked Major Kittoe

for his highly interesting lecture, when the meeting adjourned.

Read and confirmed, March 2nd, 1853.

(Signed) J. W. Conyite.

Report by the Curator of the Museum, Economic Geology.

Minerological and Geological. Our Secretary has sent me for examina-

tion some specimens mostly of laterite and lateritous clays and conglo-

merates, from Rangoon, forwarded by Captain C. B. Young, B. E. My

catalogue of them is as follows.

Specimens of Soils, fc. from Rangoon.

Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4. Lateritous clay, probably the debris of laterite

becoming again consistent by the solution of the ferruginous part.

5 and 6. There is but one piece of these specimens, which I should

allow to be true laterite, and this I find to contain

Peroxide of Iron, ........... REN aa. SSE PRR! 47.50

Siliceous and Aluminous residuum, ..........ccccseveseevccees 52.50

No trace of Manganeseror Hime, nr. iid scene scoanssesnstei nee 100.00

The other specimens of these two numbers are clearly the debris of

laterite cohering again as above, and in this case becoming conglomerates

by the mixture of quartzose pebbles; they should be styled lateritous

conglomerates.

7. Coarse-grained, highly ferruginous, sandstone; almost a siliceous

iron ore 1n appearance.

8. Ferruginous nodules probably from the laterite.

1853. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. SOF

9. Dark earthy soil coloured by a mixture of deutoxide and peroxide

of iron.

10. Sandstone grit coloured by iron.

11. Plastic clay, contains protoxide of iron.

12. Same as No. 11 in thin lamine.

13. A coarse-grained pegmatite, (i. e. quartz and felspar) decomposing.

N.B. There is a very singular-looking cellular, brittle, black substance

in very small quantity adhering firmly to the outer part of this specimen.

There is too little of it to sacrifice except for minute assays: I should like

to have more of this.

14. Granite and nota Syenite: the black mineral being black mica and

not hornblende ; there is, however, embedded in this specimen some minute

nests of Actinolite or pumice. They are too small to admit of examina-

tion, but I should like to have a larger specimen or two of this granite

if procurable.

Museum of Economic Geology.

I received from Major Baker, with the following, the specimen of iron

ore now on the table to which it alludes.

September 20th, 1852.

H. Pivpineton, Esq.

My pear S1r,—May I request the favour of your furnishing me at your

convenience with an analysis of the accompanying specimen of ore, and

with your opinion of its economical value under the following circum-

stances. The deposit of which this is a specimen is from the Hill of

Karana, about ten miles from Lahore and not far removed from extensive

jungle of firewood ; coal in limited quantities is believed to exist in two

localities of which one is hundred miles, and the other fifty miles distant

from the site of the ore. Will you do me the favour to return the specimens

when you have taken off what you require for the purpose of analysis.

Your’s faithfully,

(Signed) W. EH. Baker.

And having sent him an analysis and reply to his queries. I have subse-

quently received the following memorandum, by Mr. Purdon, from Colonel

Napier.

Memorandum to accompany some specimens of iron ore forwarded to

Lieut.-Col. R. Napier, Civil Engineer, Punjab.

About the centre of the Siteh Chuj Doab, twenty-three miles South-

East of Shahpore, rise abruptly a number of conical-shaped knolls ; the

highest, and principal, called Karana, attains an elevation of about 1200

feet above the plain. This hill occupies an area from West to East in

208 Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. [No. 2.

length about three miles, in breadth scarcely one. None of the other

knolls are near so extensive, nor do they attain one half the height. The

dip of Karana is North to North-West, under an angle of about 35°, that

of the salt range being about 15° locally higher,* the strike of both is the

same, the distance between forty miles.

The rock of which these knolls are composed is a compact schistose

sandstone, passing into clay-slate or argillaceous schist, of a varying

yellowish leaden colour, it has somewhat the appearance of Grauwacke,

and bears occasional marks.*

The Hill is intersected by veins of Quartz with Iron ore (Hematite), the

thickness of the vein seldom exceeds six inches of which about 24 inches

are iron ore.

Without a thorough examination of the Hill, it is not possible to state

in what quantity the ore occurs, though it appears abundant.

It is difficult to determine at present, the exact age of this formation,

whether it belongs to the old red or a still more ancient group, but, that it

is of older date than the rocks of the salt-range there can be little doubt,

as in this latter no rock of a metamorphic character is found.

Pind Dadun Khan, (Signed) W. Purpon,

The 11th Nov. 1852. On special Duty.

(True Copy.)

(Signed.) T. G. Guover, Lt., Engr.

Assistant to the Ciwil Engineer.

The following is my report on this remarkable ore and my replies to his

queries, sent to Major Baker for transmission to Col. Napier.

To Major Baxsr, B. EK.

Dear Siz,—I have carefully examined the Iron ore from Karana

accompanying your letter of 20th September. Indisposition has prevent-

ed my completing my analysis of it so perfectly as I could desire, and this

and your early departure prevents me from being quite so precise as to

the minor constituents as I could have wished.

- Its composition in 100 parts taken as fairly as possible from the speci-

men of ore, to avoid the quartz with which it is mixed, I find to ‘be as

follows :

Wateriand Garb. Acid, wo. iteses cc deeons ; 3.50

SOK eee ean occa sh ns tices MeRmeRehiRn po cena dennar 11.22

Alumina; vovessscckeesel te beseys ds tietiles ates none

Mactiesiay steicsiecedt¥e.. A DU nae lata ste «sa tee 0.50

Carbonate ‘of (ities i. 129)..¢ bdiariae felt des vale oie 65.14,

* So in MSS. H, P.

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 209

MOI CPOXIGE, | icc ci sl eieccsececesass 21.85 19.66 Metallic Iron.

MOE HOVOKIOG Sy sie. cosine dvleccl ons occcvucsucsesds , 15.29.

ROMERO (oi, 89 ocandoneoeanectinotionascaces 0.10

100.12

You will thus perceive that this ore is a remarkable instance of what is

termed in Minerology Isomorphism ; i. e. an ore with all the appearances

of one kind of Mineral (in this case of a rich carbonate of iron) but in

which it is found upon analysis that one of the constituents has been part-

ly or wholly replaced by some other mineral. The proportions of iron

and lime here are exactly changed, i. e. we should look to find the main

ingredient to be about the 65 per cent. of protoxide of iron, instead of

that amount of lime which now takes its place, leaving us 20 per cent.

of protoxide of iron representing 15.3 per cent. of Metallic iron only!

The ore then proves’ to be almost a ferruginous carbonate of lime, but

as it is only a surface specimen, one part being evidently weathered, it

may become richer at a moderate depth, if a vein, or in a lower bed, if

in beds; for this, the first question as to iron ores in a mining point of

view, is not stated.

As to its produce ; at present it is clearly too poor an ore to be smelted,

though it would probably yield iron of the very finest description but if

a richer ore is found near the spot, it will then be of great value to smelt

with it, the lime and the small portion of Magnesia being the best fluxes

and the Manganese improving the quality of the produce.

With regard to the yield of any Indian iron ore the first question is

always, ‘‘ What is to be the process and furnace adopted ? and who are

to be the workmen ?” for from the complex and expensive English blast

works, to the plain but simple Catalan and French Pyrannean forges, which

produce some of the finest iron and steel in the world with the simplest

means, every thing depends, as you know, on the furnace and the workman.

If Major Napier sends us a promising ore he will perhaps also say by

what process he thinks of working it.

I return your specimen as you desire, but it would be an acquisition for

the Museum.*

H. PIpDINGTON,

Museum, 26th October, 1852. Cur. Mus. Eco. Geology.

Thave received from Captain Ramsay, Acting Resident at Nepaul, a small

collection of the woods of Nepaul, presented by General Jung Bahadur,

who has also sent a large collection (96 specimens) of rocks and minerals

* Major Baker has presented it to the Museum,

216 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 2.

which will be farther noticed when examined. I may mention here however

that there is certainly one new metalic mineral amongst them.

From Dr. Martin of the Eye Infirmary, we have received three very

fine specimens of marble and magnesian limestone from Assam, but the

locality is not. given.

‘Lhave embodied in a supplementary notice to my paper on Hircine a

very interesting account of that substance from the Rev. Mr. Dawson of

Rangoon, which, as will be seen, proves my conjecture, that it was a mineral

resin, to be correct, and it is certainly a new one.

LipRaRy.

The following books have been added to the Library since December last.

Presented.

Anglo-Burmese Hand-Bouk, or Guide to a practical knowledge of the

Burmese language, compiled by Dormor Augustus Chase. Maulmein,

- 1852.—By THE AvTHOR.

Selections from the Records of the Bengal Government. No. IX. Report

on the Teak Forests of the Tenasserim Provinces. By H. Falconer, M. D.

(3 copies) —By THE GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL. |

Recueil des Actes de l’Academie des Sciences, Belles Lettres et Arts de

Bordeaux, Parts II. III. and LV. of 1851.—By tHe AcapEmy.

Bulletin de la Société de Geographie, Tome III.—By tx Society.

Vergleichende Grammatik des Sanskrit, Zend, Griechischen, Lateinis-

chen, Lithuanischen, Altolowischen, Gothischen und Deutschen, von F.

Bopp. Sechste Abtheilung, Berlin, 1852, 8vo.—By THE AUTHOR.

Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, Vol. XX. Part III.—

By THE Society.

_ Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, Sessions 1851-2.—By

THE SAME.

Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, No. 32.—By tHE So-

CIETY.

Notes Introductory to Sassanian Mint Monograms and Gems. By

Edward Thomas, Esq. (Extract from the Journal of the Rl. As. Soc.)

London 1852.—By THE AuTHOR.

Notice of certain unpublished coins of the Sassanide.—By H.

Tuomas, Esq.

Full Exposure of Dr. Chas. T. Jackson’s Pretensions to the Invention of

the American Electro-Magnetic Telegraph. By Hon. A. Kendall.—Wash-

ington 52 pp. 8vo.—By THE AUTHOR.

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. ° 21t

Report of the Hospital at Ningpo for 1852, under the Medical Mission-

ary Society in China, by D. J. MacGowan, Esq. M. D. Canton, 1852.

Pamphlet.—By THE avTHoR.

The Bibidhartha Sangraha No. 13.—By tHe Epiror.

The Tattwabodhini Patrika, Nos. 113,114.—By ture TarrwaBopHInN1’

SABHA’,

The Missionary, Nos. I.—II. of 53.—By tux Eprror.

The Upadeshak, Nos. 72—74.—By THE saME. 7

The Calcutta Christian Observer, for Dec. 1852, and Jan. and Feb.

1853.—By tuE Epirors.

The Oriental Baptist, Nos. 72—74.—By THe Epitor.

The Oriental Christian Spectator, Nos. for Nov. and Dec. 1852.—By

THE SAME.

Exchanged.

The London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Journal, Nos. 25,26.

The Atheneum, for September and October, 1853.

Purchased.

The Annals and Magazines of Natural History, for Nov. 1852.

Comptes Rendus, Nos. 11 to 18. ,

February 2nd, 1853. Ra’/JENDRALA’L Mittra.

For Marcu, 1858.

The Society met on the 2nd instant at the usual hour and place.

Sir James Convitn, Kt. President, in the Chair.

The following gentlemen were introduced as visitors.

G. Batten, Esq. C. 8S. by Mr. C. Allen.

J. Maltby, Esq. by Mr. H. Woodrow.

The minutes of the last month’s proceedings were read and con-

firmed. ‘

The following presents were laid on the table :-—

Ist. From Dadoba Pandurang, Esq. of Ahmednagur. A. copy of

the 2nd edition of his Mahratta Grammar.

2nd. From J. W. Sherer, Esq. Assistant Secretary to the Go-

vernment of the N. W. Provinces. Selections from Public Corre-

spondence, Parts III. to XII. |

(The letter intimates that the future Nos. will be regularly sup-

plied as they issue.) )

| 2E 2

212 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 2.

Shakespear’s Statistical Memoirs.

Montgomery’s Statistics of Cawnpore.

Fraser’s do. Gourgaon.

Kinlock’s do. Futtehpore.

Batten’s do. Almorah.

Educational Memoirs of the N. W. P.

Reid’s Report on Indigenous Education.

8rd. From Captain Haughton, Singbhoom. Geological Specimens

collected by himself and Mr. Campbell in the South Western Fron-

tier of Bengal.

4th. From Lieut.-Col. R. J. H. Birch, Officiating Secretary to the

Government of India in the Military Department. 3 Sheets of the

Indian Atlas.

5th. From Dr. Gerhard von dem Busch. His translations of

the following Swedish Medical Treatises.

Ueber die Bright’sche Nierenkrankheit. Hine Akademische Ab-

handlung von Peter H. Malmsten.

Ueber die Schwammchen bei Kindern von Dr. F. Th. Berg.

Chronische Alkoholskrankeit oder Alcoholismus chronicus, Dr.

Magnus Huss.

E. Thomas, Esq. duly proposed and seconded at the last meeting,

was balloted for, and re-elected an ordinary member.

The following gentlemen were named for ballot at the next meeting.

Babu Rédhénath Sikdar, proposed by Sir James Colvile, and

seconded by Captain Thuillier.

Dr. Macrae, (for re-election) proposed by Mr. Grote, and seconded

by Dr. Walker.

J. HE. Medlicott, Esq. Assistant Geological Survey of India, pro-

posed by Dr. Falconer and seconded by Protessor Oldham.

The Council submitted the following reports.

Ist. Recommending at the suggestion of the Philological Com-

mittee that the Bhaéshya Ratna Prabha of Govindananda be included

in the Society’s edition of the Vedanta Sutras.

2nd. Recommending that the sum of Rs. 800 (chargeable to the

Oriental Fund), be placed at their disposal, to provide glazed-cases

for the Oriental MSS. in the Society’s Library.

8rd. Proposing for election at the next meeting as an Honorary

1853. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 213

member of the Society, Lieut.-Col. H. C. Rawlinson, C. B. of the

Hon’ble East India Company’s Bombay Service.

Their report briefly noticed the eminent services rendered by Col.

Rawlinson to Oriental Archeology.

The several recommendations, on being put to the meeting by the

President, were unanimously adopted.

Read letters—

Ist. From L. Bowring, Esq., enclosing a Vocabulary of the Cash-

miri language.

Referred to the Journal Committee.

2nd. From Professor Fleischer, acknowledging the receipt of the

Society’s Journal, No. IIT.

3rd. From W. Muir, Esq. Secretary, Government N. W. Pro-

vinces, forwarding Meteorological Registers kept at the Secretariat

Office, Agra, for the month of December 1852, and January 1853.

4th. From M. P. Edgeworth, Esq. of Mooltan, forwarding a paper

being an abstract of some curious Journals of a Mr. Gardener, an

adventurer in the Punjab, who has travelled much in Central Asia.

The following is an abstract from his letter:

“‘ How far we can implicitly rely on the correctness of his descrip-

tions, I am not prepared to say ; but there is a connectedness in his

original Journals which makes me think that the main facts are

correct. The traditions are doubtless as he heard them, and very

curious from the jumble of old paganism and names from the Koran.

I have given a slight sketch of his previous wanderings as he inform-

ed me, an abstract of his Journal, a more detailed extract of one

passage, and his geographical notes, &c. with arude map traced from

his own sketch.”

Referred to the Journal Committee.

5th. From C. Allen, Esq., Officiating Secretary to the Govern-

ment of India, forwarding a report on the geological structure and

mineral wealth of the Salt Range in the Punjab, with maps, sections,

&e. by Dr. A. Fleming.

6th. From L. Bowring, Esq. promising to send a more accurate

copy of the Inscription lately sent by him from Thaneswar.

The following is an extract from his letter.

“T have made various enquiries regarding old inscriptions in this

214 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 2.

part of the country, but the only two which I have heard of besides

the Pehewa inscription, are at Pinjore and Kalka. Of these I have

obtained copies, but there is nothing of peculiar interest, I believe,

in them. The Pinjore inscription is apparently of Sumbat 592, and

is cut on a stone in the Dhara Khshetra Tirth.

“T am preparing an account of several old towns in the Umballa

and Thaneswar districts.

“ The invasion of this part of the country by the Rajpoot tribes,

some 1,000 years ago is most interesting, but the information I can

obtain on the subject is rather vague, the conquest of the CO. S.

states by the Sikhs having brought about with it the destruction of

all old records.”

- The Curator of the Zoological Museum and the Librarian submit-

ted reports of additions made to their departments during the last

month.

Read and confirmed, April 6th, 1853.

(Signed) J. W. Convite.

LIBRARY.

The following additions have been made to the Library since the last

meeting.

Presented.

Jahrbiicher der Literatur, Nos. 25, 80, 91—97, 98, 99 and 100.—By THE

Baron von Hammer-PvureGstatt.

Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland.

Vol. XIII. p. 2.—By tue Society.

Second Report of the Commissioners for the great Exhibition of 1851,

Royal 8vo. London 1852.—By A. Grorg, Hsq.

Tibet, Tartary and Mongolia; their social and political condition, and

the Religion of Boodh, as there existing—by H. T. Prinsep, Esq. London,

1851, 12mo.—By A. Grote, Esq.

On the Relation of the Mind to external objects, Part II. by Babu Akshaya

Kumara Datta, 1852, 8vo.—By THE AUTHOR.

A Grammar of the Marathi Language for the use of Students, by Dadoba

Pandurang, 2nd Edition, Revised aad Enlarged, Bombay 1850, 8vo.— By,

THE AUTHOR.

- Selections from the Records of the Bengal Government, No. X. Report

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. 215

on the Establishment of Water-works to supply the City of Calcutta. By

F. W. Simms, Esq., Two copies.—By THz GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL.

Selections from Public correspondence published by authority N. W. P.

Nos. IV. to XII.—By tHe GoveRNMENT oF THE NortH WESTERN PRo-

VINCES.

Statistical Report on Goorgaon, by A. Fraser, Esq. Agra, 1849, 12mo.—

By THE SAME. .

Official Reports on the Province of Kumaon and Gurhwal, by J. H.

Batten, Esq. Agra, 1851, 8vo.—By THE sAME.

Memoirs on the Statistics of Indigenous Education within the North

Western Provinces of the Bengal Presidency. By R. Thornton, Esq.

Calcutta, 1850, 8vo.— By THE SAME.

Memoir on the Statistics of the North Western Provinces of the Bengal

Presidency, by A. Shakespear, Esq. Calcutta, 1848, 8vo.— By THE saME.

Statistical Report of the District of Cawnpore. By R. Montgomery,

Esq. Calcutta, 1849, 4to.—By THE SAME.

Statistical Report of the District of Futtehpore, by C. W. Kinlock, Esq.

Calcutta, 1852, 4to.—By THE sAME.

Chronische Alkoholskrankheit oder Alcoholismus Chronicus. Von Dr.

Magnus Huss. Translated from the Swedish by Gerhard von dem Busch.

—By THE TRANSLATOR.

Ueber die Bright’sche Nierenkrankheit. Eine akademische Abhandlung

von Peter H. Malmsten. Aus dem Schwedischen tibersetzt und mit einigen

Anmerkungen versehen von dem Busch, Bremen, 1846, 8vo.—By THE

SAME.

Ueber die Schwammchen die kindern. Aus dem Schewdischen iibersetzt

von Dr. Gerhard von dem Busch, Breman, 1848.—By THE saAmE.

Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Van Diemen’s Land.

Vol. IL. p. I.—By tur Socrery.

Results of a series of experiments for determining the relative value

of specimens of native gold from the different countries whence it is

brought to market in these colonies. By his Excellency, Sir W. T. Deni-

son, Tasmania, 1852, 12mo. pamphlet.—By THE same.

Journal Asiatique No.9. By the Societé Asiatique.

Notices of the Meetings of the Royal Institution, Part II. July 1851

to July 1852.—By tux Institution.

Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenlandischen Gessellschaft, vol. VI. p.

IV.—By tue Socrety.

Journal of the Indian Archipelago and Eastern Asia, for October 1852.

— By THE Epitor.

216 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 2.

The Oriental Christian Spectator, for January 1853.—By THE sAME.

Report of the Calcutta Public Library, for 1852.—By tur Curators oF

THE LIBRARY.

Report of the Kew Committee of the British Association for the advance-

ment of Science, for 1851-52.—By Con. W. H. Syxzs.

On the census of the Islands of Bombay and Colaba, by Col. Sykes.

—By THE AUTHOR.

Tattwabodhini Patrika, No. 115.—By tHe TatrwaBopHInt’ Sapna’.

Vedanta Darsana and Adhikarana Mala, Nos. 1 to 4.—By Panprta

ANANDACHANDRA VEDA’/NTAVAGI'S.

Bibidhartha Sangraha No. 14.—By tHe Eprror.

Indian Attias, Nos. 26, 40, 41.—By THE GovERNMENT oF INDIA.

Exchanged.

The Atheneum, for November 1852.

The London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, Nos 27-8.

Purchased.

Comptes Rendus, No. 19.

Annals and Magazines of Natural History, No. 60.

Haji Khalf Lexicon. Vol. VI.

March 2nd, 1853. Ra‘JENDRALAL Mirrra.

1853.]

Meteorological Register kept at Agra. 217

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of July, 1852.

Maximum pressure observed at 9-50 A. M.

gs | 8

A | a

42 {28,943

13. | 29.002

14 {29.049

15 | 28.990

16 |29.026

17 +} 28.911

18 |28.920

19 | 29.052

20 | 29.067

21 29.104

22 |29.074

2s | 29.125

24 | 29.194

26 | 29.051

27 ~=+| 28.949

28 |29.010

29 | 29.040

30 =| 29.073

31 29.084

Temperature.

29.034 88.36' 8976) 81.71

Note.

\ for Cirri.

% for Cumuli.

\ for Cumulo-strata.

The Barometer readings have all been reduced to 32° Far. and corrected for

_ Capillary Action.

Maximum and

Minimum.

lis (ate

S 2 |E/§

8 NT quedo 2! |g

Ss Vee lela ts

28,943] 89.6| 89.5 | 8521..|.. |.

87.0 | 89.0 | 79.4]..1].. ate

87.8 | 86.75| 80.0] .. ae :

87.5 | 89.5 | 81.0 ].. oe 4

88.25} 98.5 | 80.3 4

89.5 | 91.0 | 82.8 R

Sora 1 O1.04 2 SLO jest | tae f

90.0 | 91.6 | 81.6] .. me .

89.0 | 91.0 | 83.0] .. <s :

29-0: |) SO. 4 SOS} ject | lest | ae

89.0 | 91.4] 80.3] .. A :

86.3 | 89.6 | 8275) .. we

Bacon C4 ao 1 SO Behe lee

89.0 | 89.0 | 82.9] .. eel kite

89.8 | 91.4 |} 84.01.. Siarpiil Wasa

88.5 | 88.2 | 82.8 | .. Seiiiere

87.6 | 86.0 | 81.5] .. fone Itiaie

SSO 465-0) SL.5: i ine! | de, | be

89.0 | 90.0 | 82.0 5 Se

Aspect of the sky.

Hazy over head,

Ditto ditto.

\W- all over heavens.

m clouds.

\ along horizon.

Hazy.

m all over heavens.

\— 3 heavens.

nm all over heavens.

™ all over heavens.

\W along horizon.

~ over head.

\W all over heavens.

2 of heavens.

% along horizon.

\n all over heavens.

\n- all over heavens.

Vv to N.

“to S.

in horizon.

\n- over head.

The symbols used for Aspect of the sky are

— for strata.

\ for Cirro-strata.

~~ for Nimbi.

W. Muir, Secy. to Govt. N. W. P-

218

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

[ No. 2.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of July, 1852.

(ceeeeeemewennemmemny | ms | mc ms rs | es ee

Barometer.

29.015

28.923

28.975

29.014

29.042

29.057

LATITUDE.

Observations at apparent Noon.

Temperature.

Of Mercury.

—

90.2

Wet Bulb.

ce we | eee | cee | ee

Maximum and

Minimum.

g|¢4

= 3

=&|/ 8! ¢

H}e| §

=e ee

Aspect of the sky.

Hazy over head.

Ditto ditto.

\ all over heavens.

™ clouds.

m 2 of heavens.

Hazy.

Horizon hazy

% over head.

rm all over heavens,

\ in zenith.

\W~ in horizon.

\ to north,

™ to south.

em all over heavens.

SE. and W. “.

N. 1,

VW to N.

~ to SE. and W,

Clear in zenith.

3 of heavens.

% aloug horizon,

‘clear zenith.

\ in zenith,

‘© along horizon.

VW to S.

% in horizon,

\V to N. E.

1853.]

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

219

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of July, 1852. LonarrupE.

Minimum pressure observed at 4 P. M.

Temperature.

omg ues

Ey 3 2

~ oO Loe

4 Be ae |e

mies |e

3 Se = b

6 OU hl ee a

28.877|85.5. 192.4

13] 28.929/89.0 |90.8

14| 28.967|86.5 (89.9

15] 28.909/91.25/92.8

16] 28.934|91.5 |92.5

17) 28.919}87.25

18] 28.933]92.0

19] 28.967|88.0

20} 28.950/90.8

21| 29.014/87.5

22! 28.994/90.5

23| 28.983/91.0

24| 29.044|87.5

26| 28.910/88.4

27| 28.908|86.8

28| 28.911|88.0

29] 28.937|87.8

30| 28.959/89.0

31] 28.939

28.947

Maximum and

Maximum.

Minimum.

83.0 |92.5 |85.0 |88.75 |Hazy over head.

Minimum.

Mean.

Aspect of the sky.

79.3 |94,.3 |84.0 {89.15 /Ditto ditto.

79.8 |90.0

82.0 |96.4

84.0 |87.0

\W~ all over heavens.

83.25/89.825 in clouds.

81.25|/97.25/84.4 |90.825 |n 2 of heavens.

93.25/83.5 |94.0 |84.8 (89.4

92.4

93.0

92.5

93.0

92.5

89.2

92.4

86.6

88.0

86.0

91.4

81.2

81.4

84.5

83.0

80.9

81.5

81.4

80.0

80.8

93.5

92.5

89.5

91.5

91.0

81.25|89.5

80.9 |88.5

82.0 |90.0

88.80/91.28/81.52'92.44/83.77|/88.10

85.0

85.5

85.0

84.9

86.8

84.2

79.2

82.8

83.9

82.2

81.9

81.8

89.0 |92.7 |81.25)91.9 |82.9

89,25

89.5

89.25

89.2

90.15

88.35

84.4

85.9

87.4

no £ of heavens.

\ all over heavens.

\w-all over heavens.

~~ all over heavens.

~ all over heavens.

Vall over heavens.

N.S.

% along horizon.

\— in zenith.

\- all over raining.

- 4 of heavens.

\~ all over heavens.

% along horizon.

Rain Gauges.

220

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

[ No. 2.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of August, 1852.

15S.

22S.

29S.

Means.| 29.069 85.75] 85.53) 81.46

Barometer,

28.988

29.070

29.097

29.062

29.104

29,089

29,145

29.104

29.173

29.207

29.172

29.167

29.170

29.174

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 a. M.

Temperature.

ae .

s S

5 as Pi

eB tig ie

Cee et

's) .) =

88.5 | 87.75] 81.5

87.5 | 87.0 | 82.3

38.0 | 89.5 | 84.5

98.21 89.5 | 84.0

86.0 | 81.25) 78.0

87.0 | 86.5 | 82.5

32.0 | 86.0 | 81.0

86.0 | 85.0 | 81.5

85.2 | 84.0 | 79.0

95.5 | 84.51 79.5

35.0 | 83.5 | 79.9

36.0 | 86.5 | 80.0

S55) | ga nil leil 5

34.0 | 83.5 | 80.0

5.5 | 85.5 | 82.5

84.0 | 83.5 | 81.0

g4.2 | 83.3 | 81.0

4.8 | 84.0 | 81.0

86.0 | 86.5 | $2.0

865 | 87.0 | 82.7

368 | 86.0 | 83.0

87.2 | 87.0 | 85.0

860 | 87.0 | 83.5

84.0 | 84.8 | 79.5

85.0 | 85.0 | 80.5

85.1 | 86.21 81.1

Maximum and

Minimum,

SRB

BoB ig

Hcl} 28 bs

=e hei er

Aspect of the sky.

‘ in hor.

Ww. in zenith,

\— + of heavens.

to E. “to W.

\W to N. and E. )

\n all over sky.

\W to N. E. ‘

8. W. to N.

\n- all along horizon.

Mw to; N. 298

in hor,

VW all over sky.

Vu all over $ of sky.

\W all over sky.

~ $ of heavens,

Vw all over sky.

\w all over sky, raining.

\W all over.

VW $ of sky.

VW 4 of sky. ;

A” with a few.

Vu all over.

\W 2 of sky.

\n— in zenith,

\W all over sky.

\— along hor.

\W all over sky.

in horizon.

1853. | Meteorological Register kept at Agra. 221

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment NV. W. P. Agra, for the Month of August, 1852. Larirupe.

Observations at apparent Noon.

Maximum and |

Temperature.

Minimum,

x S diulag Aspect of the sky.

oD = 3 s 3

{ g g =| os g g .

£ eho | Ale ei Rie a kg

Sei Get _—

mae o |-o | EB pS bs

rl el ee ee ee

in hor.

2 , : den S| Graal N= te INGS

3 {29.001} 88.0 | 89.25) &3.0].. |] .. | .. |n 2 of heavens.

4 |29.038) 87.5°| 89.6 | 84.4 | .. | .. | .. | all along horizon.

5 |29.001) 88.0 | 88.1 | 82.5 | .. | .. |... |e all ower heavens.

6 |28.993) 86.5 | 84.0 | 80.3 | .. | .. | .. | all over sky.

\~ in zenith.

7 -- | in hor.

-- | all over sky.

\VW to N.

ee | we [9 to S. W. and B.

sie) nerd | taal Vall over sky:

12 |28 950) 85.5 | 86.5 | 80.7 | .. | .. | .. all over sky. [zenith,

13 |28 974) 86.0 | 86.2 | 80.5 | .. | .. | .. |e all over sky, hazy in

14. |29,030} 86.0 |. 90.0 | 82.1) .. } «. | .. Io im hor.

16 {28.991} 85.0 | 84.0 | 81.0] .. | .. | .. | all over sky.

17 29 058] 85.0 84.5 81.0 Lys EB .. |~~ all over sky.

18 | 29.078) 85.0 , 86.5 | 83.5] .. | .. | .. |v all over sky, drizzly.

19 29.041] 84.0 84.5 82.0 Site ac aie Ww all over.

20 |29.070) 85.1 | 85.5 | 82.0 -» | .. | in horizon, all round.

in horizon.

21. |29.062) 85.0 | 85.1.) 81.6] .. | .. 1 .. |e im zenith.

\W in zenith.

-- | along horizon.

\ to N. and E.

«» |9 to W. and S.

2 ih toeS.oVax ta N:

.. |9 2 of sky, with a few V-.

\n- all over sky.

O 2 of sky.

e e es e e e e e

.. | all over sky.

no % of sky.

Means.| 29.050) 86.17] 87.01] 82.13

222 Meteorological Register kept at Agra. [ No. 2.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Glovern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of August, 1852. LonerrupE.

Minimum pressure observed at 4 P. M.

Maximum and

Temperature. Rain Gauges.

’ Minimum.

ns Y

: 5

o ee. F . : Aspect of the sky. = £ |

2 5 = = g og

See |e PEO) sale 3 ne :

= S a Chet o S = ) oo

Fact gates MR ft = yan NOM ba chang a= gL Eo & :

ii es ee er ee ee ee ee ae te nie ats 4

9} 28.880/87.5 |88.0 |83.25|91.5 |88.0 |89.75'_ allover heavens.| .. | .- - |

3/28.931/86.5 |89.25|/82.75/88.5 |79.25|83.87/2 of heavens. Cees |S

4| 28.947/88 0 191.0 |83.6 {90.0 |81.0 |85.5 |\“-to W. and N.W.| .. | .. | ee .

5| 28.931187.75|88.7 183.6 |88.7 83.3 |86.0 |\“—alloverheavens.| .. | .. | o. *

6| 28.912/87.6 |86.0 |81.6 |85.5 {79.4 |82.45\“ all over sky. eee | Oc :

7|98.98|87.2 |91.0 |g2.8 [89.7 [81.0 |85,35|> 3 of heavens, |.. | .. | .. i

3 ce ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee se 7

9| 28.880|86.0 |86.0 [82.1 |86.2 {80.2 |83.2 |“ all over sky.| .. | .. | .. i

Raining. }

10| 28.870/87.5 [87.7 |83.2 |88.2 |79.0 |83.6 |“ all over. me A he

11| 28.848|85.5 [86.6 |81.0 |86.2 |79.0 |82.6 |“ all over sky. oa ees

12| 28.886/86.0 |86.0 [82.0 186.5 |78.8 |82.65|\“~ all over head. | .. | ..

13] 28.925/86.5 |86.0 |80.7 |85.5 |79.5 |82.5 \“— all over sky| .. | ..

to1.Ne = ‘to;

14| 29.014/87.0 [89.5 |82.5 |90.0 |80.2 |85.1 |W. S.and EE... | .. | 1.23

16] 28.980/84.5 84.2 {81.1 |84.2 |80.0 {82.1 |“ all over sky. igual

17| 28.988/85.5 86.0 [81.5 |84.8 |78.8 |81.8 |“ all over sky. La ees 2

181 29.006/35.7 (87.0 |83.7 |86.0 |81.9 |83,95|~ all over sky. CE Ri

19| 28.970 (86.0 185.4 183.4 189.5 (81.0 [85.25\— all over sky.| .. |0-27

e ° e e e s

Raining. "

20] 29.024/84.5 {81.4 (80.0 [85.0 |79.0 )82.0 |“ all over. Fl ora a 4

™ to W. N. and

21] 28.990/86.1 88.0 [81.5 [86.5 {79.9 |83.2 |E. % toS. tea UL a) 4 nay

23] 29.044|87.0 |89.0 (81.7 |89.2 {81.0 {85.1 |> 4 of sky. Be

24| 29.003/87.6 '89.0 (83.0 {88.5 |80.7 |84.6 |“ all over sky. Teh es

25| 29.078|88.0 |90.4 [84.2 |89.0 [83.1 86.05, all over sky. sia

in horizon.

26| 29.102/87.5 .87.0 |84.0 |84.8 |82.5 |83.65 Zenith hazy. se | OIZAe

| % in horizon.

27| 29.058/89.0 |89.0 |84.0 (88.0 |83.2 |85.6 |Hazy in zenith. :

28] 29.097'84 8 |86.5 |80.0 |86.6 |79.0 {82.8 |“ all over sky. ‘

30 29.083/85.0 |86.5 [81.0 86.0 |79.2 |82.6 |W allover sky. | .

31] 29.071/87.8 |88.0 |79.0 \88.0 |81.9 |84.95\~ in horizon. :

meme gy | en ey | a | we | ee ee ee

eau | - - - -

28.978|86.62'87.43 82.2 |87.42/80.76/84.08 .. |2.00

| |

1853. ]

Meteorological Register kept at Agra. 223

Meteorological Register hept at the Office of the Secretary to Grovern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of September, 1852.

———— es | es | cee | seeeeee” | secmeecmecene | emcees | as

: g

Bins

oS oS

= pO

1 | 29.178

2 | 29.154

3 {29.151

£20 lo2

5 se

6 | 29.118

Paco ta)

Sp 2o.139

Oe Vp

10 | 29.200

ll | 29.214

12 ae

13. | 29.207

14 | 29.177

15 | 29.182

16 | 29.170

17 (| 29.156

18 | 29.092

19 Ss

20 | 29.081

oh [29.181

22. \29 189

23 | 29.200

24 | 29.232

25 | 29.264

26 es

27 =| 29.250

28 | 29.182

29 | 29.184

30 | 29.268

29.180

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 A. M.

Temperature,

5 =

(5) to

Sea i

r ro) =

855 | 85.4 | 79.0

86.5 | 87.5 | 80.0

86.0 | 87.0 | 82.0

86.4 | 87.0 | 79.0

86.2 | 85.5 | 79.1

86.0 | 82.6 | 79.1

85.0 | 84.5 | 80.0

84.0 | 84.8 | 79.5

85.0 | 85.8 | 80.0

85.0 | 85.5 | 80.2

87.0 | 87.3 | 81.2

87.2 | 88.4 | 81.0

87.8 | 87.8 | 81.3

88.3 | 89.0 | 80.7

89.5 | 89.5 | 82.4

88.0 | 89.3 | 81.6

87.0 | 87.9 | 77.2

87.5 | 88.5 | 79.6

87.0 | 87.0 | 77.6

86.5 | 87.0 | 76.0

86.5 | 87.2 | 76.4

86.2 | 86.6 | 76.0

5.0 | 85.8 | 73.0

83.0 | 83.7 | 72.6

86.0 | 85.7 | 77.0

85.0 | 85.6 | 78.0

86.3 | 86.6 | 78.8

Maximum and

Minimum.

2) 81 ¢

Pa Tal ae Nip ee

| eee, les

Aspect of the sky.

eT mend

\w all over sky.

% in horizon,

™ all over sky.

~ all over sky.

\W- all over sky.

VW all over sky.

O # of sky.

Few ‘% in horizon.

Few - to S. E. and W.

ok, W.

% in horizon.

in 4 of sky to S.

to N. and S. in horizon,

Few “% in horizon.

to BE. S.and N.

Few \- to S.

Clear sky.

nw # of sky.

\— a few to E.

VW 2 of sky.

™ scattered over 3 of sky.

Few to S. E. and N.

\— all over sky.

VW in E.

\— to E. or few.

Note.— Barometer readings have all] been reduced to 32° Fahr. and corrected

for Capillarity.

W. Muir, Secy. to Govt. N. W. P.

224 Meteorological Register kept at Agra. [No. 2.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of September, 1852. Latirupe.

Observations at apparent Noon.

Maximum and

Temperature. Mocion,

Se es pnidag a 4:

2 5 = e |g Aspect of the sky.

; 3 © = a) Sg oe |

S S a < te tan |

°C a cy cs Oo Raw} =] oO f

SN 2t A MSN Gor Oy Bei ae) =e |p ka Be |

1 | 29.159) 84.0 | 85.7 | 79.0 oo | «- |~all over sky.

2 29-136) 86.1)" 89.5) OU. ee | -- {Ain E. and N.

3 | 29.124) 87.0 | 87.0 | 82.0] .. | .. | .. |“ all over sky,

4 |29.122] 86.5 | 89.4 | 79.5 | .. | .. | .. | 2 of sky.

5 er ee ee or ee ee ee

6 | 29.118) 86.5 | 87.1 | 79.5 .. | all over sky.

7 |29.105} 86.0 | 84.7 | 80.5 \V~ all over sky.

VW to E.

8 29-158) "64-77 |" S5.5) | SO.1 e. | elsewhere.

9 | 29.153) 84.0 | 86.0 | 80.2 .- |Few © in horizon.

10 | 29.170) 85.5 | 86.5 | 80.0)... ~«. [Drizzly,

11 | 29.188) 84.5 | 87.0 | 80.5 -» | all over sky.

12 e e e ee ee ee ee

1B .)29867) 37.0 | BOA CIS toe tc) Oe On Skewes

‘ in horizon.

14 | 29.128} 89.0 | 91.0 | 84.0 | .. | .. | .. |[Few “to W.

VW in N.

ES) 1295148) °S5.0 | 90.0 1S i 7 ee (tO B. Wiese

VW to E.

16 | [-29.123)" 88.0 191 S07 ce | ne Pee, | tO N.S, a We

17> (29.103) 90.0 ||" O28 OO ico tee) ae (Oe GF Sky.

“to N. S. and W.

Aa get 0

20 |29.058) 86.4 | 89.6 | 78.0 ‘ . | .. | to N. a few,

21 |29.150; 89.0 | 90:9 | 80.5) .. | .. | .. [Clear sky.

to N. and W.

29,1 20.0501 Sb.7 | 89.0. |) SOcO ie. | isco load (tors.

\W in zenith.

23 129.154] 88.0 | 89.0 | 75.5 |... | .. | .. |v» ‘in horizon,

\W in horizon.

24 |29.203| 87.5 | 88.8 | 76.6]... | .. | .. |Hazy in zenith.

25. (2952371 84.1.1 89.0 | 74.0 V0 1 ee Pane | in horizon,

26 ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee

27° 129-215) 84.0 | 90.5 | 72.5 Wiles) et) wep [Clear sky.

28 |29.163| 85.5 | 87.4 | 74.5 | 2. | «- | ». | all over sky.

29. | 29.162) 85.1 | 88.0 1977.5) eshl) joe 1 <6, [5 Of Sky.

30 | 29.246] 82.5] 867 | 75.5 |... | .. | .. |Clear sky.

ees | ee | ee | es | ES | | ee | eo

1853. | Meteorological Register kept at Agra. 225

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N.W. P. Agra, for the Month of Sept., 1852. LoNn@truDsE.

Minimum pressure observed at 4 P. M.

Maximum and

Temperature. Nisin, Rain Ganges.

: as

x P ; ‘ Aspect of the sky.| = 2

9g FS 2 | g Alice

o a ° = 2 =} Fi a

° | = = aa 5 g =] or

mie e P| Se) SL as ag

mee | oO Les | als ns

1| 29.081|86.0 |87.7 |80.0 |87.0 |81.8 |84.4 /Clear sky. SO alite han ee

2) 29.047/87.5 |91.5 |81.0 |90.5 |82.0 |86.25|/Clear sky. ayer sil daveb ties 3

3| 29.043/89.0 |90.4 |81.0 /90.0 |82.1 |86.05|— all over sky. Sra ees tee

4| 28.998/87.3 [91.1 {79.8 |90.5 |81.7 |86.1 |“~ in horizon. HAN RG Gia

Dl] ee oe ee ee ee ee ole ae 0.64)... | 2

\W scudding.

6| 29.019/86.9 |88.9 179.2 |88.2 |80.9 )84.55|From E. to W. Soliman hho

7| 29.053/87.0 184.9 |80.5 [84.6 79.0 |81.8 |“ all over sky. Oe Aol arated 2 tig

8| 29.094/85.0 |86.0 |80.0 |85.2 |79.0 |82.1 |“~ in horizon. sof lata fcr

9| 29.077|86.0 |86.8 {80.0 |86.1 {79.5 |82.8 |Few ~ in horizon. | .. | .. | ..

10| 29.076186.5 {87.2 |80.6 |86.3 |80.1 |83.2 |Few % in horizon. | .. } .. ib

11} 29.096/85.5 |87.8 {80.4 |86.3 {79.2 |82.75/Ay all over sky. Be ih geese Oo en

1? ° ee dc are ee se oe ee oe

13/ 29.061/88.6 |90.5 {81.7 |90.2 |80.0 /85.1 |9 in horizon. NP chai ipscecd-itvacces

14| 29.046)90.0 {91.4 |81.0 |91.0 |83.0 |87.0 [9 in horizon, sreiulipate tcl kas

“ to E. N, and S.

15) 29.090/87.9 |91.0 |80.7 |90.3 '81.9 |86.1 to W. siawalameten | Yeye

16| 29.044/88.6 |91.5 |80,6 |91.5 {82.5 |87.0 {© in horizon. ereniblheeiea, | aie

17| 29.034/89.0 |88.1 /81.6 |91.5 |83.0 |87.25| all over sky. of mie Ih axel

18| 28.997|87.5 |84.9 |77.9 |89.2 |81.0 |85.1 |“~ all over sky. wil peed | day

20| 29.010/88.0 |90.8 |78.5, |90.0 |79.4 |84.7 |Clear sky. tel Mela | sate

21) 29.065/90.0 |90.0 /80.0 |90.4 |81.0 |85.7 | all over sky. SRL ie

22! 29.053/88.0 |91.0 |85.0 90.3 [81.1 [85.7 |~ in horizon. ate i| \xtsi0 .

23| 29.059/86.8 |91.0 |77.0 |90.0 |81.0 \85.5 |“ all over sky. Sistih (fava! -|. fore

% in horizon.

24| 29.123|/90.1 |90.2 {76.8 |89.5 |80.6. |85.05/To S. and W. pisi/y| dela) | tee

25| 29.175|84.0 |90.0 |73.4 |89.5 180.5 185.0 |“ 4 of sky. srePrali uoteu L(y ae

27| 29.125|84.0 |91.0 (72.5 |90.7 |79.7 |85.2 |Clear sky. BOM sc alee

28) 29.091/18.5 |90.1 |71.0 |89.5 |75.2 |82.35) \ all over sky. nell Nivea ete

29) 29.133/85.2 |88.5 |78 89.0 |76.5 |82.75|~ in zenith, SP aaa i tia IC

30| 29.194/83.3 /88.3 |70.0 (87.0 |76.0 |81.5 |Clear sky. she'pailldsiese ua uate

29.072|87.2 (89.3 |78.8 |89.01/80.30|84.65 U7 f OS me aE

226 Meteorological Register kept at Agra. [No. 2.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of October, 1852.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 A. M.

Maximum and

Temperature. Ainrum

5 a s

S 2 3 : gs |e 5 Aspect of the sk

Pettey cht eee ce weep con g

sh meals i te ORR | 1 | ce a

ep di okt avon elke) Mah ska

1 | | 29.285), °83.3 |"84.0°)° 73.2 (8... | ta. 4 os (Clear skys

2 |29.294) -83.0.1. 84.0) ) 7056 14.) Loc oo Bitte,

3 ue te se 4 eh SS | ae ee

4 {29.386} 83.0 | 84.0} 70.4 |) .. | .. | .. |Ditto.

5) 29430) 183.2.) 840 FCS 2 a. |v culls soho.

6 |29.442} 83.0 | 83.6 | 68.9 | .. | .. | W. |Ditto.

7 \2934 16 182.9) 84.1 167.0 1 oe, Nee | Dito.

8 129599) 84:0 2) S7.6 [722 7.6) | ea bh ScD ito.

9 * (29471) (83.6, 0°85.1 1 710) . 2) | nee, Se Be Dittos

11 |29.398] 84.5 | 86.0 | 76.0} .. | .. | E. jn a few scattered,

12 |29.344| 84.9 | 85.0 | 75.0 -- | W, |Few ~ scattered.

13. |29 350) 83.0 | 82.9 | 66.6 - | ee |NW.)|\ to S. and E.

14 |29.343) 81.0 | 81.6 | 65.1 | .. | .. | W. |\ few to S.

TD 929435) 161.2 824 aye toe N. |@ scattered all over.

16 | 29.302} 83.0 | 83.7 | 68.5 ' .. | .. | W. |Clear sky.

17 |29.333| 84.0. | 82.8 | 70.6 [, . . | W. ,Ditto.

18 {29.401} 81.0, 80.5 | 64.9 | .. . | W. |Ditto.

19 | | 29.404) 81.47" 81 577- 65.8 | as. [vee ti Ws Ditto.

20 ©} 29.400) (8125 | 81.5 0 67.0 | .. |... Sow. Ditto.

21 | 29.420) 82.2 | 86.3 | 68.5 . | «. | N. [9 2 of sky, to E.

22 | 29.448) 81.5 | 84.1 | 69.5 | .. | .. | W. |Clear sky,

23) [ZO AGLI NBT ON Se- Oleg Lol es [1 we! ds OIbLO,

24 | 129.452) 182.5 | 79:6) 68.0 | V2) |...) Ee Ditto.

25 (129.458) (8320 | S4:07) 7220 1) ce | cee! Ss. | Ditto,

26 | 29.417) 79.6 | 80.0 | 67.7 hh lest WV «| Ditto.

27 ~=| 29.369] 80.1 | 81.4 | 66.2 | .. | .. | W. |Ditto.

28 29.425} 80.1 81.1 Gozo |" tea .. | W. |Ditto.

29° 29.527) 79-55 |. 20.0 Oar. sek dem || Be Ditto.

30 (129 489(/477.0 | 78.0 176520 | seo) cee a) WW fDitto.

dol 29.477| 76.5 | 78.4 63:0. | "S. Ld. |Ditto.

Mean; | 29.404) (81.9%) 82:77) )OSs8 cease || «

Barometer Observations reduced to 32° Fahr. and corrected for capillarity.

Observations omitted on Sunday 3rd and Sunday 10th October.

There being no weather vane, the direction of the wind is not accurately noted.

M. SHERER, Asst. Secy. to Govt. N. W. P.

1853. | Meteorological Register kept at Agra. 227

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Glovern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of Oct., 1852. Lavirupe.

Observations at apparent Noon.

Maximum and

Temperature,

Minimum.

re :

é Pb i 6 .

5 2 Z Bae |e Aspect of the sky

See (ake i ecules ha tee

98 © = a ~ asi ‘S o =

3 = Cet ra © ws a |

fa eQ s) o) Se ie! ie

1 | 29.248] 86.5 | 86.7 | 68.5]. @ . |Clear sky.

2 ahed.2o7|| 80.4 | 86.0) 70.2 |. o | te 1 Ditto.

Aw 29.309) 81.1 | .86:40)° 71.9} os f-oe | 2° [Clear sky.

apeer.40t) 87.1 | 87.6 "69:61... de. | vs | Ditto.

6 |29405| 84.0 | 87.3 | 70.4 | .. | .. |s.w.|Ditto.

foe 300)),85.0 | 87.6.) 672-1 5. tive | E> | Ditto.

Seaereo4|) 85.0 | .8725°) 170.5 |. F S. |Ditto.

9 |29 376) 84.5 | 88.1 | 70.5] .. . |S.E.|Ditto.

11 |29,360| 86.0 | 891 | 72.5 . | E. | a few scattered.

12 | 29.316) 85.3 | 86.5 | 74.2 .. | W. |Ditto,

5) 29) 312).83.0 | 87:0] 66.2) . .. | W. |\ scattered all over. .

14 | 29.336) 84.8 | 85.0 | 66.5] .. . | W, |Clear sky.

15 |29.302| 85.0 | 84.0 | 65.0 .. | W. |r a few.

16 | 29.262} 84.6 | 87.1 | 71.6]. W. |Clear sky.

Ne 20-291) 84.1 |: 84.5 p 70.6 W. |Ditto.

18 | 29.364] 83.0 | 84.0} 64.5 | .. . | W. |Ditto.

19 |29.376| 84.5 | 83.0 | 65.6 . |N.w.|Ditto.

20) 4) 29.358) 83.0 | 84.5.) °68.2 |... f. W. |Ditto.

200) 29.373! 84.0 | 89.3.) 69.1 i ie i N. |Ditto.

22 |29.407| 84.0 | 87.1 | 68,5 . | S. {|Ditto.

23 |29.429| 83.5 | 84.1 | 70.1 3 E. |Ditto.

24 |29.379, 84.0 | 80.5 | 68.0 | .. . | E. |Ditto.

25 |29.409| 84-1 | 87.0 | 72.1]... S. |Few © scattered.

26 |29.376) 83.0 | 83.6! 67.9 |.. | .. | W. Clear sky.

Ziimeeeoel|) 83.5 | 84.0 .1965.5 W. |Ditto.

28 |29.406| 83.0 | 85.0 | 66.6 vs | W. Ditto

29 | 29.470} 81.5 | 81.4 | 68.0 .. | E. |Ditto

a0> 29.457), 81.0 | 80.1 65:1 4. W. |Ditto

31 | 29.435) 80.0 | 78.9 | 63.0 | . Ld. |Ditto

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment NN. W. P. Agra, for the Month of Oct., 1852. LONGITUDE.

Barometer.

29.188

29.200

5| 29.346

29.330

29.270

29.284

29.308

alas

4| 29.304

11| 29.272

Minimum pressure observed at 4 P. M.

12) 29.216

13) 29.237

14| 29.226

15} 29.227

16| 29.214

17| 29.256

18} 29.299

19} 29.296

20) 29.295

21) 29.310

22| 29.344

23] 29.345

24| 29,274

25) 29.336

26| 29.305

27) 29.262

28) 29.363

29! 29.412

30} 29,394

31} 29.398

—

Temperature Masta aend

h Minimum,

= 2

ee) | eset lee

= < 2 i £ =

ees wher s =| o

Oo Ocal: ek eam

88.0 |88.5 |69.6 |88.5 |73.9 |81.2 |Clear sky.

82.1 |86.6 |71.6 {86.0 |72.2 |79.1 |Ditto.

86.1 |87.5 71.5 |86.4 171.3 |78.85/% 2 of sky.

89.1 |89.0 |70.5 |89.0 |76.0 |82.5 {Clear sky.

86.0 |90.4 |69.5 |89.5 |75.0 |82.25/Ditto.

85.0 |89.5 |67.5 |89.2 |72.4 |80.8 |Ditto.

86.0 |89.0 |71.1 [88.2 |70.5 |79.35/% 2 of sky.

85.5 |89.0 (70.5 |87.5 |73.5 |80.5 |Clear sky.

86.2 |89.7 (74.5 |89.3 {73.0

86.5 |88.5 (73.7 |87.9 (73.5 {80.7 |Ditto.

87.0 |87.4 |67.5 |88.0 {74.0 |81.0 |\ all over.

86.0 |87.0 |66.5 |87.1 {71,7 |79.4 |Clear sky.

87.0 |87.5 (65.6 |86.0 |70.9 |78.45\Ditto.

85.7 {89.0 |68.2 {88.5 |72,.8 |80.65|Ditto

84.9 |85.6 /69.0 |85.5 |71,0 |78.25|Ditto

84.2 |87.5 |65.0 |87.0 {70,4 |78.7 |Ditto

85.0 |86.1 |65.5 {86.0 [69,1 |77.55|Ditto

84.3 187.0 |67.7 |86.0 |68,2 |77.1 |Ditto

85.0 |89.0 |67.6 |89.8 |69.2 |79.5 |Ditto

85.0 |88.6 /67.6 |88,0 |71,2 |79.6 |Ditto

84.1 |86.7 |68.0 |85.4 |70.9 |78.15/Ditto

84.9 |82.0 |68.9 {85.0 169.9

85.0 |86.3 |71.0 |86.9 |75.5 |81.2 {Clearsky.

84.3 /85.1 |67.1 |84.8 |73.8 {79.3 |Ditto.

85.0 |85.4 /66.0 |85.0 |67.9 |76.45|Ditto.

83.5 185.6 |67.9 185.2 |69.6 |77-4 |Ditto.

82.5 |83.0 |65.7 |82.5 |68.5 |75.5 |Ditto.

82.2 {83.0 |64.3 |83.5 |66.9 |75.2 |Ditto.

lor)

81.5 |80.0 |63.1 |80.0

29.293

85.1 |86.5 |68.4 (86.6 {71.3

Aspect of the sky.

81.15/~ a few scattered.

72-5 |Ditto.

78.95

77.45|Few © to S. E,

Rain Gauges.

Wind.

| Direction of the

nerd] 2 daaezte: zomg

| f4masen'

y <

& -

y * y

r Yo Lert? y

: ord mit silly

q :

Ps S a bhenthih

thee — =. 2 ‘ * i he i a 7

eee a ; DEEN z %

rat

Gi lah

Hip

jin dwart Jungle §

Pindaiiavein,

a DERIALA i

(lie Ravine

telah - GEOL OGIEAT

SKETCH MAP

SALT RANGE.

; From a Rough Military

SURVEY

[See ar

Ei eae ai

ed fisonilul

Kiinaton ul

Nis =e

Made during the Cold season

Denia _—_

— References ae

Curbonitenus Ed Salt Mines pers — SMALLS AE

| Scr ; - : f = to Closed. — Ass® Surg 4 Pcav

ceil Reduced: in the Office of the Surv” Gen" of India) Gi ae In tharye of Geolegteat

< le Read. __ S 2 os

: Vester, = titdho Ola fipprneen, Seranoreen fronv the Original, (ileutta 8* June 1058. , che ————— Suriey Salo Range

) Thasd ow Desert SLE inal he treaty e Tena

} : —_ , oh ee 3 leabove Sta Leuied tn

Miocene =a : _Kigiviccce eto iw Poraened gh iene 181-32.

| Direction

Sid Saugur Mooudb. &) SON Stare gra penta ale Seale B BPMiles=I fick.

e Th Charge Su ~ Gen ¥ Office. = ee gS =

With by HM.Smith: SuryGen') Office Calcutta June 1853)

Oh Transtar Ego? by Balloon ket

JOURNAL

OF THE

mae EO SOCT rh y:

No. DERE

Jieport on the Geological Structure and Mineral Wealth of, the Salt

ftange in the Punjaub; with Maps, Sections, &c.— By Cha pnihe

Fremine, MM. D., Edin. Assistant Surgeon, Regt. Puryaub

Cavalry. In charge of the Geological Survey of the Salt Range

im the Pumjaub. Season 1851-52.

(Communicated by the Govt. of India.)

PRELIMINARY REMARKS.

In compliance with the instructions received at Maree on the

Indus, on the 14th February 1851, from the Most Noble the Go-

_ vernor General, I have endeavoured to make such an examination of

the Salt Range as will enable His Lordggip in Council to judge as

to the exact character of its mineral wealth.

The results of this examination have been embodied in the accom-

panying Report.

From unavoidable circumstances I was unable to commence the

regular survey of the Range, until the end of February 1851, and

owing to the heat was obliged to cease work in the middle of April.

On the Ist November 1851, the survey was again renewed, and

the sanction of Government having been obtained for the construc-

tion of a Sketch map of the Salt Range (the want of which to guide

us in our survey has been severely felt), Mr. William Purdon (1st

Assistant), aided by Mr. William Theobald (2nd Assistant), was

directed to devote his attention to its construction. The map here-

with submitted is the result of their labours during the cold weather

of 1851-52, to the end of which period the duration of the survey

was limited.

No. LX.—New Serres. Vou. XXII. 2 a

230 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 3.

The map is I believe the first which has ever been made of the

Salt Range from a regular survey, and for its accuracy Mr. Purdon

is alone responsible. I trust it will supply a want in all maps of

the Punjaub hitherto published, in none of which, that I have seen,

is even the general direction of the Range correctly laid down.

The geological examination of the Range has been executed

entirely by myself, and in addition to that of the Salt Range proper,

a rapid survey was made of its continuation in the range of hills

which runs down the west bank of the Indus from Kalibag to Kaffin

Kote. Ithus have been able to add considerably to our previous

knowledge of the geology of the Punjaub. A most interesting mass

of hills called Kovana, which rise abruptly from the plain of the

Jetch Doab, has also been examined.

During the course of my labours I executed a rough military

survey, with a hand prismatic compass, of the district passed over,

from which I constructed for my own guidance a rough sketch map.

This I have had copied and coloured geologically, by a Mr. Blaney, an

Eurasian draftsman, and herewith submit it as illustrative of my report.

The report itself will be found in many parts to be a repetition of

the reports on the Salt Range I made to Goverment in 1848. These

were drawn up after a very rapid inspection of the Range between

Baghanwalla and Kalibag, in the month of April, a period of the

year, when it is next to impossible to examine satisfactorily such

hot and barren hills.

In the present report I have corrected several errors, the result

of a too cursory examination of the strata, and have added very con-

siderably to the matter of my previous reports.

I regret that Iam unable to announce the occurence in the Salt

Range of much mineral wealth, of the existence of which Govern-

ment have not already been made aware.

The nature of the formations precludes the likelihood of any valu-

able metallic ores (we except those of iron) being found. The

nature and character of the Coal deposits have been fully described ;

but, for reasons stated, we fear they will turn out of but little prac-

tical value.

In a scientific point of view, however, I would fain hope that much

has been recorded which to Geologists will prove highly interesting.

1853.| Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 231

As I was ordered to resume my medical duties at the close of my

field work, it was necessary that the sections which accompany the

report should be prepared before I separated from my assistants,

who were directed to remain at Pind Dadun Khan.

These were hurriedly drawn in camp by Mr. Theobald from rough

sketches made by myself in the field, and must be considered rather

as sketches than true sections, which without the necessary data at

the time as to heights and distances, it was impossible to have con-

structed.

The table of heights calculated from barometric and thermome-

tric observations will, I trust, prove interesting as well as useful.

I need hardly remark that they can only be considered as rough

approximations. ;

A complete collection, for submission to Government, of the rocks,

minerals, and fossils collected during my survey has been prepared,

and, in compliance with Government orders, collections, illustrative

of the mineral wealth of the Salt Range, have also been made for the

museums of the Asiatic Societies of Bengal and Bombay and of the

Agra College.

The preparation of my report and the examination and arrange-

ment of my specimens have occupied entirely my leisure hours

during the past hot season. I am aware that numerous imperfec-

tions are to be found in it, but in judging of its merits or demerits,

I trust it may be borne in mind, that I have been in a position

where books of reference or collections for comparison are quite

inaccessible, and have consequently been entirely dependent on my

own resources. )

(Signed) <A. Fuumine, M. D.

SThelum, Punjaub, Sept. i2th, 1852.

On the General Physical features of the Salt Range in the Punjaub.

The hills, generally included under the designation of the Pun-

jaub Salt Range, occur in the northern part of the Sinde Saugor

Doab, or distinct between the rivers Jhelum and Indus, crossing it

from E. to W. between the parallels of 32° 22’ and 33° N. Latitude

and 71° 30 and 73° 30/ EH. Longitude.

2a2

232 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. (No. 3.

The Salt Range may be considered as resulting from the union of

three low independent ranges, subordinate to the Punchah branch

of the Himalayas, which run towards the plain in a southerly

direction.

The first or most easterly of these ranges runs along the left bank

of the river Jhelum, and opposite the town on the line of the trunk

road, receives the name of the Kharian Range. Further down the

river this is known as the Pubbee Hills, and near Russool, famous for |

the position of the Seikh encampment after the battle of Chillian-

walla, approaches the river, being evidently continuous with hills of

similar character, which form its right bank between Darapoor and

Jelalpoor, and which are locally designated Surafur.

The central or Rhotas range crosses the Peshawur road about

7 miles West of Jhelum, and stretches in a 8S. W. direction as far as

the Boonah nullah. Here it takes a southerly turn, and under the

name of Chumbah runs on to Jelalpoor, uniting in its course with

the Kharian Range. The well known mountain Tillah, 18 miles

S. W. of Jhelum, is the highest point of this range and not less than

3,000 feet above the level of the sea.

The western or Bukrala Range is separated from that of Rhotas

by a ravine country about 10 miles in breadth. It runs parallel

with the latter and after crossing the Boonah nullah at the Ghori-

gulla Pass, forms the ridge known as Diljubba, the west end of

which unites with the general map of hills forming the Salt Range.

By the union of the Kharian and Rhotas or Chumbul ranges at

Jelalpur, a ridge is formed presenting a steep escarpment to the south

and a highly inclined slope to the north, at this point it is about

three miles distant from the Jhelum, an alluvial plain intervening, the

height of which does not probably much exceed 600 feet above the

sea, and which, as we proceed westward, gradually expands into the

plain of the Sinde Saugor Doab.

From Jelalpur the direction of the range is about west by south as

far as Kuttba. Here it takes aturn tothe 8. W. running in this di-

rection as far as Jubbi, which is its most southerly point. From this

for a distance of about six miles, it runs nearly due west to Chooa,

and then gradually trends round to the north, running from Futtipur

to the Indus ina N. W. direction. It maintains the same course

1853.| Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 238

for about four miles on the west bank of the Indus, beyond which it

gradually expands into the mass of hills, that stretch north between

Bunnoo and Kohat, and are known as the Chountuah Hills. The

south-western portion of these along the west bank of the Indus, are

elevated into a high ridge, presenting a steep escarpment to the east,

evidently continuous with that of the Salt Range, and joining it

near the village of Kooch four miles N. W. of Kalibag at nearly

aright angle. This ridge known as the Chichalee Range runs in a

direction 8. 8. W. towards the Koorum river, beyond which it may

be said to be continuous with that of Kaffin Kote, forming the right

bank of the Indus for several miles below the village of Bahadur

Dok, and which is apparently a branch from the great Suliman

Range, which runs parallel with the Indus in the Derajat and Scinde,

and forms the natural western boundary of our Indian Empire.

In order to convey, if possible, an idea of the general features of

the Salt Range, we shall follow its three natural divisions, into a

southern or salt, a central or cultivated limestone, and a northern

or sandstone district, beginning from Jelalpur where the Salt Range

proper may for practical purposes be considered to commence.

Along its southern limits, the Range presents a most jagged

angular outline, produced by a succession of points running towards

the plain and separated by deep intervening strata. These points

are covered and in many places formed of masses of rock and debris,

which during the upheaval of the Salt Range, and subsequently

from atmospheric and disturbing agencies, have been detached from

a high escarpment with the strata of which they have undoubtedly

been at one time continuous. |

This escarpment extending from Jelalpur to the Indus is most

prominently marked in the eastern part of the Range. Its con-

tinuity is frequently broken by deep transverse gorges, running

parallel to the general line of dip of the rocks, through which the

greater number of the streams which drain the Salt Range escape

into the plains. None of these, except during heavy falls of rain,

reach either the Jhelum or the Indus, but are absorbed by the

thirsty sun-baked alluvial soil which instead of fertilizmg, they con-

vert into a comparative desert by the deposition of saline matter

which they acquire in their course as they flow over the salt rocks

which are chiefly confined to the southern district of the Range.

234 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 8.

To this rule the streams which escape from the hills at Baghan-

walla, Kuttha and Musakhail are exceptions. The two former

though slightly saline are entirely consumed for agricultural pur-

poses. The latter known as the Vehee River runs entirely through

strata, superior to the Salt rocks and pours out a considerable

volume of sweet water, a very small portion of which is employed

for irrigation, the greater part being allowed to run to waste. By

the judicious formation of an aqueduct (stone and lime are available |

in abundance on the spot) with sluices for the withdrawal of the

water, means for the irrigation of a very considerable extent of now

unproductive soil, could be rendered available. The various streams

we have alluded to, after heavy rains, become suddenly swollen and,

acquiring the characteristic impetuosity of mountain-torrents, bear

along with them an immense quantity of boulders, gravel and mud,

which are, along the foot of the hills, deposited in a succession of

zones extending for two or three miles.

As may be supposed a district formed in this way presents a

somewhat barren aspect, and with the exception of a scanty rain

crop of Bajra* and Juarf and annual cotton, there is but little

ground under cultivation. In the cold weather after heavy rain, it

assumes a somewhat green aspect, but when rain does not fall, as

was the case in the cold weather of 1851-52, hardly a blade of grass

is to be seen, and much do the villagers suffer for want of water,

they being in a great degree dependent for the supply of this neces-

sary on seasonable falls of rain, which they collect in kutcha (mud)

tanks, and which as long as a supply of water lasts are resorted to

indiscriminately by men and cattle.

A stunted jungle of Capparis aphylla (kurul), Salvadora persica

(pelu), Zizyphus (beir), Acacia modesta (phoolahi), and Prosopis

specigera (jund), occurs along the foot of the hills, and affords graz-

ing to numerous camels, sheep and goats, as well as an abundant

supply of fuel to the villagers. These shrubs appear to thrive best

in soil charged with saline matter, and form the mass of jungle in

the uncultivated tracts of the Punjaub Doabs which generally pre-

sent on their surface a white saline effervescence known under the

name of kullur, and which is a mixture of salt and sulphate, with

* Panicum spicatum. tT Holcus sorghum.

1853.| Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 235

generally a trace of carbonate of soda. As we ascend the alluvial

zones along the foot of the hills vegetation gradually diminishes, and

on the Salt rocks, which are the lowest in the series, it seems to

reach a minimum. A few stunted kurul, pelu and phoolahi bushes

may be observed, but succulent salsolas* and other chenopodiacious

plants known to the natives under the general term “ java,’’ with

one or two interesting Crucifere characterize these, and abound in

the Salt-marl. Above the Salt rocks vegetation again increases, but

on account of the want of water along the foot of the escarpment

of the Range, is every where scanty.

On reaching the summit of the escarpment which is formed of

limestone rocks elevated into a ridge varying from 2 to 5,000 feet in

height, we are introduced to a district of a totally different aspect

from that to the south, presenting at first generally a considerable

slope to the N., which is succeeded by a series of horizontal ridges

with intervening valleys.

Between Jelalpur and Baghanwalla, the Range presents merely

aridge; but beyond the latter place this expands into a kind of

table-land two or three miles in breadth, extending from the escarp-

ment between Baghanwalla and Jutana N. to the foot of mount

Drengan, the highest but one of the Salt Range hills which rises

from it behind the village of Bisharut. This table-land is about

2,800 feet above the level of the sea, and, though entirely dependent

on rain, is all under cultivation, and yields generally fair crops of

wheat, barley, &c. It extends inaS. W. direction for about a cou-

ple of miles, and then becomes broken up by limestone ridges, into

a succession of small cultivated valleys, one of which runs along the

S. side of mount Kurringurli under the village of Vuhali.

Proceeding westward to Katass, we enter the district of Kuhun,

which is made up of a succession of ridges and cultivated valleys

about 2,000 feet above the sea-level. At the west end of this district

is the Salt Lake of Kullur Kuhor (Kullur in Sanscrit means salt,

Kuhor, Sansc. a lake). Its extent varies much in different seasons,

but may be stated as about a mile long by half a mile broad, its

* These, in the plain along the foot of the Range, are, after the rains, cut, col-

lected into heaps and burnt for the sake of their ashes, which are called saji

mutti, a coarse kind of carbonate of soda.

236 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. | No. 3.

greatest length being from east to west. It receives the drainage from

the various hills around, and also a small stream of fresh water

which enters it atits West end near the village of Kuhar. Its depth

no where exceeds three or four feet, and its margin is formed of

black fetid mud, outside which is a thick saline incrustation produc-

ed by the evaporation of its water. Its saline ingredients seem

derived from salt springs, which issue from a mass of marl at its

S. W. end. Its water is a strong brine, but owing to the constant

drainage into it, after rains, of fresh water, it never reaches a point

of concentration sufficient to admit of salt being deposited in the

bottom of the lakes. After any heavy rains and when its surface-

level is considerably raised, a portion of its water finds an exit by a

nullah at its N. W. corner, which joins a small stream called Nunva

in the hills to the north. This periodical overflow also assists in

preventing the concentration of the water. It appears to contain

no fish, but it is a favourite resort of ducks and other water-fowls.

Beyond Kuhar on to Pyle, the district becomes more hilly and

only occasional patches of cultivation are to be seen. Here the

Range, which to the eastward does not exceed ten or twelve miles in

breadth, becomes narrow ; but soon rapidly expands into a mass of

hills which at their broadest point, North of Jubbee, is probably

not less than eighteen miles.

Among these are several cultivated valleys, the principal of which

are those of Khubakkie and Lone Lihesur. The former presents

nothing remarkable, except that after heavy rain, one or two small

lakes form in its lower parts.

The Lone Lihesur valley is about twelve miles long, and three

broad and is inland, between two ridges of limestone hills. It is

for the most part under rich cultivation, and in the hot weather has

the reputation of being as cool as Cashmere. At its west end is a

ereat salt lake called “ Sumundur,” three miles long by one and

a half broad, and beyond it mount Lihesur, the highest point of the

Salt Range, attains an elevation of about 5000 feet above the sea level.

Here the central district of the Range may be said to end, its sum-

mit forming a ridge on to the Indus.

The Salt Lake or Sumundur (sea) is in every way similar to the

one of Kullur Kuhar, but as far as we are aware, receives no perma-

1853.| Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 237

nent streams. During rain, the drainage into it from the Gumun-

dra, Putial and Kurrung ridges, which surround it, must be very

considerable, and the boulders in several nullahs which enter its

eastern extremity, mark the force of the floods which it at times

receives. There appears no exit for the waters of the lake, which

by solar evaporation must be kept within due bounds. All the hills

by which it is surrounded are composed of limestone, and hence it

is probable that salt springs enter it from below. Its water is a

strong brine, and a thick saline incrustation covers its banks.

South of the salt lake, in the hills between Kufree and Vurcha,

and about four miles from the former, is a fresh-water lake of consi-

derable depth called Julhur Kuhar (Julhur, Sanscrit, a spring of fresh

water), about three quarters of a mile long by about half-a-mile broad.

Jt is most picturesquely situated at the foot of a limestone escarp-

ment, and receives the drainage of the limestone hills around and of

the small valley at the west end of which it is placed. We believe

we were the first Europeans who had ever visited it, and were not

aware of its existence till we stumbled upon it accidentally. The

pleasure of beholding such a sheet of fresh water cannot be appre-

ciated to its full extent but in the midst of hills like the Salt Range,

where fresh water is no where abundant, and clean water is a scarce

luxury.

The vegetation in the central and northern districts of the Range

presents a striking difference to that on its south side, but though

the hills attain to a considerable height, there is nothing to indicate

an approach to an Alpine flora. The want of any of the ordinary

trees characteristic of the Sub-Himalayan ranges of elevations from

two to five thousand feet is very remarkable, and with the exception

of a few stunted Hyperanthera and semul trees (Bombax hepta-

phyllum), whose large scarlet flowers appear in the months of Feb-

ruary and March, nothing deserving the name of a tree is to be seen

on the Salt Range from the Jhelum to the Indus. This we conceive

is to be attributed entirely to the general absence of soil on the

surface of the limestone rock of the district, the debris of which

seems all to be washed into the valleys, where it forms a productive

soil. But although trees are deficient, the hills of the central dis-

trict present a green and refreshing aspect, being generally covered

238 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. {No 3.

with a low bush jungle, formed in great part of Dodonzwa Burman-

niana (Sunhetta) and Adhatoda vassica (Behikkur). These two

shrubs, but particularly the former, may be considered as peculiarly

characteristic of the central district, their fibrous roots penetrating

deeply into the soil between the rents and fissures which every where

traverse the limestone strata. Mixed with these may be observed

the Phulahee and the Kow—a species of Olea* famous for its long

and straight sticks which make excellent hammer or hatchet handles.

After rain a good deal of grass springs up, forming tufts along the

fissures in the limestone ; and a by no means inconsiderable number

of the smaller flowering plants may also be collected during the

months of March, April and May.

The northern district of the Range is formed of a succession of

ridges of soft sandstones and clays separated by deep ravines. These

present an escarpment to the south and dip to the north at a high

angle under the plain of Potowar, the general name for the country

north of the Salt Range, and which in its neighbourhood does not

probably exceed 1,000 feet above the level of the sea. They are of

small breadth in its eastern and central part, but towards the Indus

expand into barren hills that extend from Marie to Mokhudd; a

distance of fully 16 miles.

This district presents scarcely any cultivation, and its natural

vegetation is much the same as that of the central district, though

less abundant. The Grislea tomentosa (Tawa) is the only shrub we

have observed to be confined to the soft sandstone ridges.

In the Salt Range all goods, &c. must be conveyed on camels,

mules, or bullocks; paths passable for loaded camels cross it at

Dundhote, Mukrach, Lurdi, Nurpur, Kuttha and Nummul. The

best of these are the Dundhote, Kuttha and Nummul ones. The

traffic over them is, however, small, and chiefly confined to salt.

The grain grown in the Salt Range is, we believe, not more than

sufficient to supply the wants of its population, which is chiefly

Mahomedan.

* Probably O. europea.

1853.| Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 239

On the Geological Structure of the Salt Range m the Punjaub.

All the rocks forming the Salt Range appear to belong to the

strata termed fossiliferous by Sir Charles Lyell, whose classification

will be followed throughout the present Report.

We recognize then the following formations in an ascending order,

and under each of these shall endeavour shortly to describe their

various characteristic subdivisions, noticing as we proceed the mi-

nerals, &c. which they yield.

( . (a. Red marl with gypsum and rock salt.

: | 6. Lower red sandstone and grit, with conglomerate.

. Greenish micaceous sandstones and shales with

grey dolomitic (magnesian) sandstone.

. Upper red variegated sandstones, grits, conglo-

merates and clays.

Devonian.

(S)

San aaa

. Lower limestone, calcareous sandstone and shales.

. Grey sandstone and shales.

. Upper limestone, sometimes magnesian.

Primary or Paleozoic.

EAS

4 es a ee

Carboniferous.

GS Se

= a

. Yellow iron-stained quartzose sandstones, grits

and bituminous shales.

. Cherty thin bedded limestones with shales.

. Green Belemnite sandstone and shales.

Oolitic.

—i Oooo

Secondary.

Brown calcareous sandstone, nummulite limestone,

marls and alum shales with lignite.

Tertiary.

———

Greenish sandstones argillaceous grits, conglomer-

ates and red and green clays.

Alluvium.

Recent. Miocene? Eocene.

Post

Tertiary.

Primary, fossiliferous Devonian Rocks.

a. Red marl with gypsum and rock salt. This rock gives to the

Salt Range one of its most characteristic features, appearing generally

at the foot of its southern escarpment, and in the bottoms of the

various deep ravines which intersect the hills,

2H 2

240 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. | No. 3.

The marl occurs as the lowest rock, being subordinate to a red

sandstone into which it seems to pass, the transition being marked

by dark coloured fissile argillaceous beds. At Jutana and in the

Chukie Wan near Jubbee, a coarse red sandstone with bands of

conglomerate is seen in some places, cropping out under the marl,

but as great disturbance occurs among the strata at these localities,

and as the sandstone is identical in mineral character with that

_ which in the regular order of things appears above the marl, we are

disposed to consider its occurrence under it in the localities above

mentioned as the result of an overturn.

The marl can be recognized at a distance by its most singular

brick red colour, totally different from that of any ordinary clay,

which immediately impresses one with the idea, that it has been sub-

jected to igneous agency. 3

It does not disintegrate when treated with hydrochloric acid, but

in powder effervesces strongly, the greater part remaining undis-

solved, in the shape of a red mud composed of clay and sulphate of

lime or gypsum. The portion soluble in acid, consists of carbonate

of lime and carbonate of magnesia in about equal proportions with a

little alumina and peroxide of iron, to which latter substance the

marl owes its colour. The rock is therefore a clay, cemented by

gypsum and the carbonate of lime and magnesia into the consistency

of stone, the gypsum predominating and frequently appearing in

lamin of selenite in the marl, which sometimes presents a radiated

aspect, from a peculiar crystallization of the sulphate of lime.

In many places it is traversed by veins of gypsum, which seem to

have been formed in rents in the marl, and give it a most singular

honey-combed appearance. These veins often traverse the included

irregular beds of gypsum, proving they are more recent than those,

though in mineral character the gypsum of both the veins and beds

is identical. In several localities thin beds of chert and coarse

silicious sinter, containing patches of chalcedony may be observed.

The marl is extremely tough, and on this account, though by no

means hard, the work of sinking shafts or galleries in it, is very

laborious. It forms hills, some of which rise to the height of 1,500

feet above the sea, of a most jagged appearance, which is in a great

measure produced by the heavy falls of rain, dissolving out the

1853.| Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 241

gypsum, and its earthy carbonates, and forming in it deep ravines

and channels. These by undermining the marl frequently produce

extensive slips, which cause serious annoyance in the working of the

salt.

On tracing up some of the ravines, where the marl is well develop-

ed, it seems to form the centre of an anticlinal axis, the rocks

superior to it (see Table No. 7) dipping away from either side of its

out crop at a considerable angle. At the end of some of the gorges,

it often presents an amphitheatre of small hills surrounded by scarp-

ed precipices of the superior rocks. This may be well seen at the

upper part of the Milawan ravine below Nurpur and in the Seral

Ravine at Surdee, in both of which localities it has a remarkably

eruptive aspect. :

In the eastern part of the Range, the marl presents scarcely any

traces of stratification. Towards the Indus, however, in the neigh-

bourhood of Chooa, Vurcha and Futtypur, where it is extensively

developed, thin beds of argillaceous dark red sandstone occur in the

marl, and indicate its being a stratified deposit.

At several places, but particularly around Pind Dadun Khan, the

marl for some depth from the surface has much the character of a

breccia; angular masses of salt gypsum, sandstone and limestone

similar to those occurring in situ, being diffused through it. As the

numbers of the fragments appear to decrease the further from the

surface we examine the breccia, and as they are most numerous

where there is evidence of the greatest disturbance in the surround-

ing rocks, it is most probable that the breccia marl, which we have

seen in some ravines fully 200 feet thick, has been formed on the

surface of the regular marl at the time of, or subsequent to, the

upheaval of the Range to be hereafter noticed. Indeed its formation

may be observed after every heavy fall of rain, which washes large

quantities of red mud and fragments of rock into hollows in the

marl, which ultimately become cemented by the infiltration of sul-

phate and bi-carbonate of lime, held in solution by the rain-water,

and derived from the strata over which it passes in its downward

course.

We have hinted that the marl in some places has a singularly

eruptive appearance, but the distinct proofs of stratification which it

242 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 3.

presents in the western part of the Range negatives the idea. It is

probable however, that it has undergone metamorphism from

igneous influence, the exact nature of which it is difficult to ascer-

tain. In no one locality in the Salt Range is there any evidence of

the existence of plutonic or volcanic rocks by which this metamor-

phism could be effected, or the great disturbance produced, which is

apparent every where. In addition to the brick red colour of the

marl, which at once associates itself with the aspect of a well-burnt

brick-kiln, the contamed gypsum in many places and particularly on

its surface, is converted into a powder-like plaster of Paris, which

can only be prepared artificially by baking gypsum. This appearance

is most common towards the upper parts of the marl, on which at

Kewrah, Mukrach and Nurpur patches of a most singular choco-

late-coloured argillaceous rock of a somewhat trappian aspect occur,

just at the point where the marl passes by fissile argillaceous beds

into the red sandstone. It every where appears broken up into

small masses, which sometimes present a scoriaceous aspect, and in-

clude a curious radiated mineral not unlike some varieties of Tremo-

lite, nodules of green clay, and nests of tale. The patches of this rock

are quite superficial, and do not extend beyond twenty or thirty feet,

except in the gorge above the Kemah village, where it seems to form

a bed about 14 feet thick, which may be traced on the West side of

the gorge for about 80 yards, when it thins out, passing apparently

into argillaceous sandstone, a metamorphosed portion of which it

appears to be.

It effervesces slightly with muriatic acid, which dissolves a little

peroxide of iron, alumina and carbonate of lime with a trace of

magnesia.

In addition to the above indications of the marl having been sub-

jected to a high temperature, we would add the fact that the fissile

sandstones resting on the marl are every where rent and shivered

into small fragments, which appearance gradually vanishes as we

leave the marl. The beds of chert and sinter before noticed as

occurring in it, could only have been deposited by thermal waters,

silica being only soluble in water (generally alkaline) at a high tem-

perature and under high pressure.

1853.| Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 243

Minerals.

The only two minerals of importance which the red marl yields

are rock salt and gypsum. These we shall notice in detail.

Rock Salt.

This valuable mineral, the origin of which is so veiled in obscurity,

occurs in the marl apparently in a bed from 150 to 200 feet thick,

towards its upper surface, but wherever salt occurs, masses of it of

all sizes, which have been detached from the original bed, are found

scattered through the marl at various depths.

Three varieties of salt occur, the red, the white and the trans-

parent or glass salt. The former is obtained in greatest quantity,

and being tougher and more difficult to reduce to powder than the

other two varieties, stands transportation better, and is consequently

in greatest demand among the salt merchants.

The mineral in all its varieties 1s a nearly pure chloride of so-

dium, the only foreign soluble ingredient it contains being a trace

of sulphate of lime. Except when the salt is mixed with marl, it

contains no chloride of magnesium, an impurity which generally

occurs in rock salt, and the absence of which in that of the Salt

Range renders it but slightly deliquescent. The colour of the red

salt is not, as might be supposed, derived from a salt of iron or

manganese, but is probably of an organic nature.

The salt has every appearance of having been formed by crystal-

lization from a brine solution, in which much marl as mud has at

times been mechanically suspended. At the lower and upper limits

of the bed, where the deposition of the salt has commenced and

ended, it is much mixed with marl, but in its interior this merely

forms thin partings in the pure salt, which mark its stratification.

As the salt presents more of a crystalline aspect in the interior of

the bed, than at either its upper or under surface, we are inclined

to think that it has been there formed during a very slow evapora-

tion of the brine solution, which from the absence of mud, must

have been in a state of great quiesence. The salt is every where

solid, and never presents cavities lined with crystals of salt, which we

would expect to find had it been a sublimed product.

The salt bed bears evidence of having been exposed to violent

disturbing agency, as it can never be traced for any distance in the

244 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. | No. 3.

interior of the veins, without observing frequent fractures in it, or

partial faults, which are generally filled with coarsely powdered salt,

gypsum and marl, produced probably by the fractured ends of the

bed rubbing against each other during the process of upheaval, or

from subterranean movements subsequent to this.

The mineral has hitherto been mined in a most primitive manner,

no alterations or improvements having been introduced, since the

annexation of the Punjaub in 1849.

When a spot has been fixed upon, as a promising locality, a

tunnel is cut in the marl about five feet high and three and half

feet broad, and carried on until salt is reached, the proximity of

which is generally indicated, by the marl becoming moist and assum-

ing more the character of a dark red clay. The mineral is then

excavated as long as a. supply is procurable, no attention being paid

to leaving pillars at intervals for the support of the workings, the

consequence of which is, that great annoyance is experienced from

the falling in of the roof of the mines; and accidents to the unfor-

tunate miners themselves are of frequent occurrence. Should the

shaft have been sunk on, and reached only a mass of salt, after this

is worked out, the mine is either abandoned, or a gallery driven to a

greater depth into the marl until another large mass is found or the

salt bed reached. As this invariably has a strike and dip correspond-

ing to the strata superior to the marl, the stratification of the salt

guides the miners in their onward course. Along the bed, the pro-

cess of working is the same as on the masses, the whole of the good

salt being mined without leaving any support for the roof of the

workings, there being nothing more than huge caves excavated en-

tirely in the salt, which is seldom or ever worked through, either in

the floor or roof of the caves, because as the salt approaches its

matrix it becomes intimately mixed with marl, and is highly deli-

quescent from containing magnesia.

In almost every mine in the Salt Range the evil of having left no

pillars for the support of thin roofs, &c. is experienced, and some of

the larger and best mines have been in a great degree abandoned,

in consequence of their becoming filled up with huge masses of salt,

gypsum and marl. As the marl is the lowest rock in the Range, and

dips under all the others in a northerly direction at an angle of from

1853.] Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 245

25° to 40°; as might be expected, much trouble is occasioned by the

filling of the mines with water when they reach to any great depth.

During the rains too, in July, August and September, the water

rushes through passages in the marl into the mines, and by detach-

ing large portions of rock render them quite unsafe. In these

months, the miners desert the mines; partly on account of their dan-

ger, and partly on account of the intense heat and numerous fleas

and musquitoes which infest them and their neighbourhood.

In consequence of the irregular way of carrying on the workings,

the passages into the various mines exhibit at present a succession

of ascents and descents over a series of rude steps, which sometimes

become so polished and slippery as to render walking over them a

matter of some difficulty.

In extracting the salt, the chief instrument used is a hammer,

pick-shaped and hard-tempered at one end, and with a round head

at the other. A mass of salt being fixed upon as the scene of

operation, a portion is lined off, about two feet thick, and along this a

groove is cut with the sharp pointed hammer to the depth of some

eight or ten inches. Larger sharp pointed hammers as wedges are

then introduced at intervals along this line and on their broad heads

a series of sharp blows are inflicted. This generally detaches a

block of salt, which is then broken up into lumps of a size convenient

for being carried out of the mines. The amount of waste resulting

from the above method of working is something immense, and as

powdered salt is not saleable as long as lumps can be had, it is gene-

rally shovelled into the bottom of the workings where frequently

there is a deep brine pool ready to receive it.

Instead of making a deep groove along the limits of the mass, it is

desired to detach, (we believe the object could be equally well attain-

ed by adopting the plan used in the granite quarries of Scotland,

and which is as simple as it is effective.) Small holes three or four

inches long, two inches broad and four inches deep are picked out

at intervals of eight or ten inches in the mass which it is desired to

split. Into these holes truncated iron wedges are introduced. Each

of these are in succession driven into the holes and continue to

receive sharp blows till the mass splits, which is at once known by

the elasticity of the stone causing the wedges to jump out of their

Pi |

246 . Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [ No.3.

holes. A lever is then inserted into the crack and the divided por-

tions separated. Were this process introduced in the mining of the

salt, we are satisfied that a considerable saving to Government would

be effected. On account of the dangerous state of the roots of

nearly all the mines, gunpowder is seldom used, and hence all the

work is done by the pick and hammer.

The mines are generally very faintly lighted by small oil lamps

made generally out of bits of salt, the glimmer from which reflected

from the sparkling salt and salt-encrusted bodies of the workmen

has a most singular effect. From the want of circulation of air in

most of the mines and the dampness of the atmosphere, the heat is

most oppressive, and from the filthy habits of the miners, the stench

in some of the mines is quite overpowering. In the month of Decem-

ber when the temperature of the external air was 71° in the Buggie

Mine at Keurah, the thermometer indicated a temperature of 81°.

Men, women and children indiscriminately pursue the avocation

of salt miners. Families generally work together, the mother and

children being chiefly occupied in carrying on their backs the masses

of salt from the workings to the mouth of the mine, which the father

has quarried. Like miners generally, they are a somewhat discon-

tented set, and strifes among them are by no means uncommon.

The pay of the miners varies a good deal. At Keurah, Mukrach

and Vurcha, salt is turned out at the mouth of the mines at the rate

of Rs. 8-12 per 100 maunds (£0 7s. 6d. for 8,000 lbs.) at Surdee

they receive Rs. 2-8 (£0 5s. Od.) while at Kalibay where the salt

occurs in enormous masses which crop out on the surface of the

marl, and which have only to be broken up and removed, they receive

Rs. 2-14 for quarrying it, and Rs. 1-5 per 100 maunds for conveying

it to the depot at Marree. The above rates include the expense of

oil, instruments, &c., all of which are supplied by the miners them-

selves.

The quantity of salt that can be turned out in a day by a good

workman is about 10 maunds (800 lbs.) which at the present rate

of Rs. 2-8 per 100 maunds would give the miner 4 As. or 6 pence.

Where, however, a family work together, the father and perhaps one

of the sons mining while the mother and children remove the salt,

their earnings amount to something considerable.

1853.] Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 247

The general appearance of the miners varies greatly. At the end

of the hot season they appear very sickly and sallow, but towards

the close of the cold weather they do not appear to us to have a

more unhealthy aspect than the imhabitants of towns in the Pun-

jaub generally have.

They however suffer a good deal from sickness; but this is pro-

bably more owing to the position in which their villages are placed,

and to their filthy habits than to their trade. Certain diseases such

as ophthalmia and pulmonary complaints are very prevalent among

them, and doubtless result from the injurious effect of the finely

powdered salt acting as an irritant on the mucous membranes.

Fever is very prevalent among the miners at Keurah, where, perhaps

from the confined position of their village, they look far more sickly

than at most of the other mines.

Goitre is a frequent complaint, but particularly so at Kalibagh,

where every one seems more or less affected by the disease. This

the natives ascribe to the Indus water which is generally of a milky

colour from fine calcareous mud mechanically suspended in it, and

which the addition of a little alum speedily removes.

Dracunculus or guinea-worm is also very prevalent, but is by no

means peculiar to the Salt Range, being a common complaint all:

through the Punjaub among the natives, whenever they are depend-

ent on tanks for their supply of water.

As a general rule it may be observed, that where the supply of

water to a village is obtained from a kutcha (mud) tank, out of

which men and cattle drink indiscriminately, a circumstance, from

necessity, by no means uncommon, there guinea-worm will prevail,

while in villages supplied by running streams, the disease will be

unknown.

During the Seikh rule, salt was mined at almost every spot where

it cropped out, but to prevent smuggling most of the mines have

been shut up since the annexation of the Punjaub, salt being now

only extracted at Keurah, Mukrach, Surdee, Chooa, Vurcha and

Kalibagh. At all these places there are regular salt depots, and there

only can merchants procure a supply at the rate of Rs. 2 per maund

(£0 4s. Od. for 80 lbs.) For whatever quantity they may purchase

they receive a permit, and should an ounce more than this indicates,

212

248 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 3.

be found in their custody, confiscation of the salt, and of the

mules, bullocks or camels on which it is loaded, is the punishment.

awarded.

To prevent smuggling wherever salt occurs in -e marl or is sup-

posed to, from the occurrence of strong brine springs, a guard is

posted, and the villagers are not allowed to take away even for their

cattle the saline efflorescence on the sides of the numerous brine

streams, which issue from the range or even a pitcherful of the brine

itself. As only the very poorest class of natives would think of

using the dirty salt on the sides of the streams, or of evaporating

the brine in order to obtain a small supply, this proscription falls

very hard upon them, and they cannot understand why they may

not as well avail themselves of the kullur or kourah pani as allow

it to be wasted.

Of all the mines in the Salt Range those at Keurah near Pind

Dadun Khan, yield the largest amount of salt, and those of Chooa,

Vurcha the least. The annexed table, the materials for the con-

struction of which we are indebted to W. Wright, Esq., Collector of

Salt Customs in Punjaub, shows the quantity of salt extracted from

the mines at each of the different salt stations or depdts during the

commercial years, 1850 and 1851, with the amount of revenue realized

by its sale.

1850. 1851.

n wh

2 2

Maunds. | # | & | Maunds. | « | $

ag Bee | Ss

a) 8|5

Keurah mines, eoeeeetese2ee2 @€0 60208 88 4,63,440 14 24 3,384,242 19 ll )

Wiakraehi tito yrs is eee cic Geleloteloinintea 1,46,525| 5 0 131,773) 23 6

Surges MIO, . «os me ajo.0 a « alela derbi 42,505} 20 0 19,62+| 31 4

Chooa, Vurcha ey Se ke pottie eee 36 385! 2 8 39,699] 26 0

Kalibagh, . ws babe ord Mote e-mishoke 79,747| 23 2 65,274) 7 6

Grand Totaly/2.. 4: 6. 7,638,603; 24 | 123) 6,40,618) 27 | 11

ere aes oe | eae ae od ee |

Rs. Ae Es Rs. A. | Ae

em | eee:

Revenue yielded at the rate of Co.’s

Rs. 2 per maund of 40 seers, ....| 15,37,400) 1 | 7 | 12,81,295) 14 | 10

1853.| Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 249

The introduction of a scientific system of mining a mineral which

yields so large an amount of revenue to Government is of such vast

importance that we cannot close our remarks on the salt deposit,

without urging the necessity of securing the services of a practical

miner, who from extensive experience acquired under-ground in

some of the large salt mines of England or the Continent, is tho-

roughly capable of introducing and carrying out the improvements

required. Under his guidance, the mineral should be extracted,

shafts sunk, and the whole interior economy of the mines regulated.

The operations now in progress with a view to run a tunnel into

the Sugaswalla mine at Keurah, which from the efforts of the former

primitive way of working it, is almost entirely blocked up, are, we

trust, only the commencement of a series of reforms, which if carried

eut with vigour by duly qualified superintendents, are certain to be

followed by the best results. It will probably, however, be found.

more economical and satisfactory to sink entirely new mines through

the marl into the salt bed, than to attempt radical changes in mines

that have been long worked, and had their roofs extensively under-

mined by the indiscriminate excavation of salt. The waste in work-

ing the salt is now so great, that we are convinced with a little

care and the introduction of an improved system of mining a large

amount might annually be saved to Government. It is not enough

to say that because the supply of salt is so abundant, there is no

necessity for changing the method of mining that has been adopted

from time immemorial.* The supply of salt is undoubtedly large,

but as there is such a deal of difficulty, nay impossibility, in the

present workings of obtaining accurate information as to its extent

' or thickness, we conceive it is the duty and interest of an enlighten-

* We have been quite unable to obtain any accurate information as to the period

when the salt mines were first opened. The natives assert it was during the reign

of the Emperor Akbar (whose accession dates from 1556) to whom the exist-

ence of salt in the Salt Range was disclosed by one Asp Khan, on condition of his

receiving, as a reward, during his life time, a sum equal to the amount of the

wages of the miners employed in extracting it. During Akbar’s reign, it is a mat-

ter of history, that Lahore salt sold at the rate of about six annasa maund. In

the Kohat district at the present time it may be brought for use Trans-Indus at

four aunas a maund !

250 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 8.

ed Government to economize the mineral as much as possible. The

powdered and inferior salt now wasted in the mines, might all be

saved by dissolving it in water in deep tanks. » In these all mud and

mechanical impurities would rapidiy subside, and on the brine solu-

tion becoming clear, it might be run off and evaporated by the heat

of the sun in other shallow tanks or by passing the brine through

mattings exposed to the sun and air, on which it would rapidly

crystallize. In the Austrian mines, the brine obtained from impure

salt is dried up in large evaporating houses, but as in this country

the heat of the sun would serve instead of fuel, the expense would

be but trifling and a large quantity obtained of a salt which for many

purposes would be preferable to rock salt.

By economizing also the numerous brine springs and streams

which issue from the Salt Range a large supply of an inferior salt

could be obtained, and which if sold at a cheap rate, would, we

believe, be extensively purchased by the natives, for agricultural

purposes.

A large quantity also of an impure salt (a mixture of chloride of

sodium and sulphate of soda) might be collected from the banks

of the Kullur Kuhar and Sumoondur salt lakes,* which is now

utterly useless, the natives on their banks not being even allowed to

remove it to give their cattle.

Gypsum.

Gypsum occurs in the marl in a manner similar to the salt, irregu-

lar beds and huge masses being scattered through it, wherever it

occurs in beds it is much cracked, the fissures being filled with red

marl or a bluish clay. Beds of it seem to be both above and below

the salt. In some localities the strata of gypsum are remarkably

bent and contorted, as if they had been subjected to violent, lateral

pressure, previous to their being shattered and upheaved. The mi-

neral is for the most part of a hght grey colour with a shade of blue,

and translucent on the edges. It has a saccharine appearance, but

masses in which a coarse crystalline structure prevails are by no

* The water of this lake has a Sp. Gr. of 1.02 five hundred (500) grains eva-

porated to dryness yielded 14.97 grains of saline matter consisting of sulphate

of soda and chlorides of sodium and magnesium with a trace of chloride of

calcium,

1853. ] Report on thé Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 251

means uncommon. Red varieties also occur and beds of a dark grey

earthy gypsum are generally associated with the saccharine kind.

It is a nearly pure sulphate of lime and appears to be free of any

admixture of carbonate of lime.

When calcined it yields a pure plaster of Paris, which sets rapid-

ly when mixed with water. Gypsums, however, in which carbonate

of lime is absent, form, when calcined, a less coherent cement than

those where it occurs to the extent of 10 or 12 per cent. By a due

admixture therefore of quick lime with the calcined Salt Range gyp-

sum, its hardness as a cement or mortar will probably be increased.

The natives do not appear to be aware of the properties of gyp-

sum when calcined, though they use it in fine powder mixed up with

pure lime into a mortar, to produce the shining marbly appearance,

so often noticed in their finer chunam work.

In the department of public works, the use of gypsum might be

successfully introduced for various building purposes, and a supply

to any extent might be procured from around Pind Dadun Khan.

In the gypsum of Maree and Kalibagh and also at Surdee, very

perfect. rock crystals occur generally in the form of six-sided prisms

terminated by six-sided pyramids. After rain these spangle in a

most striking manner, and hence have acquired the name of Maree

diamonds. ‘Transparent, red and milky varieties occur, the former

being the most abundant. The longer and more perfect crystals are

much esteemed by the natives, who manufacture them into necklaces.

Very perfect crystals of iron pyrites also occur in gypsum in the

Keila Wan above the village of Khond, from beds, of which a sul-

phur spring issues at a natural temperature, depositing sulphur on

the gypsum over which it flows.

In proceeding -along the Salt Range from E. to W., the first indi-

cations of salt marl occur in the 8S. E. or scarped side of mount

Tillah, where it is very indistinct, being in great part concealed -by

Tertiary sands and clays. From the West end of mount Tillah it may

be traced along the foot of the scarped or West side of the Chumbul

ridge to Jelalpore. where it is considerably developed, but in the

midst of such great disturbance that its relative position can with

difficulty be made out. _To the West of Jelalpore there is no distinct

outcrop of the marl seen.along the escarpment of the Range under

252 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 3.

the red sandstone until we reach Jutana, where it occurs in great

quantity and includes large stratified masses apparently of salt,

along with broken up beds of gypsum. No salt is seen in the marl

East of Jutana, though wherever it appears, its surface is covered

with a saline efflorescence, and all the springs which issue from it

yield a strong brine.

From this point it may be uninterruptedly traced to Pind Dadun

Khan, in the neighbourhood of which it yieids a very large amount

of salt, and from thence with but a few breaks on to the Gredi Hills

near Moosakhail, between which place and Booreekhail it is not

seen. Here it agai crops out and yields salt, and may be traced

westward for some two or three miles into a ravine, which separates

the Lukrukkie from the Majooch Hills. It then disappears and does

not again, as far as we are aware, crop out, till near Maree on the

Indus, where it forms an isolated ridge overhanging the river, along

the right bank of which above the town of Kalibagh it is extensively

developed, the salt appearing in immense stratified masses in the

marl. Except for a few miles up to the Loon Nullah, which enters

the Indus opposite Maree, we have not traced the marl northward,

but probably the same formation yields the salt obtained at the

mines in the Kohat district, which from the repeated attacks of the

hill tribes have gained considerable notoriety.

At Maree and Kalibagh, the marl appears to have been subjected

to great disturbance, and the red sandstone strata, which in other

localities are immediately superior to it, seem to be wanting entirely.

At Maree a few Tertiary sandstone strata, may be seen dipping as

it were under the marl, and on the Kalibagh hill it seems entirely

covered by Tertiary conglomerates and sandstones. As there is

distinct evidence of a great upheaval and fracture of the rocks at

Kalibagh, it is not surprising that the salt marl should appear to

have suffered in the general disturbance, and to have as it were been

forced up through the rocks, which in the regular order of things

intervene between the Tertiary strata and the marl.

Its relation to the Tertiary rocks might induce the supposition,

that at Kalibagh the marl was of Tertiary age, but its general ap-

pearance and mineral character are identical with the rock to the

eastward, and leave no room to doubt that it is of the same age.

1853.| Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 253

Besides the general outcrop of marl along the escarpment of the

Range, we have noticed it under the red sandstone on the N. W., on

the scarped side of mount Kuringali, the path between the villages of

Chumbi and Vevhalee passing over it. Here no salt was observed,

but the marl contains abundance of gypsum, and its surface is in-

crusted with the usual saline efflorescence. At the west end of the

salt lake of Kullur Kuhar, the marl also occurs in small quantity,

appearing to have been forced up through the rocks immediately

superior to it, and to be brought into contact with nummulite lime-

stone by which it is covered.

At Vusual to the north of Noorpoor we believe the salt mar! with

salt occurs in a deep ravine, but as we were not aware of the fact

when in ifs neighbourhood, we never visited the locality. This, as

far as we know, is the only spot where salt has been found on the

north side of the Salt Range.

b. Lower Red Sandstone and Grit with Conglomerate.

Wherever the salt marl is seen at the base of an escarpment, its

upper portion may be observed gradually to lose its brick-red colour,

to become more like an indurated clay, and ultimately to pass into

thin beds of dark red, fissile, argillaceous sandstone, which in some

places alternates with thin beds of gypsum and salt, and with green

and chocolate-coloured clays.

This sandstone gradually loses its argillaceous character, its beds

become thicker, its colour lighter and, by its constituents becoming

coarser, passes frequently into a grit. Conglomerate bands chiefly

formed of boulders of primitive rocks of moderate size, among which

the prevalence of a red coarse-grained syenite is very remarkable,

occur frequently, and present exactly the characters of the old red

sandstone conglomerate of Britain.

The sandstone generally, but especially its lower beds, where they

approach the marl, is highly hygrometric, and frequently presents on

its surface a saline incrustation.

It does not disintegrate in muriatic acid, but a portion dissolves

with effervescence, the solution yielding to the usual tests, abundant

indications of carbonate of lime and carbonate of magnesia.

The ease with which this sandstone can be quarried is a strong

(254 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No.3.

recommendation in its favour, though from its lability to become

damp in moist weather, owing to its being impregnated with salt,

it rapidly crumbles, and hence cannot be recommended as a durable

building stone. If ever required for the purpose, the lighter colour-

ed portions of the rock should invariably be selected, as they are less

hygrometric than the darker variety.

No minerals of importance have been observed in this rock.

Although the most careful search was made, particularly in the

lighter-coloured beds where fossils are most likely to be found, not a

trace of an organic remain could be detected: when we bear in

mind the fact that only a few years ago, the old red sandstone of

Britain was regarded, “as the least fossiliferous rock in the geologie

scale,’ our want of success in obtaining fossils from its Punjab

representative, will not appear remarkable.

The thickness of this formation varies a good deal throughout the

Range, and probably on an average is not less than 500 feet. The

upper surface of the beds frequently present ripple markings, indi-

cative of their having been deposited in shallow water.

c. Greenish micaceous Sandstones and Shales with grey Dolomitic

Sandstone.

The red sandstone is generally succeeded by a series of greenish

micaceous thinly laminated sandstones, dark shales and coarse calca-

reous bands, which in the eastern part of the Range are developed

into an extensive deposit of a very peculiar sandstone, varying from

nearly white to dark grey and weathering of a fawn colour. In many

localities it is brecciated, the fragments having become recemented.

by a calcareous paste. A concretionary structure is by no means

uncommon, masses of the rock appearing to be sometimes made up

of nodules formed of concentric lamine like the coats of an onion.

Its lower beds are generally dark-coloured and parted by bands of

micaceous sandstones and shales ; brine springs not unfrequently issue

from these and their impregnation with magnesia is evinced by the

effervescence of sulphate of magnesia in fine acicular crystals, which

may be often observed under the ridges of rock. When tolerably

well developed, the united thickness of this formation must be about

500 feet.

1853.] Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 255

The grey sandstone when treated with muriatic acid, dissolves

slowly with effervescence, leaving a considerable residue of a nearly

white silicious sand. On filtering this from the acid solution and

applying to it the usual tests, lime and magnesia were found in

abundance with a trace of protoxide of iron and alumina. The rock

under notice is therefore a sandstone, the cementing agents being

carbonate of lime and magnesia. Sometimes the two latter largely

predominate, and give the sandstone more of the character of a

coarse limestone. In a few of its beds, the cementing ingredient

seems to be entirely carbonate of lime, and the examination of a

specimen from one of these bands obtained at Baghanwala in 1848,

which did not yield a trace of magnesia, led us to believe that this

earth was not characteristic of the formation, which its appearance

induced us to suspect.

A specimen of this sandstone from Mount Tillah yielded on analy-

sis, the following results in 100 parts.

White quartz sand... eh OUD SRR mira {6 10010

Carbonate of iron “Sit ai eke of abate cote 7.3138

PNAS OE UNG. cae sangcersea canta oo oEiee qvecncoens 32.874

PPAEUOIALO OL MAONESIG, 2.0.05 .ccserevececieeesarseeaiees OL-LOG

RST oa fes ies Whi nate naalicivellt davideiiesieee yee 614

Total, ... 100.000

This sandstone or coarse magnesian limestone will, we are assured,

be found to be most excellent and durable building stone, and it is

much to be regretted, that it was not selected for the construction

of the obelisk in the Chillianwalla burial-ground, the red sandstone

of Pind Dadun Khan having been preferred. Though rather hard,

it is easily worked, and when roughly polished, is highly ornamental

from its possessing a semi-crystalline structure.

Jt may be had in abundance on mount Tillah, the summit of which

it forms, and all along the Salt Range from Jelalpur to Mukrach, to

the West of which place it gradually thins out in the micaceous

green sandstone.

Like most calcarious rocks, it is liable to be acted on by water

charged with carbonic acid, and hence along the upper weathered

2k 2

256 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No.3.

surface of its beds, it is grooved and channeled in a most peculiar

way by the rain water, which passing through the vegetation, ac-

quires carbonic acid in considerable quantity, and becomes a most

powerful natural solvent of lime and magnesia.

The only mineral which we have observed in this formation de-

serving of notice is galena or sulphuret of lead.

This occurs in the dolomitic sandstone, forming the summit of

mount Kuringali, and in the same rock in a ravine near the temple

on the right side of the Keurah gorge above Pind Dadun Khan. In

these localities small cubical crystals are found scattered throughout

the rock, but in very small quantity, and no where are there indica-

tions of a vein of any consequence. It is in great request among the

natives as a cosmetic, to whom it is known by the name of Soorma.

Obscure carbonaceous markings are of frequent occurrence among

the green micaceous sandstones, but too indistinct to be identified.

They probably are the remains of fuci. In the dolomitic sandstone,

no traces of organisms of any kind were detected.

d. Upper, red, variegated Sandstones, Grits, Conglomerates and

Clays.

The dolomitic sandstone last described is succeeded by a series of

dark red shales, argillaceous sandstones, including nodules of green

clay, and quartzose grits with bands of conglomerates of primitive

rocks, among which the same red syenite as occurs in the lower red

sandstone is most abundant.

These beds are highly charged with peroxide of iron which gives

them a blood-red colour, and magnesia may be detected in all the

sandstones, grits, and conglomerates of the group in considerable

abundance. All the sandstones are extensively ripple-marked, and

along the water courses which intersect the beds, present on their

surface a saline efflorescence.

Between Jelalpore and Pind Dadun Khan, they are largely deve-

loped, while towards the Indus they seem to be in a great measure

replaced by a series of red, green, purple and chocolate-coloured

shales which weather into clays, and from yielding small concretion-

ary masses of copper ore, present considerable interest. These are

invariably superior to the sandstone grits and conglomerates. Thin

beds of white quartzose grit occasionally traverse the shales, and

1853.| Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 257

beds of a coarse silicious sinter containing in some places particles

of chalcedony are of frequent occurrence. Throughout the shales

selenite or transparent gypsum may be noticed in lamine and crys-

tals, and in small impure concretions of radiating crystals, associated

with similar nodular concretions of impure sulphate of barytes and

argillaceous hematite. These along with the silicious sinter, have

probably been deposited by thermal waters penetrating the shales,

the variegated colours of which, may probably result from their having

been exposed to different degrees of heat during the prevalence of

thermal action. Such coloured clays are, we believe, of frequent oc-

currence in countries where thermal action is prevalent.

On tracing the shales upwards they gradually become arenaceous

and acquire a greenish colour. A few dark shales then follow and

mark the transition into the formation which succeeds.

Copper Ore.

The existence of copper ore in the Salt Range was first made

public by Capt. Hollings, Deputy Commissioner of Leia. It occurs

chiefly in the form of nodular concretions, varying in size from a

millet seed to that of a walnut, disseminated through the variegated

shales and clays resulting from their disintegration, on the surface of

which, particularly after rain, their green colour brings them promi-

nently into view. Small green patches of silicate and carbonate

of copper may also be observed in masses of the silicious sinter,

which we before mentioned as occurring in the shales. The origin

of this concretion is most obscure, but it is probable that the parti-

cles of copper in solution in thermal waters were diffused through

the shales, and that by a process of crystallization they have aggre-

gated into the form we now find them. ‘Their resemblance to the

nodular concretions of kuhkur found every where in the desert

alluvial soil throughout the Punjab, induces us to believe that they

were formed in a similar way. So complete, however, has been the

separation of the particles of copper from the shales in which they

are found, that not a trace of copper can be detected in them on

submitting small portions to chemical analysis.

The nodules of copper ore are occasionally very pure, but fre-

quently it forms only the centre of the nodular concretionary masses

ef sulphate of lime and barytes, which we have above alluded to.

258 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 8.

No indications of the existence of a vein of ore have been obtained

either in the shales or in any rock, superior or inferior to them.

In the thin beds of coarse white quartzose grit- which occur in the

shales, disseminated grains of carbonate and silicate of copper are

occasionally to be noticed, but in small quantity. }

The ore is for the most part copper glance or sulphuret of copper,

one of the richest and most easily smelted ores. Its surface is

generally covered with copper, as the result of the action of air and

moisture ; indeed in a large number of the nodules, the copper glance

can only be detected in their centre—their circumference being

converted into carbonate of copper.

The purer and undecomposed nodules present on fracture a dark

leaden-colour, and are sectile. Particles of the ore heated before

the blow pipe on charcoal yield a button of metallic copper.

A pure specimen yielded, on analysis, the following results in 100

parts.

Gabperisd: Lomchiaweie). sdeus Clo lee 75.830

Sulsoureh ef Soda, .rddovouot eel cee 3.155

uletime? gues Deke eae edna. o. de ieee D1.

Peroxide of iron and alluming, ....................000. 015

Total,... 100.000

The above analysis shows a much larger percentage of copper,

than the concretions usually contain. This from a series of experi-

ments, we believe, to vary from 12 to 20 per cent.

The quantity of ore seems insignificant, and is only interesting in

a minerological point of view. After heavy rain, which disintegrates

large quantities of shale, and leaves the green copper concretions

exposed to view, a man may, in some localities, collect in the course

of a day about an ounce of ore. It seems to be more abundant

in some localities than in others. The Nulee hill above Kuttha

yielding we believe the largest quantity. We have detected it in

almost every deep ravine between Bayaar Hast of Moosakhail and

Kuttha, a distance of not less than forty miles, within which limits

the variegated shales are principally developed.

The only indications of organisms we have detected in this forma-

tion are confined to the dark red, schistose sandstones and upper

1853.| Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 259

arenaceous shales. They are most indistinct and are probably the

remains of Fucoids.

The rocks we have described under the term Devonian, form in

thickness and extent, perhaps the most striking feature in the geo-

logy of the Salt Range, appearing in its steep escarpment subordinate

to all the rocks hereafter to be noticed, and in the numerous ravines

which intersect it.

On proceeding westward from Rhotas, they first emerge from

under the. miocene sandstones on the Hast flank of mount Tillah, the

great mass of which they form, all the subdivisions of the series

being duly represented in this mountain (see section No. 4) with

the exception of the copper shales. From its West end they may be

traced across the Poonah Nullah into the Chumbul Range, where

they are flanked to the East by the miocene sandstones of the Imapore

hills. On the Gurjah hill above Jelalpore, they are extensively

exposed, and form the mass of the Range on to Baghanwalla, where

the upper red sandstones attain their greatest thickness. From this

point they stretch North for several miles, dipping under the table-

land of Besharut and rising up again to form the summit and scarped.

northern face of mount Kuringali and Drengum, from where they

may be traced into Diljubba, where they are for the most part con-

cealed by the extensive Tertiary strata which stretch Hast to Buk-

nala.

From Baghanwalla westward the Devonian rocks can be traced

uninterruptedly. Around Kuttha the copper shales first appear,

and seem in a great degree to take the place of the upper dark red

sandstones, which can scarcely be recognized between that locality

and Moosakhail, except in the neighbourhood of Chideru, where

thick beds of them occur subordinate to the shales. From Moosa-

khail on to the Indus, the Devonian formations above the salt marl

seem to amalgamate, and the divisions which are so distinctly marked

in the Hast part of the Range can with difficulty be made out, the

thickness of the whole gradually diminishing. They disappear alto-

gether around Maree and Kalibagh.

In the Chichalee Range of hills on the West bank of the Indus

below Kalibagh no Devonian rocks crop out, but at the North or up-

260 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 3.

per end of the Kaffee Kote Range near the village of Bahadur Dak

a series of red and grey saliferous sandstones appear for a short dis-

tance under carboniferous limestone. Numerous brine springs issue

from these, which are doubtless the equivalent of the Devonian rocks

East of the Indus.

Primary or Paleozoie Carboniferous Rocks.

Succeeding the formations last described are a series of limestones

and sandstones which, from the abundance of marine organic remains

they contain, furnish to the geologist a most invaluable aid in deter-

mining the age of various rocks inferior to them.

During the very partial examination of the Salt Range, which by

orders of Government we made in the month of April 1848, we

detected at Moosakhail on our return to Lahore from Kalibagh a

developement of calcareous strata, which in our report we stated te

be evidently superior in geological position to the salt marl. In a

few hours devoted to the examination of this locality, a small collec-

tion of fossils was obtained, which were sent to England in order, if

possible, to have them identified.

Through the kindness of Sir Roderick Murchison we effected this,

and were informed by that distinguished geologist that, the Moosa-

khail fossils seemed identical with carboniferous forms well known

in the British isles.

M. de Verneuil to whom my collection was submitted, identified

5 out of 8 or 9 species with forms well known in rocks of carbonife-

rous age in other parts of the world. |

The circumstance of our having detected what we took for belem-

nites and ammonites associated with genera characteristic of pale-

ozoic formations, and misled by the idea entertained by geologists

until very recently, that salt deposits were confined to Triassic or

more recent rocks, we had great difficulty in bringing ourselves to

believe that the Salt Range salt could possibly belong to a formation

older than the Trias. The recent announcement, however, of the

fact, that in North America the great salt sources issue from the

heart of palzozoic rocks, and that in Russia the salt lies chiefly in the

uppermost palzozoic deposit, and also in the Devonian sandstone,

immediately removed all doubts from our minds as to the true age

1853.] Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 261

of that of the Salt Range, as well as of the calcareous strata of

Moosakhail.

The rocks included under the term carboniferous present in the

Salt Range three divisions, which we shall proceed to notice.

A lower limestone, calcareous sandstone, and shales.

The lower beds of this deposit, when they rest on the Devonian

rocks, generally present the characters of a calcareous sandstone of

a light grey colour. This gradually passes into a limestone of a very

compact and generally crystalline character, varying from a light.

flesh colour to dark grey, some varieties being nearly black. The beds

of this rock, in which occur irregular shaped masses of hornstone,.

sometimes closely approaching to flint, are frequently parted by thin

bands of arenaceous shales. There are frequently a mass of corals

and corallines mixed up with shells. The limestones generally

abound in encrinites and large brachiopodous Mollusca, and in many

localities seem to be composed entirely of the disjointed stems of

the former. Their fractured surface presents generally a highly

erystalline aspect from the encrinite whorls being converted into

calcareous spar.

Although generally a purely calcareous formation, in some localities,

especially towards the Indus and in the Chichalee hills, it seems to

become magnesian and to alter considerably in general appearance.

Wherever magnesia prevails, the limestone assumes a cherty aspect,

the strata are much disturbed, and frequently shivered, fossils be-

come very scarce, and the same brecciated appearance as is noticed

in the Devonian Dolomitic sandstone is very common. The occur-

rence of magnesia in the limestone is very local, and the same bed

may be observed purely calcareous and full of fossils at one point,

while half a mile beyond, it is charged with magnesia and scarcely a

fossil to be found in it. Although the transition from a calcareous

rock to a magnesian one is generally noticed along the strike of the

beds, the same change may be observed in some localities extending

in a vertical direction; such phenomena have been observed by Sir

Roderick Murchison in the Alps, and it has been supposed that

the magnesia, subsequently to the formation of such limestones,

has been injected into them, and produced a metamorphosis. The

absence of fossils too amidst the magnesian limestones has been

2 L

262 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. {No. 3.

accounted for, by supposing that the mineral acid in union with

which the magnesia has been introduced, has in accordance with the

known laws of chemical attraction, combined with the calcareous

matter of the fossils, and caused their disappearance. A similar

theory to account for local deposits of gypsum in the midst of calea-

reous strata has-also been propounded, viz. that vapours of sulphuric

acid generated during the prevalence of igneous action, have been

injected into limestones, and converted the carbonate into sulphate

of lime. The origin of the Salt Range gypsum cannot, however,

we conceive, be explained in this way ; for if sulphuric acid vapours

permeated the marl, they would in all probability have produced

partial decomposition of the salt into sulphate of soda, an impurity

not to be found in the mineral. The almost entire absence too of

carbonate of lime from the gypsum, strengthens the belief that it

was originally deposited as such.

On tracing the limestone upwards, its beds become thinner and

less crystalline, and alternate with thin beds of dark magnesian

micaceous sandstones and shales. Atthe upper limit of these in the

central part of the Range and Chichalee Hills as well as at Kaffir

Kote, a few thin beds of a compact slaty limestone generally of a

dark grey colour occur, and seem to mark the transition into the

next division.

b. Grey Sandstone and Shales.

The beds forming this series consist of micaceous fine grained

fissile sandstones alternating with beds of dark bituminous shales.

Towards their upper limits the sandstones become more compact and

of a reddish colour, alternating frequently with beds of slaty lime-

stone similar to those forming the top beds of the division of the

series last described. In the upper compact sandstones, ripple

markings are common, and in the Bukh Ravine above Moosakhail we

detected a most distinct exhibition of markings similar to those

produced by rain or hail falling on sand or mud, when in a wet or

pasty state. These occur on the upper surface on a bed of sand-

stone, and were traced along its strike for a considerable distance.

The bed dips under other beds of a similar sandstone which present

1853.] Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 263

ripple markings on their surface, and hence we may safely conclude

that it has been formed on a beach on which water has ebbed and

flowed.

Rain-drop-markings similar to the above, have been noticed by

Sir Charles Lyell in the states of Massachusetts and Connecticut in

red sandstone of Triassic age.

In all the shales and in most of the sandstones of this series,

magnesia prevails, and hence but few fossils occur, those that we have

observed being confined to argillaceous sandstones in the immediate

neighbourhood of calcareous beds, which are generally free of magne-

sia impregnation.

c. Upper Limestone.

The two preceding divisions of the carboniferous series are very

distinctly marked wherever it is extensively developed, but east of the

Indus there are few localities where the upper limestone is well

seen. It forms the summit of the Zinnanee Hill above Chederos

(see table No. 8) which is upwards of 1,900 feet above the plain.

Here, in mineral character, it is undistinguishable from the more

crystalline varieties of the lower limestone, and abounds in encrinites

and brachiopoda. About ten miles further west in the Bukhh

Ravine which intersects the Salt Range between Nummaal and Moo-

sakhail a grey limestone of a hard and cherty character occurs in a

similar position, but, as far as we are aware, devoid of fossils. Its

lower beds assume the character of a very fine grained sandstone,

and rest on a yellow argillaceous limestone of very fine grain, similar

to some lithographic limestones. This limestone dissolves in acid

with the separation of a considerable quantity of yellow mud, and its

solution yields indication of the presence of a small quantity of

magnesia: a few indistinct indications of fish scales were noticed

in it.

On the Zinnanee Hill, the upper limestone is purely calcareous,

and dissolves rapidly in muriatic acid, with the separation of a very

small quantity of yellow mud. That of the Bukhh Ravine, however,

dissolves slowly, and in its solution magnesia may be detected by

the usual tests.

2L 2

264 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 3.

On analysis it yields in 100 parts:

Sites OS, Te, GOR LN OO

Carbonate aie MGet Loos seats asa mute ees

Ditto of Magnesia,.. 2 ved ee BS BOD

Alumina with a little Dual: of iets PARE .100

Organic Matter and Luoss,......0.... 22a ta Re 891

Total,... 100.000

The lower fine-grained sandstone on which the above limestone

rests, yields on analysis as follows :

Silicious Quartz Sand, .s.tes.cse.cc.esseseqnedeoncdies) MeO

Carhonate.of (megs... heidi abe bolisceSoeeeeer 47.870

Ditto of Magnesia, .. shoe » «iad niente ee wis sinaiouti tere OOD

Alumina and Baioude of Ton: pubes acti aa 1.200

Ofvanre’ Matter ands Mossy. 27. Oe ee desee ees .130

Total,... 100.000

On the west bank of the Indus in the Chichalee Hills, the upper

limestone is far more distinct than on its east bank; and is generally

cherty and magnesian, and much shivered and brecciated. In the

Kaffir Kote Range, a highly bituminous sandstone of a dirty brown

colour, appears to be its representative, from which large quantities

of petroleum issue, this being probably derived from the spontaneous

combustion of dark bituminous shales charged with pyrites, on which

the sandstone rests, and which form the upper member of the middle

carboniferous series.

Throughout the carboniferous rocks we have described, there

appears no indication of true coal measures, which in Britain are in-

variably associated with the carboniferous or mountain limestone.

The latter, in the south of England, forms the base of the coal

formation, while in the Scotch coal fields thick seams of coal alter-

nate with beds of carboniferous limestone and intercalated. with

limestone and sandstone beds of fresh-water origin. In the Salt

Range, however, no fresh-water beds have been observed in the car-

boniferous series.

The limestones or marbles of this formation can be strongly

recommended as highly ornamental and durable building stones.

1853.] Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 265

The compact flesh-coloured and nearly black varieties are perhaps

to be preferred, as weathering more uniformly than those which are

more crystalline. They take a fine polish, and may be obtained in

blocks of any size. Vurcha would be a covenient locality for obtaining

the flesh-coloured stone, while in the Nursing Wan near Kuttha,

the black variety could easily be procured. The flesh-coloured lime-

stone forms the gateway of the ancient fort of Kaffir Kote, where

it seems to have resisted the action of the atmosphere in a most

remarkable degree, the blocks being as fresh as the day they were

quarried.

As a source of lime, all the limestones of this formation are very

valuable. The yellow argillaceous limestone mentioned as occurring

in the Bukhh Ravine, is, we believe, well adapted for lithographic

purposes, and shales of considerable size might with ease be ob-

tained.

Petroleum, in the carboniferous formation, has been noticed only

in the Algud Ravine at Kaffir Kote, where it exudes in considerable

quantity from the upper brown bituminous sandstone, which is highly

charged with it; where springs issue from the sandstone in the small

ravines which intersect its beds, large holes are dug which rapidly

fill with water mixed with Petroleum. This from its lighter specific

gravity rises to the surface and forms a scum, by passing bunches

of grass through which, the Petroleum or Salira as it is called,

adheres, and is removed into gurrahs or earthen vessels placed for

its reception.

Notwithstanding its most offensive smell, it is burnt by the natives

in their lamps. It is also in great demand among the owners of

camels, who extol its virtues as an external application to sores and

| the common cutaneous diseases to which that animal is subject.

Sulphuretted hydrogen springs issue from the carboniferous lime-

stone in several localities. In the Bukhh Ravine one issuing from

the upper limestone indicated a temperature of 94° when the air

was 71° in the month of February. The water on escaping from

_ the rock, deposits sulphur, and gives a copious black precipitate with

_ a solution of acetate of lead.

Fossils are very numerous throughout the formation.

The lower beds abound in Brachiopodous mollusc, sudo,

266 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 38.

corals, and corallines; of Brachiopoda shells, the genera Producta,

Orthis, Spirifer and Terebratula are most abundant. Along with

the Brachiopoda we have obtained one or two Gasteropoda, but

these are generally scarce.

In several localities we have found large spines of a species of

Cidaris, some of these being very perfect and tuberculated, the

articulating end of the spine being well preserved.

Though this is the case, the shell of the animal occurs but rarely,

and only, as far as we have observed, in comminuted fragments.

The abundance of crinoidew is very remarkable, whole beds of

rock being built up of encrinites, the whorls of which are frequently

of large size, and occasionally are found in connection with their

lily head.

Towards the upper part of the lower division of the series, where

the limestone becomes argillaceous and thin-bedded and alternates

with coarse arenaceous shales, the Brachiopoda become scarce and

give place to Cephalopoda, which animals characterize a marine zone

of less depth than the Brachiopoda which precede them, and gene-

rally occur in seas with muddy bottoms. We have obtained examples

of species of the genera Bellerophon, Goniatites (?) and Orthoceras.

Associated with these large spiral univalves of the genus Cirrus and

Enomphalus are abundant, and, in the slaty limestone at the top

of the lower division of the carboniferous series, and also in the

middle division, a Cephalopodous shell formerly considered an am-

monite, but now constituted into the genus Ceratitis abounds, and is

generally associated with a small bivalve, probably a species of

Passidonia. As Ceratites have hitherto been considered as charac-

teristic of rocks of triassic age and peculiar to the muschelkalk,

their occurrence in company with undoubted carboniferous types is

highly interesting. We have placed the matter beyond doubt, hav-

ing in our possession a specimen* which we obtained at Moosa-

khail in which two Orthoceratites and seven Ceratites are lying side

by side in a slab 9 in. x 5 in. ; Orthoceratites have never been found

* Through the kindness of Cavendish Johnson, Esq. Asstt. Surgn. 3rd Regt.

N. I. we are enabled to submit a drawing of this most interesting specimen, which

we believe to be unique in the annals_of Geology.

1853.] Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 267

in strata superior to the carboniferous limestone, but abound through-

out the older fossiliferous rocks.

Fossils having a considerable resemblance to belemnites occur in

the carboniferous limestone associated with the fossils we have

alluded to. What they really are, we are unable to determine; but

as a set of specimens were sent home to England in March, at the

request of Sir Roderick Murchison, we trust soon to hear the result

of his examination of them. The exact determination of their nature

is of considerable importance, as there is perhaps not a more esta-

blished fact in geology than that belemnites are confined to strata

which succeed the trias; abounding in the seas, oolite and chalk,

after which they disappear from the page of geologic history.

In the same flag limestone in which the Ceratitis occurs, Icthyolite

remains were obtained in the shape of small sharp and finely striated

teeth covered with a shining brown enamel, small fragments of bone

and one or two scales have also been procured, the identification of

which as well as of a rather extensive collection of fossils from the

Salt Range, cannot be effected in our present position with neither

collections nor books of reference available. The whole collection

will be sent home to England, where the fossils can be satisfactorily

examined.

The following species of shells from the Moosakhail limestone

were identified in 1849, by M. de Verueuil.

Producta Cara. D’Orbigny.

5 costata. Sowerby.

Flemingii. Sowerby.

Orthis crenistria. Phill.

Terebratula Royssii. L’ Eveille.

On the above, Sir Roderick Murchison remarks, in a communica-

tion addressed to the Geological Society in December 1850, “these

fossils have already been known to have an enormous geographi-

eal range, the Producta Cara. occurring in Peru, Spitzbergen,

northern Europe and the Sierra Morena of Spain, whilst two or

three of the other species, have an almost equally extensive distri-

bution.”

The carboniferous formation, the thickness of which, when well

developed, is probably not less than 1800 feet, is entirely confined

268 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 3.

to the central portion and western end of the Salt Range. It first

appears at Noorpoor in the Nilawan ravine, where a thin bed of a

crystalline grey limestone containing a few Encrinites and Terebra-

tule, may be seen resting on purple Devonian shales and covered by

a ferruginous claystone which marks the base of the nummulite

limestone formation, to be hereafter described. On tracing it west-

ward it gradually increases in thicknsss. Producte and Spirifers

appear, and insome places literally swarm. At Kuttha it is exten-

sively developed in the Nursingwan, where high cliffs of it may be

seen resting on Devonian rocks.

Between Kuttha and Moosakhail, it perhaps attains is greatest

thickness, frequently appearing in scarped precipices and forming

the mass of the hills which intervene between the south side of the

Salt Range and the Sam-Sekisur valley.

In this district rocks, probably of an oolitic age, appear between

the carboniferous ones and the nummulite limestone, and this rela-

tion may be observed on to the Indus and in the Chichalee hills.

For a short distance on both sides of the Indus near Maree and

Kalibagh, the carboniferous rocks disappear; but at Kooch about

four miles North of Kalibagh, they again crop out at the base of

the Chichalee range, and may be traced south to near Mulakhail,

where they are covered up by the oolitic and tertiary forma-

tions.

They again appear on the right bank of the Indus below the

village of Bahadur Dak, and constitute the greater part of the Kaffir

Kote Range, (washed by the Indus,) beyond the upper part of which

we have not traced them. As this Range stretches south and is evi-

dently a branch from the great Soohinan Range, it is probable that

the carboniferous rocks occur there also, but the hostility of the

hill tribes in its neighbourhood will, we fear, for years to come pre-

vent any attempts to gain a knowledge of its geological structure.

In the Kaffir Kote Range, as far as we have had an opportunity of

examining it, the carboniferous rocks are immediately in relation

with tertiary sandstones and clays, no nummulite limestone or

Oolitic rocks intervening ; unless the bituminous brown sandstone,

which we now consider the representative of the upper member of

the carboniferous series, should turn out to be Oolitic.

1853.] Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. | 269

Secondary Oolitic Rocks.

a. Yellow, iron-stained, quartzose sandstone, grits and bituminous

. Shales.

Resting on the upper carboniferous rocks and separated. from

them by a few thin beds of a yellow argillaceous limestone, there

occur a series of fissile argillaceous sandstones, and coarse quartzose

grits and sandstones, generally of an incoherent character, alternat-

ing with beds of black bituminous shales charged with iron pyrites.

The prevailing colour of the sandstones is a sickly yellow, derived

from impregnation with peroxide of iron. Masses of fossil wood con-

verted into jet are abundant, both in the sandstones and grits. These

also in some places occur in the shales, which, where exposed to air

and moisture, are in a constant state of decomposition from the »

oxidation of their contained pyrites. So violent is the action and so

great the heat produced, that sometimes the shales undergo sponta-

‘neous combustion, and whole beds may be observed either converted,

or in process of being so, into a ferruginous claystone of a dark red

colour, which occasionally presents a kind of concretionary structure.

In the neighbourhood of these decomposing shales and claystones,

the sandstones and grits acquire a whitened and baked appearance,

and the masses of jet they contain, are frequently converted into coke.

Where the shales are moist, their surface is generally incrusted

_ with an efflorescence of sulphate of iron and alumina, which strongly

impregnate the water of springs which issue from them in some

ravines, and which on exposure to the air, deposits on the ground

over which it flows a crust of hydrated peroxide of iron. In some of

the shale beds in the upper part of the series, a magnesian efflo-

rescence has been noticed, but the sandstones and grits seem alto-

gether free of magnesian impregnation.

The lower argillaceous beds occasionally contain very perfect im-

pressions of the delicate fronds of ferns, converted into black carbo-

naceous matter. These are doubtless of fresh water origin and, from

the fineness of the sand and mud of which they are composed, must

have been deposited in still water.

The grits which succeed them and contain masses of jet are also

probably of fresh-water origin, but the fact of the latter being found

only in masses, which are evidently portions of the trunks and

270 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 3.

branches of trees, and invariably in a horizontal position, affords

proof that they have been transported from a distance along with

the coarse materials forming the grits.

No marine organic remains occur throughout these beds, which

are succeeded by others of undoubted marine origin, and differing

greatly in mineral character.

b. Cherty thin bedded limestones with shales.

The sandstones, &c. last described gradually acquire calcareous

matter, and pass into fine grained limestones of a cherty character,

varying in colour from nearly black, to a pale yellow. East of the

Indus, these beds are of little thickness and contain very few organic

remains.

At Kalibagh and in the Chichalee hills they alternate with yellow

calcareous sandstones and dark bituminous shales and attain a thick-

ness of three or four hundred feet in some localities.

Marine organic remains are abundant, particularly in the upper

limestones, and some of the intermediate beds are a mass of com-

minuted shells.

Throughout the Chichalee Range a very singular brown calcareous —

bed occurs near the bottom of the series, in which small globules of

a bright metallic lustre may be observed mixed up with comminuted

shells. On treating a fragment of this rock with muriatic acid the

calcareous matter rapidly dissolves, leaving the globules in the form

of a coarse sand, the particles of which have a highly polished surface,

and have all the appearance of being the debris of hypersthene rock.

No distinct oolitic structure prevails throughout the limestones,

which differ totally in appearance from those of the carboniferous

rocks. Some of them bear a close resemblance to the limestones of

the lias formation.

They are hard and splintery and present a conchoidal fracture,

When bruised, the darker varieties emit the odour of sulphuretted

hydrogen.

They dissolye rapidly in muriatic acid, leaving a considerable

sediment of silica in flakes mixed with a little organic matter. They

contain a little carbonate of iron with a trace of alumina, but no

magnesia when undisturbed. At Kalibagh, however, where large masses

of the limestone repose on salt marl, they have a remarkably shivered

1853.| Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 271

appearance, and magnesia may be detected in them in small quantities.

A specimen of the limestone of a dark grey colour from Umlakhail in

the Chichalee Range yielded on analysis the following results :—

Silica with a little organic matter, ................c000 300

Carbonate of iron with a trace of Alumina, ......... 1.70

Marhomare ok Lame. i.) 50) side eh Miele 95.70

100.40

At Umlakhail a bed of argillaceous limestone occurs presenting on

its upper surface a series of waves passing across the bed at right

angles to its strike. These are about 13 feet apart, and their crest

about two inches above the general level of the bed. It presents

the appearance represented in the annexed figure. <A bed of shale,

which occurs beneath it, is, for

a short distance, affected in a

EE SS= ALE similar way; but the surface

of a limestone bed on which

ts LIMESTONE

the shale rests, is perfectly

horizontal, and does not seem to have suffered in the least from the

lateral compression to which the upper bed has been subjected. The

force exerted seems to have been nearly sufficient to have fractured

the bed, as, along the crests of some of the waves and parallel to these,

cracks may be observed extending some depth into the bed, which is

not more than two feet thick. It is difficult to imagine how any

lateral force could have been applied, so as only to affect one or two

beds. The condition of the beds superior to the waved one could not

be ascertained, on account of the amount of debris with which they

were covered.

c. Green Belemnite, Sandstone and Shales.

In the Salt Range east of the Indus the limestones last noticed.

are succeeded by a thin bed of yellow quartzose grit, containing a

few fragments of jet. At Kalibagh and in the Chichalee Range a

series of black bituminous shales succeeded by a dark green some-

what incoherent sandstone intervene, presenting a thickness of four

or five hundred feet. The latter is full of pyrites, which rapidly de-

composes after rain, sulphurous acid being given off in quantity at

times sufficient to be disagreeable.

2M 2

272 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. (No. 3.

Small fragments of jet occur in the sandstone, and both in it and

the shales, belemnites, and ammonites occur in great abundance.

These fossils are of great interest, as enabling us to fix the age of

the formation.

All along the Chichalee Range the belemnite shales and sandstone

are well developed, and are succeeded by the quartzose grit noticed

above, which apparently contains no fossils.

In the oolitic formation there are no building stones of any value ;

but many of the limestones are valuable as a source of lime.

Of minerals, we shall notice the bituminous shales, iron-alum, jet _

or fossil wood and argillaceous iron-stone.

The bituminous shales which alternate with the sandstones and

grits are occasionally used at Kalibagh in the preparation of alum.

Some of them are well adapted for this purpose, but, generally

speaking, they are very inferior to the shales of the nummulite lime-

stone formation to be hereafter described.

Tron-alum forms, as before mentioned, an incrustation on the sur-

face of the bituminous shales and masses of jet which contain iron

pyrites in a state of decomposition. It is called “kaie” by the’

natives and is extensively used by them, when mixed with an infu-

sion of pomegranate or other astringent bark, containing tannin for

the preparation of a black dye. Its colour is white with a tinge of.

yellow. It gives a strong acid reaction, and has a most powerfully

astringent taste. Peroxide of iron and alumina are indicated in its

solution, by the usual tests, in union with sulphurie acid. In the

Bukkh Ravine at Moosakhail, it is collected in considerable quantity.

Fossil wood in this form of jet occurs in too insignificant quantity

in the Salt Range east of the Indus to have attracted much attention.

In a ravine, however, about a mile west of Kalibagh, it occurs in

considerable abundance, and under the designation of Kalibagh coal

has been employed within the last two years to some extent as a fuel

in the Indus steamers. Its existence was, we believe, first brought

to the notice of Government by Burnes and Wood, and has since

been reported on by Dr. Jamieson and myself.

It is found in lumps of various sizes in dark bituminous shales

alternating with yellow sandstones; but nothing like a seam has

been detected, though films of bituminous coal may in some places

1853.| Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 273

Sketch section across the Kalibagh hill about a mile west of the town.

paavaydn

TS Mid hoe a

qn T---

pea aes"

ee,

ae vane

San te SATAY

ek Ra

Ae VY

Eocene Miocene ?

Eocene Oolitic Formation Oolitic

Miocene ?

75° 80° \

be seen in the shales. The masses

of coal are generally compressed,

and are evidently portions of the

trunks and branches of trees, the

point of junction of the former

with the latter being often ap-

parent.

Though distributed throughout

all the shale beds, the coal occurs

most abundantly in one of these,

which is from six to eight feet

thick, and is enclosed between

beds of yellow sandstone,in which

masses of the coal also occur. It

has for the last two years been

chiefly obtained from the shale-

bed at a point where owing to

a fracture and upheaval of the

strata, a portion of them have

been thrown into a nearly vertical-

position, as represented in the

annexed rough sketch.

Line of section from north to

south distance about 1 mile.

1 Conglomerate, soft sandstone

and red clays.

2 Nummulite limestone and

alum shales.

3 (A.) Belemnite shales (B.)

cherty limestones.

(C.) Quartzose sandstones and

erits with beds of bituminous

shales.

3 A.,2 A. and 1 A. The same

beds in reversed order.

By digging a succession of holes

at different heights in the verti-

cal shale-bed, the masses of coal

are obtained with much greater

ease, than where the bed in a

274 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 3.

regular position dips to the north at an angle of 45° under the

superior rocks.

In the vertical bed a gallery has been sunk to the depth of fifty

feet in hopes of discovering a seam of coal, but, as was to be expected,

with an unfavourable result. Indeed, the labour expended in digging

the gallery has not been rewarded, by obtaining a larger quantity of

coal, the masses of which, we were informed by the miners, became

less numerous and more difficult to detach from the shale the deeper

they dug. As itis most probable that the wood now connected

with coal has been drifted from the spot where it grew, it is natural

to infer, that the masses of it would accumulate more abundantly in

some places than in others, just as drift wood does on the bank of a

river. This appears to be the case at Kalibagh, as in some places the

shale contains numerous masses of coal, while at others scarcely a

fragment is to be detected.

The coal has a bright glistening appearance, is very hard and light,

and exhibits a conchoidal fracture in which its woody structure is

most apparent. It is of a jet-black colour, has a brown streak, and

often incloses nests of half decomposed wood resembling peat. The

surface of the coal often presents small crystals of gypsum, and

imbedded masses of iron pyrites are by no means uncommon.

It burns quickly, without coking, to a light coloured ash and emits

a large amount of yellow smoky flame ; on being distilled it yields a

light spongy coke of a glistening metallic colour with a large quantity

of inflammable gas. On analysis the following results were obtained

in 100 parts:

Oarbom (coke), ..:......2.045 et em 2),

Volatile bituminous de edatinible: Aas nS Scuiden iy ckee ee OOLO

Soi Tie sea AN dacct ies aaalll p sinys nates cjale Maier 2.5

Total, 100.0

. The large amount of volatile bituminous matter as compared to

that of coke, at once refers this coal to the class of lignites or coals

in which the vegetable matter is imperfectly carbonized. In its

small amount of ash (which in some specimens we have found as

low as 1.66 per cent.) it differs remarkably from most of these, but

the solid nature of the wood forming the coal, not admitting of the

infiltration of earthy matter may account for this.

1853.] Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 275

In an analysis, however, such as the above, the amount of ash

obtained will invariably be less, than if a large sample of the coal

were operated on, as the masses have invariably attached to them por-

tions of the sand, clay, &c. in which they were imbedded. These

mechanical impurities fusing and forming a slag or clinker in furnaces

during the combustion of the coal, have been found troublesome.

The Kalibagh coal is for ordinary steam purposes an excellent fuel,

but not an economical one, on account of the rapidity with which it

burns.

The real evaporative power of coals is in the direct ratio to the

amount of carbon or coke they contain, and hence as good English

coal yields from 50 to 70 per cent. Kalibagh coal should have only

half their evaporative power, and about twice that of the ordinary

woods used as fuel in the Indus steamers, which yield from 16 to

18 per cent, of solid charcoal.

The coal can only be procured in small quantities at a time,

months being required to collect a few hundred maunds. During

1850 about 2,500 maunds were dug, and from the 27th March 1851

to the 11th March 1852, 2,126 maunds were turned out and landed at

Kalibagh on the right bank of the Indus, at the rate of eight maunds

for the Rupee, a rate which never can remunerate the miners for

any length of time for the labour required to extract the mineral.

The ordinary small Indus steamers consume English coal at the

rate of 600 lbs. an hour when steaming, and hence on the supposi-

tion that double the quantity of Kalibagh coal is required, 200,000

lbs. (2500 maunds) the out turn of coal for one year at Kalibagh

would only keep one vessel steaming for 166 hours. We see no

prospect of the supply of coal increasing, nay the quantity obtain-

able, as far as we could ascertain from intercourse with the miners,

seems gradually decreasing.

In the absence of any thing like a seam of coal at Kalibagh, we do

not consider it expedient for Government to spend money there in

sinking exploratory shafts.

The coal has all to be carried on bullocks, mules or donkeys from

the pits to Kalibagh over a tolerable hill road, but as it is very hard

it stands carriage remarkably well.

Clay ironstone has not been observed East of the Indus, but in

276 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 3.

the oolitic shales at Musakhail, in the Chichalee Range we detected

several thin beds of it, none of which exceeded 1% or 2 inches in

thickness.

It is of a dark grey colour and has a high specific gravity.

lt dissolves with slight effervescence in aqua regia, leaving a con-

siderable residue of dark mud. The solution is of a dark yellow

colour and gives with ammonia a dense brown precipitate of peroxide

of iron mixed with a little alumina.

It is therefore analogous to the block hard ironstone of Scotland,

which, occurring as it does in connection with coal, is perhaps one of

the most valuable iron ores known.

It would be interesting to ascertaiu if this ore is ever used at

Kuneegoornul by the Wuzeerees, to yield the iron manufactured

there, and which is brought into Kalibagh for sale in lumps of very

coarse pig iron. We believe hematite ore is chiefly employed, but from

what rock itis procured, we could obtain no information. Charcoal is

used for the smelting of the ore, no other fuel being accessible.

The beds of clay ironstone above noticed are too small to be of

much practical importance, and, even did thicker beds exist, the want

of a suitable fuel for the fusion of the ore, would prevent its being

smelted at any thing like a remunerative rate.

In the lower argillaceous sandstone beds of this formation, we

obtained at Moosakhail and also in the neighbourhood of Kalibagh

very perfect carbonaceous impressions of the delicate fronds of a

small fern, probably a species of Pecoptaris. These were associated

with small pieces of brown coal, which are evidently the compressed

stems of soft vegetables. Their remains, however, were too indis-

tinct to admit of their being identified. The masses of jet described

as Kalibagh coal present on fracture a woody structure similar to that

of the wood of Conifer or Cycadacee, numerous concentric circles

of growth pierced by medullary plates being apparent in most speci-

mens. Some Peeteus, Ostree, Terebratule and fragments of Echi-

nide occur in the limestones, in the upper beds of which a few

belemnites were detected.

These latter however abound in the shales and green sandstones

which succeed the limestone, and are associated with Ammonites,

Gryphex, Plagiostoma and saurian remains.

1853.] Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 277

The number of belemnites in the shales in some places is quite

wonderful, and two species at least occur. The alveoli of the belem-

nites are frequently found attached to the osselit, and in their inte-

rior the casts of the chambers of the alveolus or phragmacone. These

are often found detached, and when seen in the rock, have much the

_ appearance of an orthoceratite, being composed of concave or convex

dises, fitting one into the other, and having thin articulating surfaces

highly polished. Indeed were it not for the want of a siphuncle

and the ease with which a disc can be separated from its neighbour,

the similarity to an orthoceratite would be complete. ach dise

seems entirely disconnected from its fellow ; but no partition of the

original chambers could be detected between them, the convex sur-

face of the upper disc being capable apparently of free movement on

the concave surface of the lower one, as in a ball and socket joint.

These discs are sometimes of large size, one specimen which we pro-

cured being two inches in diameter.

Ammonites, though occurring in the shales, are most abundant in

the green sandstone. They are generally ill preserved and are liable

to fall to pieces in extracting them, having been acted on by the

sulphurous acid, which is generated in the sandstone by the decom-

position of pyrites. T'wo or three species have been procured,

Of the genus Gryphea, we have obtained probably two species, one

of which closely resembles the G. incurva. They are generally ill

preserved.

A large bi-valve, probably a species of Plagiostoma, is very abun-

dant in the green sandstone, but good specimens are with difficulty

procurable.

In some places bones and teeth of saurians occur in the sandstones,

but are no where plentiful. The bones are generally fragmentary,

very brittle and crumbly. Nothing like a complete skeleton was

observed, the most perfect relic obtained being a portion of a scapula

attached to a bit of a humerus. The teeth are better preserved than

the bones, but are also very brittle. They are covered with a dark

brown enamel, are compressed, sharp pointed and beautifully striated

on their surface. One, which we found, but which fell into frag-

ments in attempting to extract it, was at least three inches long and

about an inch broad at the base. The decomposition which the

278 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. | No. 3.

sandstone is undergoing near the surface, destroys rapidly the fossils

which are imbedded in it, and hence, to obtain good specimens, the

fresh rock must be quarried. This we had neither the time nor

means of doing at our command, and hence were reluctantly forced

to be content with such specimens as we could procure from the

decomposing rock.

A claw, apparently of a crustacian, was observed in the sandstone,

but it fell into fragments in digging it out.

All the fossils we have noticed are characteristic of the lias and

the oolite ; but from the general aspect of the rocks we have described,

we are inclined to refer them to the latter formation. The green

sandstone and shales are probably analogous to the Oxford clay ;

but an examination of the fossils by competent paleontologists can

alone decide the point.

A formation abounding in oolitic fossils similar to those we have

noticed, has been described by Capt. Grant, Bombay Engineers, as

occurring in Cutch, and Capt. Strachey has also detected a like for-

mation in the Himalayas, both on their Indian and Thibet sides. In

the Rajmahal hills Dr. McLelland, on the slender evidence afforded

by the existence of a few species of fossil plants of the genera Zamia,

Teeniopteris and Poacites, refers “certain greyish and bluish white

indurated clays, rendered slaty in places by the abundance of leaves

of plants they contain,” to the inferior oolite.

No oolitic rocks appear in the Salt Range in its eastern part. In,

the hills South of Koofree at the West end of the Sone Sikesur

valley, a few shales and sandstones here and there appear under the

debris of nummulite limestone rocks. Their thickness gradually

increases in a westerly direction ; and, on the steep south-east side

of mount Sikesur, the oolitic strata are distinctly seen between the

carboniferous limestone and nummulitic rocks. From mount Sike-

sur they may be uninterruptedly traced towards the Indus, pre-

serving throughout a remarkably uniform character. From Kalibagh

they stretch round into the Chichalee Range, preserving the same

relations as in the Salt Range, but are of great thickness. Excellent

sections of them are obtained in the Chichalee pass and in the

Ravines between that and Mulokhail; about six miles below which

they seem to throw out and to be covered up by nummulite lime-

1853. | Notice on the new Mineral Resin, Hircine. 279

stone. They do not appear in the upper part of the Kaffir Kote

Range as far as we have observed, but it is probable that oolitic

strata again re-appear in the Sooliman Range, as we have seen belem-

nites brought by natives from the hills near Dera Ghazee Khan.

These may probably be an extension of the Cutch strata before

alluded to.

(To be Continued.)

Supplementary Notice on the new Mineral Resin, Hirctne.—By

Henry Pippineton, Curator Museum of Economic Geology.

My first notice of this singular and new substance will be found

in the Journal No. I. of 1852, p. 76.

Being in correspondence on other matters with Dr. Dawson of

Rangoon, so advantageously known in Calcutta by his humane estab-

lishment of the Seamen’s Hospital at that port, 1 sent hima mi-

nute fragment from our specimen, requesting he would be good

enough, if he did not know it, to make enquiries regarding it. His

answer just received gives so clear an account of what it is, that I think

it well worth putting upon record. It will be seen that my conjec-

ture as to its being a mineral Resin was correct, and we have thus

one more added to the list of these singular and mysterious sub-

stances. Dr. Dawson writes as follows:

“ By the arrival, the other day of ‘ Fire Queen,’ I was put in pos-

session of your kind note, dated December the 12th accompanied

by a specimen piece of the new resinous Mineral ‘ Hircine,’ and the

paper which you had written and printed upon the subject.

“As early as June 1851, this particular substance attracted my

attention, in connection with a miscellaneous collection of minerals,

metals, models of machines and a variety of domestic articles, I was

then engaged in making, for a Museum in Philadelphia. I found it

in the bazar in rather small bits, in the shops of some of the Bur-

mese druggists. This mineral I am informed, is procurable in Bur-

mah, in that section of the country which abounds in the celebrated

2N 2

280 Notice on the new Mineral Resin, Hircine. [ No. 3.

petroleum wells. It is dug up out of the ground, at a considerable

depth, ranging from one to two hundred feet below the surface. The

day before yesterday, an intelligent Burman mentioned to me, that

he once saw, not longer, he thought, than four years ago a lump of

it about 5 Viss in weight, obtained in that locality, after a great

deal of trouble in digging, as a specimen for the present king of

Ava. It seems to have two names among those who are acquaint-

ed with the article, our name is Khouk a stone, and pa young

—wax; stone wax. The other is, perat-yet, which has no particular

meaning that I can learn. I have been also told, that there is

another variety of this identical substance, which is of a high

translucent colour, somewhat resembling spermaceti. It is derived,

the natives tell me, from the same district, though I have never

seen any of it. One is commonly called the white kind, the

other, or that which you have experimented upon being the ‘ black’

sort. The Burmese, it appears apply it to no special purpose, either

in medicine, or the arts, but the alchemists, a class whom we still

find in this part of the globe; employ it in their attempts to effect

the transmutation of the baser metals.

“ Before the war commenced, and the consequent destruction of

Rangoon, a few pieces of the brown kind could have been readily

picked up in the druggists’ shops, but now after a most diligent

search, I regret to say, that not a single specimen of it can be found.

Hereafter when the country above Prome is open to traffic, it will

naturally find its way down to our bazar as formerly, when I shall

not fail to remember your request.

“If it would not be giving you too much trouble, would you be so

kind as to send a copy of your paper on ‘ Hircine’ to my friend,

Professor James Bryan, M. D. Corner of Tenth and Arch Streets,

Philadelphia, U. S., to whom the specimens I have already referred

to were forwarded. The gentleman who may examine them, will thus

be made aware of the researches you have instituted upon the sub-

ject of this new mineral.”

1853. | Ancient City of Kansonapwrt. 281

The ancient City of Kansonapurt now called Rungamutty— By

Capt. F. P. Lavarp.

Twelve miles South of Moorshedabad, on the right bank of the

river Bhaghirutti, rise the high red* cliffs of Rungamutty, on which

at present stands an extensive village peopled by many busy families

employed in the neighbouring silk Filatures.

About six or seven years ago the river, in its ever changing course,

commenced impinging on the Rungamutty cliff, which at length

became undermined and fell in large masses, exposing many ancient

foundations of walls, deep wells long filled up with the earth of ages,

and, as usual in exhumed eastern cities, innumerable fragments of

pottery. These remains, together with the traces of numerous old

tanks and mounds, scattered over the low plain, lying between the

high ground of Rungamutty and the village of Gowkurn, about four

miles distant, had long impressed me with the idea that some old

forgotten city had once occupied this spot.

My suppositions were confirmed on perusing Major Wilford’s

able Essay on the Gangetic Provinces, contained in the IX. vol. of

the Researches of the Bengal Asiatic Society. He there states,

according to information furnished by Lieut. Hoare, that by tradi-

tion, the king of Lanca, (representing either Ceylon or Java) invaded

the country of Bengal with a powerful fleet, and sailed up the Gangest

as far as Rungamutty, then called Césumapuri, a considerable place

where the Maharaja of Bengal often resided, and that the invaders

plundered the country and destroyed the city.

If my informants are correct, Lieut. Hoare must have given the

name under a misapprehension of sound, as I was careful to have

the name written before me in the native character, which distinctly

read Kansonapuri or Kurn-sona-ka-ghur, the city of the golden ear.

The tradition relating to the visit of the king of Lanca was also

given to me, but with a different version.

The city of Kansonapuri is said to have been built many hundreds

* Composed according to Capt. Sherwill of red and yellow ferruginous tough

clay, embedding nodules of pisiform iron ore and black mica (decomposing).

+ Evident traces exist of the Bhaghirutti having, at this spot, been formerly the

main bed of the Ganges, before it changed its course towards Bauleah and

Pubna,

282 Ancient City of Kansonapurt. [No. 3.

of years ago, by a famous Maharaja of Bengal named Kurn Sén, who

resided chiefly at Gour. He erected also a country palace about

four miles distant, which was called after him Gowkurn from the

circumstance of his ears being of gold and shaped like those of a

cow !

Many interesting spots connected with legends and traditions of

the ancient city are still pointed out, such as the Demon’s mount

and the Rajbarree or palace of Kurn Sen. The remains of the moat

of the Rajbarree are distinctly traceable on three sides, although

now under cultivation ; the fourth has disappeared in the river. On

the eastern face of the Rajbarree, stood, a few years ago, the ruins of

a very ancient gateway with two large entrances, called by the

people of the neighbouring village of Juddoopore, Boorj or the tower ;

it has entirely disappeared, having crumbled away with the falling

bank into the rapid stream below.

Near this spot on the margin of an old tank called Bél Talao, is

said to have stood the Cutchery or Court of Justice of Raja Kurn

Sén. |

West of the factory, near a tank called Jummoona Talao, was the

Puttur Ghur or stone fort, in former days, overhanging the river ;

nothing now remains of this building, but a low mound indicating

its site and numerous fragments of stone. A curious six-armed

image was found in the bed of the tank some years ago, and trans-

ferred to the foot of the magnificent Banian tree at Rungamutty,

where, I regret to say, it has been sadly mutilated and destroyed.

It represents a figure kneeling on one knee, and is said by the

people of the place to be Bemi Ka Thakoorain, but I should fancy

the goddess Kali is intended. The two outer or front arms have

been broken off, the centre right arm apparently holds what may

have been a human victim suspended by the feet, but the object is

too much injured to form any correct idea of its original shape.

The hinder right arm is in the act of drawing an arrow froma quiver

suspended at the back of the goddess, whilst the corresponding arm

on the left holds the bow. The centre left arm appears to support

a lotus flower or other insignia, but the upper part of the figure has

been too much mutilated to trace any thing correctly.

I annex a little sketch of the stone to illustrate the description.

eet

ST SRS

Ae :

~ “* :

& WAN R

> \ bs NI a < AS

vats: pase

AEE ERS

yy i

CTA

Ve iif

ai Wy

Y, y) |

= s

— ~

aN SNS

SSW

y Oe fF s Bae

a = . - wu ‘_—™ * cay

: /, . Ted

Black stort T7727 Ge ferret 2am the Jerr muna la lao

al Azer Les sree Ete

Ore tHe St£e ‘of Lh e ccpreven’G ely of Kerns orc peer e

1853. | Travels in Central Asia. 283

Abstract of a Journal kept by Mr. Gardiner during kis travels

in Central Asia—with a Note and Introduction —By M. P. Epas-

worTH, Hsq., B.C. 8.

As every contribution to the geography of little known regions

is interesting, I submit the following extracts and abstract of a

journal kept by a Mr. Gardiner. These journals were lent by him

to the late Sir Alex. Burnes in Cabul, and but partially recovered.

They were written, he informs me, mostly on scraps of paper at the

time, and during a subsequent residence in Cabul thrown into the

shape they now have, occupying several volumes of country paper.

Two volumes remained in Col. Burnes’ hands, and were lost at the

time of the Cabul disasters. One of these unfortunately, related

to the journey through Cafferistan. The route taken by Mr. Gardi-

ner is in most parts quite different from that followed by any

European traveller ; he merely crosses the routes of Lieut. Wood

and Mr. Moorcroft; the late travellers Messrs. Winterbottom,

Agnew, and Lieut. Young, in 1848, penetrated into Gilget, and the

boundary Commissioners, Messrs. Cunningham and Strachey with

Dr. Thomson, came on his route near the Kara Korum, leaving the

central region traversed by Mr. Gardiner still unexplored.

I have not made any attempt to compare the routes and induc-

tions of Mr. Gardiner with those travellers, as I have neither the

materials nor leisure requisite for the purpose ; I give a bare abstract

of his route with brief descriptions of the country and remarkable

objects. I also give one specimen at greater length of his visit to

one very remarkable spot. J cannot but think that were Mr. Gar-

diner’s rough materials placed in good hands, and the losses above

noted replaced, a most interesting book of travels might be con-

structed.

Februarg 9th, 1853. M. Paxenuam EpGEwortu.

Introduction.

Mr. Gardiner is son of a Dr. Gardiner in the Mexican service.

He was educated for several years at the Jesuit College of Clon-

goose in Ireland. On his father’s death in 1823, he left Mexico

with the intention of joining his elder brother, who was in the Rus-

284 Travels im Central Asia. [ No. 3.

sian engineering service at Astracan, in a Portuguese brigantine

for Lisbon.

There he met with a Mr. Aylmer connected with the Principal

of Clongoose, who induced him to go with him to Egypt. Mr. Gar-

diner then became acquainted with Messrs. Datterwitz, two Ger-

man mineralogists, and another M. Musaix, a Frenchman, and tra-

velled with them overland to Astracan, joining the Diarbekr cara-

van returning from Mecca to Tribizond, thence by water to a road-

stead between Vudaun and Kark. Thence by land to the north of

the Caucasus—misguided, they were in great danger from the na-

tives at Anacuck, but escaped and reached Georest and Astracan

in safety. Found his brother living in the island of Kumchnoe

opposite Guricoe.

Mr. Gardiner remained there till 1829, preparing himself for the

Russian Engineers, when all his prospects were blasted by the death

of his brother. Claims on the part of the Russian Government for

settlement of accounts balanced, absorbed all his brother’s estate.

He determined to return to America; but Mr. Datterwitz with a

M. Shrotzky returned from Orenburg and induced him to accom-

pany them to Persia.

From Astracan, about the beginning of September, they proceeded

to Karazan where they were joined by a traveller, M. Martigny, who

had been examining the coral island in the volcanic range to the East

of the Caspian. In November the party had to take refuge from

storms in Kramwood bay, North of Balkan. After much delay and

contrary winds they reached Astrabad—there M. Martigny and

Datterwitz separated and M. Shrotzky remained with Mr. G.—and

they proceeded Eastward with the intention of procuring service in

the Punjab, in consequence of reports they had heard froma M.

Musaix, (nephew of his former companion.)

This course brought them to Herat where the Journal com-

mences.

Journal.

Jan. 24th.—Mr. Gardiner left Herat with a small caffila of re-

turned pilgrims for Koondooz. Passed by an unfrequented road

East of Bamian, through the Hazari country, for sixteen days: the

marches about twelve miles—owing to numerous ravines and streams,

_—s

1853. ] Travels in Central Asia. 285

some stages were three or four miles only; a very barren region,

but heard that to N. W. and towards Killi Nob it was fertile.

Feb. 8th.—Reached Khoorzzi, a Kimorz or scattered village, each

house separate—in the most convenient place for a farm. Here

had to part with ponies, &c. The country of the Kalzubi—who

inhabit caves or Dror during the winter, and in summer dwellings

called Baleej ;—they were anciently called Yapats ; have dark brown

or red beards, live by hunting, and use both cross-bows (kylash) and

common bow or kaman. They sheot their large bow reclining, hold-

ing the bow with their feet and pulling the string with both hands.

14¢h.—Most of the party hence went round by Bamian. Proceed-

ed; road very rugged, and much fording through icy water; halted

at a grassy place among precipices.

15th.—Similar rugged country ; halt at a basin of water on top of

a black flinty rock, three hundred yards round and of great depth.

Caught trout with blood red scales on it, but not allowed to eat

them as the place was holy ; no visible ruins, but the place was

said to have been a city ; some rude sculptures and a rock.

16¢h.—Through precipices of Basalt or granite, reach the Dror (in

the dark) of Khalyze.

17th.— At the Dror—Khalgubys are Turkoman conquerors, Ther-

das the aborigines.

18¢h.—Preceeded along bed of a mountain torrent ; ascended, but

snow too deep in the pass; had to return and go round by a dark

narrow pass closed by rocks overhead, called Hersh’s dark pass ;

ascended to a boggy valley full of deep well-shaped chasms.

Ascending over a great spur; saw forest, and a valley said to lead

in five days to Hamidan. Halted at a village called Thaugush. Lead

and copper found in the neighbourhood ; rock limestone resting on

granite.

19¢h.—Robbed by our coolies: heavy rain detained the party.

20¢h.—Delayed on account of swollen torrents. Visit a great

cave, and on polished floor a colossal figure, eighteen feet long.

There saw grand cataracts under natural bridge.

21s¢.—Proceed—pass a cave in limestone at its junction with gra-

nite.

286 Travels in Central Asia. [No. 3.

Violent shock of earthquake ; earth split, &c.; said to be not com-

mon.

Cross a deep chasm by basket and rope, over the Chiganook or

Sir-i- Moon, being the source of the Morztab ; a perilous passage along

a cliff on pegs stuck in the rock.

Naeb Therman Khan’s dwelling, Droo. Detained ; the direct road

ahead impassable by snow—might have retraced path to Chiga-

nook, and thence over hills to Deh Kush, the Ab-i-deb river, and so:

to Balk.

Strolled to rope-ladder bridge.

23rd.— Garden of pomegranate and mulberry.

24¢h.— Visit the Mohcuns and alkaline lake.

25th.—Propositions to depart ; old traditions.

26th.—Leave Droo or Drohoo, due North ; deep chasms, pines in

(MS. illegible).

Halted here. Hot-water spring at a Therba village; snow on

ground.

27th.—N. E. N. much snow; bivouac under a crag.

28¢h.—Drizzling and hot; still among snow; great avalanches ;

grand panoramic view.

Descend ; halt at some Therba huts called Nark, where some alter-

cation with slave-dealers.

March 1st.—North: cross Siak river by rope-bridge ; deer numer-

ous ; halt in ravine.

2nd.—Lose way, but reach ruins of Killi Kafir.

3rd.—Description of ruins; intricate ravines; pass numerous’

tunnels ; meet first Turkomans; get horses there.

4th.—Try to join a Kafila of Nyha traders at Bilkrai.

5th.—Therman Khan’s son Ibrahim leaves them, arrangements:

for going on.

6th.—Join the caravan at Niok, a watering-station, five days

N. E. of Minnoo.

7th.—Halted ; beds of shells ; hears news of his former companion,’

M. Shrotzky.

[Here occurs a break in the journal, a volume having been lost,

giving an account of his visit to Bokhara, and adventures there, :

including a very dangerous illness. |

1853. ] Travels in Central Asia. 287

June 26th.—Leaves Qordook ; barren, rugged country to Kolar;

new companion—a pirzada of Mushid, a ventriloquist and saint, flying

from Cabul on account of a murder and intrigue, also a Hindu

named Jyram, a Therba servant and an Affghan.

27th.—Kolar to Kundtiz; numerous pools on almost inaccessible

pinnacles of rock.

28th and 29th.—Detained at Kundiz by Meer Ali Morad Shah.

30¢h.—Set off, and again detained.

July 1st.—Very hilly country covered with thorny bush, with

grand view of snowy mountains.

Ten miles through fertile valley of Shool, counted 27 pools on the

hills within 4 miles ; wild ravines.

Fort of Oosrooth ; 1000 houses. A road thence by Kroo to Kaffir-

stan, and by Hindus and Man.

2nd.—Very dangerous road to Shohaal, which belongs to Rustam

Khan; plundered by one Khan Mohammad; with difficulty avoid

going on the reprisal expedition.

3rd.—Most rugged country to Ahornisht, a very curious fort.

Ascent by steep steps on hands and feet to a narrow ledge of rock,

—thence by a ladder of skin-rope (or baskets and windlass) to the

top, where there is a remarkable fountain; the rock, primitive lime-

stone ; the basin about 20 feet wide and 6} deep in centre, gradually

sloping—always bubbling and brilliantly clear ; cold in summer and

hot in winter, when it hisses with a loud roise like Noo Shoo ; always

full and never overflows ; all impurities immediately carried off. Fort

very ancient with caverns used now as granaries.

- Echo most remarkable from a wall-piece ; running up a long valley

increasing in loudness, then dying away as it returns, again increas-

ing and again subsiding, three times, the third the loudest.

The hill is described as 180 to 200 yards in circumference at the

summit and 250—800 at base, and 2100 feet high.

The tradition is, that when Noah was at Mecca the chief of this

land, “ Khor’ by name, was converted to Islam and went to pay

his respects. Noah now promised to granthim a favour on which

Khor bellowed out in a rude voice “ Water ;’”’ this demand offended

Noah, and he cursed the land of Khor which became solid rock;

—howeyer to keep his promise he made this everlasting spring at

20,2

288 Travels in Central Asia. [ No. 3.

the top of the Ill, and sent his grandson Shur to carry out his

orders, ealling out Nooh Shooh, which was obeyed, and Echo con-

veyed the sound to Mecca, and every winter in commemoration

thereof, the waters murmur Noah Shooh, and the Echo earries the

sound to Mecca, and the place retains the name of all the parties

eoncerned—Khornisht. Blue limestone shows the limits of Khor’s

Jand, still held by his descendants, viz. Rustém Khan on the west,

and Mohammad Khan on the east.

Mr. G. was, with his companions, let down the whole distance in

baskets.

4th.—Marches on limestone rock, the barren mheritance of Khor,

to Khan Mohammad fort of Trimooke, about 14 miles from base of

snowy range ; situated at the end of a tabular hill :—several hot springs

in the neighbourhood.

5th.—Meets party of Bhuri, with Kaffir girls for sale—a continual

kidnapping going on in the frontier. There are three main tribes

of Kaflirs.

1, of the Koh-i-low,

2, Koh-i-kaf,

3, Koh-i-ghar,

which last are the Siyahposh Kaffirs of Kabul. The former do not

shave the head, save a lock for each Musalman they kill. The

latter shave the head—lettmg a lock grow for every slam enemy.

The most valiant may have a good head of hair or a shaved head

as the case may be. One of the slaves was of excessive beauty, and

was offered for 50 gai or drops of silver, about } ounce.

During this march they quit the limestone and get into a granitic

and quartzose region—stop at the Zidrat of Abba Shah, at the foot of

a cliff of granite 900 feet high. A large (80 yards broad) torrent

loses itself in a chasm at the base, and there are several caves cut

out of the rock above the chasm, where the torrent disappears with:

much noise.

6th.—Halt at the Ziérat in order to visit four other Geths or

chasms of similar nature. The fakeers collect herbs, to eat, from the

spongy-mossy sides of the rocky dells in which these streams sub-

side. The valley he compares to a great perpendicular cylinder ; in

the centre of it, a crater-like orifice about 100 yards round ;a dark

flinty rock.

1853. | Travels in Central Asia. 289

‘It is customary to hang certain herbs down this chasm by long

ropes for a month, after which, they are considered as panaceas for

all diseases. The plant was very bitter, apparently a gentian. It

is called Thoceth.

The caves are of various size; inside plain: in one he saw numer-

ous images rudely carved of deities and beasts, and apparently

letters. The central smooth pillar, 22 feet high, of the main cave

was especially so carved.

- He sounds the chasm and gets no bottom at 1140 yards!!! and

does not visit the other chasm—rich geological sections.

7th.—From Abba Geth diverges about 7 miles. Visits a chasm

called Groor-geth. Follows a broad impetuous torrent running at

the base of an immense (1000 feet) cliff; the valley is ended by a wall

of rock under which the stream vanishes, a rocky island dividing

it as it disappears, forming a grand water-fall, meeting 20 feet

below.

Thence they ascend to the top in a small valley.

8th.—Continued North East course ; rugged mountains interpersed

with green valleys; next Khoolook, which lies at the foot of the

mountains and border of the desert plain called Esh, which runs

from Koondooz twenty-five miles to Pralli; twelve thence to Khoo-

look.

Delivers Morad Begh’s letter to Khan Bahadur; meets a Hindu

who has a silver-mounted pocket-compass, and part of a map of India

—probably belonging to Moorcroft.

9th.—Halt at Khoolook to visit ruins of an old city called Kafir

Derra.

It is situated in a narrow pass. The labyrinthine cave cut in

marble, grey, white, brown or black, extending about a mile on each

side, of excessive intricacy within ; prevented from exploring by innu-

merable venomous snakes—numerous prostrate pillars sculptured

with figures; most of the caves mere burrows, 3 feet high. The city

is said to have been depopulated by the snakes, which assume the

colour of the ground or rocks they inhabit, blue on the blue marble,

green among herbage. The pass at the end of the valley is imprac-

ticable on account of the snakes.

About 14 mile due north of Esh, on a bare plain of rock, a colossal

290 Travels in Central Asia. [No. 3.

horse in pitchstone, now lying on its side, measure 55 feet from top

of the ear to hoof, 42 from chest to tail; legs 14 feet. Two other

similar horses, also in ruins, lie on other two sides of Esh, so as to

form a right-angled triangle round it.

10th.— From Khoolook, E., pass Pral to the right, cross the

desert, kill an antelope and bivouac by a pool in a ravine.

11th.—Desert ; pass a few pools; robbed by Bhurs of every thing ;

wolves and leopards and hyenas all night.

12th.— March through desert to Oosfung ; a charitable chief gave

clothes and guides.

13¢h.—Through desert to Coom; great forest to the south towards

Pral in which the Bhurs escaped.

Forest called Erbabfung ; wolves in packs of 1000. Fung means

forest in Kafir. This forest, he says, extends to the borders of Deer

and Deord and Pahlooth.

14¢th.—Leave Coom for Budukshén, meet Obas of Oosbres; halt

at one.

16¢th.—Mud fort Agsa; black mail in shape of guides to Shoolash

—a little cultivation.

17th.—F lat and level country ; passed Shoh, and put up at an Oba.

18¢h.—Over well-peopled country to Budukshan; stopped at a

Zidrat in suburbs.

24¢th.—Leave Budukshén. Easterly, well-cultivated, to Shoh.

26th.—Reached low hills and ravines. Trap and greenstone ;—old

ruined fort of Durum under basalt cliffs—report of old caves—marks

of old mines, he suspects for topaz, in a stratum of quartz and litho-

marge! some limestone with shells; wandering about, looking for

jewels apparengly.

27th.—The basaltic cliffs assume fanciful shapes; supposed to be

Ka4firs petrified by Abraham. One very remarkable human face on

the precipitous sides of a dark ravine of amygdaloid rock is called

Babo Boolan, about 25 feet in height, with monstrous red eyes and

mouth and aquiline nose :—they are objects of extreme dread to the

natives.

28¢h.—Reached this ravine and hills, resorts of wandering Moor,

Shoolies and Usbecks.

31s¢t.—-Reached foot of Altan mountains, stopped at a stone fort,

1853.] Travels in Central Asia. 291

called Ooz, belonging to a Shooly chief; met 3 Hindus, Suniyassis

who had been on a pilgrimage to a volcano in Khirghiz! They had

left Hindustan, by Kashmir and Baltistan, through Gilgit, and the

Oordoo pass. |

About five miles from Ooz is a chasm about 50 feet long, out of

which smoke is continually emitted, sometimes white sometimes dark ;

edges of chasm lined with sulphur and bitumen: can’t make out the

rock, lava? or basalt? Traces of silver,—gold washed from debris

and sand of rock—copper, especially in some of the Geths, where the

water is nauseating—galena and tin? (with doubt), also found in

some parts.

August 1st.—A long march to Shoh, a small fort at bottom of a

deep ravine or pass which it commanded—chief’s name Manissa.

Proceeded to see the ruins of the city along a ravine 500 yards,

and then through a narrow chasm to a sort of natural gateway, and

entered the ancient city. An amphitheatre of rock surrounded a

small round verdant vale. The cliffs of immense height almost per-

pendicular, and crowned with fantastic needle-shaped pinnacles, while

the caves were excavated in ledges or tiers above one another. They’

returned through a natural arch 90 feet high, 25 broad and gradually

narrowing to 3 or 4, and ending in a chasm by which they returned

—so narrow, that they could scarcely squeeze their way through.

The Shoolies’ hospitality consisted in forcing enormous quantities

of melted butter on their guests.

2nd.—Revisits the city of Shoh in detail; returns by the narrow

fissure—an arid way, the Eastern end is ornamented with rude sculp-

tures to about 15 feet high. The cave was about 60 yards long due

E. and W.; the Western entrance 40 feet high by 14 or 2 wide.

In front of the gate is a chiselled platform 6 feet high, 20 square.

This leads to a closed amphitheatre which is described as a mile

in diameter, the bounding rocks 1500 feet high, and the mountains

encircling them 3 or 4000, having a chasm of 3 or 4 miles.

The centre is a green mossy oval of about 300 yards broad, sur-

rounded by excavations,—circular or square caves,—outside of which

are peristyles, arcades and columns in eighteen different ranges ;—the

columns very irregular, varying from fifteen to eighty feet in height.

From the lofty mountains, fell innumerable cascades down into

292 Travels in Central Asia. [| No. 3.

deep ravines which wound away to the east, and formed a tributary

to the Oxus: none fell actually into the amphitheatre itself. There

were but few images carved on the pillars, all very rude in form,

some obscene, but highly polished, the smaller hieroglyphics, resem-

bling those at Abba Geth, were neatly finished.

But the most surprising part of the narration is the acoustic

effects of the wind and water-falls producing musical notes, which

give different effects, louder or softer, according to the situation of

the stander, at the base resembling an olian harp, in the middle

tiers an organ, while in the higher places, military music.

3rd.—Proceeds towards Derra Derwas through rugged mountains,

stops at caves occupied by two devotees, who worship the sun and

certain idols. The principal of whom they styled Akoo or Hakoo

(which may have some connection with Ak&é Carbghar) the other

“ Shoob,” (query Shiva P) whom they consider the titulary deity of

the Shooly tribe.

4th.—Through rugged mountains to the fort of Droo at the south

entrance of the Derra; here crossed the stream found by the Shooh

cascades.

5th.—Left Droo and enter the pass. The Oxus here pretty con-

siderable; most of the tributaries from the westward; the pass

to Tundrel westerly to the post of Cheela.

A considerable post on the side of the mountain ;—north of the pass

and on the western side of the mountain, at the foot of the fort, a

village of 7-8000 inhabitants, partly Moghul partly Shooly. The

chief, a very obliging Moghul. To the east of the village a narrow

culturable valley lay N. and S. About a mile off the sources of the

Oxus. A long series of spongy ground lies at the base of basaltic

mountains, and the springs collecting into one body flow out to the

S. then EH. for 1} days march, entered then E. 8S. E. into the

Derra Derwas, 30 miles beyond Cheela, and then westerly to

Turkistan.

1853. | Travels in Central Asia. 293

Distribution of the Kafir tribes.

Great Kafirs Koh i Ghar, ............ 80,000 } *

NS I ale Bi a 50,000 | Generally

Hees 2205: 245 25,000 - called the Ka-

Me QE MSI), 1.2. yoy ona sedssnnce- terete 15,000 | firs.

i oop orcs Siassrsisiaga site 12,000

MT OO acc sec cscs roe deeses 12,000) aE S Fe

ROU ABT io, oc idee dss dewees cas 12,000 Sof . Bs

AE 6800 4 ll ener 12,000 a3 Ts a

NT io). cayssin waed watesn we otvge ee 12,000 S 5 ~S =

Oodoo, . Seeetina aa det ess ce T2000 es oe Bey cap cs

Phalooth o or ePhah, FL dese ae : 12,000 S o aS is

OS TSS 15,000} Gq 2% el

Khoorook or Kroo, ic a eRe ie. cities 12,200 Ps 2 Ee =

MMO WUT, oo. 5s ge ec ee seven nose 12,000 4 53a a

ee Wad iro 25000 ed et con,

Mar, . Bd ees, a ae mae er

Akaa or r Cushyhar, . bE vs aisobidee nen tee 250,000 | practices. |

feeIG GU PAOOICC SH g bass case vce aneeon ues 12,000) .2 8

iMahooz or Hoohes,.....,. r«ssscccessss 12,000 | ss

BOE ATT eae 5 0s ony ony gee venice 12,000 aS

RE resins sce sacccnwe sts oseses 12,000 | ...g 2

ts oso Liaic ee yddioaise ok 12,000 on -2

MN orate ceo Nie p win spp p any ae 12,000 s ae

Maha, Pes oi Pe WOUs ce icy

Kalesh, “Lesh, “Malesh, 5h cca aie 9 12,000} 8

Beh or Behel, (AGRI G ROA Ceaaes ieaeee 12,000

Dighior Plagghii, ....-.s-+--.1cee-c 12,000 ee sub-

oe ipso ced tenines 12,0003) Je

The language has no resemblance to Persian or Arabic, but has

some to Sanscrit ?

The Akaa tribes bear nominal allegiance to Yarkund, the rest seem

quite independant—some trace of Geber or fire-worship exists among

them.

| Here another hiatus occurs in the Journal. |

27th.—Reached the Oostam pass, whence rises the Jeljow river,

which runs W. to Ulook where it joins the Karoo from E. N. E.

(from Poofean in the Aktagh), thence W. to Rorlaar where it meets

the Koorkor from 8S. E. (rising in the Karatagh), thence W. (and

takes the name of Zarafshin or Samarkand River) to Faalghar, thence

by Dhomzul where it is joined by the Lohthoo (which rises at Noo'

294 Travels in Central Asia. [ No. 3.

Abool in the Konijuk Mountains, two stages E. of Durbend) from

Domzul W. by Keemo and Paban, to Koor where it is joined by the

Kom (which rises in N. E. out of a lake of Kom in the valley of Yar

Ailak at 8. base of the Yar Tagh) ; from Kom by Ormaz where the

Oor meets it from the south, rising in the Kanuth M.; it is subse-

quently joined by the Sanch or Pungkund at Tanoor from the S. by

the Joonoojup at Oosk, from the lake of same name, 13 day from

EK. of Oranthopa, a large place on south side of the Aktagh ; being

joined at Zoon by the Noodoorth, which rises in Lake Maz, two days

east of Karatess, and passes by Dizukooch.

From Dook the Zurafshan runs W.to Samarkand; about 250 miles

from Oosk.

To the 8. of the pass, a day’s journey, under the peak of Nouont

Kaw rise the Soorkhab or red river, (also called Kafirnoohan,) and

Hazar Hoon, two main branches of the Oxus.

The Kafirnoohan runs 8. W. to Zinoo; thence to Taux, where it

is joined by the Molpooth (rising in mountains of same name) ; 8. to

Sheroog, where it meets the Zerab, which runs N. E. in the Molpooth

mountains; passing Shadmar, joins the Amoo at Tahoothen. The

Soorkhab rises N. E. of Nornuth Kan, runs by Madpooth joined by

Aubkoor from Lake Khiangkul, thence 8. and W. to Shunwar, where

it joins the Oosh from E. (from Lake Kara Kul,) thence 8. to Khara-

tagoon, S. W. to Cessopek, where it meets the Numa, rising at

Taux to N. W., thence S. by Rahamoot, Boolgwan, Yargaan, Dop-

pa, where it meets the Darri Druwas, or Bolor branch, thence 8S. W.

to Chukti and Khojahar, where it meets the Kant Tagh or Buduk-

shan and is first called the Amu.

The fort of Oostam is said to have been built by a son of Timur,

named Rustum ;—half the inhabitants Mahommedan Moghuls, the

rest Akaas.

The foundations of the fort are of Cyclopean architecture ;

squared blocks 24 feet long.

28th.—Entered the pass—bottom of deep ravines, eae

wading. Halted at springs.

29th.—Proceeded through deep ravines, but less wading.

30th.—Met three Akaas going to Ausgess—large flocks of wild —

goats. Akaas brought five down with arrows. They had several bows ;

1858. | Travels in Central Asia. 295

the Therba had alarger one. Kills a large eagle, said to be migrating —

dark brown with triangular spots of grey and white; legs clothed to

the toes; tail black tipped. Reach Ausgess, a small fortress near the

ruins of a considerable one; only inhabited by Akaas ; fed with butter

by the chief.

Met three Moghul merchants, who join their party; intend stop-

ping at Oossoobuk for a caravan.

31st.—Proceed HE. and N E.; reach Oorcombuk, a large well built

fort on brink of a precipice to E., at E. end of the Oostum pass,

twenty days S. W. of Cashgar ; joined by seven more Yarkund mer-

chants—the caravan had preceded them.

The Akaas are short, stout and hardy, but few Mahommedans,

except the tribe Oojuem near Andijan—women not handsome—dress,

skins. The Keiaz tribe live in caves on the highest peaks; sub-

sist by hunting; keep no flocks; said to be anthropophagous ; but

have handsome women; eat their flesh raw.

The Keiaz marriage rites are simple, the lover lays his bow at the

feet of the lady ; if she lifts it up, kisses and returns it, she is his

wedded wife. By taking the husband’s bow and flinging it on the

eround before him, she might divorce herself, and she might secure

a husband by unslinging his bow from his shoulder. The husbands

have the power of selling their wives. They peculiarly venerate

Hindu wanderers, giving up wives and daughters to them ; if any

progeny result, it is considered as a Demigod.

Two days N. W. of Oorcombuk is a sacred spot of perpetual fire

issuing from a rock. The Aktagh Range, as shown in the Oostum

pass, consists of gneiss, mica, slate, clay-slates and limestone, with

some exception of traps and basalts; specimen of mica half yard

square. Gold plentiful in the streams, both washed from the sand,

and caught in sheep’s fleeces.

Sept. 1st—Leave Oorcombuk for Yarkund, with musuks, i. e.

water-bags, tied to horse’s belly ; EH. 8. E. to Doonchoo three days.

Little water and a few ruins for the first few miles; enter desert,

bivouak in a dry ravine.

2nd.—Some pools in a deep spongy ravine, brackish; numerous

flocks of antelope and some wild yaks called Awsuk by the Akaas ;

three different species thereof.

2P 2

296 Travels in Central Asia. [No. 3.

3rd.—Continue over arid desert intersected by ravines, reach

and ford the Yaman Yar, and reach Doonchoo fort on its 8. bank

inhabited by the Choo tribe.

4th.—Stops at an Oba of Choos.

5th and 6¢h.—Had again to carry water.

7th.— Reach Chau, a large village on the River Chau, which rises

in the Bolor mountains, ten days 8S. W.

8th.—Halt at an Oba on the bank of Lake Doon 13 by 23 miles;

its water is rather brackish, but better than that ofthe springs ; five

marches north is a large lake—Doon Hoog, Doon meaning lake and

Hoog large; hee means little ; numerous other lakes large and small.

9th.—At Doonhee, an Oba of Choos 600 yards by 100, water

sweet ;—large flocks of geese, &c.

10¢h.—Over undulating desert to fort of Keshing, near a low

range of secondary limestone ;—five days W. said to be mines of lead

in the Khia fiery hills, and two days further copper at Oostom.

11¢h.—Through desert, but water plentiful; through low limestone

rocks, the chains N. 8.; road EH. W., none higher than 100 feet ; halt

at a good well ;—attacked by 100 robbers ; rocks alternate clay-slate

and sandstone, occasionally gneiss appeared, also black slate and

conglomerate.

12¢h.—Proceeded 8. E. ;—by midday got clear of the ranges ; road

rocky.

Khoolbran on the Pohush river said to rise 20 days S. W. at

Pooshtee.

Near this is a poisonous well,—not coppery,—unctuous to feel,

nauseous to taste, deposits white fine silky threads on knife blade ;

mercury ?

13th.—Stop at an Oba—desolate rocky region.

14¢h.—Through ravines, in an extensive plain.

15th.—Meet caravan from Yarkund, 100 camels, 50 Tatar sol-

diers ; tea, cloths and silver to Samarkand.

16th.—Bare rocky desert intersected with ravine.

17th.—Ditto reached Mahoo Shung on the banks of the Pohush,

built of massive stone, occupied by Kebee tribe of Tatars. "Water

unwholesome, save a few wells, though it looks and tastes good ;

people look green. Near it the overwhelmed city of Mahoo.

1853. ] Travels in Central Asia. 297

18¢th.—Halt and visit Mahoo in detail. It is a great tumulus,

about 300 feet high and 2 miles round, honey-combs in every di-

rection with chasms and caverns, which are all more or less delete-

rious from mephitic vapour, encrusted with corrosive salts, grey,

yellow and green; no reptiles or bats in the caves. A deep gully

allows an approach to the centre nearly, and discloses cut-stone,

earthenware and other marks of inhabitants: at the vernal equinox,

numbers of Akaas collect, and enter the caves in search of reliques ;

images large and small and broken, of which he saw seven, some

jasper, some of pottery, all pierced, and numerous fragments of

vitrified idols ; the pilgrims are said occasionally to find large ones;

they often perish from the mephitic vapour. The whole ground is

a mass of extreme confusion, the upper portion of granite rocks,

heaped as it were on the ancient city.

The tradition is that Ma and Hoo, twin brothers, both in descent

from Toth, emperor of the east, ruled for some time. Ma wasa righte-

ous prince. Hoo murdered him by burying him alive. The prayers

of the dying Ma, caused Hoo to be buried alive, and with him all his

fellow citizens, the mountain tumbling down upon them.

19¢h.—Left Mahoosung, through hills; reached Meeshaw. Here the

route by Dera Drewas meets this. Beyond this, extensive plains

stretch E. and8., which to the N. the distant range of Kalook bounds

N. E. and joins the Kebee or Ashan ranges.

20th.—H. 8. E., cross immense plains to Shooshee, a small village ;

meets the first Kebee revenue office.

21st, 22nd, 23rd.—Extensive plains occupied by the Kahall tribes.

24¢h.—Reached Yarkund. It consists of two cities, one inhabited

by the Mahommedan Moghul population, the other by the Chinese or

Ketai garrison; gates close at night; 80 to 100,000 souls, 15000

soldiers. There is a Moghul governor (at the time Khan Ali Jan)—

the Chinese Governor was Shun Teth.

Tea, green and black, packed in vellum, shawl wool from Chung-

tang, Porcelain, and Chrysoprase beads are the principal articles.

27th.—Left Yarkund along the Kroo river to Phoom.

28th.—K hoorgaleek.

29th.—Below or eastern branch of Kroo.

October 1st.—Jaunshun a small pond of bad water.

298 Travels in Central Asia. [ No. 3.

2nd.—Crossed Kroo to Thoongur.

3rd.—Re-crossed river Mahazar ; river ankle deep.

4th.—Panpoon, source of Kroo in Yagnee Dewas range.

5th.—Khandook, centre of range at some small springs in ravine.

6¢h.—Site of old’ ruins ; on a plain, low stunted trees.

7th.—Khoolam on N. bank of Yarkund River ; met a caravan of 200.

Sth.—Crossed river; thick jungle to Oomah.

9th.—S. E. to banks of Khoolkan River ; thick low jungle.

10¢h.—Halted on banks of river.

11¢h.—Reached ruins of Khoolkan at the northern base of the

Karakorum.

12th.—To 8. E. through the range to an Oba of Changtung

Tartars, three days west of Sernihee.

13¢h.—Through a rocky wilderness E., along range of hills.

14¢h.—Springs ; source of the Koo-le-loo, which joins the Indus

near Iskardo.

15th.—Crossed the stream 8. E.; large springs, source of the R.

Cherera (the stream rises at a lake called Koofaloo) which runs

through Nobra and joins the Indus at Nahoon, 5 days S. of Ladak.

16¢h.—Crossed rocky well-wooded chains.

17¢h.—Ditto ditto.

18¢h.—Due E., west bank of Shaighuk, opposite Tupchan.

19¢th.—To Khamdavu.

20¢h.—S. E. (to avoid crossing the Shaighuk and Ko tak lek) to

Dovin—low marshy ground, five miles from river—~opposite to

Gartop.

21st.—Along banks of river to Bolung Belook.

22nd.—Ditto to where the Doorgh meets it on opposite side.

23rd.—Ditto to Fitkar.

24th.—Ditto to Lohoo.

25th.—Ditto to Tooknoh, three miles from Akkan.

26¢h.—Crossed the river ; to Meloor, 5 miles 8 of Dooghan.

27th.—S. to Chehe.

28th.—-Arrived at Ladak.

30th.—Leave Ladak for Cashmeer; first march to Tunguh. Booj-

joo—lead-mines said to be.

31st.—To Shohung.

1853. Travels in Central Asia. 299

November 1st.—Kulsee on north bank of Indus.

2nd.—Crossed to Lemeeroo by a rope bridge—a sangar, two

miles lower ;—about two miles east of village are ruins of a large city

called Lormun.

3rd.—Koosun.

4th.—Kurjull of Peshmul.

7th.—Drass near Kishengunge, at base of snowy range.

Sth.—Left main road to west to take the horses by larger round ;

kept at huts 500 ft. below snow.

9¢h.—Halted in snow.

10¢h.—Reached Gughunghir ; reached Cashmeer on 13th, just in

time to escape being snowed out.

16th.—Leave Cashmeer, with the Therba, Syed Mir Ali Shah and

Jyekam, with two Cashmeer servants, a party of six intending to go by

Khajan. Gilgit and Cashgaar road to Cabul, and thence to Pakrood.

1%th.—To Baramoola.

18th, 19¢h.—Halted two days to sell their horses.

20¢h.—North, to a small village Sehul, at foot of Kukka Brumba

mountains ; people converted in Aurangzeb’s time from Hinduism ;—

the Kuthrees called Kukka and Brahmans Brumba, hence the name.

21st.—N.W.from Kukka Brumba to Choob 22 cos from Baramoola.

22nd.—Cross range; halt at huts below snow.

23rd.—N. descended to Ameer ke Ghurry.

24th.— Deep ravines; crossed Kishengunge at Bukoo ; halted at

Haji Ghurry.

25th.—Dark ravines, then green valley, N. W. Aspeloo Fort of

Moorook at head of valley, belonging to Shah Newaz,—very fanatic

Mahommedans,—Syuds are every thing ;—the Bolunus and Gujars

frequent the mosques all day. Khajum extends to Peeloo and Soo-

goor on Indus ;—butter, a man’s load for rupee !

26¢h.—Road through bed of torrent ; water very little in morning,

increase during day from melting snow ;—ascended to foot of snow

to Beer.

27th.—Pass Poolaik ; steep ascent to Shah Husun la Ghur; Meloo

Shah, the owner, advises them to keep North of Gilgit to go to Chi-

tral; the Chitral river or Akoo rises in a large lake 6-7 days E.

from Bolor or the Peloa Mountain, while on the direct road over

300 Travels in Central Asia. [ No. 3.

Ashoo Hamoo road from Gilgit; there are six or seven marches

through snow in summer.

28th.—Reach Peeloon on Indus; get rid of their Ghonts.

29¢th.—Frightful march overhanging the Indus, along ledges, &c. ;

hauled across in a leather bag, nearly opposite the junction of

Gilgit River, to Shooghoor. The range is called Ashoo Hamoo to the

Ushur Kafirgulli pass at sources of the Abba Sind; thence westward

the Deer or Durd Mountain. Bramhu and source of river Lunda

which it seems is the Cabul, of the Bonur of the Abba Sind.

30¢h.—Cross Gilgit river by rope-bridge, and up its West bank ;

dreadful path along precipices to Ashnoo. Here in a mosque! in

an inner room is an idol, much reverenced, resembling Neptune

with a trident and Greek helmet, black sable, called Konchoo ; said

to have been found in a hot spring. Near Ashnoo, (old name Oor

or Oornath) were extensive ruins of a large city and cave on table-

top of a large mountain ; a large pond in the middle; remains of old

Fort. Greek coins plenty, two of King Maius ;—petrifactions abund-

ant; they are laid by the image, and then, becoming holy, are panaceas.

The Moolla said they did not worship the image, but respected it

as that of the founder of their race, Shoohungrow, grandson either

of Solomon or Noah!

The Iskardo people are descended from Askar, son of Alexander

by Nargat daughter of Phalgon Raj.

By Oospun daughter of Mamkoosh of Gilgit and Deer, Alexander

had two sons Usperan who died, and Ful who was taken away with his

mother by Alexander, and became king of Gershon far off in the sea

near Mecca ;—and by Maihethata daughter of Bambur of Bolor, a

Sholee, he had one daughter Lahama who married the son of the

Gilgit king.

31st.—Left Aushnoor, very difficult road along W. bank of river ;

entered valley of Gilgit, 10O—15 miles broad to Dairshen where it

expands, about 80 or 100 miles long, on W. Gil Hamti mountains,

which to 8. join the Ashoo Hamoo; they have no pass and are

covered with perpetual snow.

To S. of this great range is Yusufzahy, between great and little

range; Kafirs dwell in valley of Kahinook; the little range or Kahinook

joins the Gilgit near Aushman—Kafirs low, red, broad ; blue eyes.

1853. | Travels in Central Asia. 301

Halted at a ruined fort at Morokagul; village and fort of Tahi at

junction of Peloo or Hanzi river with Gilgit, which rises at Khan-

koon and passes fort Goolzar; Gilgit town and fort a day’s march on

E. bank of river.

_ Prejudice against married women milking ; the animal is killed and

eaten, else it is thought too divine.

Estimates population at 25 or 30,000 of all Gilgit ; revenue 1-10th

of produce.

April 1st.—Passed 3 or 4 good villages and forts. Halt at Pok

' Zoleen belonging to a semi-independant chief, Shah Hosyn; a good

day’s march, 8S. W. from Gilgit.

_ 2nd.— Well cultivated ; halt at Stambook, a fort ; opposite to Jadkoor

on E. bank, and two miles lower—on E. bank, Booloo. N. E. of B.

are hot and salt springs.

3rd.—Hugeged the base of mountains—much jungle grass—halted

at Plunghaee Pelongue ?. valley about 12 miles round. On bank of

Peloo, which rises at Kafirkal to 8S. W. and joins the Gilgit at

Mishnik, a fort belonging to Ruvanshun. |

To W. of Pelongue is a pond and well, whence rises the Akoo,

and runs through great range N. W. and W. to Booshperkai, two

days from Duirshen.

4th.—Crossed Peloo by raw-hide bridge ; rugged country ; halted

at a ruined fort, Zanzé, on bank of Shangraf, which is 15 yards wide

and was crossed by a hide bridge. Hence a pass leads to Chitral ;

Galena found.

5th—N. W. bare, uninhabited country to Shemal on the Akoo,

belonging to chief of Dharm-Dairahim ; on opposite side a large river

joins, which has two branches from Peloo and Bolor ranges.

Then through Akoos from the Chitral river—cold—ice 6 inches.

6¢h.—Over rocks and chasms down the Chitral by the Shoor pass

to ruins of K4firwan, fort Cyclopean ; narrow valley, rock of immense

height ; 200 yards lower down a 3rd branch called Thook joins

the Akahoo—Kai e Mal e Kanki—Chitral mountains granite, mixed

with a black rock of glassy fracture.

7th.—Along precipitous sides of the den 30 yards; sometimes

even with ropes to help ; find two murdered bodies on the road!

Reach post of Booskerkan belonging to a Moorzoom chief Mahom-

302 Travels in Central Asia. [ No. 3.

medan, half savage, named Joonjuk, dependant on Aunwah. The

post is on top of a precipice, but under precipitous mountains all

round, so that the sun never shines there.

Avalanches from opposite snowy peaks—portions leap the river.

8th.—Halt—the proper name of Kafirs is Ziak Kaioon; story of

two Europeans who were imprisoned and died 60 years ago.

The Moorzooms still worship sun and moon, and respect idols.

The Koo or Khookraw—(dirty Khoo,) is a wandering thieving tribe

—worship goats and silver, wear their skins in dress, or any black

colour, but red ibex or white never. They eat their meat raw. They

eat the heart and liver of their own dead.

The Kafirs generally either bury their dead erect in snow, or

expose them on some bare precipice, first extracting the heart and

liver, which are burned on an altar, then kept; or occasionally as a

sign of affection, the ashes are mixed with herbs and eaten.

Here procures a man of medical character, Shaubul Ali, and with a

son of Tunguth Shah determines to endeavour to penetrate into the

Kaionook (Kafir) country. |

9th.—Sets off with Mokl, nephew of Shaubul, Tunguth’s son and

two other Moorzooms, Joy Ram and the Therbah, the Syud, &c.

agreeing to wait at Anony for their return. |

Rugged rocks and snow, up and down to ravine with a torrent of

melted snow to Khoest, the remains of an old fort and some caves

in side of’a precipice of immense height, with remains of ruins at

the top.

The only residents are Moorzoom fakeers turned Zai. The Zai

would not touch the Cashmeer and Kabul Mahommedans, but had

no objection to the Hindu and Kafir. Jamoo they call Mahommed,

and consider him a priest of the Zai order. Zai is the hero-founder

of the Khaioo tribe and son of Ool, the god of fire; as an idol he

is worshipped as a human head surrounded by fire. That at Zai

was cut out of granite, five feet square, in a deep recess, which he

was not allowed to approach nearer than ten yards, a line of blood

and ochre marking the holy boundary. It was situated at the end

of a rocky platform, surrounded by lakes, to reach which they first

descended the ravine and then ascended a smaller crevice some

30 or 40 yards long.

1853. | Travels in Central Asia. 303

Story of two Europeans killed as evil spirits.

10th.—Sends all his papers and goods on with the Syud to wait

at Peshank, and proceeds simply armed and in goat-skin dress;

rambles about Khoest, while a son of Shaubul got permission for

him to proceed.

At the meeting of the Khoest torrent with the Khaima river

is a bituminous spring forming a black slimy bed 36 yards long,

5 feet thick, at the foot of a precipitous rocky ridge—beneath it a thin

stratum of greenish sulphureous matter, then another black bed,

looking like metallic scori: two miles from this are emetic springs,

used by the natives, which contain copper. The mountains are

here composed of granite, on which rests mica slate or clay slate,

with occasional masses of lime-stone and sandstone with fossil

shells.

Large mountain-deer numerous, also a smaller spotted deer, ibex,

goats, &c. &c. &e.; two sorts of musk; the drug is only used for

magic, not collected, and the flesh not eaten.

Tradition of the Oosthoo pigmy tribe, now represented by the

Khoo and a few wanderers in the most inaccessible recesses, who

use slings with great skill.

(Tale of Alexander’s conquest of Peshawur is here inserted,

(Gandur, the Eusufzahy country), and how the remnants of his

army and the Gandurites were repulsed by the Hindus ; forced to

shelter m the higher ranges and thus founded the Kafir race.)

Snow heavy.

21st.—The Rahk, or disciple returns with an invitation to visit

Sheheh Thaiu, with two Oorgs or priests to show the way; hands

and feet again examined if broke.

22d.—Ascended the stream to North, on West bank about

five miles to cross by a log thrown across the top of a frightful

chasm; most difficult path rendered worse by snow and ice; to

summit of ridge 2000 yards. Continued Southerly on EH. bank of

river ; rested for night in a eave opposite Khoest. Their food was

toasted Sall, (seed of an herb) and Kheira or Khee? with Laiss

(wild garlic).

- 237rd.—S. and 8. E. rocky bare region; granite and limestone to a

2.Q 2

304. Travels in Central Asia. [ No. 3.

natural reservoir in limestone, called Loong, a short day’s march

N. N. W. from Thesprak where there is a village of Khoioos—holy -

shrine and springs, caves and two idols called Keoo and Beth.

24¢h.——H. and by 8. at first very barren and rugged—then through

vales with alpine flowers; meet hunters of Khioo tribe, at Pra;

ruins of a round tower; a cave commences here, said to lead to

Thesprak. 3

Hunters had an ibex, a chamois, and a guee, a small goat, the size

of acat. They were dressed in chamois skins, hair outside, and

bear skin caps ; head shaved (the Oorgs had long hair).

25th.—Along a deep ravine N. E. to foot of snowy range, then 8.

and S. E.; crossed numerous currents over logs; very barren ; two

hours before sunset reached base of Shehelkhale ; ascent very steep;

loose stones and rocks, nearly to snow line; passed sunset when

they reached the caves.

Dinner of half roast goat, and uncooked preserved bear’s meat,

with oongzoo, a sort of tart, wine to drink.

26th.—Before breakfast, looked about innumerable scattered

caves ; very small entrances, dug in gravelly bank of mountain ; 2000

feet below is a wooded ravine, the orchard and vineyard of the place,

which has about 900 inhabitants. The Shoosher river empties into

Khaiemah two stages below Chitral.

27th.—Description of the women, dress, &c. &c. At noon pro-

ceed to the shrine; descended 13 hour to vineyard and fruit trees.

An earthquake, which forced them to halt in caves, where an old

man of 150, lived with 5 generations of descendants, his sons, white

beards, of 80,

28th.—Reached the shrine in } of a day; caves in face of a

very high cliff; narrow and difficult path, and steep ascent to plat-

form and cave where the Oorgs live; thence ascended again to a

platform, 15 yards by 2; entered cave 43 or 5 feet high, 3 broad,

widened to 15 feet; after 80 yards hightened to 25 feet, a fissure,

2 ft. wide; entered through it into a large cavity 36 yards round

and 50 high; on N. side of it two figures cut out of the Shehel ; that

on the right Sheh, on left Heh (or Zahel) ; by a less difficult path over

the rock and to a ravine to the saline springs, which are both ca-

thartie and emetic.

1853. | Travels in Central Asia. 305

29th.—Returned to the old man, and halted some days for guides

till 5th May, strolling about many deserted caves, and a large cave

with idols—the original shrine deserted, because injured by earth-

quakes.

[Here the Journal ceases, the next volume describing the journey

through Kafiristan, was lent to Sir A. Burnes and lost. ]

LDAP ADL DLP IL LLIN PILL LLIN I I III ILL IND

ri Delia) Rae Noe ae aye niall att

ean nba il hud

4h via bay a wane or Least ad

a ain call easel i as

[el Poabaket a hl ae :

aa Yea bn aahilghne vats tle

ile nil Ral bier obi het: Sete Ns

ta, ie HE honenehinge th tio Me AKER aoinkas oe

rly Mie Ve danny hae il rei biires germane ak E ek

| haps ayia, perenne Hare a) tani ae -

aanaaion te, inn ‘vill cnguseagnge a de Gh 3

= sac abelitiit bie . Dada © ey a ae i ae FER

only a oe) Wide au) ‘neil vere if

yah i + ie ps loos Aiphone Pay

ape? th ee Me TAL ms Ce ism oak 4 ay fi, rine 4

LG ct LE A sha iit 2

eA, Rain eat typi We isis whee a

th Bibemaen it ‘iad Sid wai et WK. i thy oni id eet si i

tre ve * Hel ity i ict Pie vigil) fete hc

Jib hae ot , ata he Gril yey “ie iat tyiti als aid

, Kae

; ve

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

For Aprin, 1853.

At a meeting of the Society held on the 6th instant at the usual

hour and place,

Sir James Corvirie, Kt., President, in the Chair.

The minutes of the last month’s Proceedings were read and

confirmed.

Donations were received—

1. From Dr. Campbell, Darjeeling. Two skins of the yellow

Fox of Thibet, one young and the other a mature specimen.

2. From Dr. Fayrer, Rangoon, a large gilt Figure of Guadama.

3. From W. G. Young, Esq. Under Secretary to the Govern-

ment of Bengal. A map of the district of Monghyr, for the Mu-

seum of Economic Geology.

4. From Lieut. H. T. P. Fergusson, Superintendent of the Go-

vernment Observatory at Bombay. A copy of the Magnetical and

Meteorological Observations made at Bombay, in 1849.

5. From Captain Thuillier, Deputy Surveyor General. A map

of the Monghyr district surveyed by Captain Sherwiil.

Ditto of the Northern face of the Vindhya Hills surveyed by

Captain Sherwill.

6. From Captain Pearse, Hazara. Four small copper-plates

inscribed with Bactro-Pali characters, excavated from a small mound

in the village of Shah Dhairee, on the high road from Rawal Pindee

to Hazara.

308 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 3.

7. From Professor Fleischer, Berlin, part 3rd of the 6th volume

of the Journal of the German Oriental Society.

8. From EH. Thomas, Esq., twenty-seven silver coins presented on

the part of the Governnient by HE. A. Reade, Esq. Commissioner,

Benares.

A sketch of the spot on which the annual fair in Sagar Islands

is held, lent to the Secretary by Mr. E. A. Samuells, was laid on the

table.

The following gentlemen duly proposed and seconded at the last

meeting were balloted for, and elected ordinary members—

Babu RApHAnArH SIKDAR,

Dr. Macras, and

J. EH. Mepurcort, Esq.

Pursuant to the recommendation of the Council, read at the last

meeting,

Lieut.-Col. C. H. Rawlinson was balloted for, and elected an

honorary member.

The following gentlemen were named for ballot at the next meeting.

Shah Kabir Uddeen of Sasseram, proposed by Ensign Lees, and

seconded by Mr. B. J. Colvin.

Mr. C. W. Cunliffe, proposed by Mr. Grote, and seconded by the

President.

Mr. D. Grant, proposed by the President, and seconded by Mr.

Grote.

The Council submitted a report, recommending the following

changes in the mode of publishing the Bibliotheca Indica.

1. The discontinuance of a paid editorial. staff, and the insti-

tution of a scale of payment for editorial labour at a maximum rate

of 12 Rs. per sheet of 8 pages; the work to be brought out as at

present under the superintendence of the Philological sub-Committee.

2. The publication of each work of the series in such form as to

admit of its being separately purchased, whether in text or transla-

tion, and the reduction of prices to such sum as shall made good the

cost of printing, plus one-fourth that of editing.

3. The discontinuance of the present practice of insisting on

translations from the editors of texts.

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 309

The recommendations, being put to the meeting seriatim, were

unanimously approved.

Communications were received—

1. From Rev. J. Garrett of Bangalore, enclosing lists of Cana-

rese works published in Bangalore.

2. From Rajah Ishri Prasid Bahadur of Benares, forwarding a

Catalogue of Hindi and Urdi books contained in his library.

3. From W. Muir, Esq., Secretary to the Government of the

N. W. Provinces, forwarding Meteorological Register kept at the

Secretariat Office, Agra, for the month of February last.

4, From E. C. Bayley, Esq., enclosing a short and imperfect

_ inscription from Pinjore given to him by Mr. L. Bowring of the Civil

_ Service, and for deciphering which, he has not the necessary references

| at hand. Mr. B. sends also a copy of the Khunniarah inscription, on

_ the subject of which he observes :—

“T send you also the Khunniarah inscription, or at least a native

_ copy of it; Tam sorry it is so disappointing ; there are two Stones, on

one of which is the upper on the other the lower line. The actual

letters are said to be four or five inches high, so that this is a mere

copy taken by hand. I will endeavour to go myself and get an impres-

| sion, if you think it worth while. Having once set about this work,

I find several inscriptions exist, of which I am getting copies.

| There is one in the great temple at Kangra, but the copy brought

_tme, was too carelessly made to be worth sending. I have read it

however in part, and find it gives three names in the Bansavalis,

| Megh Chand, Dhurm Chand and Sansar Chand. Of the former I

have coins. The date of the inseription, I unfortunately cannot read

in the copy, but it must be about 1500 to 1510 Sambat. There are

‘other inscriptions in the fort, one of which is clearly dated 1434

Sambat Vikrama Deba; but unluckly it is so defaced that I have

‘not succeeded in getting any thing else out of it, yet this is also

the case with a short one, bearing date 1260 Sambat, but I am still

trymg to see if I may not get it made more legible by eare. Of

coins also, I have got another, king Apurwa Chand, and two others

still undeciphered ; but I dare say, I shall shortly get other speci-

mens to work out these, and give me one or two names.”’

5. From Captain Cunningham, explaining the cause of the delay

310 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 3.

in bringing out his paper on Kangra and other coins, for which plates

have been for some years in the Secretaries’ hands. Captain C. hopes

to be able to send it soon after reaching Mooltan, as well as an

account of the Buddhist cave of Dhumnar, which he has recently

visited. After enumerating fourteen Kangra kings whose coins he

has deciphered, Captain C. concludes thus :—

“The delay that has taken place in the publication of the plates

of the ancient coinage of India, is a source of much regret to me, on

account of the interesting light which they throw upon the history of

India. Itis generally known that all the oldest coins and inscriptions

now existing in India, are of princes of the Buddhist faith, but, I

believe, that few suspect the existence of ancient coins of Brahma-

nical princes. Such however have been lying in Calcutta amongst

my engraved plates ever since 1848. The undoubted coins of Brah-

manical princes are those of a Brahma Mitra, Vishnu Mitra, Indra

Mitra, Agni Mitra, all of whom are Vedic deities. Their anti-

quity, though not so great as that of the Buddhist coins, is never-

theless earlier than the worship of Siva and his Lingum, as is proved

by the significant want of any coins of Mahadeva Mitra, Siva or

Iswara Mitra. The alphabetic characters, which are similar to

those of the inscription on the Sanchi gateways and in the Buddhist

caves of Western India, range these Brahmanical coins about the

beginning of the Christian era.

“T have written thus far for publication in the Proceedings of the

Asiatic Society, if you will kindly insert it for me. I have many

papers in view for the Society’s Journal, but I can do nothing until

I reach Mooltan, I am anxious to have all my plates of Hindu coins,

which are now with Laidlay, engraved as soon as possible, and I will

then send the letter-press for their illustration. The work will form

a complete collection of the ancient coinage of India.”

6. From Dr. Bedford, Rampur Bauleah, enclosing a paper entitled

“ Contributions to the Statistics of Bengal,—Income, Expenditure

and Food.”

7. From W. G. Young, Esq., Under-Secretary to the Govern-

ment of Bengal, forwarding a copy of a letter from the Secretary to

the Board of Revenue with its enclosures, respecting certain speci-

mens of gold from the Jugloo River in Assam.

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 311

The Secretary exhibited to the meeting the first sheet of a San-

skrita Lexicon, by Professor Bohtlingk, now printing at St. Peters-

burgh.

The Curator of the Museum of Economic Geology and the Libra-

rian submitted reports of additions made to their respective depart-

ments during the last month.

Read and confirmed, 2nd May, 1853.

(Signed) J. W. Convite.

Report of the Curator Museum of Economic Geology for the month of

April, 1853.

Geology and Mineralogy.—Dr. Cantor has presented us with a specimen

of Fossiliferous limestone from Girbee in the Straits of Malacca of which

the following is his memorandum.

1. Fossiliferous limestone and lignite from Girbee. The late Captain

Congalton, H. C. Steamer Diana proceeded in July, 1845 to Girbee

river, on the Malayan Peninsula in 8° 0’ N. L. On his return to Pinang

he communicated to me a diagram and memorandum of the locality

in which the lignite occurs.

Tamah is a hillock about 11 ft. high above the strata.

Length of the strata from 300 to 400 ft. their diameter from 1 to 14

inches, those of the greatest diameter below the seam of lignite, and they

deviate from the upper strata at an angle of 4 to 5°. In the ironstone

nearest Datoo Putri appears a cave, nearly circular, about 20 ft. in

diameter, but of no great depth. Round the cave radiate short strata, 4

to 5 ft. in length, of fossiliferous limestone like the strata below Tamah,

Tanjong Datoo Putri is a limestone rock, not stratified, about 500 ft.

above low water mark, and about a mile distant from the hillock Tamah.

The seam of lignite runs nearly horizontally from east to west. The

eastern extremity is 2 inches in depth, the western 8 inches. The

shells of the strata appear to belong to the genera Paludina and Melania,

and closely resemble recent species inhabiting the Malayan Peninsula

and Islands.

Economic Geology.—The following report relates to the specimen of

copper ore from the Barragunda mines in the Hazareebagh district, now

on the table, which was examined at the request of Mr. Mackenzie. This

gentleman informs me that the mine has anciently been worked to a very

great extent under the native governments, but that they only worked one

2k 2

312 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 3.

side of the lode, which no doubt was of a kind of ore which they found

easier to smelt, or less mixed with silex than this which they have left.

Examination of a Sulphuret of Copper from the Barragunda Copper

Mine, sent by Mr. Mackenzie.

This ore is imbedded in a clear quartz matrix, and, unless, the dressing

be very carefully attended to, a heavy loss will always arise, either from

the quantity of ore rejected in small fragments by the dressers on the one

hand, or by the quantity of silex which will find its way into the furnace

as ore on the other. At least 10 per cent. should on this account be struck

off from my actual results, which were of course from a lot of picked

fragments of pure ore, as free as possible from matrix. There 1s also a

considerable mixture of iron pyrites with it, which will in practice deterio-

rate much from its value, for the two are constantly mixed in the dressing.

I find that this ore contains in 100 parts as follows :

SiOK, «sas acanesinias ssdinwaie.s eee un siaitis oie buepsate ehletaneiete @einaisiel Gra aeeretane 0.50

Sulphur, ........cccccecsesceseeenseeaseceneeusscenceesesseenacceeesoes 31.42

Tron (Perox. 48.55) Metallic, ........cccsceseeeeees phages i 33.98

Copper Metallic, .......ccccceecssseenceeeeeenseeneceeesaneseuceeaes 34.10

100.00

The iron and copper being both in the state of bisulphurets.

In the smelting of this ore on the large scale it must be taken into

account that the 34 per cent. of copper will be reéluced in practice as

follows :

Silex with the ore, from veins and bad dressing,.... 10 per cent.

Sulphuret of iron mixed with it at NGASh plecaste Sateen 10 "

Waste in smelting at least 10 to ...0...0--eeeee- 15 ee

30 per cent.

or say one-third ; so that the 34 parts of copper will be reduced to 34 less

11 or 23 per cent. of the ore as sent to the furnace : and if this is obtained,

it will be by very good management.

H. Pippineron,

Cur. Mus. Econ. Geology.

March 11th, 1853.

T have next to announce a discovery which may be of importance, bemg |

that of a fine variety of coal in the neighbourhood of Darjeeling, in the

Chawa Nuddee, about a coss from its junction with the Teesta. |

1853. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 313

The late Mr. David Scott, Governor General’s Agent, Assam, is said by

Dr. Campbell to have found coal near the same locality, but a specimen

submitted to the coal Committee, and reported on in one of its printed

reports, was considered of no value.

My Report on this coal is as follows :—

Report on a specimen of Jet Coal from the Chawa Nuddee, a tributary of

the Teesta, forwarded by Dr. A. CAMPBELL of Darjeeling.

The specimens sent are very small and are mere surface and rolled

specimens, so that there is much difficulty in selecting a bit for a fair test

of the Sp. gravity; and those which I have taken are too small. I

found also much difficulty in picking fragments entirely free from earthy

matter for analysis without destroying the larger specimens which, from a

new locality and witha new variety, it is always desirable to keep as

entire as possible till a good supply is obtained.

Examination.—This coal is evidently a Jet; but as none of the books

to which I have access contain any detailed examination and description

even of the common Jet! I have thought it worth while to put this on

record as it differs both from massive Jet and from the common Jet

Coal.*

Appearance.—The aspect of this coal is very remarkable. A part of it

is a bright glancing jet-like coal, which sometimes occurs in entire pieces,

though very small ones, not being larger than a large bean or small walnut

but in the larger specimen, this bright jet-like and massive coal is seen to

pass into curious small columnar jointed concretions, somewhat resembling

on a microscopic scale those of basalt.

In certain lights the joints have a very bright, and somewhat pearly

glance, with faint traces of rings in them, which are clearly made out by

the magnifier. Larger and more distinct traces of these rings are seen

on some of the massive jet-like pieces, the whole conveying the impression

of large and small globules loosely aggregated under pressure.

Physical Properties.—It burns readily with a fine greenish yellow

flame, and the smell of the smoke, though pungent, is in some degree

aromatic ;f being not at all the smoky smell of common coal. It is easily

cut, but brittle and flying into fragments. The streak is a dull black.

* See Vol. XX. p. 366, of Journal (Proceedings of April, 1851,) for my exami-

nation of an Indian Jet Coal far inferior to this from the Mootee Jhurna falls,

Rajmahal Hills,

tT Probably containing a little Succinic Acid. ?

314 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 3.

When breathed upon, the smell is that of a foul chimney.

Sp. gravity of a specimen of the massive kind, .............4 1.02

Of a specimen which was partly massive and partly con-

CEOMORALY 5 sah onic ohissnc has aikaabuianninag peer meet Sees ctee eee aes seat’ 1.03

The constituents of a specimen which was composed of a fair average of

the massive and concretionary parts were found to be as follows. In

100 parts,

Watery misedscsntnenecncnsstacmemeas Succ asst as>rastaees > daeumeaee 10.50

Volatile bituminous matter, ............ se), ae ae eee 27.00

Carnbonies .i6--8. Qube ie if, SM gaibavcecl Late: Ps, Ree Cee 58.00

Ash, of a dark grey color and effervescing with Acids, ... 4.00

100.00

A portion of the ash was evidently in coarse siliceous granules, probably

from the external coating of the rolled pieces ; so that, the true proportion

of ash would probably be about 3.50 per cent. or less.

If found in sufficient quantities this coal would afford a very valuable

and agreeable fuel, but would burn too quick, I should think, to be econo-

mical ; the powder in the crucible does not coke as that of the bituminous

coals often does.

Postscript.—When about to despatch this report, I received from Dr.

Campbell a farther supply of the coal, of which the examination quite con-

firms it. In the larger and more massive pieces, the concretionary struc-

ture is clearly visible on the cross fracture, and they have moreover

embedded in them some brown amygdaloidal concretions from one to two

inches long which are masses of micaceous gravel and carbonaceous matter,

cemented to some hardness by a mixture of carbonate of lime. There are

some pieces also of the coal veined with carbonate of lime. The quantity

of coal to be obtained and the expense of raising and delivering it at the

station, are now all that is wanted to be known regarding this deposit.

It cokes into a bright shining metallic coke externally which is remark-

ably fibrous and wood-like ; and in some pieces divides into laminar masses

like wood, as if this Jet Coal was produced not from carbonized plants, but

from wood.

Dr. Campbell has also sent us specimens of the rock in which the Jet

Coal is found. This is a coarse sandstone grit ; much of the character of

those of the true coal formations, and is so far promising ; but it contains

no organic remains.

H. Pippineton,

Curator, Mus. Econ. Geology.

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 315

Major Ramsay now resident of Nepal sent me some time ago, as already

noticed in a former report, a collection of 96 specimens of rocks and

minerals of various kinds, which the minister Jung Bahadur had had

collected, and of which he was desirous of knowing the value, as one was

supposed to contain tin, &c. but the whole prove to be valueless, except

one of a very fine quartz, equal to the best Brazilian pebbles, a splendid

white marble, a Kyanite, (sometimes used in jewellery and inlaying work,)

a blue copper ore, and the last of the series No. 96, which as I announced

before, is certainly a new mineral, even in the form in which it reached us,

Major Ramsay has just sent specimens of the ore, which will be examined

in due course. The history of this mineral product I reserve for the full

account of its examination.

Captain Haughton, lst Assistant Agent to the Governor-General on the

S. W. Frontier, has sent us a large collection of some 50 or 60 ores of

copper, iron and lead, from that quarter, which will be duly examined.

LispraRry.

The following books have been added to the Library since the last

meeting.

Presented.

Indische Alterthiimskiinde von Christian Lassen. Zweiter Band. Bonn,

1852. Royal 8vo.—By THE AUTHOR.

- Magnetical and Meteorological Observations made at the Hon’ble East

India Company’s Observatory, Bombay, in the year 1849. Bombay, 1852,

4to.—By THE SUPERINTENDENT OF THE OBSERVATORY.

Die Handschriften-Verzeichnisse der Koniglichen Bibliothek. Erstes

Band. Verzeichnisse der Sanskrita Handschriften von Herrn Dr. Weber.

Berlin, 1853, 4to.—By tHe AUTHOR.

Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London. Vol. X XII.—

By tHe Socrery.

Jahrbucher der Literatur. Nos. 2, 4, 26, 28, 78, 89,90 and 92.—By

THE Baron von HamMeER-PURGSTALL.

Selections from the Public Correspondence of the Board of Administra-

tion for the affairs of the Punjab: Nos. 1 and 2. 4 copies each.—By THE

Boarp.

Report of the Revenue Administration of the Lower Provinces for the

official year 1851-52. —By THE GoVERNMENT OF BENGAL.

Journal of the Indian Archipelago, for October 1852. 2 copies.—By

THE SAME.

Ditto ditto, for November 1852,—By THE Eprror.

316 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 3.

Legende de Sakuntala d’apres la version Hindouie de Mahabharata, par

M. Garcin de Tassy. Pamphlet.—By tHe AvutTHor.

Tableau du Kali Yug, ou de l’age de Fer, par Wischnu Das, traduit de

V’Hindouie par M. Garcin de Tassy.—By THE AUTHOR.

Notice sur une carte routiere de Nuschhed 4 Bokhara et de Bokhara 4

Balkh par M. Sedillot.—By tHe AurTHor.

Journal of the Archeological Society of Delhi. January 1853, 2 copies.

—By THe Socrery.

Zeitschrift des Deutschen morgenlandischen Gesellschaft. Vol. VI.

Part 3.—By tue Soctrery.

The Vedanta Sutras. Nos. 1 to 6.—By Ba’su Ja’DavaKrisHna SINHA.

Combe’s Constitution of Man translated into Bengali. By Babu Aksha-

ya Kumar Datta. 1 vol. 12mo.—By THE TRANsLaToR.

Map of the Grand Trunk Road from Calcutta to Benares. By J. Joseph,

Kisq.—By tur AvurHor.

Ditto ditto from Karmanasé to Agra.—By THE sAME.

A map of the Overland route of Steam communication.—By THE SAME.

The Oriental Baptist. Nos. 75, 76.—By tHE Epiror.

The Calcutta Christian Observer. For March and April 1853.—By

THE Epirors.

The Oriental Christian Spectator. For February 1853.—By THE

Epirtor.

aa eh ie he i

317

Meteorological Observations kept at Rangoon.

1853.]

uoobuosy ‘yojidsoFT pay

"bung “ssp ‘Q ‘JW ‘uauavg ‘“¢ *SUOTIBA *SUOTIPA *SUOTIVA *STOI}RA *SUONVA “SUOIA

“498q0 96 JO 8=—“ABEQO J JQ = *AOSGO EZ JO “4A9SGO GZ IQ -498QO FZ IO —--49SG0 GZ JO

Galees || 6 | cosiacte | ee<| cozArsl| co |5 oo] oenjeios | oo |es:) 65 | oe Pest os

el}olels/s|slis}sis{|s} sis} sis} s/s} sis

S i=) L— —) =) i=) Je) = =) —) Pa S S — a} os) _

= | wo | © | Ss] Copco | an | sat homie ree | ebe|rmte fe ey [macy ees || Se

SOB | | Bee a) Be ee re] BON eee ee (RB a8

5 5 5 pete 5 —-* 5 he 5 eo 5 ~e

= s i} E =! E Ss 3 S B = 5

Bele Bis BB Bi 5 B | B18

‘WN ‘d 6 ‘yosung ‘Wage "U0ON ‘WV 6 ‘aSLIUNS

JgyoWOINg Jajamoirg Joya WOIeg Ja\awo1Rg Jaa WO.IVg JoyawMoreg

~wT “I 1e.2) es) co co (es) jee) io) le.2) lee) Neo} “I “I oo “wT lor) wT cove ky

Sof Fon | WO | ee) S| OS | St | SS Por or) wo] B® Lol oS a

Sy a m |} a} awalalalo Ce et — ee

— el © Yeo) ~“

"MS 0} °S 'N WO’y poSuryo .

Saaisop f£ |Jay Aajowousoyy, ‘ures Saleee | Sle shales sot ek eet eee Sr) Sac eise Ph loa | See hse ates ole aetteegaas

Wi0js Japuny} ew ‘a Te mE | a| ~ S S © = =

oy} U0 “| *g Woy ATBUOISeD00 nq =

‘A “N Yjuow siqy spurm surpieas.g |——|——|——|——|——|—— wee | pan Wes fe ct ee

9S) | Bm) |) Be) BB) ee) BR BP BPR) Be Oe

pure yIGZ ‘YIQT 94} UO sAQMOYS yy 51/3 B|& Bi 8 B | 8 B|& aS ae Bis

‘qquowW siy} ual[ey ule Jo AjyWuenyE B 1g B | & B | § 5 | § B | & B | g

*sylewmoy “Hl “d 6 *yasuug "Wa ¢ ‘U00N "WV 6 ‘asLIUNG

JoOWOUIaYT, | 19J9MOUIAYT, | a30WOMIAYT, | a3eMOMIEyT, | 1a392WIOUIIAT, 19} 3WOW.AY, J,

"EGR ‘vaquasag 4st ‘uoobuny

"EGR8T ‘vaquaaoyy sof vagsrboay qoorhojo.Loajoyy ay? fo 700148qF

‘ynuny | “UL '"N “GQ & | FO 68 6L ‘OU1G "0771 | LO" 6L FL

“WT ie ee es ee 93 |G 92 OUI ‘oy1q | L£0° GZ.) 9o°S2

‘071 “wir | 20° £8 9£ ecole) ‘01 | OT’ 94 |G°0L

011 ‘o71q | 40° | E°S8 {GOL °0371G ‘ord | IT GL ~ 1° ¥2

*1nwNy ‘Op <a NA te Ss LL y*[uano-taary ‘oud | FL: 18 cL

lege “op a | Ll ere — | e227 ‘ond ‘oyniqg | II GL |S°rL

“11D “onic, | 20" (ers (Srl anette) IHN | Ot BL \ EOL

ON ‘oq | 40° | 9°98 164 ‘oId [IT NUM 'N | OT’ | G'ZZ OL

‘o1q | “OP"M ‘N | 40° | G8 os "OIG oIq | OL: | 4S°GZ OL

*1v2TO “op 'N | €O: |&G°E8 os "OVI oyId | 80° Led a

eee "MI °M'N | €0° £8 vs "071d ‘old | 90° |G°9L GL

old "weg | or | oes GL “ou “mye | FO" |S°08 cL

‘oiq | OP *"M ‘S'S | GO° |G'06 |S°9L ‘OIG ‘op ’a N | 40° |GT8 of

"011 ‘Op "N | £0° 98 84 "01nd ‘op 'N | 20° €8 bs

OV1IG "0;31q | SO° |G 28 OL ‘OIG ‘Op "HN | 60° 68 «|G GL

oI ‘oid | 90° 88 LL "OUG ‘OP "N | 80 |&°§8 Qf

"POUND - LAI) ‘oyI1q | GO’ | G°28 LL “OVI ‘ow | 80° €8 |o°cZ

01 "0371 | SO" 98 9f ‘OU ‘Oud | 90° Sf €L

‘OVI “oI | €0° 68 LL “dBaTD) ‘NM -A'N | 60° 08 cL

‘ong Tn NIE GO" =a S228 LL rae =e 2° ‘< eS

‘011 ‘oyitqd | £0° L8 9f ‘OIG ‘o1Iq | 60° |G’GZ |G'EL

"ynung | Apeajs "AN | G0" 06 |S°SZ "AB2T) ‘owig | 21° Qs bL

ae ae Fa o ee ae ‘OVNI ‘oH1d | GE’ 1G¢ts |gGs

‘oyiq, |Apeays 0711q | 60° 88 Qf OI sts | ea | a a 6L cf

‘onig ‘og OL: L8 9f 071 ‘oI | IL’ |49°08 LL

“Iau? O10 | ST" 88 LL | yernormur OMd | IE (ese |S Fe

‘OIG ‘oud | OT’ L8 9L EG | ‘oIG | IT 08 cs

* 09st ‘Oop "A ‘N | 60° |&°88 9L "0331 ‘od | IT’ 0s |Ga'cZ

‘onIg | OP ‘A “G°N | 60° |G°98 |GLL 071 ‘OP'H 'N | It’ |G'08 |S 92

*TUUNd="A1Ty ‘N°H | 40°0E| £8 Bf “v9 “‘M°H | OOS! 18 9L

wf ‘PUM eB Eh «er | a0 “f CBOE Eee ee [asc las

ia jo uonseaup |S & es qa | 79M - jo uondelp |S 2 o q@ | eM

oe pue aoi0g | 3? ©-|- ij m0UA9Y, J, ee z pur song | 3 9 g. ‘199 WOUWIY J,

"NOON "WV 6

‘ZBI ‘Maquaveg 4s{ ‘uoobuny

“OVNI

"OIG

“0471

“TAI

“Teano-1110

"01d

“OW

“OVI

“OIG

*Azepy

OvIG

‘091IG

"OWN

‘og

071d

‘OUI

“OyIG

‘OIG

‘OUNIG

‘OUIG

‘OUNG

*OUWG

OVI

‘07314

‘OUViG

“OIG

“OWI

‘ONG

it) ie)

"£58

jo yoodsy

"0771 | 90° rs

om'qd | 90° | GEL

oyIq | £0° 4

“mUleD OL’ oA

“THN | 20° [G°EZ

‘out | 90° 1Z

‘old | 90° |G Its

‘oI | 90° | OF

‘oid | €0° |¢ 69

“omg | €0° TZ

‘oytd | 10° |G'°EZ

“wre | €O° |G GZ

“LA SN | 90° rs

"mye | £0° Qf

‘MN | 90° | G°92

‘OIG | 90° cL

‘o1d | GO PL

‘oI | O° 9f

‘oT | 69° FL

“o1;1q | 60° cL

"oyId | ZI cL

‘onIgd | OL 9/

"omg | OL cL

‘oy! | 60° cL

‘o11d | 60° cL

"O71 | OT’ cL

‘MH 'N | 60° rL

ovuId | 60° | S*FL

“mye | 60°08) GZ

"pul, aie

jo UoljJOATp 5 ¥ & Aig

pue ao10g |S 2 =.

"HSIUNNG

‘ZEST ‘waquanoyy fo yuuow ay2 sof suornawasgQ joorbojosoajaTy

GeZ

194

G19

GL9

¢"69

él

[04

€L

PAN OD Hm 6 r ~O SS

‘a)eq

[Se Se? Gero ee

*20Ue4SIp UI JopuNnyy,

*19A0 sed sdoip moq

“IIMOYS 178.1}S*1]NUIND

*spnoyd Suriodea uyy,

‘9008 \SIp UI syueq Soy

"94 31]

pas ui Araa e149

"04 Apisjno *uey J,

“A'S “S ‘Ue 4Y8IIg

*9Z99.1q ‘SJa1] “Apnojg

WOT “YS IYSITs L190

*H90]9,0 Ze “YT ]

*19[000-pa.iaa00 ung

071

ONIG

“071d

"OU

*9Z991q [009 oul

‘OSLIUNG Joie Azeyy

sie)

"0G

°071

feos!

"Suluaaa ouy ‘4077

*“SyIe My

“ynTIND

“oI

“oN

"IBID

‘oy

"0931

O'G

"OIG

ond

OyNG

‘ou

*1ea{9

“ONG

‘OV

‘O71

“oid

“ond

"od

‘od

‘oud

‘091

‘ou

"011

"od

*IRI[Q

“£4

jo yoadsy}

“ong

"1 °'N

°0731G

"mye

OVIG

"41° ALN

“omg

‘ond

‘od

‘oud

"wea

‘HN

"011

"OV

"oud

‘ould

‘ord

‘oud

‘ond

‘op “A'S

"HN

‘ond

"oud

“TURD

=POTAN

jO uo01,99.1p

NITDW ARWIOVO TF

L0°0€ | “64

to’ | 18

co’ | 94

co | 94

co’ | 94

90° | 82

10° |@-LZ

LO a

ro" | 9L

co" |e"6Z

eo) ae

ro | 28

10° | s*08

fe 2g

Lo’ | 08

60° | 62

or | 28

80° | 28

60° | 28

mW ae

Or. |e

or [ese

or | 92

2u° | gree

or | 08

60° | s"08

60'0e| Gz

B@s| hia

Zoo

cece

F6°182 OF S06 |06 F6L

174

G02

G89

G92

Gol

GPs

G¢L

¥L

€L

‘49M

“BaD ITAA AN

mr bt) 1) “med

ee “wey

"480M Ul se

*pyo 4vaIO “me

¥ “WAN

"Tynung *O11IG

a "Op “A *S

ae 4,4 ON

i) 1) ‘MUN

“pul

“Ay jo cena

jo qoadsy NIP apes

G0°0€

ia’)

ia")

Le 4

lo)

ORE LNs

SPIL E8|PILO'9L

98¢ | Goes

98 tL

68 ef

g°G8 LL

8 Lt

G8 8Z

Gis |GZ2

38 94

“Aiq | 32M

‘TAMING

011

"Ou

BARI Ce)

‘TAMING

OTN

*1Ra[Q

OnIG

‘OWI

0110

*OU

“on

"wUnd-"¢

‘od

"OV

°0}31d

‘OIG

‘oT

*und="9

acntte)

“AAS

jo yoodsy

‘01

"WLAN

sta Ha)

aa a |

°OIG

‘OUIIG

‘MN

“wyTeD

eae

‘op 'N

‘Op "A" AA'N

‘op “aA "N

‘1S

"od

‘OG

‘on

‘ond

0331

‘Op “A “N

i) aac |

“purm

jO UOTq9a.1p

pue 90107

€0°08 | 1188 | 02 92

co’ iG'e8 |S°8Z

00° 06 6L

€0° 68 8L

90° L8 Qf

90° |¢°88 6L

90° |S'08 |S°cZ

c0’ (|S°88 |o'PL

€0° 88 GL

60°0¢) S°Z8 tz

So" [oss oe

86° 68 |a°cZ

86 62| 06 8£

00° |S°68 SZ

60° 98 SL

20° | 8°88 LL

20° 2 16-68 cL

FO’ =| S°88 8Z

€0° 06 cL

10° +|°'68 9L

40 68 |¢'¢Z

90° i688 |S GZ

co’ 19°06 |G°Zé

co'0¢! 88 LL

e Be “Aig | ‘29M

ee. Beanery.

320 Meteorological Register kept at Rangoon. [ No. 3.

On 25th and 26th, in the afternoon, showers of rain fell.

At 1p. mu. 80th Thunder storm with heavy shower of rain. Ther-

mometer fell 7 degrees.

Wind changed suddenly from N. H. to 8S. W.

Abstract of the Meteorological Register for December, 1852.

Rangoon, \st January, 1853.

Meteorological Register kept at Rangoon.

Wet.

321

5S ra

33 5 ;

a8 o 3

aie 4 =

es ry

se iS) 3

oN Z = , Sy

3 ave E ay

e oO P| o -&

q & a~ os ae

a a) ae) = 2 =

Ry | ae ss ae

| usa 5 £3

WV 2S a 2

rn Seis me as

ee ao as aS

| aa & v FES © 24 ‘Ss

| en a e x

5 j

A 3 : = ie E 3 " Q JoJaWOULIIY T,

= 0 i ya) ~ cm r *SuOly

5 > ‘manu | & a qo | anon | 60°0¢ | -BAlasqo ¢ ‘leg

a ‘unuixey | a “MUNUUIXe Ay | 00°0¢

- a ian eae

3 43 PIA a aS B43 PII SUOT}VAIBSGO

oe oS oO ay Le yjayamousay J,

a 3 © ~ 25 ! ‘Quou Jajomo1eg

= = ‘onmiumy | Ss = 37 | cwmunaryy | |

a ‘unmixeyy | of 2 "UNUIxe A, | ;

Sut

o ~

= | ee wh oh one ie “O¢ | *SUOIJVAIOSGO

gm mn oo) 2 Pa *suol}

i) . °

= ‘unwmixem | 3 = “unwixe A] | oU0E) J

4 7

iB e a e °

a PUA S 8 ome PIAL 60°0¢ | *SUOTJBAIASGO

= 3 2 be) | 5 ZG JjoWOWIITT,

° .

EZ ‘unmiuyy | = & ¢¢z| 84 | ‘mnuruiy | £0'0¢ ane

8 Bs -BA1OSqO ZI ‘leg

a *UANULX® [| = oe “WUNWIXP TAT | FL'OE J

¥ l

o =

ar PIA} 2 2 |g "PLN e1'0e| |

ga . = er) g ; 02 SUOTJVAIISGO

g < 6 Pa o 4 {| [eolijamoulsay J,

oh ‘unui | a qo | (anu | 40°08) |

a ‘unuixeyy | oOo = “UN WULXe FT | sos,

*Jaquinu

ul "sqo -1v

91211) 09 Pp ad PHA 60°0€ | sda va

Se Ss ~ 8 Pp [eoLjemouayy,

lp ‘mmm | =f SM losie) ounmieie | os lie

z = - zis = —~— o 5 A __ 40°08 O[ SUOIVBAIaSgO

Pia cunmixew | STS OD fiber | €L'0€} J [BoLajoumoie g

a 3

“OUI

"TAI9

1g)

"WII

“ITnUND

"WAI

"TAI

“InuNnd

“ont

[hwnd-"9

"od

"ontq

“OWN

ri) @)

‘oz

“MAT

un 2) fa)

“‘I[nuny

“WAND

“ITauNng

“AIS

jO yoodsy

‘Oud

MU CN

‘MH CN

‘OVI

"41 “a ‘Ni

“II OIG

“SH CN

0'C

*O71G

“ov

‘a1 O11

Op "A 'N

‘ond

“IJ “i "N

‘oa

"NUN

“parm jo

u01}99.11p

pue 9010.3] plolsuy

OL-195

‘OIG

‘QUON

L0°

Ld’

80°

0’

ol’

Bie.

L0°

OU0E

*1o}0u

-o.1eg

Lvst

€8

£8

GeZ

£8

¢8

‘Aig

6008 | sees | 22°69

c6Sl

i 4

€L

is)

GOL

G02

*JOJOWOULA9U,T,

OVI

‘OIG

‘oud

LLIIg

Apnog

juuny

CEE CG |

“LIL

Brelte

“11119

‘oud

"od

0710

ONG

aceLte)

“OW

‘nung

‘0931

Lady

‘AyS Jo

qoodsy

“ond

“oI

‘011d

‘ond

“ond

‘ot

“od

‘NN

“ay “ “"N

‘Apjs 'a'°N

071

‘pjs a'n

‘OuIG

‘0731

°0u71q

NCH N

‘a °F

“41 °N

WN’ Od

“pala jo

UO1}09.1Lp

92° 10€

‘owid

"oud

“OWN

‘oui

"OI

“T 'N

*ou0

“QUON

‘QUON,

L0°0€

193901

“O18

pue 90.10,,| pro1suy

| S10 | €8'r£ | 96°89

16°0

060

—

=e)

ey)

i=}

“| 60°08 |

ees cee | seen

"HaID| "OP “STN

OF “OIG

‘OI ‘OIG

‘od, "ond

“TAIO} 91 “ON

Te = OFT

“WD “91 “A ON

oy) = 0771

“WUND) IH ON

“MID | = *0931G

FeO) ITN

‘Tung-"9/'M 4q°N

‘otd| *oId

‘oyid)| = * 071

oN) = *09310

oy) =“ muTeD

“aeaTO Op “HN

TID) ‘Op “

“oWtG) = “ONT

TAwWND | IT AN

"£3g Jo

qoodsy

‘TYawN) | IT “A WN

POEDER TY

pur 9010q| plolsuy

¢'96FI 8LE1

cL €9

L9 69

GLL 99

L9 19

ZL 89

€L 89

84 89

cL | 99

¢°69 €9

G82 FL

8L ol

84 al

Of 19

4 89

VL 89

a4 89

8L cL

8L Of

18 9L

08 Lt

"Aig “JOM

*“J9JIMOUIIY J,

68°00€

L0°0E

*1999U0

-o1eg

‘NOON

88) ‘humnune 4st ‘uoobury

"W'V 6

‘SSS ‘waquasagy fo yzuopy ay, sof suorvasasqQ qoorhojosoajary

“OLL9 | 5°99

PCEl COeEel

9 09

¥9 69

69 css

69 6¢

€9 CLS

¢"99 ¢9

c9 c’09

9 09

GL9 ¢°c9

89 19

ies 64

19 c¢9

89 9

89 c9

¢'L9 c9

¢°L9 c9

oh ol

tL cL

SL cL

SZ es A

‘Ag WN

“19JIUIO MIU T

*dSIUNNG

“URa

‘T830.L

I¢

O€

¥%

lat

SAO Hino raan

‘ayeq

*paaoWlal 1ajamMOIKG $ S199TISNY SV.IPeTAT JO YORAIe 0) opeyoorg oprsur f "WW ‘d Z 3% 90uK{sIp UI Japunyy “ysvo10A0 pue Apnojo x.

IS Ee nt eres ees WEL Bi Sore spe) sed Mes ek aaa kd

OL'O€ , 2°92 | S269 €¢'64 | €8°69 L0°0€ L’S8 tSGL

rL9 rG¢ SES C’6lG €L°08E LGPL | €82sl

*“Azey ee oe er oe ee ee ee ee oe es ee ee ee ee ee

"OvHIG) = 0991) °0NI1G] «EL L9 Ae os oe sy a "Owtd) 0931 if 68 £9

“OVI OWI) = “OIq) EL 99 a3 2 3 ys oe OUI . - — a:

‘oW!d| *03371G) ‘omG] $2 £49 |*[umo-"0] OWT} 84 | $'69 gc) te) eee) 6 | a 98 69

es ee ee -- ee “LIT °0331q ee 08 104 ‘Tnunsy “4 ait | “N ee 98 eZ

"u00y JO osdijoq +“ = ‘ota! «FL 19 oe as ee .- - . ve oe os ss

‘Su1ugsd 9so[pD ZO oe ee Be en ne oe oe ee ee e« ee ee ee ee

JaMoys de all 2 g: oe 3 = i : ae a = = 4 o~ Be al

*49A0 ysnl . Ze Hy ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eae ee ee ee és

ee ee ee ee ee “LID “4 “OL “"N “OUON 08 69 “TAU ‘073IG ee ¢'cg OL

ee ee ee oe ee oe ee ee ee ee *T]nuUNnD) “41 “oy "NI ee c8 cg

ut § Azey pue Apnoy)| “N 2891/9 "IND | 4 AN] OTL ¢9 ss ee Ot Bie °° |rpnuune' cx Qc 08 cg

*pjoosuiueaa | se ses ee ss she ee ee ee ee ee ( es os ] as

*SUIUdAa Ieayo 1) ee) eo ee ee ee fe oe eo oe ee @e 1 ee ‘QUON f ee

fpoacuai “soFT pled “s oS as ms . ee ee oe os ee L ee os J se

20.10} a]qeiap =} ee ee es ee ee ee oe es ee ee *1ynuND 4] a | ‘'N co’ C’68 Cc)

-1suoo yyim peyidsopy |} °° hk oo ot ae s° a ee ee ee .- oe a es ?

Fe cat a) |-o20 |avtnll Im sien ch Wu Toap@ aes | al ese Tee) oO; een wt a a

ely ISR OS a | ee ee ee eo eo ee ee ee ee e e e

Rl 2 ae - “ona| sonal eo |e | eZ

° vA | ee eo ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee e 1 e ° C

*1oy}VIM Ivo ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ‘OIG "01! 90° G8 Las

pue poo Ayuyywesg ee ee ae ee ve ee ie os ic = wnt) a) ‘op “T "'N 90° F8 iu

"18919 | *4SIU [OOD ‘WHO ] ITSM NOL 08 OL oa oe ‘0131 | Apjs ‘aN 60 a ¢ a

"74 1U 4S] ule yy ee ee ee °* es ee ee ee ee ee ug Hy da ‘NS Cl

: *1e919 eo ee ee ee ea ee ee ee ee ee ‘OUWIG IUN' OG 80° L8 jAle

“IvITD) "MS! 60° 18 LL ne a. = £S ia "IyauIND 41 °S L0° 88 8f

“"qy 517] ee es ee e- oe oe ee oe ee ee wie ee ee es es

x‘ Aepiaqsof t[ajiamoyg) “nuny “mayey)| =OL'0€! 68 484 ape oa ch = vy “TNwIND| 3] NO" 90'°0¢ 68 18

as ‘PUTA, JO | cuajom | ‘AIG | "30M “Ig Jo ‘pura JO} suajoum | “Ag | "3044 2 ‘purM Jo} ‘asjomr | “Liq | 39M

ne ie uoloa.Ip | -oleg es uo1jda.1Ip| -oaeg = cael uonoaip | -oaeg

“i a JO PPOSV | ue 90.10 1OIVUY] +15,9MOMT.U q y puv 99107) plo1eUY | -yo9,a00W.9 a Vv pue 99104] PlOlSUY | *i9}9WOWIOYT

{ Pp! V/ aa} LL 3 bl RE tates

"WN o'V 6 “LASNAG eee eS

S981 ‘humnung 4s | ‘uoobuny

ee > Fi

324 Meteorological Register kept at Agra. [No. 3.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of November 1852.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 A. M.

Maximum and

Temperature.

Minimum.

i Aspect of the sky.

is 5 Oo 3 i

Eb |e Wee ee ee

2 5 = < 2 } E © =

os o Sot — ) sS ee ee

a mQ fo) iS) S Aes

Ty 29-460" 78040771) "6220" |e W. |Clear sky.

2 29.475) 73.0 (O00 ~ | OU donde - | W. |Ditto ditto.

B 29.497) 7637 Wy (o-2 5) Gla ‘ . | W. |Ditto ditto.

4 |29 483) 77.0 | 78.4 | 62.0 : W. |Few \ to S.

5 |29.501) 76.8 | 76.1 | 62.6 .. | Ld. |Clear sky.

6 129.472) 79.22) 8Y5 | Gh.0 1. .- | W. |Ditto ditto.

7. 29.548] 79.0 | 77.6.) 64.5 4G E, | Ditto ditto.

S$ |29:567| 77.0 1° 76.5 | 65.1 .. | W. |Ditto ditto,

9 5202530) 75,5.|. 48.0 | 64.7 e» |N.w.|Ditto ditto,

10 |29.509|} 75.2 | 74.0 | 63.2 Ld |Ditto ditto.

11 29 483] 75.0 | 75.4 63.4 i W. |Ditto ditto,

12” (29 565) 74.5753") 7638 ; W. |Ditto ditto.

13 29,449} 75.0 75.3 | 64.6 . | W. |Ditto ditto.

14 | 29.453] 77.4 | 74.5 | 63.0 3 W. |Ditto ditto.

15 |29.470| 75.8 | 75.9 | 64.5 : W. |Ditto ditto.

16 {29.451} 76.5 | 75.6 | 65.0 s.w |Ditto ditto.

17. (| 29.434) 76.0 | 76.0 | 65.5 N. | in zenith.

18 | 29.349] 77.5 76.0 | 69.0 ais E. {9 in zenith.

19. |29:397| 76.9 | 78.2) 66.5 - | N. {Clear sky.

20 29.425) 73.5 i We 60.5 . | W. |Ditto ditto.

21 29.490} 75.7 | 72.5 | 60.0 S. |Ditto ditto,

22. | 299507) 74.5) 74.5.4) 62.8 W. |Ditto ditto.

23 29.535] 74.0 72.3 61.6 s.w.| Ditto ditto.

24° 129 543 74.001 37020) 58.5 . | W. , Ditto ditto.

25 |29.565| 71.0 | 69.4 | 57.5 . | W. | F scattered over.

26 |29.610| 69.3 | 66.5] 558 . | Ld. |“ all over.

27 +|29.578} 70.0 | 67-5 | 56.4 . | W. |Clear.

28 29 526] 70.0 67:0 | 56.2 W. |Ditto,

29 |29.558! 69.0 | 67.5 | 54.0 N., |Ditto.

30 |29.540] 68.8 | 66.0 53.9 N. |Ditto.

Mean.| 29.506} 74.90] 74.02) 61.79

Note. The symbols used for Aspect of the sky are

\ for Cirri — for strata

VW for Cumulo-strata ~~ for Nimbi

The Barometer readings have all been reduced to 32° Far, and corrected for

Capillary Action.

M. SHerRER, Asst. Secy. to Govt. N. W. P.

1853. | Meteorological Register kept at Agra. 325

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W.P. Agra, for the Month of Nov. 1852. Larrrupe.

Observations at apparent Noon.

Maximum and

Temperature. Minium.

: iS Aspect of the sky.

: DS

2 | & oN atl e

: 5 el : Z 23

= ol ae cdi ion ae ae one eS

aa | O° | Grier) & pea

1 |29.421] 80.2 | 81.5 | 63.5 .. | W. {Clear sky.

2 |29.439) 80.0 | 80.4 | 61.7 . |... | N. |Ditto ditto.

3 | 29.454) 78.9 | 80.7 | 62.6]... | .. | W. |Ditto ditto.

4 |29.453] 78.4 | 78.4 | 62.6] .. | .. | W. | over 2 of sky.

5 |29 436) 78.5 | 80.0} 63.4 | .. | .. | Ld.|Clear sky.

6 |29.425; 80.0 | 80.0 | 62.0] .. | .. | W. |Ditto ditto,

a Weo-522) 79.2 Wo78H0 65.3 1's. - | E. {Ditto ditto.

8 {29.521] 78.2 | 78.4 | 64.5 | .. W. |Ditto ditto,

9 (29.479) 78.4 | 78.5 | 63.5] .. |. W. |Ditto ditto.

10 | 29.380] 77.0 | 76.9 | 63.5] .. | .- | Ld.|Ditto ditto.

1] {29.445} 76.6 | 77.1 | 63.6] .. | .. | W. |Ditto ditto.

12 | 29.468} 75.5 | 78.6 | 64.6] .. | .- | W. |Ditto ditto.

13 129.389] 76.5 |.77.5 | 64.3 | .. | -- | W. |Ditto ditto.

14 {29.415} 77.7 | 760 | 63.9] .. | .. | W. |Ditto ditto.

15 {29.419} 77.2 | 78.0] 64.9] .. | .. | W. |Ditto ditto.

16 |29.405|) 77.5 | 80.9 | 66.5, .. N. |Ditto ditto,

17 (29.387| 77.7 | 78.5 | 66.2) .. W. |\r- to N. E.

18 | 29.317] 78.0 | 77.0 | 69.0|.. | .. | S. [Clear sky.

19 | 29.351) 77.8 | 77.5 | 67.0 | .. | «. | 8. |Ditto ditto.

20 129.371) 75.2 | 74.7.1 64.5 |... | .. | 8S. |Ditto ditto,

2) 129.450) ‘76.0 | 74.9 | 60.6 | .. |. E. |Ditto ditto.

22 |29.430| 75.5 | 76.8 | 64.5 |.. | .. | W. |Ditto ditto.

23 |29.487| 75.4 |! 75.5 | 62.5 | .. | . | N. |Ditto ditto.

24 129.497) 74.0 | 74.0} 59.9) .. |. N. |Ditto ditto.

Za (29.528). 72.6 }°72.5 | 59.3) . 4 W. |\— i scattered over.

26 29-591] 71.0 | 69.04°57.3 | .. | .. | Ld.|“- to §, Ww E. W. and N.

27 - 29-523) 71.0 | 70.55} °66.5 4 2. | 20) W.-lClear.

Ze 929.428) 71-5 1°70. )) 57.51... .. |N.w.|Ditto

ae" p29.506) 70.0) 70.5°154,8.) « N. |Ditto

30 |29.508} 70.0 | 70.0 | 54.5 “ W. |Ditto

29.448) 76.19] 76.43| 62.48

Seieeeeeee a ne 2 lente as

326

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

[No. 3.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. PB. Agra, for the Month of Nov. 1852. LonerruDe.

Minimum pressure observed at 4 P. M.

Temperature.

‘ b :

o 5 2

ea eae

S| Mey eheaglt Pyke

Alia pleor Sane

1} 29.360/82.2 |82.5 |62.5

2| 29.371/80.9 |81.9 |63.5

3/ 29.386/82.0 |81.9 |62.6

4| 29.392/82.0 |82.5 |64.2

5| 29.364/82.0 |81.0 163.9

6} 29.383)/80.0 |80.9 163.3

7| 29.459|79.8 |78.9 |64.8

8} 29.430/79.0 |79.0 164.5

9| 29.392|78.9 |78.6 |64.0

10} 29.386|79.0 |78-5 |63.4

11| 29.381|80-0 |78.0 |64.1

12] 29.375|77.5 |78-6 |64.3

13] 29.316)78-5 |73-5 |64.0

14/ 29.357/78.0 |78.0 |64.3

15| 29.349179.6 |80-5 \65.2

16) 29.337|79-8 |80-0 |66.5

17| 29.306|78-5 |81-7 |66-5

18] 29.262|/79-0 |79-0 |68.2

19| 29.290|78-8 {78-0 |63.0

20} 29.317 |76-8 {764 |59.5

21) 29.381/76-5 !74-7 161.5

22/ 29.394/78-5 |78-5 165.0

23) 29.407/76-5 |77-2 160.3

24| 29.414/75.7 |75-4 160.3

25) 29.461/74- 173-5 |59.2

26/] 29.512/72.5 {70.8 158.2

27) 29.434/72.0 |71.5 |58.5

28| 29.412/72.5 |72.8 |60.0

29) 29.424/72.8 |72.0 |56.5

30) 29.447/71.0 |70.8 |55.8

29.383}77.81/77.72/62.59

Maximum and

Minimum.

Aspect of the sky.

Sel ag

=| g :

‘he | os 2

[as] = Oo

= = =

81.5 |65.4 | 73.45/Clear sky.

82.8 |64.2 | 73.5 |\ to S. a few.

82.5 [65.6 | 74.05|\Clear sky.

S22 nOanc 72.2 |n- to E. W. and N.

VW to S.

799 |64.1 | 72.0 |Clear sky.

80.9 |65.5 73.2 |Ditto ditto.

85.5 162.3 | 73.9 |Ditto ditto.

79.2 |06.0 | 72.6 \Ditto ditto,

78.0 |62.7 | 70.35|Ditto ditto.

78.1 |63.0 | 70.55/Ditto ditto.

77.8 |62.0 | 69.9 |Ditto ditto.

78.2 |61.0 | 69.6 |Ditto ditto.

78.0 {63.5 | 70.75/Ditto ditto.

77.6 |64.0 | 70.8 |Ditto ditto.

80.3 |65.0 | 72.65) Ditto ditto.

79.5 ;64.5 | 72.0 |Ditto ditto.

80.5 |65.0 | 72.75|>7 to N. E.

78.7 |70.0 | 74.35|~ in zenith.

77.2 \65.8 | 71.5 ;Clear sky.

75.5 |69.5 | 72.5 |Ditto ditto.

75.3 |64.4 | 69-85! Ditto ditto.

78.6 |63.6 | 71-10}% 4 scattered over.

79.8 |69.0 | 72.4 |Clear.

75.2 |63.2 | 69.2 |\— 2 scattered over.

7 [She Ui 57 65.2 |— 2 ditto.

70.0 158.0 | 64.0 |“ to S.\We E. W.

and N.

72.0 |56.0 | 64.0 |Clear.

72.2 157.2 | 64.7 |n- to N. W.

72.0 (56.6 | 64.3 |Ciear.

71.2 |52.0 | 61.6 |Ditto.

77.65|62.94| 70.295

Rain Gauges.

feet 2 inches from

the ground.

| 3

4424)?

of the

irection

Wind.

Sddzdeedadz 24242 4ene5

222%

1853. | Meteorological Register kept at Agra. 327

Meteorelogical Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of December 1852.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 A. M,

Maximum and

Temperature, Minieeunae

a 3 Aspect of the sky.

ou _ ° WY e

oe 2-|8| 8 8

2 5 y = ea} i) gee

pee eo | Se REL eS bee

See o) Oo) Oli eee ee

1 |29.609) 67.1 | 65.0 | 52.2 ee |N.W.|Clear.

2 |29,610) 65.8 | 62.4 | 50.1 ov veiaes | WW} Clear sky.

3 |29.566) 558 | 60.8 | 63.6 | .. | .. | W. |Ditto.

4 |29579| 61.0 | 61.0 |} 49.7]. .. | W. |Ditto.

5 |29.596) 660 | 61.0 | 50.0} .. | .. | E. |\ 2 scattered.

6 |29,.551) 61.0 | 58.4 | 54.2 | .. | .. | W. |W all over sky.

0) 295956 6).00)), 60:5 (56.7) | lee. | (as) |) WodMe all over.

8 |29.527; 63.9 | 64.0 | 59.4) .. | .. |Ld.|“ to N. W.

9 |29.512) 63.0 | 64.2 | 59.7 es | W. |Clear.

10 |29.494) 63.2 | 63.4 | 56.8]... | .. | W. |Ditto.

11 -|29.514) 63.0 | 63.4 | 55.8] .. |... |s.w.|Ditto.

12 |29.563) 64.5 | 64.0 | 55.0 ae se: W. |Ditto.

13 |29.629| 62.0 | 63.0 | 54.0 | .. | .. | W. |Ditto.

14 | 29.561) 62-0 |..62.8 | 54.5) 2. |) 2 | W. (Ditto.

15 |29.517| 64.0 | 63.5 | 55.0 - - | S. |Ditto.

16 |29.643) 609 | 61.0 | 55.0 | .. | ...| N. |Ditto.

17. |29.618| 60.0 | 60.5 | 51.5 oe [eer HE: Ditto.

18 |29.607| 59.0 | 60.0 | 505]... |] .. | W. |Ditto.

29599) G20 GIS 5D ice hd Wel Ditto:

20 | 295665|) 52.0 |:,52°5 | 48.5 | 00...) 22) We (Ditto.

Preeol69L!. 62:0) | 52.5 (48.0... fi. 2) |W. Ditto.

Bee29. 595) 98.0) |..58.5 1948.0 neh W. |Ditto.

23 |29.547| 58.0 |. 58.5 | 49.3 - W. |Ditto.

24 |29.527| 57.5 | 58.5 | 49.0 of reeaisws (Ditto.

25 |29,.569| 61.0 | 60.0 | 50.8 | .. | .. | W. |\ all over.

26 | 29.616} 59.5 | 59.5 | 51.2 : N. |Clear.

27 +|29.645) 58.2 | 58.5 | 50.0 . ay ON WDGEGO,

2s ~|29.561). 57-Z:|, 58.0.) 49.7.) 2...) 20. 10S. (a few seattered.

29 }29.558), 59:9 |. 59,8. |51.0 | ....| 20 |B. Ind scattered.

30 }|29,590) 59.7 | 59.5 | 51.5 ee file Ld. |\— scattered.

ol | 29.523] 62.0 | 62.0 | 54.5 : E. | all over,

Mean.| 29,580| 60.67) 60.59) 52.47 ad 3

Jas. Muir, Asst. Secy, to Govt. N. W. P.

272

028

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

[ No. 8.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of Dec. 1852. Larirups.

Se ae ee —===

(Crewe | ef ee | rs | eee | eee fl

.|Clear,

Barometer.

29.545

29.496

29.469

29.510

29.529

29.575

29.491

29.527

29.547

29.506

29.528

Observations at apparent Noon.

Temperature.

Of Mercury.

DPADHAHADHAIAHAHAAGHAAAIAAAGHAIAAGRAMAAAAIWAODHD SS

SOnrwDMWOoooonronrococooUuqaenrocococr WOH WAW OS

———=

a eee | ee | eee

Of Air.

DOARBWMA

so 2 SS

SGRODOAND

63.03

Wet Bulb.

Or Or Or OF Or Ort Or Or HH Or H Or Or Or Or Ot Or Or Or Or Or OF Go Sd OF Or Or Or Ot Or Or

ON SHWNEGSSSSSNARRWAGRAFSNAR HSN

Oooh NHN OOWOKOK OCOOWUIoeonroUVoNnNonnowodr

Maximum and

Minimum,

Maximum.

Minimum.

Sa4em 472

of the

Direction

"aD

442542554 58453

4443:

E. |~~ all over.

Aspect of the sky.

= ee Se

Clear sky.

\— scattered all over.

Clear sky.

\ ¥ scattered.

\~ all over,

Ditto,

Ditto.

™ scattered.

Clear.

Ditto.

.|Ditto.

Ditto.

.1\.a few scattered.

\ 2 scattered.

.|Clear.

.|Ditto.

\ a few scattered.

Vu all over.

\ scattered.

1853. | Meteorological Register kept at Agra. 329

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of Dec. 1852. Lonerrupe.

Minimum pressure observed at 4 P. M.

Temperature. 1 ee Rain Gauges.

ame

: Aspect of the sky. | 2 3/6

= Pe = 5

s | 3 S| dé coal D

fee |S |e ie |B isa x Se

eee es | 4 | a |e ice eS 32/36

S z Ses es © x Ries <) a Ss

ee | O |.0 |e | Ss Se hea 0 |A

1} 29.474'70.4 |70.4 |53.9 171.3 {54.0 |62.65/Clear. N.W.

2) 29.478|69.0 |67.9 [53.0 [67.3 [46.2 /56.75)/Clear sky. Ww.

3) 29.453/67.5 165.5 153.3 |66.5 |45.7 (56.1 | scattered all W.

over.

4| 29.471/66.5 167.7 53.5 |67.0 |45.5 |56 3 |Clear sky. W.

5| 29.446'66.0 [66 5 [53.4 |66.4 |45.7 |56.05|\ a few scattered. Ww.

6] 29.477|65.0 161.0 [57.0 161.5 {51.2 156.35)“ all over. E.

7|29 469|65.0 (62.0 |58.0 [62.3 |54.8 (58.55) Ditto. 0.42) W.

8] 29.434/66.0 [65.0 |60.2 164.3 |59.4 |61.85|Ditto, W.

9) 29.407/66.7 |64.7 (61.2 |66.3 [56.5 (61.4 {7 a few scattered. W.

10| 29 589|67.0 [68.5 |57.0 |66.8 |55.4 [61-1 |Clear. W.

11| 29.442/66.1 |65.2 [56.4 |64.4 [59.8 |62-1 |“ towards W. and S. Ww.

S. along horizon.

12|29.502/66.0 65.4 [57.5 163.5 |62.5 |63.0 |Clear. N.W.

13|29.510165.7 |65.0 |55.2 |64.2 [57.7 |60.95)Ditto. W.

14| 29.425|/66.6 |67.0 [55.6 |65.5 |55.0 |60.25| Ditto. W.

15) 29.431/67.0 (67.5 |58.0 |66.2 |58.0 |62.1 |% towards W. & S. Sy

16|29.535|67.5 167.2 |35.5 167.1 (57.3 |62.2 |Clear. N.

17| 29.477|67.0 166.7 |52.6 |66.0 {56.0 |61.0 |Ditto. N.w.

18| 29.457|64.8 164.0 [52.3 |63.4 [53.0 [58.2 |Ditto. W.

19| 29.517/64.5 |63.0 |52.8 |62.0 |61.0 |61.5 |Ditto. W.

20) 29.537/64.0 164.3 [51.2 [63.0 [52.0 |57.5 |Ditto. W.

21) 29.533/63.7 164.0 [51.5 |62.3 |52.0 |57.15|Ditto. W.

22| 29.459/64.0 |63.0 [52.4 164.0 |52.5 |58.25|Ditto. W.

23) 29.443/63.9 |64.0 [51.0 [64.0 [52.0 |58.0 |Ditto. Ww.

24) 29.409/64.5 (63.9 |55.0 |64.0 [51.5 |57.75|Ditto. Ww.

25| 29.496\63.4 |62.8 [53.0 |64.4 |53.7 |59.05|- scattered. W.

26) 29.482/63.2 |63.2 152.2 163.5 |52.0 |57.75/|Clear. N.

27| 29-496/62.5 |61.4 152.5 (64.4 |51.3 |57.85|Ditto. W.

28) 29-422/62.5 |61.9 52.0 {61.2 [51.0 {56.1 |\~ a few scattered. S.

29| 29-450/63-0 |62.0 {52.7 |61.0 [52.5 |56.75\% all over. W.

30| 29-450/63-2 162.2 |52.8 |62.1 |54.0 |58.05|\ a few scattered. N.

31| 29.436/63-0 [62.5 [55.5 |62.u [60.0 |61.0 |“ all over. E.

Maximum and

29.471/65.33/64.79|54.46/64.45/53.85)59. 15

0.42

330 Meteorological Register kept at Agra. [ No. 3.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of January 1853.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 A. M.

Maximum and

Temperature. Misimuin.

S = Aspect of the sky.

5 2 ze) a -e

ro) < Ss =) 3 |. Ons

: g S = on g G 16.8

oe he Ga sey |S |

Ae WoO We der iaige Joe

1 |29:457| 61.2} 61.0 | 55.1] 5. | .. | N. | all over.

Dd) 29572) Soe |. do.U JOI0 4 ee .- | N. |Ditto.

3 129.0341) 50.5 S597 4292o 2 os. 1 Pew clears

4° 129-6081) “S529 37-0 ASI A A Eto

5 |29 632) 56.0 | 56.5] 48.8 | .. | .. | N. |“ a few to N.

6 |29613| 59.0 | 58.0 | 50.5 . Ac E. |Ditto.

7 |29.529) 60-0 | 590 | 52.3] .. | .. | E. |m d scattered,

8 (29.526) 59.5 | 61.5") 5Y.8 )... |... .|.N. (\ a few. scattered,

9 /|29.510) 59-8 | 59.0 | 53.6]. .. | N. | all over.

10) “1 29-473|) 60.5.1) ‘G0.3 4) Dae al. wail auilitto:

11 29-570| 60.0 | 56.7 | 52.7] .. Se bal WYis TL SLELOs

12 |29-564/ 55.5 | 55.3 | 48.6 F . | W. |~a few scattered.

13. | 29-559) 59:0 | 58.5 | 52.5 | .. 56 N. 'Ditto.

14 |29-616} 56.0 | 56.5 | 50.6] .. ee | W. |Clear,

15 |29-536| 56.4 | 56.5 | 48.6 | .. W. (Ditto.

16 |29-541| 57.6 | 57.5 | 50.0 | .. W. |“ all over.

17 | 29°683). 52.0 | 52:07 | 49 55) oe | wo LUNs | Ditto.

18 |29-689) 54.0 | 54.5 | 51.0] .. | .. | W. |Clear.

19 |29-597| 55.0 | 55.1 | 49.6 | .. Ld. |~ 4 scattered.

20 |29-561; 58.4 | 57.8 | 52.5 |].. |.. | E. |™ scattered all over.

21 |29-425| 59.0 | 58.4 | 53.5 . | .. | E. | a few scattered.

99° 199-536) DOL | SOsk |. 0.0. vec ‘ N. |Clear.

92) | DOAO5 158.8 | SO.7 1 oes . | N. |\a few towards S.

24 99-4352) 59:5 | 59:07 525. oc .. |S.E,|Clear.

25. 1.29479) 59:0 |. 39°01 ST. 3). aes) | pein (daze, all Qver.

26 |29-414| 60.0 | 59.3 | 54.4]... | .. | E. |“ all over.

Pag] 29°530) 56.5 | 55.07) 52.7") * 22 et (oN. | Ditto.

28 |29-681] 53.6} 54.5 | 53.0] .. | .. | S. | a few scattered.

29 |.29-673|° 58.0 | 57.2 1 51.5 °! 2. .. (Nw.|Clear.

30." |.29:641) S65 1567 ASLO oe eee. IE tto.

3Y 11293538) 5955 | 39.0.) 4 rd. Wie, |itto.

Mean. | 29.557] 57.5 | 57.3 | 51.3

Seen a et ee

1853. | Meteorological Register kept at Agra. 331

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. BP. Agra, for the Month of Jan. 1853. Latrrupe.

Observations at apparent Noon.

Maximum and

Temperature, Manteca:

a Aspect of the sky.

o 5 5 Se te | ep

‘ S = FQ Ss a. (3.6

See | 2 |. |e | e+e Be

Pies o lo he eS eis

1 |29.419) 62.0 | 61.3 | 56.4 . N. | scattered all over.

2 29.524 55.8 56.0 52.0 es N. Clear,

3 |29.569) 59.0 | 59.0] 51.3 . | «- | N. {9 a few scattered,

4 |29.542| 60.0 | 60.5 | 50.0 ee | N. |Clear.

5 129.534) 59.5 | 59.1 | 50.5] .. | -- |S. BE. scattered.

6 |29.571| 60.7 | 59.4 |] 51.1] .. | -- | N. (fin zenith.

7 |29.481| 61.0 | 60.1 | 52.0 e- | E. | scattered.

8 |29.49i; 61.2 | 60.9 | 52.7 | .. | «« | W. |“ a few scattered.

9 29.451} 61.0 | 60.4 DAgo lees y's N. |“ all over.

10 |29.377| 60.1 | 60.5 | 55-5 | .. | -- | N. |” scattered all over.

1] =| 29.546} 60.0 | 59.6 | 54.0 | .. | e+ | N. /% in zenith.

12 |29.505} 58.0 | 57.5 | 49.8 - | S. |“ a tew scattered.

13 |29.535| 61.0 | 60.0 | 63.0 |. - | N. |“ 2 scattered.

14 |29.573) 60.0 | 59.6 | 50.8 » ! W.|C lear.

iy 129,497) 59.3 |- 58.4.1.50:0 ! . W. |Ditto.

16 {29.520} 59.5 | 58.5 | 51.5 -- | W. |“ all over.

17 |29.626] 56.0 | 56.0 | 51.5 | .. | ee | N. | a very few scattered.

ee 1293653) 57.6 | 57.5.) 5160 | os fee | IN. (Clear,

19 |29.530| 57.0 | 56.2 | 50.0 | .. | -- | N. |“ all over.

my eos) 59.0.) 57.4.) S2ab0) os jise E. |™ in zenith.

\~ towards N.

ee S. |™ in zenith.

21 | 29.364) 60.0 ; 59.8 | 545] ..

22) 29.481) 59:0 }.59:3.| 53.5 | os lose ( Nw |Clear.

ma | 29.446| 60.0 |-59.2.) 53.2 | .. N w.|~ a few towards S.

24 |29 367| 60.5 | 59.3} 52.5] .. | «+ |Is.w]| a few in zenith,

25 | 29.437] 61.0 | 59.7 | 52.2; .. | «+ | W.|% in zenith and hazy towards

horizon.

26, |} 29,353) 60.5'| 59.3 |. 53.2 BE. | all over.

Oe 29 208) 58:0.),.57. | 53:5 | a N. | 4 scattered,

28 | 29.615) 58.0 | 57.8 | 53.9 | os | «« | N. |% a few scattered,

29 |29.605| 59.0 | 57.6 | 51.0]. n.w.|Clear,

30 | 29.589) 60.9 | 60.6 | 49.9 n.w.| Ditto,

ol | 29.445) 64.2 | 64.0 | 51.5 -- | W. | Ditto.

29.504} 59.6 | 59.1 | 52.5 | .

332 Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment VN. W. P. Agra, for the Month of Jan. 1853. Lonerrupe,

Minimum pressure observed at 4 P. M.

Maximum and

Temperature. a

P Minimum.

Rain Gauges.

the

Aspect of the sky.

Maximum.

Minimum.

3 feet 2 inches from

the ground.

Direction

Wind

—_

~~)

ie)

Barometer.

Mean.

ee | ee |

5 |61.1 |54.9 |58.0 [7 a few to S.

3 (60.2 |49.8 |55.0 |7 2 scattered.

0 (59.2 |49.6 154.4 /Clear.

-1 (59.7 |50.0 |54.85/Ditto,

)42z22%2 = = S428 zz zzzzzZizzz Bezkazzs |

29.367|63.

29.497|60.

29.531/61.

29.480/62.

29.497/61. 60.2 |49.9 |55.05|\ a few scattered.

2. 60.4 |55.0 {57.7 |\~— scattered.

2. 610 {56.0 {58.5 |“ all over.

id. 62.5 {54.5 |58.5 | in zenith and

\_ towards hor,

61.5 |55.8 161.0 [56.0 [58.5 | all over.

62.1 |57.0 |62.0 {56.0 [59.0 | scattered over.

60.6 {53.0 |56.8 |~ scattered.

59.5 150.0 159.0 |50.0 [54.5 |“ a few scattered.

61.1 |53.8 {60.5 |56.0 |58.25|— very few.

14/29 500/62.5 |61.1 51.5 160.4 [53.8 [57.1 |Clear,

15] 29,421/62.2 |60.8 |50.0 |60.8 {51.3 |56.05|\ a few scattered.

16] 29.475|/57.9 |57.9 [52.5 157.0 [57.2 [57.1 |“ all over,

17| 29.575|58.5 |57.5 |52.4 [57.0 [50.0 |53.5 |A very few

% scattered.

58.0 150.0 |54.0 |Clear.

57.0 151.3 [54.15|W~ all over.

59.4 [51.6 (55.5 | in zenith

\V~ towards N.

Ge cuik corteto | wate.

“

0 |60.9

Le}

(—)

—

for)

10 29.362 63.

fom

iw)

sos

for)

— _

Qe —_

bo tb

_ He

or (es)

— Yo

(or) for)

IN EK ONWN

anno & &

lor)

—

(ox)

(>)

—"

ise

14] 29.564|59.5 [59.0 |51.

19] 29.485|58.5 |57.2 |50.

20) 29.410|59.9 /59.4 |52

6 62.0 |:

21] 29.302/63.0 |63.0 56.6 | 56.5 |59.25|~~ a few scattered.

22| 29.430162.0 (61.4 153.0 [60.5 |53.0 |56.75|Clear.

23] 29.352161.5 |61.0 152.5 161.0 156.5 |58.75|~— a few sesttered.

24| 29.321/62.0 |61.3 152.0 60.5 155.9 |58.2 |~— scattered all

over.

25) 29.369/61.3 |60.5 |52.2 [59.3 [56.5 [57.9 (Wn to BE. W. & N

~to S.

26| 29.342 60.0 [59.0 (54.5 [59.0 |59.0 |59.0 |Raining.

Vu all over

27/1 29.46960.5 (59.1 154.6 |59.0 |54.6 |56.8 | a few scattered. | 1.0

28/ 29.574,60. {59.6 {54.2 |59.0 [50.5 |54.75|Ditto.

29| 29.570'60.0 |60.9 |51.4 {59.8 |56.5 |[58.15|Clear.

30| 29.527/64.0 |64.0 |52.0 [63.0 |56 2 |59.6 |Ditto.

31] 29.383'68.3 168.0 154.2 166.3 (53.4 |59.85|Ditto.

Ne ee

———— . °

29.448/61.5 (60.9 [53.3 (60.2 |53.7 |56.95

JOURNAL

OF THE

Sore lt Ces OCTET y.

LLL LPL IODA PILI LI IOAIIOAD

No. IV.—1853.

Report on the Geological Structure and Mineral Wealth of the Salt

Range in the Punjaub; with Maps, Sections, §ce.—by ANDREW

Fremine, I. D., Edin. Assistant Surgeon, 4th Regt. Punjaub

Cavalry. In charge of the Geological Survey of the Salt Range

in the Punjaub. Season 1851-82.

(Communicated by the Govt. of India.)

(Continued from Page 279.)

Tertiary Eocene Rocks, Brown Caleareous Sandstone, Nummulite,

Limestone, Marls and Alum Shales with Lignite.

A band of claystone, in some places highly ferruginous and in

others nearly as white as pipe clay, seems to mark the base of this

formation. It has exactly the appearance of the ferruginous clay-

stones described as occurring in the Oolite shales, and as it may be

seen occasionally passing into black bituminous shales which are in

rapid process of decomposition, its origin is doubtless identical.

Resting on this is an incoherent greenish brown calcareous sand-

stone, which east of Kuttha is devoid of organic remains. At this

place, however, it becomes more calcareous, contains a few nummu-

lites and a considerable number of gasteropodous mollusce. On

proceeding westward to Moosakhail, the bed becomes a coarse arena-

ceous limestone, and abounds in fossils similar to those which occur

throughout all the rocks of the nummulite limestone series, none

of those characteristic of the formations inferior to it having been

detected.

To this sandstone there succeeds a deposit of very varying thick-

ness of dark bituminous alum shales containing irregular beds and

No. LXI.—New Series. Vou. XXII. 2.U

334 eport on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 4.

films of a coal having all the characters of a lignite. The shales

contain much pyrites, and large and small crystals of Selenite are

abundant throughout them. In many places they are undergoing

rapid decomposition from the oxidation of the pyrites. In the

neighbourhood of Kalibagh the chemical action is so violent, and

often produces such intense heat, as to cause the combustion of the

shales and their conversion into red claystone. In some of the old

shale pits (from which the alum shales are dug) the combustion is

most violent, and volumes of smoke issue with considerable force

from their mouths charged with the vapours of sulphurous acid

which taints the air all around. On tracing the shales upwards

they become arenaceous and marly, and pass by a coarse yellow marly

limestone full of nummulites and other shells into a compact grey

limestone, the lower beds of which appear as if made up of rounded

masses of the same limestone arranged in horizontal layers and

cemented in a calcareous paste. This appearance has probably been

produced by the breaking up of the deposit shortly after its forma-

tion, and the subsequent recementing of the fragments by the infil-

tration of calcareous mud. |

Both the limestone and the cementing paste abound in nummu-

lites, fragments of Echinide, &c. Above, the limestone becomes of a

grey argillaceous character and when bruised emits a foctid smell.

1t gradually passes into blue marls which are succeeded by an upper

deposit of bituminous alum shales. Argillaceous limestone beds

then follow of a light grey colour, having a striking resemblance to

chalk, and are succeeded by a thick deposit of a very compact light

grey limestone in which irregular shaped masses and rounded nodules

of flint closely resembling those found in chalk are abundant. They

are particularly so, in the district between Nummul and the north

side of mount Likesur, and were there collected in large quantity by

the Sikhs for the preparation of musket flints. They seem to be

arranged generally in layers, and are of a dark grey or black colour,

their surface being covered with a white chalky crust, and sometimes

with an incrustation of peroxide of iron, which, both in nodules and

in small veins, is of frequent occurrence in the limestone. These

are apparently decomposed pyrites.

The limestone in many places seems formed entirely of the shells

1853.| Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 335

of Foraminifere, especially of nummulites which are most apparent in

the weathered surface of the rock, a freshly fractured surface often

presenting no trace of them.

It is very hard but brittle, and presents a splintery conchoidal

fracture. The rock is invariably traversed by deep fissures and

cracks indicative of its having suffered severely from the commotions

to which the Salt Range has been subjected.

It is a very fine limestone dissolving rapidly in muriatic acid, and

with the separation of a small quantity of flocculent silica.

The nummulite limestone formation west of Pind Dadun Khan

forms generally the top of the escarpment of the range, appearing

between that place and Kuttha and in the Chichalee Range, in pre-

cipitous cliffs several hundred feet high, which weather of a white

colour and in the distance have a strong resemblance to chalk.

Owing to the rapid disintegration of the shales in the cliffs, the

limestone becomes undermined, and:huge masses of the rock thus

become detached, and strew with their debris the steep sides of the

hills. To the north of the escarpment of the range in its central

part, the nummulite limestone in a great degree conceals the inferior

rocks, and is generally distributed over the ridges, table-lands and

valleys which intervene between its north and south sides. Its

strata are, however, very much broken up, and in all the deep ravines

its relation to the inferior rocks may be observed.

The thickness of the formation varies much, but when well deve-

loped, it cannot be less than a thousand feet; in many places it is

much more.

In this formation the limestone as a source of lime is very valuable,

being more generally burned, than any other limestone, in the Salt

Range. It is never quarried by the natives who have only to collect

the boulders of it which are strewed in great abundance all along

the foot of the hills.

From its brittle splintery character, and the difficulty of obtaining

blocks of it of any size, it is not adapted for a building stone.

The minerals we shall notice as occurring in this formation are

the alum shales as a source of alum, and thin enclosed beds of lig-

nite, petroleum and mineral sulphur.

Alum shales are extensively mined at Kalibagh, and at Kathee in

2u 2

336 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 4.

the Chichalee pass. At Kalibagh the principal workings are at a

place called Chatab on the north-east side of the Kalibagh hill, above

the Soan Nullah and about a mile from the Indus opposite Marie.

Here the lower alum shales are fully two hundred feet thick, and are

surmounted by a high scarped precipice of nummulite limestone.

Regular shafts are sunk in the shale or “ Ral’’ as it is called by the

natives, to depths varying from two or three hundred feet. After

being carried out of the pits by men and boys, it is packed in coarse

blanket bags and conveyed on bullocks or donkeys to the alum

works at Kalibagh, where the miners are paid at the rate of one

rupee for from thirteen to seventeen maunds, according to the qua-

lity of the shale delivered. rom the incoherent character of the

beds, and the rude way of mining them, accidents to the miners are

of very frequent occurrence, who, from the sulphureous air they are

obliged to breathe in the pits, and the laborious nature of their

employment, have a most sickly and emaciated appearance.

In the town of Kalibagh there are generally from twelve to four-

teen kilns for burning the shale, to each of which the necessary

arrangements for the preparation of alum are attached. In 1852

only twelve kurrahs or evaporating pans were in use, one being

attached to each kiln.

In preparing the kiln a layer of brushwood (generally tamarisk

jungle which abounds on the banks of the Punjaub rivers) is spread

on the ground to an extent varying according to the size of the one

to be constructed. On this a layer of the Ral or Shale in fragments

is deposited to the depth of about a foot, to which succeeds a second

layer of brushwood, and then another of shale, a quantity of wood

being added according as the shale is more or less bituminous.

When several of these layers have been arranged, the kiln is set on

fire from below, care being taken that the combustion is not too

rapid, which from time to time is moderated by sprinkling water on

the shales. The kiln being well lighted fresh layers of shale and

brushwood are added, and when the whole has attained the height

of thirty or forty feet it is left to burn, six or eight months being

sufficient to effect the thorough decomposition of the mass, which

when completed has changed from a black to a brick red colour in

consequence of the oxidation of the pyrites. Its surface is covered

1853.] Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 387

with an efflorescence of alum containing a large proportion of sul-

phate of iron or green vitriol derived from the mutual reaction of the

clay and iren pyrites in the shales, which from containing thin films

of coal are admirably adapted for alum manufacture. Close to the

kiln, and on a level a little below its base, there is a baked clay vat

12 feet square by 13 feet deep. Into this a portion of the burnt

shale is thrown and treated for several hours with water which

rapidly acquires a dark brown colour, When a saturated solution

of the soluble matter in the shale is obtained, it is drawn off from

the vat by an aperture in its side (which during the lixiviation of

the shale is stopped by a plug) into another vat of similar size, but

on a lower level. Here the crude alum liquor is allowed to deposit

any mud which it may contain, and is then run off into a third but

smaller vat on a still lower level, when it is again allowed to deposit

any remaining impurity. From this it is transferred into an iron

evaporating pan or “kurrah’’ where it is rapidly boiled and mixed

with a brownish impure salt called “ Jumsan”’ from which it derives

the alkali necessary to convert the crude alum into an alum of com-

merce. When a proper quantity of this has been added, which is

judged of from the apparance of the liquid, the whole is allowed to

settle and the clear brown alum solution removed into vats about

nine feet long 5} broad and about 13 feet deep, a series of which

are arranged beneath a shed close to the evaporating pan. In these

the solution, which is concentrated to a point a little short of that

of crystallization, is allowed slowly to crystallize for several days.

During that time small alum crystals are formed of a slightly pink

colour devoid from the impure mother liquor which contains a quan-

tity of chloride and sulphate of iron. When a considerable crop of

alum has separated, the crystals are removed from the vat, slightly

washed with cold water on a sirkee frame, and allowed to dry.

These are afterwards fused in an iron pan, in their own water of

crystallization and when in a fluid state are removed into large coni-

cal earthen jars, one foot eight inches deep, the same breadth at the

shoulder, and six inches wide at the mouth, where for eight or ten

days the alum is allowed to crystallize. At the end of this period a

hole is made in the mass of alum, which is generally hollow in its

interior, the gurrah inverted, and the unerystallized alum liquor

338 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 4.

allowed to escape. The gurrah is then broken and the alum, moulded

to its form, is ready for sale and exportation.

The following is an estimate of the expence at Kalibagh per diem

of keeping one kurrah or evaporating pan, &c. at work. Payments

are made in a 13 anna Rupee for the Company’s maund.

40 maunds of shale, ............. eel. es. WSO” 30

Wood to burn this and heist ne doa liquor, 4 8 O

Simaunds of J umsai, Yd. ee

7 Coolies, . Bis AK EAM USE SOU ama

Mumdries, 5) 305 cee OheyS 66

Water-fee paid es dbactit Ulla its Khan,. cree 0 1 6

Heo\to Miulikief Kalibaghy.))....40e. ill... 0 4 0

12 9 6

Difference between 138 anna Rupee and Co.’s

Rs. in Rs. 12-9 bee Sas rpppictencneant.« apace i ee

Total Expence, Co.’s Rs. 10 4 6

The above expenditure yields a return of three maunds and ten

seers of alum, the value of which at Rs. 3-4 per maund is Co.’s Rs.

10-9. Assuming the above to be correct (and we give it exactly

as stated to us) the owner of each kurrah will only have a clear

gain of As. 0-4-6 per diem. At Kalibagh however as the Mulik of

the place Ulla Yar Khan is sole proprietor of five out of the twelve

kurrahs at work, and as he generally pays his workmen and miners

in flour, clothes, &c. instead of in cash, his profits are doubtless

considerable. He moreover levies a tax of Rs. 2 on every camel

load of alum removed from Kalibagh.

Alum is manufactured at Kalibagh for ten months in the year

and about 12000 maunds (8571 cents) is annually prepared, which at

Co.’s Rs. 3-4 per maund will yield a return on the spot of Rs. 39,000.

At the Kathee alum works in the Chichalee pass, the expenses

are considerably less, and the alum prepared, though of equally good

quality, is sold at the rate of Rs. 2-8 per maund.

They are owned by a Joint Stock Company of eight members who

are chiefly residents of Esakhail on the Indus, annexed is the ex-

penditure for one kurrah per diem, of which there are eight.

1853.] Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 339

60 maunds of shale, .............. Wrap Al ster) Gan @ gan W)

Wood to burn this and evaporate the alum liquor, 4 0 O

Pimaunds of) WHSAN 65: alae ences lee ded edo 2s BAO

9 Coolies’ wages,......... 1 12

Fee for right to ade ddecs be ‘the ibasrabeoitas

abi salalnadle Sisk sn olde Lk Lie ees be QB) -O

Sundry Expenses, dy O40

Rupees 10 10 0

Difference between 13 anna Rupee and Co.’s

Hatem: ie.) LOA). ai ads eeakiuie ees ald. 2 2 OO

Total Expence, Co.’s Rs. 8 10 0O

From the above 4 Co.’s maunds of alum are produced, the value

of which at Rs. 2-8 per Co.’s maund would be Rs. 10, which gives a

clear profit to each kurrah per diem of Co.’s Rs. 1-6. About 10,000

maunds are annually prepared.

The Kathee alum-works are, we believe, of recent origin as com-

pared to those of Kalibagh, where the manufacture has been carried

on in the same way by Mulik Ulla Yar Khan’s ancestors for eight

or nine generations. Between the owners of the new and old alum-

works there is considerable jealousy, and as the former can obtain

the materials for the manufacture at a cheaper rate, they are likely

to damage the monopoly that formerly existed at Kalibagh, in the

days when the Mulik of the place was looked upon as a petty king.

It has been already stated that the substance from which the alkali

of the alum is derived is a brown salt called “ Jumsan,’’ which occurs

as an efflorescence on the jungle soil of the plains which skirt the

Salt Range and Chichalee Hills and, indeed, is of common occurrence

in all grass jungles and waste grounds thronghout the Punjab. It

is called “ kullur’”’ by the natives, and from it “ Jumsan’’ is obtained

by treating the former with water and drying up its filtered solu-

tion in shallow earthen vessels exposed to the sun. This on analysis

proves to be a mixture of sulphate of soda with common salt, with

varying proportions of carbonate of soda; its quality depending

chiefly on the amount of sulphate of soda which it yields.

340 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 4.

In all the commercial European alums as far as we can ascertain

the alkaline base is potash or ammonia, the former alkali being

characteristic of. British alums while the latter occurs in those of

France. In the alum of Kalibagh, however, soda forms the alkaline

base, a fact which the addition of “ Jumsan’ to the crude alum

- liquor first led us to suspect, and which an analysis of the alum sub-

sequently confirmed. A soda alum has hitherto, we believe, been

known only as an interesting chemical preparation, but previous to

1848, we are not aware that it had been noticed as a staple article

of commerce in the N. W. Provinces of British India.

Considering the coarse apparatus in which it is prepared, its

purity is astonishing. It effloresces considerably on exposure to

the air, and has a slight pink colour arising from the presence of a

little iron which strikes a blue colour with yellow prussiate of

potassa, and only contains a trace of muriate of soda. Although

alum is only manufactured Trans-Indus, alum-works might, we

believe, be established with advantage in the Bukh ravine between

Mosakhail and Nummul, as there the alum shales are of considerable

thickness, aud wood and water could be obtained in abundance. In

other parts of the Salt Range the alum shales are too inaccessible

and their thickness too small to be profitably worked as a source of

alum.

Lngnite or Salt Range Coal.

Throughout the Salt Range from Jelalpoor to the Indus and in

the Chichalee Range, irregular seams of lignite, having, im many

places, the aspect of good bituminous coal, may be observed imbedded

in the lower alum shales. Lignite also occurs in the upper shales

but in too thin films to be of any use as a fuel.

We shall notice the different localities where we have observed

the lignite deposit proceeding from east to west. |

Baghanwalla. This coal locality was first brought to the notice

of Sir Henry Lawrence by Lt. Robinson, Bengal Engineers, who for-

warded samples of it to Lahore in the Autumn of 1847. From these

we made an analysis, the results of which, along with a few remarks

on the general characters of the coal, were laid before the Asiatic

Society of Bengal in February 1848.

1853.| Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 341

Baghanwalla is a small village on the south side of the Salt Range,

about ten miles west of Jelalpoor, and about eight miles from the

right bank of the Jhelum. The coal seam occurs in a ravine about

three miles north-east of the village among the hills and at an eleva-

tion of about one thousand feet above the plain. The access to itis by

a narrow path, rather difficult and steep, but over which bullocks can

travel, if moderately loaded. The nummulite limestone at this point

rests on the upper red sandstone formation, and a burnt clay sand-

stone passing into a baked white quartzose sandstone of a few inches

in thickness, marks the base of the deposit. Beds of greenish yellow

marl, about a foot thick, follow, which gradually pass into sandy bitu-

minous shales eighteen feet thick inclosing the lignite seam, on

which rests a grey nummulite limestone seventy-five feet thick, the

lower strata of which are marly, of a yellow colour and full of shells

of a species of Ostrea and nummulites. On this limestone a thick

series of miocene grey sandstone grits and red clays reposes conform-

ably, all the strata dipping to the N. N. W. at an angle of from 40

to 45.° (See section No. 5.)

The coal seam though it may be traced on either side of the ravine

where the above section was taken, for about a mile, does not pre-

sent an uniform thickness as exposed on its out crop. On digging

into the seam to the depth of several feet, we obtained about three

feet of good coal, and about two feet of coal alternating with films

of sandy shale which latter in many places seems developed at the

expense of the coal which is extremely brittle, so much so that fully

one-eighth falls to powder in extracting it. It loses this character,

however, to some extent on digging into the seam, but we fear at

whatever depth it might be mined, it never would have the solidity

of genuine coal.

In a few hours two or three coolies turned out eight or ten

maunds of fair coal, which bore carriage on bullocks over the hills

to Baghanwalla pretty well; a camel load of it was subsequently

forwarded to Lahore.

That several thousand maunds of a good fuel could be obtained

from this locality at a moderate cost, I entertain no doubt, but the

question as to its yielding a supply for any length of time can only

be decided by sinking an experimental shaft or gallery into the

342 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. {No. 4.

seam from its out crop and working along its strike. This we had

neither time for, nor the means of effecting. In sinking such a shaft,

considerable annoyance would be experienced from the amount of

debris and the incoherent nature of the overlying strata in the cliffs

above the coal. The high inclination too of the beds, and the conse-

quent liability to have any shaft sunk in them filled with water

after heavy rain, are very serious obstacles to working the coal suc-

cessfully, even supposing the seam preserves a continuous thickness

for any distance, which we are very much disposed to doubt.

Should government determine on making attempts to mine the

Salt Range Coal, we strongly recommend that this locality be fixed

on for the purpose, as it is the only one where any hope of success

can be offered.

Drengun. On the north side of this mountain and to the west of

the path leading from Besharut to Chooa Gunj Ali Shob, lignite of

a similar character and in a similar position occurs, but from expo-.

sure to atmospheric influence, it is soft and crumbles into a brown

dust in the hand. Ina ravine of most difficult access about two

hundred yards west of the path, highly bituminous shales about one

hundred feet thick are exposed, dipping under nummulite limestone

to the north north-west at an angle of 70°; in these two or three

seams of tolerably good coal were found, the thickest of which was

only eight inches. On tracing these, however, for any distance they

seemed all to thin out into mere films in the shale.

As the Drengun coal is evidently an extension northwards of the

Baghanwalla seam, a shaft sunk through the nummulite limestone

on the table land of Besharut would doubtless reach it, but the

expense of sinking a shaft through the hard limestone would be

very considerable, and would in all probability not be repaid by

obtaining a supply of coal, of any consequence.

Keurah. About a mile north-east of the salt-mine village of

Keurah near Pind Dadun Khan, and near a tank known under the

name of Ruthlum, a mass of nummulite limestone forms a rounded

hill in a ravine, at the foot of which bituminous shales occur, from

which in 1848 we obtained specimens of coal, from a seam about

two feet thick, resting on blue clay. In 1849, five hundred maunds of

coal were mined from this locality, and sent to Jhelum for the use

1853.| Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 343

of the “ Conqueror” steamer, in the month of July. This seems

quite to have exhausted the supply, as when we lately visited the

locality we could only find nests of lignite in the shales, which was

so soft and powdery, that it was impossible to procure even a speci-

men. The nummulite limestone formation at this point, and indeed

all the rocks, are much disturbed, and the mass of nummulite lime-

stone with the shales is evidently a portion, which has been detached

from its connection with the regular bed, and got thrust under some

broken up beds of Devonian sandstone, which may be seen in the

hills above overlying the nummulite limestone.

Pid. This locality is to the west of the direct path from Kurrah

to Chooa Seydun Shah. The shale beds lie under a cliff of shattered

nummulite limestone due south from the village of Pid, and between

that village and Taber. The access to the locality is difficult, and

the coal occurs in two seams, the lower one of which is in some

places two feet thick, and separated from the upper which varies

from one to three feet by shales of about a foot in thickness. From

extensive spontaneous decomposition which the shales have under-

gone, the coal is for the most part charred and brittle, and is encrust-

-ed with yellow alumimous earth. In some places the shales have

been burnt into a white claystone which is blotched occasionally by

peroxide of iron. The brown calcareous sandstone too on which

the shales rest here and there presents a baked and whitened

appearance, resulting from the heat to which it has been subjected

during the combustion of the shales.

The coal is of inferior quality to that of Baghanwalla though

evidently part of the same deposit. As the cliff on which it occurs

is covered by so much debris, we were unable to dig any depth into

the seam, so as to obtain specimens which had not been subjected

to the influence of decomposition. Where the seam crops out, it is

at least two thousand feet above the plain, and is in too inaccessible

a locality ever to be worked to advantage. By mistake in our

Report of 1848 we called this coal locality Ruttipind.

Demdhote. In a ravine about five hundred yards west of this

village and under the high escarpment of the Salt Range, a mass of

nummulite limestone which has evidently been detached from the

escarpment, forms a small rounded hill, at the foot of which some

2& 2

344 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. (No. 4.

henite in a seam about two feet thick crops out. As this is only a

detached portion of the regular deposit, it is of no importance,

except as proving the extension of the coal seams along the range.

Mukrach. We have seen coal under detached masses of nummu-

lite limestone in the hills above the salt-mine village, but the regu-

lar shale bed is covered in the escarpment where we examined it, by

a great quantity of debris.

Noorpoor. Under the high cliffs of nummulite limestone below

Noorpoor, the shale beds are distinctly seen, much decomposed how-

ever, and containing two small seams of coal from eight inches to a

foot in thickness. A great amount of debris covers the shales and ©

renders it unsafe to make exploratory diggings.

Kuttha. At the top of the Kurrumea Wou above Kuttha and

beneath a high precipice of limestone, dark arenaceous shales full of

pyrites occur, and enclose two or three seams of coal of good quality,

the thickest of which was not more than half a foot. It has a much

more mineralized and compact appearance, than the lignite from

most other localities. When we first observed the coal in this

locality, in March 1851, the seam could be traced for about thirty

yards, dipping to the north north-west at an angle of 25° under

the nummulite limestone. In January 1852, when we again visited

the spot, the out-crop of the coal was completely concealed by

enormous masses of the limestone, which had a few days previously

become detached from the cliffs above, during an earthquake. We

merely mention this as illustrative of the difficulties that would

attend any attempts to mine the coal, as it occurs generally in the

Range.

Kathee m the Ohichalee Pass. Between Kuttha and the Indus

we have seen no coal deserving of notice, though films of it may be

observed in the alum shales of the Bukkh ravine and in other loca-

lities. In the highly bituminous alum shales which supply the

Kathee alum works, layers of very compact bituminous coal occur,

but they seem to be continuous for but a short distance, either thin-

ning out in the shales or becoming interlaminated with these. From

the interior of one of the shale pits we obtained several specimens

of coal which appeared to form a sort of nest inclosed in the shales,

and was being quarried along with them for transmission to the

1853.] Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 345

alum kilns. The miners.declared to us that the coal never occurred

in seams, but merely in patches of irregular extent and thickness.

The shale at Kathee is remarkably fresh, and, except on the surface,

is not at all decomposed. It contains more carbonaceous matter

than any other shale of the sort we have seen in the nummulite

limestone formation, and hence, as but little wood is required to burn

it when once it is lighted, it is most economically used in the prepara-

tion of alum. The pits are sunk to no great depth in the shales which

dip under the limestone at an angle of from 30 to 35°. By sinking

a shaft to some depth in the shale it could be easily determined

whether the coal occurs here as a seam or not. The locality is a

convenient one and access to the present shale pits, easy.

Having thus indicated the existence of coal in seams of irregular

thickness throughout the nummulite limestone formation for a dis-

tance of one hundred and thirty miles, itis evident that a very con-

siderable amount of fuel exists; but the very irregular thickness of

the deposit, the high angle at which the strata dip, their inaccessi-

ble position and the immense amount of debris in the cliffs above the

coal will we believe prove serious obstacles to mining it success-

fully as a steamer fuel. A few experiments conducted in the more

favourable localities can alone decide the point.

Wherever the coal has been observed, its characters are identical.

It is evidently a lignite or brown coal. as it gives a brown streak, and

frequently contains half-decomposed patches of brown carbonaceous

matter resembling peat. Specimens of the coal obtained from some

depth, and which have not suffered from atmospheric influence, are

highly bituminous, of a glistening black colour like jet or cannel coal

and sometimes present a pavonine lustre. It is very brittle, a cha-

racter peculiar to all lignites or recent coals, small crystals of gyp-

sum may generally be observed in the coal; which, in most localities,

contains but little of the iron pyrites so abundant in the alum shales.

The origin of the coal is probably marine and from the abundance of

large gasteropodous mollusce in the strata both above and below the

shales, it is probable that by their decomposition as well as that of

fuci and other marine vegetables the coal has been formed. No indi-

cations of fossil wood or remains of land-plants have been detected in

the shales, from which, however, we have procured one or two shells

346 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. | No. 4.

of the genus Cerithium or some allied genus. The surface of the

shales is sometimes encrusted with an efflorescence of sulphate of

magnesia.

The coal is somewhat difficult to ignite, and at first emits a large

quantity of smoke which has a strong empyreumatic odour. When

combustion, however, is once established, it burns without coking,

gives out a considerable amount of flame and heat, and leaves a brown

ash, the quantity of which varies considerably in different specimens.

We annex the results of the analysis of two specimens of Baghan-

walla coal, and of the coal from the Kathee alum-shale pits.

aepernealls No. 1.

Coke (carbon), .......... bila: eiaiels Aloe RIOD.

Volatile, bituminous -aileeenable sti Bye Ae 40.64:

Ashes) oat Ai A ROR eS 00

Total, Ww. on wndtelee loo POO 00

Baghanwalla, No. 2.

Coke (carbon);\) sn aieens eae sevteeseeseesesans 59.705

Volatile, bituminous inflammable matter, ......... 38.455,

Ashes, 3) .3.0 [See A, Se ea)

Doral Heskett ieee hE.

N. B. No.1 was from the upper part of the seam. No. 2 was

from its centre, and was a remarkably fine fresh specimen.

Coal—Kathee alum-shale pits.

Carbont (coke) Wi) sie. SE MEPOE sl

Volatile, bituminous satiate void PL OR 268 36.421

abe) 80, FL TE ED AED eka eli Ord + fe ae ame

ribs yeep 22) escapees 100,000

From the above it will be seen that though inferior to good Eng-

lish coal, that of Baghanwalla possesses the necessary requisites for

a good steamer fuel. The small amount of ash in No. 2 is very re-

markable.

1853.] Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. . 347

From its large amount of ash the Kathee coal is of inferior quali-

ty and in burning would yield a quantity of clinker. If it could be

got in quantities it would, however, be valuable, as it burns freely

notwithstanding the large quantity of earthy matter it contains.

Seams of coal apparently of a very similar character to those in the

Salt Range are described by Sir Roderick Murchison as associated

with nummulite limestone formation in the Alps and Appenines,

in a paper published in the quarterly Journal of the Geological

Society for 1848. He states that, “in the Brattenberg near Thun,

a band of coal is associated with the nummulitic, deposit which

is now extensively used in the manufacture of gas at Berne. Near

Val D’ Agno to the south of Pecoaro, seams of coal are worked for

use in that neighbourhood which lie in shales which dip away from

the older rock, and pass under the adjacent hills of nummulitic

limestone. In fact these coal beds occupy the same place as those

of Entrevennes in Savoy, of the Diableritz, and of the Brattenberg

in the Canton of Berne.” We much regret that no particulars are

stated in the invaluable paper from which we have quoted, as to the

thickness, mode of working, &c. of the coal seams.

_ Petroleum exudes from the nummulite limestone rock in the

Kuttawan near the village of Jubba, on the north side of the Salt

Range, ten miles east of the Indus. It occurs but in small quantity,

and is collected by a method similar to that employed at the petro-

leum springs of Kaffir Kote. It is associated with springs of sul-

phureous water, the sulphur of which as well as the petroleum are

probably derived from the destructive distillation of the bituminous

shales beneath the nummulitic limestone. It here receives the

name of Gunduk ka tél (sulphur oil). It is of a dark brown colour,

yery fluid, and yields on distillation a good deal of Naphtha.

Besides the numerous springs charged with sulphuretted hydro-

gen, and which deposit sulphur on the rocks over which they flow,

and on the grass and weeds by their sides, sulphur, in a mineral

form, occurs near the surface of the nummulite limestone at Jubba,

a little above the petroleum springs, in a white porous gypsum,

which has evidently been formed by the decomposition of the lime-

stone, unaltered portions of it still remaining imbedded in the gyp-

sum.

348 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 4.

The metamorphosis has doubtless been effected by the action of

sulphuretted hydrogen and sulphureous acid. These gases, generated

in the decomposing alum shales by passing through the fissured lime-

stone and porous gypsum which covers its surface, become mutually

decomposed, sulphur being deposited. Dumas in 1846 proved that

when sulphuretted hydrogen at a temperature above 100° Faht.

and still better when near 190°, comes into contact with certain

porous bodies, a catalytic action is set up, by which water, sulphuric

acid and sulphur are produced. In this way sulphur is universally

formed in nature, and even in volcanic countries, “ no well authen-

ticated case of its sublimation in an uncombined state,’* is known.

The thickness of the sulphur formation is very trifling, but may be

observed over a space of about two miles along the strike of the

limestone.

The sulphur is in small quantity and of a bright yellow colour.

It was formerly worked by Maha Raja Goolab Singh of Cashmere,

who found it unprofitable and removed his establishment to Nak-

bund (a most appropriate name for a sulphur manufactory), near

Kooshalgurh on the right bank of the Indus between Attock and

Kalibagh, where it is said, sulphur exists in considerable quantity.

The unsettled state of the hill tribes in the Kohat district prevented

our visiting the Nakbund sulphur deposit. We are however

informed by Misser Gyan Chund, the present Tehsildar of Pind

Dadun Khan and former tax-man of the Salt Range salt mines, that

during the Seikh rule, he, for three successive years, from the above

locality extracted 1000 Lahoree maunds of sulphur, for the manufac-

ture of gunpowder for the Seikh army. This he was able to supply

at the rate of Rs. 6 per maund. He described pits of thirty or forty

feet in depth as being dug into the sulphur formation which he

reckoned of considerable extent. The mines are about five miles

from the Indus near a village called Rici and about three miles

below Kooshalgurh.

The mode adopted by the natives for extracting the sulphur from

its matrix is very simple. A hole is dug in the ground on which a

large gurrah or earthen vessel with a wide mouth is placed. This is

then filled with the coarsely powdered rock. A second gurrah in

* Daubeny on Volcanoes, 2nd edition, p. 615.

1853.] Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 349

the bottom of which a large hole has been made, is then put on

the top of the lower one, and secured to it by a coating of clay, to

which succeeds a third and a fourth, all communicating with each

other. A sharp wood fire is then lighted under the lower gurrah,

by which the sulphur is gradually sublimed in the form of flowers of

sulphur into the upper ones, to the sides of which it adheres. The

subliming process generally goes on for eight or. ten hours, by which

time all the sulphur has been expelled from its matrix.

None of the organic remains which occur in the nummulite lime-

stone formation have been detected in the rocks inferior to it. The

mullusce which characterize it have a totally different character, and

neither belemnites, ammonites, nor terebratule which occur in the

oolitic rocks beneath are to be seen, their place being taken by

swarms of Foraminifera of the genera Nummulina and Fascialites ?

and by large Gasteropoda of the genera Conus, Trochus, Oliva, Mitra,

Voluta, Terebellum, Natica, Acritina, &c.

Several large bivalves also occur, and a small Ostrea (?) forms in

some places patches of yellow marly limestone.

The abundance of nummulites is very remarkable ; and at least two

or three species occur. They have of late years been considered as

characteristic of formations superior to the chalk, and as regards

the Alps where the nummulite limestone is so extensively developed,

Sir Roderick Murchison, in his paper above quoted, says, “I am

persuaded that no form of the genus Nummulina occurs below the

surface of the chalk, or its equivalent,’ and again, “that the lowest

beds with nummulites are completely above all those rocks which

are the equivalent of the white chalk of northern Europe.”

Cephalopoda seem very scarce. We have only obtained speci-

mens of two large species of nautilus.

Radiata are in some places rather plentiful, and specimens of spe-

cies of the genera Spatangus, Galerites and Clypeaster have been

procured ; some of the former are of large size.

The only indication of vertebrata we have obtained, are a few

teeth, evidently those of sharks, and one or two small fragments of

bone too indistinct, however, we fear, to be identified.

The fossils, except in the calcareous sandstone, are generally ill-pre-

850 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. | No. 4.

served. In the limestone they are generally mere casts of shells,

and those obtained were generally much weathered.

In superficial extent, the nummulite limestone formation covers

a larger space in the Salt Range, than any of the rocks hitherto de-

scribed. In the eastern part of the Range it is first observed on the

northern flank of mount Tillah, a little above the village of Bhet, as

a band of yellow marly shell limestone, not more than twenty feet

in thickness, resting on upper Devonian red shales, and covered by

thick beds of Miocene (?) strata. Preserving the same relations, it

may again be seen at Jalalpoor on the North side of the Range, and

from thence may be traced uninterruptedly to Baghanwalla, where

it has a thickness of from seventy-five to eighty feet.

West of this it seems rapidly to increase in thickness and from

the top of the Range when it crops out in the escarpment, it stretches

north in nearly horizontal strata forming the table-land of Besharut,

Here it skirts the flank of: mountains Kuringuli and Drengun, the

ridges of which, formed of Devonian rocks, have been forced up

through the nummulite limestone, and throw it off with an anticli-

nal dip from either side. On the west end of mount Drengun, it

entirely conceals the Devonian rocks, and from thence dips north

under the narrow valley which separates mount Drengun from Del-

jubba. In this valley it is covered up by Miocene strata, but on the

north side of the Deljubba ridge, again crops out dipping to the

south-east under the Miocene strata at a high angle. At the west

end of the escarpment on the north side of Deljubba it appears rest-

ing on the Devonian rocks, but on proceeding eastward it seems to

thin out and to be covered over by the Miocene strata. The lime-

stone can however be traced projecting here and there through the

latter on to the Gharigulla Pass where it appears in a nearly verti-

cal wall, some thirty feet thick, crossing the pass from south-west

to north-east, and gradually disappearing under the Miocene strata,

which are thrown off from it, from either side of an anticlinal axis.

We are not aware that the limestone is anywhere seen, between

the Gharigulla Pass and Bulerala.

From the neighbourhood of mountains Kuringali and Drengun, the

nummulite limestone stretches westward, and forms the superficial

1853.] Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 351

rock in great part of the central district of the Salt Range. As far

-west as Noorpoor, it is in relation with Devonian rocks ; but between

this and Koofree, the carboniferous rocks intervene. In this neigh-

bourhood the Oolitic rocks appear at the base of the Eocene forma-

tion, and as we proceed westward, separate it more and more widely

from its eastern associates.

At the west end of the Sam Sikesur valley all the strata form-

ing the high ridge of mount Sikesur are tilted up at a high angle.

Along the foot of its scarped or 8S. 8. E. side all the rocks are very

much disturbed; but in the escarpment itself great regularity pre-

vails, the nummulite limestone forming its summit and N. N. W.

side till near its base, where it is covered up by conformable Mio-

cene sandstones, &c.

From mount Sikesur on to within two miles of the Indus the

nummulite limestone occurs uninterruptedly ; but though of greater

real thickness than to the eastward, makes comparatively little

show, owing to the high angle (45 to 50°) at which it dips to the

north-east under the Miocene rocks.

In the disturbance which the strata in the neighbourhood of

Maree have undergone, the nummulite limestone seems to have been

entirely removed, but on crossing the Indus to the Kalibagh hill,

beds of it again appear.

These stretch round into the Chichalee Range, and, as seen in the

Chichalee Pass, have a thickness of upwards of one thousand and

three hundred feet. In this Range, as in the Salt Range, the num-

mulite limestone appears in bold white cliffs forming the summit

of its scarped or south-east side, and the formation may be traced

down to within six miles of the Koorum river, where it thins out

under Miocene sandstone.

It does not appear in the upper part of the Kaflir Kote Range,

though from the researches of Captain Vicary, it is known to occur

to a considerable extent in the southern part of the Sooliman and

Hala ranges. . Capt. Grant too, in Cutch, has described a series of

beds of nummulite formation extending over a space of about thirty

miles, many of the fossils obtained from which are identified with

those we have found in the Salt Range.

During the hot weather of 1851 we detected nummulite limestone

a7 he

852 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. (No. 4.

of a very different appearance from that of the Salt Range, as form-

ing the surface rock at least of several of the Hazara hills north of

Rawul Pindee and on the mount Mochpoor. About fifteen miles

north of the new Murree Sanatarium, which attains an elevation of

upwards of nine thousand and seven hundred feet, we obtained abun-

dance of nummulite limestone on its sides and summit.

From Cashmere too, Mr. Vigne obtained limestone containing

nummulites. This we have seen in situ on the side of a mountain

at the upper end of the Manasabul lake, where it is much disturb-

ed and calcined by greenstone. It probably forms the summit of

many of the higher hills on the northern side of the Cashmere val-

ley, a district fraught with interest to the Geologist, and hitherto

quite unexplored.

When we consider that the nummulite formation may be traced

from the Mediterranean through Egypt, Asia Minor and Persia

into the north-west and southern provinces of British India, and

throughout all this extent preserves the same zoological character,

though differing considerably in mineral aspect, the importance at-

taching “to a right understanding of its true position in the Geologi-

cal series,’ cannot be overrated.*

* Since writing the above, we have had the pleasure of perusing the anniversary

address, for 1852, of the President* of the Royal Geographical Society, in which it

is stated, on the authority of Professor Oldham, that ‘* the coal and iron of the

district of Cheera Punjee, or the range of hills which separates Assam and the

Beramputer from the plains of Sylhet, belong to the nummulite tertiary formation.’’

We may also state that from specimens of the coal and rocks connected with it,

which were forwarded for our inspection from the Singrowlee coal mines near Mir-

zapore, in December, 1849, by Claude Hamilton, Esq. one of the proprietors, we

gave our opinion that it was acoal of a similar character and of a similar age,

with that of the nummulitic formation of the Salt Range. This coal is now pretty

extensively consumed by the Ganges Steamers, and is sold at Mirzapore at the rate

of 75 Rs. per hundred maunds. A sample of this coal, which we analyzed in Sep-

tember 1850, gave the following results.

Carbor(Golee)siisic.inttiet spe islet sin Gis elate the Ripe his apne: biel viet nig 43.34

Volatile, bituminous inflammable matter, .. ce .ceeeeee ce 50.00

Ashes, @eseene 2 oem eoeevsee eeveeee ee ee eeeev oe 82886 02808 £8 08298 6.66

DOtal ste s-ctelee aitiee &¥yo.0 0s a0 pele. eee

* Sir Roderick Impey Murchison.

1853.| Report on the Geological Structwre of the Salt Range. 353

Tertiary, Miocene (?) Rocks, greenish Sandstones, argillaceous Grits,

Conglomerates, and red and green Clays.

Resting on the nummulite limestone there is observed throughout

the Salt Range a conglomerate of small rounded boulders of a simi-

lar limestone connected by calcareous sandstone. This passes into

a series of soft greenish sandstones, alternating with bands of con-

glomerate, in which small boulders of plutonic and metamorphic

rocks predominate. These bands are very numerous near the Indus

above Kalibagh where among the boulders a black porphyry (mela-

phyre) is very abundant. Along with the sandstones and conglome-

rates, beds of argillaceous grit and red and green clays occur, which

contain crystals of selenite and small veins of carbonate of lime and

quartz.

The sandstones are highly calcareous, effervesce strongly when

treated with muriatic acid, which, after dissolving the calcareous mat-

ter, leaves a sand chiefly composed of quartz, felspar, hornblende,

mica and magnetic iron. In the neighbourhood of the nummulite

limestone, their surface is frequently encrusted with a slight saline

efflorescence, but this disappears in the upper beds.

Where exposed to atmospheric influence and to the action of

water charged with carbonic acid, the sandstones are extremely soft

and incoherent, but at some depth from the surface, many of the

strata are hard and compact, and of a dark grey colour.

The thickness of the above strata is enormous, and cannot, we should

think, be less than ten thousand feet, having, wherever seen, a remark-

able uniformity of character. Fragmentary portions of the bones

of large mammalia, &c. are everywhere to be found associated with

silicified wood of a brown colour. These are most abundant in the

argillaceous grits which are often so hard as to form excellent mill-

stones.

The harder beds of grey sandstone yield a remarkably handsome

building stone, though by no means likely to be a durable one in

many localities, on account of the facility with which water charged

with carbonic acid removes its calcareous cement and reduces it to

the strata of a slightly indurated sand. It has, we believe, been used

extensively in the construction of the various works along the new

Peshawur road west of the Bukrala Pass, where fresh beds have

354 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 4.

been exposed in the deep cuttings which have been made through

the sandstones and clays which form entirely the Buhrala Range.

Gold is found in this formation in the form of minute scales dif-

fused through the sandstones, and has doubtless been derived from

plutonic and metamorphic rocks, the disintegration of which, has

furnished the material of which the strata of the series are composed.

In the beds of the numerous nullahs or water-courses which flow

through the Miocene district, the sand is washed pretty extensively

for gold by the natives. It seems to be obtained in greatest quan-

tity towards the Indus north of the Salt Range.

As compared with the gold fields of Australia and California the

auriferous beds of the Punjaub are, as far as is yet known in a prac-

tical point of view, insignificant ; but are nevertheless interesting as

illustrative of the extensive diffusion of gold in debris over the globe.

We have been quite unable to trace the source from whence the

gold has been derived, and are not aware that, among the quartz-

ites and quartzose mica slates, which are much developed in the

Punchal Range near the Baramula Pass into Cashmere and stretch

west into the northern Hazara mountains, the metal has ever been

detected in situ. From similar rocks, there can be little doubt that

the auriferous sands have been derived; but the Himalayas must, at

the peried of their formation, have had a very different aspect from

what they now present, and may not have been elevated at all above

the general level of the country.

The mode of obtaining the gold is, we fancy, nearly the same as

that adopted in other countries. 3

A part of the bed of a nullah or water-course or dry channel of a

river having been fixed upon as a likely spot, the superficial stratum

of sand and mud is removed, and that beneath collected with a wood-

en shovel and carried to the spot where it is to be washed, general-

ly close at hand. The washing is effected im a long wooden box

resembling a small shallow flat-bottomed boat, wide at one end and

narrow at the other, where there is an opening for the escape of the

water. The wide end of the “ cradle’ or troon as it is called, is

slightly elevated, so as to give its flat bottom a gentle inclination

towards its forepart, and a coarse sieve of reeds is then placed across

the wide end of the box. On this the sand is thrown, and water

1853.] Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 355:

dashed upon it, by which means the finer sand is washed into the

cradle, the coarser gravel being retained on the sieve. By continu-

ing the washing with a gentle stream of water, the lighter particles

of the sand are carried down the inclined floor of the cradle and

escape with the water, while the heavier and auriferous sand assumes

the highest level next to the point where the water is applied. In a.

very short time nothing remains on the floor of the cradle but a

thin stratum of black iron sand in which the scales of gold may

occasionally he seen to spangle. By continuing the washing of the

sand the lighter particles are removed and the auriferous portion

concentrated within narrow limits. When the washing in the cra-

dle has been carried as far as is considered safe, the sand is removed

by the hana into a circular concave wooden platter called a Kuttree,

about two feet in diameter, made generally of sissoo (Dalbergia sis-

soo) or other hard wood. In this, by a circular motion, it is agitated

with water by which means an additional portion of the black sand

is got rid of, and washed away from the inclined sides of the platter

by a stream of water skilfully applied. The residue is then rubbed

up with a little mercury which quickly by amalgamation separates

the gold from the black sand. The mercury is then removed from

the platter, enclosed in a fragment of cloth and placed on a bit of

live charcoal, by which means the mercury is speedily vapourized,

leaving the yellow gold entangled with the tinder of the cloth, from

which by rubbing, it is easily removed. - In this state it is taken to

the goldsmiths, who by fusing it with borax remove any mechani-

cal impurities. The Indus gold is said to have a whiter colour than

that obtained to the eastward, which probably results from its con-

taining a small portion of silver alloy.

By the process above described, a party of two or three indivi-

duals can in one day collect from six to eight annas worth of gold.

The washings are generally most productive after rains, during which

of course large quantities of fresh sand are washed from the sur-

rounding rocks with the nullahs.

In the neighbourhood of the Salt Range the scales of gold are

small and almost invisible, but we have heard from natives that in

Hazara, grains of gold are sometimes found of a size such as to admit

of their being picked out of the sand. If this be true, we may infer

356 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 4.

that the auriferous source is somewhere to the north, and that by

tracing the gold stream, so to speak, we might arrive at a point

where the drifted materials become coarser, and where the gold,

from its high specific gravity, has been deposited in larger quantity.

By a similar method of reasoning, Messrs. Clarke and Hargreaves,

in 1851, were led to the discovery of the extensive gold fields in

the alluvial deposits of the Bathurst district, in Australia, where the

amount of gold obtained, seems likely to produce an entire revolu-

tion in the monetary system of the world.

From the similarity of the central hilly districts of the gold fields

of Australia with the auriferous districts of the Ural mountains,

Sir Roderick Murchison, so early as the year 1844, predicted the

existence of gold fields “and in 1846 he addressed the President of

the Geological Society of Cornwall on the subject, and recommended

any Cornish tin-miners who were unemployed to emigrate to New

South Wales and dig for gold in the debris and drift, on the flanks

of, what he had previously termed, the Australian Cordilleras, in

which he had recently heard that gold had been discovered in small

quantities.’”’ Had the British Government then attended to the

suggestions of science, much of the evil resulting from the recent

announcement of the abundance of gold might have been prevented

by the timely introduction of suitable regulations for its mining.

Gold, wherever it has been noticed in veins, is found in greatest

quantity near their surface, “ which accounts for the existence of the

metal in such abundance” in the debris of auriferous rocks, “ the

same agencies which deposited the drifted materials having also

carried away the gold from the superficial portions of the veins in

which it was originally formed.”

In the sandstones and grits, but especially in the latter, bones,

teeth, &c. occur. The bones seem chiefly to be the remains of large

mammalia and are of a grey or alight brown colour. They are

generally fragmentary, and are much rubbed, as if they had been

transported from a distance. Associated with them we have found

portions of the teeth of a species of mastodon and of a mammoth

or elephant, the tusks of which, of enormous size, are occasionally

found imbedded in the sandstone. We have also procured the core

1853.] Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 357

of the horn of a species of deer, and teeth probably of a camel or

nearly allied animal, besides several large saurian teeth and one

large and curved tooth, probably that of some large carnivorous

animal; a portion of the carapax of a Chelonian was also found.

The fossils nowhere occur in great abundance, but are everywhere

found in the miocene strata between the Jhelum and the Indus.

The only examples of mollusc which have been detected in con-

nection with the above remains, consist of three specimens of pro-

bably a species of Unio or Anadonta. These were found in the soft

sandstones on the southern side of mount Tillah near the village of

Hoon by my assistant, Mr. Theobald.

The fossil wood formerly alluded to as occurring throughout the

strata, is evidently of endogenous structure, and many of the masses

appear to have belonged to trees of large size. At Kullar Kuhar,

in soft sandstone strata north of the Salt lake, patches of jet occur

in small quantity, which are probably carbonized portions of wood,

but in these the woody structure is in a great degree obliterated.

From both the mineral and zoological character of the tertiary

strata which we have just described, there can be little doubt that

they are merely the western extension of the strata of the Sivalik

Range, which in the annals of geology have been rendered famous

by the researches of Cautley and Falconer. These strata flank the

great Himalaya Range, and from the Sutledge, we believe, may be

traced along the north-eastward or hilly districts of the Punjab to

the neighbourhood of the Jhelum, where they form a succession of

ranges, preserving a general parallelism, running in aS. S. E. direc-

tion towards the plains from the flank of the Punchal Range.

On the left bank of the Jhelum, opposite the town, they form the

Khorian range, and lower down stretch across the river into the

Surafar hills which flank the east side of the Chumbal range

between Tillah and Jelalpoor. In the neighbourhood of this range

the miocene strata dip to the east at an angle of 70°, the dip gradu-

ally decreasing as we proceed eastward towards the Jhelum. They

extend along the bank of the river to Jelalpoor where, in nearly ver-

tical strata on which the town is built, they appear at the foot of the

southern escarpment of the Salt Range, having evidently been formed

into this position by the upheaval of the older rocks. About half a mile

24%

358 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 4.

west of Jelalpoor the sandstones disappear and no miocene strata

are again seen on the south side of the range east of the Indus.

Proceeding westward from Jhelum along the Peshawur road, the

miocene strata appear about four miles from Rhotas, rising out of

the plain at a high angle, with a dip to the east and form the Rhotas

range, which from the right bank of the Jhelum stretches south-west

to Mount Tillah. By the upheaval however of the older strata of

that mountain, an extensive fault has been produced by which the

tertiaries in the immediate neighbourhood of its southern escarpment

have been made to dip north, and, as it were, under the Devonian

strata. Between Rhotas and Tillah the miocene beds are elevated into

an anticlinal ridge, on the north side of which the strata dip westward

towards Bukrala, where they are elevated into another parallel range

to that of Rhotas. Beyond this they extend uninterruptedly to

Rawul Pindee, presenting a series of anticlinal and synclinal axis.

From the Tillah and Bakrala ranges the miocene strata extend

along the north side of the Salt Range, elevated into scarped ridges

with a dip at a considerable angle to the north, which gradually

diminishes as we recede from the Range.

In its central part where the nummulite limestone strata are in

many places in a nearly horizontal position, patches of miocene sand-

stones, &c. occur, but from the facility with which they decompose,

are rapidly undergoing disintegration on the surface of the limestone.

Atong the north side of mount Sekesur and on to the Indus, the

tertiaries are elevated along with the inferior rocks, and at Nummul

above Moosakhail may be seen dipping conformably with them (as

is the case everywhere else) at an angle of from 50° to 60°.

Above Maree on the Indus they form barren hills of considerable

height, which extend along the river up to Mokhudd, a distance of

about sixteen miles. On its right bank they attain a greater height,

and the summit of the well known scarped precipice of Dinghote,

about two miles above Maree at the foot of which the Indus flows,

is, as ascertained by the Thermometer, 2,113 feet. Above the Indus

at Maree, looking north from its summit; the horizontal ridges of

miocene strata can be seen as far as the eye can reach, crossing the

Indus from N. N. W. to 8S. 8. H. with a dip to H. N. E. At Maree

the angle of dip is 35°, but this diminishes as we ascend the Indus.

1853.] Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 359

On the Kalibagh hill the miocene strata have suffered great dis-

turbance, and rest in some places on the salt marl. At this point

there is a great amount of nummulite limestone conglomerate at the

base of the formation. Along the north side of the hill it appears

in normal order, resting on the nummulite limestone, and preserving

this relation, stretches round into the Chichalee Range. On its

west side the miocene strata are arranged in regular ridges forming

the Chounterah Hills and in the Chichalee Pass, dip with the num-

mulite limestone to the north at an angle of 35°. From this to the

Kaffir Kote range they occur uninterruptedly and there rest con-

formably on the carboniferous rocks dipping to the north-west under

the Puncalah Pass, on the west side of which they are elevated into

a high ridge which runs parallel to that of Kaffir Kote.

Along the east side of the Chichalee Range the same miocene

sandstones, &c. occur as on the west side, but much disturbed and

evidently overturned in some places during the upheaval of the

range, which has thrown them under strata of the older rocks also

overturned along with them, on which in a normal order they invari-

ably repose.

Captain Strachey in a paper recently laid before the Geological

Society, has described a series of tertiary ossiferous sandstones, &c.

which occur on the Thibet plain on the north side of the Himalayas

at an elevation of from 14 to 16,000 feet, which most probably are of

an identical character with those of the Sivalik and Salt Ranges.

These he describes however as “ presenting an almost perfectly hori-

zontal surface,” and resting unconformably on oolitic strata, (appar-

ently similar to those of the Salt Range), from whence he draws the

conclusion that the oolitic strata, &c. on which the ossiferous tertiaries

rest, have been elevated previous to the formation of the latter, but

from the abundance of remains of large mammalia in these, he con-

siders that “there can be no doubt that these strata have been ele-

vated to their present height from some lower level since the time

of their deposition.”

In the Salt Range, we think, we have obtained sufficient proof that

until after the deposition of the miocene sandstones, &c. no sudden

or extensive elevatory action had been exerted, and that during their

formation, the surrounding country must have been in a condition

222

3860 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 4.

suitable for the maintenance of numerous huge mammalia, the remains

of which, now entombed in rock, must, judging from their appearance,

have been transported to a distance from the spot where they died.

That plutonic, metamorphic and igneous rocks must have formed

the district, by the disintegration of which the materials forming the

miocene strata have been derived, every one must admit, and as the

boulders found in the conglomerates are small and such as we see

now carried down by streams from Indian mountains during ordinary

floods, we think it. probable that the district in which the miocene

beds occur, must have presented a range of mountains skirted at

their base by a grove of forest capable of affording food to large

pachydermata, and washed by an extensive fresh-water lake, in which

the saurians, &c. whose teeth occur in the sandstone, could live

and flourish. Into this, floods from the surrounding mountains

transport boulders of rock, gravel and sand as well as the remains

of land animals and trunks of trees. A succession of floods over an

extended period would, we conceive, supply material for the forma-

tion of strata similar to the miocene beds we are considering.

It is not at all improbable that the sea may have had occasional

access to our supposed lake, indeed the saline incrustation on the

sandstones, &c. where they approach the nummulite limestone (an

undoubted marine formation) strengthens this idea.

The absence, however, of marine shells, or other remains which

exist so abundantly in the inferior strata, completely, we conceive,

refutes the supposition that the miocene strata have been deposited

in “a true sea bottom,’ an opinion, which as regards the Thibet

tertiaries in which no marine organic remains have been found,

Strachey seems disposed to adopt, while at the same time he admits

“that there is no direct proof that these beds are marine.”

When we consider the fragile character, and we believe compara-

tive scarcity, in northern India, of land or fresh water shells, it is

not surprising that they should so seldom occur in the miocene

strata. The Phys, Pups, and Helices, which abound over the Salt

Range hills, are very rarely to be found in the alluvial deposits at

their base, and the fact that rain water charged with carbonic acid,

which it always acquires by passing through vegetation, is a most

powerful solvent of carbonate of lime may explain in a great mea-

1853.| Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 361

sure the scarcity of land shells. The rarity of the common land-

shells of the Punjab in the high alluvial banks seen on the sides of

the rivers, has often struck us as very remarkable.

Should the beds described by Strachey be proved hereafter to be

identical with those on the southern flank of the Himalaya or Siva-

lik strata, it will go far to prove that this stupendous range has

been upheaved from near the level of the sea to its present altitude

at a comparatively recent period.

From a cursory examination of the ranges of hills between Rawul

Pindee and the Baramula Pass, we are inclined to believe that from

the former place to Ooree on the Cashmere river, nothing but mio-

cene strata occur, forming ranges of from 4 to 8000 feet in height.

At Ooree the metamorphic schist of the Punchal Range seems to

have been forced through the sandstone strata, both being at this

point tilted up into a nearly vertical position with a strike from east

to west. Hard specimens of sandstone from this locality are undis-

tinguishable from the hard grey miocene sandstone of the Salt

Range. Between the Jhelum and Cashmere river in a line from

Ooree to Rawul Pindee, we have never observed any organic remains,

but towards Bhimbur to the eastward of Ooree, we believe, they are

occasionally found, and are called by the natives “deo ka dant’’

or Demon’s teeth, a name by which they are generally known in the

Salt Range.

In reckoning as miocene, the sandstone grits and conglomerates

we have endeavoured to describe, we only follow the generally-

received opinion as to the age of the Sivalik strata. Further investi-

gation may prove that these, as well as the corresponding strata west

of the Sutledge, are of even more recent formation.

The occurrence of gold in the formation, furnishes an argument in

favour of its being of post tertiary age, this metal and platinum

being considered “the last formed of the metals’ by the learned

author’ of the article entitled Siberia and California in No. 174

(September 1850) of the Quarterly Review.

Post pliocene strata.

ALLUVIUM.

Resting on the miocene strata in an unconformable manner, may

be noticed in many places along the north side especially of the

362 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 4.

Salt Range, terraces composed of a succession of nearly horizontal

layers of small boulders, gravel, sand and mud, the debris chiefly of

Salt Range rocks. The boulders and gravel in these are very gene-

rally cemented by calcareous matter into the consistence of rock,

and bands of kunkur, an impure concretionary limestone, are in

some places abundant. This has doubtless been deposited by calca-

reous springs or by rain water which by passing through vegetation,

has acquired carbonic acid and, through its solvent agency, carbonate

of lime. In a similar way extensive deposits of travertine and calca-

reous tufa have been formed over the surface of the nummulite

limestone and miocene strata.

In the neighbourhood of the Salt Range the alluvial beds have a

slight dip towards the north, but gradually acquire horizontality, and

increase in thickness and fineness of material, as we follow them into

the plain or rather ravine country north of the range, where sections

of them fifty to sixty feet in depth are exposed in the numerous

nullahs and water courses which intersect the district, and in the

beds of which they are seen reposing on the tilted up ends of the

miocene strata.

Along the southern or scarped side of the range deposits of a

similar character occur, but for a distance varying from one to two

miles from its base, the materials are coarse and consist entirely of

boulders of rock and gravel brought down by the numerous streams,

which during rain acquire transporting powers which must be seen

to be believed ; we have on several occasions seen boulders three and

four feet in diameter rolled along with the noise of thunder, by the

force of streams suddenly swollen. As we recede from the range,

the boulders gradually diminish, and are succeeded by deposits of

gravel, sand and mud, the layers of which in the plain assume a

nearly horizontal position.

Travertine or calcareous tufa is extensively burnt and yields a

lime of excellent quality. It frequently, however, contains a quan-

tity of mud, which is objectionable. At Jhelum the greater part of

the lime used is obtained from travertine, and at Rawul Pindee,

around which enormous deposits of it occur, we believe it is exclu-

sively burnt. From its porous character it requires less fuel for its

perfect calcination than the ordinary limestones of the district, a

1853.] Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 363:

matter of some importance when wood is scarce. Kunkur, used ex-

tensively for the metalling of roads is abundant every where in the

alluvial deposit. Irregular beds of it occur in the neighbourhood of

Jhelum.

The organic remains found in the alluvial formation appear to be

entirely of a recent character, and to consist of the bones of bullocks,

horses, camels, goats, &c. mixed with afew land shells of the genera

Physa, Pupa, &c. The extreme scarcity of the bones is very re-

markable, considering the number of bones and skeletons every

where seen lying on the surface.

We are not aware that the remains of any large pachydermata

have been found associated with the above bones.

As the alluvial strata north of the Salt Range are apparently

formed from the debris of the tertiary strata, “gold dust’? must

occur in these, and, during rain, must be washed into the various

streams and water courses. The immense number of boulders of

Plutonic, Voleanic and Schistose rocks which occur in the alluvion

or drift in the neighbourhood of Mokhudd on the Indus (though

identical with those in the miocene conglomerates), may possibly

in part be derived from other rocks to the northward which may

contain gold. The black slate rocks of Attock if metamorphic or

of Lower Siberian or Cambrian age (we have never visited the

locality) and invaded by quartz veins, may probably yield gold.

Boulders of slate rock, similar to hard specimens we possess from

Attock, occur abundantly both in the auriferous miocene (?) as well

as drift or alluvial strata between Kalibagh and Mokhudd. As

illustrating the statistics of gold in the Punjaub, we may add on the

authority of L. Bowring, Esq. C. S. that in the Jhelum district,

which includes all the auriferous ground near the Salt Range, with

the exception of a small corner near the Indus in which Mokhudd

is situated, there were in the year 1850, 158 cradles or troons in

_use for gold washing, which paid to Government an annual tax of -

Rs. 525, from Rs. 2 to 5 being levied on each troon. We can

obtain no information as to the yield of gold from each troon; but

when at Mokhudd, in 1848, the Kardar of that place informed me

that in

364 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range.. { No. 4:

1844, ......... 409 tolas* of gold were collected.

LB45 94055 A: B20: ost, abarns bya led Do.

1846, ..0.2.... 332...Do. Dawes Do

It is of course the object of the gold-washers to conceal as much

as possible the amount of gold obtained, so as to keep the tax as low

as possible.

Tue Upnravatn oF THE Sart Ranas, &e.

_ Before closing our account of the Salt Range, it remains for us to

notice certain particulars in the conditions under which its forma-

tions were deposited, and certain phenomena they in some places

present, resulting from the general upheaval of the range into its

present elevated position.

We conceive that previous to the general elevation of the strata

and during the period of their deposition, they must have undergone

a succession of gradual risings and sinkings.

The Salt marl and the Devonian strata which succeed have been

probably deposited in shallow water as indicated by the frequent

occurrence of ripple markings on the sandstones.

The lower beds of the carboniferous limestone which follow, must

from the abundance of large Brachiopoda they contain, have been

deposited at a considerable depth, as such mollusce are known to

characterize a marine zone of upwards of eight hundred feet in depth.

At this depth the influence of tides could not produce the ripple

markings observed in the Devonian sandstones, and we must therefore

infer that previous to the deposition of the carboniferous strata, the

former must have undergone a gradual subsidence to an extent suffi-

cient to admit of the deposition of the latter, the strata of which

must have rapidly increased in thickness, so as to have had their

surface raised to a depth at which the Cephalopoda which abound

in the upper beds could exist.

By the deposition of the sandstones and shales of the middle car-

boniferous series, the strata seem to have been elevated to the sur-

face of the sea and a beach at least must have existed, on which the

marks of falling rain or hail were impressed. After this period, a

* This Tola weighs 165 grains. In 1844, there were therefore collected 140

Troy Oz. and 285 grains of gold.

1853.] Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 365

second subsidence must have occurred to admit of the formation of

the upper carboniferous beds which in some places contain brachio-

poda in abundance. By the gradual accumulation of calcareous and

sedimentary matter, these seem again to have been brought near

the surface, and dry land must have existed at the commencement

of the oolitic series on which delicate ferns could support existence.

Succeeding the beds which contain these, we have the oolitic grits

and shales, with fragments of large conifere which incontrovertibly

prove the existence of land from whence the wood, &c. had been

drifted. As we ascend in the oolitic series the wood becomes scarcer

and as terebratule occur in the upper limestones and belemnites and

ammonites in the upper shales and green sandstone, it seems proba-

ble that soon after the commencement of the formation, a third sub-

sidence occurred, by which the strata were sunk to a considerable

depth under the sea, from which they did not emerge until towards

the close of the nummulite limestone formation. By a gradual and

local deposition of calcareous matter along a particular line, similar

to the manner in which coral reefs are formed, a sea barrier may

have been raised, inside which in an inland fresh-water sea, the mio-

cene strata have probably been deposited.

The occurrence of small water-worn boulders of nummulite lime-

stone cemented by calcareous sand into a conglomerate which forms

the lower member of the miocene beds in the Salt Range, indicates

the existence of a beach where they may have been formed by the

lashing of the waves.

As all the strata seen in the Salt Range repose conformably on

each other, it appears to us certain that from a position of compara-

tive horizontality they have all been upheaved subsequent to the

deposition of the miocene strata. The upheaving force seems to

have extended from east to west, the direction of the Range corre-

sponding to the strike of the strata. Whether this has been exerted

by the agency of plutonic or igneous rocks, we have no means of

judging, as no rocks of the kind appear in the Salt Range or its

neighbourhood.

Between Rhotas and mount Tillah the elevating force has raised

the miocene strata into an anticlinal ridge. Along the line of this

mountain, however, to the westward it has been exerted with greater

violence, having produced a fracture of the strata along the line of

Oo A

356 eport on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 4.

strike elevating the northern portion into a high ridge, the strata

forming which have a northerly dip, and present a steep escarpment

to the south. Along the south side of this line of fault the mio-

cene strata seem only to have suffered, and are either thrown under

the older elevated strata of the escarpment, as along the south side

of mount Tillah, or tilted up at a high angle with a southerly dip,

as at Jelalpoor. Moving westward, the elevatory action seems to

have extended laterally over a greater surface, and to have produced

several lines of fault which, in the central part of the Salt Range,

have in some places thrown the strata into great confusion, and

caused the formation of numerous longitudinal valleys, ridges and

transverse ravines. In section No. 8 two very distinct fanits, seen

in the range west of mount Sikesur, are represented.

At Moosakhail where the range running in a north-west direction

is not more than three miles broad, and is intersected by a trans-

verse gorge, an excellent section is exhibited of the strata from the

carboniferous limestone to the miocene beds. Here the upheaving

force has raised the carboniferous strata into an anticlinal ridge,

and without fracturing them has produced a graceful curving which

is well seen near the entrance to the ravine. Above the carbonifer-

ous strata, a fracture has extended through the oolitic and superin-

cumbent rocks, dipping to the N. N. E., and a vast amount of their

debris covers the carboniferous limestone as it dips to the 8. S. W.

under the plain. Between Moosakhail and the Indus, where the

range again expands, and is eight or nine miles in breadth, considera-

ble disturbance prevails among the strata.

When describing the position of the Kalibagh coal we alluded to

the overturning of the strata in the Kalbagh hill, and need not

refer to it again.

In the Chichalee Range which runs from north-east to south-west

the elevatory action seems to have extended laterally with violence

over but a small extent, but has produced a most remarkable and

distinct overturning of the strata along its south-east or scarped

side. This is represented in section 9 as seen in the Chichalee pass,

at the entrance to which, in an overturned position, the strata from

the miocene sandstones, &c. to the oolitics, may be observed, and

separated by a fault from the same beds on a steep escarpment,

in regular order, dipping to the north at an angle of from 30° to 35°.

Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 367

1853.]

*POOM [ISSO] YIM soTeys pue ‘sqLId ‘sotoyspuvg °F

*POSIOAOL SOUOJSPULS STIODOIP, ‘“T ‘ouoysouy Ayr0yQ “ff

‘MOOS SoTVYS OU f pos04qvys puv possoad ‘So[VYS PUB SOMOJSPUBA OFTUOWMUIL pUR opIUUMETOg ‘a

“W109 YONU pue posddADI BIVIYS DUOJSOUITT OUDDOT 'z ‘RIVI4S OIITOQ “E

"POSIOADL BILI4S OIIOQ *e "So[vYs Wine amor “p

‘ow “JO414B.10003 ‘OUOJSOUMT] OFT[MUIMUINU ToMOrTT ‘9

“IQ ‘ejonporg ‘soyIULDOUq YIM euUoysouT, Tomory “Cf ‘soreys unye teddy ‘9g

‘go[BYS puv ouo0yspueg “2 ‘SUITE YIM SUO4seUTTT oFl;nMIUINU teddy ‘wv

‘OM ‘ejonporg ‘sopluLMoUR yy euoysouy soddq *y ‘eVI4S OUBDO*G

"BIVIYS SNOAIJIUOGILO “pf ‘SARTO PUB SOJVIOMIO[SUOD ‘STIS ‘goTOJSpULS OMOD0IP, “TT

oOP GE ©

MA IN Mh iN WS

4 id r g & Zz

~-N\Ss

] Aas i HE \ . N :

"Fr

‘aayjoy Nojag sazvw aay ‘unyy vjaaq ay, wi abunay aaqnyaryy ay} ssouov wotsay

‘quouldavose OY} JO OOF oy} SUOTV SIx¥ [eULpPTZUY youLZSsIp B quasead vy{RAA8

oy}, UBM BIg Polvo outAva @ ut ‘ssud oopeyryg ayy puodod seri cay ynoge puv ssuvt oY} SuOTe YANOS SutAou UG

| ‘(ST JO 918 Uv OqlIOsep 0} epeU Ueeq so10F oalydnaa oy Aq puv ‘soles 944 Jo uuTs0d azeddn

ey} JO ueyorqg useq AuUoptae sey uoysod eMoT oY, “punoJ oq etoYmou UO vAwIYS JO UANyALeAO o4e[dWO0D o1oM WY

368 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 4.

Here a section is exposed of all the strata from the lower carboni-

ferous to the miocene beds as in the rough sketch annexed, a fracture

extending through all the ‘upper strata and into the upper carboni-

ferous formation, the middle and lower beds of which are only sharp-

ly curved by the elevatory action, which has, along the line of frac-

ture, not only separated the southern from the northern portion

of the oolitic and superior strata, but has produced a complete over-

turn of the miocene and eocene beds, bringing them under the oolitie

and carboniferous formations. The eocene formation seems to have

suffered much during the overturn as it is much reduced in thick-

ness and is everywhere shivered and contorted. The alum shales

too seem to have been squeezed out of the limestone as it were, as

no trace of them is to be seen.

The same anticlinal arrangement of the strata may be traced along

the Chichalee Range to Mittha near the Kurum river, where a

scarped ridge of miocene strata forms the range. All along the

southern side of the line of fault or fracture in the Salt Range, the

strata have suffered denudation to such an extent as to have remoy-

ed in most places all traces of rock in situ.

The effects of the overturning of the strata in the Chichalee

Range are, to a Geologist, often most perplexing, and until we had seen

the section as exposed in the Chichalee Pass and to the south, we

had difficulty in explaining how shales full of ammonites, belemnites,

&e. could possibly occur dipping apparently under carboniferous

limestone full of paleeozoic fossil, as may be seen above the village

of Kalokhail near Kalibagh.

The upheaval of the Himalayas after the tertiary era and contem-

poraneously with the Salt Range will fully explain the anomalies

described by Captain Strachey of tertiary, secondary and palzozoic

strata dipping on the south or Indian side of the Himalayas, as it

were under the metamorphic schists of the central ridge, while on

the northern side they rest upon these in a regular order.

The researches of Dr. Thomson while engaged on the Thibet Mis-

sion, will, we trust, throw light on this interesting subject. A journal

of his travels for two years in the northern Himalayas is now, we

are happy to know, in course of publication in England.

(To be concluded.)

1853.] Remarks on the different species of Orang-utan. 369

Remarks on the different species of Orang-utan.— By E. Burra, Esq.

To Mr. W. W. Nicholls of Sarawak, the Society is indebted for

the nearly perfect skeleton of an adult wild Orang-utan, of the pecu-

liar species known to the inhabitants of Borneo, according to Sir

James Brooke, by the name MMias Pappan; and which, together

with other skulls and skeletons of adult Orangs in our museum,

and the exquisite lithographs of others, again, published by Professor

Owen, fully bears out the opinion of Sir J. Brooke expressed in a

letter to the Zoological Society and published in the ‘ Proceedings’

of that Society for 1841, p. 55, of the existence of three distinct

species of Orang-utan in Borneo.

Professor Owen had previously distinguished his PirHEcts MoRIo

(Mias Kassar of Brooke) from the great Orang then known to him,

from specimens to which I had the pleasure of first calling his

attention, and which are admirably figured in the ‘Transactions of

the Zoological Society,’ Vol. Il, pl. 80 to 34 inclusive; and from

certain differences observable in skulls of great Orangs compared

and figured by him, believed or known respectively to be from

Borneo or Sumatra, the same zoologist has indicated what appeared

to him to be at least local varieties, one proper to each of those

islands, and he applies the names P. ABrExir to that of Sumatra and

P. Wurmeit to that of Borneo, of course under the impression that

the great Sumatran Orang referred to was identical with that describ-

ed by Dr. Clarke Abel from Sumatra in As. Res. XV, 489.

A huge skull of an adult male Orang, undoubtedly from Borneo,

is fieured in Trans. Zool. Soc. Il, pl. 31 and 32; and that of an

adult female (?), said to be from Sumatra, in the same work, Vol. I,

pl. 53 and 54. The differences between these skulls are consider-

able: and they are, to some extent, borne out in a huge male skull

marked from Sumatra and in an aged female skull marked from

Borneo, in this Society’s museum.* In both of the latter, however,

the characters are throughout intermediate. The zygomatic suture

* Presented by Major Gregory in 1838 (vide J. A. S. VII, 669); the Sumatran

male skull, however, having been for some years reserved.

370 Remarks on the different species of Orang-utan. [ No. 4.

of the Sumatran male begins even anteriorly to that of Prof. Owen’s

Bornean male: the symphysis menti in both is equally developed :

the supra-orbital ridges, however, are much more prominent in the

male from Sumatra, as in Prof. Owen’s Sumatran female; but in

our aged Bornean female skull, they are considerably more developed,

proportionally, than in Mr. Owen’s Bornean male. In both of Mr.

Owen’s specimens, the palate is represented as contracted poste-

riorly, between the last molars on each side, to 1} in. (or rather

more in the Sumatran female). In our Sumatran male the distance

is fully 1? in.; and in the Bornean female 13 in. I can come to no

other conclusion than that all represent individual varieties of one

species, having perhaps a tendency to exhibit the local variation

which Prof. Owen has indicated.

The same naturalist adds—* The Bornean Pongo, if we may jadge

from the few specimens undoubtedly from that locality which exist

in the museums of this country, is clothed with loose long hair of a

deep fuscous colour, approaching in some parts to black; the Suma-

tran Pongo is covered with loose long hair of a reddish-brown colour.

The adult male of the Bornean species has the countenance dis-

figured by large dermal callosities upon the cheek-bones. These do

not exist in either sex of the Sumatran species.” It is worthy of

note that the term species is here bestowed, probably from the

remarkable difference implied by the last mentioned character. The

fully adult Sumatran male described by Dr. Clarke Abel, however,

and the skin of which is still in this Society’s museum, possesses

the cheek callosities, less developed however than in the Bornean

male figured by Prof. Temminck.

Sir J. Brooke, in his highly interesting letter already referred to,

besides pointing out the distinctions of two of his three species of

Bornean Orangs from personal observation of the living or freshly

killed animals wild and tame, remarks that the skulls also examined

by him may be divided into three distinct sorts.

“The first presents two ridges, one rising from each frontal bone,

which joining on the top of the head, form an elevated crest, which

runs backward to the cerebral portion of the skull.”” To this may

accordingly be referred the P. Wurmsii and the P. ABExi1 of Owen,

and, it would seem, all the adult skeletons at present in Europe

1853.] Remarks on the different species of Orang-utan. 371

without described exception.* It would appear that neither sex has

the cheek callosities at any age; and the colour of the hair is said

to be darker than in the others. This description corresponds with

the appearance of an enormous female Orang-utan that was exhi-

bited some years ago in Calcutta (vide J. A. S. XVI, note to p.

729) ; and the animal is the Mias Rambi of Sir J. Brooke.

The same observer continues—“ The second variety [of skull] is

the Srtmra mMortio, and nothing need be added to Mr. Owen’s account,

save that it presents no ridge whatever beyond the frontal part of

the head. No. 9 in the collection is that of an adult male. * * *

There are many other skulls of the Stmza Mori1o which nearly coin-

cide with this suite, and this suite so entirely coincides through the

different stages of age, one with another, that no doubt can exist of

the Simza MoRio being a distinct species. The different character

of the skull, its small size and small teeth, put the matter beyond

doubt, and completely establish Mr. Owen’s acute and triumphant

argument, drawn from a single specimen.’’—Of PrrHEcus MORO, our

museum contains a skeleton (minus most of the bones of the hands

and feet) of an aged female, presented by R. W. G. Frith, Esq., in

1836.+ It had died in Calcutta, and the skin containing the bones of

the hands and feet had been unfortunately thrown away when Mr.

Frith secured the body for the Society’s Museum. A few of the

digital bones, however, were recovered. Comparing the skull of this

specimen with that figured by Prof. Owen (Lrans. Zool. Soc. II, pl.

33 and 34), I incline to infer that Mr. Owen’s specimen is the skull

of a male animal, chiefly from the greater depth of the alveoli: the

longitudinal extent of grinding surface of the series of upper molars

(bicuspids included) is exactly 2 in., as also in another skull of an

adult female to be presently noticed, and 2 in. 2 1. in that figured by

Prof. Owen: lastly, the zygomatic arch of our aged female skull is

much more slender than that of either of the others.

* Unless, perhaps, that of an adolescent female in the museum of the Royal

College of Surgeons, London.

t Vide J. A. S. V, 833, where mentioned as ‘‘ the Sumatran Orang-utan,.’’ She

was one, however, of a pair purchased by our joint-Secretary Mr. Grote, at Singa-

pore; and this gentleman informs me—‘‘ They were not from Sumatra, but from

Borneo, At least I am pretty sure that my memory does not deceive me on this

point.”’

372 Remarks on the different species of Orang-utan. [No. 4.

We have also another and complete skeleton of an adolescent

female, which lived twelve years in Calcutta in the possession of

J. Apear, Esq., and was very young when he received it. The last

molars above and below had just pierced the gums. The skin of

this individual is mounted in our museum, possessing hair of a very

dark colour on the crown, back and arms. Having passed its life in

close captivity, with nought to call forth the vigorous action of its

muscles, their development with that of the osseous system gener-

ally would seem to have been considerably affected, and the skull

retains a remarkably juvenile (which in this case means anthropoid)

expression, contrasting greatly with that of our other and aged

female skull already noticed. But making every allowance for differ-

ence of age and a life of close imprisonment, and the other specimen

had in all probability been captured when fully adult, there remain

some extraordinary discrepancies, which probably indicate a further

specifical distinctness. All the bones of the aged animal are more

robust than those of the other; but while the leg-bones and the

humeri of the two are of the same length, or at all events the

humerus of the aged animal does not exceed by } in. that of the

adolescent, the radius of the aged specimen is 2 in. longer than that

of the other.

The differences in the form of the skull are very considerable.

The younger individual has the face conspicuously shorter and

broader, with circular orbital cavities, while those of the aged animal

are perpendicularly oblong. The vertical span of the orbital cavity

is 1} in. in the aged specimen, 1% in. in the other; horizontal span

of the same 1 in. in the former, 13 in. in the latter. In the younger

individual the orbital process of the frontal and that of the malar

bones form together a projecting angle where united by the suture ;

in the other they do not angulate at all. Extreme breadth of bony

orbits in the adolescent specimen 4 in.; in the other 32 in. The

zygoma of the aged individual, as before remarked, is much more

slender than in the skull figured by Prof. Owen; in the younger,

the malar portion of the zygoma is even broader than in Mr. Owen’s

specimen. The nasal orifice of the aged skull is much larger than

that of the other. The development of the alveolar portion of the

jaws is also much greater in the aged animal; whence the chin

1853.| ~-Remarks on the different species of Orang-utan. 373

slopes but little, whilst in the other it slopes excessively. In the

aged specimen the ramus or ascending portion of the lower jaw

turns abruptly at a right angle with the alveolar portion, and the

coronoid process is little developed, and does not rise to a level with

the zygomatic arch; in the young specimen, the form is more as in

Mr. Owen’s figure, though less angulated. In this adolescent skull

the intermaxillary bones continue strongly demarcated.

Jt remains for future observation of additional specimens to deter-

mine whether the differences here indicated denote a diversity of

Species, or whether they may be referred to extraordinary individual

variation.*

“The third distinction of the skulls,’ continues Sir J. Brooke,

“is, that the ridges rising from the frontal bones do not meet, but

converge towards the top of the head, and again diverge towards

the posterior portion of the skull. These ridges are less elevated

than in the first mentioned skulls, but the size of the adult skulls is

equal, and both present specimens of aged animals.’’ <A wild adult

male killed by himself, with huge cheek callosities, proved to possess

this form of skull: but Sir J. Brooke erroneously assigns the animal

to Pirnecus Wurmeii apud Owen, in which, as we have seen, the

lamdoidal crests unite upon the crown, as they also do in his P.

ABELII (here regarded as a mere variety of the same species) ;

whereas the Bornean animal of Van Wurmb and the Sumatran

animal of Dr. Clarke Abel were of the present race distineuished

by the ugly cheek callosities, and to which no special name has

been assigned, as the appellations intended for them have been at-

* J had recently the opportunity of observing a nearly grown living male of

what I considered to be Piraecus Morio. It had no cheek callosities, and had

not developed its hindermost molares. This animal was taken in the ‘ Hindus-

tan’ steamer for Suez ; and is, I think, a larger Orang than has hitherto been seen

alive in Europe. Before reaching Madras, it escaped from its cage and found

its way into the saloon, where it would appear to have been re-captured with some

difficulty and to have severely bitten two of its captors. In its cage it seemed

quiet and good-tempered, and I handled it freely ; but could not get to see it to

much advantage. It appeared to resemble much the adolescent female above

described, but was smaller, with larger face, and the expression was as distinctly

masculine in the one as feminine in the other.

374 Remarks on the different species of Orang-utan. [No. 4.

tached respectively to Bornean and Sumatran examples of the Mias

Rambr.

The Bornean species with double-crested skull and huge cheek

callosities is the Mias Pappan of Sir J. Brooke, or rather of the

native Dyaks: and Sir J. Brooke remarks of it (not at that time

having seen a female), that—“ Both Malays and Dyaks are positive

that the female of the Mias Pappan has cheek callosities, the same

as the male: and from his own observation he adds that the Mias

Kassar has no cheek callosities in either sex; whereas some young

Pappans he had shipped, “(one of them not a year old, with two

first molars,) shew them prominently.’”* For a figure of the adult

male of the Mias Pappan of Borneo, and series of plates illustra-

tive of its anatomy, vide the great Dutch work of Dr. 8. Miller

and Professor Temminck; but unfortunately they give no repre-

sentation of the bony crests upon the skull.

Of the long celebrated specimen of a large Orang-utan procured

by Capt. Cornfoot in Sumatra, and described by Dr. Clarke Abel

in the ‘Asiatic Researches,’ Vol. XV, p. 489, we still possess the

skin minus the right hand and right foot, and of its osteology only

the lower jaw and the bones contained in the dried left hand and

left foot. It is by no means a specimen of the largest size, as long

ago shewn by Dr. Harwood in Lin. Trans. XV, 472 ;+ but the teeth

and appearance of the jaw prove it to be fully grown, and the third

inferior true molar is scarcely less abraded than the penultimate.

This lower jaw is remarkable (especially as being that of a mature

male animal) for the small antero-posterior diameter of its ramus

or ascending portion as distinguished from the alveolar portion, and

also for the small size of the condyle. Vide figures in As. Res. XV,

pl. IV, and (4 size) in J. A. S. VI, pl. XVIII; and compare these

* Mr. Nicholls states, in a letter, that—‘‘ Both sexes of the Mias Pappan have

immense cheek callosities: a full grown female was lately killed at Samaratan, the

callosities of which extended as low down as the breasts [here the fracheal sac

must be referred to!] The Mias Ramdi is without any callosities, and is, I think,

covered with longer fur than the M. Pappan has.”’

+ Dr. Harwood gives the length of the feet of a Bornean Orang described by

him as 153 in.: the dried foot of Dr. Abel’s specimen (containing the bones)

measures 13 in.

1853.| | Remarks on the different species of Orang-utan. 375

with the representations now given of the lower jaws of other

Orangs, and especially with that of the great Sumatran skull of a

female Mias Rambi figured by Prof. Owen in Trans. Zool. Soc. I, pl.

53. Its greatest antero-posterior diameter (on a plane with the

molars) is 27 in. only, that of a female (?) Pappan from Borneo is 2?

in., of a Bornean female Rambi 23 in., of a Sumatran male Rambi

22 in., and of Prof. Owen’s Bornean male the same, and of his

Sumatran female 2$ in. Yet all the teeth are somewhat larger than

in the Bornean female (?) Pappan, and equal those of our great Suma-

tran male Rambi. The hands and feet also are larger than those of

our female (?) Pappan from Borneo. ‘There are no materials for ex-

tending the comparison: but it may be remarked, of Dr. Clarke Abel’s

specimen, that (as before asserted) it has distinct cheek callosities,

though seemingly less developed than in Dr. 8. Miiller’s figure.

The beard, however, is scarcely less grown :—but the general colour

of the hair is much darker, and more of a maronne-red; inclining

to ferruginous upon the crown, and the beard is bright ferruginous

contrasting strongly with the rest.* I incline to consider it identical

with the Mas Pappan of Borneo, notwithstanding the comparative

feebleness of the ramus of the lower jaw in this particular specimen ;

and I suggest that the old name Pirnecus satyrvs be now restricted

to this species, and justly or with peculiar justice, as Sir J. Brooke

remarks in his letter, “ from the ugly face and disgusting callosities.’’+

The nearly perfect skeleton now presented to the Society by Mr.

Nicholls is that of a fully mature Bornean female (?) of the Mias

Pappan, in which the strongly developed lamdoidal ridges of the

skull do not unite upon the vertex to form a single sagittal crest,

* This specimen is remarkable for having a well developed unguinal phalanx and

nail to the hallux ; a character of rare occurrence in the genus, and exhibited by

no other specimen in the Society’s collection.

7 As the Rambdi is neither Wurmb’s nor Abel’s animal, the names Wurmsit

and ABELII are unsuitable for it, and had better be disused ; while as Raja Brooke

was the first to discriminate it from the Pappan, I would suggest that it now bear

the designation of Piruecus Brooker. Should the second small Orang also prove

a good species, the name OwEenu bestowed on it would be a fitting compliment to

the eminent zoologist, who has devoted so much attention to the study of the great

anthropoid Apes.

3B 2

376 Remarks on the different species of Orang-utan. | No. 4.

but continue an inch apart where most approximated. The size of

the skull is fully equal, or even somewhat superior, to that of our

aged female skull of a Mias Rambi from Borneo; but is inferior to

that of our Sumatran male of the Wias Rambi.. The skull is perfect,

except that part of the face appears to have been shot away, viz.

the uppermost portion of the right superior maxillary from, the

orbit to the nasal orifice, with parts of the adjacent malar, lachrymal,

and nasal bones of the same side; and the supra-orbital ridge of

the left frontal is diseased, with portions of bone exfoliating away.

The vertebral column is complete, excepting the two last small

coccygeal bones. The ribs and sternal series are also complete, and

the great bones of the limbs; but many of the smaller bones of the.

latter are unfortunately missing. Thus, of the right hand, there

are wanting the scaphoid, and the five unguinal phalanges. Of the

left hand, there also are wanting the five unguinal phalanges, the

medial thumb-phalanx, and the cuneiform bone of the wrist. Of the

right foot are wanting the os calcis, astragalus, and navicular bone,

four unguinal phalanges (the terminal phalanx of the hallux remain-

ing), the penultimate phalanx of the finger-toe next to the hallux,

and the penultimate and ante-penultimate phalanges of that furthest

from the hallux, corresponding to the human little toe. And of the

left foot there are only the astragalus, and the digital bones except-

ing the metatarsal of the digit next to the hallwx, and the unguinal

phalanges of the outer three toes.* The patelle are also lost.

This valuable skeleton affords us the means of demonstrating, from

adult specimens in our museum, the existence of the three species

of Bornean Orang-utan indicated by Sir J. Brooke; and most pro-

bably we possess a fourth in the mounted skin and complete skeleton

of the adolescent female resembling PrrHEcus MoRIO in size, but

having a much shorter fore-arm and more anthropoid conformation

of skull. We have also (provisionally) identified Dr. Clarke Abel’s

* Accordingly, but one unguinal phalanx remains, which articulates with the

digit next to the hallux of the left foot. The terminal phalanx of each hallux

exhibits a peculiar structure, and represents the ordinary penultimate (and not the

unguinal) phalanx; so that this Bornean Pappan differs herein from Abel’s Suma-

tran Pappan, which possessed a well developed unguinal phalanx and nail to the

opposable hallux or great toe.

1853.| Remarks on the different species of Orang-utan. 377

Sumatran Orang-utan with the Mias Pappan of Borneo, to which

the specific name saTyRus is here proposed to be restricted ; and we

have referred Prof. Owen’s P. Wurmpit and P. Asetit to the Ihas

Rambi of Borneo, which also should therefore be common to the two

islands. The small P. morto, so far as hitherto known, is peculiar

to Borneo ; and it now remains to ascertain whether there be not

two small species confounded under this, two small as well as two

large species of these animals. It is only recently that a great and

a small species of Chimpanzee have likewise been discriminated and

completely established by Prof. Qwen and Dr. Kneeland.*

The three Bornean species of Orang of Sir J. Brooke (at least

two of which would appear likewise to inhabit Sumatra) are more

different from each other in the appearance of the adult skull than

the Lion, Tiger, and Leopard are among cats; yet with the excep-

tion of the bony ridges, which in the Morio are merely indicated

(exhibiting the direction which they assume in the Mias Pappan),

I have been unable to detect any difference of structure between

the skulls of the two great species which may denote other than

slight individual variation. In general, the form and size of our

Mias Pappan skull are intermediate to those of our (Sumatran)

male and (Bornean) female Mias Rambi skulls; and the nasal orifice

of the former is comparatively small. But how slight is the differ-

ence between the skulls even of the Lion and Tiger among cats,—

confined to a straighter profile on the part of the Lion, and to the

fact that the nasals extend back beyond the suture of the maxillaries

in the Tiger skull, while they fall short of that suture in the Lion

skull !+

* Vide Trans. Zool. Soc. ILI, 381, and Ann. Mag. N. H., July, 1852,

p- 23 ef seq.

{7 An analogous diversity perhaps exists in the skulls of the Mias Rambi and

Mias Pappan, which, if it prove constant, will be of service in enabling us to

determine to which of these species immature skulls shewing large permanent

molars should be referred. In our adult male and female Mias Rambi heads, and

also in one juvenile skull taken from a stuffed specimen of a half grown male

without a sign of cheek-callosities in our museum, the united nasal bones extend

upward to the summit of the giabella between the supra-orbital ridges ; whereas in

our Mias Pappan skull, and also in both (species ?) of our Mias Kassar, the united

nasal bones extend upward but little beyond the maxillary suture, and the same in

378 Remarks on the different species of Orang-utan. [No. 4.

From the form of the pelvis, and from the inferior longitudinal

extent of the molar series as compared with that of the lower jaw of

Dr. Clarke Abel’s Sumatran male Pappan, also from the inferior

size of the hand and foot as compared with these members in

Dr. Abel’s specimen, I have considered the skeleton of a Pappan

now presented by Mr. Nicholls to be that of a female animal; but

not without considerable hesitation.* We have no male pelvis of an

adult Orang for comparison; but two of undoubted females of the

small species, and one of these (that of the animal which passed its

life in close captivity) is singularly narrow, and probably differs

little from a male pelvis. The skeletons of adult Mias Rambi and

of adult of the small Chimpanzee figured by Prof. Owen in the first

Volume of the ‘Transactions of the Zoological Society’ are also

those of females; and Mr. Owen gives 5 in. 5 1. as the antero-pos-

terior diameter and 4 in. as the transverse diameter of the pelvic

aperture of his adult female Wias Rambi, the corresponding diameters

of the pelvic aperture of our Mias Pappan being 5 in. and 4 in.,

in our aged female MWias Kassar 44 and 84 in., and in our adolescent

female with the comparatively short fore-arms 44 and 2% in. (!);

which last are probably the permanent male proportions, to which I

three immature skulls with large permanent molars in course of development,

which should therefore represent the young of the Mias Pappan.

It remains however to ascertain how far this distinction may prove constant.

We have, in all, five stuffed specimens of Orangs, viz.: 1, Dr. Clarke Abel’s Sumatran

male Pappan,—2, Mr. Apcar’s adolescent female Kassar (?) with short fore-arm,

—3, a young female Kassar (?) with small permanent grinders appearing, and simi-

lar proportion of arm and fore-arm to last,—4, a very young Mias ?,—and

5, the young male Mias Rambi (?) before referred to. Colour of No, 5 a darkish

ferruginous, deepest on the crown, paler and more rufous on the shoulders and

back and also the whiskers ; hands and feet small, as in the Mias Kassar. Colour

of No. 3, a lightish ferruginous, deepening on the arms, and darkest on the crown

and between the shoulders. It would seem that the various species, however dis-

tinct in form of skull, are not to be very readily distinguished when prepared as

stuffed specimens, unless indeed we had adults of each for comparison.

* Mr, Nicholls states, in a letter,—‘‘I obtained the skeleton which J sent,

through others, and therefore cannot be certain about its sex; but, if I remember

right, it was given me as that of a male Pappan, full grown but not aged, and with

a very broad face.”’

1853. | Remarks on the different species of Orang-utan. 379

suppose Dr. Kneeland refers when he mentions “the narrow elon-

gated shape of the Orang’s pelvis.’’*

I shall now follow the list of admeasurements furnished by Prof.

Owen of the adult and young small Chimpanzee and adult and young

Orang-utan, and would have cited those given by him of his adult

Orang for convenience of comparison, had his specimen been clearly

a Mias Rambi, as the large skulls are which he has figured ; but this

is rendered doubtful in a note.f Another table of comparison by

the same naturalist we quote to give the dimensions of the following

skulls.—1. Mias Rambi, Bornean male (Owen).—2. Ditto, Sumatran

male.—8. Ditto, Bornean female.—4. Ditto, Sumatran female

(Owen).{—5. Mias Pappan, lower jaw of Abel’s Sumatran male.

—6. Ditto, Bornean female (?)—7. Mias Kassar, male (? Owen).—

8. Ditto, female.—9. Mias Kassar (?), adolescent female, with com-

paratively short fore-arms.

* Ann. Mag. N. H., July, 1852, p. 27.

7 In which Mr. Owen remarks—‘‘ The admeasurements in this column are taken,

by permission of the Board of Curators, from the skeleton in the museum of the

Royal College of Surgeons, in which the absence of the cranial ridges, and some

still separate epiphyses, would indicate the non-attainment of full growth.”’ It

may, therefore, prove to be an adolescent Mias Pappan.

~ The measurements in this column are taken from Mr. Owen’s published litho-

graphs.

of Orang-utan.

tes O

Remarks on the different spec

380

L 1 0 Zz

0 @ g 1

G -£ G Se

oS Cc 5G

g c=

La @e

0 @ 0 Z

L=1 c.]

Ge Le 0

g * #¢ 0

i lo

a sy 9

#9 @ 9 Z

| £% %

Beli LI

6 6 “

20-1 Gaal

7c 6 ai it

76 1s) 46-J

Gav ae

0 F aes

eo] 8 I

Ls Ge

& & ieee

TL °G 2-16

2 F 6 1

a6 -€ 0 F

8 Ff c FT

[he fe, Fy eae 4

(Gae rE

af Sure ya al

6 8

CO) WA] ey py

8 tT

Les

G¢ 0

9 0

9 |

6 0

9 9

zl ae

CEs

View|

Lat

9 I

9 £

6 1

Gp =

¥ a0

8 Ff

b F

OL L

L=eg

Tp at

[

(O) "WW

‘IN

OG co 0 Z

Cine Bt eh 6 Z Care

0 F 0 F a OF ee

4L 9 ¢ 9 E39 € 9

*9 0 Sa L 0 at)

mS I ee ee a

eCae wy al oP sa

eat * #9 = 1 a

% 0 2 72 0 (EE 0

9 66 eo SG 6 9 66

(cea | :* oS" Oo |!

iets - E78 9 §

Tens ge e=<% comes

IB Ye ee oO TL @

fas he tie i, 8 1

6 eo ee (0) T

G TI ee ee Pp I

Lat ee *< La

aa a. eee Ge

IP oe G

G¢ P 4 as b

CAG = 0 @ | enc

9 9 2" 0 9 C29

2 5Z =" Be E.G

9 Z de Siete Lac

LG = fe ¢ GG

Ls a ae Cb aY 6

ene ae @ pitido ¢

LEG Ji & 6 Cc 6

9 ¢ :° l ¥ Q §

[eee Cla 2s UE ey Sa esp Ul

9 G v g

(i) "a “al(W) “W (0) “2 | “aa

“dW SCANS U IN CUM CN

-—.

—~

mln

r=ilCY

~ 8 © MHF ONUDMOAOHWODWDMIBAD st WO

ro &© FIXNR

a om a CY ise) oO =H =

NOMW

mln

6 © MH FD HDovororocdd se) oo oO t~ OD easier) Ds I ae Me

~ TOON

Sal Mes Ben Bee Cy | lan) (Bs)

OD WINN CAH

—

*BUIUIBIOJ [B}USUL BY] Ud9M49q SOVdsINVUT

S as a ‘Otp JO Yapvauq ysaywaiy

‘mel JMO] OY} JO srwyL dy} Jo YSuaT

7 ge ** “SLOSIOUL OY] JO S}aYOOs ay} JO

dRIANS LOMIUB OY} 0} 9fApuod ay} Wo1y Mel aomo] ayy Jo YWSuET

ee . os eo ee “ouIp jo Yipeugd

‘* ‘mel aaddn ‘y}00} suluvd OY} JO UMOID poT[aMRua aqi Jo ySuaT

“s te ‘mef saddn ‘apts auo jo ‘papnyjout

sapidsnoiq ‘sainjou ay} JO ddejINs SUIPULS Jo yua}x9 feUIpNySuoCT

a ** “mel daddn “ngjzs wt ‘sdostoul anoy ay) JO YIpromg

: ‘mel addn “1ostoul puodes 91 jO UMO.ID BY} JO Yproig

as ‘mel Jaddn ‘1osioul say ay} JO UMOLD OY} JO YIpPRoIg

“eUlWelo} [eyered dots

-9jUB OY} 0} SoMOg ATVT[IXVWADIUT OY} JO ULFuVU 1O1NDd}Ue BY} WoL

“s “SININS [BISOUL ay} Suole aye;ed Auoq ay} jo ySuaT

‘ oe a ‘ayejed Auog ay} jo ulSueur

lorraysod ay} 0} UsWeLOy [edID90 ay} JO ULSIeUT JOIa}UR BY} UOT

a Ps “aug ALe][[XVUIIIIUL OY} JO ULSIVUL LOLayUt

ay} pus auog yeseu oY} JO UlLsieu JoWajul 94} UaaMjoq sduKIsICD

as oe *BULUIEIO} [BJIq1O-ByUL UdaMjoq asovdss9ajUT

‘ainjiode [vseu jo Jayaweip asidAsuel fp,

is Hs ‘ainj}lode [BSB JO JajeUlRIp [Vondd A

. oe ‘AVABD [VPGIO JO La}aWRIP [BIT}19 A,

‘ ve AVLABD [BIIG1O JO LAIIWIVIP Fuld AsueI |,

“° oc sre “aoeds |8}1G.10-19}UT

“3 “s}Lq4O AY} JO SOPIS}NO By} UIIMJ9q Uaye} [[N Ys Jo sojawVIGD

2s (‘Mojeq WO parnsvaw ) essoj ONBWOSAZ ay} Jo yISUaT

ae < *8jVW0SAZ dU} YB [[NYS 9Y} Jo JajameVigy

‘soSpll [Biodwa} U9amjaq aouRISICT

= (‘siiqto ay} puryaq) [[NyS oy} JO dazaureip jelayey ysaypeag

(fsosptt ALojipne-jsod ay} 38) [|N YS oy} Jo 1o}aWvIp | B.19}R] JsayvALD

- os oa ** *SLOSIDUL OY}

jO ULSIVU 9} 0} JANyNS [VseU-1UO0IJ OY} WOT [[NYs sy} Jo ysuaT

se zs < ‘AINJNS [Bseu-NUoL

ay} 0} jndi1990 ay} JO suLld JOII9}sod 9Y} Wo }}Nyxs ay) Jo YISUT

as ‘sdOSIOUT 24) JO ULSLe UL

ay} 0} yndriod0 dy} Jo auvld Aowa}sod oy} Woy [[NYs 94} Jo yySuaT

‘9{ApUOd [ep1d1990 BU} JO BSB OY} 0} X9JL9A 9Y} Wo ||NYS 94} Jo yySuaT

1853.] Remarks on the different species of Orang-utan. 381

In the following table of admeasurements, the first column gives

those of an adult female Ramb: by Prof. Owen; the second are

those of our adult female (?) Pappan; the third are those of our

aged female Kassar; and the fourth are those of our adolescent

small female Orang with short fore-arms :—

Adult fe-|Adult fe- Aged fe-

male male male

Rambi. | Pappan. | Kassar.

Short-

armed.

Pte be ee 8 ode |B. bel. VB ONE,

Length of the body from the veréex to the

base of the os calcis,* a4 ode 3OtS4 Oy GS 40 13 3) 3

Length of the spinal column, He LobbnrG2": OF Sats BO 1) - 8 99

Length of sternum (not including the ensi-

forin cartilage,).. cals, 2 4d Cee wO oss 1400"), 04. 4

Length of the manubrium sterni, sailing LO Igy 2 QUEST Ole

Breadth of the manubrium sterni, ooo Ae I TOS PSO Sb 9

Breadth of the sternum opposite the fifth

rib, Os SE gL ee big A Sa OE ORO EO, tae

Length of ee first He, EES Sey 2 OP ty AL Gamera SO! ea 0g

Length of the seventh iby : E. 4.6 (16 0 O43, 9:6 1,69 0

Length of the last rib Ganeh is longer than

in Man and has a cartilage,) . Be lgs OO: 2h 4 PO SG Yes) Ag

Length of os innominatum, *. Po ee ae (Mie AR al oT I

Breadth of pelvis trom one antero- -posterior

spine of ilium to the other, .. sie ig Reg) SI Si RS (50

Breadth of dium, sas ve at 2 oD lg A BE ON GE (FS) Ce

Breadth of ischium, .. ee Sig hey Bailge ek Osa) 0) Io "Oo O

Breadth of sacrum, .. Cae TR, Catia sers TP dh 209

Distance between the acetabula, ee Oe Salieg uO dynes 4ed Ales cb. OD

Length of the clavicle, Alps Oe te Orta re OD” tay a Oa

Length of the scapula along the base, Sa paet Tye Gig OS. PB ig) | SHB lye) yO

Breadth from the end of the acrumion t

the opposite part of the base, RO ay ae Geto LO Oo GO

From the root of the spine to the superior

4 ed ale ate Se pam Ie, Selsev Ch M alas) sg Gh O ley.) 55 10

* In the second, third and fourth columns, the height of the skeleton is given,

standing, more humano. In the second column 1] in. is allowed, and in the third

$in., for the height of the astragalus and os calcis, In the small Orang with

short fore-arms, the height of these bones in situbus is } in.

t The extremity of the coccy,r is here allowed for.

t{ Measured round the curve from posterior articulation.

§ The osseous portion only.

382 Remarks on the different species of Orang-utan. [No. 4.

Adult fe-|Adult fe-|Aged fe-

: Short-

male male male eo

Rambi. | Pappan. | Kassar. et

W oFd eae) Aap Pie Pam AG 3) ee ae ee

From the root of the spine to the inferior |

Sule; Sa : srtyntAnis 15) 4 Del ateeales a iieO

From superior to inferior angle, oe ma 5 OD TOS) eee les as

Greatest breadth of scapula, .. . aS Page: mers 00 ee hee ie a

Length of the humerus, sho 4b 2 6 Pee 0G

Circumference of middle oftrunk of humeras oe oO, Dilpae eee 24)

Length of the radius,.. es jot 7 (Ase Ore alone

Length of the ulna, .. ave tv 8S 1b 2 Scone dae ie

Length of the hand,* .. 45 5) LOCES Sia ee oe sy

Length of fore- finger (metacarpal inelnd- 3

edt), ate aie OO a ae yah O

Length of metacarpal ‘of middle finger, be se » 4.0 a »y ro. LS

Length of first phalanx of middle finger,. 2 ss) 2 DR, as

Length of first phalanex of little finger, .. SA apni Die teen los Cau O

Length of the inferior or sacral extremity!

(to the base of the os calcis), oe (hi 9 SN OL Oar, (oso

Length of the femur, 19 LO SA TOL Sale eens OFS 6

Circumference of middle of rank of femur, ie siscs 2 pak sgh sete eggs: tee wker

Length of the fijia, .. ais cdtleg Oe WD Ngee 9 2a lege elles 9 Ounce

Length of the fibula, .. a only 8 4 ley. 8° 7 lg eater a kare ex

Length of the patella, ee oe typ 59) LO) . 39 SUES RRMA: Ulegiee

Breadth of the patella, 44 8 ly3 990 Do hivee seh SA ee sn Tosa

Length of foot,§ ae Ae bolts ysainle 45 ae 3 Ose

Length of the hallux,.. ate a evigna eent : sie yy oe

Length of the next toe, oe esis SO RO é un »» 6.10

Length of first pha/anx of same, ° o/s 4 2 LO. | neue y 2 2

Length of second phalanx of same, ‘ ae tne 72 Ory lo

Length of the little toe, oe waligu ae ao ee ae pe Die O

So many years have now elapsed since the fact of a plurality of

species of this genus was established by Prof. Owen and Sir J.

Brooke, that it cannot but occasion much surprize that the several

species have not by this time been long accurately determined, and

more especially when the greatly increased intercourse with Borneo

is taken into consideration. Yet it seems that no progress whatever

has been made in the enquiry since the publication of Sir J. Brooke’s

letter ; and probably there is no collection yet in Europe, which can

boast of so fine and demonstrative a series of Orang crania as those

which are now figured.

* In Dr. Clarke Abel’s male Pappan, the hand is about 11 in. long.

+ In Abel’s Pappan about 9% in.

t An inch allowed in the second column, and # in. in the third, for the astragalus

and os calcis.

§ In Abel’s Pappan about 13 in.

< age ee ee

Ser lg

pao

Sete

2 Py:

1853.| Description of Mohzarkhala in Western Huzara. 383

Explanation of Plates.

Pl. I, 11.—Skull of Pirnecus Brooker, Bl: P. Wurmbi et P.

Abelii, Owen (though neither the species described by Van Wurmb,

nor that by Dr. Abel, a skull of which is figured in Pl. V, and VI) ;

Mias Rambi, Brooke. Adult male, from Sumatra.

Pl. II, 1V.—Ditto of aged female of the same, from Borneo.

Pl. V, VI.—Ditto of P. satyrrus, (L.), apud Brooke, 8. Miiller,

and others: Mas Pappan, Brooke. Adult female (?), from Borneo.

Pl. VII, VIII.—Ditto of P. morto, Owen: Mias Kassar, Brooke.

Aged female, from Borneo.

Pl. IX, X.—Ditto of P. Ownn1r, Bl. Small Orang with short

fore-arms. Adolescent female. Hab. unknown.

Description of Mohzarkhala in the Kohistan of the Western Huzara,

extracted from the Journal of Mr, A. Garpinuz. By M. P.

Eperwortu, Lsq. B.C. 8.

On the 24th Feb. 1830, Mr. Gardiner started in company with

Therman Shah, chief of the tribe of Khilzye, (a subdivision of the

Huzara tribe Deh Kundi) and his brother, attended by a few fol-

lowers, from Drohu the residence of the chief, in order to visit the

spot called “the buried wealth of Moh” and certain caves in its

neighbourhood.

They first descended about 2000 feet to the bottom of the valley,

and crossed the deep and turbid torrent by means of a rope and

withy bridge. Thence the path ascended north, and then north-

east to the limit of the snow, crossed a bed of snow rather treacherous

to the passenger, and came to a narrow gorge walled in with almost

perpendicular rocks, but 15 to 20 feet wide, and lined with perpetual

snow, on which no sun ever shines. Down this icy-bed the party let

themselves slide as gently as they could in a sitting posture, avoiding

the abrupt termination, out of which gushed a new-born torrent.

Thence by a rocky path they reached an oval basin or small valley

about 900—1000 yards long by 6—800 broad: all sides rapidly

shelving towards the centre which contained a small pool about

150 yards in circumference, the traditional site of Moh’s death,

302

384 Description of Mohzarkhala in Western Huzara. |No. 4,

This tarn is said to be unfathomable, but the most remarkable

circumstance about it, is the bituminous nature of the water and its

nauseously bitter taste. It imparts a stinging sensation to the

naked skin, apparently similar to that felt from bathing in the Dead

Sea. Mr. Gardiner imprudently waded into it, in a vain attempt to

sound it, which he failed in doing with a line of 55 fathoms; and

he suffered for sometime from the effect of the waters on his skin.

Occasionally balls of fire are said to play over the surface, which

is probably owing to the escape of sulphuretted hydrogen gas. The

waters, though intensely cold, have the appearance of ebullition, from

the continual escape of gas. On one side was a deposit of sulphur.

Although fed from a glacier, the pool has no visible outlet, and

is said never to change its level, save once during an earthquake

when it rose several yards above its banks.

Proceeding to the south side of the valley they ascended a mound

of loose debris, and found that the earthquake, that had occurred a

few days before, had blocked up the mouth of two of the three

caverns they went to see. The most westerly of them, however, was

still accessible. The entrance, elevated a few feet above the ground

on the face of a bluff rock, was nearly concealed by a veil of mossy

vegetation fed by springs oozing from the rocks. On further ex-

amination, it proved to be of an irregular oval form, about 33 feet high

by 2+ broad. There were no marks of artificial labour visible on the

rock, which seemed to be porphyritic, dark-red in colour, with black

markings, and of extreme hardness. In position it rests on granite,

and lies below primitive limestone. The glacis below is formed of a

confused mixture of granite, greenstone and limestone.

Lighting their torches of split pine, they entered the cave. The

first adit, for about 75 feet long, gradually enlarged, (they could only

pass in a crouching posture), then it again contracted, but finally

opened into an apartment 20 x 15, and eight feet high in the centre.

At the further end of this room was a rude image in high relief

on a smoothed and squared surface, about 43 feet high. Two short

and thick legs supported a large thick body surmounted by four

extended arms, and two heads rising from one thick neck.

Over the head were some emblems which Mr. Gardiner supposes

to mean the sun and moon, but which, from the sketch he gives, L

1853.| Description of Mohzarkhala in Western Huzara. 385

should rather describe as decrescents, one over the right head

and two over the left. In size, the heads would be better suited to a

colossus of 10 feet. The ears, eyes, nose and even the fingers were

almost worn off. The figure had been originally highly polished ;

now a good deal worn and covered with a green vegetable scum.

The floor of the cave was level, except in one place, about 3 feet

from the idol, where there was a hollow about two yards round. This

was the spot where sacrifices used formerly to be made, and even then

it was found filled with ashes and traces of recent fire.

On either side at about three yards from the great idol, were two

smaller ones, both single-headed and two-armed, but otherwise, in

rudeness and disproportion, resembling the chief idol.

The chief idol was said to represent Moh and his wife Mabiun,

formerly the gods of those regions, and even still reverenced by the

half-converted Musalmans of the country. Noone dares enter the

caves with shoes on, and the marks of recent fire show still stronger

signs of remaining veneration.

The other two caves, whose mouths had been lately blocked up,

were dedicated—one to Sheh or Seh, the destroyer, the other to Zhei,

the god of fire.

About four miles further on, it is said, that there were two other

caves since become inaccessible, dedicated to Hersh and Maul.

At each new moon a fire-offering is made before the cave of Zhei

by some of the Therba tribe, who retain more of paganism than

Islam; and these people reckon their time by moons, instead of

years. |

Descending to the western limit of the valley, the high cliff for

the space of 2 or 300 yards was perforated with small holes, like a

rabbit-warren. This was the site of Moh’s treasure. The holes

are made by the natives digging for it, and they frequently succeed

in finding small beads of gold and stone known by the name of Soly-

mani Dana, or Solomon’s grain. The beads were for the most part

agate or jasper, all more or less corroded and dimmed in colour, as if

by fire; they were all bored. The golden grains had just the ap-

pearance of the little masses of gold which are made by gold-washers

from the first melting of their amalgam and gold-dust ; about the

size of wheat grains.

386 Description of Mohzarkhala in Western Huzara. [No. 4.

This bank consists of a confused mass of boulders, granite, lime-

stone, clay-slate and greenstone, all heaped. upon a thick stratum of

sandstone of varying quality, some argillaceous, some ferriferous of a

deep red colour, and with some traces of lignite, alum earth and iron-

pyrites. In this sandstone are the holes where the beads are found.

There are also found pieces of broken pottery in the neighbour-

hood and among the debris. Mr. Gardiner concludes that the tarn

is the crater of an extinct voleano, and that former eruptions with

earthquakes demolished some ancient place of abode.

The following is the legend of Moh. Moh created the earth, and

his wife Mabtin created the wilderness. From them sprung the

first giant race. They slept alternately for 999 moons and reigned

450,000 moons. After this period three sons rebelled, viz. Sheh the

life-destroyer, Zhei the fire-god, and Maul the earth-quaker, and by

their combined efforts Moh was buried beneath the mountains. Con-

fusion lasted 5000 moons—after which the three victors retired each

to his own region for 10,000 moons.

Maul was lost in darkness of his own creating. Sheh fled with

his family towards the sun, which so much enraged Zhei, that he

caused fire to spread over the earth; this was quenched by the

spirit of Maébin, but not till the whole giant race was destroyed

and the earth remained a desert for 3000 moons. Then Hersh and

Lethram, originally slaves of Moh and great magicians, emerged from

the north, and settled in these mountains. By some Lethram is

considered as the incarnate spirit of Mabtin and the Queen to whom

Hersh was vizier. Hersh had three sons Uz, Muz and All.* These

he left in charge of all their families, while with a large army he

travelled toward the sun in pursuit of Sheh, who was supposed to be

still living.

So the three sons of Hersh and their descendants reigned happily

for 18,000 moons till Khoor (Cyrus ?) invaded and conquered the

country; but after many years’ struggle they expelled the invader

and retained the name Khoorkush (Cyrus-killer), now Khirghiz.

The descendants of Hersh continued to reign for 10,000 moons more

till Khoondroo (Alexander ?) invaded the country, after which no

separate legend of them seems to be recollected.

* Whose names seem retained in the Uztagh, Muztagh and Altai mountains,

1853. | Contributions to the Statistics of Bengal. 387

Contributions to the Statistics of Bengal,—Income, Expenditure and

Food.—By J. R. Bepvrorn, Esq. Bengal Medical Staff:

The relation between income and expenditure existing in any

given community, affords a fair index to the soundness of its condi-

tion, and general prosperity. Ifthe average rate of labour be such

as to provide all able-bodied men and their families with a suffi-

ciency of food, clothing and shelter, it must be conceded that such a

population is in the possession of some of the primary, if not most

important, elements of happiness, as applicable to a certain stage of

civilization.

It has been, and is, the custom to represent the peasant-inhabitant

of Bengal as weighed down by the pressure of land taxation to a.

point at which he can barely support life. That great suffering

occasionally arises from the local deficiency of the staple article of

food, must be conceded, but such is due to imperfect means of

intercommunication, rather than inability to meet its average cost.

As far as my own experience goes, the average income of the Bengal

peasantry, by which term I desire to express, small landed proprie-

tors, day-labourers, and the general mass of the people, suffices for

all the necessary outlay of their position. It 1s an incontrovertible

fact that debt largely prevails, but this would appear to be due

rather to the enormous rate of interest which is taken and the

comparatively excessive sums lavished on occasional ceremonies, than

upon any actual necessity, in regard to the necessaries of life.

Desirous of attempting some analysis of the condition of the peo-

ple, I constructed the following Table when in charge of the Civil

Station of Chittagong. The subjects of inquiry were, patients attend-

ing the Dispensary. Their ailments were first attended to, and the

facts tabulated below, obtained by inquiry immediately afterwards,

through the zealous assistance of Babu Buddinath Brimo, the Sub-

Assistant Surgeon.

They are not offered as absolute truths. Those who have had

any practical experience of the great difficulty of making statistical

inquiries in Bengal, will fully understand how far they may deviate

from correctness. But examining the facts here noted seriatim,

388 Contributions to the Statistics of Bengal. [No. 4.

I think sufficient intrinsic evidence of their reliability will be found

to confer upon them the character of approximate truths. The

Table comprehends every ordinary item of expenditure, except

that incurred on account of live-stock, which has been accidentally

omitted, and the probable amount of which must of course be deduct-

ed from the balance when in favour.

With the view of rendering the questions and consequent infor-

mation as clear as possible, it was agreed that the inquiry should

embrace the condition of its subjects during the past twelve months

only.

[See Tapte A. |

The above Table speaks for itself. To compute the mean of each

item of expenditure would be useless labour. It may be remarked,

however, that according to column 38, out of the one hundred men

subjected to examination, seventy-seven were married, out of which

number only four had more than one wife. By summing up column

4 we obtain a total of one hundred and twenty-one children or only

1.57 per marriage. This appears a very small number, but the source

of error is difficult to detect, as all children of whatever age living

in the house, must have been included.

The mean wages of the husbands amount to Co.’s Rs. 3-3-5,

whilst those of the wives are 3as. lp.; Columns 12 and 13 show us

that whilst by far the largest proportion of the sums devoted to food

is spent in rice, dhal is consumed in very small quantity. The

outlay on salt exhibits a large figure in column 14, whilst col. 29

was formed with the view of ascertaining whether they obtained a

sufficiency of this important condiment, Fish, as might naturally

be expected at a sea-port, is universally consumed in preference to

the meat, which constitutes a part of the Musulman’s diet in the

more inland districts. The outlay on fuel (column 20) is very small

and by no means general. This circumstance is probably due to

its having been procured for the most part by the hand-labour of

some portion of the family. The almost universal use of tobacco

and the proportionate sum devoted to it, bear an important relation

to the fact of this necessary of life to a Bengali having been lately

prohibited in our jails, as a too luxurious source of enjoyment.

389

Tanre A.

Table exhibiting the monthly income and expenditure of 100 Families in Zillah Chittagong, Bengal, 1849. In Rupees, Annas and Pie.

Is supply of salt

sufficient ?

Ditto,

Ditto.

Balance.

9) Ditto.

8) Ditto.

0} Ditto,

6} Ditto.

6) Ditto,

0} Ditto,

10 6) Ditto,

RABotT EBON FST eNO To aMHGqaAAaaaMS

PonglonsordotsaawoNon toons nw SASSO AP MOONS MARANA

= *

Total.

SOS SOD DOOD OOOO 109 ODDO ODOT SIDES SIA IM D/Dicd/s9j iSO js

ADSOANA NaH TH MASCMONNOCOA NH TDOMASONAOANMBAIGSSN A KOs OS

AOD DS 60 OM TN HON 2D DI 1 ND DD HH 8D END OY 1D AN aH 0 OD DY 8 OD

Land.

SAITO OOS SOS OMS S10 OS OS OS SSO OS SSS) OSS SI SIS ISIS S

SOSCSOH HAM WO SAS RW OASANOTWOSSONBSHSSSONAS MANNS SAA SOON

SSO =On SoD ORN SSO SOS OOO OONNS OSC OO SOO SSS SSeS SeSS SSS o SSS S°C°SD

Rent of | Rent of

House.

So Noo Cw USO SOS oS So Soo OO OS OSS oS Spo oe oOo SISjS jo SISISIOO/S

Ss oncom SSS OS CH ORR OOH ONN SSeS So SORA RAMS SOA MAMAN SSN

esoesososesosesosospseSesoSoSoSoSCoOSoCC SSS SSC eo SED SeSoSSsoSoSseSSSesSoSe

School-

ing.

Clothing,

SoccoS oS Soo SoS Soo Solo pC So CCC oS oS SS So >So o> >>> >So >> >> >>

RONAN TN AMM MABONHTOAAKMADHOHR ROOMS NATTAHOMAAMH EAT

SsesosososssosssosocesoSoooNS OSC OS oS SSeS Sosa SoS Se eSSoSSSeSo

22)

Oil.

SoS OV POS oo SoS Soo So OOD oS SD OCD SOO oS OO DOD OO oO SCS SS )S)> SSIS

PANASH OR ARR ROR NRHN DONA HDR ROA ORAM ON THO HSS

eososscosesoooSe soso soSCSCSoOOO OOOO COS OS OC OOOO SOO OOS OSS SS

Tobacco.

DOD OOOO SSIS OOOO SO S/S S10 010 OO OOS Sco SISOS OS SOOO DISIO|O So) >

NARA ROR OANRANHDONA NR DOORN MOANADACHOARASCAMAATAND

esssoosososcossosoessocessooSeS Sooo Se Ooo Oe SoS SS SSS SoS SoS SSoSo

Fuel.

o> = o> coo> rT) S soo

tea lew cb iii i ie ttt tome

o oo ° oss

Monthly expenditure of whole Family.

Milk.

Oia Sat) 0 BO GUNhO OC Son IC- yi ei sno eer ts

° coo °o

SoS S oo om op SSS SOS Doo S OSS OSS SSDS OOD oO SP OS SSIS SIO SO SISISISIS

DADE OOMAADAANHH ATO HOAAMAAAATAATONANAATATMANCITA TS

sossoesosssossssososoSpSsoSoS Soo S OSS OSC SO OS SOS OS SSO SSS SSSSSS

Sess oSc esos sos Soo SoS Soo Soo SS SoS eS So So mo Sco SSS SS SS SoS FS)>

DOD MHD DDD AANA HE SOB WAN THAN NMA TAAA HOO AN em

sesessosososesssesssossesscoseesoSossoesssosesSesoSsoseosssoS

SS SoS SoS SSS SOS OS OSS SOS OS OD OO OS OO OOS SOO OOS OSC OO CICS S50

ADAAKAAHHANDADSONAD TOME MDONSOHAAAHONNANSCMSONSOHOONONS

eossssososoososonns oon oScsooNnSco SS SSS SCO S SSS OSNS SSeS OSSoS

Salt,

Soos Scoop o coop ooo oC OCC OS OOOO SOOO Oo OOOO OOS SSS ODO SSO SCO =

COED HIND MAAANAANAARAN AHH ANAAANAAHACANTDAANAAAAWAN a

esooossooscesooSoSpo SoC OSD SOO OOO oO OOS OOS OSD OSS SSS SoD SSSSCo

Dhal.

So SS SoSSeSSsoSeo SoS Oo SoS Soo Sooo Ss SOD OS So ODO oD ONS SD OOO SSS OSS

FINRA SRS MM SSSHSSSONASCCH SOON MSO SOON NAH HHS SON NHSSSSOOOMNS

essesssssossssssessosooSe So os COS SOS OO OS OOS OS OS OOOO SSSooSoS

Rice.

R. A. PR. A. PR. A. P.JR. A. P.JR. A, P.JR. A. PR. A. PIR. A, BIR. A P.JR. A. PIR. A. P.JR. A. RJR. A. PIR. A. PIR. A. PIR. A. PIR. A. P.

Sssssss os oss ses SSeS SSeS sess s os oes oe sssesesesssosssssee

WMDONDBSSHONNHSSSHSSSS SSO DOMDHOSSOSSNSSONSTNOSNHSSSSONS

AANA AANA NAN NR NON RSA

No. of

livestock.

: a 888 5 3 G2 eo

E eB Bes B 1S e BE e E

5. 5 eo9 ph Be ooG oh go eo9 afk $.25:5-6::

3: Sri 3§s8isG Siri si§ 28 96 Sy

a 0 aoa a

2 Cows.

aaa Coe aa 2 8

Total.

SoSoMoScopoSoSo DOSS ACC oo C OCS OSC OOS So SoD OS OS ooo SOS SSS SS oS Ss >>

SHANANMSONDNSOSSSSONSHOSSCONMOMSODSONSCONDHAWTASDA-SCOMMDMONDS

ABA HD HD 109 9 DDN ODI ND OF 11D OD HED CD OD HH ID HN OID 8D CO ND

Monthly

SSCs SoCo SS Sooo SSSo MoS SCO COS SOS SOO OS SDS MSS OO SOS SoS Oso OSS

SonmSnsocamaoIrmesSssoas Soon MOSS SSCS SONOMA AADSOMHENOSSSS

SSosAAsnSSssonsoSOoSSODONNSNH SOOO SON OOO SOOM OOO SOS SoH SOONSS

Income per Month,

Other

of family.| of Lund.

Members| produce

So So ooo SsS Sse esos OSS CoD SoS oS Oo So Se OS OO OS OO SD OS SSE SSeS SoS

SNwesoomnsooNemossoNnSSSS SoCo SSC OMS OOMOOHMOS SOOO ROS OMNSSOOS

SSMSSSSSONSSSS TOSSSOHMONACNOSH NH OON SH OOSOHSOMSHSANSSSOS

Wife.

SSIS a)

SMSOAMONSTANMANSSSNSOHSONSSONOOHOSSNASOMSSOHMONSSSONMSSOATSSO

esoosososssenSoSsensasecoSs OCOD OS OSS OO eS SOS OOO SS OS SSSSo55

Husband.

SocscoscoSoSoSoSoSsoSoScSoooSc oOo S SO OSS SS oS oS DoS SS Soo oS oS S oo

SesososS smo SNsSoSooONSOSO NMOS HOSSSSOSSONSSSO SSS OS OSONSNH SONS

WD ARANDA ADAAHOADANABHAAAAAOMMA NAM HAMAANDM ANNA AAAo Ho

No. of

NOVS SOTO AMOS FAA Naa SOM SNM MSS OTIS MOM MOS RODS

S\a|R. A. P.|R. A, P.JR. A. PIR. A. PIR. A. P.

Sle IS ea)

()

]

Ryot.

Bhisty.

Rope-maker|

Chowkidar.

Shopkeeper.

Priest.

Ryot.

Ditto.

Ryot.

Burcundaz.

Ryot.

Ditto.

Burkundaz.

Boatman.

Servant.

Ryot.

Fisherman,

Shopkeeper.

*aysug |

. |Bricklayer.

. |Chowkidar,

. |Servant.

M. |Cooly.

lz,

. |Servant.

M. |Shopkeeper

M. |Syce.

M. |Ryot.

Name.

ally, ..

Sooker Mahomed,

Abdool ally, .

Mahomed Hossen,

Rohownt olla,

Suffer ally, .

Noor Mahomed,

Abdoolgooney,

|Mahomed Cassim,

Fakir Mahome:

Rohomut ally,

Woomed ally, .

‘Annu, -

Nazam ally,

Hassan ally,

Fattey ally,

‘Toofan ally,.

Muittey jan,.

|Hassen beck, .

Latuah, ..

Samud ally,

Cally Do

Sookloll,

Acbur ally

Hasseneah,

Hamza, ..

Abdool ally, .

‘Teluck, -»-

Dyan ally, .

Azgur ally, .

Magua ally,

(Cassim ally,

Amud ally, «

15)Ahamud ally, .

30)Muaddunneah

35|Samud ally,

35\Tazu,

20)

* Balance aguinst.

390

* Balauce against.

A ||

2 | SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSESSSSSSES .,SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSs

= SESSSSSSS SLL SLL SSL LLLLSSS LL SEs PELLPSLPLSLSSLSSSzL2=

3 | RPARaaaaAAAARAARAR AAA AA aR AAAAA aA AAAaaAaAAARaAAaR aa gaa

a * *

= = SaeoecooooSe ooo SsescoscsSoooooScooomoOmMSOmMDooSeOoUSoSoS

3 |e

2) PSI 5 oe “ ~ S

EA E|g| "Qeqenots tags t inwoseonnaaengadaNgodmoDDODAIIINSSS

Bleu| ascoonnos ano SoSH McomocOnNS OS ONAMOOMNSSONNOOHS

a SMOBSOSSSSSSSSSSSSSS SSS SSsssososoomMoOonscooonmnooumeowooe

~[o

= . oa Onn An = SSNSSANNSVMMHNDOTSOMO

S Bla] eerognomononotanouaataaansnoezasonoon 59.60 199

iI 3 MAADAAADAAMOMAAHMMASDAADOMMHHOMMAMOMKEANMAIHANH AHA

7) peeweceoes Sco ScoussoooSsoseooo como 55 4 soossoss

“ a

oe sel a BOSSSANSD iw SO TASANISSM MHD MD TOWNS INS tin Deen

a 25

B2|3| ceacencona one cossenscoenconscs Hoon SO & anoosese

| ea seo o5 CSS Boon ooSUSooSUS oso UnSSDUSSSoSSoSSSoSSse=

“~ om

a Bil b BS FOR tae Tat POR OH ORR ORR ROR AMMHONACH NDNA AR AANRRAS

fe Sela

ES ro

Hel ||5|| oo S50 60 G50 SDSDSSSoSOSSSoSSSSoDSSOSSOSSDgSoS0005

Balls BRBSSSIILAASSSSSSISSS SSS IRS RRS SSSR RS Ee 8 8

mS a fe\<

3 a Ws

= a | DS SSS SSS SSS5 0565555559555 5555555555 5555555555 ES55555

dS bo | Ay

= La Ee | mt ROOM MAM HHA HANSON DO He WOH HHH OL OI O69 oo His Hal cH oN cH Hen

g| 4 =

5 BY = || cd

iS) BS Zl: SSDS S0NSOSOSSSSSSSS000SDSC0OSSoNOOS SOOO DOC ODOSSoCOCS

> 5 ite

l = Ss weooooooS Soo SOCOS OOS SSS C=>C0o> pos ooo oS Sooo SoSeSS>

= || 3 F P :

Ql la BG] aaa noo TAN TON A NOM FI OC AIO ee

2 |X 4

zie OI 5 || csosessos sos assossasane SSSe5 SooSSSSrosSoSoSSs

i ze Sa | 1S eccre coceecsecSo oo cos oSoSeSooSoSpSSeDoooSceSs, oS 5s sSSss

- g . .

A 2 lh 2] 4] 3 iananma AHI AMINA ANNE WEA TOW In lame

=|. |a 2 |<

N | 2 ly o ScoSccoSC OSD OOS OSSD Oo S OSC COC OCOS DS OOSSD05 HO 6 ooo5S

g| 3 > > o° = S = 2 = >

$8 5 5 |= : Q0 ADDED FORD DG Ago OO: OF800 Onn -O-D-g-0

Bi z|. Dita tac BRIMDASIMHESSSSEIMBSHSSHS RRA 888088 8 8a 88

S&S E|<

Rs 3 © on ° ° ° @ aie) se

e}/ 3

|) & , |= eo 2 Sop 89092 0R Rn ED E9 SHO Do

S 41 SBRESSRR3RRB BEESSLEASRERRBRERSABASRE 892 S988 a8

.| $ |e el || a 888888

g rl Hl oa

y i:

ge a) oo coS Soe ooo o ssc ccesoesecos sao oS SS SS S55 SSOSSSSSSSS

os ks 23 4 AUC OD HEA KO HOO NOOSA OO UAH OMONNSCHMANATOOE

2 oS

= PBl5| coscoscscososcooc oso soc coo ccoos soos nooo noSccccoes

& SeSe sooo coo o So SoS SSS oS SSS 55550 USD oS So nSSSSSSSsssse

a a

Ss s BEE [a] eaaanacmocnmomamMaAM ADAM HOME HONOMI MDA HOON NOHO

Ss S| | cososescescooscousc9Scs9000559005 0050555555 5655550C5

= |= F F 2

iS is H\lg|) RBS8RSSSIBSBSsALssReeseegasese BRBSRRSREBeeaERs

S J Ss

iS ali

= a | Seales sesso sees ses SS SS SSS 5555555 SSS SSSSSSSSSSS

N la 4\o AKSHATKOHAKOWAMD HHH AI DSHOOMODNAKNIAH | latnoMmAadnornna

& rl co essseoseseossoosesoseseoscososcooososososcososososocse ecssesoooosoosososco

& Al | PODS ee oe Oe SO SS SSS SO Soo SOS SSS SSS SESSSSSSSSSSSSSS

BS Ls Bla] ancatnsmcnnSnnaeanIOOMBoTIAHOAAAANO MAA eee wa

oS a 3 gococoecosooooooSeSsoSSoseoSocoCooSo Soo SCC OS oC OSGeo Ooo oO OOO OS

S S18 Ssee Ss S S Ssso5 so sss

S :9 Zla Ts) clawed Seq: 2 Steals sa sss temo s det: Sa 8 88888

Ss Fe = |<

= Gls ccoo Oo ° ° ccos0 © 25 0°

= TT

= By Be CR BODSCCON MBO DEN DOMDDEDDODSO>S>ODS>ONS>5C0mNSNZOOOD

= 3 Ss

& | SAAR on AAA AAA OOM SUA

= = 4 aa ao ai iO aaa ra a ow aa - oa ou GO o og a A

= os6 EE EE EE BEE BEE EE gE Ee BE ESE E EE EB [3

8 =| 2 35 (36 SG (G68 § 3B88 368 68S 65 7.85 Sb As oh 09090 065 06 of o

2 So STS TST) "OOM “O00 * "O00 160 "00 +5 '00 SIIOEG) ¥H 99790 VSS GS} Ys} 5

S As Hie NM Aad asa wan wo no a AN waaA a aa a 4

& eI —

8 rs SSS SSeS Sos Ssss Ss osoo sco =SSos cco S boobs CoS SSS SOOESS

tS S Z| 4] Sect ocgmtats tees ana ron amonn eNONSNO DONO HNCOnS

= Sl | seamennmonan naan menasat+oonmandanannnusawaaaoon

S a pega Sa) Sarr) oo oe = SoC CC Oo ooo So CCCo, oS

=| 3 233 : ain 9 pio muar nes 5 a 0 2 cai. me

a} 2 le Bea) 4] ot tet te iso tt tm toa loa i tononce imemiiim imane tat:

s| s esa] S a 4 = ae

S fe

= = SSeS) || —-m on aa sco oo ao aM Mam oMme moe Oo nROoOm o

=| 2 Se) SS ==— 95>) 55 S55 sass acc S = So5

S| 2 5 5 ere 90 ; 2 9 ° 6 Seo one Doo o

RS Blo S28) 5 Oe 22 6 DION PIS 8 HIDG BIOS Gon BBE RRB BE 8S SB EE eS SHoK,

eS] § Ces |S 2 3 = Pee

S| = selel a 2 No oa a aa aaa ao ° cS =a0

S a > SS sooo oS SSS S_oBboosS S co oo

lay oS . oe so . woe se . 90 ao 0 . Qo .0 . .

& Re g 4 S22) Slog 2 Voc) SHWey #2 Sow 3 clea Sey Scie 3 to Smomaem 32 fe Tow f faa

a © ©5695 8S ago 6 m conoc0 ° eo 00

Bla) CPSs Sas eee See oe SScesoscos 55 SsoSSSoSSSSSSSSS

ey Bld] emocoscomwoccowsoSomomemomsons 1o0 1omomoocomonooon

lal Sarma Gea OC OA OITAMISOOSAGAGA GO Gmmocosnese

Se iS T lst OO Ot eo cs PAA aaa. Tee SGIao So ae 4

Bal TSS sas Si ei a) Sa

Basle Cee eo TT SSS ==As =a

| Als = 5

Ls BH a O : 20 ais ll rancial :

aghE et asgs PANS sSe So 9H isuq oH Sanh «eS pQann a

| esebereess sesesssesesisiPiczesieesishssss

Seeesi35=8 SACRO CBSE SS SESS ase esol geese ss

eomoara rao OR QOPASOROO HA HARE OSAIOSARaSSoAaa

E, “ying | Siena =f fen feline lif le torino per ier era or fe PPP

aan ir FI AR AAA AAA eae ee ane e a mms

: 75 g 5 Thon ao anaes 5

on B 3 Sia: 5

or a i A 5

3 5 Soy ood oS oho A Sy a = .

a0 2 maahy a L's (3¢e DPesesei it Ses cin eS 8 = ig2 sgt

EI | 3228255 ifsce ses Besse (SSSSSR ssi Sei ties se!

zoe Sees ass S930 ssagees cssea: Aeneas

cs ERSfS2s PESs oe aS ETS Bectes Sele Sescee 2tesses 5

SPSaE Ss fost Peal as Se ERSesgE PS ash 242 8st ese Ss Ss GI

SESESSSSSESSELSES SEESESISS SES SO eC SESS fas=og

Bee sseseeeesessan SSfen asses eres sa gEsreseyseses

emcg i oS Baceac Seabee Sse Se SzSssa=z

Be: = Ame son SR OFACA ARE RRMA AA AR Aeamoeesouse

| 3 = Ss S

100

1853. | Contributions to the Statistics of Bengal. 391

The absence of all entry under the head of “ schooling’’ (column

24,) would not imply the entire absence of education, as such may

have been paid for inkind. Column 28 exhibits the balance for,

or against. When the latter occurs, it is shewn by asterisks, but,

according to the Table, this unfavourable condition only existed

in eight cases out of the hundred.

The sums contained in this Balance Column, however, it must be

remembered are still chargeable with the heavy demands consequent

upon pujas, Marriage and Burial ceremonies, as well as the possible

interest of debts. It is to be regretted that I did not ascertain the

current outlay due to the latter. Putting debt aside, however, which

ought to form but an unimportant item in a healthy state of society,

the foregoing Table offers a favourable view of the resources, and ad-

aptations of income to expenditure in a native of Bengal.

Having thus endeavoured to determine the average income and

expenditure of one hundred families, who may be regarded as types

of the great mass of the inhabitants of Bengal, it became a point of

interest to ascertain the actual quantity and quality of food consumed

daily by the same class. No opportunity for effecting this inquiry

occurred during my subsequent stay at Chittagone. As soon as I

became sufficiently acquainted with Rajeshye, however, I put it in

operation. Forms of inquiry regarding the separate daily consump-

tion of food of twenty men were accordingly placed in the hands of

six Darogahs attached to the same number of separate Thannahs of

Rajeshye. These were accompanied by full instructions to the effect

that twenty inhabitants of the nearest village should be individually

and separately questioned as to the amount and kind of food daily

consumed by each. On my receipt of these detailed tables the

Totals for every five men were tabulated as below, and from their

total again the mean quantity was computed. The fact of six returns,

made by as many separate inquiries, differing so little from each

other in mean results, and approximating so closely to the table

formed by myself, on which I bestowed considerable care, gives them

a claim to reliability which in the absence of such checks they would

have failed to possess.

[No. 4.

Contributions to the Statistics of Bengal.

392

a ee SS Le ee a ae ee ee

@ GLli%@ 0 0

00 0; @ it

0000 6 0

00010 ¢ O

0-0-0 6-0

0008 0 0

000€6 € O

0-0-0 ic -¥ 0

| “O° -s >| ‘oO 'S

s e

al Il

i=)

mcosesesse >)

geesessSe =)

“ANAL

PoosoSeSsiwyo

€ § l

GG I

c 92 10

0 OLO|l

0 dlOoil

0 0 610

0 FP LIG

Of o-. Lat

‘y 0 "sy

Fa?)

4°)

0010 00/0 t 0

8 010 0 0)0 0 0

1 010 0 0|0 0 O

16/0 0 0'0 0 O

1010 0010 0 0

Z@ 010 0 0/0 0 O

I 010 0 0/0 0 O

‘0 S| ‘0 UShlee|e ess

on 7:

= g B

@ 7 ;

8 ps 9

2 00/0 %

rer te L

0% 08 F

06 0/0

E200 lie %

0 1 010 %

S60 0 Oy ¥

I ¢ 0 ¢

PO 0 | en 0

oie

= 2,

g v

*s}ohyy Oopurzy Aq Ajlep pouinsuod pooy jo purty pue Ayyuenb [80],

gress

Loa)

—_

—

Conroto

woooesoeo

—

gf 01d HID OO

201

‘UvWE YORd LO} SURO seq!

——=—

“R10,

et eee eee

ooese See

ee +e ‘yeoj00g “og

“epang vay

“e ‘AIVSBPOH

‘asunssourqoyq

ae ‘a10ue |,

‘yeajneg

ee ee ee ee

ee ee ee Ge EE See

‘apew sem Arnbut

YoIys 7e s9a}ByH pus svuueyy jo sawenyy

—_ ‘Aanbur o} poyool | UD 1D 1D 1 1 1D

-qus uaut jo ‘ON |

‘spyony puo syongqrya ‘suaas “qybiam wyogny UT "| '°N “CSST “YT fo

yquony ayn us ‘ahyoysiny yz wy usm ynpp fo sassnjg wnofha Mwp paunsuoo poo fo hayunnb abousan ayn bumayy

‘gq TIAVy,

1853.]

Contributions to the Statistics of Bengal.

i) ~

= =!

S (==)

5 =

jo)

> for)

fe)

inal

is fo)

Fe!

f=}

je)

°o

ie} tf

23)

Rene

°o

"2 ie)

(=)

=| Ye)

iS) ~

‘nop, | so OO o|a

| BRORNNON Sia

19 | stooawalalo

| hOSOSOSO I~ 10

pucoooss sys

‘ny | seoooocolol-

| wo2oCoSS ojo

pucCSSSSn aA

“ajquiaaa, | GNFTOSE’W | | on

"a0idg STASI lox lo

Weer Ne il a

Beseeoee johc

bP ~oCScooo yo sa

“seTH | seooescsese lo lo

| JeESCOSOSO|;O|SO

pacooscosoysolsse

‘yg | SOCCOCSO lo!

j gOOOSCO

naaoocooc> am [°c

| nao ae es ae te) }°o

| woosooo yo (7

201] esata

yidOwiore | |

3 | e@ e8@»© ©& © @ 8 i e

iS oS

= | 1s |

S sce all ;

n | |

2 :

wy |

he | eer | |

Og |<

TH ie

nN ae Sask Pep ert ae

es IS

fox} ples! nm } %

as Oo. i

so 9 SED Sm 1S

ae = op ES | ow

= bo -58 i =

l=) a ma vo Oo

en Be Gs |

n aoekas S

= DH S WD |

x=} Sq ots . | =

a Salo 9o 3S

cafe oloy=’ 1a

_ ‘“Aambur oj payaal | Bk |

-qns ual jo ‘ON | | |

393

394

TasBLE D.

Contributions to the Statistics of Bengal.

ROC eSe oe

i eS

Zooooso

| ~oooose

——

nooocecoeo

a se

2; 113 0

wooscoon

a ‘a1gMeZEIKE) GOTO HS

0.10. 0-7-3 9-00.20) 1300 nil)

00-750 73 13) 0-1 0100 0

co "Ushi gOoCoooe

nooococos

0/0 0 O

Ye) “ayes 2 WARM NW oO

noCcedcsao

7 9\-0--0 010% O20

SSIS on

Total quantity and kind of food consumed daily by Hindoo Coolies.

yma AS Re

woocooe

“ Pilsia> ye)

or) ay | 2 S23

ZW OwW

inquiry was made,

aneegunge,

Names of Thannas and Ghatees at which

gary,

mr ee wr ee ee

Bauleah,

Tanore,

Bhob

Goda

Ghatee Surda

Do. Pooteah,

—

*Aamnbut 07 payoal

-qns uaul jo ‘ON

Total,«. }92 150)..8 0, 2) 2)

ae eee _—__—_— a ee

rrr aes a ee se ee Ge a ee | ———_- = - +

] 1.9) 0-4 Bee 03 n0 1

’

Daily means for each man

399

*j99q-MOX) SI ‘Y RITZ sty} UL suBUI|HsOOTY OY) Aq pownsuod Ajje1auss yoy] YT, “poureyqo useq aAvY SUBAT OY] MOY MOYS JOEABMOY

[[[4 9TqeT, ey} 0) papuedde ajou ayy, “3NoIyIp sawo0d9eq snty} uondwasuos Ajiep Suimeays a[qvy, B Ul UOIAasuI ey) pus “A;|/BUOISBI00 Ajuo pauins

-U00 Zu1aq £0} podajod ULd1OY} POO] JO $9[012B 94} JO BoUaNbasuod Ul paT[YyUN io] ae OL pus L ‘Q SUUIN]OT) ~payIWO 1B sUOIOBIJ |[wUUS ,,SUBIUL ,,

pue ,s|BIOL, ,, SUNR[NI[Vo UT *Se1qBp popeiep ay} SurdueduOIde SpUsMIE}BIS WOIJ POAWOP OdB ALI, Puw yeoyy ‘ysty jO sonnuvnb uvow oy] x

au Ue Siete 0 030 Sl 07) S051 OG. 0. 0210.10: |G 0-0 G26 0.10 (c- t S see ‘ueU youre 1oy suvaut AyIeC

8 | Ce —— ———__ | —-— oO mm Oe eee OO OO

= O 0-010 © L070 0 Ge SS 971 8 01050 01020 O | -2 Ti1Ge 2 0-11 €e os "8301,

RQ OOO + 0s10"' ax 0102 Six TlG--e 0108-010 - #0810" SO ST 00 6S aes oe en eed ‘od g

Se SOO 0 0 SOO 60. 0 (GLOW OT Told 40..040-90 041 eA 0OF I Molar LOS FS a a” apa eee” o

S Gn0n0 16 & 0-00 0 1 ORO (0 6.6100 0:0 0 02 60/0 18 V0. % oe oct ee

- 050-0 6 @ 0F0 20-010 05% 10-1 G710770" 0410+ 0 07/0" SV 070 OY G0" OFS bee roe Rett SEER SP | ¢

aR) 000'%200 0 0/0 OLO|t t 00 00/0 00% @ 0/09 O00 O ee ge Se See oe ere S

= 0 0:0) 16 9 20510--0 0 108 Se Tt 1+041070° 0-04 0" OF 099" OF 08 S~ 1710" oe ¢ = es tigte s Sc, 2 Ue eee G

S *¥ La) "S ‘yf ‘2 °S ‘yf 9 °S >| "9 °S yf "9 °5 . a) 'S y 0) “s | 74) "S "9° °S y 9) 'S

% 4 ° = < a) iS fe a s) by a

i) ESO piel cere ienee || evar gh Mi Se: Beda ne) 921 8 s¢

aS ° = 4 ° © a ef

~% — So

S 2 ‘ape sem Aainbut =5

‘Ss Yoryas 4B saaqeyH pus seuuvyy jo saueny| 2 ©

S ae

=~ oles

eS al iat ol 6 8 L 9 ¢ v v S T

*sal[00d) UBWI[NSOO]]

ee ee

‘q avy,

1853.]

396 Contributions to the Statistics of Bengal. [No. 4.

I am not disposed to place any great faith in the statistical accu-

racy of the Darogahs, but the fact of the totals from separate

Thannahs of the district, between the officers of which no intercom-

munication on the subject is at all likely to have taken place, exhibit-

ing no great discrepancy, is intrinsic evidence in favour of the average

arrived at, being a fair exposition of the daily food of the people.

With the view of correcting any inaccuracy, however, which might

arise from careless inquiry, I personally instituted a similar one

amongst twenty men in the Sudder Sation, which I give in detail in

the following Tables.

.S Pag OS On OO OS” Oey a “4 oO}

Sa Se yp]o6 CSCC oo oOo oO Oo o |< ~

o s | :

rs 6 a OC LOTS "SC Vo. o ere eto. ~

8 = ae. ck RC, es eS ie a)

| ye

or 3 = = = oO (js) =| (=>) = =) ~ (a)

= & 5e 4 © 8° 6"SO © © © SOS HemeIe °

SE E oc SC. oo So. So ome sie °

S =r |S II 5 2 US OO Oo © Ola TS a

Ss 2 Pe 2.5 6S) © 1c © ee eile i °

= = ju CCC CoO SCO SS SYS aq

i eae — ee @ ; a + =a aw at n 1

> 3 |? a1qRI900A | © a re -

wae Bre SON O. Ou | Ou emmemice o

fo}

es fat oS. SNS So mulemmaier jarce

Gee oo SS SONS. So) 6: |S -Sehvemwerre °

a SS eS 9S Se.o) oS S

ae ED aaa! “wont | 3 Yagowreanrww+wwat ata =| oo

ork

ges Be S, S)1e 6) oe So ereie ion jie

S's 2 on ce Onen oo. Serra °

SHS

MQ jo ‘yi | Sata Os es = | a

Sg BS 2 OS Oo Re) SO Sire Mo howl ie

a my ek” CM A AN fa AN a Oo A oO

°~s

2s (es

<8 Non) "1[kS oe Seas oS) OT SO Soe at OLS th Oo

SAS os eee SS ome 2. (Dp ojo | °

o am | SS 3a Spe sor So (Soro ai) °

> S | yeuq |; 3 SO SP SOR SD CO) sh RS cece ~

3S a=]

= = Paerve (SOs ONS OF tots fe | °

: z os Sic S ioe: eo Sigone al “

a ‘ogi éd OC OC ¥ Sect, (On one a on

=> . ie a ec oe ae oe ed

-S faa a)

Ss - ms a)

SS) — oe ~~ 0 © ) Seis

~ soquiay | ih: e o 15 |'33

7) i FE IOg

397

Ost 2 0 0 0 Tt O S10 ee Oe 020 0= 1-0 I 0 0 G eG 0 10 ee Re

[Leg

000 09 0 000 c. Onl ee oe) 0 0 0 0=0=0 © 2 20 0 OL T 0 ZL 8 [B10

00 0 Z 0 0 0 F O 0: £0 LO 0 00 0 O=1s0 I 00 020 0 OLO OL

= 2.070 too 08 0 OG" 0 0 20 00 0 02 0 1 0 0 0 F O 06 6

Re 000 @ 0 0 000 0T O I 0 0 000 9 1 0 710" 20 020 0 210 8

00 620.0 080 020 02% 0 O16 0 10° 40 l-o=0 O s06. 400 1 L

(A)

‘S000 C50 <0 08 0 0 1 0 I 0 0 0:6_0 @ LO 2 0 0 OF -0 oot 9

= 020 2 0 0 0% 0 ¢ 1 0 2 0 0 0-050 |} 0-T30-- ie 00 OS > 0": 7] Urero ¢

= 000 G00 080 020 2 0 0 0+ 0 0 2 0 t 0 <0 0-2 0 O01 F

3h 0-0 Gt 20 080 020 6 Eo 000 0¢ 0 Z 0 0 0+ 0 001 e

iss}

ae 0s 0 2 0 0 000 0 20 2 0 0 0 F 0 0+ 0 (f% 0 0 020 0-01 z

=. <0) 0250 E2140 0 1 0 OF es 0 ir. 10° 8 0% 0 0 Fr 0 20 0 06: O 200 I

SS | ary "Ss 25) Vy) *sS "y 4) "9 >| ‘D9 °S Dif Ur) °S 4) "Ss >| 4) °S >| “4 "9 >| ‘Oo 'S > °3 °S

ee —— es A tes | =e Si || ee

s o S = = s. = Ss 3 = m e

oS e. a @ 8 S e = = © =

° s ; © . =

a =

ral ai or 6 8 L 9 G 4 g if

an ‘AAMV[ELT ALIS Ul Surzso AA $o1[00D

) Yorn)

398 Contributions to the Statistics of Bengal. [ No. 4.

In Columns 4, 6, 7, 9, 10, of Tables F. and G. the quantities

noted were only consumed at varying intervals and from a calcula-

tion based on these, the mean has been computed.

Owing to the steady demand for labour in the silk filatures in,

and around, Rampore Bauleah, the standard of wages is high. It is

probable therefore that the results above shewn, exhibit the maximum

of food consumed by the labouring population of Bengal. By com-

paring the two sets of tables, it will be seen that the mean daily

quantity indicated by the 4 tables containing the results of the

Darogahs’ inquiries exceeds that obtained by my own. The former

amounts to 1 seer, 12 chittaks, and 3 kachas, kutcha weight, which

is equivalent to 1 seer, 5 chittaks, and 2 kachas pucka weight, or about

43 oz. English, whilst the latter is 1 seer, 6 chittaks, 2 kachas, kutcha,

equivalent to 1 seer, 3 kachas pucka weight, or about 34 oz. English.

With the view of testing what quantity a man could possibly

consume at one time, I directed five coolies working in my compound

to obtain whatever they pleased for the morning meal. The supply

was brought and carefully weighed in my presence, before and after

cooking, with the following results, and was subsequently eaten

before me.

TaBLE H.

Shewing the quantity of Food consumed at their morning meal by five

Moosulman Coolies, April 3d, 1852, im kutcha weight seers, chut-

taks and kachas.

Weight | Weight

Articles. before | after | Price.

Cooking.|Cooking.

8) GankaeSs (Oo kelpr Pag ps

BGG, wiwrwid-wraieteeshaiatetsc\eieiavw oravalelaleyyrecors’d Be Siro ONO AD Ol Omulipas

Dheally det vGteboths wate c Bela cbec th oe 0 8 0/212 O|0o 0 3

Sallitsra, slates sio.6 weiss a a/oia ase solemn ee @. S2-0)40) 735 101K0 720) ne

Hisht Mel tes eke ee ce ea GO aol > Om) +O. ne

Weesianlesee sale ieiaeninlviclea.y sasrmcaieot Os GaO kh 750.0103

SIGE soininte aio eiele'eiminatals erated eievateistersiaay 'e O 25 202 27070 I

Oil pie seine eidildiatsainpalapabernic aise wieie Op 2b 25 11.0? 0... 3

TNS 's chute) shaw vals Oe tele etes corks ly Owl dy Os 01.0) 0 6

Total,....| 910 3/15 12 3) 0 38 43

Evening meal said to be 2 of above, ....|3 14 0|0 0 0/0 2 8

Grand Total,....|9 8 3}0 0 0/0 6 3

Meat, stetede tha, tuas it sete oe 1150/0 0 0|0 123

1853. | Contributions to the Statisties of Bengal. 399

Taking the mean of all the above Tables then, it may thus be

pretty safely admitted, that the adult male population of Raj shahye

consumes about 1 seer, 3 chittaks of food per man per day, which

amounts in English weight to about 38 oz.

Comparing the quantity with that consumed in England, it will be

seen that the Bengal peasant of this district and time, labours under

no comparative disadvantage.

In the Report of the Commissioners for inquiring into the admi-

nistration and operation of the Poor Laws (1834) Mr. Chadwick

gives the following statement of the average consumption of solid

food per week by different classes.

An independent labourer, .......... 122 oz. per week.

RMBONGICT, 64 27. 2. pie lnie ehs otyckoe POOL st darth ce

An able- nea [ESTEE 0) 2) RA ag me a Ae 5 Lee a uel

Now taking the mean of the above Tables, we get a daily allow-

ance of 1 seer, 8 chittaks, or about 266 oz. per week, for the

Rajeshye peasant.*

So much for the quantity, but taking quality also into our con-

sideration it will again be found in a perusal of the following extract

from Mr. Senior’s “Statement of the provision for the poor, and of

the condition of the labouring classes in a considerable portion of

America and Europe,” that the Bengal peasant stands in a very fa-

vourable position in that respect also.

“ Quantity of food used by an agricultural labourer having a wife

and four children.”’

“ America, New York.—Tea, coffee, meat, twice a-day. Massa-

chusetts.—Poultry, meat, or fish, twice or thrice a-day.

“ Meaico.—Maize, prepared either in porridge or thin cakes, and

beans, with chilly a hot pepper, of which they eat large quantities as

seasoning.

“ Carthagena de Columbia.—Chiefly animal food.

ables, and fruit.

“ Uruguay.— Animal food.

* This excess in quantity over the English diet roll is of course due te the

want of concentration of the nutritive elements.

3 2:

400 Contributions to the Statistics of Bengal. [ No. 4.

“ Hayti.—Plantains, sweet-potatoes, and other vegetables.

“ Norway.—Herrings, oatmeal porridge, potatoes, coarse oatmeal

bread, bacon and salt-beef perhaps twice a week, fish on the sea and

river. Brandy in general use.

“ Sweden.—In the south, potatoes and salt fish; in the north, por-

ridge and rye bread.

“ Russia (general return).—Rye-bread, buck-wheat, and sour cab-

bage, soup seasoned with salt and lard.

“ Denmark, Copenhagen.—Rye-bread, inferior coffee, cheese and

butter.

“ Elsinore.—Rye-bread, groats, potatoes, coffee, butter, cheese and

milk.

“ Hanseatic Towns, Lubeck.—Rye-bread and potatoes, bacon seldom,

peas-porridge, groats, cheap fish.

“ Bremen.— Potatoes, beans, buck-wheat, groats, rye-bread, meat

about twice a-week.

“ Mecklenburg.—Good sound food, occasionally meat.

“¢ Danzig.—Chiefly rye-bread and potatoes, meat once or twice

weekly.

“ Wurtemberg.—Soup, potatoes, bread, meat once or twice a-week.

“ Frankfort.—Soup, potatoes, vegetables, bread, coffee, and beer

daily, meat on one or two days.

“ Holland (general return).—Rye-bread, cheese, potatoes, vegeta-

bles, beans and pork, butter-milk, buck-wheat, meal, &c.

“ Belgiwn, Boom.—Bread, potatoes, and milk.

“ Ostend.—Potatoes and bread in the towns ; in the country a little

butter, vegetables, and sometimes a piece of pork.

“ Goesbek.—Rye-bread, cheese, butter or fat bacon, vegetables,

coffee, and weak beer.

“ France. Hévre.—Bread, vegetables, cider, very rarely animal

food ; coffee and treacle are also used.

“ Brittany.—Buck-wheat, barley-bread, potatoes, cabbages, and

about 6lbs of pork weekly.

“ Ta Loire Infericure.—Bread and vegetables, bacon or other

meat now and then.

“ Bordeaux.—Rye-bread, millet-soup, Indian-corn, sometimes salt

provisions, butchers’ meat very rarely.

1853. | Contributions to the Statistics of Bengal. 401

“ Marseilles.— Vegetables, bread, farinaceous substances made into

soup, meat-soup or bouillie probably once a-week.

“ Piedmont.—No meat, little wine, twice as much maize as wheat-

flour.

‘* Portugal.—Salt-fish, vegetable-soup, with oil or lard, maize-

bread.

“ The Azores.—Maize-bread, vegetables, potatoes, and fruit, meat

seldom, fish when abundant.

“ Greece ; Patras.—Maize or wheaten bread, olives, pulse, vegeta-

bles, salt-fish, meat occasionally.

_“ European Turkey.—Bread, rice, greens, dried beans and peas,

olives and onions, meat about once a-week.

“ Malta (from a communication).—Barley-bread, cheese, carob, or

other beans, and soup of maize or millet with herbs, when in employ,

when out of employ, a little bread and soup only.”

With the view of estimating the relation between the consump-

tion of food, and the necessary outlay, it seems desirable to add the

following Table shewing the average Bazar prices for each kind of

food during the year of observation in Rajshahye.

3 E

| No. 4.

of Bengat.

2es O

Contributions to the Statist

402

‘ToTyeu TaAopow Aue se ‘ozIT Jo

sj1ojulod oy Jo AoUOLOYop oSvIoAe WE [[eUIS SV 4IqIYXe 07 pedopisuoo oq AvUI Tesueg ay os puv ‘saved ouruEy Tetoods

ut ydeoxa ‘uray, Jo ouo oq 07 avodde you prnom yRTVoYy pUv ofIT Jo UOTyUEJOA OY} OJ Pooj Jo AouoLOYNS v oanooid

0] SUvOU Jo 4uBA 4nq ‘peyqnop oq jouUvo ysIxe yoA STIAO [RIOOS SNOTIVA pue AULUL YY, ‘PoALlop ore SMOIyVAroSsqo

AW You wos [esueq jo uoryszod oyy ur ooUe4sIxe ur Ueeq eavy 04 avodde ATuTLZI00 P[noM oseyy puv [vom oI[qug

oy} Jo sjuometa yuvqaodut omy o4ngtysu0o orngrpuodxe Aresseoou Jo ssooxXe UL oWOOUT pu poo Jo Aoueloyyng

@ On 4ol_el Te 6: -c.| S21 © G&G OF 772 FL 8-6 01} ff OTL PLT 1 loos tt t* * * fred 9) Jo ofe1aay

Give On Orca a0. oe Ca Ol Pile O° 32\-) oh me Ole -0-|. Go £2 bi) Ook Te tite tet ee ones cee fsoqmooag

Gs ce Oe Clee TO. Ge ee So AA ede Oe el ei |S St-e 20. 9 OFS! 0 SOL [Pets oe ee se oqmoaony

Cu ae (el 28 ht eer ce Loe el 0 TD lah ay OO |e Zi tal) OL gh. Tal ct Se es ete eis teg0900

toe Ue 0 8 1 Oe. Se oe Shl2o 6 lee O 2) 0 — 9 ere “0 | $e 9° 1.) $81 SL pt ee ot Se eqmajdag

Gece Gelte oe Opec) 81 8 eee yO uP oe 0) ER SSE PPL eye ee ee ene

Gee (ae ee So te ober eo, FP Ie ei Se LO} Or TS) OT Lei toe te eee ae enene om ine

eee eee ee er Om ae) Peete (Gee: Pal Oop ae 09 26 2-0) (0 HFS 14 oi er Te te see et Se ioune

Gn es er Ok ae os) 0) Pe OP Ue es PT CG Oe G1 C1 Fe OF otter ce eet eee es amy

Gee | ee ee os | 8g mS OOP) ae eh ST 0 | 6 = eet GE 9. oot et eer ees tidy

Gera. Oe a on Oe Ce sy) £9 H. E Oyo Fal SRT £1 SSI? 20 [4o= 6 Tee OF Le eee ley

Cra: On Oe ome cao 6 oO O F.| Ole | zl.F 0} 21b 81 | 8 St Oot tes oe ee farenigag

On eee 0m oe e| 19 Cc o> | -£16 & = 217. 0 | O- 621) OL SL Otto ts ote ne SAmenoee

“OSV SY] °D “SV “SH!'D ‘SV SU] “OD ‘SV “SUD 'SV SU] “9D SV SU OD SV ‘SH | OD SV SU |'O CSV SA

*POOM | ‘BleSSNy, | ‘OD0RQOT ‘TLO "yes "ysl "91qeIOS9 A "lIed 1) GS | *SqJUOP, 943 JO someNy

| ol

‘supuny ‘snuup ‘saadnay uy

‘Zeg| fo yquoyy youa sof ‘yvajnng soodwny wm poog fo sojoyup fo punnzy va01y wad apne mmzog ays bumeyy 219nz

‘TT @lavy

1853. | Literary Intelligence. 403

Literary Intelligence.

‘In a preface to the Catalogue des Manuscrits et Xylographes Orien-

taux contained in the Imperial Public Library of St. Petersburgh, a

copy of which was lately presented to our Society by the Directors of

that Institution, the compiler has sketched the progress of the col-

lection, the foundation of which was laid after the capture of War-

saw by the Russians, in 1795. The celebrated Zalusky Library

was then carried to St. Petersburgh, and to this nucleus was

added, in 1805, a number of MSS. collected by Doubrowsky, an em-

ployé in the foreign office who had made the most, apparently, of the

opportunities which fell in his way during the revolutionary wars,

and had gathered a “riche moisson’’ which he subsequently presented

to the Emperor Alexander. . In 1813, however, the Oriental Depart-

ment of this Institution could only produce 183 MSS. The bulk of the

present collection is formed of the spoils of Turkey and Persia. The

Ardébil Mosque containing the Sséfy Mausoleum and mentioned by

Morier, furnished 166 vols. to the Russian General Suchtelen in 1828,

and the Ahmed Mosque of Akhaltisk, containing 148 Turkish and

Arabic works, gave up its Library to Paskévitch in 1829.

The present collection consists of the following MSS. .

ATAVIE, Oh. asvi.. 247 Georgian,.......... pipe 1a ht ced ee yn 3m | 4,

Peraany) 305)... 255° Mantchoo, 2.7.4. 385 Goojeratee, ...... 1

tne hagas... 100 Chinese, ......... holo Mindee)y Yi. fai 1

Hebrew, ......... 6, «Mongol, 0.60.02. 5 oie oalign va nk

Kthiopian, ...... Oi Calmamey) 0.90 1 Malayalam, ...... 1

ym eee S| Tibetanyi. ie... 0. Oram me ony, 10

Wopric, /:)...... 8: Japaneses ..0.04 14 Siamese, ......... 1

Armenian, ...... Ee Gans arn ee! 8 Javanese, ......... 1:

As was to be expected its riches consist mainly in Arabic, Persian

and Turkish works. The Chinese department too obtained some

valuable acquisitions from Kamensky when at the head of the Rus-

sian Mission which visited Pekin in 1823. In Indian MSS. the

Library is lamentably poor, the solitary specimen being in one or

two cases the publication of some Mission Press.

The Catalogue is in French, and of a raisonné character. The

typography is most creditable to the Press maintained at the Im-

perial Academy of Sciences. Not more than 300 copies have been

4.04: Literary Intelligence. [No. 4.

printed, the work being intended only for distribution among Scien-

tific Institutions and eminent orientalists. The descriptions of the

Turkish, Arabic and Persian MSS. which compose the bulk of the

volume are by Dorn; they are very complete, embracing the notices

given of the Ardébil and Akhaltisk MSS. by Frahn in 1829 and 1830.

The Indian MSS. were all taken to London for examination, and the

notices of these are by a young German Doctor, Reinhold Rost.

The Quran alsa’dayn, a Dilly periodical in Hindustany, announces

the publication at Dilly, of the first volume of a Persian Diction-

ary which has the title eg w= hen, it comprizes 817 pages of 28

lines. The author of this important work is Zék Chand, whose

takhallug was Bahar—a Khatry of Dilly. He flourished in the second

half of the last century, after he had completed the first copy of his

work, continued his lexicographical labours and made numerous addi-

tions and improvements, and found himself compelled to write out a

second copy, but even here his lexicographical researches did not

stop. Hemade successively seven copies or editions of his work, of

which the last is of course the most perfect. At the time of his

death the autograph of the seventh edition was in the hands of

one, of his pupils, whose name is Inderman, and he made an abridg-

ment of it, and it is this abridgment which is now generally known

in India as the Bahare ’ajam, and is considered the best Persian

Dictionary that exists. Yet it is only the shadow of the work

of which now the first volume has been published. Zék Chand had

critically studied the whole Persian literature, and had travelled

in Persia in order to make himself fully master of the Persian

language and its dialects. The spoken language of Persia is simple

enough, and so are some of their prose writers. To understand these

writers, or the ’urf of the language, almost any dictionary is sufficient,

but in their great poets there occur many verses which are perfectly

unintelligible, and though the copies of their works agree generally

very well, you find almost in every copy a different reading. We

have very few ancient commentaries on Persian poets (the only very

valuable books on this subject are the jl Yi_y»#!s= by Adzory, and

Abi-l-Hasan’s commentary on Anwary, few other commentaries

known in India have much eritical yalue), and it is therefore only

1853. ] Lnterary Intelligence. 405

by very extensive and critical reading that these difficulties can be

cleared up. They consist, sometimes in allusions which have become

hackneyed among poets, like (7 yo Us ; sometimes in the use of

rare and obsolete words, and sometimes in the use of strange idioms.

All doubt on these subjects can only be removed when we have

critical editions of the principal Persian authors; in the mean time

however the Bahar Dictionary is, by far, the most valuable book of

reference on these points, because, as the term e'sdh~«~ in the title

implies, it is expressly designed to meet these difficulties, and his

immense reading and intercourse with the most learned Persian

scholars both in India and Persia, enabled him to collect and make

bear on the difficulties a number of passages from classical Persian

authors. For a European lexicographer this Dictionary will not

only be valuable in furnishing him with explanations which he finds

nowhere else, but, what is much more valuable, it enables him to

strike out many absurd meanings, which are given to words in Richard-

son and even in the Burhane Qati, and which rest on misunder-

stood passages of poets.

Very few Sanskrita works have appeared since we last had occa-

sion to advert to the publications of the native press of Calcutta.

Pandita Ananda Chandra Vedantavagisa of the Tattwabodhini Society

has lately published some of the standard works of the Vedanta

system of philosophy, and among them we find excellent editions

in the Bengali character of the Vedantasara of Sadananda, with the

commentaries of Nrisiiha Saraswati and Raématirtha Yati, and of the

Panchadasi, or the Fifteen Chapters on the Principles of the Vedanta,

by Vidyaranya, with the commentary of Ramakrishna. The learned

Pandita is now engaged in carrying through the press, the Adhikara-

namilé of Bhérati Tirtha with a commentary : the work is to appear in

monthly parts, and seven fasciculi have been already published.

The new edition of the Raghu Vaiisa, which was adverted to some

time ago, has just issued from the Sanskrita Press of Calcutta.

Of Bengali works we have to record,

1, @193-2@a Hfay Wiaq-AgSa Has-(A51a ; or the Relation of

the Mind to external objects. By Babu Akshayakumara Datta. Tat-

twabodhini Press, 1852-3, 2 vols. 12mo. Besides two original essays,

these volumes include a reprint of a series of papers published under

406 Literary Intelligence. [ No. 4.

the above title in the Tattwabodhini Patrika, the organ of the Calcutta

Vedantists. The author has taken Combe’s Constitution of Man for

his guide, and most ably advocated the opinions of those who maintain

that the best food of man is derived from the vegetable kingdom. The

style of writing is remarkably pure and elegant, and affords an excel-

lent instance of the facility with which Sanskrita vocables may be

introduced into Bengali to the utter exclusion of all foreign elements,

which constitute so material a portion of the Indian vernaculars.

2. Lamb’s Tales of Shakespeare, translated into Bengali by Babu

Udayachandra Addya, Purnachandrodaya Press, 1853, 1 vol. 8vo. An-

other version of these tales is, we are informed, now in the press, and

will, ere long, be published by the Vernacular Literature Committee.

3. Bhaktamala or the Garland of the Faithful, being a resumé of

the works of Nabhaji, Narayana Dasa and Krishna Dasa. 1853, 8vo.

The work includes notices of nearly three hundred Vaishnava saints,

and abounds in a variety of insipid and extravagant legends. “ It ex-

ercises,’’ says Professor Wilson, “a powerful influence in Upper India

on popular belief, and holds a similar place in the superstitions of

this country, as that which was occupied in the dark ages of the

Roman Catholic faith by the Golden Legend and Acts of the Saints.”’

4. Macaulay’s Life of Lord Clive, translated into Bengali by

Babu Harachandra Datta, and published by the Vernacular Litera-

ture Committee, Calcutta, 1852, Svo. This work has been very well

received by the Hindu community, and, it is said, a second edition

will be published immediately.

5. An Essay on the Sanskrit language and literature ; by Pandit

Isvarachandra Vidyasigara, read at a meeting of the Bethune

Society on the 13th of April, 1853.—Sanskrita Press, 1853.

As a writer the Pandit has a happy facility in expressing his

meaning with perspicuity in the simplest and most polished lan-

guage. Clearness, indeed, is the leading character of his composi-

tion, which is a fair specimen of the best prose of the Bengal ver-

nacular. His remarks on the Sanskrita poets are generally very

judicious.

The Hssay is a laudable attempt to raise the Bengali to be an

instrument of literary criticism—a task of which the writer more

than once owns the difficulty.

—p es 2 2. aA eS eS eee

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

For May, 18538.

PPL LPI DSI LI IID

The Society met on the 4th instant at the usual hour.

Sir James Convite, Knight, President, in the Chair.

The proceedings of the last monthly meeting were read and con-

firmed.

The presentation, by Lieut. A. Robertson, of a large slab of stone

closely inscribed on both faces with Pali characters, found in a heap

of rubbish on the upper terrace of the Great Pagoda at Rangoon,

was announced.

The following gentlemen, duly proposed and seconded at the last

meeting, were balloted for, and elected ordinary members.

C. W. Cunliffe, Esq., C. S.

D. Grant, Esq., C. 8.

Shah Kabir-uddeen.

The following gentlemen were named for ballot at the next meet-

ing.

Rev. K. M. Banerjya,

by the President.

W.S. Halsey, Esq., C. S..—proposed by Mr. Grote and seconded

by the President.

proposed by the Rev. W. Kay and seconded

The Council submitted a report, requesting the sanction of the

Society to an outlay of a sum not exceeding Rs. 1,500 for repairs of,

and additions to, the Society’s premises.

3 F

408 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 4.

The recommendation, on being put to the meeting, was adopted

unanimously.

Read Letters—

Ist. From Mr. Blyth, enclosing the first part of a paper, by Dr.

Jerdon, on the Reptiles of Southern India.

2nd. From Dr. Fayrer, Rangoon, forwarding Meteorological Re-

gisters, from that place, for the months of November, December and

January last..

3rd. From W. Muir, Esq., Secretary to the Government N. W.

Provinces, enclosing a Meteorological Register kept at the Secre-

tariat Office, Agra, for the month of March, 1853.

4th. From 8. Bowring, Esq., sending two copies of an inscrip-

tion from Pehewa near Thaneswur.

5th. From C. Allen, Esq., Officiating Secretary to the Govern-

ment of India, forwarding a Geological Map of the Salt Range pre-

pared by Dr. Fleming.

6th. From W.G. Young, Esq., Officiating Under-Secretary to

the Government of Bengal, communicating areport, by the Commis-

sioners of Assam, on the deposits of gold sand on the Banks of the

Jugloo River, in Assam.

7th. From W. Elliott, Esq., Vizagapatam, communicating three

hsts of Canarese and Telegu works published at the Telegu Press of

Vizagapatam, the Tamul Press of the Propaganda at Pondicherry and

the Presses of the German Mission on the Malabar Coast.

The Curator in the Zoological Department and the Librarian sub-

mitted reports of additions made to their Departments in course of

the last month.

Read and confirmed, Jwne 1st, 1853.

(Signed) J. W. Convite.

Report of Curator, Zoological Department.

Srz,—In the present Report, I have found it convenient to combine

several unpublished Reports, and thus to notice under single headings the

various successive donations for which we are indebted to Capt. Sherwill,

Capt. Berdmore, Dr. Kelaart and others.

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 409

1. Capt. W. S. Sherwill. An extensive collection of sundries from

Darjiling, consisting of skins of mammalia and birds, and numerous

entire specimens of small mammalia, birds, and reptiles, taken out of

spirit and transmitted in closed tins; an excellent mode of forwarding

moist specimens to great distances, which originated with Capt. Thos.

Hutton of Masuri: also some interesting species of land-shells.

Of mammalia, are sent entire specimens of HipposIDEROS ARMIGER,

Hodgson (distinct from H. noprtis), RoinoLopHus PEarsontt, Horsfield,*

Lasiurus Pearsonu, Horsf., ScoropHiLus FULIGINosUS, Hodgson, PLE-

COTUS AURITUS ? (in bad condition), and skin of RHINOLOPHUS PERNIGER

(LUcTUS?)—SorEXx NEMORIVAGUS, Hodgson (found also in Sylhet and

Arakan), and CoRsira NIGRESCENS, Gray (v. Sorex soccatus, Hodgson),—

NEODON sIkIMMENSIS, Hodgson, and a Mus affined to M. FLAVESCENS, and

another which seems to accord with M. pustus, Hodgson.

The only bird new to the museum is YUHINA NIGRIMENTA, Hodgson

(a fine pair) ; and there is also.a much finer specimen than we possessed

previously of ALcEDo BURYzoNA, Temminck (of which species A. gran-

dis, nobis, from Darjiling, represents the adult, and A. nigricans, nobis,

from Malacca, appears to be merely the young). An example of Parus

RUBIDIVENTRIS, nobis, occurs, confirming that species, of which we had

previously seen but one specimen. Capt. Sherwill has also favoured us

with a fine skeleton of NEoPHRON PERCNOPTERUS.

Of reptiles, he has sent CaLoTEs TRICARINATUS, 2. s. (young), Mocoa

SIKIMMENSIS, 7. s..—CALAMARIA FUSCA, 7. s., C. TENUICEPS, 2. s., CoLU-

BER RADIATUS, C. KORROS, C. FASCIOLATUS,—C. NIGROMARGINATUS, 2. S.,—

Dipsas MACRODON, x. s.. D. SHERWILLII, 2. s.. DRYINUS NASUTUS,

TROPIDONOTUS GRACILIS, 2. s., BUNGARUS CANDIDUs, VIPERA (?) SIKIM-

* Very distinct from Ru. TRAGATUS, Hodgson. To Dr. Horsfield’s description

of it may be added that the lower lip has but one medial groove ; whereas in Ru.

TRAGATUS the lower lip is conspicuously divided by three grooves into two medial

and two lateral lappets, the former more narrow and elongated than the latter.

The same structure recurs in Ru. arrinis, Horsfield (apud nos), from Ceylon ;

the species which, in the Society’s collection, most approximates RH. TRAGATUS in

structure. Ru. miTRATuS, nobis, appears to have but one groove on the lower

lip, so far as can be judged from stuffed specimens the lips of which had been

relaxed by moisture; and this species is well and strongly distinguished by the

much greater comparative development of the raised nasal follicle, and also the

much greater lateral expansion of the vertical projection above it.

oF 2

410 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 4.

MENSIs, 2. s..—MEGALOPHRYS GIcas, n. s., (“edible frog” of Sikim),

BoMBINATOR SIKIMMENSIS, 2. s., and other species of anourous BaTRacHia.

Of fishes, one small Cyprin.

2. W. Theobald, Esq., Panjab Salt Range Survey, Pind Dadan Khan.

Various small animals taken out of spirit, and sent down moist in a tin

canister. Of Bats are sent Rarnopoma Harpwicxsi, (Gray), upwards of

270 individuals of which species were caught in one day at a place called

Bhera, near Pind Dadan Khan ;—also Dysopus pricatus, (B. Ham.) ;—

ScororpHILUS COROMANDELIANUS, (F. Cuv.) ; and

HIPPOSsIDEROS CINERACEUS, nobis, ”. s. Similar to H. murinus, (Elliot),

in structure, but larger and of a different colour. The entire under-parts

are greyish-white ; and the basal three-fourths of the piles of the upper

fur are the same, the terminal fourth being of a dusky grey, but shewing

the whitish hue beneath, especially on the head and neck. Length of fore-

arm 1,3, in.; of ear posteriorly 3 in.

An apparently new Mouse may be designated

Mus GERBILLINUS, nobis. Entire length of male 5 in., of which the

tail is 25 in. Tarsus with toes and claws, ? in. ; ear-conch (anteally) barely

¢ in. Female rather smaller. Fur of mean length, of a sandy-brown

colour on the upper-parts, white below and on the limbs, which latter

have a faint tinge of the colour of the back. About twenty-five caudal

vertebre. Tail thinly clad with minute sete.

Of reptiles, are sent—Monitor pRac#Na, juv.,—HEMIDACTYLUS

Coctx1,—GYMNODACTYLUS GECKOIDES, Spix (Stenodactylus scaber, Riip-

pell*), CHarasia DORSALIS, Gray,—Uromastyx Harpwickrr, Gray,—

and two specimens of Caprita Lescuenavutt, (D. and B.),—also Virz-

RA EcuIs, Ind. var., of which Mr. Theobald writes—“ This Viper is very

common here in rocky places under the hills. It and an almost hoodless

Cobra are the only poisonous snakes I have seen. The Viper is rarely of

any size, the largest examined measuring—body 104 in., tail 14 in. = 12

in. It was well gorged with a large grasshopper. Forced to bite a fowl

on each leg, no effect became visible for fifteen or twenty minutes; after

which a lethargy came on very gradually, and in an hour the fowl was

unable to stand, but did not die till two hours after the bite. The fowl

seemed to derive much benefit by being dashed with cold water. Among

the Lizards, the most curious is the herbivorous one (UromMastyx Harp-

wicki!). Itis eaten up here, and is I believe esteemed as an aphro-

* Perhaps a distinct species, though very closely affined. It is of a greyish

colour, spotted rather than banded above with blotches of a darker hue, variegated

by some of the tubercles being of a whitish colour.

1853. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 411

disiac. These Lizards make burrows in sandy and stony places to the

depth of 2 ft. or more. There are always several in one place, like the

burrows of Rabbits. They are not much out in the cold weather, but in

the hot weather are seen roaming about near their burrows, morning and

evening. They appear as the sun is getting up, and stay grazing near the

holes till almost mid-day, and are out also in the evening. Towards dusk

they retire, and carefully close the holes with sand, so that it is not easy

to findthem. They offer no resistance when caught.”

3. From E. F. Kelaart, Esq., M. D., Ceylon Medical Service. A fine

collection of Cinghalese reptiles chiefly, in spirit, comprising several

species new to the Society’s museum. The species now sent are Emypa

PuncTaTA (head and limbs of a large specimen),—MonitoR DRACENA,

HYDROSAURUS SALVATOR,— HEMIDACTYLUS TRIEDRUS, H. Pieresit, Kelaart,

H. Cocraz1, H. rranatus, Bottania sUBLEVIs, Prripra Prroni, and

GYMNODACTYLUS TIMORIENSIS P (G. Kandianus, Kelaart),—LyRriocEPHa-

LUS SCUTATUS, SALEA JERDONI (from Newera Hlia), Catotes Rovuxt P (from

do. ; C. MysTACEUS, agreeing with Burmese specimens, having before been

sent from that locality), C. versicotor, C. opHIoMacHUS (one example not

differing from the others in structure, having a black-edged white streak

extending on each side from the neck to the coloured part of the tail, on

which latter it breaks into spots and disappears), SITANA PONTICERIANA,

—TILIQUA RBUFESCENS, Riopa HarpwickEI,—ARGYROPHIS BRAMINUS,

URopettis (apparently a new species, of which examples have been sent

to the Chatham museum, where they will probably have been described by

Dr. A. Smith),—CatsaMARIA SCYTALE, XENODON PURPURASCENS, COLUBER

KoRROS, LuproPpHis orNaTUs—(var., of a clay-brown colour, the upper-

parts marked throughout with a series of black transverse bands, the

head marked as usual), Dryinus Nasutus, Vipera RussELuit, Trigono-

CEPHALUS NIGROMARGINATUS (specimen 273 in. long, with the black mark-

ings much more developed than in Dr. Schlegel’s figure),—IctHyopuis

GLUTINOSUS,—POLYPEDATES CRUCIGER, P. LEUCoMYsTAx, LymMNODYTES

LIVIDUS, M. §., Li. MACULARIUS, 7. s.. Rana LescHenavttii?, R. Ropusta,

n. §., PYXICEPHALUS FODIENS, Jerdon, ENGystoma RUBRUM, Jerdon, and

BUFO MELANOSTICTUS.

4. From Capt. Berdmore, Mergui. A large collection of sundries in

spirit, and also various skins. The mammalia sent are GALMOPITHECUS

VOLANS, PTEROPUS JAVANICUS, CYNOPTERUS MARGINATUS, NycTIcEJUS

TEMMINCKII, SCOTOPHILUS COROMANDELIANUS, HELIS BENGALENSIS, Para-

poxurus tTrpus, P. pevcotis (vide Horsfield’s Catal.), Tupata FuRRuU-

412 Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. [ No. 4.

‘aINEA (var. Belangeri), SoREX SERPENTARIUS, SCIURUS CHRYSONOTUS

(dark var.), Mus (vide X XI, 433*), and TracuLtus Kancuit.

Of the birds, the most worthy of notice are GECINUS DIMIDIATUS,

LYNCORNIS CERVINICEPS, CoRVUS SPLENDENS (unknown in Arakan, save

of late years partially to the northward, and of the dark variety inhabiting

also Ceylon), CatoRNIS CANTOR (nec COLUMBINUS, Vv. affinis, nobis, of

Arakan), Mounts RUBRONTGER (having less black on the belly than in Bengal

specimens, while some which we have seen from Penang want it altogether),

Pycnonorus socosvs (similar to Penang specimens, in which the crimson

ear-tuft is constantly shorter and of a more intense crimson than in Indian

specimens, and this bird is unknown in Arakan), CarroPHaGa BICOLOR,.

ARGUS GIGANTEUS, ARDEA SUMATRANA (A. rectirostris, Gould), and Ca-

SARCA LEUCOPTERA, nobis.

Of reptiles, skins of Empacusia FLAVESCENS and HyprRosaURUS SALVA-

Tor; and examples in spirit of Gecko veERvus (triple-tailed), Botratia

SUBLEVIS, Prripra PrErRontI, and Lrturvus BERDMOREI, ». s..—DRaco

MACULATUS, ACANTHOSAURA ARMATA, CALOTES EMMA,—ASPRIS BERDMOREI,

n. &., RIOPA ALBOPUNCTATA,—XENOPELTIS UNICOLOR, PYTHON RETICULA-

tus, Lycopon avuxicus, Lepropuis pictus, L. ornatus, L. RUFESCENS

(Dipsas rufescens, Gray, Hardw. Jil. Ind. Zool.) CoLUBER RADIATUS,.

C. FASCIOLATUS, 'TROPIDONOTUS UMBRATUS (2 var.), TR. stoLaTus, TR.

ZEBRINUS, 2. s., HoMOLOPSIS PLUMBEA, BuNGARUS FASCIATUS, B. CAN-

pipus, Nata TRIPUDIENS,—POLYPEDATES LEUCOMysTAx, LyMNODYTES.

ERYTHREvS (Schl.), Rana asstmitis (X XI, 355), R. (young of several

species), Eneystoma (aflined to HK. Matasaricum, Jerdon), HyLmpacry-

* In a male sent, the lower parts are white as in M. FLAVESCENS, in a female

brown, like the upper parts.

+ Upon examination of a fine collection of Australian birds from the Port Philip

district, and comparing certain of them with specimens in the Society’s museum,

we found that OrEocINCLA LUNULATA, (Lath.), seems to be identical with O.

nilgiriensis, nobis, of the mountains of S. India (No. 930 of catalogue) ; though

Gould’s figures of it are more like the Asiatic O. pauma, (Lath., v. Whitei,

Eyton). A single Australian male of Synoicus chinensis is considerably deeper-

coloured than any Indian or Malayan example examined, with the black markings

more developed on the back, and scarcely a trace of rufous on the wings; but this

would seem to be merely an individual variety. Of two Sirre,im, otherwise simi-

lar, one has the crown and cheeks fuscous, with pale supercilia ; the other has the

entire head dull white with faint dark striz. They seem to be varieties merely of

S. curysopreRA, and Gould's S, LEucocePHALA from Pt. Essington and Morton

Bay respectively are probably but analogous varieties.

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 413

Lus (affined to H. montanus, Jerdon), and Buro MELANosTICTUS (?),*

var.?—having the skin much less warty than usual, especially on the

sides of the body and under-parts generally, which last are throughout

speckled with black.

Likewise a small Goby (PrRiopTHALMUus) ; a crustacean affined to Homa-

RUS ; specimens of a THretenrusa Crab, imbedded in hard desiccated

mud (as if fossilized); and many sundries.

CatoTEes EMMA, Gray. Affined to AcanTHosAURA, Gray, not only by

the pit anterior to the shoulder being more strongly developed than in C.

MYsTACEUs and C. Rovxt, and black internally, as in Ac. armMata, but by

the greater elevation of the orbit, which however is less than in Acan-

THOSAURA, though it bears a similar spine posteriorly. The scales,

however, are those of typical Catotes, but less obliquely disposed ;

and they are but very slightly keeled. A series of spines above the

tympanum, each having one longer than the rest, and that of the anterior

series longest, exceeding the orbital spine. A nuchal crest of moderately

elevated spines, but the back is simply keeled. Longest hind-toe reaching

to the eye. Length 13 in., of which the tail measures 83 in. Colour

brown, variegated with darker brown and with pale brown. A black line

passes through the eye to the ear, commencing a little behind the nostrils,

and there are four black orbital rays above and two below it. Sides of

the face speckled with black, and the head and throat are more or less

suffused with ruddy, indicative of the male sex in breeding condition.*

* This species agrees so well in structure with Mr. Gray’s description, that there

can be little hesitation in identifying it. He states it, however, to be from Afghan-

istan, as also two other new species, his C. MrNor and C. Marta, both of which

latter he gives from Afghanistan and the Khasya hills. Now the late Dr. Griffith

collected extensively in both regions, and transmitted all his specimens to the

India House; and we find that those described by Mr. Gray were presented to the

British Museum by the Hon’ble E. I. Company. It therefore follows, as

extremely probable, that Dr. Griffith’s Afghan and Khasya specimens had become

mixed and confused ; whilst it is most improbable that the same species should

inhabit both the Khasyas and Afghanistan and not be observed elsewhere, and it is

equally improbable that so many as four species of the tropical genus CALoTEs

(besides also the affined Sanea Horsrrexor, Gray,) should inhabit Afghanistan,

the common C, versicotor being also noted from thence by Mr. Gray. Again,

the affinities of the Burmese C. emma here described are with the Burmese and

Cinghalese C. mystaceus and C, Rovuxi, and with the Burmese and Malayan

ACANTHOSAURA ; and these Burmese forms and species may well extend up to the

Khasyas, but are most unlikely to occur in Afghanistan. C. Maria has also the

414 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 4.

5. From Capt. T. Sparkes, Ramri. The two rami of the lower jaw of

the Whale (or Rorqual, Batmnortera), which was stranded last year upon

Juggoo or Amherst Island, (S. of Ramri island,) as noticed in XXI,

359; but they prove to be larger by one-half than Capt. Sparkes had

supposed, measuring 21 ft. in length, minus an inch or two. This mag-

nificent specimen is now fixed up in the museum, as experience has shown

that such bones cannot, in this country, be permanently exposed to the wea-

ther with impunity.* The length of the left radius of this Rorqual mea-

sures 37 in.; the body of a sacral vertebra is 15 in. deep, by 16 in. broad,

and nearly 14 in. in extreme length. A lumbar vertebra is somewhat smaller,

with spinal apophyses measuring 27 in.; expanse of lateral apophyses,

from tip to tip, 40 in.; and extreme height of the tip of the dorsal apo-

physis from the ground, 37 or 38 in.

6. From Mr. W. W. Nicholls, Sarawak. The nearly perfect skele-

ton of an adult wild Orang-utan, of the peculiar species indicated by Sir

J. Brooke by the name Mias Pappan. Ina memoir founded upon this

and other specimens, the existence of four distinct specific types of the

genus Orang-utan is rendered extremely probable, if not absolutely proved ;

and our museum contains adult female skeletons of three of these species,

and skulls of adults of both sexes of the fourth species.

7. Dr. Fayrer, attached to the Hospital Staff, Rangoon. Several spe-

cimens of a Bat, TapHozous LonaimaNnus, (Hardwicke), the only two

adult males having a strong rufous tinge. Also an example of Sciurus

LOKROIDES, Hodgson, var., with no decided rufous tinge on the back. Of

birds, ATHENE CUCULOIDES, (Vigors), and some others of common occur-

rence. Of reptiles, Gucko vERUs,—CALOTES MYsTACEUS,—C. VERSICO-

LoR,—and BuNGARUS FASCIATUS.

8. From Lieut. Hitchison, I. N., of the ‘ Mozuffer’ S. V. Three

small specimens of a Water Snake, of the supposed variety of Homo-

LOPSIS LEUCOBALIA described by Dr. Cantor, and which is Hipsirina

Hardwickii, Gray, of Hardwicke’s ‘ Hlustrations.’

9. Walter Elliot, Hsq., Madras C. 8. Two skins of Hystrix uir-.

suTIRosTRIS, Brandt (H. leucura, Sykes), from Vizagapatam ; obligingly

sent for comparison with examples from other parts of the country.

shoulder-pit but not the orbital spine, and C. minor the orbital spine but not the

shoulder pit, which are combined in C. Emma; while the pit before the shoulder

occurs in C, MysTaceus and C. Rovuxi of Burma and Ceylon, and also in two

species of S. India obtained by Mr. Jerdon.

* A varnish might, however, be tried with probable advantage.

1853. ] Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. 415

10. Mr. E. Wellend, of the Sailor’s Home. A fine specimen of the

‘ Wattle-bird’ of N. Zealand, Catta@as cINEREA, (Forster).

11. Capt. R. Tytler, 38th Light Infantry. Some bird-skins from

Dacca, including perhaps a new Cisticota, not uncommon in that vici-

nity ;* also Matacoprrron Axporti, nobis, there far from rare, though

previously known only from the Burmese provinces. Capt. Tytler remarks

that ScIuRUS PALMARUM, so extremely common about Calcutta, is replaced

at Dacca by Sc. toxroipEs, Hodgson (a skin of which is sent); and

among the common birds, Mrcatarma tingata similarly replaces M.

AstaTica, and MicropTERNUS PHAIOCEPs replaces BRACHYPTERNUS AURAN-

tTius, &c. The skin of a Pelican shot near Dacca, is that of the true P.

oNocroTALus, L., of which we never before saw an Indian specimen. A

Hare supposed by Capt. Tytler, to be distinct, appears to be the common

Lepvus rvuricavupatus of all Lower Bengal; but L. nisprpus he described

to be also there not uncommon..

12. H.W. Bennet, Esq. The body of a young Ursus malayanus.

13. ©. Chapman, Esq., C. S. Skin of a melanoid Crrvus axis, L.,

procured in Mymunseng. General colour very dark brown, paler below,

and nigrescent along the spine; the ordinary spots barely traceable. In

this phase of colouring, the species. illustrates the Cervus nudipalpebra.

Ogilby, P. Z. 8. 1831, p. 186; founded on a specimen in the museum of

the Zoological Society.

14. A. Campbell, Esq., Darjiling. Skin of a female Cervus Wat-

LICHII, in addition to the male presented on a former occasion ;} and also

two skins of a small Jackal-like animal from Tibet, the VULPES FERRILA-

tus, Hodgson.

* Quite distinct from the common C, cursitans, (Franklin,) an example of

which also is sent in breeding phase of plumage, wherein the pale lateral margins to

the coronal feathers have all but disappeared, leaving the crown streakless blackish-

brown: but it closely approximates C, ERYTHROCEPHALA, Jerdon, nobis, J. A. S.

XX., 523, from which it differs in having the crown, breast and flanks, and lower

tail-coverts, of a subdued white or dull yellowish-white faintly tinged with rufous,

instead of being deep ferruginous,—and there is no rufous tinge on the upper-

parts except very faintly on the rump and upper tail-coverts. In both the tail is

much less deeply graduated than in C. cursrITANS, and of a dusky or blackish

hue, with only an exceedingly slight pale edge at tip. Of several specimens

procured, all were quite similar.

+ Here may be mentioned, that we have just seen a superb pair of Wapiti

antlers, which much exceed in size the finest yet obtained of those of the Shou,

and have the crowns further subdivided.

3 &

416 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 4.

15. From Raja Radakhant Deb. A Shark taken in the river.

16. Mr. Andrew DeCruz. A fresh specimen of VivErRRICULA MALAC-

CENSIS.

17. Thos. Briden, of the ‘Rose of Sharon’ merchant vessel. Skele-

tons of two species of Albatross.

18. O. Toogood, Esq., C.S. A dead Turtle, CHELONIA VIRGATA.

19. A. Grote, Esq., Joint Secretary of the Society. Two skins of

CoRYDON SUMATRANUS.

20. Babu Rajendra Mallika. Dead specimens of a 8, African Monkey

(CERCOPITHECUS PYGERYTHRUs) ; and of a Lark, from middle Asia, Mzr-

LANOCORYPHA CALANDRA (IZ. torquata, nobis, passim).

21. F. Skipwith, Esq.,C.S. Four skins of HrpposIDEROS LARVATUS,

—one of Nycricrsus tutTevs, a hill specimen of Tarra LEUCURA,—two

skins of TURTUR’ ORIENTALIS,—and, in spirit, a young TRoPIDONOTUS,

ARGYROPHIS BRAMINUS, specimens of PoLYPEDATES LEUCOMYSTAX, Var.,

and of Ruicornorus Remnwarpti (?), D. and B., ora closely affined

species.

22. B. Heritage, Esq. Skin of DiomEDEA EXULANS.

23. J. Payter, Esq. An albinoid specimen of Mus FLAVESCENS.

24. Alex. Mitchell, Esq. A collection of British specimens in various

classes. Among the skins of mammalia and birds, a few may be selected

for our museum, but we were previously well supplied with all the species

sent. The same remark applies to the reptiles in spirit, consisting of a

Viper and some Newts. Of British fishes in spirit, Mr. A. Kerr has con-

tributed three specimens of Cattyonymus Lyra, three of MuRmNoIDES

GUTTATA ; and from the Montrose museum, we have received a specimen

of RANICEPS TRIFURCATUS, and one of AMMoDyYTz£s ToBIANUS. Also skins

of CoTTus BUBALIS, ASPIDOPHORUS EUROP@US, SALMO TRUTTA, two of 8,

FARIO, AMMODYTES LANCEA, and a fine skin of the Sun-fish, OrrHogoris-

cus Mona,—the whole of which are exceedingly acceptable. Mr. Mitchell

has further enriched our museum with a fine collection of British shells,

comprising several species which we did not previously possess ; and with 109

species of insects named, collected in the county of Forfarshire. Also with

two large specimens of the remarkable northern crab, LirHopES ARCTICA.

25. From T. C. Jerdon, Esq., Mhow. A collection of reptiles and small

fresh-water fishes from 8. India; also a skin of Matacocrrcus SoMER-

VILLEI, Sykes (verus). The reptiles are Lycopon auLicus, XENODON

PURPURASCENS, COLUBER PIcTus (Russell, I, pl. 29*), Herprropryas MA-

* A true CoLuser, not Lycopon sariopERa, as suggested by Dr. Cantor,

853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 417

LABARICUS, Jerdon, ». s.. and Nata TripupieNs. The fishes have not yet

been minutely examined.

‘E. Bryta.

April 29th, 1853.

LipRaAry.

The following books have been added to the Library since the last

meeting.

Presented.

Selections from the Records of the Government of India. No. 1, Papers

on the proposed Railway in Bengal. Calcutta 1853, 8vo.—By THE Go-

VERNMENT oF Iwnpta.

Report of the Inspector of Prisons, on the Management of the Jails

from 1845 to 1851. Agra 1852, foolscap folio— By THE GovERNMENT oF

THE NortH WestERN PRovIncts.

Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy, for the year 1851-52, Vol.

XXII. Pl. UE—IV.—By tur Acaprmy.

Proceedings of ditto, Vol. V. Pl. L.— By THe samn.

Selections from the Public Correspondence of the Board of Adminis-

tration for the affairs of the Punjab. No. 3, Lahore 1853. Royal 8vo.

(4 copies).—By tar Boarp.

Transactions of the Meteorological Society of Mauritius. Mauritius

1853, 8vo. Pamphlet.—By THE Soctrty.

Notes on the Winding and Dying Branches of the Silk Trade of Kur-

rachi. By Lieut. Stewart. Lahore 1853. Folio Pamphlet.—By tHe Ac-

RICULTURAL and HorTIcULTURAL SOCIETY OF THE PUNJAB.

Memorandum on the State of the Silk Trade and Manufacture of Pesh-

awar. By Capt. H. James. Pamphlet.—By THE same.

Bye-Laws of the Agri-Horticultural Society of the Punjab, (2 copies).

—By THE SAME.

Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, No. 33.—By THE Soctsty.

Journal Asiatique 5m. serie, No. 1.—By tH Socrn’tH’ AstaTiqQue.

The Sixteenth Report of the Calcutta School Book Society.—By Ba’su

Ra'JENDRALA'L Mirtra.

Zeitschrift der Deutschen nore aa Geselschaft. VII. Band

I. heft.—By tar Soctrry.

The Missionary, for March and April, 1853.—By tum Eprror.

Calcutta Christian Observer, for May, 1853.—By Tur Epirors.

Journal of the Indian Archipelago, for November and December, 1852.

2.copies each.—By THE GovERNMENT oF BENGAL.

3.4 2

418 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 4.

A Sheet Almanack in Bengali for the Bengali year 1260. By Babu

Nilakamala Basaka.—By THe AuTHorR.

Upadeshaka, No. 77.—By tHe Eprror.

The Oriental Baptist, No. 77.—By Tun Eprror.

The Citizen newspaper for April last—By tur Eprror.

The Indian Charter, No. for April— By tHE Eprtor.

Bibidhartha Sangraha, No. 16.—By tHe Eprror.

Tattwabodhini Patrika, No. 115.—By ton TatrwaBoDHINi SaBHA’.

Purnachandrodaya for April 1853.—By Tar Eprrtor.

Jahrbucher der Literatur, Nos. 3, 27, 37, 38, 39, 40,77 and 79.—By

THE Baron von HamMMeER-PuRGSTALL.

Hechanged.

The Calcutta Review, No. 37.

The Athenzum for January and February, 1853.

Purchased.

Comptes Rendus, No. 1 to 7, for 1853.

Annals and Magazines of Natural History for March 1853, two copies.

Edinburgh Review, No. 197.

Phillip’s Introduction to the Sontal Language.

Gutzlaff’s Life of Taou Kwang. 2 Vols.

Ra’JENDRALA’L Mirrra.

May Ath, 1853.

RAPA RARAD AAA RAAT VARA AU

For June, 1853.

The Society met on the 1st instant, at half-past 8 P. m.

Siz James Corvin, Kt., President, in the Chair.

The minutes of the last month’s proceedings were read and con-

firmed.

The foilowing presents were received :

Ist. From H. Thomas, Esq. Copies of his papers on ancient

Indian coins, to complete the series in the Society’s Library.

2nd. From W. G. Young, Esq., Officiating Under-Secretary to

the Government of Bengal. Lieut. Baird Smith’s Work on Italian

Irrigation.

3rd. From Capt. Harris. Two Mummies brought from Egypt,

and also five small Turkish copper coins found in the cases of the

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 419

Mummies. The thanks of the Society were voted to Capt. Harris,

which were conveyed to him by the President.

The following gentlemen duly proposed and seconded at the last

meeting, were balloted for, and elected ordinary members.

Professor K. M. Banerjya.

W. C. Halsey, Esq., C. 8.

W. J. Herschel, Hsq., C. S., was proposed by Capt. Thuillier, as

a candidate for election at the next meeting, seconded by the Rev.

W. Kay.

The Philological Committee having recommended the acceptance

of Dr. Sprenger’s offer to edit the Biographical Dictionary of Asca-

lany, which has the title Sle! of Capt. Hayes’s offer to edit an

Arabic work on Ethics, called “ Ziharat ul Nafs,’’ and of Mr. Hall’s

offer to edit the Sanskrita text of Vasavadatta, the Council requested

the sanction of the meeting to their acting on that recommendation.

Ordered that the recommendation of the Philological Committee

be adopted.

Read Letters—

1st. From W.G. Young, Hsq., Officiating Under-Secretary to

the Government of Bengal, transmitting copies of correspondence

regarding discovery of Coal near the Chawa Nuddee, a tributary of

the Teesta. This is the correspondence, extracts from which are

embodied in the report of the Curator of the Museum of Economic

Geology, read at the April meeting.

2nd. From Lieut. G. Pearce, Assistant Commissioner, Hazara,

forwarding, for the Society’s inspection, a drawing by the Rev.

Anand Messiah, Senior, of a Hindu Astronomical Instrument called

the “Jantra Raj,” or King of all Astronomical Instruments.

3rd. From H. Piddington, Esq., a Twenty-Second Memoir on

the Law of Storms.

4th. From HE. Blyth, Esq., a paper entitled Notices and Descrip-

tion of various Reptiles—new or little known.

The Librarian submitted his usual monthly report.

Read and confirmed, July 6th, 1853.

(Signed) J. W. Corvin.

4.20 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 4.

Liprary.

The following additions have been made to the Library since the last

meeting.

Presented.

Italian Irrigation, being a report on the Agricultural Canals of Pied-

mont and Lombardy. By R. Baird Smith, Edinburgh, 1852. 2 vols. 8vo.

with a folio volume of plates.—By THE GovVERNMENT oF INDIA.

Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, No. XVII.

—By tHE Society.

An Essay on the Arabic language. #4+2°w! 5 53 Care lanes yy A leey

Svo. pamphlet.—By Syap Krramat ALI.

The Epoch of the Shah Kings of Shaurastra. By E. Thomas, Esq.

London 1848.—By tar Autor.

On the Coins of the Hindu Kings of Cabul.—By THE samE.

On the Coins of the Kings of Ghazni.—By THE sAME.

Supplement to the series of the Patan Kings of Hindustan.—By THe

SAME.

Notes on Col. Stacey’s Ghazni Coins.—By THE saME.

A Remarkable Indo-Sassanian Coin.— By THE saME.

On Arsacidan and Partho-Persian Coins.—By THE SAME.

Tattwabodhini Patrika, No. 118.—By tur Tarrwasoputnt’ Society.

Calcutta Christian Observer, for June, 1853.—By THE Eprrors.

The Oriental Baptist, No. 78.—By tHE Eprror.

The Oriental Christian Spectator, Nos. for March and April, 1853.—

By tHe Epiror.

Upadeshak, No. 78.—By THE Epitor.

The Missionary, for June, 1853.—By tHE Eprror.

The Bibidhartha Sangraha, No. 17.—By tue Epriror.

Purchased.

The Edinburgh Review, No. 198.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, for April, 1853.

Exchanged.

Journal of the Agri-Horticultural Society of India, Vol. VIII. part 3.

Ra‘SENDRALA'L Mirrra.

June Ist, 1853,

‘uoobunay ‘nj1dsoFT paw

"bung “SSP °C ‘IW ‘AadAVA ef *SUCIIVA *SUOTIVA *“STOI}RA *STOIIVA *SUOTIVA *“SUOTIVA

“1asqgo TT JO ~49sq0 8jQ ~AsqoTZIO ~esqoGejJO ~s9sqo CL JQ ~Aesqo /T JO

x os ee OO On a OO on OO on

"syuauE

-1}8Ul

: oN

S a ee a ee a | ee Ea ee

S S|S/3/8/8/8/8| 8/8) S| 2) S| 8)8| 2/8) 8) &

ie B/S; R | a) BP eT E] ae] Be] BY) PB) EB) Be) |] BY] Oe

= . 5 pe 5 —_s 5 pote 5 me 5 ~

ES > = B & E S B Ss 8 s 5 = 5

43 Peter P| B Pelae Bee P| B 5 | 8

eh Bese

a . "W ‘d 6 "yosung ‘Wage ‘u0OoN ‘WV 6 ‘asliung

< JayowOIeg Jajauoieg Jaqawoieg I9}9WO.1eg 19jauWI0.1eg JajaWOIeET

. ee

$s ~“ for) I wr “tT ie 2) io2) oO No) oO co io) sr or) “I lor) lor) S> jeoe "Ky

= mf] at Of wml] a; wm] ao] e] wel] ale | w]e] OD] oO] a] w| & d

S On or ~T SC) S a

S on oo bo -

S ‘reajo pue ouy Ayjetaued ToBI AA

5 epee SO) Sat S| Bie Se St as eh eS | Bl Se me

— “e000 ‘| ‘*N WOsy spulm Suipieaaig | & = ise = a

= “330g qquow = |——}——|—|——} ——| —— | —_ | —_| —_| ___! —__ | —_ | —_ | —_| —_ |_| —_ |__|

S 93 Jo sqjied Ap1eo 043 ul ssurus0W | & = = eee telecon een: ee ee = S =| s ess

3 BS Bee BB et ee oe | Be | ee ee eee ey.

1 B B Bee oiage eS ae eh 5

5 : Pig | bebe | ot ace leaks 2 lov oeslede| sJemlaele e| &

pue W3iFZ ‘paez oy} UO SdamoYs ule 5 | 5 5 | 5 Big Big == B | 6

"sylewoy "W 'd 6 *yesung ‘Wd € "u0ON ‘N'V 6 OSLIUNG

. JojawoMIayy, | sajamousyy, | Iajowowsayy, | tajauowsayy, | JeyououseyT, J9]9WOWAY T,

*6cst ‘fsmnegou Is, ‘uoohuny

1853.]

‘ecgy ‘huwnuvp sof sagsiboay yoovbojosoazayy ay7 £0 70044897

reee wee st 8°F6

‘oniqg ‘OnIG 6é 88 OL estee eecee ee ee ‘Sle

OP B TG | ‘oI 66 98 ¢L ee ee eecee ee ee ee

“Tau oor "MN 66 26 yA weoe eee ve oe ee

eree es ce 66 ee ee OUI ‘OIG ee ol 99

OIG sop ft; * 18 eh OVI ‘oUNnge\ GL L9

01 "OT he Cc) 89 071 “Ta iNet" 89 cg

“Apnorg foe a aoe Ld 89 "1v9T) 7 HONG 9/ L9

"01 ‘oud | 98 aL "ID SANGIN 522" 6L 69

OIG OIG 66 62 oy e@eee e@e os ee eo es

ong ‘od 66 cg ol eees ee ee ee ee ee

‘oN "OIG F 18 FL eee ee ee oe ee ee

‘oud avi ==: OG ss TEES) AtetNG a ch 107

‘oI bniGiaile oa: S228 el ae Sa = 8L OL

‘yawn) | EAN | 98) 1h | [eand-"a1 AN ote | 28g

@eee eeee 6 ee ee eee eoee ®. HA ee

“ong “outa | 06. oF 1891) eMeINS tok Slee a efG

"1]NuN "7 "AK ‘NI . 18 ol pee @e ee - zs se

"OIG ong 66 88 OL eeee eece ee ee eo

"OIG "OIG 66 cg 69 eovee eece ee ee ee

"18919 <a ANN feos 98 L9 "011 011 i 84 L9

mie ole ib. ate 6é ee ee wt) fe) °O111q ee cL c9

‘oq "I ond 66 98 69 eee ‘OWIG ee ee es

“Ieaqy ‘J ong 66 18 19 eve OG ae ee ee

"TynwND "41 ong 66 C8 e) eece ONIG eo on eo

‘Twno-1g | Aps*mcn | 98 el "0G 011d e el 69

"Tawny “ONG ju €8 ol "13D I1°M'N ie: 89 Ge

‘og OIG 66 Z8 aL eevee eevee ee es eo

“MO-"uanry aay ap Gok en 18 OL “Iea1D AP Noa _ 4 G9

; “pul eel, ; "PULA : ;

JO yoodsy lit Ae jo yoodsy So o|-

pue 90107 Y ="/*19}9TLOUUIY J, pue 90107 ’ 19}9W OUI J,

"NOON ‘WV 6G

Bey Ee

+ le-ezrz egg

“Trawan (y “Op "N — ¢9 ¥9

"19B148-"I1Q) | ST SAA CN ce ¥9 69

“TavaN,) @ an ON is L9 69

“Aze Hy eens"? {) 09") 479

‘wUnd="1I9 WM oN ee 89 c9

esvsoe es ee es L9 L9

“£pnolg “MEN pe 02 = leegg

*OUIG °0UII as ¢9 €9

‘oid ‘OU << 89 c9

*Azeyy “wyRg 3 rAd) G9

“wey ‘OIG = €9 09

‘OWIG "0710IG ass 79 09

"OIG “wR = 69 6¢

"AZUPT esee ee 29 09

‘Joj osuaq "myeD = ¢9 «(G49

"031 ‘ow | ot 49 | ¢

*Azeyy "IH "A 'N ee 69 C'F9

: og

é PUM IB ts ° "9A

J pue sd107q | = . =. *1aJOWOWAIY J,

‘HSIUNAS

"EGQT ‘hunnunp fo yzuow ayz wof suornasasggQ yworhojosoapzaTy

BR XO

TT] SZ°OT | "30

¥Z

€%

AN OO HNO re OD

‘a7eq

cy oe

GPL | S6'89 : "* | G4°82-| 00°02 oi: oi "* | $¢°88 | F9°TZ

C618 | 8'cs a pb "* | 0'€9 | O°6r = pe "* Ie S981 |S°FOST

"0931 BO (ie oa i eee

‘nun | aM 'N | °° tis) of 4.

* OIC. 70g tL 19 it) iQ) "a ‘N ee HA 69 ee eoee ee ee ee G

“ptoo MD |STAN) 94 | 69 e ay = os °° [pau “LAN. | 48> | $L

qysiu 488] ured qusry ee ee ee ee ee ee eo eo ee ee ‘Apnoyg oy "o 'N ee L8 ¢!

*Apnoyo

*pyoo ‘siamoys 4ySrT ee “Apnoyy | FANN] G°L9 69 es - ss S = oe pie °° “° .s

“4481u qSe] JaMOYS ee ee ee ee ee ee eo es se oo oNIG ‘J OIG ee 16 OL

“Aayqas "0331 ‘ong | °° 26 If

pue asojd "meg | °° zB | 669:«| «= ‘onta ‘ond | = | 06: | Bs

‘OIG ‘od Vp 9/ ee ee ee ee eo ‘OnIG 011 ee 06 Cy

*Apnojg “M. EN 6L aL ee ee ee ee ee OIG ONTG ee 16 a4

‘071 “OMe GTS 1 OF

"O11 ‘ong | 88 | &f

“Apnoig |-M “N| 34 | 99 a B a “i °° | £pnory OM (268 | OF

"1009 ee ee ee ee oo *AIy[Ns ‘OnId ee 92 OL ee eer ee ee ee o<

pue aso[) mye | ct 28 | 3s | ‘Apnolp 1 6 ani ae me 2

"owd | “od | 64 | OL 2 “ 2s gt Ne COUN. | SOT |" Pens sete

“Suuaay ur Azey | ‘M4217 |"M CN} 84 | Of vs a " os ** |eumo-"¢ “OUNGL | 9S | ee ey

“Apnoyg "OTN: (5) oe. | eg

‘M5IT MCN] 4 | 94 | *ae9I9 sure.) °* [8 | 04 BStite) “ORT | = See See. 177 88

"01 eo ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee "MN ee ee ee

‘Azer | “ONT ‘oI | ‘od | €Z | G9 | ‘od “mpeg | °° 64 |- °° |. ‘ona ‘oid | ** eg | 89

"80q asvotoog | ‘uly ‘MT AN | 04 | 79 | “28219 Sf 2a 08: 2) 04. |e 20791 OM =" hFOB | Se

sis “MW | WEN | °° cL | Of | ‘ona ‘oI | ** 18 IZ

WD | “W°a N ‘. 8 | GOL

; "PUM |B Wel. ; ; "PUM |p "PUM |B gel. :

“syIRMOY jo cue yO woroa.tp| & & Arq | *99M\ a Jo uonjoosp| 8 = jo uonsanp] & 2 Sig | “702M

AA pue sd10g |= 2 =. *1999ML0W19T J, : Ms pue so10g | P 19}9WOUII JT, pue so10q |= =. *19J9WIOWAIY TF,

eee

—— a = Sa «ee — em > a eo =

eS |

424 Meteorological Register kept at Agra. [No. 4.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of Hebruary 1853.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 A. M.

Maximum and

Temperature.

Minimum.

= “ Aspect of the sky.

os 5 0 : i

2/3 Roa re ae ee es

: g S > o C= lee a= a se

2 2 is Rey (hho eapee eel ales

os a om ci << © Ae

= 6 ° fo) | a a

1 29,.465| 62.0 | 62.0! 52.0] ., “ W. |Clear

2 |29.419| 61.6 | 61.6 | 53.5]. .. | Ld. |~ in zenith.

3 |29.456| 63.4 | 63.0 | 55.4]... |... |s. =./\ in zenith.

4 |29.403) 64.9 | 64.4 | 57.0 | .. | .. | E. | scattered.

5 |29.326| 66.0 | 66.0 | 61.4] .. ~e) (S. m.|Clear.

G6 2129.469) 62:0") 62,0 | 56:05) .: |. TW. Ditto.

7 129.490! 60.0 | 60.5 | 52.51] .. ee | W. | Ditto.

$8 |{29,497| 61.0 | 61.5 | 53.4] .. ene |y ING LD IEEO:

9 +129. 513) 63.4% 63.8 | 54.4 es, ole S |) NowDitte.

10 . | 29.475) 64.0 | -G4:7-| 56.5 |..°) ..--W. [Ditte.

11 |29.455| 65.0 | 65.0 | 57.0 | .. | .. | W. |\ a few in zenith.

12 |29.449/ 67:8 ' 68.0 (G00... ho. oP Bs (Clear:

13° |29.417| 69.5 | 71.3 | 58.5 | .. | . | N. |\ scattered all over.

14 |29.448] 69.0 | 70.0 | 58.4 | .. | .. | W. {Clear.

15" |.29.372). 69.0) 20-0) :58.2-) Sool vc oot WoeDitto.

16.'29.372| 69.7 || G04. (B82) ee, ws. ok WO aatta,

17° |29.358| 69.0 | 70.1 | 56.5 |. .. | N, |\a very few in zenith.

18. |29.42)) Z1-0 | 70.6) 59.0) .. 1 6. |S. Jo- seattered:

19 |29.523) 68.0 | 69.2) 58.9] .. ~. |N.w.|Clear,

20 |29.472) 69.0} 69.5} 59.5} .. | .. | W. |\a very few in zenith.

a 29.413] 66.6 | 67.5 | 56.0]. ae N. |Clear.

29 -1 99.433) 67.0 | 67.5 DD.1 «| ae -- | W. }Ditto.

23 |29.449| 68.0 | 69.0 | 54.5 | .. |... | W. {|e scattered.

24 |29.482! 67,5 CO ako. a a a6 yo TW Sedtbto.

25 |29.525| 68.0 | 68.5 | 54.5] .. | .. In.w./Clear.

26 |29.558| 66.0 | 66.9] 54.0 | .. | .. | W. |Ditto.

27° |29.535| 67.0 | 67.5 | 52.2 | .. | .. | N. |\ a very few in zenith,

28 |29.563] 68.0 | 68.0 | 55.0 | .. | .. | N. |‘ scattered all over.

Mean.| 29.456) 66.2.) 667°)" 56.2 | 2°) se) se

Note. The symbols used for Aspect of the sky are

f \ Cirrus.

| — Cirro-strati.

Symbols,.... 4 ™ Cumuli.

| © Cumulo-strati,

| V~ Nimbi or Nimbus.

The Barometer readings haye all been reduced to 32° Farh. and corrected for

Capillary Action.

1853.]

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

4.25

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Glovern-

ment N. W.P. Agra, for the Month of Feb. 1853. Larirupe.

Observations at apparent Noon.

Temperature.

: ia i

@ = 2

Seek es |. 8

eiiee 2 | 4 | -

Ss Ss Stet Sa

a AQ ° ° =

1 | 29.406) 65.8 | 64.6 | 54.2

2 | 29.374) 63.0 | 62:2'| 53.9

3 |29.407| 64.0 | 63.0 | 55.0

4 |29.345] 65.4 | 64.7 | 57.4

Papeeuees| (67.4 | OF. 4°) 61.7

6 |29.447| 63.9 | 64.0 | 55.5

7 |29.403| 64.0 | 64.5 | 52.5

8 |29.421) 64.0 | 64.0 | 55.0

9 | 29.450] 66.0 | 66.8 | 56.5

10 | 29.422] 66.5 | 67.5 | 57.5

11 | 29.411] 68.0 | 68.9 | 56.7

12 | 29.368] 70.0 | 70.1 | 59.0

be) V2oisas| fost | FONT 68.9

14 129.382) 72.0 | 72.5 | 59.0

15 |29.327| 74.0 | 74.5 | 59.4

16 | 29.312) 73.0 | 74.5 | 59.4

V7 |29:326) 72.2 | 78:2) 57.5

18 |29.391| 72.5 | 74.0 | 60.5

19 | 29.480; 72.0 | 72.0 | 60.3

20° | 29.432) 72.0 | 70.2 | 56.5

21 |29.358| 70.5 | 71.6 | 56.5

22 |29.370| 70.0 | 70.5 | 56.5

23 =|29.411) 71.0 | 72.0 | 55.0

24° |29.437)' 71.0 | 71.9 | 54.1

25 |29.470) 70.0 | 70.4 | 54.9

26 | 29-532) 69.9 | 69.0 | 55.5

27 «=+|29.490) 70.4 | 70.4} 54.0

28 |29.546) 69.6 | 67.0 | 55.0

Maximum and

Minimum.

of the

Minimum.

Direction

Wind

Maximum.

ZRnnns

a. 2

ro]

Z4 vas

Aspect of the sky.

ms a tt eee

Clear.

\— in zenith.

\ ditto.

“a few scattered.

scattered.

Clear.

\ in zenith.

Clear.

.| Ditto.

Ditto.

\a few in zenith.

Clear.

.| \ scattered all over.

.|Clear.

.| Ditto.

Ditto.

.|\a very few in zenith.

A towards horizon.

Clear.

Ditto.

.| Ditto.

m~ scattered,

\ a very few scattered.

Clear.

Hazy.

\ scattered.

\— scattered ail over.

426 Meteorological Register kept at Agra. [ No. 4.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. BP. Agra, for the Month of Feb. 1853. Lonearrupe.

Maximum pressure observed at 4 P. M,

Maximum and

| Temperature, Minka: Rain Gauges.

d\ | 2

£ |6

Aspect of the sky. | =

- =

ete one edie

=) ie} —_ =.

fella ale eels

3 2 real ds Pg © S = Bel 8

2 5 ms es o 3 = rb) Py 80)

Bil) Cea an Cal ales ese a |.

1| 29.352| 69.0] 70.0] 56.5] 68.3] 55.5|61.9 |Clear. 1 OR ee

9! 29.287) 65.0) 63.7| 54.2| 63.4/56.0/59.7 |\— in zenith. Rae iN ©

3/ 29.333] 65.0] 64.3| 55.9] 64.0/59.0/61.5 ;Ditto. Beal GaN

4| 29.260] 68.6] 68.0] 60.0] 67.5| 62.0/64.75|% a few scattered. ~o [NL Ws

5| 29.182! 68-1] 68.0| 63.5| 67.5] 62.0/64.75|~ all over. Seen| loet | ail,

6| 29.422] 66.0] 65.5) 57.5] 65.0] 58.5/61.75)| Clear, 26-4) ,N.

7| 29.376) 66.0| 66.0) 55.5| 65.3] 56.0/60.15|Ditto. SSPE

8| 29.373] 67-0| 67.0) 56.5] 66.3) 56.6/61.15) Ditto. eal aN.

9| 29.403) 68.5] 67.5| 57.8] 68.5| 58.0/63.25| Ditto. WwW.

10| 29.353] 71-0] 71.5| 58.5| 70.2| 58.9|64.55| Ditto. All eINs

11| 29.353| 71-3! 71.3] 58.1] 70.6| 60.0'65.3 |“ scattered. etek

12) 29.307} 73-7| 74.1] 59.5) 72.3) 64.0/68.15| Clear, we (Sew.

13) 29.278] 77-5| 77.6| 60.6) 76.0| 63-5|69.75|— scattered all over.| .. | W.

14| 29.317] 78-0] 78.0| 61.1] 76.5) 63.0|69.75| Clear, N.

15| 29.307| 77-0| 77.5| 60.8| 76.2] 63.0/69.6 | Ditto. W.

16| 29.236| 76-6] 76.8] 60.1] 75.2] 63-0/69.1 |Ditto. N.

17| 29.266| 73-5) 73.5| 59.3] 72.6] 63.0/67.8 | scattered. N,

18| 29.326] 75:5| 75.9; 61.1) 74.8] 67.8|71.3 |% avery few in zenith. Ss.

19] 29.397| 75°5!76.7| 59.5| 75.0) 62-2/67.6 |Clear. N.

20) 29.333) 75-0| 75.0) 58.0] 73.3] 63-0/68.15) Ditto. N,

21/29.275| 74-0] 74.0) 57.5] 73.0] 60-0/66.15] \ scattered in zenith| .. | N.

22|29.297| 74-0] 74.4| 57.6] 73.0] 60-0/66.5 |Clear. tytn

23| 29.368) 73°5| 75.2) 55.5} 74.0] 60-0/67.0 | \ scattered. aot | N.

24|29.375| 75°5| 77.1/ 55.2) 75.01 59-0/67.0 |Clear. N.

25| 29.396] 73-0] 73.9) 58.1] 72.3] 60.0/66.15] Ditto, E.

26| 29.421| 71-0] 70.5) 57.6) 70.0) 59.3/64.65| Ditto. ue IN.

27| 29.425) 74:0| 73.6) 56.2) 72.0] 58.3/65.15] \ scattered. as, N.

28| 29.458] 72°7| 72.7| 56.4) 71.5] 62.6/67.05|— scattered all over.; .. | N.

29.338] 72.0 datas: 71.0/ 60.5/65.75 42.6

1853. | Meteorological Register kept at Agra. 427

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of March, 1853.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 A. M.

Maximum and

Temperature,

Minimum.

is rs Aspect of the sky.

Sy + ry e e

eae lshaeee Se 28 aha J.

: g S us aa g Stlcey ne!

2 erie. |S or Sie wee

See Oo) | oO lB al sy) Sa

1 |29.593| 65.0 | 67.0 | 50.5 | .. | .. Inw.|Clear

2 |29.520| 66.0 | 66.8 | 54.0]. ee EW. \Ditto.

P2048 67.0 je Of.0 | 054.215 .0 1 oh (OWE Ditto,

4 |29.396| 67.5 | 68.4 | 54.8 | .. eel WW. Ditto

he 2o.a06) 70.0 | 70:4 |57.4.) .. .. |W. {Ditto

Geo-2el! 73.5 |-75.0 | 61.0.)°...] 2) 15S: |Ditto

7 |29.406} 76.6 | 74.2 | 63.1] .. | .. | E. [© scattered all over.

g |29.387| 75.0 | 74.9| 64.7]... | .. |s.w.[Clear sky.

9 |29.421| 74.0 | 74.6 | 62.4] .. . | N, |Clear.

10 |29-506] 70-0 | 71.8 | 59.7]... 1 .. | N. |Ditto.

IL | 29-480) 73-0 | 73.5 | 57.0] .. | .. | W. |Hazy.

Pa pe2o-aoo) 71.0 |-71.5 1159.0.) .. .. | N, |Ditto.

13 | 29-382! 73-0 | 73.5 | 65.0 | .. | .. | Ld. |~~ all over.

14 | 29-430} 72-0 | 73.0 | 63.3 : .. | W. |Clear.

oye 2443) 720 PFT 7259.50 1°.. .. |Nw.|Ditto.

16 | 29.436} 73-0 | 74.7 | 60.7.) .. | .. |INw.|\ towards S.

17 |29.407| 73-5 | 74.5 | 63.5 |] .. | 2... I~w.|\ few in zenith.

18 |29.441) 74:0 | 75.5 | 60.3 on | eet WE 1Clear,

19 29.437| 75-0 75.9 Ola ty se .. IN w.|Ditto.

202-429.364, 82-0 | 82.7 | 63.5.) .. selva WWie EEO.

2) 20.345)..78-0 | 80.2*|. 63.5: | .. .. |Nw.|Ditto.

22) 29-323) 81-5.) 86.0 | 65.6.) .. .. |S.w.|Ditto.

2 Aeesaes| 78-9 |) 81.5 | 62.6.1 .. .- | W. |Ditto.

24 |29.265| 79-8 | 80.0 | 62.6] .. ae tle Wi. Ditto.

25 29-249) 77-0 +). 77:7 | 63.9: |. .- | W. |\ in horizon to S.

26 29-247 81-5 83.8 64.0 ve ve. |S. BE. in zenith,

2a) | 29-301) . 82-05) ).82.0.)' 66.5) 1 .< -- | W. | ditto,

28 |29-290) 82-8 |} 84.5 |] 66.6 | .. | .. |s.w.|™ scattered.

29 |29.285| 84:0 | 84.9 | 68.4] .. .. | N. |Clear.

oe 6} 29.505), $4.5) S50. 1° 70.5 | .. es |N w.|V~ all over.

oe | 29.304) 79.0. )eao.c | 70.0 | cc: Uwe. (N w.|Clear.

— OC re | | | ef |

4.28 Meteorological Register kept at Agra. [No. 4.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Glovern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of March, 1853. LarirupE.

Observations at apparent Noon.

: Maximum and

Temperature.

Minimum,

P i Aspect of the sky.

o E . : :

Ae ae = |E) else

¥ | o a FQ a ie rae

i sae Wee, Ce lee REG ey

Be Sh te ee eee et Wel

1 | 29.552) 68.9 } 70.5 )) 53.5). .. {N.W.|Clear,

2 (29.472) 700-1 72 950.0.) Sol.) EN WDittos

3. | 29:443) 71.0: 4071.81 5020 402. .. | N. |Ditto.

A} 29.358) (Oro Augie ol Mobeawitee N.w.|Ditto.

5 (29-310) 72.0 e200 | Poveda ae N, |Ditto.

6 |29.241| 76.0 | 77.9 | 63.5] .. + |S. (Ditto,

7 |29.401| 75.6 | 75.6 | 63.9 | .. |..s | Es jo in horizon to N.

8 |29.352) 76.0 | 77.0 | 65.1.| .. | .« |8.w./Clear sky,

9) 129.394) 75-9 F626 Nba Oe N. |Clear.

10 |29.490| 73.1 FEE NETS IOn ies N. |Ditto.

11 |29.430| 73.6 | 73.9 | 57.0 | .. | .. | W. |Hazy in horizon.

PD aes edee ty al 7£.0 5956.) 1. od N. | all over.

13. | 29.349} 75.0 | 76:0 |} 65.4] .. o’e S. |~ all over.

14 29.413); 74-9) apo GI 2h. W. |Clear.

15 | 29.405) 74.0 | 75.4 160.2). at N. |Ditto.

16 |29.406) 76-0 | 75.0 | 61.9 | .. | «« |N-W.|\ few in zenith.

17 | 29.382) 76.0 | 74.9 ¥ 62.6.) 2c | oe Jé.wilClear.

18 |29-407) 78.0 79.6 | 61.4.) . 2 W. |Ditto.

19 (|29-404| 77.5 | 76.6 | 62.0 | . .. |N.W.| Ditto.

20 |29-305| 84-5 | 85.0] 65.5 ‘ .. | W. |Ditto.

21 |29-327) 80-0 | 79.5 | 64.0 3 .. |N.W.| Ditto.

22 |29.279) 81-0 | 79.0 | 65.0 - .. | W. |Ditto.

23 |29.314! 82.1 80.5 | 63.4 ] .. .. | W. |Ditto.

24 |29.233) 83-8 | 81.6 | 63.8 | .. .. | W. |Ditto.

25 |29.203} 80-9] 80.5 | 64.6 | .. | «. | W. |n few scattered.

26 |29.194].83.0 | 81.8 | 65.3 | .. | .. | HE. In scattered.

97 | 29.268! 82.8) .8256' 167.0. |) a. .. | W. |4 in zenith.

28 |29.195| .84.2 836 67.5. |) .. Ae ig

29 |29.240} 86.0 | 86.9 | 69.0] .. . | N. |Clear

30 | 29.308] .85.0 |: 86:0 ) 72.0.1... aa N. |“ all over

31 |29.300| 82.8 | 82.9 | 70.0 Z ee |N.W.|Clear

1853. | Meteorological Register kept at Agra. 429

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of March, 1853. Lonertrune.

Maximum pressure observed at 4 P. M.

Maximum and

Temperature. kn Rain Gauges.

Co |s

Aspect of the sky.| = 9 |x.

: bs . A ao |S

ro S ir) 5 N o

Pee | 2 : E 3° Z z

eee |e le | a bal Se oe

3 a Che — sS = © sees

Seo) Ol Fe | ale | & a “18

1) 29.472)73.0 173.3 |55.2 |72.0.|54.5 |63.25|/Clear. - |N.W.

2) 29,384|74.5 |75.5 |57.3 174.0 [58.0 |66.0 |Ditto. ies TINGS Wis

3] 29.351/74.0 |74.0 |56.9 |72.6 |60.3 166.45) Ditto. oo AINE,

4| 29.260 72.7 |72.7 (57.1 172.0 |60.5 |66.25|Ditto. seneiuNe

5|29.17475.5 |76.0 160.2 |74.9 165.0 |69.95/Ditto. Hetty WINS

6| 29.168 81.5 |83.2 /65.3 |81.5 |65.0 |73.25)~ a few scattered.| .. |S.E.

7| 29.370,76.0 {75.5 |63.6 |75.0 |65.6 |70.3 |7 a few scattered. | .. | E.

8] 29.273 80.0 |79-5 |64.9 |78.6 |68.9 |73.75|Clear sky. aor VN

9] 29.322 79.0 |79.6 |61.0 |78.9 |66.5 |72.7 |Ditto. we Ws

10| 29.393.74.9 |74.4 |59.0 |73.6 |63.5 |68.55/~ 4 heavens. sah Nn

11| 29.354:76.2 |76-6 [58.9 {76.0 |61.9 |68.95/Clear. Pea

12) 29.214'76.0 |76-0 |59.9 |75.2 |61-7 |68.45|\ all over. xen hack

13) 29.292'78.5 {79-3 |67.4 178.0 |71-0 |74.5 |~ all over. en Sew

14] 29.355/75.0 |74.5 [61.6 {73.6 166-3 |69.95/Clear. seni Ws

15| 29.324:78.5 |78-5 [61.7 177.5 164.9 |71.2 |Ditto, Seed oN

16] 29.326'76.0 |75.6 162.5 |76.2 167.0 {71.6 |Ditto. sa TRING

17| 29.390|76.0 {81-0 |63.1 |76.0 [67.0 |71.5 |Ditto. Bo eh

18} 29.331/81.0 |82.0 (61.9 |80.5 |67.0 |73.75| Ditto. eel NW

19|29.311|77.2 |77-6 |62.8 |77.2 |69.0 |73.1 |Ditto. ve IN. WW.

20| 29.204|85.7 |86.0 |66.0 |85.5 {70.5 |78.0 |Ditto. eatin Wis

21| 29.203/82.4 |85.0 |65.9 |82.0 |71.5 |76.75|\ a few scattered. | .. | W.

22|29.189|83.5 (85.4 |66.9 [85.0 )74.7 \79.85\Clear. eet i We

23| 29.224/86.0 (89.5 165.0 |88.0 {74.0 |81.0 |Ditto. enh Weg

24|29.147|84.0 190.5 |65.0 |85.5 173.8 |79.65/Ditto. wenn las

25| 29,105/82.0 |82.3 |64.6 |86.8 |78.9 |82.85|Few “scattered. Rens

26| 29.128|86.1 186.1 |65.8 |86.8 |75.6 |81.2 | in zenith. eon

27| 29.156|86.0 186.4 |69.2 185.5 |75.5 |80.5 | scattered. ae (NeW

28] 29.161/87.5 |94.4 (68.5 |92.6 |78.9 |85.75\Clear. Pa i

29| 29.133/93.9 |94.9 {71.0 |93.0 |79.5 |86.25/- in zenith. Beit NBINGs

30| 29,262|84.8 |84.4 |72.9 |85.0 |81.5 |83.25|W- all over. oe (Ne We

31] 29.201/84.0 |87.5 (78.0 |84.0 |71.0 |77.5 |Clear. oe

Ce eg Oe ee

29,261/80.05/81.19/63.84/86.55|68.68/77.61

Jas. Muir, Asst, Secy. to Govt. N. W. P.

JOURNAL

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

Notes on the Sources of the Abi Ma, or Amoo or Oxus, extracted

from the Journal of Mr. HE. Garpiner.—By M. P. Epeworta,

Esq. C. 8.

It has nineteen principal branches above Oomshurk, which will

be enumerated from the S. to EH. and soto N. Oomshurk is an

independent fort on S. bank ofthe river, one day W. of Kulef, a fort on

N. bank, four days W. of Thermaz, which is four days N. of Balkh, and

1458. of some extensive ruins of an old city named Thoor, said to be the

largest in Turkistan :—burnt clay idols, walls eighteen yards thick, of

polished stones without cement. It is at the 8. entrance of a pass in

the Thoor hills which run E. to W. or N. W. to S. E. from Shoo-

brisubz by Mapak mountains and Koh-i-pak, Shamror and Allghoor,

the fort of Karbana to Falungir, and through the desert of Woormoor ;

wind 8. to Thalukhar and S.to Khan Durra, and then E. along river

Bhoongee to the Esh and Geth districts, where they join the Hindoo

Koosh..

1. The Daha kash (or Akroo) rises at Dehan, a small fort at

base of Ghoor mountains 1} day to Nilung; thence N. E. to Khan-

dak, a large but ruinous fort, where it is met by the Zuz, which rises

at Shah kool one day W. of Dehan (which is one day from the first

fort met on emerging from the Khilzye country, and from the moun-

tain called Shah Shoorwa by Khilzyes and Nak by Therbas, from whose

snows the Moorghab or Dorub rises) ; thence the united streams

run N. N. E. to Ghoor—N. E. to fort Janbuk four days, N. BE. 24

days to fort Khasbin, two days N. E. to Soorbhwa ; whence it in heavy

No. LX1I1.—New Sprrius. Vou. XXII. 31

432 Notes on the Sources of the Abi Ma. [No. 5.

floods is able to cross the sand one and half day to Molbergan, where

it falls into the Andi Shia.

2. The Andi Shia rises near Aboon and Killabeg, two days W.

of Bamian, then runs N. W. to Auk, Pinchoo, Yooknoo to Nasbeen,

where it receives a small stream, the Tanab (which rises at Killa-

khoor three days W. N. W. of Bamian) ; thence N. W. to Thahsult,

where it receives a small stream from 8. W. called Awa; thence

Peelkoo, Bulk and Bala, where it winds to N. and runs between the

Yusufrange and the Thamoo hills; thence to Khroon, Bulkh-al-paieen,

Lashar, Charkhund, and Oombsir, a large fort on W. bank one day E.

of Ghoorzewan; thence by Dehkael, Boieen-i-kur, Oodook, where

it receives a stream rising at Nasheb in the Thaa mountains ; thence

N. to Hood and Derra Guz by Killa Shah, Mollbryan (wide infra)

‘to Pookool, where it begins to be exhausted in irrigation round

Balkh, but in floods it passes N. N. W. of Balkh by desert of Now-

shahak by Bahool, Fahish to Oomshurk.

3. The Khooloom or Korth has two branches, the most westerly

rises at Naishuk, a fort two stages W. of Khara Khooth pass between

Kabul and Khooloon; the other rises at Jabun two days E. of the

pass; they unite at Meeran and run N. to Fazaamth; thence to

Shuhk and Rooee, by Tahal, Koor Koorum, by Vaij and Saharbag,

Shehmet, Siri Koond, Dara-i-pirdar to Heibuk, where it is much used

‘for irrigation, and meet the Naizaab, which rises near Maham in the

Foorkoo mountains two days from the shrine of Vab. From Heibuk

‘the Khooloom runs N. W. to Kheloodurr, by Khoom the ruins of an

ancient place ; thence to Pechoo, where it receives the Mahud, which

rises near a shrine—Mahood ; thence by Zart, Ghuzni guk, Syed Shah

Balumby pass and a fort of Neekkoor and Koolon river to which it is

joined by the Noonooal, a small stream from the 8S. E. rising from

Zeib one and a half day S. of Aubdauk. From Khooloom it runs N.

to Zooloom, Shah Killa, Ghaur Hash, where it falls into the Amoo

four or five days N. E. of Balkh.

4,- The Soorkhab has seven sources.

1. The most westerly of these is the Kai-i-Kahi, rising near the

salt springs of Thook in the Foobut district, one day N. N. EH. of

the Doondaur Shikum Pass. Thence it runs N. E. to Kool, by Kai

Murd, E. to Ushon Shah and Dooshauk, Kool Ali Baush Koonth,

where it meets the Akab, which has two branches. 2. The Theh

1853. | Notes on the Sources of the Abi Ma. 433

rising near Dhoonko of Doordam peak, passing Zaimoo and Chauk-

bik where it meets the easterly branch which rises near Shin-

wur, and passes Noor, Syghan and Oozanub. 3. From Chakbik

the Akthel runs to Bash Kosmust, where the united stream runs E.

to Koor Dul, Kazi Pir, where it meets the main branch of the Soor-

khab, which rises by various torrents of the Koh-i-Babo. 4. About

the Hajiguk pass, the main branch rises near the caves of Ookurbut

two days W. of Bamian; thence E. by Kafirghar and Bushbuk Koh;

thence N. to Mishuk, where it is called the Noosh; thence to E.

of Akroo hills by Huzrut Shah Ali; meets the Duraz from S. E. to

Kazipeer, whence it is called Soorkhab. Thence N. N. E. to Kafir

Maz and Kaha Baz and Byrah, where it meets the Hoor, which

rises among the snowy peaks of Kafir Loo; thence it runs E.

one day, then turning N. W. to Poosh, W. to Kroon, where are hot

springs; thence to Gee, where it meets another stream from S. ;

thence W. to Bysah, where it meets the Surkhab. _ From Bysah the

Soorkhab runs N. to Isope, where it meets the Dako (which rises

two or three days S. H. of Kunghan) ; thence N. or N. E. to Reeuk,

where it receives the Taha, which rises from the Thadur pass two

anda half days 8S. W. of Thool. These three streams are frozen

during five months of the year.

5. From Neeak N. or N. E. to Nawar and Dhorrhee, where it

meets the Oondoo or Inderab. This rises at the warm springs of

Kooth two days E. of Thool, thence to ---- Geth, where a great part

is lost in a subterraneous abyss ; thence to Kishnaz, where it receives

a small stream rising west of Thool,—to Noorial and Dooshee.

Thence the Soorkhab runs N. E. to Shah Nanoo, a great shrine,

with salt and bitter springs ; thence to Oosl, Ghorighar ; thence N.

to Kith, it meets the Hooz (rising at a place called Ishoon) ; thence

by the fort and through the pass of Bush to fort Khan Mirza by

Kaum, Kimish; N. to Shah Beg and Koondooz just below which it

runs into the Zoouk or Aksunn.

6. The Esh, Doolgeth, Oorgeth or Abigeth river rises a day’s march

S. of the Kafir city and caves of Esh and, collecting the waters from

the adjoining Geths, runs N. W. to Shoone; thence to Ashur where

it is joined by the torrent of Naoo (part of which is first lost in the |

Naoogeth) ; thence to Khoorrum where it is joined by the Bhobog.

312

434 Notes on the Sources of the Abi Ma. [ No. 5.

7. The river called Bhoongee rises at Ooslot, a Maur fort N. of

the great range and five days W. of Chitool; thence W. through the

Maur country to Nouvahi Kaffir, where are three gigantic idols in

caves, one said to be twenty-one times the size of nature. Thence

by Dur or Durra Ooth, where there is a remarkable vortex and sub-

sidence in the river Ooth; what is not swallowed up, joins the

Bhohog; thence to Ooslut by: the Usbec fort of Kran; thence

Khoonroom, (vide supra) having received the Esh N. W. to Ispo

through mountains and uninhabited tracts to the pass of Durra Ishol

N. W. to the brine-springs of Zee, N. to Durdan, Shah Donoz,

where it falls into the Zohak, one day W. of Washi and Thaligam.

8. The Shahageth or Thal rises towards S. EH. in the peaks of

Maur-i-Moo; its two branches issue from the Durra Toork and

Durra Faharang, and unite at Thang-i-Krai, near which are said to

be lead and iron mines; these are now neglected and are four days

W. of Boodookshun. Thence it runs N. W. to Shahgeth, a famous

shrine of Kahika; N. W. to Zun-i-buk and Poorth Kra, where the

Zain joins from §&., rising also W. of Mahar-i-Moo; thence W. by

fort of Tak to Hoon and Thalee Khan, and meets the Bhohog at

Shah Oomoz, which is a short day N. E. of the shrine of Joh, formerly

a Kaffir place of worship; thence N. W. to Wahi and Khanabad

where the river is generally called Zohak; thence to Pithoor and

Koondooz, where it receives the Khooloom (v.s.), whence it takes

the name of Ak or Akserai; N. W. to Goomsurand Akserai; N. W.

to Pathoor, Thaloom and Peer Shah Haj where it meets the Amoo.

9. The Guldarsh or Goolsind runs inthe Pak mountains one day

S. E. of Thrain-koh and Moongam ; thence N. W. to Kas Abi, Roob-

nea (four stages from Budukhshan) to Koouk, Koh-e-thog N. W.

to Goolsin ; thence to Zurbab, where it falls into the Zoon. This

river is famous for the rubies found in its bed and neighbourhood.

10. The Zoon rises at Taioork, a place famous for jewels, one day

N. of Moongham in the Pak mountain, three days S. of Boodookhshan ;

N. W. to Nomah or No, the ruins of an ancient massive building

one hundred yards square, and one hundred high, the first twenty

yards built up with well polished blocks of stone, about two yards

square. It is not quite square, the North side having an angle in it

{\ so—the circumference is four hundred and twenty yards, and

1853. | Notes on the Sources of the Abi Ma. 435

it is halfa mile from the river on S. bank, and three stages S. of

Boodookhshan ; numerous clay idols are found in the ruins around.

Thence the river runs to Wambik where it meets the Tha; thence

N. W. to Peeri Moor, a famous old shrine now in ruins; thence to

Futhook, where it receives another stream from the 8S. called Be ab.

Thence N. W. to Zur or Zurbab, where it meets the Goolsind

(v. s.); thence N. to fort of Zoon, where the river is called Aizoon ;

runs through hilly barren tract to Boloo, an old fort with extensive

ruins on the top of a high hill—there are large spriugs and a place

of pilgrimage there; thence N. W. to Weisoon, where it falls into

the Boodookshan or Aiksah river.

11. The Aiksah or Kauksahee rises near Thool,a hill fort three

days N. of Dharaheem, whence it runs 8S. to Komu, winds W. to Naum

(where there are coal-beds and iron), thence to Erg and Koanch,

where it meets the Gaihi (which rises one aid a half days to the N.

in three small lakes called Ghal, surrounded by the Kash hills).

Thence the stream receives the name Khah, and runs S. and 8. W. to

the pass of Dur Bohoom, where it meets the Nu-e-choor (which rises

in the E. at Ghaz in the Dharabim mountains two stages W. of

Dharahun, and thence runs by the caves of Aurooch, near which

are good lead-mines,) thence by Peus fort to Dur Bohoom ; thence E.

to Yoath where it is joimed by the Yontee (rising in the mountains

of Kalkroosh, passing Maha ruins one and a half stage W. of the Ghal

lakes). A few miles lower at Shei, it spreads into two lakes called

Ehesh, on the N. bank of which is the hill in which are the caves of

Esh. Thence the Khae runs N. W. to Hathus, where it is joined by

the Hem, (which rises in the mountains N. of Chitral at Oogurk) ;

thence N. W. to Yahab, to the lake of Noosh where it turns E., and

through the Shoolee mountains and pass of Dad, to Muz where it

meets the Mooz (rising in Kalproost mountains and has aS. W.

course through the Shooli range). Thence N. W. to Ooshuk

where it is called Aiksah,—to Boodookshan, where it 1s first called

Khaksah ; two miles N. W. of the city, it is joied by the Shohi

which rises N. E. in the Shoolee mountains. Thence it runs past the

ruins of Eshka Kall where it receives the Shood, which runs in N. E.

at Shush in the Shoolee mountains, three days N. E.

The Shood from Sheesh runs along the Shooli range to Pauk

436 Notes on the Sources of the Abi Ma. [ No. 5.

where it is jomed by the Ghanooz (rising in N. W. out of lake

Ghanooz) ; thence 8. to Maieel to Fort of Ushk or Eshk (v. s.) ;

thence N. W. to Shauluk, three days through barren regions to Fort

Oorg, to Goorp where it is joined by the Goorp from N. W., rising

in Mahash mountains at Savrek, three or four days W. of Bolor (the

Mahash is a northern continuation of the Shoolee mountains) ; from

Goorp the Khauksah runs N. W. to Oomar, where it is jomed by

the Bhahath, which rises E. at Thei-i-Bolor and runs W. through

the Mahash and Shoolee mountains through the Malk pass, through

the barren Shoolee district to Geheez, and thence to Oomir, (v. s.)

Thence the Khaksah runs through a hilly country to the fort of

Kan-ook, where it is joined by the Kauksoo which rises near the

ancient city of Shoh which is about four days N. N. W. from Bolor

and two days W. N. W. from Ghar-look ; thence the stream runs to

Areekuk or W. base of Shoolee mountains 8S. W. to Peor, where it

receives a small stream from E.; thence 8. W. to Kaul where it re-

ceives another stream (which rises near Nokoo and runs due west

through the pass and by the fort of Akm, and so W. to the Kauksoo,

which runs on through an almost uninhabited tract to Khaksah, (v. s.);

from Kanook the Khasal now called the Boodookshan continues

N. W. to Abba Nooz,—to Weizoon where it meets the Goolsend or

Aizoon; thence W. N. W. to Warhook; W. to Khoja-haur where it

meets the Loorkhalas, andruns N. W. to Boolgwa and Yayaan-ossa

where the Shamoo or Bolor joins it.

12. The Shamoon or Bolor rises at Ooknumu on the north side of

the Kalkroosh mountains, and about two days’ march S. from Bolor;

thence N. by Bolor and through its valley to the pass of Durraroz,

on which are the old and large ruins of city and fort of Roz;

thence to Boorglass, another ruined city and fort; thence N. to

Shoshun where it is joined from E. by the Shun stream, rising at

Pebhaik three days E. of Bolor, and running thence by Dazee to

Shosun. (v. s.) Thence the Shaumoon proceeds to Barad, where it

meets a stream so called, rising two and a half stages EH. at Prahoo ;

thence N. W. to Gauzool and Ghaurlook where it is joined from the

S. by the Koho rising three days march S., at mineral springs near

Kohoo a day S. of Khazur; N. to Talan an Aka fort one and a halt

day east of Shoh. This fort is considered impregnable, being situated

1853. | Notes on the Sources of the Abi Ma. 437

on the tops of inaccessible peaks ; it is as old as Shoh ;—N. to Cheoor

about ten miles N. E. of Shoh where it receives the Shoh; N. W. to

Oolook, through the Durra Drewas pass, and N. W. to Aleek where

it meets a stream which runs along the pass from Thooroo at its

eastern extremity ; thence to Boorth, a Musalmén shrine, below

which it receives the Khokhoomn, rising E. N. E. in Kok, a fort in

Bolor mountains N. to Nath, where it spreads into a lake called

Boom Kull by Akaas, and Disrik Kull by Mahomedans. The river

here forms three channels—the most northerly pass Boom Baimeer,

winding round to W. to Hsurk, receives a small stream of that

name from N. rising at Nashh, and receiving after heavy rains the

overflow of the Kara Kul lake, and running through the pass of

Roouk to Esurk; thence W. and 8. W. by Zath and Khybut

where it receives the Zath from N., rising in the Akaa range two

stages from the lake Riaz Kul. Thence the Bolor runs S. or 8. 8. W.

clearing the great range at fort Shameek, and thence 8S. W. to

Wackund, a large Usbec fort on W. bank; thence to Peeraz, where

it ig joined by the Roon from the E. rising at Hazur in Shoolee

range two days’ march HE. of Walfo; thence S. W. two stages to

Akanoon, where it is joined by the Thooz, which rises a stage west of

the Ghar lake at a marsh called Seosoo; thence it runs N. W.

through the great Shoolee range 8S. W. of Shoh W. to Preakgau, to

Kheal or Keelék, W. by Irsh to Akanoon where it meets the

Bolor: thence the Bolor runs S. W. to Asoo, Yarga Oop, where it

meets the Soorkhab, and thence they flow together to 8. W. by

Chuktee and Khoojawur, where they fall into the Ab-i-Ma or rather

being there joined by the Boodookshan take the name of Abi Ma or

Amoo.

13, 14. The Soorkhab has two main branches rising N. E. of the

Nonaut Kau peak ; runs thence by Malpoort, where it meets the Ab-

koor from lake Khiangkul; thence 8. and W. to Shinwar, where it

meets the Oosh from EH. from lake Kara Kul; thence 8. by Khara

Tagoon, 8S. W. to Auspek, where it meets the Numa rising at Taux

to N. W.; thence S. by Nahamoot, Boolgwan, Yarghan and Ooppa,

where it meets the Bolor river.

15, 16,17. The Kaffr Noshan runs a day’s journey to the S. of

the pass of Dostara under the peak of Nonaut Kaw. The Hoon

438 Notes on the Sources of the Abi Ma. [ No. 5.

rises at Zeenoo, runs thence to Taux where it is joined by the Mol-

pooth rising in mountains of the same name, passing Shoon and

Kaffirnoshan ; thence S. to Shiroog where it is joined by the Zerab

or golden river, which rises also to the N. E. in the Malpooth

mountains. From Sheroog to Hazar and Shadman, and running

thence, I met the Amoo at Tahoo Thun.

18. The Dawoo or Thoupalak rises at Raos about two stages

W. of fort Oostam; thence runs through the Karatagh mountains

by Kibbot, whence it turns 8. through the pass of Rubuko by fort

Ko, Kurm, Oora Dehi Noo, S. to Pelank through the pass of Dur

Abdoola in the Thu range to Af, where it meets the Amoo.

19. The Zorab or Kootsind rises in the Komjuk mountains one and

a half stage 8. of Moabooll; thence runs S. to Soorda, about five miles

E. of Bayesoom, S. to Killa Yoosuf, by Zauroock, and Sydabad, S. to

Peer Koh by Ziarut Shah and Theka, Islamook, where it winds W.

and S. W. through the Thoo range to Thoor where it decreases in

the sand and feebly reaches Nohak. In times of flood its waters

thence run 8. W. to Choorkaba on the Amoo three days W. of

Thermaz.

Notes on the Yarkund and Oxus.

The branches of the Yarkund commencing from the most easterly

are— |

1. The Kroo, rising at Pomboone in the Yagni Dhawam range,

joins the main river at Yark fifteen miles south of Yarkund.

2. The main branch or Yarkund rises at Khai-i-tang in the

Kara Khoom mountains, one day 8S. of Seraigooth, thence N. to

Seraigooth, thence N. W. to Palkoom, and meets the Sahoon at

Khakaloon.

8. The Sahoon rises at a place of the same name, two days W. of

Seraighot, joins the river at Khakaloon. Thence N. W. to Shoonwak-

Humlang, where it receives the Khoolkhan.

4. The Khoolkhan rises at Koolkhan in Karakhorum mountains,

runs through the Asmoh and Kirghiz, and reaches the river at

Humlung one and a half day above Yarkund, N. W. to Khoolan

thence W. N. W. through the Asmoh and Kirgiz low forests to

Assa, where it is joined by the Anashoog, which risesin the Peeloo

;

1853. | Notes on the Sources of the Abi Ma. 439

mountains one day S. of fort of Anushoog, and runs N. by Peeloo fort

through the Ashahoon pass, and the districts of Mangaun,to Asa. The

united river, now runs N. W. through the Ame district along 8S. of

Yagni Dhawan range to Yagne, where it meets the Dowlutsooech

river, which itself has four branches.

1. The most easterly of these is the Ashoohun, which rises West

of the Ashoohun pass; thence through Dowlutsooeh; meets the

(2) Hautehkoot, which rises mainly from Lake Toong, a day’s march

N. W. of Hautehkoot 8. W. to Tamor; then turns E. and 8S. E. to

Manlook, then to N. and N. E. to Yahoog, where it meets the Ashoo-

hun, two and half days, N. E. of Hautehkoot ; thence N. and N. E. by

Polum two days N. N. E. of Yagne, where they meet the Selekute.

8. Selekute rises at Jam one day N. of Poosht-e-Kaus, thence by

Selekute, and thence E. to Lake Zal, where the Dhan meets it from

the 8. also, rising one day N. of Pooshtukar. From Lake Zal E. S. E.

to Polum, it meets the Dowlutam, which thence continues E. one

and a half day to Maloo, where it meets the (4) Aushak, which rises

W. of Kashauk at base of Yagni Dhawan, thence through great

barren plains to Malor. Thence the Dowlutsud runs E. through

the Mangan range, and joins Yarkund at Yaeni.

The Yarkund thence runs N. W. three days to Aneuchan where

it receives the Chimb, which rises one and a half days more W,

thence. Then the river forms an angle and runs N. E. by Ashelook

to Yarkund.

Note on the Ranges and rivers N. W. of Indus and Gilgit.

The 1st or most northerly is the valley of Pinghit or Ustikhan

or Zairauneh, where the E. branch of the Kanka rises.

2. The Spung valley, an easterly continuation of the last ; in it

is the Spung lake and source of Ankahoo.

3. The large Peeloo valley.

. 4, The Ashnoog, S. E., and divided from the East by the Anaus-

hoog mountains.

To the south of these valleys lies the Peeloo range, whose name

however varies in different parts of its length. Most north-wester-

ly itis called Pingut, then Spung or Makoo, then Peeloo, and the

easterly portion Metl Ho or Anaushoog S. E. of that Hunzye, and

further on Khangram or Bulti, sinking away into the Oskardo hills.

o K

440 Notes on the Sources of the Abi Ma. [No. 5.

To the north, these valleys are bounded by the Tso-hung-lung or

Kara Korum mountains, which goes by various names likewise. At

its west end, where it joins the Bolor mountains, it is called Kanch-

gir. East of that Poosht-i-Khaur EH. 8. E., thence Appro (in which

there is a large fort). To EH. thence, the Great Spung. Thence

eastward Ashahoon or Ashur ; thence eastward, Thalshool or Krana.

Krana itself is a beautiful peak, remarkable for striped ribbon jas-

per, olivine and chrysopras pebbles found in the beds of its streams.

From Krana a considerable range runs down to Bullisthan called

Kai-e-Kah. Here are beds of coal near the ruins of an ancient

city called Shah Taslif, or anciently Lihaf or Leefoo.

The Kai-e-leh is mostly slaty formation. In it are marble quar-

ries, and alum and salt are extracted from some places in small quan-

tities at the eastern base, and large quantities of borax: Leefoo is

four or five days due north of Iskardo.

From Krana eastward the range is called Kara Kurum to the

source of the Chorere river, whence it takes the name of Thosung-

lung.

The Bolor mountain rises almost N. and 8.,commencing in the north

of Zalnoohee in the Joolkal district, which is four or five days south

of Balook Bara, a great lake; thence south by the fort and district

of Zoonéu, which lies to the N. EH. of the Pingut range, treading

N. W. or S. E. two marches and 8-9 Long. at its south, it is called

Poosthekén. To the north it is bounded by the Yoog Uhoog

mountains, which commences at Pashee two days N. of Julmookhee

and seventeen S. of Balook Bhara; it tends 8. E. and joins the Kara

Koorum near Hatch Kooth. N. and E. of Uhoog is the valley of

Poosh bounded to N. by a spur of the Yagnee Dhawan mountains,

whose westerly extremity commences at a day’s march or a little

south of Ausgess; thence it runs S. and 8. E. to Othe, thence to

Koum and Kharakool, then turning more easterly runs to the 8. .

of Ooshkumnak and Doonshoo ; (mostly uninhabited save by a few

wandering Akaas): thence it runs EH. S. HE. to Anewchan Asa

Mahazar, thence most southerly to Wahon, Munaham and Kham-

koom, when it dies away on the plain of Vacha Thung.

5. The fifth valley is Naw Aloon or Ooloor, due south of Pin-

gut, and divided from it by the Zinpanooch range. It belongs to

1853. | Notes on the Sources of the Abi Ma. 441,

Muhammedan chiefs, but is mostly inhabited by Bolorees and wan-

dering Shoolees.

6. The Darahm valley due S. of Lat, and separated by the

Dormah range, it is one of the best cultivated of these valleys, and

belongs to independent Muhammedan chiefs.

7. Rewanshoor valley, small, to EH. and S. E. of the last, on north

bank of the Gilgit ; it is, though small, well cultivated, and gives good

produce, especially wine and fruit.

8. Booloo or Boolooper, a narrow slip, about two days’ journey in

length, from the Gilgit river to N. E.

9. Gilgit Proper lies on both sides of the Gilgit river from

Booloopor to Ooster and thence along N. bank to Shooghoor on the

Indus. | /

10. The Tangoot valley, considered a dependency of Gilgit, is

divided from the Bulooper by the little Gilgit range.

11. The Hunzaye may be considered as an eastern continuation

of the last, from which it is divided by a small bare rocky range

called Hai cha. It runs east and adjoins the Bulte Province, whence

it is separated by the Hunzaye part of the Peeloo range.

12. Mar dral Choo or Drale to N. and N. H, of Hunzaye, whence

divided by the Peeloo. It is a dependency of Baltistan, and bounded

on N. by the Karakoon, and E. by Kai ekah mountains, and ends

in Iskardoo proper. The southern portion is most bare, producing

nothing but borax. The Koobeloo district commonly called Lubra

or Nubra or Nobra, may be considered as a large valley bounded

by the Kara Khoorum mountains on N. or W. by Kai-e-Kah, 8. by

Indus and Kai-e-Kah, HE. by the Nubra range; two northerly

branches of the Indus run through this. The most westerly is the

Koobeloo, which rises by two small branches in the Kara Koorum

mountains. The most westerly of these is from a lake called Kau-

feloo. The other is from large springs two days’ stages from the

lake, after these two branches run south to Nishtung where they

meet, and the river thence passes the fort of Ho, thence turning W.

for three days breaks through the Kai-e-Kah and joins the Indus at

Khanthool about one and half day H. of Ooskardo.

The other river—the Cheoera rises in the Kara Khoorum at some

large spring one day east of those which are the BE. sources of

3K 2

442, Early Hindistiny Poetry. [No. 5

Koobeloo. Thence it runs S. along the base of Loobra mountain S.

W. through Loobra plains and meets the Indus at Budgnak. about

twelve miles below the fort of Hemap.*

Early Hindistany Poetry—By A. Spruncer, I. D. Secretary

Asiatic Society.

In a former number of this Journal Vol. 21, p. 518, the Rékhtah

verses of Amyr Khosraw have been adverted to. I have since met

with an important passage in the Tadzkirah of Mohammad ’awfy,

for which he collected materials in A. H. 600. He says in speaking

of Sa’d aldawlah Mas’id :

slo eagle Sytie obl yo byl 6 Colla b42 Wee lof o9) Wldad gf dSy0 da 5

08k Ge! Cole “Ahem 51 1) 91 x jigs dS 55 9 OT ys Oe cyt! WA? 51 91955 9

BS yy) WT gf BG 549 OF soy gT GL rth ya gf 955 Gam wloe of dbadty

haw wok 5 1 yx Aloe sh slo w9> Lols cg ae 1991 900 $y} 0 ly gf

Ly gl ead wld (5946! sts ps ys Xs 53h) i awe! wylgtd dao fy gly

‘ os SOU 7S havo iy Buds Shwe yy

“ T have mentioned this poet in this place (i. e. among the poets

of Ghaznah) though he was a native of Hamadan, because providence

has so willed it, that he should distinguish himself in the eastern

countries, and his life is connected with that of the learned men

of that age, and because in historical works he is considered a poet of

Ghaznah. He had a claim to be classed among the nobles who have

written poetry, but he has written more poetry than most profes-

sional poets, having left three Dywans, one in Arabic, one in Per-

sian, and one in Hindty, and for this reason I mention him among

the poets.”

Khoshgt, Vol. I. No. 34, confirms this statement:

&uv yy oS BERS gy Xp pmo ylomd ty 9} JS)! Kyo daly yo C5922 9 pd pic!

dls per co Bl g20 (so 9 gsm yl? ust y® Oly

“ Amyr Khosraw of Dilly (died in A. H. 725) praises him

very highly in the preface to one of his works, and says that he has

written three thick Dywans, one in Arabic, one in Persian, and one

in Hindy.”’

* The orthography of the MSS. as far as it could be made out has been care-

fully preserved. Eps.

ee eS a ee

1853. ] Early Hindistany Poetry. 44s

The terms Hindty and Hindy in these two passages mean the

language in use among the Musalmans of India. I need hardly

say that the terms Zubane Urdu, court language and Shi’re Rékh-

tah are very modern. The former of these terms is but very rarely

used by natives of India and the latter is already obsolete, the

usual term even now applied to the language and poetry which we

call Hindustany is Hindy, and always has been “ Hindy.’’ The very

name of “ Dywan’”’ which is given to Mas’td’s collection of Hin-

dustény poetry is a guarantee, that it did not consist of Slokas,

Kabits, and Déhras, but of Mathnawies, Qacydahs and Ghazals writ-

ten in the Persian character.

As to Mas’tid himself. His name is Abi-lfakhr Mas’id, a son of

Sa’d and a grandson of Salman and his titles were Sa’d aldawlah

and ’amyde ajall. By the latter of these titles, he is named in a

poem which Sanay has written in his praise :

dS cls Wd phe 9 wy” ly eh 5 jb &S Esoaee col

The statement of Mohammad ’awfy that Mas’id was born in

Hamadan is supported by the author of the Haft Iqlym, and he says

himself that his origin J! was of Hamadaén. But it seems that he

means merely that his family was of Hamadan, and that the above

- two authors have been misled by this statement. Dawlat-shéh be-

lieves that he was of Jorjan, but Taqyy Kashy shows that he was

born at Ghaznah and, surrounded by Hindt slave women as the

Mohammadan nobles of Indian courts always were, it is not unlikely

that the language of India was his mother-tongue.

His father Khwajah Sa’d was a noble at the court of Qabis of

Dylam, the son of Washamgyr. He left Jorjién and went to Ghaznah

for reasons which are not recorded. Mas’tid was born towards the

end of the reign of the successor of Mahmud and grew up at

the court of the Ghaznawides, and being a great financier he attain-

ed to the highest distinctions and was made Mostawfy and Mun-

shiy of the kingdom. But he had his downfall, and he had

the misfortune to be imprisoned in the fortress of Nay ¢,4 for

twenty-two years. The cause of his imprisonment is variously

stated. Some say that he was arrested by order of an Amyr (mili-

tary leader) of the name of Qomaj, when on a deputation to Systan

and Zabulistan, because the mind of the King was poisoned against

444. Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 5.

him, owing to some suspicion against his fidelity in the discharge of

his duties. But Nitzamy ’aridhy states in his work which has the

title of JR ke apud Taqyy Kdshy that Sayf aldawlah Mahmid a

son of Suléan Ibrahym was accused of having formed a plan of joining

the court of Malikshah, and that he was (in A. H. 472) cast into

prison on this account, and put to death init. His friends, the

most intimate among whom was Mas’td, shared his misfortunes.

Mas’tid however regained his liberty after twelve years, but subse-

quently he had to endure eight years more of incarceration owing

to the roguery of Abi Nacr. When he regained the second time

his liberty, he withdrew from the world and devoted himself to the

service of God. He died in 524. He was acquainted with many

of the earliest Persian poets, most of whom sung his praise; among

them are Abi-l-Faraj Rainy, who was his teacher, Mokhtary of

Ghaznah and Mo’izzy. Unfortunately none of his Hindistany com-

positions have been preserved, though it is very probable that they

were still extant when Amyr Khosraw wrote. Taqyy Kashy has

seen his Persian Dywan which contained about six thousand verses,

and he has embodied no less than 4,650 of them into his Tadzkirah.

Report on the Geological Structure and Mineral Wealth of the Salt

Range nm the Punjaub; with Maps, Sections, §ce—by ANDREW

Frrmine, IW. D. Edin., #. RB. 8S. #., Assistant Surgeon, 4th Regt.

Punjaub Cavalry. In charge of the Geological Survey of the Salt

ftange in the Puryjaub. Season 1851-52.

(Communcated by the Govt. of India.)

(Concluded from Page 368.)

On THE Korana Hints.

From the central district of the Salt Range and apparently run-

ning parallel to it, an isolated barren range of hills called Korana is

seen rising out of the plain of the Jetch Doab or district between

the rivers Jhelum and Chenab.

The highest point of this range is about forty-six miles 8. 8. W.

of Pind Dadun Khan, and about twenty-four miles south-east of the

civil station of Shahpoor.

When in the Salt Range near the latter place, in the month of

January, I took the opportunity of paying a flying visit to Korana,

1853.| Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 445

which, from the abrupt way in which at a distance it appears to rise out

of the level alluvial plain, I supposed might turn out to be of volcanic

origin, and might assist us in arriving at a conclusion as to the

agency by which the strata of the Salt Range were elevated into

their present position.

From the Jhelum to Korana is one uninterrupted alluvial plain

called the “ Bar,’’ about six hundred feet above the level of the sea,

thickly covered with a jungle of caper, pelu and mud, through which,

from Shahpoor, a four hours’ ride brings one to the foot of the hills.

In this district there are but few villages, and the scanty population

consists chiefly of thieving Beloochees, who, with their flocks of

camels, bullocks and buffaloes, wander about the Bar, remaining in

any one place only as long as food and water are procurable. or

the latter, they are chiefly dependant on rain which is collected in

holes or tanks dug out of the alluvial soil.

Two wells have been dug in the interior of the Bar on account of

the great depth at which water is reached: and its generally saline

character.

The aspect of a range of hills which Korana from a distance pre-

sents, gradually disappears as we approach it, and we were not alittle

surprised to find that it consisted of a succession of isolated ridges

of stratified rocks of various sizes, running parallel to each other and

rising abruptly out of the plain, studding this over a space of some

six or eight miles, and extending towards the Chenab in the neigh-

bourhood of Chineout.

As we could only devote one day to the examination of these most

singular rocks, our attention was devoted entirely to a portion of

the principal ridge to which all the other smaller ones are apparent-

ly similar. |

The Korana hill, on the summit of which is the residence of a

highly venerated Fakir, consists of a ridge of rock -stretching from’

north-east to south-west, and about two miles in length. By the

Thermometer, its height is estimated at nine hundred and fifty-seven

feet above the plain at its base. It presents a steep slope to the

north-west on which a few stunted Phoolahee bushes have taken

root, and an escarpment to the south-east. It has a peculiarly black

volcanic appearance.

446 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 5.

The ridge is entirely formed of a coarse brown ferruginous quart-

zose sandstone alternating with beds of a greenish quartzite, which

in many places passes into a siliceous clay slate. These beds are

all distinctly stratified and dip to the north-west at an angle of

from 40° to 45°.

The sandstone is traversed by numerous veins of white quartz

containing masses of rich hematite iron ore, which do not seem to

have attracted at all the attention of the natives as a source of iron,

although it can be obtained in considerable quantity, and ought to

yield from seventy to eighty per cent. of metal.

Filling small cracks in the sandstone some small specimens of

pyrolusite or peroxide of manganese were obtained. This, when

powdered and treated with hydrochloric acid, gave out chlorine in

abundance, and when fused with borax in the oxidating flame of the

blow-pipe gave an amethyst-coloured glass. It occurs in thin de-.

tritic lamin of a steel-grey colour with a strong metallic lustre, and

which exhibit a black streak. This valuable mineral was not detect-

ed in any of the quartz veins; but as it very generally occurs asso-

ciated with hematite, it is not improbable that it may be found. It

is nowhere an abundant mineral, and as it is in great demand for

the manufacture of glass and for bleaching purposes, and fetches a

high price in the market, it would be of great importance were a

workable lode of it discovered.

No fossils could be detected in any of the strata which, from their

mineral character, we are disposed to reckon as lower Silurian or

Cambrian, the lowest of all fossiliferous rocks and subordinate to the

salt formation of the Salt Range.

From the general parallelism of the Korana ridges to the Salt

Range we think it most probable that at one period, the latter had

extended in breadth across the plain of the Punjab, from which, by

- disturbing agencies and extensive denudation, the softer strata have

been removed, leaving only the harder and quartzose sandstones of

Korana as monuments of its former extent.

From Korana eastward to the foot of the Himélayas at Roopur

we are not aware that a single rock oceurs; nay, we believe that a

traveller might search in vain even for a pebble in the sun-baked

alluvial plain of the Punjab Doab.

ee ee a ee a ee

1853.] Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 447

As far as we have observed no out-bursts of plutonic or volcani¢

rocks occur in connection with the Korana strata, but the injection

into, what probably were, rents in the sandstone, of pure quartz veins

containing metallic ores, indicates their having probably been sub-

jected to igneous agency. The limited time we had to spare did not

permit of a more extended and careful examination of so interesting

a formation, barren and uninviting though it appears to the eye of

any one but a Geologist.

In conclusion we may remark that quartz vein penetrating slaty

strata similar to those of Korana, have, in almost every part of the

world, been found to be the principal source of the richest metallic

ores. Gold ore is almost always found in quartz veins penetrating

the most ancient fossiliferous and metamorphic strata, but as that

metal is invariably found near the surface of its vein-stone, mining

gold has never turned out so profitable a speculation, as washing

- its “dust” from the debris of its vein-stones in the alluvial deposits

at the foot of auriferous ranges. We never have heard that gold

was ever seen in the alluvium at the foot of the Korana hills, but

the locality is one where we should expect to find it.

The metamorphic strata of the western Himalayas towards

Cashmere, where they are so extensively invaded by igneous rocks,

are certain to be found, when duly examined, to yield rich metallic

ores. The difficulties attending investigations of the kind in such

elevated localities are, however, very great. Hitherto the field may

be considered as untrodden.

Approximate heights above the sea level of localities in or near the

Salt Ranges referred to in the accompanying report, calculated

Srom the boiling point of water.

Locality. £29 Remarks.

Bae on

5s)

Mount Tillah,. ; eee. | 3,277 |Pucca Tank on Summit. |

Gurjok Hill above Jelalpore,.. geases| 1,882

Plain at Jelalpoor,....... .-| 619 /A little W. of village.

Plain ins. ee. 619

Pind Dadun Khan,............e2-{ 608 |Plain near Fort.

Top of Koossuck Fort, ..........| 2,047 |At the Musjeed.

Moder Musjeed, ..ssesaue sens se | 2,141

448 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. (No. 5.

Keurah Deputy Collector’s House,| 1,183 |Built on Salt Marl.

Chooa Leydun Shah,............| 1,871 |Fakir’s Bagh.

Kuringuli Mount, ..........0...| 3,204

Kurta ghana viotoiteie Bale drtialitetaics | 2sl004| Mielay Wael millace:

Dhur Range, ......0+-+eeee0.--| 3,130 |High Point, 2 miles W. of Dehriala.

Noorpoor, sacecs cons secveceeee| 2,200 | beside village.

Mount Sikesur, ........00220+2.| 4,990 |Old Temple on Summit.

Oochalee in Souc Valley. ........| 2,404 |A little above Salt Lake.

Katha‘ Moosouly..cks Sees 627

Wullee,... . seis eine ahaa) nine 4 ow oie | Ooo Me lttle below village.

Kheree Hill above Nallce,, cos we sal O,OO

Chideroo, i) sakes? michate era e 660 |Below village.

Zamanee Hill above dia 4, stage hace ROS

Mooza Khail, cece esceacesse| 7/7 |Plain between Town and Salt Range.

Maree on the hadige: edets bie eles are 633

Maree 2nd Observation,..........| 636

Top of Maree Salt Hill,.......... | 1,196 |An Old Temple.

Summit of Dinghote, .. .... se... | 2,/46

Bahadur Dok village,............| 4,493 |Right bank of Indus above Kaffir Kote.

Kaffir Kote Range,............--| 1,602 |High Point N. of Old Fort.

Mount, Drehgun,. aj. 2 aces os se | 3,710) Uriel, Survey Station,

Besharut village,....eeessseeeee-| 2,984 |Below Tank.

Mount Diljubba,........00.-..0-| 2,872 |Trigl. Survey Station.

J helumy: SUAGION,: 4 Sie 0,cie ele siecdevee «8 671

Summit of Korana,..........e-.-| 1,565 |Near Monastery.

The thermometers used in obtaining the above results are made

by Newman, and furnished from the magazine of Fort William.

It is to be regretted that they were dispatched without their zero

error being accurately ascertained, by comparison with an authentic

standard thermometer or barometer. They are divided into 4° divi-

sions, which can be read off to ¢° with tolerable accuracy.

Having fixed the height of Pind Dadun Khan as six hundred and

eight feet by the barometer, we were enabled thus approximatively

to determine the amount of error in the thermometers, and to apply

it to correct our results.

In this way they come wonderfully near to the heights obtained

by barometric observations.

The small liability to accidents and the portable character of the

mountain thermometer as well as the ease with which, in almost

every situation, an observation can be taken, render it a most invalu-

able instrument to an Indian traveller.

The tables we have used are, we believe, those of Prinsep as given

in Colonel Jackson’s useful book entitled ‘“ What to Observe.”

if.

Hh.

]

449

1853.| Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range.

a a a ee ne eS Ee

6'9E1's 09 G9 626° FS “uU00ON esseeoeceosne2e se ee 88 08 fINSIFIS

qunoy, Jo yruuns ofdweg pro) ‘ “sie “

feee'g. 2) 19 |c09:) 2 eee oI WW “yok Sette Pees sc teauiA quay) SE ree ee

66902 Ge | oe €62°63 [IN V6 |UMOL JOH (N UreTg eyjesoopy) “ SWIST

x 00°1 23'S 89 69 FOL'SZ *u0ON, se pe ste os oer vee Ce ee we ‘INSaYlS

oe a oe nnogg, (owsofurD) atguey, ro] “OT

5 | £9°0C6'T tL FL 6Z1°82 ‘IA °V Il se ee ee rs ov oese eee ee er bing

“ayxIg JUNO JO WOVB MN HOM) “£436 _

crelzut | 72 | 34] 00682 |W 'V 6 | ‘eduey ayes Jo opis *N [muy] “MGS

I ié2 1 99 89 IF8'8z2 ‘WW ‘V8 seen es ee oe we oe ee ere Os UWA :

yes easy jo yrorums ‘ajdwoy, ‘

€°609 9¢ | 9¢ ese'6s INV Z| occt etc Ssupuy oq} uo soavyy| = SS “pag Yyote yA

"ayes B atojaq passaidep AqTe 08°8c9€ | of | SL 09°92. | IN ‘dT [tote te” eeqyoy JOC AN

-INJVUUN SLA UUINIOO o11jaWOIeg 943 SB asuvy aaTeyoryg jo yuiod ysaqsizy ai

‘yoy 003 Ayqeqoid 9.18 s3[nsa.t asouL, 6o'LFLUT +9 ¥9 CC/'8Z ‘WW ‘Vv 8 se oc oe ee ee ee Oe Pe es Oe ‘sseg -

aayeyoiy 0} eouetua soyioy} ‘ *UI8Z P

egoce’z | FL | 18] Gosse | ‘Woon [reese s “WHET Sequeyy yo qrummms) “FS

8° 1F9 g9 | 02 | ose6e (Wd @ [°° ** Sumo, 243 Mojaq Sequey) “ “y308 ‘49d

‘Agaans oy} Suruiol Ata 03 snoraojd 6°8Z1'S | 09 | 29 OSONCS TW Fae ee eae a ase

"4)SSY 4S] Uoping “ay fq epem o1oMm junoyy JO yrumns ejdumey, pro] ‘* ‘WLS S

‘pojeynoyed 19M Sj[NSet 9seyzZ Ory | BUCS <S 8¢ | 09 TOE2 25 INR tae Tab ee ee ese es eTOqp Ung EL Gat ‘416 ‘ure

WOIJ SUOIYBATISGO OLIaWOIeg oy], 88°0L4'E FG | ZG 908°9 Wd T litt Sqeqty, yunoyy jo yrmang|"oest ‘HIEs “°C

S| ee

EE(ZE/EE Ses) £5

4995 BE|SEISePe BR S

*"SHAVMOYy ul jyysiepy |S & ae aS & et | aso *Aq1[e90'T ‘awd

eyeuxoiddy |" |" |S BS” 2 2

& o 36 ic) Se ®

cl ire wean T

"SU0tDALasSGQ IIujamounT wWoLf paqojnajva 2Lodaey

burkundwooop ay. ur 02 pautafon ‘abun yng ayz wwau 40 Us seyyno0T f0 JanaT wag ay2 an0gn syybrayy aquuncosddy

Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [ No. 5.

450

*‘plorauy ,spuno1g

*7,] UO OpeUL 919M SUOIWVAIISgO asayy,

¥6 £08 vo | *G

*aseq

Ss}I ye uid

*19j9W/9AOqe Buel

018g 0} pajoo1I09 ATjUanbasqus seam pue -oy jo yyS10F]! ze | ze

$ 10190 uO OpeMm Seu UOTJVAIOS O SI

aes ge ae 1° SPL F6OV'LT | FG | Fe

‘agjamoirg sued) ST 116 ra | ¥s

“MON ,Spunoly ‘y] WIM poreduos fjsno ‘100d

-1aaid uaeq pry YOIYA ‘plossuy ue wo.!-yeys ye wn]

Udye} SEM LULIOY UO UONeAIOsqo SIU, |-ay¢ agATI OY}

aaoqe = vurd

“TANTO LF 94} UL A9jVA 99 Jo [AAs] 99 eAOQE)-o-y Jo WYSI9F| QE | Oe

Jooy 9 ynoge ‘iameVayg J9AIY , 101anbu0g ,, :

94} JO UIgeD ay} UI papuddsns sem pue ‘ap GO'PIS vo | as

-10 JU9][20Xa UL AaJaMOIeg UleJUNO| 39} 6°209 6¢ | 6¢

“eq S,ueuMaN Mou AT\DezJ10d ve sem Ja\OUN

“Oleg SIF “wWNpyf doar oyy Jo Avaans| 1] °919 09 | 09

8 UL UOSBIS P[OD 4se] posesua sem OM

‘AARNT ULIPUT 9q} JO Spunoiy “477 Jo ssou 219 e9 | ¢9

-puLy 94} 09 payqopul we ][ suOI}eAAasqo

OlIJaWOIVG SULMOT[OJ 9g} pue sIyy Jog C'P89 09 | 09

lee

BerliBs

og |B BIS E

*syaeWoy WiWsey |S Site

oyeuixoiddy|S |S

= (a8

a) §

"PANUTUOQ—SUOLDALISIO DigaUoLME WoLf poynnowwe spybrarT aqouxouddp Jo aquz,

0€S°8s

oLe°62 4

029°e2

0c9°82

91°63

919°62 |

F1S°6¢6

61°62

0LS°62

89¢'6z

poonpol

19}OWO1eg

uooe Axed

-vo pue Ayoed

“89 1OJ payor

-109

‘NY 0¢ 6 Oe ‘euvloy jo qiuauang

"NV OETI| °° °*** S(suomearasqo Z Jo

‘IN “WV £ |uvout) curs0y jo oseg ye weg

WV 0g 6 ee oe es cv es 0731p 0431p og

W'V 0€ 6)°°°* “TIT Buesoy jo y1u1uINg

"WV 08 6/°" °°" fo39Ip o99Ip ‘roodyeyg

"Wd Z 03} °° (‘suoleasasqo F Jo uve)

WV £ [aweaig,,to1anbuog,, 100dyeqng

‘We ‘Vv OT OO ta 2° es eerie

-Jasqo ZI JO UeaM) 0431p 0771q

WY Ol ee ee ee ee es oe ae ve ‘19We9}G

lodenbuog,, wey y unpeg pulg

‘WW ‘VY OI “ae SOS ee aie ae? SRO

“19840 OT JO Uvout) 0731p 0371q

TAL ‘Vv Ol eeeeens ersten een "e+ fjommRayg

,lo1anbuoy ,, Jo ulqeg ‘wnjoyr

f=)

B 8, *£y1[80 07]

éé 66

66 66

66 é

66 66

$6 66

‘ZGSlISTZ URE

** “9sT¢ 03 4943"

* "a9 Gs 07 4961"

t=" yW¢6% = 200g

“Tyg T 07 WIZ

66 ‘TIFT "AON

ane ee

"ajeq

1853.| Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 451

In calculating the heights I have used for sea-level observations

those recorded in the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, as publish-

ed in the Journal of the Asiatic Society. Provided with one instru-

ment, this was the only course I could adopt. Galbraith’s Barometric

Tables, which are considered to be very accurate, were employed, and

their extreme simplicity is a strong recommendation in their favour.

The instrument employed was a Newman’s mountain barometer

of the latest and most approved construction, furnished from the

Arsenal of Fort William. It was safely conveyed from Calcutta to

Lahore, in November 1850, attached to a Palki, and from thence was

brought on to Maree on the Indus by Mr. Purdon, from whom I

received it in the middle of February 1851. There was then but

little leakage, and its indications seemed accurate until towards the

end of March, when it commenced to leak very much and became

quite untrustworthy. On examining into the source of the leakage

I found it proceeded partly from a crack which had formed in the

upper wooden part of the cistern, and partly from the side of the

tube where it passed into the cistern; several plans were tried with-

out avail to stop the leakage, and at last the mercury escaped to

such an extent, as to admit of air passing into the tube.

By the contact of the escaped mercury with the solder which con-

nected the vernier to the arm of the rack which moves it up and

down the scale, the vernier became detached, an accident which never

could happen if the arm of the rock and vernier were made out of

one piece of metal. It is somewhat strange that an instrument-maker

of Mr. Newman’s celebrity, should not have guarded against the

possibility of an accident, such as I have recorded.

In manufacturing mountain barometers for use in the very dry

climate of the north-west provinces of India, it would be highly

desirable that the wooden part of the cistern of Newman’s barome-

ters should be either entirely dispensed with, or be constructed of

some thoroughly baked dry and tough wood. I very much doubt,

however, if any wood will stand without cracking, the influence of

the sun and hot dry winds of the Punjab in March, April, and

May.

Another barometer of an old pattern without even a rack adjust-

ment of the vernier, and set in a round mahogany case, which was

452 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 5.

received in December 1851, on being taken out of its packing case

appeared in good order. After standing in its leather-case for a day

in my tent, its mahogany case warped so much as to bend forward

the scale (metal) and impede the movement of the vernier. The

first day I had occasion to take this instrument out, though carried

with the greatest possible care, it leaked so much as to render the

results obtained (in the absence of any instrument for comparison)

utterly valueless. It is surprising that such an instrument should

have been sent all the way from the Arsenal of Fort William to the

Punjab for survey purposes.

A little more care in the selection, and speed in the transmission,

of instruments required, would save parties engaged in scientific

works in the N. W. Provinces from much trouble and disappoint-

ment.

List of specimens submitted to Government illustrative of the Geology

of the Salt Range, Sc. Je.

No. Name. Locality. Remarks.

————e

ee ee —

Deoontan Rocks, &c., <<...

Red Gypsum Salt Marl, ......] Pind Dadun Khan.|Contains Carbonate of

Metamorphosed Argillaceous rock Mag.

with radiating crystals of Tre- Pind Dadun Kiar

molite ? in patches on the sur.

face‘ot the: Marly, j..0)- (cn

3 |Amygdaloidal variety of No. "9

with Geodes of Talc, appears

like a metamorphosed sand-

StOME;{)at < eS elete ce solu aeeres od

Variety of ditto ditto,..........| Pind Dadun Khan.

Geodes of Talc in No. 3, ......| Noorpoor.

Flesh-colored crystalline Gypsum,| Kerah Salt Marl,

White Gypsum with Rock crys-

tals.5. 4. Maree Salt Marl.

Ditto with erystals ‘of Iron Pyrites. Khond.

Reddish Rock Salt, .........-.| Pind Dadun Khan.|Most esteemed variety.

Noorpoor.

NO oO

co 0

1853.| Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 4538

No.

List of Specimens, Sc., continued.

Name. Locality.

White Rock Salt, ............;| Pind Dadun Khan.

Glass Salt, nals sle'sc cetera aon Melba

Old Red Sandstone above salt

MU pas oe elas cs see e'ss oo os) Dagtanwalla.

Variety of ditto ditto, ........ |Jubbee.

Grey Argillaceous variety,......

Greenish Schistose sandstone with

carbonaceous markings,...... Chederoo.

Variety of ditto ditto, ........|Mukraih.

Quartzose grit in No. 15, ...... |Chederoo.

Dolomitic Band in No. 15, ....

Dolomitic Calcareous sandstone,

{lower beds,) . oe owee se oe) Mount: Tillah,

Variety of ditto, (Upper beds,).. |Mount ditto.

White variety of ditto, ........|Baghanwalla,

Yellow variety of ditto,........{Chumbul Range,

Upper Red sandstone, ......../Pind Dadun Khan.

Purple shale above 23, .......«- |Arub.

Quartzose grit with grains of

Carb. of copper in beds in pur-

ple shales, .............- -/Mount Sikesur.

‘Ditto with nodule of copper

PIERS eteteles'afd's'v\'s)0 0% w sas Dokree,

Copper glame concretions from

PGP site's oh s¢ Codie so os a>. Utthas

Ditto ditto ditto ditto, ....»....|Ditto.

Ditto in siliceous sinter, ......!Koofree.

Concretion of sulphate of barytes

in purple shales associated with

COUPEE, (cea cee as cele veloc wel | euttha,

Chert from Salt Mari, ....... |Dwoda.

Siliceous sinter with Agate, Car-

boniferous Rocks, &c., ......|Chooah Salt Marl.

Calcareous sandstone, ........|Kaffir kote,

Grey Limestone;..............|Noorpoor.

Black Limestone, ....e0.« «+++ |Moosahkhail,

Flesh-coloured Limestone,......(|Kaftir Kote.

Tubipore Limestone masses in

UNO Ut sla dine sis ov «+ 00 oo os | OREDERGDs

Slaty Limestone, ............|Kaffir kote, &c.

Grey Schistose sandstone above

Boy och ee su eee eee . |Moosahkhail.

Dark Argillaceous sandstone, “ Piikatin Kote.

Yeilow Calcareous bed in ditto,.. |Ditto ditto.

Remarks.

Is hygrometric and

Magnesian.

‘Contains Magnesia.

Contains copper-ore

concretions.

ContainsProducte, &c,

Contains Encrinites,

Terebratule, &c.

Abounds in Orthis,

Producti, &c.

Abounds in Encrinites

and Paleozoic fos-

sils.

Contain, Orthocera-

tites, Cratites, Ic-

thyolites, &c,

Is Magnesian, fossils

scarce.

Contains Encrinites,

454 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 5.

No.

List of specimens continued.

Name. Locality. _ Remarks,

en eee ee eee

Rain-drop-marked — sandstone

above 39,. a oie . |Moosahkhail.

Magnesian sandstone above ‘42,. Ditto.

Fine - grained Magnesian sand-

SCONE, sie ec od oie s ov LLUEEO,

Upper Magnesian ‘Limestone, .. |Ditto.

Ditto ditto ditto, ...... . |Chichalee Range.

Yellow lithographic Limestone Contains a few indis-

below NO¥44, 0256 sen. « - |Moosahkhail. tinct Icthyolites.

Bituminous sandstone above No.

40 resting on decomposing Bi-

tuminous shales,............/Kaffir Kote. Yields petroleum,

Encrinita: Limestone, same as 46,|Nullee. Contains Oothocera-

tites, Producti, &c.

Brecciated productus Limestone,

Oolitic Secondary Rocks, ....|Chichalee Range. Contains Magnesia.

Yellow Argillaceous sandstone,.. |Moosahkhail. Contains impressions

of ferns, &c.

Siliceous Quartzose grit, ......-j|Chichalee Range. Contains pieces of

carbonized fossil-

wood,

Shell Limestone,......eee+¢++|Mulokhail Chichalee

Range.

Clay Iron-stone from Shak alter-

nating with beds of 52,...... |Mulokhail.

Brown Calcareous grit; the grits

having a metallic lustre, are

probably the debris of Hyper-

sthene Rock, .........«+.+«+ |Chichalee Pass.

Grey Cherty Limestone, ...... |Mulokhail.

Variety of ditto,.... 2... 2+ s«|Chichalee Pass,

Green Belemnite sandstone, .... |Kalibag.

Upper Quurtzose grit, ........ |Mulokhail,

White lower quartzose grit, .... |Chichalee Pass. Contains bits of car-

bonized wood con-

verted into coke,

Fossil wood converted into Jet Has been used as a

(Kalibag coal) from shales al- fuel in the Indus

ternating with No. 52, ...... |Kalibag. Steamer.

Cherty Limestone from a mass Contains Magnesia

resting on salt Marl, ........ |Ditto. in small quantity.

Ferruginous claystone (burnt bi- In beds alternating

tuminous shale),...........-|Moosahkhail. with Nos, 51 & 52.

Tertiary Eocene Rocks.

Claystone (burnt shale) forms Sometimes highly fer-

the base of the formation, .... |Intana. ruginous.

Quartzose grit in contact with

G4igiddiddacaeiestscesuecs>- |Dachammalla,

Calcareous sandstone beneath)Dundhote near Pind|Highly fossiliferous

alum shales, ......¢.+++e-e+-| Dadun Khan. between Kuttha

' and Moosakhail.

)

1853.] Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 455

No.

List of Specimens continued.

Name. Locality. Remarks.

Lignite alum shale, ..........|Chichalee Pass. Used in the manufac-

ture of Alum.

Yellow Marly Limestone above Contains nummulites,

Shales)... 6. ss ae ee oes os.» $baghanwalla, ostrese, &c.

Nummulite Limestone above 68,/North side of Mount

Tillah.

Lower Nummulite Limestone, ..{Bukh Ravine Moo-

sahkhail. Foetid when bruised.

Chalky lower N. Limestone,.. ..|Kuttha.

Lower Numl. Limestone with

Fasciolites,:.........-.-.-.. |Koofree.

Argillaceous Numl. Limestone,.. |Mulokhail, Foetid when bruised,

f contains black flints.

Upper Nummulite Limestone, ..|Tober above Pind Da-|Full of flints.

dun ‘Khan.

N. Limestone with nummulites, |Kalibag Hill.

Black Flint from 73 and 74,.. ..|Bukkh Ravine, Moo-

sahkhail.

Lignite (coal,) ..............{Baghanwalla.

Lignite (coal) from same seam

about a mile distant from loca- Contains 1.840 Ash

MEMEBE (05 ns oe ae as ne ce oo = «| Ett, per cent,

Lignite, 12.00. seccecevceeces|N. side of Mount}Much weathered, very

Drengun. brittle.

MGhO sic cleccc cc cess oc seecases|Fid near Pind Dadun

Khan. Ditto ditto ditto.

PUG, wiwine cena oc ce oo cass oe s- |Dundhote 2 miles W.

of last locality. Ditto ditto ditto. »

Ditto, cos cece cccecececesess \Nilawan ravine below

Noorpoor. Ditto ditto ditto.

Ditto (coal,) ....eeseeeee00- |Kurumee ravine near

Kuttha,

Ditto ditto,.. .. «+ .eeeeeeee... (Chichalee Pass. Contains 30 per cent.

of Ash.

Porous Gypsum associated with|Jabba 10 miles E. of|Produced by the de-

SOIPHUE, aeice sess ceceeses.-| Kalibag. composition of

Limestone.

Native sulphur in Limestone,

passing into Gypsum, ......|Jabba ditto ditto.

86a\Sulphur prepared by sublimation

from Tertiary Miocene Rocks,|Ditto.

BP PEUCOICUID yo. sn cc cc we cece ce ee (DIttO. Floats on the surface

of water.

88 (Grey Calcareous sandstone, ....|Kullur Kuhar. Yields gold dust, con-

tains fossil bones,

&c.

89 (Grey hard Calcareous sandstone

in beds alternating with No.|Dhar Range near

Be) aisieneaaeeiettine tees «| DenrIaIaH,

90 |Argillaceous Grit, ............ |Ditto. Used as a millstone,

contains fossil

bones, &c.

456 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 5.

List of Specimens continued.

No. Name. Locality. Remarks,

_———

91 |Jet (fossil wood) in masses in/Nurwa near Kullur

NOE SB, Ui. homeo sinsmmicne| louher.

92 |Black washed Iron sand with goldj/Bed of Boonah Nul-|Ready for amalgama-

dust : the Debris of No. 88,..| lah. tion process,

93 |Red indurated clay alternating

with 88, 89 and 90, ........|Kullur Kuhar.

Alluvial Rocks.

94 |Caleareous Tufa, .......+2+0-|Mount Diljubba. Extensively burnt for

lime.

95 |Kunkur, 2 cececececece soos oe (Jhelum. Used extensively as a

road metal,

SSS SSS

Lower Silurian or CambrianRocks,|Korana Hills Jetch

Doab.

96 |Ferruginous quartzose sandstone,|Korana.

97 |Quartzite in beds in ditto,......|Ditto.

98 |Siliceous clay slate in beds alter-

nating with 96 and 97, ....../|Ditto.

99 {Hematite in Quartz veins in No.

96, oc awwe cede oc cu sede WOReROIStO. Is a rich ore of Iron.

100 | Peroxide of Manganese filling fis-

sures in No. 96,.¢ oe oe ee oe ee \Ditto.

Description of Sections.

Taste No. I.

‘Index to Table of Colowrs and Markings used in Section of Salt

Range.

O. Alluvium.

1, Tertiary Miocene Rocks.

a. Greenish sandstones, argillaceous grits, conglomerates and

red and green clays.

2. Tertiary Eocene Rocks.

b. Nummulite limestone.

c. Brown calcareous sandstone.

d. Alum Shales with Lignite.

3. Secondary Oolitic Rocks.

e. Cherty thin-bedded limestones with shales.

é. Yellow, iron-stained quartzose sandstones, grits and bitu-

minous shales.

é. Green belemnite sandstone and shales.

4. Primary Carboniferous Rocks.

N°4,. TABLE OF COLOURS & MARKINGS USED ON

SECTIONS OF SALT RANGE.

0 : Alluvial 3 Secondary Oolitic 5 arenes | Pumary Devonian

=e Tertiary Miocene e e BSS A SS

a [27 ZB 4 |: ace? Primary Carboniferous J

{ 4

it!

oo 7 [ae

SS rs “a9 ea 2490 7 =

Scale of feet 800-4 inch

(Signed) 4. Pleming, HD.

W Theobald jun? Tn Charge of Ceolagual Survey

nd ict delt of Salt Range wv the

ere dsst dealt ap

Li: Surv Gen's: Office, Calculta, May 1853.

Buller Sath § 1 axes oer

\ c i r

j B ngt i a

Feet .

, t

t ,

’ 7 k

! : : 7 ‘

. +

: {

‘.

7 : > .

ll °

;

> i bu

J : + ats wit! ae

pig ine Was

N°2 SECTION SHEWING THE ESTIMATED VERTICAL THICKNESS

“STRATA

OF SALT RANGE

Aye1q.40 J,

fxepucr2as

freyse TF

Ass 6 dele

fi bat Nad

We Theobald pun’

eats ys:

aA Xie

. Se

N°3 SECTION FROM MOUTH OF RHOTAS GORGE TOWARDS BUKRALA.

Fort of Rhotas

Plams. towards Jhelum.

aaa -

Wuhan.

towards Bukrala.

Alhiwium

ae Se SS ae

z ESS

WeDcobald, jun! ( Signed) 4, Fleming MD.

end Asst Delt Tn Charge ot Geological Sit

of the Sult Range ate

Lunas,

Sulteramn Nuh eSfi<e Ser ° Tith: Surv. Gen's, Office. Galcutla, May 185% =

1853.| Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 457

f. Upper limestone, sometimes Magnesian.

g- Grey sandstone and shales.

h. Lower limestone, calcareous sandstones and shales.

§. Primary Devonian Rocks.

i. Upper red variegated sandstones, grits, conglomerates and

clays.

j. Grey Dolomitic (Magnesian) sandstone.

j'. Greenish micaceous sandstones and shales.

k. Lower red sandstone and grit with conglomerates.

6. Devonian salt marl.

1. Red marl with gypsum and rock salt.

7. Lower Silurian or Cambrian Rocks.

In the Geological Maps, Nos. 5 and 6 have been represent-

ed by one colour. |

N. B. Same scale has been used for heights and distances.

| Taste No. II.

Section showing the supposed vertical thickness of the various

formations seen in the Salt Range, estimated at points where they

attain a mean development.

Taste No. III.

This Section represents the Tertiary Miocene formation as seen

in the Rhotas gorge, between the plain near Jhelum and the village

of Rhotas, and to the N. of this, towards Bukrala on the line of the

Peshawur road.

On entering the gorge, through which the Kuhar stream flows

towards the Jhelum, beds of soft grey sandstone, red clays and con-

& glomerates are seen dipping under the plain in a 8. E. direction, at

& an angle of from 75° to 80°. A succession of these beds follow, the

_ angle of their dip gradually diminishing, until about a mile from the

entrance of the gorge, where they present a beautiful anticlinal

curve. Beyond this, their dip again increases, and at Rhotas is 75°

_ to the N. W.

. Crossing the bed of the Kuhar Nullah and proceeding along the

Peshawur road, beds of alluvium are seen for about a mile. Beyond

this, the sandstone strata again appear, dipping at an angle of 75° to

the 8. E., and may be traced almost uninterruptedly at Rawul Pindee,

| 3M 2

458 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No.5 .

presenting a succession of anticlinal and synclinal axes stretching

from N. E. to S. W.

Taste No. IV.

Section across the Rhotas range at Mount Tillah between the

villages of Hoona and Bhet at right angles to the strike of the

strata.

On ascending the hill from Hoon we have—

1. A succession of Tertiary miocene strata containing numerous

mammalian bones, Saurian teeth, &c. Near Hoon they dip to the

S. S. E. at an angle of 70°, but on ascending the hill, they present an

anticlinal axis beyond which they dip to the N. N. W., as if under

the escarpment of Tillah, an appearance which is evidently produced

by a fault.

2. Salt Marl with Gypsum. This is very indistinctly seen at the

base of the escarpment.

3. Red Sandstone with bands of Conglomerate.

4. Grey Dolomitic (Magnesian) Sandstone brecciated in some

places. |

5. Greenish micaceous Sandstones and Shales from the decom-

position of pyrites, apparently in some of the beds of shale ; they

have been converted into a red claystone.

6. Red Clays and Schistose micaceous sandstones.

7. Marly yellow nummulite limestone with Ostrezx ; in some places

is a mass of these shells.

8. Tertiary miocene strata similar to No. 1.

Taste No. V.

Section across the Salt Range near Baghanwallah.

In an ascending order we have—

1. An extensive alluvial deposit of boulders of gravel, sand and

clay.

2. Salt marl. This does not appear on the surface, but from the

abundance of saline efflorescence, evidently occurs beneath.

3. Red sandstone with bands of conglomerate ; its lower beds are

schistose and argillaceous, contain lamine of gypsum, and are en-

crusted with a saline efflorescence.

4. Greenish micaceous Sandstones and Shales.

5. Grey Dolomitic (Magnesian) Sandstone.

S MT TILLAH FROM HOON 1O BHET.

No 4 SECTION ACROS

Near Hoon,

2 datum line 0 fect above Sea.

Jane of Section from S.SE to NN W.

We theohald. gunk : (Cr Siyned) A. Blenung, 1D.

Ars Charge of C aan Survey

of Ue Salt hange a Fi yan

2nd dest dell

Lith: Surv: Gen's Office, Caleutts, May 1858

Mecca bank 77M ccc SOF

N°5 SECTION ACROSS THE SALT RANGE NEAR BAGHANWALLA.

Alluvium.

Plains.

SSE

W theobald) put : (Signed) A. Elening M.D.

2% Asst dele. « Le Charye of Ceolegical Survey

of Salt Range tuthe luppatils

brary ta £0 Sera Ste Thith: Srv: Geis Office: Gatcutta, May 1653

SPR

—w

———

vie

PLAT EY 9

N°6,. SECTION ACROSS SALT RANGE FROM KEWRAH TO CHOOA SEYDWN SHAH

Entrance to

KRewrah

Gorge.

near Chova

We. Theobald, jun™

2nd A556 deit ( Suyned) A Flenung MD.

Ta hurge of Galo gecul Surty

ct Salt: Kanye in Use Pargais)

Lith Surv.Gen's Office Calcutta: May 1853

y all . : rg. ,

PR PAT a gee DR

N°7. SECTION ACROSS NILAWAN RAVINE

IN SALT RANGE NEAR NOORPOOR.

a d

Worheobald jun Line af Section from W. to E. dip 35°

an Asst delt (Sind) A Flenung MD.

Tn Charge of Geolegvcal Survey

of the’ Salt Range in Purgaub.

Baki Yate $4 ten. Sr

ith: Surv Gen's Office Calcutta May 183

1853.] Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 459

6. Upper red variegated Sandstones, grits, conglomerates and red

shales.

7. Yellow, marly nummulite Limestone, reposing on bituminous

shales, indicated by the dark line in which a bed of lignite, from 3 to

5 feet thick, occurs.

8. Miocene tertiary Sandstones, argillaceous Grits, Conglomerates

and red indurated Clays containing mammalian bones and teeth and

lumps of brown silicified wood.

- The above strata all dip to the N. N. W. at an angle of from 45°

to 50°.

Taste No. VI. 1 ee

Section across the Salt Range from Kewrah towards Chooa Seydun

Shah.

1. Alluvium.

2. Red marl with beds and masses of gypsum and salt, the

strata of the former being often bent, and contorted in a most re-

markable manner. ‘The marl has been much disturbed, and presents

few or no indications of its being a stratified deposit, except towards

its upper surface, where it dips under the superior rocks.

3. Lower red sandstone with grit and conglomerates.

4. Greenish micaceous sandstones and shales.

5. Grey Dolomitic (Magnesian) Sandstone, weathering of a fawn

colour.

6. Upper red variegated Sandstones, Grits, Conglomerates and

clays.

7. Brown calcareous Sandstone (Eocene).

8. Eocene bituminous Alum Shales in which is a bed of inferior

hgnite.

9. Nummulite Limestone with irregular-shaped masses of grey

flint.

10. Patches of miocene tertiary Sandstones, rapidly disintegrat-

ing ; contain mammalian bones, &c.

Taste No. VII.

. Section across the Nilawan Ravine in the Salt Range below Noor-

poor as seen about three miles from the plains.

1. Red Marl, presenting in its upper part thin alternating beds

of red and purple clay, impure rock salt and gypsum; below it ex-

460 Report on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. [No. 5.

hibits the usual disturbed appearance, and contains large masses of

salt and gypsum.

2. Lower red Sandstone, Grits and conglomerate bands.

3. Greenish micaceous Sandstones and Shales, with indistinet

carbonaceous markings.

4. Grey Dolomitic (Magnesian) Sandstone, weathering of a dark

brown colour.

5. Upper red Sandstone, Grits, purple and red Shales and Clays.

6. Primary carboniferous limestone, containing Encrinites, Pro-

ducti, Spirifere and Teribratule.

7. Eocene brown calcareous Sandstone resting on a thin Neu of

ferruginous claystone.

8. Alum Shales with lignite seam, much decomposed in its out-

crop.

9. Nummulite Limestone with Flint.

10. Tertiary miocene Sandstones, Grits, Conglomerates, &c. con-

taining fossil bones and masses of silicified wood.

The above strata dip from either side of an anticlinal axis at an

angle of 35°.

TasLE No. VIIL.

Section across the Salt Range from the Zamanee Wan Ravine E.

of Chederu to the neighbourhood of Dok. The distance is almost

7 miles and the general dip of the strata is to the N. E. at an angle

varying from 45° to 55°.

In this Section the heights and distances are considerably falsified.

1. Salt Marl with Gypsum.

2. Lower red Sandstone, Grits and Conglomerates.

3. (Greenish micaceous Sandstones and Shales with thin bands of

hard Dolomitic Sandstone of a steel grey colour.

4. Dark red variegated schistose Sandstone, Grits and beds of

Conglomerate, succeeded by Shales of a chocolate and purple colour,

containing copper ore nodules.

5. Lower primary carboniferous Limestone and calcareous Sand-

stone, abounding in Encrinites, Producti, Spirifere, Orthoceratites,

and Ceratites, &c.

6. Middle grey Sandstones and Shales.

N°8. SECTION ACROSS THE SALT RANGE BETWEEN CHEDEROO AND DOK.

Zamanee Hill

fault,

datum line 500f! above Sea

WOheckalds Jun? Signed) A. Fleming

y igried le) M.D.

ent Asst delt @ I; Charge of Cealagiedl Survey

of the Salt Range in Punjab,

Feterure Rath 4 sat hase fer. Ith Surv: Gen’s Office Galeitta May 1853

Bip! oniicisien phe

NOQ9. SECTION OF CHICHALEE HILLS W. BANK OF INDUS.

AS SEEN ON W. SIDE OF CHICHALEE PASS.

Khanola hill

Near

Chuppuree —<

s SEEN N

We Theobald jour 30° \ as?

and Asst del?

(Signed) A Memang MD.

Tre Charge of Geological Survey

a Die oF Salt Range wv the Punjah

fullorean CA keer ra %

invhsiury Geris Office Caleutla May. 1853.

1853.] Heport on the Geological Structure of the Salt Range. 461

7. Upper primary carboniferous Limestone, full of Encrinites,

Producti, &c.

N.B. In the Bukhh Ravine, 8 miles W. of line of section, this

limestone is magnesian, and appears to contain no fossils.

8. Secondary, oolitic, yellow, iron-stained quartzose Sandstones,

Grits and bituminous Shales, containing masses of carbonized wood.

9. Oolitic, cherty thin-bedded Limestones with a few shales.

10. Lower tertiary eocene Alum Shales resting on a coarse and

highly fossiliferous limestone, containing Nummulites and large gast-

eropodous molluscee.

11. Lower nummulite Limestone; its lower beds an imperfect

conglomerate.

12. Upper Alum Shales and blue Marl.

13. Upper nummulite Limestone ; lower beds argillaceous, upper

compact nodules, and irregular-shaped masses of black flint abundant.

14, Tertiary Miocene Sandstones, Grits, Conglomerates and red

Clays, containing mammalian bones, &c.

a.a. Are faults.

Taste No. IX.

Section across the Chichalee Range on the W. bank of the Indus

as seen on the W. side of the Chichalee Pass.

1. Primary carboniferous strata. These do not appear on the

surface along the line of section, but occur in the position represent-

ed in ravines, both E. and W. of the Pass,

2. Oolitic, yellow, iron-stained quartzose Sandstones, Grits and

bituminous Shales.

3. Oolitic cherty and shell limestones alternating with bitumin-

ous shales. The upper limestone beds contain Terebratule, Belem-

nites, fragments of Echinidey, &e.

4. Black Shales passing into a green ferruginous sandstone.

These beds contain Belemnites, Ammonites, Gryphex and Saurian

teeth, bones, &c., associated with fragments of carbonized wood.

5. Iron-stained quartzose Sandstone, with fragments of jet.

6. Lower Eocene Alum Shales, containing irregular beds or nests

of lignite.

7. Lower Nummulite Limestone, its lower beds are imperfect

Conglomerates.

462 Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. | No. 5.

8. Upper Alum Shales.

9. Upper Nummulite Limestone with flints.

10. Tertiary Miocene strata with the usual fossils.

A. A. (@.) a fault occurs to the South, of which at the entrance of

the Pass the beds, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,9 and 10, are seen in reversed

order. The nummulite limestone and oolitic strata are much shat-

tered and compressed, the strata of the former being often remark-

ably contorted.

Taste No. X.

Sketch of a slab of carboniferous limestone from Musahkhail in

the Salt Range, containing Orthoceratites and Ceratites.

Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India.—By T. C.

JeRpon, Esq. Madras Medical Service.

CHELONTA.

Fam. TESTUDINIDA—or Land Tortoises.

Gen. TESTUDO.

Fore feet with 5 fingers, hind do. with 4 nails—Carapax of one

piece—Sternum fixed in front.

TESTUDO ACTINODES, Bell.

Syn. 2. stellata, Schw. and Gray—Z. geometrica, Daud. and

Shaw—7. elegans, Schepf. and Shaw—VZ. geometrica apud Hutton,

J. A. S. VI. 689, and plate XXX VIII.—Kaynehwa, H.—Dasart,

Tambel, Teloog; vulgo Adavi Moonigadoo, or Jungle deaf-fellow—

Indian Land Tortoise.

This Tortoise is tolerably common in the low jungles of the Car-

natic, and I believe throughout the whole ofthe Peninsula. Length ©

of the shell of one about 6 inches.*

* Capt. Thos. Hutton gives much larger dimensions Joc, cit. supra; and we have —

a specimen which I picked up dead in a street of Calcutta, the length of carapax

of which (in a straight line) exceeds 12 inches. Three living specimens which I

received from Vizagapatam 5 or 6 years ago, certainly did not grow much in the

interim, and the carapax of one of these recently dead, and added to the Society’s —

museum, measures 8% in. It also inhabits Ceylon; but not Lower Bengal.—E, B. —

TABLE N°X.

ORT HOCH RATITE With CERATITES

IN A SLAB OF CARBONIFEROUS LIMESTONE

FROM MOOSAKHAIL IN THE SALT RANGE.

PUNJAUSB.

March... 1852.

1853.| Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. 463

Fam. ELODIDA—or Marsh Tortoises.

Gen. EMYS.*

Emys trisgua@a, Schw.

Syn. H. Belangeri, Lesson—Goonta, Tambel, Tel.

Carapax olive or brown, three-keeled, edges smooth.

By no means common in the south of India, and chiefly to be

found in deep tanks and large wells.+

Length of shell of one 8 inches.

_ [Col. Sykes procured another Emys in the Bombay Dukhun, E.

TENTORIA, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1834, p. 54, and the supposed adult E.

TecTuUM of Hardwicke’s ‘Illustrations.’ The Society’s museum

contains an adult procured by Sir A. Burnes in Sindh, and we have

also a young specimen from the river Hughly. The species is most

nearly affined to E. rectum, Bell, and has the same peculiar form of

the fifth vertebral plate ; but the fourth is quadrilateral and elongate,

the third has a broad transverse posterior margin, the keels of the

vertebral plates (especially that of the fourth, so developed in E.

TECTUM,) are much less prominent at all ages, the entire carapax is

broader and flatter, and the abdominal plates are brown-black with

pale margins, and occasionally one or two pale central spots,—instead

of whitish, with two or three strongly contrasting blackish marks on

each, as in KE. rectum. Carapax of adult 7 in. long; that of adult

EB. rectum 62 in.

I am nearly certain that the small specimen is from the vicinity

of Calcutta, and that I kept it alive for some time, but did not then

distinguish it from EH. trcrum. Three species of restricted Emys

are extremely common in the neighbourhood of Calcutta, viz.

HE. tectum, HE. Hamiztoni, Gray, (of which the carapax of our

largest specimen measures 55 in. in a straight line,) and H. Tuurett,

* For generic characters, vide Journ. As. Soc. 1847, p. 608. I think it super-

fluous to repeat in this Journal the characters so lately laid down in Dr. Cantor’s

most admirable Catalogue.

+ Hab. also Central India (vicinity of Chaibasa) ; but in Ceylon it appears to be

replaced by E. Sena, Gray. According to M. M. Dumeril and Bibron, M. Dus-

sumier procured a young individual in a lake near Calcutta (doubtless the salt-water

lake) ; but we have never heard of another instance, although we have seen

multitudes of HEmydes from the salt-water lake and its vicinity,x—Cur. As. Soc.

3 ON

464 COntalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. | No. 5.

Gray, which attains to a much larger size than the others, though

adults are not often obtained. Carapax of adult from 20 to 22

in., in a straight line. Owr. As. Soc.]

Fam. POTAMID Ai—or River Tortoises.

Gen. CRYPTOPUS—Dum. and Bibr.

Carapax with a narrow cartilaginous border—sternum wide, flexible

in front and behind, and able completely to conceal the extremities.

Crypropus ¢Ranosus—Dum. and Bibr.

Syn. Z. granosa Shepf.—T. granulata, Daud. and Sh.—Trionyx

coromandelicus, Mesc., Geoff., Less.—Hmyda punctata, Bell and Gray.

—TLambel and Goorada gadoo, Tel. Shagreen fresh-water Tortoise.

This is an extremely common species in the south of India, and

is found in tanks, rivers, wells, and pools of water, burying itself in

the mud with great celerity. It is frequently brought to the Madras

market and is eaten by many of the people there.

Length of shell of one, 83 inches—but it becomes much larger.*

Gen. GYMNOPUS—Vide Cantor, 1. c. p. 614.

GYMNOPUS CARTILAGINEUS—Vide Cantor, l. c. p. 615.

T have observed this species in the Godavery, the Beena and other

rivers of the north west of the peninsula, but have no specimen at

present.

GyMNorvus inpicus, (Gray), Vide Cant. 1. c. p. 616.

I have very lately procured a specimen of this large river Tortoise

taken in a net at Mahé on the Malabar Coast, where, however, it is

eonsidered rare.

Length of carapax 30 inches.f

Fam. THALASSIDA—or Sea Turtles.

Gen. CHELONIA—Vide Cantor, 1. c. p. 617.

CHELONIA virGATA—V. Cant. |. ¢.

I have procured this Turtle on the East Coast of India.t

CHELONIA MACULOSA—Cuvier.

* Extremely common in Lower Bengal, and here also much eaten by certain classes,

as indeed are all other Testudinata. It likewise inhabits Ceylon.—Cur. As. Soc.

tT We have succeeded in obtaining only one small specimen of this in the vicinity

of Calcutta.—Cur. As. Soc.

t Very numerous on parts of the E. coast of the Bay of Bengal.—Cur. As. Soc.

1853.] Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. 465

Vertebral plates larger than broad, marked with yellow in an olive-

brown ground.

This Turtle is occasionally caught by the fishermen both on the

East and West Coasts of India.

CHELONIA OLIVACEA, EscuscHoitz—Cant. 1. c. p. 619.

Very common in the Bay of Bengal, where I have seen many

captured by ship lascars swimming out during acalm. Length of

carapax average about 2 feet.*

CHELONIA IMBRIcATA (L.) V. Cantor, 1. ¢. p. 619.

I have quite recently procured this Turtle at Tellicherry on the

Malabar Coast.

CROCODILID.#,—Bon.

Gen. Crocopinus—V. Cant. l. c. p. 621.

CRocopILus PALUSTRIS, Lesson—V. Cant. |. ¢. p. 621.

This Crocodile, pronounced by some erpetologists only a variety

of the Crocodile of the Nile, and so considered by Cantor, is very

common in all the rivers and back-waters of Malabar and the West

of India, very rarely seen out at sea. I have not seen it from the

East Coast. It does not attain the dimensions of the next species,

and is considered very harmless by the natives.

CrocopiLus Porosus—Schn. Cantor, |. c. p. 622.

This, the larger and fiercer of our two Crocodiles, is found in

various localities both on the East and West coasts, and is the

species so abundant in the fort ditch at Vellore. It is of very rapid

growth. An egg brought from Vellore to Walter Elliot, Esq., was

hatched in the Government house compound, and in eight years had

increased to the length of 8 or 9 feet, becoming so powerful as to

destroy a full grown buck Antelope which had come to drink water

at the tank where it usually resorted to.

I may mention, here, that both of these species of Crocodile are

almost universally called Alligators by the English in India; erro-

neously so, of course, as no Alligators have as yet been found in the

old world.

* Abundant at the mouth of the Hughly.—Cur. As. Soc.

+ In the Society’s museum is a small specimen, procured in one of the Sunder-

bund rivers.—Cur. As, Soc.

3 ON 2

466 Catalogue ef Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. | No. 5.

Fam. CHAM ALEONID 2.

Gen. CHAM ALEO, Laurenti.

Feet thin with 5 fingers joined to the nails into two lobes, one of

two, the other of three fingers. Skin granular. Eyes large, covered

by the scales of the eyelid except one small round aperture. No

visible tympanum.

CHAMZLEO ZEYLONIcUS—Laur.

Dorsal crest short; abdominal crest with the spines long and

somewhat distant. Colour green.

Syn. C. vulgaris, var. B, Dum. and Bibr.—C. zebra, Bory de

St. Vine.—C. calcaratus, Merr.

IT have no hesitation in considering this Chameleon distinct from

the African one, as well on account of the slight but permanent

structural distinctions (the abdominal ridge being in the African

one composed of very short and closely set spines), as the difference

of locality, and the great difference in the change of colour of the

two. In our Indian one, the only change produced is from one

shade of green to another. In a state of quiescence, it is usually

very pale green, sometimes dark blackish green ; but when excited it

is mottled or zebra’ed very prettily with dark transverse blotches on

a pale ground. I never saw any pure yellow, or red in any state.*

It is found in all the wooded districts of India. It is used in medi-

cine by some of the native doctors, and many generally be procured

in the Madras market.

Length of one 10 inches, of which the tail is more than half.

CHAM#LEO PuMILUS—Laireille.

Head tuberculated ; dorsal crest continued over the tail. Some ~

large circular scales mingled with the small and unequal granu-

lose ones.

I possess a specimen of this small Chameleon in spirit, which

was said to have been taken near Coonoor on the Nilgherries.

Length 54 inches, of which the tail is nearly 2.

Fam. GECKONIDA,—Bonaparte.

Gen. HEMIDACTYLUS, Cuvier, Cantor, 1. c. p. 628.

HEeEMIDACTYLUS TRIEDRUS—Daud.

* A very fine one which we long kept, assumed a tolerably pure yellow ground-

tint occasionally, with black markings.—Cur. As, Soc,

1853.| Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. 467

Many large triedral tubercles mixed with the other scales—tail

somewhat rounded—several large transverse brown bands marked

with large white triedral scales—7 or 8 femoral pores in each thigh

in the males.

Syn. Deowur bullee, Tel., of the Yanadees.

This very handsomely marked Gecko is rarely found in houses,

being chiefly met with in jungly places, on rocks and trees, in all

parts of the country, but is nowhere common.

Length of one 7 inches, of which the tail is about half.

HEMIDACTYLUS SUBTRIEDRUS—n. sp. ?

HH. TRIEDRUS—var. ?

Sookha bullee of the Yanadees.

Differs from TRIEDRUS in somewhat shorter head, in the scales of

the throat and muzzle being smaller in its shorter head ; fewer dark

bars on the back and fewer of the white tubercles; and in the

triedral scales generally being smaller. Itis equal in size to TRIEDRUS,

and the number of femoral pores is the same. Colours much as in

TRIEDRUS but paler.

Length of one 63 in. of which the tail is more than half.

The Yanadees, a peculiar jungle race in the Nellore district, who

have a considerable knowledge of reptiles, pronounced this to be a

distinct species from the last, and gave it a peculiar name, or I

should have put it down as a casual variety of TRIEDRUS without

closer inspection. It is found chiefly in rocks, seldom entering

houses. Jt forms a link between TRIEDRUS and MACULATUS.

HEMIDACTYLUS MACULATUS—Dum. and Bibr.*

Brown or olive-green with dark marks; back furnished with

numerous subtriedral tubercles. This is the most common species

of Gecko in the South of India, but never attains here the dimen-

sions stated by Dumeril and Bibron. It is very subject to variation

both in the ground-tint and the dark markings, which it appears to

have the power of deepening or reducing. Length of an average

specimen 43 inches, of which the tail is 2;4ths.

HEMIDACTYLUS PUNCTATUS—nN. sp.

Back with some larger conical scales, and sub-caudal scute very

large ; scales of abdomen dotted, brown above ; limbs and tail reddish

* Qu. H. Franartus, D. and B.? Cur, As. Soc.

468 Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. | No. 5.

with dark bands: a pale yellow streak from muzzle to tail bordered

beneath by a dark line; another dark line from nostrils to behind

the eye—beneath yellowish white—some of the sub-caudal scute

orange.

Length 32 inches, of which the tailis 13. -

I procured a single specimen of this small Gecko lately, in a house

at Tellicherry. At first glance, I took it for maculatus. It appears

very similar to H. frenatus, but I can find no pores, and the thumb

appears as well developed as in maculatus.

HEMIDACTYLUS LESCHENAULTII—Dum. and Bibr.

Small tubercles scattered sparingly among the very small scales

of the back, 18 femoral pores in each thigh. Adult pale grey above ;

young with dark markings and tail annulated black and white.

Length of one nearly 6 inches, of which the tail is 2;8,ths.

This species of Gecko is very common throughout the South of

India in houses. I have not observed the mode of coloration

described by Dumeril and Bibron.

[Gen. HOMONOTA,—Gray.

H. Fascrata, nobis. Body covered above with large, imbricated,

keeled and pointed scales, below with much smaller hexagonal scales

ranged in oblique series: the throat and limbs studded with minute

hexagonal scales, larger on the thighs; and the head uniformly :

covered with hexagonal plates, smaller than the scales of the back.

A range of simple labial plates above and below, the rostral larger,

bordered on the lower jaw with a series of small oval plates, and

these with a second series of smaller oval plates. Tail wanting in

the specimen. The pupils appear to be round. Colour plumbeous-

brown, with 7 or 8 irregular broad whitish cross-bands, formed each

of three or more contiguous spots. An omega-like mark on the

forehead. Length of head and body 13 in., of head § in., This spe-

cimen was sent many years ago to the Society’s museum by Mr.

Jerdon. Cur. As. Soe. |

Genus GYMNODACTYLUS—Wiegman—Vide Cantor,

l. c. p. 681.

GYMNODACTYLUS INDICUS,—(Gray).

Scales of body and tail small, equal; those beneath the tail larger.

Syn. Goniodactylus indicus, Gray.

1853.| Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. 469

This species, lately* described from specimens sent home by

myself, is found on the Nilgherries, concealing itself under stones

in the day time. I have procured it on the top of Dodabetta, the

highest mountain of the group, and have also found it in Coorg. Its

colours when fresh are a mottled brown, or greenish-brown, with a

row of orange-yellowish spots along the back edged darker, and a

line of similarly coloured spots on each side; lips also of the same

tint, and the lower portion of the tail.

Length of one 2-4, inches, of which the tail is 1,2,th.

GYMNODACTYLUS MALABARICUS—n. sp.

Scales of the back uniform, small, granulose, a few at the root of

the tail between the two hind legs smaller, those in the tail above

Jarger, imbricated ; a few small spines at the root of the tail: dark

brown above, marbled with black spots and a white spot on the nape.

Length of one 2,4, inches, of which the tail is about half.

I have only very recently procured this small Gecko from the

forest of Malabar, where it frequents large trees and rocks. It is

generally to be found on those large trees, whose base is protected

by buttresses, in the inequalities of which it finds a secure retreat,

and occasionally it hides itself under a cleft in the bark. The dark

markings on its back are edged lighter, and it is of a bluish white

colour beneath. It is of a more slender habit than the preced-

ing species.

GYMNODACTYLUS LITTORALIS—un. sp.

Very slender form, scales of back small, equal ; those on the muzzle

larger; beneath the tail a series of large six-sided scales. Colour

pale brown, with a series of paler marks along the back and tail, a

black spot on the nape, the chin and throat pale yellow.

Length 2.3, inches, of which the tail 1 2th.

I procured a single specimen of this well marked species of Gecko

in a ware-house on the Sea Coast in Malabar, and have not yet been

fortunate enough to find another.

GYMNODACTYLUS MYSORIENSIS—n. 8.

Scales of the back uniform, granulose, with 2 or 3 rows of spines

on each side, and on the tail; tail beneath with a triple series of

large unguiform scute.

* Ann, and Mag. of Nat, Hist., Dec. 1846, p, 429.

470 Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. [No. 5.

Head and back covered with small granulose scales, and two or

three distant rows of spines on each side and extending along the

tail; chin and throat covered with small hexagonal scales, gradually

changing to rounded imbricated scales which cover the abdomen;

scales of tail imbricate, with 3 rows of larger nail-shaped scute

beneath; scales of the basal joints of the fingers and toes, enlarged,

nail-shaped.

Body above greyish-brown, with a light stripe down the centre of

the back, and a series of dark brown marks on the head, back and

sides; legs and feet banded; beneath bluish-white; chin, throat,

and anterior portion of palpebre bright yellow.

Length of one 23 inches, of which the tail is 14.

I have quite recently found this small and very distinctly charac-

terized species of Gecko at Bangalore, frequenting rocks and also

entering out-houses. The young has the tail flesh-coloured: 2

femoral pores on one side and 3 on the other.

Fam. IGUANIDA.

Gen. CALOTES, Cuv. Vide Cant. 1. c. p. 636.

CALOTES VERSICOLOR, (Daud.)

Two spines on each side of the nape. No fold on the neck.—

Tail conical. Scales large, keeled.

Syn. Agama Tiedmanni, Kuhl.—A. vulturosa, Harl.

This is the most common and extensively distributed lizard in the

country, being found everywhere in gardens, avenues and jungles.

Though not a Chameleon in structure, it is yet one in habit, and much

more so than our Chameleon. Its usual tints are a pale drab or

fawn colour, but this it changes to bright red, to black and to a

mixture of yellow red and black. This change is sometimes confined

to the head, at other times diffused over the whole body and tail.

A common state to see it in, is seated on a hedge or bush with the

tail and limbs black, head and neck yellow picked out with red, and

the rest of the body red. I am inclined to think that this display of

colours is merely seasonal. It only occurs in the males, the females

being uniformly and plainly coloured. The young has a pale band

on each side of the body from the eye to the tail, and a series of

dark bands on the back. Mr. Blyth mentions, in a notice of. this

lizard in the Journ. As. Soc. for 1842, p. 870, that its usual colour

1853.]| Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. 471

is * * * * | This is somewhat remarkable and I should

doubt if it was the same species. Are the changes mentioned here

observed in Calcutta ?*

This and the other species of Calotes are essentially tree lizards,

seeking their prey often on the ground, but always retreating up

trees when in danger.

Length of one specimen 18 inches, of which the tail is 12.

CALOTES NEMORICOLA, Nov. spec.

One detached spine in front of 2 or 3 small ones on each side of

the nape. A fold of skin on the shoulder, scales of the sides very

large, not keeled, those of the abdomen much smaller, keeled.

Dorsal crest extending only about one-third along the back; colour

green. |

I only procured one specimen of this lizard near the foot of the

Coonoor ghat of the Nilgherries. Compared with versicolor, the large

smooth scales are the most prominent feature of distinction. The

scales at the base of the tail above are of rather large size, keeled

and pointed. The tympanum is large: where the dorsal crest termi-

nates, the scales of the ridge are pointed.

Length of my specimen 18 inches, of which the tail is 8.

CaLotTes RouxI—Dum. and Bibr.

An oblique fold in front of each shoulder. Scales of the sides

small, nearly as large as those of the abdomen. Base of the tail

above furnished with much larger scales, somewhat angular. Colour

pale brown with darker bands.

I have lately procured ‘from the forests of Malabar a species of

lizard, which appears to correspond with the description of C. Rowai

from the Burmese country. I found it more abundant than else-

where in a small wooded island known as Pigeon I., about 20 miles

* T never saw any yellow in a Bengal specimen ; and some which Dr. Kelaart sent

me alive from Ceylon were perfectly identical with the Bengal reptile. It is chiefly

during the months of May and June that the species here displays its fine colours ;

which generally are—head and neck, and more or less of the fore-part of the body,

bright red; rest of body and limbs dark greenish-brown ; and a great black patch

on the shoulder. The female is smaller, and deposits her 8 to 16 eggs very com-

monly in a flower-pot, burrowing 4 or 5 in, into the hard dry soil, and finally

covering them up most carefully, so that no appearance remains of the ground

having been disturbed. The young appear in about 8 or 9 weeks. [ have

seen a two-thirds grown lizard of this species carry off and partly swallow a Scolo-

pendra nearly of its own length.—Cur. As, Soc.

3 0

472 Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. [No. 5.

S. 8S. W. from Honore. The usual change of colour consists in the

head and nape becoming brick red, and the rest of the body blackish.

Length of one 11 inches, of which the tail is 73.*

CALOTES VIRIDIS, Gray.

Nape with 2 isolated spines above the ears; a high crest on nape

and shoulders diminishing along the back and lost on the root of

the tail, scales large above, smaller beneath, those at base of the tail

largest. I always considered ,that the very pretty green lizard

which I had procured from Travancore and the southernmost portion

of Malabar agreed tolerably exactly with the description of C.

ophiomachus, but Mr. Gray has described it as new by the name

of viridis.+

The colour is a bluish-green with 4 or 5 transverse stripes of

reddish white, and some of the scales of the throat are edged with

orange.

Length of one 163 inches, of which the tail is nearly 1s.

CALOTES OPHIOMACHUS.

A small crest of long spines on each side of the nape. Dorsal {

crest extending to the root of the tail, which is long, conical, and very

thin towards the end. Green; with transverse bands.

Mr. W. Elhot possesses a rough drawing and brief description of

a green lizard, distinct from any of those previously described, which ;

I believe to be identical with the C. ophiomachus of authors. He —

procured the specimen in Dharwar. Its dimensions were as follow:

Length 14 inches, of which the tail is 10.

The drawing represents the colours to be pale green with dark

transverse bands, interrupted by a pale longitudinal line from ear

to tail. |

Gen. SALEA, Gray.

Differs from Calotes in the series of scales pointing directly back-

* This coloration is altogether dissimilar from that described of my suppoas

C. Rouxi from Newera Elia, vide J, A. S. XXI, 354.—Cur. As. Soc.

7 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XVIII, page 429. [There appears to be some con-

fusion here. The present species we consider to be, decidedly, C. oPHIOMACHUS,

as figured by Daudin; and its range extends to Ceylon and to the Nicobar islands,

The C. viRipis, Gray, was long ago presented by Mr. Jerdon to the Society, and

it does not correspond with Mr. Jerdon’s present descriptions, either of this or of

the next species; yet his figure sent of the supposed oPHIoMACHUS would seem ~

to represent C, virnipis.—Cur. As, Soc.]

1853.| Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. 473

wards, or running in longitudinal lines ; not as in Calotes, where the

points are directed upwards, nor as in Bronchocela, where they are

directed downwards.

SALEA JERDONI, Gray.

Nuchal and dorsal crest formed of elongated compressed scales ;

tail with a keeled crest.

This pretty lizard, described by Mr. Gray from specimens sent

home by me, is only found in the Nilgherries where it frequents

bushes, hedges and gardens. Its colour is a bright grass-green

marbled with brown, some red marks on the head and nape, and a

few white scales on the sides. It does not appear to possess the

faculty of changing its colours.

Length of one 9} inches, of which the tail is 63.*

Gen. SITANA, Cav.

Four toes on the hind-feet, no dorsal crest, a large dewlap in

the males.

SITANA PONTICERIANA, Cur.

Fawn-coloured, with rhomboidal dark spots on the back, and a pale

longitudinal streak from ear to tail. Male, in breeding season, with

a large tricoloured dewlap.

This common ground lizard is distributed over all India, I believe,

but is rare in the wooded districts, frequenting the open country,

fields and low copses: on the approach of danger, it runs with great

rapidity, tail erect, and conceals itself in any crack in the ground

or hole, or under a stone or bush. Notwithstanding its activity, it

is the common prey of harriers, buzzards, hawks and eagles. I

have not seen the beautiful dewlap (blue black and red) developed

in the south of India, nearly to the extent that appears to take

place in the north, and there it attains a greater size. The colours

* Hab. also Ceylon (Newera Elia), whence a specimen was presented by Dr.

Kelaart to the Society’s Museum, since purloined together with a SALEA from the

Nicobars. Another, from Mirzapore (?), presented by the late Major Wroughton,

may be described as.

S. GuLAris, nobis. Length 163 in., of which the tail measures 114 in. Structure

typical. Hind-limb reaching to the articulation of the lower jaw. Series of 14

lengthened spines from occiput to behind the shoulders, increasing in length to the

7th and 8th, and then successively diminishing. Gular fanon, or dewlap, well

developed. Two inconspicuous ridges of slightly lengthened spines above the

tympanum.—Cur, As, Soc.

30 2

474 Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. [No. 5.

of the dewlap are only exhibited during the pairing season, and it

then becomes larger than previously. Atthis time, too, some blue

marks are observable on the nape and back, that on the nape indeed

forming a kind of crest more conspicuous now, the colours in general

too are deepened, and the quadrangular marks on the back and

barring of the limbs very distinct. The name Sitana, said by Cuvier

to be the name by which it is known at Pondicherry, is a Latin

termination of the word Shaitan or Devil, a name sometimes applied —

to it by the Musulmans of S. India.

Length of one 6? in., of which the tail is 43 in.

Gen. DRACO, Linnée—Vide Cant. 1. c. p.

DRACO DUSSUMIERII—Dum. and Bibr.

Anterior and posterior angles of each orbit edged by a small

pointed horn ; grey, wings marked black and red.

This very beautiful little lizard is only found in the forests of the

West Coast, or rather in the neighbourhood of the forests, for it

frequents cocoa-nut and betel-nut plantations in their vicinity chiefly,

not living, it is alleged, in the woods themselves, nor in the gardens

at any distance from the forest. It is tolerably common in all

Malabar, Cochin and Travancore, but not known farther North than

Malabar, being either unknown or very rare in Canara. __

The colour of the body is a delicate grey with some darker mark-

ings, which the animal occasionally renders very distinct, at other

times obscures entirely. It sometimes also changes its whole hue

to a dark blackish grey. The ground colour of the wings is red

marbled with black and edged with yellow. The small dewlap is

pale yellow marbled with green at the base. This I may remark

is never extended forwards to the extent usually seen in stuffed

specimens, being merely brought forward now and then to the edge

of the chin, and in a flat state not distended with air. The two

lateral appendages of the head, also, are merely slightly raised now

and then, and never distended in the manner seen in dried specimens.

Gen. AGAMA—Daudin.

Head short, triangular; nostrils near the muzzle: 2—5 incisive

teeth in upper jaw; a longitudinal fold beneath the throat and

another across the neck. Tail compressed, conic, Anal pores.

1853.]| Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. 475

AGaMA DORSALIS—Gray.

Nostrils small, somewhat tubular; occipital plate very small,

simple; a small group of spines behind the ear, which is large.

Dorsal crest almost wanting; scales, above small, equal, keeled,

those beneath smooth.

This large rock lizard is only partially distributed in Southern

India, and is only found at some elevation above the sea. It is most

abundant in Mysore, and especially so in the neighbourhood of

Bangalore, where it may be seen on every bare rock about. It is

also not uncommon on the edges of the Nilgherries up to the height

of nearly 6000 feet. Its normal colour and that of the female at

all times is a dusky grey with dark markings. The male can assume

a very bright livery, viz. fine vermilion red above, with a streak

through the eyes; under surface, limbs and tail black: occasionally

the red is exchanged for yellow. It frequents bare rocks only,

and retreats into holes and clefts on the approach of danger.

Length of a fine male 16 inches, of which the tail is 103.*

; Fam. VARANIDA.

Gen. VARANUS—Vide Cantor 1. c. p. 633.

VaRranus pracmna—lL. (Query Linné ?)

Tupin. bengalensis, Daud.—V. guttatus, Merr.—V. argus, Merr.

—Tup. cepedianus, Daud. and Kuhl.—V. punctatus, Merr. and Less.

—Mon. gemmatus, Guer. Ic. R. A.—V. Bibroni, Blyth, J. A. W.

1842, p. 869.

Nostril situate exactly between the eye and muzzle. Tail com-

pressed with a strongly dentated ridge.

This species of Monitor appears generally spread throughout the

whole of India. It is chiefly nocturnal in its habits and frequents

jungly places. It is by no means confined to the neighbourhood of

water, though perhaps it prefers such a locality. It defends itself

most vigorously by striking with its tail. It can climb well both

trees and walls, and it is popularly believed, that thieves make use of

it to effect an entrance into a building or over a wall by allowing

the guana to get hold by its fore-claws of the window sill or wall

and pulling themselves up by it. It is eaten by the natives, who

* The Society possesses a specimen from Pind Dadun Khan, presented by W.

Theobald, Esq., Junr.—Cur, As. Soc.

476 Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. | No. 5.

consider it highly nourishing and aphrodisiac, and many Europeans

use it for soup, imagining it allied to the West Indian Guana. It

can always be procured in the Madras market.

Length of one 44 inches, of which the tail is 25.*

Fam. LACERTID A.

; Gen. CALOSAURA—Dnum. and Bibr.

Maxillary teeth simple and tricuspid. Nostril placed on the

canthus rostralis. A small fold of skin in front of the shoulder ;

abdominal scute quadrilateral, smooth, placed in longitudinal bands ;

5 fingers and 5 toes; tail square at the root, round for the rest of

its extent.

CanosavRs LescHENAULTII—Dum. and Bibr.

Dorsal scales rhomboidal, keeled; six rows of longitudinal scales

on the abdomen.

_ Reddish brown above, pale yellow beneath, sides dark brown with

2 pale yellow bands, tail red.

Length of one 52;th in. of which the tail is 34. :

This pretty little ground lizard is somewhat locally distributed.

I have seen it in the Salem and Coimbatoor districts only, especially

near the banks of the Cavery. It frequents bushy ground, hedges

of Euphorbia and clumps of Cactus, under which it rapidly takes

shelter, as also among rocks.

Gen. ACANTHODACTYLUS—Fitz.

One naso-rostral plate, ventral lamelle quadrilateral, smooth.

Fingers and toes compressed, toothed.

ACANTHODACTYLUS NILGHERRENSIS—n. 8.

Anterior edge of ear toothed scaly, collar transverse, scales of

back somewhat larger behind than in front, an occipital plate.

This lizard, apparently belonging to a genus new to India, was

* The largest specimen in the Society’s museum measures 52 in.; and our

largest of Hydrosaurus salvator, (Laur.), 78 in., or exactly the same as that of

H. giganteus, Gray, in the British Museum. Hmpagusia flavescens, Gray, our

third common Monitor of Lower Bengal, we have not known to exceed 3 ft.

in length, The Society has lately received a large specimen of Hydrosaurus salva-

tor from Ceylon; and Empagusia fiavescens likewise inhabits the Indus territories.

—Cur, As. Soc,

t+ The Society’s Museum contains examples of what we take to be this species

from Pind Dadun Khan, in the Punjab Salt Range; and formerly possessed the

same from Afghanistan.—Cur. As. Soc.

1853.] Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. 477

obtained by W. Elliot, Esq. on the Nilgherries near Coonoor. I

have not myself been fortunate enough to observe it, and know

nothing of its haunts. Its colours in spirit are of a pale pearl grey

with a row of black spots on its back, another row on its sides some-

what larger and white, edged black.

Length of one 54 inches, of which the tail is 3.*

Fam. SCINCIDA.

Gen. MOCOA—Gray.

Mocoa Bininrata—Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist., Dec. 1846, p. 430.

Fronti-parietal plates two, separate ; ears round, moderate, with

two very indistinct minute scales in front; the drum sunken; scales

6 or 8 rowed, thin, smooth; above shining olive, whitish beneath,

a dark broad line on each side from nostril to end of tail; two

narrow dark lines on back from neck to end of tail. In the young

and half grown animal, the tail is of a beautiful smalt or violet

colour. |

Length of one 5} inches, of which the tail is 34.+

I have only found this Scink under stones on the summit of the

Nilgherries. Jt appears very similar to Lygosoma Dussumeru of

Dumeril and Bibron.

Gen. RIOPA—Gray.

Riopa aALBoruNCTATA—Gray, 1. c.

Pale olive brown above, yellowish white beneath, sides of neck and

body, purplish black, dotted with white. Length of one 4 inches, of

which the tail is not quite 2.

This certainly looks very like the Tiliqua pulchra figured in Gray

and Hardwicke’s Illust. of Indian Zoology. I have found it in the

Nellore district, where it is rare.

Rropa puncrata (L.)—Gray.

Length of one 9 inches, of which the tail is 4%.

I have found this lizard both on the Eastern and Western Coasts

of India under stones, or in the ground,

* A specimen with tail imperfect was long ago presented by Mr. Jerdon to the

Society’s museum.—Cur. As. Soc.

+ Remarkable for its Riopa-like proportions, and great length of tail; also for

having four large acutely triangular pre-anal scales, with the points converging

posteriorly.— Cur. As. Soc.

+ The Society has lately received it from Mergui.—Cur. As. Soc.

478 Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. [ No. 5.

Riopa Harpwick11—Gray.

Very similar to the last, but with a longer and more pointed

muzzle, and brighter colours, the stripes on the back being gener-

ally more distinct, and the tail, in the young, bright vermilion red.

I have only found it in the Carnatic, where it is not very rare.

Length of one 9 inches, of which the tail is 5. It is found con-

cealed in dark places, under logs of wood, stones, &c.*

Gen. TILIQUA.

TILIQUA RUFESCENS—Merr.

T. carinata, Gray—Huprepes Sebe—D. and B.

This is the most common Scink in the country, being universally

dispersed throughout India, hiding itself under leaves, rubbish, stones,

in dark rooms, &c. It runs with some rapidity, and is very active.

Those I have seen in the Carnatic have the two yellow bands on the

sides well developed, and appear to belong to the varieties A. and

B. of Dumeril and Bibron, whilst on the Malabar Coast the variety

D. and E. only is to be seen.f

Length of one 9 inches, of which the tail is 53.

TILIQUA TRIVITTATA—Gray.

Gray and Hardwicke’s Ill. Ind. Zool.

Very similar to the last, but with the head shorter and more

triangular, scales of the back broader, and three stripes along the

back.

Length of one 8 inches, of which the tail is 42.

Mr. Gray, in his description of the Huprepes trilineata, mentions

that his Z. trivittata is yet unknown in Europe. I possess two

specimens, which correspond exactly with the figure in Hardwicke’s

‘Tllustrations.’ I procured my specimens at Jalnat, where it is the

common species.

TILIQUA RUBRIVENTRIS— Gray.

Gray and Hardw. Ill. Ind. Zool.

Olive brown above, beneath yellowish, usually red on the throat

only, at times the whole abdomen red, sides white-spotted on a dark

* Hab, also Ceylon.—Cur. As. Soc.

t+ Those of Bengal are constantly banded, so far as we have seen; and the san-

guine red colour of the lower band seems to denote the breeding season. Ina

very large specimen taken lately in my own garden (length 12 in., of which the

tail measures 79 in.), the bands are nearly obsolete.x—Cur. As. Soc.

1853.| Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. 479

gronnd, row of black spots on centre of back, and some other

smaller ones on each side: three keeled scales.

Length of one 6 inches, of which the tail is 3,8ths.

This pretty Scink is tolerably common in wooded places, lurking

about chiefly among fallen leaves. It is more abundant on the

West Coast than in the Carnatic. The red colour of the abdomen

is, | think, seasonal, and confined to the males. Mr. Gray mentions

that, before my specimens were sent home, it was only known by the

figure in Hardwicke.*

Gen. HEUPREPES.

EUPREPES TRILINEATA—Gray, lL. ¢.

Ears with two elongated scales in front, scales five-keeled, above

pale yellow brown, beneath yellowish white, 3 white stripes edged

with black on anterior half of the back, legs reddish.

Length of one 7,2, inches, of which the tail is nearly 4.

This well marked species is locally distributed. I have found it

only in sandy ground, near the sea in the Carnatic, concealing itself

in holes and fissures, and under shrubs.

I procured, on one occasion, a specimen of a small Scink in the

forests of Malabar, which appeared distinct from any of the previous

ones. It was uniform dark above and whitish beneath, body com-

pressed, and scales two-keeled. Unfortunately, however, it was de-

stroyed before I made a full description of it. I may here mention

that Gomodactylus indicus, Calotes viridis, Salea Jerdoni, Mocoa

bilineata, Riopa albopunctata, and Huprepes trilineata, were described

by Mr. Gray from specimens sent home by me to the British

Museum.

* The Society has a small specimen from Asam which may be T. muLticaRrti-

NATA, (Kuhl?), apud Gray. Scales distinctly seven-keeled. Colour greyish olive-

green above, with dark spots on the hinder part of the body and base of tail.

Lateral band, commencing from the ears, dark olive, with three narrow whitish

stripes along the basal half of the tail, which are broken into spots on the sides

of the body. Terminal half of tail whitish. Below also white, with obscure dark

striz,

480 Note on the Discharge of Water, by the Irrawaddy. | No. 5.

Note on the Discharge of Water, by the Irrawaddy.—By J. McoCuzt-

LAND, Esq. F. £. S., Commissioner of Forests, Rangoon.

At the request of Capt. Phayre, Commissioner of Pegu, aided by

Lieut. Nicholson of the 4th Seiks and the boats of the Hon’ble

Company’s Steam Frigate Sesostris, I took the soundings and velo-

city of the current, at different points, across the bed of the Irra-

waddy at Prome, on the 14th and 25th of April last, with a view of

ascertaining the quantity of water discharged by the river into

the sea.

From a river-guage kept on board the Sesostris anchored opposite

the wharf at Prome, (extracts of which are annexed,) it appears that

there was a fall of about twenty feet from October 1852, when the

place was taken, to February.

How much the river had fallen prior to October when the guage

was first noted, is uncertain, as also the daily ratio of the fall during

the subsequent months of November, December and January, the

entriesin the Sesostris’s log-book having at first been irregularly

made.

The river, however, continued to fall until the 23rd of February ;

on the 26th and the three subsequent days, a rise, in all of eleven

inches, took place.

This partial rise of eleven inches in February, was followed by a

fall of fourteen inches in March, with a shght rise of 2 of an — :

inch on the 24th, and again of two inches on the 29th of March.

From this date until the 7th of April, the river again fell about

an inch daily, when it rose again five feet seven inches from the

8th to the 13th of April.

These changes in the river appeared to take place without refer-

ence to the changes of the weather, or even of the season in Bur-

mah. On the contrary, the rains or S. W. monsoon, may be said

to have set in at Prome on the 16th of May, when some inches of

rain fell, and probably still earlier in the Arrakan and Moneepore

mountains, from which direction the Irrawaddy receives a consider-

able tributary, yet the river continued still to fall, so that on the

5th of June, it stood one foot lower than it stood on the 14th of

April.

1853.] Note on the Discharge of Water, by the Irrawaddy. 48]

About the beginning of April or end of March, 1837, the late

Mr. Griffith observed that at Mogoung, one hundred and eighty

miles above Ava, the Irrawaddy presents the same large undivided

body of water as in the lower parts of Burmab, and, as an instance

of its great magnitude, he says that itis not affected in size or

appearance by the addition it then receives of the Mogoung river,

the last large tributary worthy of the name, which the Irrawaddy

receives.

These circumstances together with the quantity of water dis-

charged by the Irrawaddy into the sea, certainly claim for it a first

place amongst the great rivers of the east, hardly second to the

Ganges itself.

While thus struck with the size of the Irrawaddy, we are forcibly

reminded of its being, I believe, the only one of our great rivers,

whose source is still a matter of speculation.

Making all allowance for the extravagance of Burmese Historians,

there is enough in the authenticated history of the country, to

show that great armies have passed and re-passed to, and from,

China. Besides which, the Chinese character of the boats and

houses of Burmah, together with some of the ceremonies of the

people, suggest a more immediate and direct intercourse with China

on the part of the Burmese, than any other nation on the western

side of the Himalaya. So much so, that I have often heard it

surmised by our officers at Prome, as one way of accounting for

the resemblances, that the Irrawaddy probably flows from China,

not that it was supposed to be navigable to that extent, but that

its valleys may afford comparatively easy passes between the two

countries.

Klaproth considered the Irrawaddy to be a continuation of the

Tsan peu or great river of Thibet, an opinion with which Mr. Grif-

fith coimcided. Colonel Wilcox, however, an excellent authority,

considered the Tsan peu to be the continuation of the Burrampoo-

tur, and Captain Pemberton, I believe was of the same opinion, and

accordingly made the Irrawaddy terminate in the Borkhumtee coun-

try, three hundred and sixty miles above Ava, although there can

hardly be a doubt that it must necessarily have a more extended

course, more especially as it has been traced two hundred miles

3.P 2

482 Note on the Discharge of Water, by the Irrawaddy. [No. 5.

above Ava, without observing any perceptible difference or diminu-

tion of size.

Under these circumstances, discoveries of much interest may be

expected to result from an investigation of the source of the Irra-

waddy.

It is true that a part of the Chinese province of Yunnan ap-

proaches to within four days journey of Mogoung, and presents an

extended boundary along the north-eastern frontier of Burmah

sufficient to account for the direct intercourse that appears to be

carried on between the two nations. But Yunnan itself seems to be

here a mountain province, with perhaps but little communication

with the rest of the Empire.

If on the other hand, the Irrawaddy be found, as is not unlikely,

to be the continuation of one or other of the two great rivers laid

down on Pemberton’s Map as coming from the north of Thibet,

some great gate or pass may be found across the chain by means of

which an easy communication is formed with the central provinces

of China.

The mean depth of the river on the 25th of April was ascertained

to be 12.70833.

The mean speed of current was found to be 121 of a mile or

3440 yards per hour.

The mean speed multiplied by 0.8 will give the average speed of

the whole volume. The direct breadth of the River opposite the

Commissariat Ghaut, taken by means of the Theodolite, was found

to be 1210 yards.

Average speed in feet. Mean depth. Breadth in feet.

8256 * 12.70833 x 3630 =

380,859,500.1024 cubic feet discharged per hour.

380,859,500.1024

60. 12k

6347658.33504.

60.

There are 6.2321 gallons in a cubic foot.

= 6,347,658.33504 cubic feet discharged per minute.

=105794.3805584 cubic feet discharged per second.

1853.] Note on the Discharge of Water, by the Irrawaddy. 483

fise and Fall of the Irrawaddy at Prome between the 20th of Feb-

ruary and 30th of March, 1853.

Date. Rise. Fall. Remarks.

Feb. 20th,/.. or 1 | Inch

2\1st, 0 0 0 0

Zend, | -. ve 1 | Inch

Zara, |) «0 tis 1 | Inch

24th, | 0 0 0 0

25th, |’... Ms 1 | Inch

26th, | 4 |Inches.] .. ane

27th, | 2 |Inches-| .. 4

28th, | 3 |Inches,| .. :

. e

March Ist, 2 |Inches.

2d, | we 1 | Inch,

gS a Oe x 1 | Inch.

Athi. |. ss ae 1 | Inch.

0 a ee 35 1 | Inch,

Gthe | \ si as 1 | Inch

7th, 0; O o.0

Beh il! 2s a 3 {Inches

9th, 0; 0 0; 0

10th, 0; 0 0; O

lith, 0; OU 0; 0

12th, 0; 0 0; O

13th, | «3 “A 1 | Inch

14th, | .. ae 1 | Inch

15th, oe a's 1 | Inch

16th, 0; 0 0; 0

P7th, |. aie 1 | Inch

ESthy ee ae = | Inch

19th, | .. a 1 | Inch.

20th, | + se + | Inch

21st, ee “a + | Inch.

22nd, | o- os = | Inch,

Zarda, | ‘es “tH 4 | Inch,

24th, MCh vsep iy me

Fath, | «+ aia # | Inch.

26th, 0; 0 0! O

27th, 0 | 6 0 0

28th, 0 0 | 0 0

29th, 2 |Inches.; .. ae

30th, es oe 1 ! Inch

a tT

484 Memorandum on the Iron Mines of Raneegunge. [No. 5. f

Rise and Kall of the Irrawaddy at Prome between the 8th and 24th

of April, 1853. qq

Date. Rise. Fall. Remarks.

April 8th, 13 Inches.| .. a

9th, 2a\. dO. | oa oe

Oth ol 132 ol dos) og eo

Vith, | 27 | do.

12th, | eMondel oe. ee.

13th, 1 | do. - 2s

béths |=. i 4 |\Inches

15th, a 8 do.

16th, 4 do

18th, ll | do

20th, 10! do

2st, 3 do

22nd, 5 do

23rd, 2 do

24th, 23

No. 964.

Memorandum on the prospect of remuneration in working the Iron .

Mines of the Raneegunge district. By Major W. H. Baxer, ©

Consulting Engineer to the Govt. of India, with a Report on the —

same subject by Professor Oldham, Geol. Surveyor.—Communicated —

by the Govt. of Bengal. |

The prospect of profit in working these. mines, has been fully §

and ably discussed by Professor Oldham in his report, dated 18th —

May, 1852, pp. 9 to 20, and though I cannot say that his arguments ~

have on all points commanded my conviction, I believe that on

the whole they are sound; at all events I have not the familiar

knowledge of details, which would enable me to combat them, or i |

would justify my dissent from his general conclusion, p. 18. 4

“ That under existing conditions the manufacture of Iron, on any — ns

efficient scale, and on the European system, cannot be undertaken —

in this district with a certain prospect of such a return, as would €

justify the great outlay required.”’ i

But Mr. Oldham remarks in the paragraph succeeding that wholly yh

I have quoted, that the then “ existing conditions” may alter, and,

in fact, they have .already altered to such an extent, as materially

to affect the argument.

1853. | Memorandum on the Iron Mines of Raneegunge. 485

One of the most important calculations on which Mr. Oldham’s

conclusions rest, is that of the relative cost in England and India,

of the raw materials required for the manufacture of a ton of pig

Tron—showing a difference in favour of India, of 11s. which he does

not consider to afford a sufficient margin to cover the increased cost

of machinery required for the subsequent processes—or the risks

so forcibly and truly enumerated in the 13th page.

About haif of the estimated cost in India is that of limestone,

which is set down at 8s. 6d. aton in Calcutta, and 27s. a ton at

_Raneegunge—but the mineral branch of the Railway is now ap-

_proaching completion, and though stopped for the present at the

Collieries, would doubtless be extended to the site of any large Iron

works that might be established—this would convey limestone from

Calcutta at about 7s. 6d. a ton, making an aggregate cost of 16s.

instead of 27s., and exactly doubling the difference of cost in favour

of India.

_ But a circumstance which will still further affect the comparison,

_and which will throw additional weight into the scale of the Indian

manufacture, is the great rise which has lately occurred in the price

of Iron at home, and of freight of all kinds from England to this

country. How far the continuance of these prices may be depended

upon, it is impossible to say—but it should be recollected that Mr.

Oldham’s comparison was made during a period of great depression

| of the Iron trade, when prices were lower than, I believe, they had

ever been before, or were likely to be, or at all events to continue,

again.

On these considerations, I would hope that the prospect of turn-

ing to useful account, the mineral riches of this locality, are not

now so discouraging as they appeared to Professor Oldham, but I

would recommend those, who may contemplate embarking their capi-

tal in such a Speculation, to commence on a small scale, by the

establishment of one or two blast furnaces for the manufacture of

east Tron (for which there is a considerable local demand), and to

“await public opinion on its quality, before incurring the additional

expense of puddling furnaces, rolling mills, &c.

In connexion with this subject, 1 may mention that the chairs

Ppplied for the East India Railway by the Porto Novo Iron Com-

486 Memorandum on the Iron Mines of Raneegunge. [ No. 5.

pany of Madras—have been much objected to, by the Engineers,

as being brittle, and somewhat irregular in shape. I would not say

that these faults (if not exaggerated) are irremediable—or that

they would necessarily be found in the Raneegunge manufacture—

but'they serve to illustrate the truth that something besides the

raw material is requisite to the production of a marketable article—

and perhaps also, we may further deduce from these circumstances,

that Iron of local manufacture will have to encounter a certain

amount of prejudice on the part of English Engineers and Plate-

layers.

G. A. C. Prowpen, Esq., Offy. Secy. to the Govt. of India.

(Sd.) W. HE. Baxsr, Mayor,

Consulting Engineer to the Govt. of India.

20th June, 1853.

(True Copy)

(Sd.) G. Courrr, Offy. Under-Secy. to the Govt. of India.

No. 189.

From the Superintendent of the Geological Survey,

To W. Gorpon Youne, Hsq., Under-Secy. to Govt. of Bengal.

Dated August 10th, 1853.

Str,—lI have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your letter

No. 518, dated July 19th, 1853, enclosing copy of a memorandum by

the consulting Engineer to the Government of India in the Railway

Department, on the prospects of remuneration in working the Iron

mines of the Raneegunge district, and requesting that I will report my

opinion on the subject, under the present altered aspect of the case.

Major Baker has very justly stated that a great change in the

conditions under which the manufacture of Iron in that district

could be undertaken, will be effected by the completion of the in-

tended Railroad to Raneegunge ; and by the consequent economy

of transit for such materials, as are required in that manufacture,

but which, not occurring in the vicinity, must be procured froma

distance. And while admitting the justice of the conclusion at

which I had arrived from an investigation of the whole matter in

1852, he yet considers that the alteration in the conditions then

existing, will be of sufficient amount materially to affect the argu-

ment.

1853.| Memorandum on the Iron Mines of Raneequnge. 487

The principal, and indeed the only change in these conditions of

any importance, to. which Major Baker refers, is the greatly dimi-

nished cost of limestone, the price of which would be reduced from

27s. per ton, (at which I estimated it,) to about 16s. per ton. Of

course the sum estimated by Major Baker, as the cost of carriage

per Railway is liable to such alteration, as experience in the cost of

working the line may introduce, but taking this estimated cost as

correct, we would have a saving in the cost of limestone of from

10s. to 1ls. per ton. But this does not, as Major Baker says,

“ exactly double the difference of cost of the raw materials in favour

of India,” as the difference originally estimated by me, of 11s. per

ton, was per ton of pig Iron, and not per ton of limestone. Taking

then the cost of limestone at 17s. instead of 27s. per ton, we would

have the entire cost of the raw materials required for the produc-

tion of one ton of pig Iron as follows.

Soe de

OE ee et ee a ccy atts Saas ie he cacten nt at 7 2

Es ES I AOE Na armen 14 432

PMNINO SGC) 2c outa ostrciel ee tates ssiotecon ipl tag

34 42

As compared with 52s. 103d. in Great Britain or a saving in prime

cost of 18s. 64d. per ton.

I should state here, that subsequently to the publication of my

former report, I was informed by more persons than one, that I had

therein estimated the cost of raising the Iron stone at too low a

price, and that in reality the expenses attending it, would be more

nearly 6s. per ton, than 4s. My own enquiries did not lead me to

think so, but I should not wish to place my casual examinations in

comparison with the long acquired experience of those resident in

the neighbourhood, and who could not have any very obvious inter-

est in misrepresenting the facts, as the establishment of Iron works

would evidently benefit the district. But if these statements be

admitted as true, and the estimate given above be modified accord-

ingly, the cost of the raw materials for one ton of pig Iron

would be

3 Q

488 Memorandum on the Iron Mines of Raneequnge. (No. 5.

Sivind.

Coady 5 CE gl ee a EE RU

Ore Bhs cues eur CU NA i cr ae 21 7

Limestonewii ol A eek Ae a

41 G3

This as compared with the cost in Great Britain, (52s. 103d.) will

leave the difference in favour of India, very nearly the same as

originally estimated, viz. 11s. notwithstanding the difference in cost

of the limestone.

As I have stated above, my own enquiries certainly did not lead

me to think that the cost of raising the ore, would be more than 4s.

per ton. But on a reference to my report, it will be seen that I

fully anticipated and referred to the difficulties which would attend

on the extraction of it, and stated that I had been fully satisfied

that Mr. Williams had previously under-estimated its cost. It is

possible, I did so also, judging from the amount of work which

would readily be done by an English miner. But I do not think

the cost (even allowing for all these difficulties, and for the want of

training in the hands employed) could be so great, as it has been

stated. If the cost be therefore estimated at the mean of the two

statements, or at 5s. per ton. we have the cost of raw materials still

showing a balance in favour of India of 14s. 11d. or 15s. per ton.

Now I have, in my former report, estimated that the difference

in the cost of the raw materials of 11s. per ton of pig Iron would

not more than counterbalance the great additional charges and risks;

necessarily attendant on such undertakings in this country. Be-.

yond this, there will remain therefore a clear saving, under the alter-

ed conditions of the case, of from 4s. to 7s. for each ton of pig Iron.

Major Baker also states, as additional reasons for supposing that

the manufacture of Iron could probably be carried on with profit

now, that since my report was written the price of Iron has greatly

advanced, and also the charge for freight.

With reference to the former fact, that the price of Iron has ad-

vanced, it must be borne in mind that the calculations in my report

were founded on the cost of the raw materials without any reference

whatever to the cost of the manufactured article. And I may state,

1853.| Memorandum on the Iron Mines of Raneegunge. 489°

that I purposely avoided any allusion to the then cost of Iron, as I

was fully aware, that at the time alluded to, Iron was being sold at

the smallest possible profit, and in many cases at an actual loss.

With regard to the question of freight, I have no means of ascer-

taining the probability of a continuance or non-continuance of the

present high rates, though I am disposed to think, that these rates

are exceptional, caused by the sudden diversion from the ordinary

channels of trade, of a very large amount of shipping, in consequence

of the rapid and immense extension of intercourse with the gold-

producing countries. I have no means here, of ascertaining by a

reference to commercial reports, what the average charge for freight

has been, during the last twenty years, but I am inclined to think

that the tendency has been to a regular decrease, and not to an

increase, and to suppose that the present is only a temporary de-

rangement in the scale of charges, arising from the temporary causes,

which are even already passing away. On this, however, I cannot

pretend to offer an opinion, and of course, any increase in the

freightage charges will be so much in favour of the Indian manufac-

ture.

If therefore, my former conclusions were just (and I was glad to

find that Major Baker fully confirmed the general correctness of the

argument) I am still of opinion that the only really well founded

advantage in favour of the manufacture in India, will be the saving in

the original cost of the materials and that this saving will be from

4s. to 7s. per ton of pig Iron manufactured ; this saving being over

and above the amount sufficient to counterbalance all additional risks

in this country. And J think that this ought to be sufficient to induce

the investment of capital in such undertakings.

Major Baker has suggested that any persons engaging in such

manufacture, should at first confine their attention to the production

of cast Iron only, in the justice of which advice I fully concur. In-

deed, such must be the necessary consequence of any attempt to

work these ores, on an efficient scale. J do not, however, see that

there is any sufficient demand for cast Iron, to justify the commence-

ment of such heavy works as would be required with a view to the

production of cast Iron only. Major Baker states that there is “a

considerable local demand for cast Iron.’ A reference to the tables

3 Q 2

490 Memorandum on the Iron Mines of Raneegunge. No. 5.

of imports however, shews that during the year 1851, only 510 tons

of pig-iron were imported. Now a single blast-furnace of small size

would produce about 45 tons per week, or considerably more than

2000 tons per annum, that is more than four times the amount at

present required to supply the market. And such blast-furnaces

to be worked economically, must be worked nearly continuously.

With such a demand, therefore, (and I am not aware of any sup-

ply of cast Iron other than that imported) or even supposing this

demand to be doubled, I cannot see that any one would be justified

in undertaking such a manufacture on the British system, with a

view to the supply of cast Iron only :* I would put out of the ques-

tion the consideration of other systems, as being inapplicable to the

peculiar kind and quality of ores found in the district referred to.

Major Baker in his memorandum refers to the objections urged

against some of the chairs supplied by the Porto Novo Madras

Iron Company. I have myself seen castings turned out from that

Company’s works, which on any English Railroad, would have been

not only objected to, but at once rejected without the slightest

hesitation. But I am satisfied that these defects arose as much

from a want of sufficient care in moulding, and from the use, pro-

bably, of inferior sand, as from the quality of the metal; and that

they are quite capable of being remedied. J stated in my former re-

port (page 15) that the character of the iron produced in this

country should, like every new article of commerce, be established

before it would be purchased with confidence, and there can be no

doubt, it would have to contend against the thoroughly well grounded

prestige in favour of English work, but this difficulty would rapidly

vanish, provided the articles supplied, were equally good in quality

and finish.

In connexion with this subject, I cannot avoid again taking the

* Supposing there were a demand for 1000 tons of pig Iron; and that as above

calculated, the manufacturer in India would have an additional profit, beyond the

ordinary profits of the trade, of 7s. per ton (taking the most favourable estimate)

this would only give him £350 per annum ; while the first outlay for machinery,

&c. would be at the least £6000 to £7000, thus yielding an additional profit of

nearly five per cent. Having no returns of the amount of ‘‘ castings’’ imported,

I have been obliged to estimate solely from the amonnt of pig Iron imported.

1853. | LInterary Intelligence. 491

opportunity of respectfully urging on the cousideration of the Most

Noble the Governor of Bengal the great importance of a careful and

systematic analysis of the several Iron ores of the district referred

to, and of: other parts of India. I have already,* in connexion with

coal enquiries, urged the importance of such a series of experimental

investigations, and I am satisfied that valuable results would spring

from a similar enquiry into the composition, &c. of the various ores

of India ; of the methods now adopted in their reduction, and of the

possible improvement in these. There have been no trustworthy

analyses of these ores as yet made, and it is possible that some

ingredient may be found in one or other of the many beds, which

may either render the ore of that bed comparatively useless, or may

materially increase its apparent value. Such a series of analyses

systematically conducted by a competent chemist, and in connexion

with the actual examination of the mode of occurrence of the several

ores in the field, would prove of great value; but could only be un-

dertaken with advantage by some one, who could devote his time

zealously, and continuously to the task, so that the result might be

strictly comparable.

(Signed) THomas OLDHAM,

Darjeeling, August \st, 1853. Superintendent of Geological Survey.

PIII

Literary Intelligence.

Extract from a letter of Colonel Rawlinson, C. B. Honorary

Member of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, to Dr. A. Sprenger.

Baghdad, April 15th, 1853.

“‘T have indeed such an enormous mass of materials in hand that

a couple of years’ leisure, is almost indispensable to put them in

order, and carry them through the press. The historical portion

consists of an almost continuous series of annals extending from

the time of Solomon to the destruction of Nineveh. But besides

this, I have the library of the Assyrian kings to classify and publish.

* From Superintendent of Geological Survey, To Under-Secretary Government

of Bengal. No. 181, June 27, 1853,

492 Literary Intelligence. [ No. 5.

—On the clay tablets, indeed, which we have found at Nineveh, and

which are now to be counted by thousands, there are explanatory

treatises on almost every subject under the sun, the art of writing,

grammars, and dictionaries, notation, weights and measures, divisions

of time, chronology, astronomy, geography, history, mythology,

geology, botany, &c. In fact we have now at our disposal a perfect

cyclopedia of Assyrian science, and shall probably be able to trace

all Greek knowledge to this source.”’

Extract of a Letter from Col. Rawlison to Mr. Grote, dated,

Baghdad, 5th July, 1853.

“ You will have seen probably in the Anniversary Report of the

London Society, a brief account of my late proceedings, but I may

be able to add a few details of interest that have not yet been pub-

lished. The comparative modernicity of the Assyrian Empire is

now established beyond all cavil. I have obtained almost a complete

list of Kings numbering about thirty from the fall of Neneveh, late

in the 7th century 3B. c. to the institution of the Empire in the

middle of the 13th century. Previously to that date Assyria was

subject to Babylonia, and as materials accumulate, we should be

able, I think, to turn up Babylonian history, through the various

dynasties noted by Berosus to the real starting point of Western-

Asiatic Empire, in the 23rd century before the Christianjera. I do

not expect to ascend higher than that period, except through ethnic

affinities and mythological tradition, sources of evidence which

should be used very cautiously, but which, in this case, I can already

plainly see will bring the subject into immediate connection with

the 10th chapter of Genesis. The labour, however, required to bring

out these results is immense. It would take a person at least ten

years nearly, to copy all the curious MSS. documents now at our-

disposal, forming the debris of the Royal Library at Nineveh ; and

in the mean time wherever we dig, fresh tablets are being brought

to light, so that our stores of information are likely to increase

indefinitely. With regard to the mechanism of this enquiry, I must

also inform you that if you merely looked to my preliminary disserta-

tion in the R. A. S. Journal, you would have a very imperfect

idea of the extent or condition of the Alphabet. Later researches

have furnished me with above a thousand distinct characters, and

1853. | Lnterary Intelligence. 493

these characters have on an average four or five distinct values, so

that the very element of the study presents a really formidable diffi-

culty. Iwill write to you at greater length, as soon as I have a

little more time at my disposal.”

Extract from a letter from Sir Henry Elliot to Dr. A. Sprenger,

dated Cape Town, June 28rd, 1853.

“T am engaged just now in printing off a few copies of some of

the notes and appendices I have been writing, since the beginning

of the year. Much is left incomplete, as I have not the means of

finishing the notes here, since references are required to works which

IT havenot got. This refers tothe Arab period (see Journal As. Soe.

Vol. XX. p. 252). The previous printing of the most difficult por-

tion, will save a deal of trouble, when I put the whole work to press.”’

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ASTIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

FoR Juxy, 1853. i

The Society met on the 6th instant at the usual hour.

Sir James Cortvite, Kt. President, in the chair—

The minutes of the last month’s proceedings were read and con-

firmed.

The accounts and vouchers for the month of April and May were

laid on the table.

The following presentations were announced :

1. From J. A. Cockburn, Esq. Supt. Barrackpore Park. Speci- —

mens of a Loris (Nycticebus tardigradus), a Pheasant (Phasianus fi

torquatus), and a Porcupine (Hystrix bengalensis).

2. From the Secretary of the Meteorological Society of Mauri-

tius. Proceedings of the Society for May, 1853. 4

3. From J. L. Beaufort, Esq. Pubnah. A silver coin of the reign

of the Emperor Akbar, dated 999 A. H. j

4. From Major Baker, on the part of G. Turnbull, Esq. Chief :

Engineer of the E. I. Railway. Specimens of fossil bones found in ;

the Ranigunge district. .

The following is an extract from Major B.’s letter.

“TI beg to forward, for presentation to the Asiatic Society, on the

part of G. Turnbull, Esq. Chief Engineer of the EH. I. Railway, some

fossil remains consisting of a set of tarsal bones, and three frag- f

ments of the jaw, of a large ruminant.

“T am informed that these specimens were found in the Rani-

gunge district, near the confluence of the Damuda and Singharin,

1853. | Proceedings of the Astatie Society. 495

in an excavation made for the purpose of obtaining ballast for the

Railway: it will be observed that they are encrusted with limestone

(Kankur).

“They were accompanied by several other fossils which I have

failed to obtain, but which are said to have been of a similar charac-

ter to these now presented to the Society. It is probable that they

all belonged to one animal.”

Mr. W. J. Herschel of the Civil Service, duly proposed and second-

ed at the last meeting, was balloted for, and elected an ordinary

member.

Dr. E. Réer was named for ballot at the next meeting,—proposed

by Mr. Grote and seconded by Dr. Sprenger.

The Council submitted a report for the removal of Mr. J. T.

Shave’s name from the list of members, under Rule 18.

Communications were received—

1. From W. Muir, Esq. Secretary to the Government of the

North-Western Provinces, forwarding a Meteorological Register

kept at the Government Secretariat Office, Agra, for the month of

April.

2. From W. G. Young, Esq. Under-Secretary to the Govern-

ment of Bengal, enclosing further correspondence regarding the

discovery of coal on the bank of the Chawa Nadee.

The report of the Curator of the Museum of Economic Geology,

read at the April meeting, referred to this discovery. The corre-

spondence now received gives the result of an examination of the

site of the coal by a small party of sappers.

The following extract from the report of the serjeant in charge of

the party is not favourable.

“The Sivok Nadee is about four miles long, and takes its rise

from between two high hills (names not known) which are, judging

from supposition, in height three or four thousand feet, and very

steep, extending its course for upwards of two miles between these

hills, before it opens out into the plains. Ultimately it empties

itself into the river “Teesta’’ two miles further on, the average

width being about ninety feet, and it is in that portion of the Nadee

between the hills and not on the plas, that, amongst the high rocks

which overhang each side, the coal exhibits itself in the fissures of

496 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 5.

the rocks, in small quantities, which with difficulty we extracted.

The thickness of veins visible in the fissures in the rocks, is from

a quarter to two inches, that in the cavities we found in lumps,

specimens of which I am bringing with me. The whole of the coal

to be seen is embedded in a hard sandstone.”

3. From Major J. Turton, Prome, offering for the Society’s

acceptance, specimen of a fossil root of a tree from that district.

The following is an extract from Major T.’s letter :

“ Tt was broken in half whilst being rolled towards the camp and

when first moved, a piece eight or ten inches in length, that might

be called the tap-root, was broken off and afterwards lost. The root

measured about four feet across the longest diameter, and two to two

and a half at the shortest. It was found embedded on one of the

small hills to north-east of the Pagoda a mile or so distant, and

to all appearance was on the position in which it had grown. Only

one piece of any size such as would be considered part of the same

tree was lying near it.”’

4. From Dr. J. Fayrer, Rangoon, enclosing Meteorological

Registers kept at the Field Hospital, Rangoon, for the months of

February, March and April.

5. From C. Gubbins, Esq. Bijnore, noticing the occurrence of a

dust-storm at Binore on the morning of the 30th May last.

The following is an extract from Mr. Gubbin’s letter :

“For the benefit of future meteorologists, I may as well place on

record the fact of an andht or dust-storm coming from the north-

east, the first time that I remember such an occurrence during nearly

twenty-five years’ residence in the northern parts of the upper

provinces. Its extent appears to have been considerable, including

all northern Rohileund, but I am not aware how far it was felt south

of Moradabad, nor whether it entered the Doab.

“The month of May has here been very tolerably mild, but on

Sunday the 29th the atmosphere became oppressively warm. The

evening and night were extremely close, without the usual freshness

towards morning, and as the sun rose (80”) an east wind also got

up raising clouds of dust, but hardly sufficient to be called a dust-

storm. Throughout the whole day a grove of trees, about a mile off,

was never once seen, some other trees within three hundred yards

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 497

were dimly perceived as in a cloud, and although there was constant

sunshine, it was so reflected and obstructed by the fine dust floating

in the atmosphere, that often for an hour together, there was hardly

a perceptible shadow cast.

“Towards 6 p. M. the wind, still from the north of east, rapidly

increased, and for about quarter of an hour blew as strongly as in an

ordinary andhi (1 have no Anemometer, so cannot be more precise),

completely hiding from view an out-building rather above a hundred

yards distant. The whole then cleared off, a very few drops of rain

fell, and the evening and night were clear and remarkably cool for

the season. This was probably due to a heavy fall of rain which, I

am informed, took place about the same time among the lower hills.”’

6. From Captain C. Haughton, enclosing a note on the site of

Alexandria ad Caucasum.

The Librarian submitted a list of additions made to the Library

during the past month. |

Read and confirmed, 3rd August, 1853.

(Signed) J. W. CoLvite.

} LipRrary.

The following additions have been made to the Library since the last

meeting.

Presented.

A Geological Report on the Kymore Mountains, the Ramghur Coal

Fields and on the manufacture of Iron. By D. H. Williams, Esq.

Calcutta, 1852, 8vo. 2 copies. —By THE GOVERNMENT OF BEN@AL.

Journal of the Indian Archipelago for Jan. 1853, 2 copies.—By THE

SAME.

A notice of the Origin, Progress and Present Condition of the Academy

of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia—By W. 8. W. Ruschunburger,

Philadelphia, 1852, Svo.— By THE ACADEMY.

The Benares Magazine, Vol. VIII. p. iii—By tHe Eprror.

The Calcutta Christian Observer for July, 1853.—By tHe Eprrors.

The Oriental Baptist, No. 79.—By THe Eprror.

~ The Upadeshak, No. 79.—By tHE Eprror.

The Oriental Christian Spectator for May, 1853.—By THE Eprtor.

The Missionary for July, 1853.—By Tae. Eprror.

Bibidhartha Safigraha, No. 18.—By THE Epiror.

498 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 5.

The Citizen Newspaper for May and June.—By tue Eprror.

Purnachandrodaya for June, 1853.—By THE Hpiror.

The Indian Charter, for June.—By THE Epitor.

Tattwabodhini Patrik4, No. 119.—By Tus TatrwapopHinr’ SaBna'.

Exchanged.

The Caleutta Review, No. 38.

Edinburgh Philosophical Journal, No. 108.

The Philosophical Magazine, Nos. 31, 32.

Purchased.

The Annals and Magazines of Natural History, Nos. 64, 65.

Journal des Savants, January to March, 1853.

Comptes Rendus, Nos. 8 @ 13.

FoR Avaust, 1853.

The Society met on the 3d instant at the usual hour.

Sir James Corvine, Kt. President, in the Chair.

The minutes of the last month’s proceedings were read and con-

firmed.

The accounts and vouchers for the month of June last were laid

on the table.

Donations were received—

1. From R. N. C. Hamilton, Esq. Resident at Indore, 2 copies

of a Memorandum on the caves of Kulvie in Malwa, by Dr. E. Impey,

Presidency Surgeon, Indore.

2. From Captain M. Turnbull. A squirrel from the Straits

(Sciurus hypoleucos, Horsf.)

3. From H. Stainforth, Esq. C. 8. through Captain Thuillier,

twelve silver coins dug up from the ruins of Gour.

4, From W. G. Young, Esq. Under-Secretary to the Govern-

ment of Bengal, a map of the station and suburbs of Jessore for the

use of the Museum of Hconomic Geology.

Dr. E. Roer, duly proposed and seconded at the last meeting, was

balloted for, and elected an ordinary member.

The following gentlemen were named for ballot at the next

meeting.

1853.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 499

Captain J. C. Haughton, 54 N. I.;—proposed by Captain Han-

nyngton and seconded by Dr. A. Sprenger.

George Plowden, Esq. C. S.;—proposed by J. R. Colvin, Esq.

and seconded by Mr. A. Grote.

Lieut. C. H. Dickens, Bengal Artillery ;—proposed by Mr. Grote

and seconded by the President.

The President in a short speech announced to the meeting the

death of Major Kittoe, and then proposed the following resolution

which was seconded by Mr. C. Allen and carried unanimously :-—

Resolved—that the Society desires to record its regret at the

death of Major Kittoe, for many years a valuable member of this

Society, and a distinguished labourer in the field of Indian Archzo-

logy. |

A conversation then took place on the subject of Major Kittoe’s

papers and drawings, in the course of which Dr. Ballantyne stated

that Major K. had left certain facsimiles of inscriptions in the Col-

lege at Benares. It was consequently resolved that the Secretary

should address the Government with a view to measures being taken

for the preservation of those or any other documents relating to

archeology which may have been left by Major Kittoe in India; and

should at the same time state the readiness of the Society to take

charge of them, in case the Government should see fit to entrust

them to the Society.

Communications were received—

1. From Captain E. Dalton, Debrughur, Assam, enclosing two

papers, one, by himself, on Gold Washing in the Jugloo and Seesee

rivers, and the other by Major Hannay, on Assam Gold Fields gene-

rally. -

The first is the substance of an official report communicated by

the Bengal Government in May last, and reduced into its present

form by Captain D. at the suggestion of the Secretaries. Two

drawings, which accompanied the paper, were laid upon the table.

2. From Captain. Layard, Berhampur, forwarding copy of a

sunud connected with the site of Gour, and promising soon to send

a stone from the steps of the Muhammadan Durgah at Ghysabad

bearing a Pali (?) inscription.

3. From F. E. Hall, Esq. Benares, transmitting a list of Persian

books contained in the Library of his Highness the Rajah of Benares.

500 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 5.

4. From Dr. McClelland, enclosing a Memorandum on the dis-

charge of water by the Irrawaddy.

5. From W. G. Young, Esq. Under-Secretary to the Govern-

ment of Bengal, forwarding a report, by Captain Sherwill, on the

geology of Darjeeling, and of the mountains in its neighbourhood.

Captain Thuillier proposed that for the above, as one of a series

of very valuable papers, which Captain Sherwill has contributed for

the Journal, the best thanks of the meeting be accorded to him.

The President seconded the resolution, which was carried unani-

mously.

6. From C. Gubbins, Esq. Bijnore, submitting “ Notes on the

ruins at Mahavalipuram on the Coromandal Coast.”

Read and confirmed, 7th Sept., 1853.

(Signed) J. R. Corvin.

LIBRARY.

The following books have been added to the Library since the last

month.

Presented.

Selections from the Records of the Bengal Government, No. XI. Re-

port on the Political States in the 8. W. Frontier Agency, Revenue

Administration of Assam, and the Wild Tribes bordering the South

Frontier of Chittagong. 2 copies.—By THE GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL.

Annual Report of the Grant Medical College, Bombay, 1852-3.—By

J. Murenezan, Esq. PRINCIPAL OF THE COLLEGE.

Description of the Caves of Kulvie in Malwa. By E. Impey, Esq.

Agra, 1853, 8vo. Pamphlet (2 copies) —By R. N. C. Hamitton, Esq.

The Atmabodha with its Commentary ; also the Tattwabodha: being

two treatises of Indian Pantheism—Mirzapur, 1852—8vo. Pamphlet.—

By THE Epitor.

Journal Asiatique, No. 2.—By tHe Astatic Socrrety or Paris.

The Oriental Christian Spectator for June, 1853.—By tHE Epiror.

The Oriental Baptist, No. 80.—By tar Epitor.

The Calcutta Christian Spectator, August, 1853.—By THE Eprror.

The Upadeshaka, No. 80.—By THE Eprror.

Catalogue of a Collection of Ancient and Modern Italian books com-

prising several in Greek and Latin, printed in Italy, and offered for sale

by C. F. Moloni.—By tHE PuBLisHER.

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 501

Exchanged.

The Atheneum, for April, 1853.

The London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine for May,

1853.

Purchased.

Journal des Savants, for April, 1853.

Comptes Rendus, Nos. 14 to 18, Vol. 36.

Spiegel’s Grammatik des Parsisprache.

Akademische Verlesungen uber Indische Literaturgeschichte. Gehalten

von A. Weber.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History for May.

Bibliotheque des Croisades par M Michaud.

Schénberg’s Travels in India, 2 Vols.

Hardy’s Eastern Monachism.

AAD

502

Rangoon, 1st March, 1853.

Abstract of Meteorological Observations for the month of February, 1853.

U t

5 3

E z

a By

@y oe

= - 5 x

a} = :

3 =

a ies

3 >

al ee s a

28 o ©

= cs ; s 2 Fa

SS € ‘a 2%

ees give) i eras

Sa 0 2 Ss

Bo Meola

- “SUOLJVAIOS “SUOIJBALOS

® . [qo Surpao 499°0L LF8'SL | & . |-qo Sutpas

2 2 |-ord Jo ‘wy g 2 |-a1d jo ‘uly

So om

ice dy eeu | 69 69 3° anon |

p= i

= *WNUIXB JA Fi [somone | 9k OL |) ree OL 62 “UINUIXB FAT |

5 “SUOLJBAIOS *SUOI}RAIOS

5 . |-qo Suipso ‘oI S . |-qo Surpeo

E @ |-o1d Jo “uly 2 ® |-a1d jo ‘ul

Ss =

a -Q

*SUOIJRAIOS *SUOIYBAIIS

3 . |-q0 Sutpso G3'°es 616 | & . |-40 Surpao

£2 |-aad jo “ul F 2 |-o1d jo ‘uray

‘ my

E ur “CANTO TAL | ¢9 18 5 eo | “WNULUI_L |

= pO

mS *WUNUIXe JT Jia mune eS) os Gn ci ee 28 L6 | “uNUIXxe AT |

4 | "SUOTIVAAS "SUOTJRAIOS

® , |-q0 Sutpao G94°%L LL9L8 | 8 , |-Go Suipso

: 5 -aad Jo ‘Ul, 2 5 -aid jo ‘uly,

5 ZA | ‘wnururyy | ¢9 &8 E AZ | ‘wwii |

Sa *UINUITX® J St eater [Os eer ee See ae 08 26 “wINUAIXe AAT |

= — [*SMOTJBA.Las *SUOIJRALIS

3. |-qo Surps0 PSL'69 919'3L | & . |-q0 SuIpao

& A j-oad jo ‘ui g @ |-oad Jo ‘uly,

d o 4

; a *CUNUIUL YY | ¢9 69 | Sa | “mnumlUI, |

Si oO

BH ‘UUNUUIX® J] Gi oue pp, Bi Pe Gan) a aeeonie ee vr 18 “UINUAIXe Ay |

‘SUOLJVAIOS *SUOI}BALOS

-qO Zulpeo €9 999°99 -qo SuIpao

e -aad jo ‘uly ns -aad jo “UIT

oy 2

5 2 “CUNO AL : Ls 6S a3 “WIN WIUT AAT |

= og

ES ‘WUNUIXe L£' 3G | wnuixeyg |

= : : ofS

| 3 e E ae

= a |

Meteorological Observations kept at Rangoon.

[No.5

Field Hospital, Rangoon.

J. Fayrer, M. D. Asst. Surgeon,

eeeoe ered ee L19°L8 C9L-@t @eeee @eee ee 9919'S FSOL'69 es e@ | eecse ee

| 999°99; §9

aval meses -- le-ogFL| Lezt cic ee gs ee PPEG 668 | Aint never “a 0091 | zter

e@eee eeese ee my ee eoeoe e@eee ee ee ee °0771q °011IC 02 69

“TuaNd-"119 ee - 68 LL OUI °0371d, ci * 8 | Bog Yor, ‘od GL IZ

‘OIG 0) Sr a | ~* 66 08 “oyIG ‘OIG i oe VL 0} ‘ONG €Z 69

071 eee ou Ge Lt ond “omliget> ° 18 tL ‘ou “071 LZ 69

0731 eres ae 16 rL "073! ‘MAN i Oy ‘EL OIG 01 69 89

OIG seas 3 68 Cy Od ‘oniq | °° tL oh *AzeY OIG 69 L9

°0731q yaa oa 88 jh )2 0}1G ‘OUI i: Be i OIG owd 8£ 89

OIG Biss 2° 19 LL "OIG ‘oyG a zt se “Bog od 89 99

‘OIG aC os 06 tL ‘Od ‘OIG a te a °01}IG "ONG OL 89

‘011 seroy ee s se "ou1G “O71 eee PS a 0731 ‘oud 89 L9

“Tawny aes a 98 €Z “oINGd “OVNI oe TZ 69 *OWNIG ‘OWN ¢9 ¥9

oe oe ee a) oe ste an 011 ‘ONIG ee 69 L9 °Ou11G *weD Z $9 £9

wialels acetate Ac ave Pa onIG "OI ee ee ee *SOJ ‘ad eee = as ae

on1q sor pe eee ete ‘oniq 1 E14 a i ae Fa "Azer ee ce ee Doe 99

“Wg zea aS 18 iy "OVI “med ca 4 89 “Tawny “wmyeD a 69 99

eee eecee ee ae ee OIG "OIG ee ee ee 073IC we ere 5 ufo ee

eee eoce ee aie aie ONG ‘ond ee ee oe *Aze Ey eevee 5 ee ee

“Apnoig ae Vic xebe | 490 "0931 SOU ee, | OL eae "07310 OU to Oe. Ye

er ee ecce ee ee ay ‘OIG “OIC ee ee oe ‘OIG ‘ong 19 : £9

@eee eece ee ee ee 07191 ‘ONG, ee ee eo “DOJ ‘a "OIC L9 c9

exec eee ee ee ee O11 0731 ee eo ee *Azeyy "0771 c9 cg

Cece eccv5e ee £8 69 ‘OIG "0171 ee ee ee 80} Joy, "OIG G9 ¢9

“BND | VTA ANS | | ee | ay "e919 MH 'N | ** | $f | 69 "AzeH ‘ow 79 | 39

@eoe ee 8 ee ee ee eeee eooee | ee ee ee 20} qySS . ONG 19 L¢

‘Mg | ‘UST AAS |e oe e "O71 ‘oun |e <2 TZ | 99 "S03 ‘Cd "wed 09 8¢

‘ong ‘OIG ee 18 C9 OIG ‘op “A °N aa IZ £9 ‘ord 0} 09 LS

‘ond ‘og. | **; | ¢°e8 9 "OV "OINGL * o e £9 *071 "0991 6S Lg

*IynwNyD | “qsaly A *s oi 68 c9 "18219 4T'M ON <2 TZ L9 “IVa | “9451, “N ie a

"Ax EOE. B we “Aig | “32M “AIS TE UEM. Bie "Aq | “99 "AIS PUAN |B B “Aid: | “39M

jo 4 oadsy jO UworT}oa.11p = = 5 = Jo yoodsy jO u01j09.11p o & a Jo yo0dsy JO uolj09.Ip = io 3

Pues S000) |. 12 =: | seen maT pue so10g |= 9 5, ] 1979 WOW.AAq J, pue so10q |= 7 5)! ‘sajzauomiay J,

"NOON He Rig ae _ ‘HSTUNAS~

- es eee

= A i A i ta yl NT a ae te | C—O, ot i an ae my 4 se 53

"URd I

TRIO],

¥Z%

£%

aN HW m OD

‘o1"%q

~ (L¥8°SL|L99°0L os

— ES SS | eI ————Seee ¢

opid ‘OWVNG ee Sf cL ee ee ee eo eo ‘ond “oI oe ee es

otto “09 ve 64 GL - ti =e vs OO a OS a £6 82

*AZe ‘OVC ee gs i eo ee ee ee ee *Iynung "198195 ee 6 62

somite | "oad 7) -"** 81 iW ~~ i) a se "* | *£peays ‘onigd | °° €6 | 08

“01G *4 “Wl ‘Ss ee SZ OZ ee ee ee ee ee ee ‘011 eo 96 92

“18319 “mye” ee 8! GL Si <8 oA os 2 7 “ITM S - L6 9!

pres alee 96 68

‘0731 ee 2. aia

°01IC “OFWG ee id tL ee ee ee ee "me ee "oI ee 26 08

011q "mUleD eo c/ cL eo eo eo ee | ae eo 0731 f° 66 18

*Iva[D oe ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eo oe ’ 01d ‘a £6 a?

°0731IG oe oe ave

OI | “YM 'S oe €6 tZ

‘O71 ‘OIG 3 66 naa

‘TynwNnD W°a°S oe ee aS

“TAY “med 2% 06 ¢Z

‘omtg | °° LL 69 < re ES oe oe "0331 ‘ond | °° =

"4 "'N ee ag ee ee oe ee oe eo ‘oI OIG ee 06 91

‘sasnoy dAlyea ‘ontgd “ond a) ze ar

]B19A9S8 SUISSO.D19A0 “ont "oI ee an es

qgnq ‘jews pulaalq A eo a ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ‘011 01 ok 96 ad

| "031 ‘oid | °° 68: hate

*IeIIQ 4] 'N eo righ 89 ee ee ee ee ee “InuMNgD "OIG ee 18 el

*mOOUIIe “ond “OIC ee 06 aL

ul pura jo 83804) ee ee eo ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ‘onIg “4 "'N oe 68 9

OIG "OnIG ee OL vA!) eo ee ee eo ee WU 011 AN 68 eg

*SUIUIOUL 0711 OG ee 69 rat) ee oe re oe oe ‘oud ee os =

jooo ‘avajo ‘aulg | *1eald Al NT oe ee ee ee oe ee oe * |emuno="9) [Soy “NT oe 88 ay

pur si *pul > : =

sy 1eUay at 3° woRoo:0 3 Fs) “ia | vas ee jo 2 Seale lee a jo aioe Bs] Aq | 70

° (0) rays) S . . rs 0 400ds i. 5 r- Sh Deere ae ee 0 s 2 I I oh me

fees = SE lea E hs hee aie ia i puv eosog | P BS *19}9UL0 19U J, ees pue aorog |= = JajVaWMoMIay TL,

‘WW ‘d 6 “LASNNS "N *d &

(panurwog)—eget ‘huwwnsqag fo yquow ay? sof sysmumay qoorbojowoajayy

1853.]

Abstract of Meteorological Observations for the month of March, 1853.

Rangoon, 1st April, 1853.

Meteorological Register kept at Rangoon.

Poa $8

nd at 3S o

~~ ta °

3 a =; am

2 = g co)

- ae

o ra me

2 eat Wn

° . N Do) fe

mn oO o

a a co) i

S E S 3 5

a) es

g ° a0) 0 a

7) =| Ss oS aa

a - o 8 o

o— Cees tS; = wr)

= peices aS a &

Gy >) bees]

a as So

° p> Vv

a. ‘nm & Sp res

os oe mo > Ss

aS | Ooms or ay aa |

ele eae,” ae

o "SUOIZVAIAS cH a 2 *SUOTJVAIAS

3a | 74° suipao e ps 3 | 7q0 Sutpeo

2 . -aid jo ‘uly ~ ~ Ss . | -oid jo ‘ur

o fk

. ECS See bes

2 Ss ‘mami | | os = ae wunmautyy |

mt (=) = e +

ey wnuixey | & S cunwIxe pA, |

3 *SUOI}VAIAS uo on *SUOTIVALAS

20S et ie 2 =” | -aad Jo ‘ut

g J IN | ae J NAL

- t=

GPS sanmmg bot 2: |e. ear |

al ‘unmixeyy | oO = ‘unuxe yy |

®@~3]-qo 8 “ a 2 5 |-qo Sutpeo

= i uIpeo Te) xi aise | act Ip

o . | -aad jo ‘uly Dre ee g . | cord jo: ‘ur

.-% : o

ry See

ere ‘mnmiuip, | on Ps ce "umcoUtAy |

& ‘unmixem | SS OO “umnUIxe Al |

i *SUOTJVAIOS = oe *SUOIJCAIIS

s -qo sutpad my S 5) -qO SuIped

o , d iS ne eo. d “|

= g | -ad Jo “Ufa ~ a g gf | “eka! JO “UNE

go : z SEMIN gaa

5m canmiuip; | Ss gm UUNUALUL A, |

. _ © :

oS WANUILX® JA > = TWANWIXe TAT

~ : (Te)

3 SUOT}eAIIS a = s *SUOI}BAIIS

23 | 740 Surpaa of Be Sg |-qo Surpeo

ae -aid jo ‘uly | oS = 2 -aid Jo ‘uly,

= o> e ; ~~ — a °

2 unui, | = 4° UINULULTAT |

al ‘unuixeyy | = oS a “UUNUILXE JT |

-qo = sulpad = ee -qo Suip90

Say 5 ° ° -

2 4 oO 2 = x x -a1d jo ‘ul

o o J uly, id ~~ & o : J ‘TA

f= a ie

a ° N = ° =

g | 21 Seung, eae = a q a UINULIUI TA, |

=~ ° Ll .

5 D wnuixe | 3c ey ga wNUIxey |

> : : ee

3 Ey On

red ES Aae

q @

- i z=

3s 2

505

Field Hospital, Rangoon.

J. Fayrer, M. D. Asst. Surgeon,

({eUe 44 ’ : =e See ‘1986 64); 82°GZ

+ | e9-#z | op-oz oe | “| Tl e9qt | gear ree ee “> le-gert ceztt| -tei0y,

“tnuany) "S0F "MS ie ¥6 18 ‘OWN ONG ae €8 8L “OU aE eee el apy T€

ee es ‘OIG ee es ee ‘og ‘01 ee 18 LL "OUI @eee ee se oe its

Be eite) rd. nt ls06. | oF OCI ND | GBA IN ial attoctesg? tL ‘Soq aso ° “ “| See

er ‘oid a CG LL Bie rs aictiels eo =< PL ‘Azeyy ‘wug SOOM ee c! FL 82

ADs “Ong 4. <2?) $4 S| 9g "Ie31Q) "od | ot" | cg | gy | *80} esuaq sacs “e fg es =) accel

eee coniq | °° |¢:06 9/ OnIG “Oni || 28 Gs eZ "ays-" ND) PONT er) 2s oe 04 93

‘sit ‘ouGd oe 83 GL “TTNWUND ITM CN oe yA PZ 01d SANS Ni) = cy CL CZ

oe ‘oq ss CG cs : Aete ‘oniq | os = ot ‘oniq eg < 4 @ ar

OIG OUNIG ee 6 08 ‘OIG O11 ee 28 9L *0I3IG esee ee eo ee €%

‘young qT MN | °° | (06 ~«|« «C6 “LI OUI ME GTS. le By ‘ynuINg moe *° “* P| eae

"any, “od Sd 06 £9 |Apnotg 's ee ea 18 6L SO ee MEST gs iI RO LL os 16

"oy | “BVM S| °° 66 18 “nw? ‘ong | 8 $38 64 |'220014*4pig ey .° 9/ rl 02

‘od an: ae) ee | See BCnite) i ON Ses tare. en “AzeH SHED) ashe AGN Sl—>| ET

"OIG owiq | °° v6 18 apa oe * 08 Gs ee: ae a ae of SI

“TING ‘ond o =e a Bier ee Ae A ad Rig a ee eee mae = iA

"119 ‘on1q ee 16 9L ooee eee. we aie ee “Azey ‘myEg| ee PL ey OL

“OWI ‘owiq | °° 96 Qf “Apnolp aa ON cy ey i. kis b ra ze en

"0131 “4 SI] "a 'S ee 6 62 ecee wiscese ee ee ee eevee @eve oe ee ee FL

onIG eoee ee 16 tL ecco eee eo ee ee "071 "wey ee Cc) a eL

ee) aed os . ie “yee So ae £8 | 84 | ‘S03 asueg ound) 45 Lt gL ra

oO 0 “sy SI] ‘aS ee C6 6L “1W9a1Q) | IT A Aq ‘Ss ee C18 uM) "AZU yy ‘Apnojy sue Cl ol IL

OIG sashes oe £6 28 ee ee ecee ee os ee "yng ‘AzZeY ‘A 7A 9. "G ee 69 99 OL

yqawny-"9 ONG aE £6 16 cae oe “5 whe "5 “AzeH OP 74 69 6

“wyRD ‘Oud , 06 EL 80g ‘Olt ie lL rife ‘on ‘ontq| °° rad UZ 8

"AzeH | quSIT-a ss | ft 88 el *Azey 3] SEN ass 08 ¢4 | ‘S0j esueq OMI os 19 £9 Z

aan | AAS EN | °* 68 ol "1821 ‘og | ott Qf L9 "091d “wyeD} 79 29. | 9

"1e219) road | **- | $*¢g OL aceite) oe | 2 ¢! 89 | Soy 29 Kzey ‘ong! «° 99 cg G

NG ued se | 288. cree ee Sie x eee "we oo 6 Gi ie ae | Sp

MOR it@) "med ee 83 18 “OVNI "0711 ee 08 g/ eves *9SO[0"A*H’O ee 92 tl ¢

"Soy osusq] U5 a | 16 08 "WnwND “mye |} °° 18 8, | ‘soy esueq ra es GL ol 3

“nung ev ece ee ee ee ee ee esee ee ee ee eoeae eeee ve ee ee I

*A “PUT AA Bw *Kl “49 *f£ JU Eos Aa "49 °K PUM |B gE “AI "49

1S jo uonoanp |& & a} “" | FAN 1S jouonvoup |e sa} “A | “PM AS jo uorjoanp|& 2 e| ATC | FAN | |

jo yoodsy S600 )|/-— | Jo s00dsy @ Goa jo yoodsy Spee a7eq

Pae 20104 _ |... 5 =| sajomomuely, PMB Cpa O ME of tot. *19}9 WOULIYT, PB oo0H | 1S) rojo mOuIou Ty

“NOON “WV 6 “GSTUNNs

"EGgl ‘udp ys ‘uoobuny

"SSS “Youwpy fo yzuow ayp wof suorgvasasgQ qoorbojosoazonr

€2°62 | FIG ae ne See OR eee di ib siea os a 66°82

G'1L8 | $928 =e ae “| ber | T6S " Pees °* | 14°82 | 98'8T

"a[es SUOS iL) (@) "31° ee 08 94 ee e@eee ee ee ee ee WH “Mm ‘Ss oe L6 08

| 803 "M'S |» 001 94

=|¢or 66 #8

ag | 3a -s | ° 18 cL | ‘aung “OIG | = 88 08 se "MMS [2 (201) 9°66 9f

‘Apnolg | “WA's ne 06 18 ES a sae 86 8Z

‘Apys-mg | °e 66 cf

‘oI | “MS | fe 66 cy

‘WAWND |'SOJ"W Gg | ote L6 28

‘soy*oq | °° |¢°Z6 18

aOR | So aS ee

08H) “EID 5s GE Ss oe 8L Of. J APNOID | “Sl a Sala 18 LL ‘urey | “Soyoq | ¢ 8 1)

SULIT SIT WIT "Od HAAS | of 18 08 > a a = * |4pnoig | “ams | ot a =

gouvjsip ul ‘ung, | ‘aung |] Mes | oe 8 08 S bear as ee rs or Sees <2 = vis

*sjyS1U BUY [00D os ces = oe See ee eoce oe o° oe ong *30q oe 6 z8

‘yoy Alo A "Iynuing ay a | ‘S oe 08 LL ee @e oe ee ee ee ee O08 856) - ee L6 18

‘owtq | = A a

*9Z901Q Bu013¢ e@e eoeoe ee ee ee ee eeoe ee ee ee ee "OIG ee ee ee

"joy hlaA ee eeoe 35 ee ee eo eo0e ee ee eo OIG ‘peays ‘ad ee £6 WA

G G6 18

AEUOND = (POF ee g|~ 7 41 Bol ig

‘OIG *30J 011G ee ee es

“Tynwny “4 aC i Ss ee 6L HA ee ee ee ee ee ee r=) 1) ‘OUUG ee L6 18

‘ond ‘outa p=" C6 18

*Aze yy VES a 98 6 "031 “Oj | = -=* 76 08

"AVA VISITAS | tt 6 LL

‘WauNngD “avg gL te aa | aT ase 98 VE eee ee hg $6 cZ

“ig | eas |e PL +9 a peste < Ae s - ie a ‘el

"0G “OMG | st c6 89

*92901q Su013g | °OIIG Bi 003 Fd ye 18 LL ce a a wl ‘7 lynang | “a-qss |} °° £6 Z8

“uig] a-a-s | ct lege lez = ie Be — = a a ae e. 2 a:

‘Azey |Soy"m cg | °° 6 64

: ‘PUM fg : : “pul Sle , ‘PUIM IB El. ;

*sylewmoy 0) = ap yaneup e sla) JO ie ome nd Ra SEES es jo oe Lee wes Sa 5 scala

J pur soi0g |= -|aajamoureyy, pue a010q : 19} 910.194, puesdiog |= 7 g. “19}9WO UTA,

508 Meteorological Observations ['No. 5.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the

month of January, 1858.

Latitude 220 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

= he ah e

e aie Range of the Barometer. 5 5 | Bange re ene eS

29s ® perature.

20 o FA |

o & iS i 3

Wate. man es

oo e co)

& a = Max Min. Diff se) | Max.| Min. | Diff.

= =

Inches, Inches. Inches. | Inches. oO 9) o o

2 | Sunday

3 30.024 30.099 29.965 0.134 69.3 | 80.4 | 56.6 | 238

4 30.061 30.134 29.996 0.138 66.8 | 74.0 | 58.4 | 15.6

5 30.112 30.202 30.058 0.144 64:2-|- 730-5238 |- 282

6 30.088 30.176 30 023 0.153 63.7 74.0 |-52.3 j| 21.2

VF 30.061 30.142 30.005 0.137 649 | 76.6 | 52.0 | 24.6

8 30.031 30,125 29.979 0.146 66.6 | 78.0 | 53.2 | 24.8

9 | Sunday

10 29.995 30.064 29.939 0.125 70.8 | 81.2 | 59.8 | 21.4

il 29.985 30,053 29.935 7 0.118¢ | 69.8 [279.65 37:7 | ‘2D

12 30.019 30,084 29.974 0.110 69.5 1.77.44 60.25) Fa2

13 30.060 30.154 29.999 0.155 67.4 | 75.9 | 56.6 | 19.3

14 29.993 30.075 29.942 0.133 65.3 | 70.4 | 57.0 | 13.4

15 30.024 30.095 29.976 0.119 | 65.0} 73.0) 55.3 | 17.7

16 | Sunday.

17 30.077 30.143 30.015 0.128 64.0 | 75.0 | 50.4 | 24.6

18 30.113 30.196 30.062 0.134 64.7.| 73.4 | 55.61) 173

19 30.113 30.203 30.043 0.160 62:8" “7a.1 | Olt) 228

20 30.086 30.180 30.017 0.163. | 63.5 | 75.3 | 50.6 | 24.7

21 30.031 30.106 29.971 0.135 | 65.4 | 74.7 | 51.3 | 23.4

id 29.978 30.067 29.931 0.136 66.0 | 72.8 | 55.9 | 16.9

23 | Sunday.

24 29 930 29.992 29.864 0.128 66.3 | 73.0 | 59.2 | 13.8

25 30.011 30.097 29.953 0.144 66.6 | 768 | 55.0 | 21.8

26 29.996 30.077 29.925 0.152 66.9 | 77.2 | 5&0 2am

rai 30.015 30.091 29 964 0.127 64.9 | 72.0} 57.9 | 14.1

28 30.073 30.146 29.978 0.168 659 | 74.5 | 57.0 | 17.5

29 30.119 30.212 30-066 0.146 66.1 | 75.3 | 55.5 | 19.8

30 | Sunday.

31 30.016. | 30.123 29.923 0.200 64.1 | 74.8 | 50.7 | 24.1

Compared by GopEENATH SEN.

1853. | taken at the Surveyor General's Office. 509

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, in the

month of January, 1853—(Continued.)

aD E 6 Set ie.g | leas

2 i ii =e ae (oe! bes

2 om 5 & nr] ra) SH 6 | wm woe

5 2 EB 2 oS pCO ns. |) eee a

isa) iS) 5) s — » on S om

Date. y 2 QA = ao FSsa| o 0

es | 2 J) @ | 2-() Be bt eS [se Frees

Ba | Boh Buoyed, | Oe beaches &) ™ oe

a6 ce = | ao s Bee | ois

eg b a pal > So. piers. ea. | Seo is

= a Ss) A a = < a

0 0 0 fy) Inches.| T. gnvichiT. gr.

2 | Sunday.

3 63.7 5.6 60.2 9.1 | 0.527 2.03 | 0.741

4 62.3 4.5 59.5 7.3 | 0.514 5.70 1.56 785

5) 57.9 6.3 53.2 11.0 | 0.416 4.64 2.05 694

6 53.0 5.7 53.8 9.9 | 0.424 4.73 1.86 718

7 59.3 5.6 55.3 9.6 | 0.447 497 1.88 726

| 8 | 60.8 5.8 569 B.7'.| 0.471.) 5.21 2.00 | .723

! 9 | Sunday.

10 65.4 5.4 62.3 8.5 | 0.565 | 6.20 2.00 756

11 65.8 4.0 63.6 6.2 | 0.589 | 6.49 1.46 816

12 65.0 4.5 62.4 7.1 | 0.566 | 6.24 1.64 192

13 62.7 4.7 59.7 4.0, | O.518 5.73 1.66 4795

14 61.6 3.7 59.3 6.0 | 0.510 | 5.67 1.26 .818

15 58.5 6.5 53.8 11.2 | 0.424 | 4.72 2.15 .687

16 | Sunday.

17 57.1 6.9 517 12.3 | 0.396 | 4.41 2.24 .663

18 58.5 6.2 54.0 10.7 | 0.427 475 2.05 .699

19 56.3 6.5 51.1 11.7 | 0.388 | 4.32 2.09 .674

20 57.6 5.9 53.2 10.3 | 0.416 | 4.65 1.90 710

21 59.2 6.2 54.8 10.6 | 0.439 487 2.08 7/01

22 61.6 4.4 58.8 422/) 0.502 | 5.57 1,51 187

23 | Sunday.

24 62.7 3.6 60.5 5.8 | 0.531 | .5.90 1,25 825

25 62.1 45 59.3 7.3 | 0.510 5.66 1.55 ./85

26 60.7 5.8 56.8 9.7 | 0.470 5.20 1.99 123

27 60.0 4.9 56.6 8.3 | 0 467 5.20 1.65 799

28 62.5 3.4 60.4 5.5 | 0.529 5.88 1.18 833

29 59.9 6.2 55.5 10.6 | 0.450 | 4.99 2.11 703

30 | Sunday.

31 58.1 6.0 53.7 10.4 | 0.423 | 4.72 1.95 708

Compared by GoPpEENATH SEN.

510 Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the

month of January, 1853—(Continued.)

Bs Prevailing direction

) 2 4 revai .

g 4% g af he aWind. General aspect of the Sky.

Ai ec ea

o Inc.

]

2| Sunday

lt ste -- |Calm or N. Cloudless. [afterwards.

AN tee’ -- |S. W. or N. W. Scattered % i till morn, and nearly cloudless

a) sie ee NG Cloudless,

Gi cas .. |Calm or N. W. Ditto.

ane .. |Ditto. Ditto.

8] oe -- |Ditto. Cloudless till morn, scattered \—i during

day and cloudless afterwards.

9| Sunday

1-6 -» {Calm or S. E. or S. (Cloudless. [day and cloudless afterwards.

11} 92.8 | .. |Calm or N. or S. W.Cloudless till morn, scattered \~ i during

12) 490.5) dec |S. 0b Na Wi. Cloudless till morn, scattered \—ior i

or \iduring day, and cloudless afterwards.

13} 88.0 | .. |N. E. or N. W. Cloudless till 4 a. M. scattered ‘i till 6

p. M. and cloudless afterwards. _[wards.

14; 81.0 | .. |Calmorn. £. orn. w.'Cloudless till 6 a. M., and overcast after-

15} 85.0 | .. |W. or N. W. Overcast till 3 A. M. scattered % i and \- i

till noon, and cloudless afterwards.

16) Sunday

17; 92.3 | .. {Calm or N. or N. W. Cloudless till 5 a, M. scattered \i or i

or ~ i till 6 P. Mo. and overcast after-

wards. [less afterwards.

18} 84 -» |N. W. sharp at 3 a.m./All kinds of clouds till 2 Pp, m. and cloud-

19)" 87-0) i ae. NS Ws Cloudless,

20| 91.3 | .. |Calm or N. W, Ditto. [afterwards.

25 88.3 |<.» |Ditte. Cloudless till 4 a. M. scattered or close \ i

22 82.4 hie iN. We Scattered or close \ior ~itill 6 P.M,

and overcast afterwards.

23) Sunday

24, 89.8 | .. |N.or N. B. Thin clouds till 4 a. m. Dense or Light 9 i

till 6 p. m. and cloudless afterwards.

25) 92.8 | .. |S. W. or N. or Calm. Cloudless till 11 a. mM. 11 till 5 P.M,

cloudless afterwards.

26) 93.0 | .. IN. or W. Cloudless till 11 a. mM.“ ior™ i till 6

p. M, cloudless afterwards.

27, 80.4 |0.10/N. “M itill 6 a. mM. and overcast afterwards.

28} 95.7 | .. |N. W. or Calm. Overcast till noon, “ ior ~i till 4 Pp, M.

cloudless afterwards.

N. sharp from 1] a.m, Cloudless.

sou hlea c till 3 P.M.

30 Sunday

31; 87.3 | .. \Calm or N. W. or W. Cloudless.

NGiae wiaineyenaee CAEN \—i.......... Cirra-strati,

WT saistiedce'ss CUMUIN. Mi ...0cc0ee- Cumulo-strati,

—Laesgeses o> Stall. WAS Ll o's se wm sale’) LNA

Veli sescacsces Citro-cumuli,

JOURNAL

OF THE

me LA EC SOCTELY.

OOOO”

No. V1.—1853.

Account of a visit to the Jugloo and NSeesee rivers in Upper Assam,

by Capt. EK. T. Datton, together with a note on the Gold Fields of

that Province, by Major Hannay.

I received instructions, in November last, to examine and report

on the Gold-producing capabilities of an auriferous stream, an

affluent of the Booree Dihing, called the Jugloo. This stream takes

its rise in the Tipam range of hills in this District (Luckimpore)

in about 27° 20' North Latitude and 95° 30’ Hast Longitude, flows

through an uninhabited tract of high undutating forest-land between

the hills and Dihing river, into which the Jugloo discharges itself

fourteen miles above Jaipore after a course of about ten miles.

This Jugloo, or the tract through which it flows, was, in olden

times from the richness of the metal found there, considered a royal

preserve as a gold-field. There is a tradition that in some part of

it, gold was found in lumps attached to an edible root accidentally

pulled up by a fortunate traveller; but the exact site of this dis-

covery is not now known.

In modern times, it has been quite deserted by the professional

gold-washers, because they say that it costs more to propitiate the

spirits who guard over the mineral treasures of the stream, than

they can afford to pay. Fortunately these spirits are said never to

molest Europeans, so*without considering the propitiatory offering

necessary as a preliminary, I proceeded to the field accompanied

by an expert gold-washer who, as a slave in a Singphoo family, had

No. LXIII.—New Series. Von. XXII. 3 1

512 Account of a visit to the Jugloo [No. 6.

practised the vocation in the Northern Provinces of Burmah, and

a few men with kodals, pick-axes and shovels.

After about an hour’s walk from the Dihing up the stream of the

Jugloo, when we first came on pebbles, we commenced washing in

a rough wooden pan made for the occasion. The very first attempt

gave a few minute specks of rather pale gold; we continued wash-

ing at intervals as we advanced, and every panful of gravel was

found to contain a few of these spangles. At a point which seemed

favourable for the purpose, we turned a portion of the stream and

made a hole three feet in its bed. The washings from this depth

decidedly gave a greater number of spangles and of a richer colour,

than those we had obtained from the surface washings. Rising from

a part of the stream the section of a hill about fifty feet in height,

of coarse reddish sandstone, was left bare and perpendicular by a

land slip. This contained a stratum of gravel about fifteen feet above

the highest water-mark, some of which I caused to be washed, and it

too was found to contain gold, indicating that the presence of that

metal was not confined to spots acted on by the waters of the

Jugloo ; sand and gravel taken from occasional water-courses leading

to the Jugloo were washed with the same result.

Retracing our steps we proceeded up another branch of the Jug-

loo, and were joined by @ party of gold-washers deputed by me to

obtain specimens, who took us to the scene of their operations about

half a mile from the junction of the two rivers. They had been

working two pans and, to assist the operation, they had constructed

two small embankments with bamboos and rubbish which divided

the stream into three channels and enabled them to turn all the

water into or out of the central channel. Their practice is to col-

lect with small wooden scrapers a heap of gravel at the lower end

of their central channel; upon this they cause the stream to play,

and with sieves made of bamboo they sift the heap and throw aside

the pebbles.

The stream carries off the lighter particles of the sand thus dis-

turbed. Pansful of the residue, which consists entirely of mineral

fragments, are then taken up and washed in the usual manner with

results far more satisfactory, than when the gravel is washed in the

pan without being subjected to this preliminary process.

1853. ] and Seesee rivers in Upper Assan. 513

Proceeding up this stream I found it had in many places cut for

itself little ravines showing sections of hills formed of deposits of

grey and red coarse sand of sufficient consistency to form upright

cliffs, though crumbling when handled, with beds of gravel inter-

vening, which also occur in tolerably consistent masses approaching

to a conglomerate ; these lay in strata inclined at an angle of forty-

five or thereabouts. I obtained washings from them all, and found

gold dust in the red sand and gravel strata always, but not always

in the blue sand which owed its colour to a mixture of blue clay

slate silt.

Tt follows from the above that gold is not confined to the bed of

the stream, it is disseminated throughout the tract through which

the stream flows, and the only question is whether it is found in

sufficient quantities to render washing for it a profitable speculation.

The mere surface experiments as yet made are not a sufficient test ;

the deposit should be thoroughly examined to its base before its

- value can be determined.

Of the comparative richness of the Jugloo tract, so far as it has

been examined I can only judge from the quantity of gold dust

obtained in my own desultory operations.

I made a rough estimate of the quantity of rubble washed, and on

comparing it with the gold obtained, it gave about 18 grains to the ton

and about 8 grains as the out-turn of one man’s labour for the day.

Subsequently I had an opportunity of more accurately testing

the produce of a gold-washer’s daily work in a different field.

After I had left the Jugloo, Major Hannay proceeded with the

examination of the auriferous deposits in that vicinity and about

Jaipore, and, as will be seen from his paper on the subject, has satis-

factorily established, that it is of great extent, flanking the whole of

the Naga range of hills from the Noa Dihing to the Dhunsiri river.

We subsequently proceeded together to examine the gold-producing

sands of the Seesee river on the North bank of the Brahmapooter ;

-we took gold-washers with us and found a party of the Seesee ryots

_at work just under the hill.

_ Within an easy march of their own villages, they annually find

here lucrative occupation for the months of the year when an excur-

sion of the kind is most enjoyable, and when they have most leisure

aT 2

514 Account of a visit to the Jugloo [No. 6

from their agricultural pursuits to give to it. After “harvest home”

in January, they form parties and start with provisions for a week

or a fortnight, and in avery short time, if they are fortunate, they

may obtain sufficient gold to pay their revenue. They wash in

troughs called “ doorunis,”’ a process which has been already describ-

ed in former numbers of the Journal.*

In favourable localities, 20 grains of gold is not an unusual return

to one day’s labour with a dooruni worked by three men, who

between them dig up, remove and wash in a day on an average about

one ton of rubble. In the operations conducted in our presence,

the yield of one dooruni, which was made over to me, was only 11

grains, from 1 ton, 2 ewt. and 36 lbs. of rubble, but this was pro-

nounced by the gold-washers to be very unfavourable.

The average may be estimated for the Seesee at 15 grains to 1

ton of earth. This in Siberia would not be considered worth work-

ing, but to an Assamese, it is very good return for an employment

which is not very laborious and is decidedly interesting. 'To prove

this, it is only necessary to observe the excited and gratified looks of

the party as they collect round the dooruni at that period of the

operation, when the gold is displayed as a bright fringe bordering

the upper portion of the fine black sand, to which the operator has

reduced the rubble, he has been working in.

The annual yield of the Seesee is said to be about halfa seer.

Judging in this way, the most valuable rivers are the Subanshiri

and Dibong, whose yield annually is from a seer and a half to two

seers of pure gold.

The Brahmapooter and Dibong are said to give each from half a

seer to three quarters; the numerous smaller rivers in Luckimpore

are variously stated at from a quarter to half a seer, the total annual

yield of the district being about ten seers. ach river is worked

by the gold-washers who live nearest to it. But, few are now

employed in the occupation in comparison to the numbers that

engaged in it when Assam was under a native government. The

whole of the Khéle or tribe of gold-washers were then obliged to fol-

low that profession, as they were under the necessity of paying

their contribution towards the expenses of the state in pure gold, —

* Vide Journal Vol. VII. p. 621.—Eps.

1853. | and NSeesee rivers in Upper Assam. 515

Notes on the Gold Fields of Assam.—By Major Wanwnay.

Although it is well authenticated that the produce of the gold-

washings in Assam, particularly Upper Assam, formed a very con-

siderable source of revenue to the Assam Government of former

days, no correct data can be obtained so as to give an idea of the

exact amount of gold realized yearly :—but, as the Sonwals, or gold-

washers, one of the constituted Khéle or sections of the inhabit-

ants (according to occupation) who paid their taxes in gold, form

a large portion of the population, we may reckon on its having

been something considerable, when in the Northern district of Sud-

deah alone, including Luckimpore, these Sonwal paiks amounted to

10,000. Allowing, therefore, that every paik, at the lowest rate,

supplied 4 annas weight of gold-dust yearly, the total amount would

be 40,000 ers. for that district alone, and as the same system of gold-

washing obtained in the districts of the South bank of the Brah-

mapooter, as much more may have been there realized, and it may

not be perhaps beyond the mark, to note the yearly produce of

gold-washing in Assam, in former times, as amounting to 8, or

10,000£ sterling.

In the short account of Assam given atthe end of Vol. III. of

Montgomery Martin’s “ Sketches of Eastern India,” in enumerat-

ing the rivers on the North bank of the Brahmapooter, the whole

of them are said to contain gold in their sands, and the Subanshiri,

Dikrung, Boopani, Booragong, and Boargon, rivers of the Luckim-

pore and Kullungpore districts, are noted each as to the quality and

quantity oftheir gold; but other small rivers in the Luckimpore dis-

trict—the more prolific sources of the Dihong, the Dibong, or the

Brahmapooter—are not alluded to, neither is the Dihing or any one

river on the South bank mentioned ; which shows, that the informa-

tion relative to the extent of the Gold fields, was imperfect. Chap.

ITI., however, of the same notice, under head “‘ Commerce of Assam,”’

states, that the Assam Government received into the Royal Trea-

sury 1,500 grs. weight of gold yearly, from a gold mine called Paker-

guri, situated at the confluence of the Dhunsiri river with the

Brahmapooter. The Pakerguri is a small river rising in the Reng-

ma mountains joining the Dhunsiri, a day’s journey within its con-

516 Account of a visit to the Jugloo | No. 6.

fluence with the Brahmapooter. I cannot vouch for the correctness

of the statement given regarding the gold mine, but this small river

is known in its upper course, to be a prolific gold stream in the

present day. It is stated also, that the imports at Goalparah from

Bengal in 1808-9 amounting to two and a quarter lacks of rupees,

paid in gold from these resources, and in silver. A good deal has

been already written on the gold statistics of Assam, as they are

known in modern times ; (Vide vol. VII. p. 625) and little more can

be said beyond the personal knowledge which has been obtained of

the wide extent of the existence of the precious metal; and that in

some of the districts in North East Assam, it is now a profitable

source of payment of revenue to the Sonwal ryots; the Luckimpore

and Suddeah districts produced in 1851-52, ten seers of pure gold.

The selling rate to the Ryah traders being from 14 to 15 Rs. per

tolah of solid gold prepared by melting with quicksilver.

The geological features of Assam are decidedly in favour of its

being a Gold field. The valley, like others in Northern Burmah and

North West China, abuts upon a portion of Tartary in which, from

Longitude 96° Eastward, in a distance of a hundred miles, several

large and magnificent rivers, having their sources in Eastern central

Tartary, burst through the great Southern mountain barrier, finding

their way to the ocean in a direction not far varying from the cardi-

nal points North and South, thus forming valleys and mountain

ranges running in the same direction.

Several of these mountain ranges are known to be very rich in

minerals, particularly in Northern Laos, and in the range called, by

the Chinese, Ootai Shan, or Great Black Mountains, which forms the

boundary between China and Burmah, can be enumerated gold, iron

and salt in the Northern portion—silver, iron and precious stones

in the central, and further on, antimony, iron and tin. This range

also evidently passes through the Malayan Peninsula; and in its

most Southern limits, we have again gold and tin. Indeed, as a

geographical and statistical fact, it may be safely stated that in this

line of mountains, we ought to recognize the true Aurea Chersonesus

of the ancients, as well as their Auria Regio and Argentea Regio.

Other tracts in Burmah are also rich in valuable minerals ; its

white marble and noble serpentine, are perhaps unequalled. The Ir-

1853. | and Seesee rivers in Upper Assam. 517

rawaddy itself,in its higher course, abounds in rocks of beautiful work-

able serpentine of varied colours. There is every appearance of the

existence of copper interspersed amongst these rocks: and most of

the affluents of the Irrawaddy like the tributary rivers of the

Brahmapooter abound in gold: but the most prolific sources of

this metal appear to be well to the North, where the mountain

torrents have a short and turbulent course to the main river.

In the Hookong valley, the tributaries of the Kyondwen are pro-

lific in gold, and two of the rivers, Kapdhoop and Nam Tibee, are

noted for the size of the scales (pepitas), which are described as

varying from the size of a pumpkin seed to a four-anna piece, and,

from what I have myself seen, I do not doubt it.. Most, if not all of

this gold goes to China, where it is beaten into gold-leaf and subse-

quently finds its way to Burmah to be used in the gilding of the

Kyoungs (monasteries) and temples.

In Assam, in the lower and central portion of the valley, the

rocks visible and in situ, are granite, gneiss, and a coarse sandstone

and quartz rock. In the line of the Brahmapooter river these dis-

appear on the North or right bank after leaving the high table-land

at Bishnath; on the South bank the Dhunsiri river, which runs but

at some distance along the Eastern flank of the Rengma mountains,

may be said to be its limit here. The granite rocks which come

very close upon the Dhunsiri at the Nambar falls, are succeeded by

shell and other limestone of an uniform fawn colour, and in the

same vicinity are hot sulphureous springs, and numerous salzes,

containing sulphurates of iron and salt. Succeeding the Rengma

range also, we have a low hilly and undulating country with deep

dells and rice pathars, extending Hastward across the valley to the

great Naga range, and throughout this tract, there are extensive

hard ferruginous deposits, some of which crop out in the bed of the

Dhunsiri. In the banks of that river also, as well as throughout a

considerable tract of country to the East, including Basah Doyang,

the plastic clay at some depth under the surface contains an oxide

_ of iron in grains, which is extensively smelted for its iron.

The great Naga range in the interior, as far as I have seen it,

East of the Dikho, is clay slate, which in some of the hills imbeds

- nodules of a compact clay iron ore ; in other parts also a coarse sand-

518 Account of a visit to the Jugloo [ No. 6.

stone crops out, as well as a hard heavy homogeneous blue-coloured

rock with white quartz veins. Tufaceous limestone has also been

discovered both in the clay slate, and in the last named rock. In

the steep banks of the rivers of this section of the Naga range, so

soon as the clay slate commences, there are numerous brine springs, —

many of which have been open from time immemorial, and others

are being constantly dug out. The shafts are from twelve to thirty

feet deep, and always dug in the clay slate, but no workable brine

is found, until boulders are reached of the blue-coloured rock above-

mentioned, which from its hardness is called by the Nagas, Tan

Loung. After leaving the true clay slate there is a tract of hilly

ground, composed of small boulders of the foregoing rocks, with

ferruginous deposits as hard as the metal itself. To this succeed

the deposits of the lower range in which we find coal and carboni-

ferous strata indications, and in all the small streams which pass

through their tract gold is found in a rubble consisting of rolled

pebbles of rocks, not however visible, granite, mica schist, quartz,

jasper and lydian stone, with occasionally pieces of fossil wood.

This rubble appears of great extent, and apparently flanks the whole

of the Naga range from the Nao Dihing to the Dhunsiri.

In no part of the hill streams passing through the clay slate is a

trace of gold to be found.

The black debris, dug from the brine springs, contain however

much sulphuret of iron. The salzes also which are numerous towards

the plains, throw up mud, sand and gravel, impregnated with

sulphuret of iron. The gravel in some of them is consolidated to

the consistency of rock, composed of minute particles of jasper,

quartz and other igneous rocks: this appears stratified, but to what

depth is unknown.

It may be worthy of notice also, that these salzes extend across

the Upper Muttuck and shew in their vicinity the same gravel

deposits. In the gravel of the Tepuck Jan, an affluent of the

Dibroo river, in the North or right bank of that river, traces of gold

have been found. .

In the North East section of Assam, that is round from the Nao

Dihing at the confluence of the Duffa Panee to the Dihong river,

little is known of the nature of the rocks in situ, excepting at dis-

1853. | and Seesee rwers in Upper Assam. 519

tant points. The constant landslips that are occurring, would

make it difficult to say whether the masses of rock however large,

which have been seen, were really in situ, or may not have been

detached from their parent site ages ago. We find also large tracts

of table-land lying along the edge of the North East mountains,

based principally upon well rounded granite and other primitive

rock boulders to which, from the apparent great age of the deposit,

a source cannot be assigned. However, the rocks in situ which

have been noted by Wilcox, in his journey from the Nao Dihing to

Bot Khampti across the Great Duffa range, are conglomerate and

coarse sandstone near the Dihing, and gneiss passing into mica

slate, sienite and clay slate, on the high ridges. Inland from the

Brama Koond in the line of the Brahmapooter and its tributaries

in the Mishmee country also, granite, granite gneiss, sienitic gra-

nite, sienite, greenstone, serpentine, gneiss passing into mica slate,

primitive limestone and hornblend rock ;—primitive limestone of

a bluish grey and white, seems to be a very common rock. I

observed the rocks in the river below, and at the Brama Koond were

a stratified heavy schistose rock passing into chlorate slate, and ser-

pentine apparently. Between the Koond and the Degaroo river

and its sources, Wilcox marks the rocks as limestone, and the boul-

ders of this, which are annually brought down by the Degaroo, show

the existence of this stratum. A dirty white primitive limestone

associated with sandstone in large masses, is also visible near the

gorge of the Dihong river. Most of the landslips appear to be a

quartz or feltzpar rock of a reddish or greenish colour with veins of

decomposing feltzpar interspersed, the powder of which from some

of the scar appears to be kaolin.

In the beds of the rivers in the tract of country defined, we find

the boulders composed of all the rocks before-mentioned, with many

varieties, and the addition of trap, porphyry, basalt and white quartz.

The last prevails in the bed of the Brahmapooter, the former in the

Dihong and Debong. In two of the small tributaries of the Dihong,

on the Assam side of the gorge, hard conglomerates and jasper

rocks are in situ.

The mountainous region within the points here noted, and which

encircle the head of the Assam valley, cannot be considered as a

3.0

520. Account of a visit to the Jugloo [No. 6:

continuation of the great Himéalayah, though their height ranges from

7 to 8,000 feet, and at one point the Duffa Bhoom reaches to

14,500, and the Thigoroe, twenty miles North of the Brahmapooter

at Saikwah, 11,000. These mountains are evidently the Udaya, or

‘mountains of the rising sun’ of the Hindus. The true Himalayah

appear to end in a direction nearly North of Dibrooghur in Latitude

28.40, or 29 probably—and from the gorge of the Dihong several

hill ranges diverge to the 8S. W. and West: that which bounds the

Assam plain is not more than sixteen miles distant from the Brahma-

pooter. The intervening country is a deposit of no great age, and

has no doubt been formed by the Lohita or Dihong, which is known

to have run under these hills. The small rivers passing through

this tract have their sources a short distance within the hills, and

are all auriferous in their pebbly beds. They are the Sillee, Deemo,

Dirgemo, Seesee, and Dob. The rock strata of the hills are sedi-

mentary—one, a coarse grit composed of granite debris—another

finer and of a bluish colour containing sulphuret of iron—both

appear to imbed lignites and fossil wood. The boulders in the

rivers, besides those of the grits noticed, are of the older rocks, such

as are found in the larger rivers to the East, with the exception of

the serpentine. In and about the gorge of the Seesee, it was

observed that the sedimentary rock rested on a stratum of rubble

of these older rocks cemented together by a ferruginous sand con-

taining gold. This sedimentary rock stratum is of great thickness

within the hills, and a similar deposit is to be found along the line

of hills further to the West: near the gorge of the Boroli Gunga in

the Chardwar district, a tuffaceous limestone is in situ. Salzes also,

similar to those on the South side of the valley, are very common,

and it is an interesting geological fact, that, as the stratum on the

Southern mountains is tilted up at an angle of 45° to the East, the

sedimentary rock stratum of these hills is tilted up to the North

West and West, and the stratum of the Brahma Koond to the

North East.

The granites, primitive limestone and serpentine are highly metal-

liferous. Black magnetic oxide is to be found in the first and last

named rock, and sulphuret of iron in the limestone. In the ore

found in some of the serpentines there are traces of copper if not

1853. | and Seesee rivers in Upper Assam. 521

of silver: and what is called the gold-washer’s sand (the Schlich of

the Bohemians) contains universally the different oxides of iron

and other minerals, with minute crystals of quartz and precious

stones.

In regard to the manipulation or washing of the auriferous sands

according to the methods in use with different people in the East,

after reading the description given in Lecture LV. of the “ Lectures

on Gold,” delivered at the Museum of Practical Geology, it is evident

that the principle adopted by gold-washers of all countries in the

washing of auriferous rubble, and the object, that of washing out all

useless matter, so as to leave nothing but the oxide of iron and its

associated gold dust, is the same. The Chinese have a trough with

cleets and transverse grooves. The Assamese generally wash in a

trough and take the whole stuff in the rough, the finer sand, &c.,

being washed into the trough through a bamboo grating or sieve

placed at the higher end, and although for want of cleets there is

some loss, it is wonderful to see with what dexterity the left hand

is used to keep the dust at the head of the trough, and to allow: of

a constant stream of water passing down its slope, thus washing

the stuff thoroughly in a very short time and leaving nothing but the

very finest of the Schlich with its gold dust. This trough might be

improved, but as it is ight, and one man can work it easily, being

supplied with material by a boy, and one man to dig, it answers

the purpose—and when gold is plentiful, this is the cheapest method

of labour which could be employed in Assam. The oval board in

use with the Singphoes appears to me, however, in dexterous hands

to be equal to any trough—and provided the stuff could be given to

the washer after having been passed through a sieve, I reckon this

to be the best and cheapest method of extracting the gold dust—for

not only does an expert gold-washer wash clean every particle of

oxide and gold contained in a given quantity of rubble, but he will

after the day’s labour is over, take the Schlich and gold dust on the

board, and by a peculiar dexterity of hand with the board and the

water, wash away every particle of the former, leaving the latter at

the head of the board with little necessity for quicksilver to lick it

up, as generally done to prepare it for melting.

Dibrooghur, June, 1853.

3uU 2

522 Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. [No. 6.

Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India.—By T. C.

JERDON, Esq. Madras Medical Service.

Continued from p. 479.

The following is merely a brief and imperfect resumé of the

serpents and frogs of 8. India, drawn up from my drawings, with a

few rough notes attached to them; as circumstances have prevented

my giving a more full account at this time; but a detailed account

will be drawn up, as soon as I have again access to my collection.

OPHIDIA.

VENOMOUS SERPENTS.

Fam. VIPERIDA.

Sub-Fam. BUNGARINZ.

TERRESTRIAL.

Ears MELANURUS, (Shaw)—Russell 1, pl. 8.

I never procured but one specimen of this little snake. It was

at Jalnah and about 14 inches long. It was red beneath the tail

and was very bold. Scuteze 234. Scutelle 28. 18 rows of scales.*

ELAPS MALABARICUS—n. 8. .

Head black with transverse bands, body brown above with black

markings, bright red beneath. Scute 246. Scutelle 38. 13 rows of

scales. Tail exceeds 5th of total length.

I have found this little snake in forest in Malabar, once or twice

during thé monsoon. The red colour of the abdomen fades in spirits. —

Bunearvs canpipus—L., Russell 1, pl. 1.

B. seMI-Fasciatus, Schl. ‘ Yenna vyrien’ of the Tamools. Up to

3 feet in length. Is very common all over Southern India, and is |

said to be fatal. Scute 217. Scutelle 39.

This snake may be distinguished from one or two harmless species

that much resemble it in colour, by the sub-caudal scutelle being in

one row, not double.

Bunearvus Fascratus—Russell 1, pl. 3.

Golden banded bungarum.

I have only seen specimens of this handsome snake in the North-

ern Circars at Ganjam, where it is not very common. It is said to

be very deadly.

* Common in Burma.—Cur. As. Soc.

18538.] Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. 523

Sub-Fam.. NAJINAX.—Bon.

HaMapRyas OPHIOPHAGUS—Cantor P

Nata virrata—Hlhiot ?

I once had a magnificent snake of this genus sent me, which had

been killed in forest in the Wyraad. It was 12} feet ae Scutze

225. Sub-caudal do. 12. Scutelle 64.

I am inclined to think that it may be a different species from the

Bengal serpent, for it was of an uniform dark olive colour above,

without any appearance of bands. The specimen was unfortunately

destroyed.*

Nata LUTESCENS—Russ. 7 pl. 6... Cobra.

Naga pamsu, or Netua pampu—Tam.. But too common

all over India.

Sub-Fam. VIPERIN,—Bon.

TRIGONOCEPHALUS NEPA— Laur.

CopHIAS HYPNALE—Morrem.

Scute 142. Scutelle 39. 17 rows of scales. Not uncommon in

forests in Malabar. I have not seen it longer than 16 or 17 inches.

TRIGONOCEPHALUS ELLIOTTI—n. 8.

Form massive ; 23 rows of scales on the body; Scutz 151, Scu-

telle 43. Olive-green above; pearl-white beneath; poison-fangs

small; head covered with plates. Up to 2 feet and upwards long.

I have only procured this on the Neelgherries towards the lower

portion of the plateau. Dr. Cantor tells me that “the shields of

the crown of the head resemble those of Trig. blanchoffi, Schlegel.

TRIGONOCEPHALUS (COPHIAS) virIDIS—Merrem. Russ.

i pl. 9:

21 rows of scales, 154 Scutz, 60 Scutelle. Rare, I have only got

it from the Hastern Ghats.

TRIGONOCEPHALUS (COPHIAS) MALABARICUS—n. 8. ?

Very closely allied to T. nigromarginatus. Has 21 rows of smooth

scales. Scute 145 to 149. Scutelle 48 to 53. Green above, with

brown transverse and zigzag markings. Up to 2 feet long nearly.

Not uncommon in all the forests of the West Coast.

* One, 9 ft. long, which I procured about 20 miles S. of Calcutta, and now in

the Society’s Museum, is banded throughout. Sankarachir and Shakha-muti,

Beng. Cur. As. Soc.

524 Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. [ No. 6.

TRIGONOCEPHALUS (COPHIAS) NEELGHERRIENSIS—n. 8.

Of small size, dark brown with black markings. 23 rows of

carinated scales. Scute 142. Scutelle 36. Not uncommon in woods

on the Neelgherries.

TRIGONOCEPHALUS (COPHIAS) WARDII—nN. s. ?

Has 21 rows of carinated scales. Scute 154. Scutelle 51. Green-

ish colour, with purplish-brown diamond spots on back and sides ;

12 to 14 inches long. The scales of the head resemble those of T.

sumatranus, Raffles, according to Cantor (tn literis).

Vipera Russevtii—Gray. Russell 1, pl. 7.

‘ KUNNADI VYRIEN’ of Tamools.

This well known and justly dreaded snake grows to a large size.

I am strongly inclined to believe that the far-famed Cobra monil, or

Cobra manilla of some, is merely the young of this species. The

old orthography is moni, which simply means a chain or necklace,

and whoever looks at the markings of this snake, especially of the

young one, must be struck with the resemblance thereof to a neck-

lace. J need hardly remind the reader that both Cobra capella and

Cobra monil are Portuguese names, and I have little doubt, that the

latter name was given to our present species by the Portuguese.

It has however been forgotten as applied to this viper, and may now

be considered a fable; for every one you meet is able, on his own

showing, to point you out the real Cobra monil as quite distinct,

and what is more remarkable, no two observers describe it alike, they

only agree in its being a very small and avery deadly snake. I

may here add that the carpet snake, another household word in

the Madras army, appears to me to be equally fabulous, as I have

not been able to identify it among the venomous snakes, several

prettily marked innocent species having been, at different times

pointed out to me as the carpet snake.*

Vipera EcHIs—NSchlegel. V.noratta—Shaw. Russell 1,pl.2.

Kurta vyRiENn of the Tamools.

This little snake is very common in the Carnatic. I do not think

its bite would prove fatal to man. J have known a dog bitten by

one to recover.

* Generally, I think, the little harmless Lycopon avuticus (as indeed men-

tioned afterwards by Mr. Jerdon); and this, perhaps, from its habit of entering

houses as much as from its markings.—Cur, As, Soc.

1853.] Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. 525

The above are all the venomous land snakes I have yet met with

in Southern India. Of these the only ones at all common are the

Cobra, the Chain Viper (Vipera Russellii), the Bungarus candidus,

and the little Vipera echis. Most of the others are peculiar to

the forests of India. The Trigonocephali are not usually fatal. 1

have known several cases of bites by Lrigonocephalus malabaricus,

and Zig. nepa; and none proved fatal. Great pain is experienced,

and swelling usually follows, but the patient gradually recovers. I

myself was bitten in the fore-finger by the Zrigonocephalus neelgher-

yiensis ; 1 applied a ligature round the finger, and sucked the wound

vigorously. Ina minute or so the skin round the bite blackened,

and in a minute or two more a perfectly circular bit of the skin

came off in my mouth. I set off running immediately I was bitten,

and felt no further ill effects. See Cantor’s remarks on the bite of

Trig. sumatranus, Journ. As. Soc., Calcutta, XVI, 1044-6; also

Blyth, 2bid. XX, 524.

PELAGIC.

Fam. HYDRID#,—Bon.

HypDropuis cotusrina—Schlegel, var. P—n. s.

I possess what is apparently a variety of this species of sea-snake.

It differs from the finished drawing of the species in Cuvier’s Régne

Animal (Edit. des Eléves), in the black markings meeting on the

back and abdomen, thus forming a series of light-coloured oval spots

on the sides; the abdominal scute commence nearer the mouth,

having only 8 or 4 series of small scales between them and the

elongated mentals; the scute are above 300 in number, and the

rows of scales are from 35 to 45—whilst in H. colubrina the scute

are only 246—and the rows of scales 25. My only specimen is a

young one procured at Madras.

Hyprus scutstosus, Daud.—Russel 2, pl. 10. Up to 4 feet long

nearly. Very common at Madras.

HypRUSs PELAMIDoIDES, Schlegel. Not common at Madras.

Hyprvs Bicotor, Schneider—Russell 1, pl. 41. Rare at Madras.

Hyprvs striatus, Lacep.—Russell 2, pl. 9? Not rare at Madras,

up to 6 feet in length.

Hyprvs nigRocinctus, Daudin.—Russell 2, pl. 6. Common at

Madras.

526 Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. [No. 6.

Hyprvus Cantort, n. s.—H. nr@rocinctus, var.—Cantor, J. A.

S. C. XVI, 1050.

Dr. Cantor described this as a variety of the last, in his valuable

Catalogue of Malay Reptiles.

I forwarded him a specimen in 1848, and he remarked as fallow

on it. “ From the examination of this specimen, the second I have

seen, I am induced to believe it a distinct species, and not a variety

of nigrocinctus.” It differs from this last species in the more

robust make, larger scales, there being only 21 rows on the body,

and larger abdominal scales especially near the head; also in the

shorter triangular head, &c. &e.

T never saw it at Madras, but it is not rare at Tellicherry on the

Malabar Coast. Up to 2 feet in length.

Hyprvs Graciiis, Shaw—Russell 2, pls. 7 and 8.

The number of rows of scales varies from 26 to 35 on the neck,

and from 44 to 51 on the trunk. Scutz 350 to 450. Scutelle 50 to

60. Very common at Madras.

Very remarkable for the small circumference of head and neck

compared to that of the body.

Very common at Madras. Up to 4 feet long.

All the above sea-snakes are venomous, and their bite to be

dreaded.

Fam. BOIDA—Bon.

ACROCHORDUS GRANULATUS, (Schneider)—A. FASCIATUS,

Shaw.

Rare—Found sometimes in back-waters.

PytHon mouurus, (L.)—P. trivirratus, Schl.—Russell 1, pl.

22. Boa, or Rock snake, of Europeans in Madras.

Found all over the country. I have not seen a specimen longer

than 19 feet long. This was killed in Travancore, after having

swallowed a doe spotted deer.

Boa (Gonernopuis) contca, Schl.—Russell 1, pl. 4.

Not rare in the Carnatic and Malabar. It is considered veno-

mous by some of the natives. Has a very malignant aspect. Up

to 18 inches long and upwards.

1853.] Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. 527

XENOPELTIS P TRIVIRGATUS—n. S.

Brown above, with a triple series of black marks—beneath white,

black-banded ; of a shining nacreous lustre throughout. Scute 137,

Scutellz 29. 13 rows of scales. I have only found this on the Neel-

gherries.

Tortrix ERYX, Schlegel—var. ?

Two-headed snake of many—common. Scuteze 205. Scutelle 36.

CYLINDROPHIS MACULATUS ? ?*

CYLINDROPHIS CURTICEPS—n. 8. P

Differs from the last in its shorter, more triangular head, &c. &e.

CYLINDROPHIS MACROSCELIS—R. 8. ?

Differs from both in the much larger scales. These last 3 small

species are not very common. They are sometimes found on the

surface of the ground in rainy weather, but are generally dug out

of the eartn. They are called earth-snakes by the natives.

Fam, TY PHLOPHID A,

PILIDION P MONTANUM—nN. 8. ?

Above bluish-black, yellow on the sides, with a black spot on each

of the 3 lower scales; abdomen banded black and white. Scute ?

Scutelle 15. 15 rows of scales. 15 inches long. Found only on

the Neelgherries.

URoPELtIs CEYLONICUS.

UROPELTIS AFFINIS—nN. 8.

Differs from the last in its smaller scales, in the abdominal scute

being larger, and commencing sooner.

They are both rare. I procured them on the Western Coast.

ONYCHOCEPHALUS AcuTUS—Dum. et Bibr.

I possess one example of this curious reptile, which I procured

in the Carnatic at Nellore. Dr. Cantor remarks, “ Described from

an unique specimen, habitat unknown.”

TYPHLOPS BRAMINUS, (Daud.)—Russell 1, pl. 43.+

Common under stones in the rainy season, usually called earth-

worm.

* This, Dr. Kelaart has sent to the Society’s Museum from Ceylon. Cur. As. Soc.

Tt This group. the ARcyropuis of Mr. Gray, requires to be studied, as several

species appear at present to be confounded. The Society’s Museum has lately

received TypHLorps RussELuu, Giay, from Chyebasa. Cur, As. Soc.

o &

528 Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. [No. 6.

CALAMARIA SAGITTARTA—Cantor.

A specimen sent to Dr. Cantor was so named by him; it had only

170 Scuta and 70 Scutella. It is not rare in forests in Malabar.

CoRONELLA THNIOLATA—Russell 1, pl. 19?

15 rows of smooth scales; Scutze 185. Scutelle 41.

This species is referred to Lropidonotus stolatus by Cantor, but a

snake that I possess and which answers tolerably well to Russell’s

description and figure appears to be a true Coronella. It is common

at Madras.

XENODON VENUSTUM, n. 8. ?—[X. PURPURASCENS, Schlegel].

Above olive-brown with a triple series of irregular black spots,

the central one edged with pale yellow; some transverse marks on

head and neck. Has 17 rows of seales. Scutze 142. Scutelle 31.

Rare—found on the West Coast only ; 1 foot long.

XENODON DUBIUM—H. 8. ?

Of a pale earthy brown colour, lighter on the side; a series of

darker marks, irregular in shape, and edged with black. Scute 181.

Scutellz 41. Has 15 rows of scales. Rare—I procured it in N. Canara:

Lycopon Russeni11—Russell 1, pl. 35.

Scutze 193. Scutelle 47. 17 rows of smooth scales. Rather com-

mon in Southern India.

Lycopon auxious, (L.)—Russell 1, pls. 16 and 26.

Has 17 rows of scales. My specimens have only from 165 to 174

scute and from 54 to 61 scutelle, which correspond with Russell’s

nearly, viz. from 171 to 174 and 40 to 41, whilst Cantor gives from

208 to 257 and from 57 to 91. One specimen which resembles in

colour Cantor’s var. B, (Lycodon capucinus, Boie,) does not differ in

number of the scutz, &c. Very common all over the country, often

called Carpet Snake and considered dangerous, though of course

harmless.

LYCcODON PLATURINUS, (Shaw.)

Scute 183. Scutelle 76. Rare in Southern India—17 rows of scales.

Lycopoy nympHa—Russell 1, pls. 36 and 37, bad figure.

13 rows of scales; Scutz 234. Scutella 87—not rare at Madras.

LycoDON ASSIMILIS—n. s.

Very similar in colour to the two last species, viz. black with

1853.] Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. 529

white bands. It differs in having 23 rows of scales. Has 190 scutz

and 60 scutelle. I have mislaid the locality of this species.

Cotvuser Brumensacutt, Schleg.—Russ. 1, pl. 34.

Dhamin, H.; Sarray pamboo, Tam.

Perhaps the most common snake in India, grows to a large size, 7

feet and upwards; frequents chiefly marshy-land, paddy-fields, &c.

Scutz 200. Scutelle: 125—17 rows of scales.

CoLUBER FASCIOLATUS, Shaw.—Russell 1, pl. 21.

Scute 200. Scutelle 58. Not uncommon at Madras and elsewhere

in the Carnatic. I have seen it nearly 3 feet long.

CoLuBER Pictus, Daud. Russell 1, pl. 29.

Scutz 202. Scutelle 91—Russ.

ARBOREAL.

Dripsas TRIGoNATA—Russell 1, pl. 15.

Tati kattaday, Tel.; Pert Surutay, Tam.

Scuta 235. Scutella 83. Common in the Carnatic.

DIPsas CYNODON ?

My specimens correspond very well with the description in Schlegel.

Scutz 240. Scutelle 110. Rows of scales 21.

Up to—feet and upwards in length. I have only found this snake

in forests on the West Coast.

LEProPHis pictus, (Gmel.)—Russ. 1, pl.

Kumbert mukar, T.; Chettooriki pambu, Tam.

176 scute and 140 scutelle—15 rows of scales. Very common in

all parts of the country.

Leproputis ? Brrrit?—n. s.

Scutz 173. Scutelle 64. Green above, with dark line on the sides

bordered on each side by a pale stripe—I7 rows of scales. This

much resembles the drawing of Ahetula Bellii in Grey and Hard-

wicke. I procured one specimen in a grassy plain at Jalnah. It

had killed and was swallowing a small Vipera echis.

Lrpropuis ornatus, Shaw.—Russ. 2, pl. 2.

Scutz 209. Scutelle 129—17 rows of scales. I have only pro-

cured this very handsome snake lately in Malabar.

LEPTOPHIS P NILAGIRICUS P—n. s.

Green above, yellow beneath. Scutz 140. Scutellee 73—13 rows

of scales. Very common on the grassy hills of the N eelgherries,

3x 2

530 Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. [ No. 6.

LEPTOPHIS ? CANARENSIS ?

Green above, yellowish beneath with a streak on the sides. Scute

140. Scutelle 57—15 rows of scales. Procured in North Canara.

Perhaps these two last belong more properly to Dryinus. Of the

last Dr. Cantor remarks—“ Apparently Dryinus prasinus, var. A.”

——the number of the scutz, &c. however differs very materially.

Dryinvus nasutus.—Russell 1, pl. 12.

Green whip-snake. Scutz 180; Scutelle 158. Common all over

the country. I lately saw one that had swallowed a Parroquet and

became gorged.

HERPETODRYAS MALABARICUS,—n. 8.

Olive brown with a dark streak along the sides, most conspicuous

on the posterior portion of the body; a series of white spots on the

anterior portion of the body, edged with black. Scutz 222 ; Scutelle

91—25 rows of scales. It is possible that this may be ZH. helena,

as I possess a young one in which the markings differ somewhat,

and much resemble those on Russell’s figure, which is evidently a

very bad one.* I have procured it in Malabar where it is not very rare.

TROPIDONOTUS sToLATUS, (L.)—Russell 1, pl. 10 and 11.

Scutz 146; Scutelle 61—19 rows of scales. Seldom exceeds 18

inches in length; one of the most common snakes in India.

TROPIDONOTUS SCHIsTOSUS, (Daud.)—Russell 2, pl. 4.

Scutz 140; Scutelle 85—17 rows of scales.

TROPIDONOTUS PLUMBICOLOR, Cantor.

The colour of the living snake is leek-green. Scute (in a young

one) 143; Scutelle 36 ?—21 rows of scales.

Found in the Wynaad [also in Bundelkund, and about Midnapore].

TROPIDONOTUS MONTICOLUS,—n. s. ?

Green, with a series of dark spots on the trunk, one on the centre

of back and another on each side, the one on the right somewhat in

front, the left one posterior, some white marks on the head; Scute

132 ; Scutellee 85—19 rows of scales ; eyes large; 8 feet and upwards

in length. Common inthe Wynaad, (2 anterior frontals, 3 posterior

ditto, lowest scales rhombic).

TROPIDONOTUS PISCATOR.—Russell, 28 and 33.

19 rows of scales; Scutze 139; Scutelle 83.

* CoLUBER HELENA is quite distinct.—Cur. As Soc.

1853.| Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. 531

Found in wells and tanks. Very common.

HoMmatLopsis RHyNcHOpPs, (Schneider).—Russell 1, pl. 17.

Scutze 146; Scutelle 65. Common in estuaries.

HoMALoPsiIs ENHYDRIs, (Schneider).—Russell 1, pl. 30.

Scutze 150; Scutelle 58. Found in the same localities as the last.

BATRACHID.

Cmcrn1a oxyuRA,—Dum. and Bibr. Found on the West Coast,

but rare.

Ericrium @LutTinosum, (lL). Found in Malabar. 2 cirri quite

distinct.*

Rana Tiarina. Bull frog. Found all over India.

Rana currpora,—Dum. and Bibr.

In tanks in the Carnatic. Of a beautiful grass green colour, with

or without a central yellow stripe on the back. _

RaNA LESCHENAULTII,—Dum, and Bibr. The common frog of

India.

RANA CRASSA,—nN. 8.

Of a thick clumsy form, feet webbed to the extremity of the toes ;

limbs shorter than in R. Leschenaultii, head wider, greenish above

with dusky markings. Length 3,,ths; hind leg 53. Rare—found

in a few tanks in the Carnatic.

RANA MALABARICA.

Found only on the West Coast, and chiefly during the monsoon

when it enters houses, and makes a great gobbling, so much like a

turkey that some people call it the ‘ Turkey frog.’

RANA FLAVESCENS,—n. 8.

Of a buff colour on the back ; yellow on the sides ; limbs banded ;

feet webbed nearly to the extremities. Length of one 3,2,ths; hind

leg 53. Of slender make, pointed muzzle.

Found frequenting mountain streams in the forests only.

* Probably a distinct species from E. GLUTINOSUM of Ceylon, as sent by Dr.

Kelaart. The latter has a strongly marked pale lateral band, and the cirri are

less developed than they are represented to be in Mr. Jerdon’s drawing. Dr.

Kelaart, however, obtained a second species, which may be that noticed by Mr.

Jerdon; and either may be identical with the Epicriwm from Asam and from

Pinang.—Cur, As. Soc.

532 Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. [ No. 6.

RANA CURTIPES,—n. 8.

Head very wide; muzzle obtuse ; limbs rather short; feet webbed

to the ends of the toes, except the centre one. Head and back

above bright buff; sides deep marroon ; legs dark purple with a few

white spots; abdomen white mottled. Length of one 2;%ths; hind

leg 4,1,th.

Found in forest only. Has avery peculiar, rather pleasing call.

Chiefly seen during the monsoon.

RANA AGRICOLA,—nN. 8.

Feet not webbed quite to the extremity. Of a greenish colour,

mottled with darker. Length of one 2,th ; hind leg 3,2,ths ; foot 1.

Found in inundated paddy-fields and meadows.

RANA NILAGIRICA,—nN. 8.

Very much allied to the last, differs in its much longer limbs.

Length 2 inches ; hind leg 3;4ths.

I have only seen this frog in marshes in the Wynaad and Neel-

gherries.

POLYPEDATES LEUCOMYSTAX.

‘Chunam frog’ of Europeans. Very common all over India.

POLYPEDATES VARIABILIS,—n. s.

Green frog of the Neelgherries.

Green, sometimes unspotted, at other times with gold spots or

blackish spots; at times golden yellow with brown spots; at other

times brown with darker spots.

Length 23 inches; hind leg 4; foot 1,2,ths.

Found in the Neelgherries in the banks of streams and in shrubs.

IXatis P GLANDULOSA,—n. 8.

A small tree frog, with very obtuse muzzle, feet slightly webbed ;

abdomen largely glandular, tympanum indistinct; green above, yel-

lowish on the sides and limbs.

Length 1,2,ths; hind leg ;4ths; foot 9,2,ths.

Ruacorporvus Rernwarpri, Dum. and Bibr.

Found in the Malabar Coast on trees, and in grass during the

monsoon. Not very common.

LIMNODYTES ? PHYLLOPHILA,—n. 8.

A small frog, with the subdigital disks very slightly dilated; toes

1853.] Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. 533

not quite completely webbed; tympanum small; reddish yellow,

with the sides of the face dark purple. Length 13; hind leg 1,8,ths ;

foot +1ths.

Found in all the Western forests among decayed leaves.

PHYLLOMEDUSA? TINNInNS,—n. 8. ‘inkling frog of the

Neelgherries.

Fingers opposable; feet webbed at base only; yellowish red, or

sometimes blackish above; side of head dark; inner fingers yellow ;

length 1,3,ths; hind leg 1,3,ths.

Found in grass and among bushes on the Neelgherries. Has a

peculiar loud clear metallic tinkling call.

PHYLLOMEDUSA ? WYNAADENSIS.

Somewhat allied to the last, differs in its larger limbs; larger

tympanum, &c. Length about 1linch. In this when the hind leg is

drawn forwards, the end of the tibia reaches the muzzle; in the last

it only reaches the tympanum ; reddish brown above, limbs barred.

POLYPEDATES 2? SAXICOLA,—n. Ss.

A small frog with teeth, tympanum distinct, fingers webbed at the

base; toes webbed to the extremities; pointed muzzle; dark olive

green with dark marbling, and barred limbs. Length 1;5th; hind

leg 13th; foot th; femur and tibia reach beyond the muzzle.

Found on ik in shady mountain streams in Malabar and

W ynaad.

HYLEDACTYLUS MONTANUS,—n. 8.

Mottled green and brown above, Length 15th; hind leg 2;

foot +4th. Hab. Mountain streams in Mi cand rare. [A very

nearly affined species, if not the same, inhabits Mergui].

HYLEDACTYLUS CARNATICUS,—n. 8.

Of small size; marbled green and brown; muzzle more acute than

in the last species; length 1,3,th; hind leg 1,3,th; foot 5,5,th.

Found in the Carnatic during sie monsoon, rare.

Buro scaBEer, Daudin.

Common toad of India. Very abundant.

HYPERODON MARMORATUM.

Found in the Carnatic during the monsoon.

034 Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of India. [No. 6.

PYXICEPHALUS FODIENS,—n. 8.

Greenish marbled with brown. Length 2 inches; hind leg 23.ths;

foot {ths. Found in the Carnatic, burrows in the ground for 13

feet or so—[ Hab. also Ceylon].

PYXICEPHALUS PLUVIALIS,—n. 8.

Nearly allied to the last; differs in its shorter thicker form, and

Shorter limbs; light greenish fawn, with dark marbling. Length of

one 2,2,ths; hind leg 2,4,ths; feet ,&ths. I only procured this during

the monsoon in the Carnatic. It is very different in appearance,

though with so few essential distinctions, and the natives give a

distinct name to each.

PYXICEPHALUS RUFESCENS,—n. 8. :

Of a rufous colour above, whitish beneath; body rough and gra-

nulose; limbs barred.

Length 13 inch; hind leg 2,5; foot ,%th. Not rare in gardens

on the Malabar Coast.

ENGYSTOMA ORNATUM.

Some ‘specimens of this very handsome frog were only once pro-

cured by Walter Elliot, Esq. on the Neelgherries.

Length 1,4,th inch. ; hind leg 1,5ths; foot 1th.

ENGYSTOMA RUBRUM,—n. 8.

Indian red above; some black marks on the legs. Length 14th

inch; hind leg 1,5,; foot ;5,th.

Found in the Carnatic near rivers, in sandy banks.*

ENGYSTOMA MALABARICUM,—n. s.

Isabella colour above, varied with dark angular markings; sides

dark purplish ; throat ditto; limbs barred. Length 1,,th; hind leg

1,5th; foot th. Found in Malabar, under stones.

ENGYSTOMA CARNATICUM,—N. 8.

Nearly allied to the last, differs in the shorter muzzle, shorter

hind leg, &e. Length ;%ths of an inch: hind leg 1,,th; foot 54,ths.

Found in the Carnatic during the monsoon.

* Also Ceylon.—Cur. As. Soc.

1853. | Catalogues of Oriental Libraries. 535

Catalogues of Oriental Libraries, by Dr. A. SPRENGER, Secretary,

: Asiatic Society, Bengal. |

Certain it is that mankind would not lose much in arts and

sciences, if all works in Hastern languages were destroyed. They

contain few facts, if any, in Astronomy, Medicine, Mathematics,

Natural History, or any other science, which are new to us. Even

in poetry and philosophy, their works contain few sentiments or ideas

which we can admire or would like to adopt.

A century or two ago people thought if they could only under-

stand the language of birds, these disinterested bipeds would reveal

to them where treasures are hidden, they would teach them the

mysteries of nature, and enlighten them on the most important

questions connected with our existence. In like manner some per-

sons thought that in those venerable looking old oriental manu-

scripts, every science under the sun was locked up. Naturalists

and orientalists have dug up their respective vineyards. Treasures

they found none, but both parties have rendered the soil fertile.

Naturalists, though they have learned no mysteries from the

speeches of birds, have founded a noble science by dissecting their

bodies, studying and comparing their physiology, observing their

habits, and following up their geographical distribution. Man is

a nobler object of study than birds, and the philosophy of history

is a higher pursuit than the philosophy of nature. The acquaint-

ance with the literature of the east shows us man reflected in his

own creation under peculiar circumstances and through a longer

period than the literatures of Europe exhibit him. The student is

earried beyond the narrow limits of European prejudices and

associations and enabled to enlarge them. ‘Taking a historical view

of oriental pursuits, they are of the highest philosophical impor-

tance. Moreover, in Indiaa knowledge of the eastern languages both

dead and living, and an acquaintance with their literatures, is the

first condition for acting upon the natives, for making one-self useful.

It is from this wish to enlarge our knowledge of man and of his

creations under various circumstances and in various periods of his

historical existence, that several Governments and Institutions of

Europe have of late taken measures to have catalogues raisonnés of

3 Y

536 Catalogues of Oriental Libraries. [ No. 6.

their collections of Oriental Manuscripts published, and others, we are

informed, are still in preparation. In No. CCXXXV. of this Journal,

the catalogue of the Asiatic Museum of St. Petersburgh has been

noticed. Accounts of the catalogue of the library of Upsala and

of that of Haven are in the Journal of the German Asiatic Society,

and Professor Hall has promised us a notice of the first volume of the.

catalogue of the Royal Library of Berlin containing Sanscrit MSS.

Among the catalogues which are preparing for the press is Forbes’s

catalogue of the Persian MSS. of the British Museum, and Morley’s

and Bland’s catalogues of the Persian books of the India House

library and the Persian books of the Bodleyan library. But the

most important work in preparation, is a catalogue of the libraries of

Constantinople, which is being compiled by order of the Suléan.

The catalogus Codicum Orient. Bibl. Acad. Lugduno-Batave,

1851, Autore Dozy, of which two volumes have been published,

deserves a short account here, because the collection of oriental MSS.

of Leyden is one of the best in Europe, and it has hitherto been

by far the most useful. Professor Dozy has displayed very great

judgment and learning in his labour, and his is probably the best

oriental catalogue, that has yet been published.

These two volumes contain eleven chapters, and will be continued

by another savant, Professor Dozy being no longer in charge of the

oriental library of Leyden. I will mention here shortly a few of the

most interesting books contained in each chapter with the numbers

they have in the catalogue.

1 Chapter ; Encyclopedias.

No. 2, py] epee by Abu ’abd Allah. Moh. b. Ahmad b. Yisof

Khwarezmy Katib who flourished in the fourth century and gives,

in 15 chapters, the heads and some of the technical terms of the

principal sciences of the Musalmans. There is a copy of this book

in the British Museum bound up with several other useful treatises.

No. 5. ws93) wy ts ged &\4i by Nowayry who died in 733.

This is one of the most important works in Arabic literature. It

contains a complete Encyclopedia of the historical sciences of the

Musalmans and consisted originally of 17 volumes.

No. 20. lawl, past, Lora] AR nao! | jes] gh em rt?

Ww” we

1853. ] Catalogues of Oriental Libraries. 537

pole athe us? eid] 0 Iyni0 be by Mohammad b. Ishaq Na-

dym who is usually called Abi-l-Fara} Ibn Aby Ya’qutb and who

compiled this book in 377, and died in 885. In the Leyden library is

the third and last volume of this important work, and at Paris is the

first of the same copy; a complete copy has been sent from Constan-

tinople to the Paris library by Baron de Slane. This book contains

short biographies of all Arabic authors and the names of all their works,

and is one of the most precious relics of antiquity we possess.

2 Chapter; Grammar.

Nos. 39, 42, 44 and 46 are specimens of the manner in which

Grammar was treated during the earliest period of Arabic literature,

and they are precious on account of their rarity. There is nothing

else of much importance in this chapter.

3 Chapter ; Lexicography.

Nos. 142 and 143 are two valuable copies of two valuable works

of Ibn al-Sikkyt, a grammarian of the third century, but the most

important work in this chapter is No. 116—the Jamharah of Ibn

Dorayd. To the best of my knowledge there is only one copy of

it in India, and that not a very good one.

No. 146. aici —a.\bJ US is usually ascribed to Cadr aldyn

and Qtinyawy (on whom see Jamy, Nafahat, No. 538) and not

to Mohyy aldyn Ibn al’araby. I have two copies of this work, ’abd

al-Razzaq’s Qufy Dictionary is an abridgment of it.

Passing over the next three chapters, we come to Belles-lettres,

here the first book of great importance is the Kamil of al-Mobar-

rad, No. 365, (I have seen the name written with a Kasrah “ Mobar-

rid,”’) it is not only valuable for philology but also for history,

containing the best account of the Khawarij. There is a very cor-

rect MS. of it at Lucnow which has been copied for me; Mr.

Wright has promised to edit it. Nos. 366 containing the Mowash-

sha of Abu-l-Zayyib and 367 are still rarer and nearly as important.

The latter No. contains an old copy of a work in which Ibn Dorayd,

who died in 321, has collected words and idiomatic phrases referring to

the saddle and bridle. This and Nos. 368 and 369 are among the few

remaining specimens of the hundreds of works of the same nature,

which were compiled during the first three centuries of the Islam.

3 ¥ 2

538 Catalogues of Oriental Libraries. [No. 6.

Several of the treasures contained in the chapter on Arabic poetry

are already known to the public, at least by name, as the Hamasah,

the Dywan of the Hodzaylites, the collection of ancient poems of

Ibn al’araby, &e. A splendid old copy of Tibryzy’s commentary

on the Hamasah is at Cawnpore, and I possess a copy of the com-

mentary of Abu ’alyy.

The only poetical work in Persian which deserves notice is the

Rawshanay namah of Nacir Khosraw whose takhalug was Hojjat

(No. 680). It is stated that it was composed in 348, but wasw must

be a mistake of the copyist for uo |=, for Nagir Khosraw was a con-

temporary of the Fatimite Khalyfah Mostancir who succeeded in 427

and died in 487, and many poems of his Dywan are in his praise.

The library of Leyden possesses great treasures in history and

geography, but owing to the liberal rules of the university, they

have been much explored by orientalists of all countries, and are

therefore generally known.

And what has India done in the way of preserving a record of the

thousands of books which are moldering in its libraries, and annually

destroyed by insects ? I should not have ventured to ask this question

if it could not be satisfactorily answered. Sir Henry Hlliot’s Indian

Historians is a work of too high an order than that it could be called

a catalogue. It is a historical book. But there are other works in

progress which in extent will far surpass any thing that has been

done in Europe. Dr. Ballantyne and Professor Hall are preparing a

eatologue raisonné of the Sanscrit MSS. of the Benares College,

which in fact will be a general bibliography of Sanscrit literature,

and Professor Hall is preparing at the same time a detailed account

of near two thousand Hindi works of which hitherto hardly two

dozens have been imperfectly known. The value of this publication

for India ‘will be incalculable. He has promised us an account of

‘his labours, which, I hope, we shall soon receive for insertion in this

Journal.

The Honourable Court of Directors has sanctioned the publica-

tion of the Catalogue of the Lucnow libraries, and 448 pages of it

are printed. The sciences are not classed according to any logical

arrangement, but those which are usually cultivated by the same

class of men are‘grouped together in separate volumes, so that every

1853. ] Catalogues of Oriental Libraries. 539

volume is in some way complete in itself and has separate indices. The

great extent of the works renders such an arrangement desirable, in

order that if it should not be completed, as much as may be pub-

lished may be complete in itself. To every science, a chapter is

prefixed containing the biographical works devoted to those men

who were distinguished in that science: to the section on tradi-

tions, a chapter will be prefixed containing works on the biographies

of person who collected traditions, in like manner to the section

on law the biographies of Jurisconsults will be prefixed, &c. In

imitation of Baron von Hammer-Purgstall and other orientalists, of

biographical works, generally, a table of contents is given containing

the names, principal dates and the titles of the writings of the

subjects of the biographies. These chapters are therefore of con-

siderable length. Of other works only the title of the book, a short

account of the author, if none be contained in the chapter on bio-

graphy, a short notice of the contents of the book, the date and

the authorities on which it is founded—if they are quoted—the

the size and the collection in which the book is found are mentioned.

At the end of each volume three indices will be added, one of names

of persons and places, one of book-titles and one of the initial lines.

The first 174 pages of the portion printed contain an account of

41 Persian Tadzkirahs, there is besides a Persian Tadzkirah men-

tioned under No. 62, and three or four will be mentioned in the

appendix, they having come to hand after the above pages had gone

through the press. Of several of these Tadzkirahs or biographies of

Persian poets, a table of contents is given.

From page 175 to 192 twenty biographical works of Rékhtah

poets are enumerated, and from page 195 to page 306 is a table of

contents of the Rékhtah Tadzkirahs containing in alphabetical order

short notices of upwards of fifteen hundred Rékhtah poets.

In page 307 begins the second chapter containing the works of

Persian poets alphabetically arranged according to their takhallug.

The 142 pages which are printed of this chapter contain 236 num-

bers, the last name is that of Jamy, so that more than one half of the

chapter remains to be printed. The remaining chapters of this volume

will contain the works of Rékhtah poets, Dictionaries and Graminars

of the Persian language, Inshés and tales in Persian, Grammars

540 Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. [No. 6.

and Dictionaries and Tales in Urdu, translations from Sanscrit or

Hindi into Persian and Urdt, and Chaghatay and Pushtu books.

At the end there will be an appendix of corrigenda and addenda.

If the whole catalogue is completed, it will be an infinitely fuller

and more correct bibliographical work of reference than Hajy Kha-

lyfah’s Bibliographical Dictionary.

Rev. J. Long’s Catalogue Raisonné of Bengéli works has been

already adverted to in this Journal, (ante vol. XXI. p. 632). It

includes notices of upwards of thirteen hundred works, and will,

we have no doubt, prove a valuable index to the vernacular literature

of Bengal.

ANAADRL

Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains, undertaken

Sor the purpose of ascertaining the Geological Formation of Kun-

chinjinga and of the perpetually snow-covered peaks in its vicinity.

—By Captain Water STANHOPE SHERWILL, Revenue Surveyor.

An unusually severe earthquake, that occurred at Darjeeling during

the month of May, 1852, threw down several thousand square yards

of the South Western face of the perpetually snow-covered moun-

tain Kunchinjinga,* exposing a dark mass of rock, rendered darker

perhaps by the brilliancy of the snow surrounding it. By the aid

of a good telescope, the distance being forty-five miles, I could

plainly perceive that the geological formation of Kunchinjinga was

not of granite, as I had read it was only a few days previous, but of

a highly stratified nature, the strata being, by the aid of a telescope,

distinctly visible. The statement that the snowy-mountains near

Kunchinjinga were of granite was published in a Botanical Maga-

zine published in England, Dr. J. D. Hooker being the author of

* For the derivation and meaning of this word Iam indebted to Lieut. G. B.

Mainwaring of the 16th Bengal Grenadiers, who, with a praiseworthy industry, has

mastered the Lepcha language, and was, in 1852, engaged upon the study of the

Tibe:an, The word is Tibetan and means,

Linglish pronunciation. Tibetan equivalents. English.

Kon Khng-s Snow

Chin Chhn full or covered.

Jong b’jongs Coeval or equal to

BIN HH EHV

Height above the sea, 28,177 feet (Waugh), the highest measured mountain in

the world.

MTD! of Chime Winn

pe s0729 fee eve

a yeoring SEPP

Lingus FASE abeat EN fut

RAF

eae RRA

BER

SKETCH MAP

oF HE

VALLEY cr me GREAT RUNGEET RIVER SEFEAENCES

and of the

SINGALEELAH SPUR

1853.] Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 541.

the statement. Being anxious to settle the question I determined

to travel as far North toward the foot of the snowy range as possi-

ble, and thus by diminishing the distance between myself and the

exposed flanks of the mountain to obtain a clearer and nearer view

of its lithological formation.

Being quite aware from the peculiar shape of the mountain and of

its neighbouring peaks, that by advancing towards the snows by the

valleys leading up towards Kunchinjinga, I should speedily lose

sight of the mountain altogether, I determined to advance along the |

crest of the great meridianal spur Singaleela, which, from Darjeeling,

appears to be connected directly with Kunchinjinga. Dr. Hooker’s

map of Sikkim also leads one to suppose that such is the fact, such

however, is not the case as will be shewn hereafter.

2nd August, 1852. Having waited patiently for nearly three

months since the earthquake exposed the flank of Kunchinjinga in

order to allow the snow to reach its highest summer limit, I started

this morning at 8.30 a. mM. accompanied by Mr. Robert Smart, my

second assistant in the Survey. Having just completed the Survey

_ of the British Hill Territory, and having had several very fatiguing

trips in the hills we were both in good walking trim, and had by our

former experience learnt to travel lightly.

As we left the station of Darjeeling* the sun was shining most

brilliantly, illuminating the snowy range to a silvery whiteness.

As we turned the shoulder of Birch Hill, the most northerly point

| of the station, a splendid Panorama of all the country to the west

and north of Darjeeling lay before us, a scene perhaps unequalled in

_ beauty in the whole world. To the west the Singaleela range with

_ its numerous peaks of 12,000 feet in height, its thousand buttresses

_ composed of swelling mountains clothed with fir and rhododendron

_ forests, shut out our view. To the north and in the centre of the

_ Panorama stands Kunchinjinga, 28,177 feet in height, flanked on

_ either side by numerous peaks scarcely inferior in height. To the

east, the snowy range trending away to the south, and which is

adorned with many fine bold and imposing peaks, forms the limit to

_ the view. The lower unsnowed but forest-clad mountains Powhunry,

_ Tendong, Pemionchi, Hee, Chakoong, Kirmee, and a hundred others

* i. e. Dorje the sceptre of the priesthood, ‘‘ ling,,’’ a place, ‘‘ The holy spot,’’

542 Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. No. 6.

all separated by deep valleys, through which flow impetuous torrents,

and in one of which was visible the Great Rungeet pouring along

6,000 feet below us, form the most appropriate, because grand and

beautiful foreground to the lofty, and perpetually snow-covered

Himalayah, some of whose perpetually snow-covered peaks are only

thirty miles distant. The air was so pure that the distance appeared

reduced to five or six miles, and with a telescope rocks that had

been hurled down by earthquakes, were seen reposing upon the green

glaciers between Kunchinjinga and Pudeem mountains, doubtless

on their way to the Moraines at the foot of the glaciers.

The descent from Darjeeling by the Tuqvor-spur to the little Run-

geet river, is by a good Government road, and can be ridden upon the

whole way down, which we did passing rapidly through the various

botanical regions, or through oak, chesnut, maple, olive, walnut,

birch, magnolia, to palms, tree-ferns, ratans: at 5,000 cultivation is

met with, comprising barley, wheat, maize, buckwheat, rice, &c. then

through Gordonia, pandanus, banian-trees, wormwood, twelve feet in

height, to the Little Rungeet river 1,996 feet above the sea, which we

reached in two hours and a quarter, having descended 5,169 feet.

The forest at 6,000 is peculiarly beautiful; the oaks, magnoliasg

and other large trees being covered with gigantic pothos, epyphitical

ferns, arums, and enormous creepers resembling ship’s cables; the

underwood consists of the tree-fern, some of which measure fifty

feet in height and fifteen feet in girth at the base of the stem. The

gracefulness of this botanical beauty can only be described by the

pencil not by words.

Temperature of the air at Darjeeling 65° Faht.; at the little

Rungeet at noon 89°; at 2 p.m. 91° 50'; temperature of the water 71°.

The little Rungeet which rises from the mountain Tongloo falls

into the great Rungeet, three miles further down, and is here crossed

by a substantial cane-bridge. The main chains supporting the

bridge are composed of five ratan-canes each; the sides are of split

cane hanging from either main chain as loops, two feet apart and

three feet deep ; into these loops, the platform is laid composed of

three bamboos, the size of a man’s arm, laid side to side; the section

of the bridge resembling the letter V.; in the angle or base of the

letter the traveller finds footing. This being a Government bridge

1853.] Notes upona Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 543

and kept in proper order, the platform or bridge is about a foot in

width. Those bridges that are constructed by the natives have only one

single bamboo for the feet to rest upon ; and across these frail bridges,

the most wild and turbulent streams are crossed with safety. Out-

riggers, to prevent the main chains being brought together with the

weight of the passenger, are rigged out at every ten or twelve feet,

in the following manner : under the platform, and at right angles to

it or parallel to the stream, strong bamboos are passed, and from

their extremities to the main chains, split ratan-ropes are firmly

tied; this prevents the hanging loop or bridge from shutting up and

choking the passenger. The piers of these bridges are generally

two convenient trees, through whose branches the main chains are

passed and pegged into the ground on the opposite side.

The bridge over the Rungeet is about fifty yards in span, and

fifteen feet above the stream. Across this narrow bridge I was

surprised to see a hill dog trot, apparently quite regardless of the

raging torrent beneath him.

The water being too rapid for the passage of our ponies, they were

sent back from the right bank of the river, and from this spot our

wanderings commenced on foot.

Aé this spot which is twenty-two miles in a direct line from the

plains, and nearly 2,000 feet above the sea, I observed termites or

white-ants who, under the shelter of their pierced earthen covering,

were destroying the bark of an oak-tree. The many varieties of lepi-

doptera and dragon-flies that were fluttering about the gneiss rocks

were remarkable for their great numbers and beauty.

On our way down the hill our attention was markedly arrested

bya flock of birds—which our Lepchas described as being about the

size of a black-bird and of a black and white plumage, tor we did not

get a glimpse of them—whose united voices exactly resembled a set

of human maniacs screaming and laughing in horrid chorus. I never

remember to have heard such a peculiarly wild and attention-rivetting

sound as the voice of these birds ; it was perfectly startling.

Left the Rungeet at 2 vp. m. and ascended to the Goke guard-

house, in an hour. The forest is particularly beautiful, the fici on

a grand scale being the most remarkable feature in the forest. It

is interesting to trace amongst the various specimens of this natural

o Z

544 Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. [No. 6.

order, the gradual but alternately certain destruction that they

bring upon the largest and tallest trees in the forest. In places the

young fig, only a few inches in height, may be seen at the foot of a

noble oak as a humble plant ; a little further on, it is seen as a hand-

some creeper embracing the oak with a thousand tendrils, which

expanding and thickening with age, at last coalesce, forming a solid

mass of wood which speedily strangles its original support; which,

by decaying and falling away, leaves the fig standing, a hollow

cylinder sixty or seventy feet in height, with an umbrageous crown

of leaves and branches, a far more noble-looking tree than the oak

it has killed. Others again trust to themselves entirely, and seek

no foreign support; this species is met with at 4,000 feet above the

sea; very giants in botany; they generally rest upon three, five or

more beautifully-arched stems forty or fifty feet apart, which unite

perhaps seventy feet from the ground into one common trunk ; from

this spot the branches spring to about the same height as the point

of junction is from the ground. The beauty of these trees 1s much

added to, by being generally covered with the gigantic pothos, or

bignonias, or buteas, or with other enormous creepers whose long

stems are seen hanging in wild festoons, some like golden threads —

and others like ragged and frayed cables of ships; some of the finest »

specimens of these figs are to be seen close to the staging Bungalow

at Kursion, on the road up from the plains to Darjeeling.

The Goke spur, wherever the road has laid bare the rocks, is found

to be composed of a red micaceous schist, and towards the summit,

2,757 feet, of blue slate highly micaceous and separated from the

upper or red schist by beds of hornstone.

At Goke there are eight houses and a guard-house, inhabited by

the families of the sepoys on guard at this post. The guard consist 3

of about eight men detached from the sappers and miners at Darjee-

ling, their duty 1s to guard the frontier at this spot, and to give the

alarm at the approach of any armed men from Sikkim, and to prevent

any of the British subjects being taken away as slaves into Sikkim.

Similar guards are posted all along the Sikkim frontier, generally at_

spots where cane-bridges cross the Rungeet and Rummam rivers.

To the north of the Goke spur, and looking down into the valley

of the Rummam river, which is seen and heard roaring along its

1853.] Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 545

rocky bed, the eye wanders over a dense and beautiful forest. The

huge buttresses thrown down from Singaleelah shut in the view

looking up the valley, and on the opposite side of the Rummam, the

steep Chakoong gneiss mountain exhibits numerous land-slips of

great beauty. Chakoong is noted for its travertine lime deposits,

which appear in the small streams flowing from its steep sides. Our

entire march for to-morrow is in view, and a formidable-looking route

itis. The Burpung mountain on the Heeloo range was pointed out

to us as the spot for our next encampment, which cannot be less

than 8,000 feet in height and distant five miles; but these five miles

we have to traverse in the hot, dark, and miasmatic valley of the

Rummanm.

In the evening I observed several of those strange insects, bocy-

dium, that are covered with snow-white and downy quill-like pro-

cesses radiating in all directions from their backs. Any attempt to

secure the pretty creatures for observation, even supposing they did

not escape by hopping away, was a failure; as all their beauty was

speedily destroyed with even the most gentle treatment, the slight-

est touch being sufficient to destroy all their snow-white covering.

| The noise of the cicadas a thousand feet below us in the hot tro-

pical valleys was quite deafening ; their peculiar cry is quite distinct

from the cicadas of Darjeeling, being louder, more metallic and of

longer duration; much more cheerful and more pleasing to the ear.

Two Buceros were seen flying over Little Rungeet; these curious

birds build their nests in hollow trees, and defend them with great

bravery. The Lepchas secure the living birds by putting a net over

the orifice of their nests, and sell them at Darjeeling.

From the guard-house looking south, a fine cascade is seen dash-

ing down the Tugqvor spur.

Cultivated plants observed at Goke were tobacco, tomato, stramo-

nium, banghun, sém bean, Indian corn, red spinach, kuddoo, chillies,

and French marigold. Wormwood and black pepper were seen wild.

Before the doors of several of the houses were baskets containing

the new shoots of the bamboo gathered before they force themselves

above ground. The shoots are collected, put into baskets, the mouths

of which are laden with heavy stones, and placed in the sun for

several days, when fermentation takes place; the shoots are then

3Z 2

546 Notes upon a Towr in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. { No.6.

eaten as pickles, forming a pleasing acidulous adjunct to the Lim-

boo’s simple rice diet. The fresh shoots, which I tasted, resemble a

new and sweet walnut.

3rd August, 1852, direction North-west,

At six this morning we descended the steep northern face of the

Goke spur by a footpath, along which the Sikkimites attempted an

entry into Darjeeling, during the late disturbances. I measured

the slope of the path and found it to be 30°, a most uncomfortable

gradient fora rough and narrow footpath flanked on one hand by

a nearly precipitous descent, down which Mr. Smart and myself both

rolled, until stopped by the dense underwood. Our road lay through

a dark forest of noble trees, principally Gordonia, called by the

Lepchas “sum brung kun,’ whose smooth, upright, and perfectly

straight stems present fine specimens of forest trees. Most of these

trees were encircled at various heights by epiphytical ferns, growing

in a crown-like form completely round the stem. Hach frond of

this elegant fern measures five feet in length, and from the great

elegance of its shape serves to adorn the tree that bears it. The

underwood was principally composed of the gigantic bamboo, fici,

bauhinias and ferns; the whole so thick, matted and tangled as to

render the forest as dark as late twilight; not a ray of sunshine

could penetrate or shine upon us; but I noticed that wherever a

stray beam of sunshine did force its way through the tangled masses

of foliage overhead, that it tinged the ground with a deep purple or

garnet colour. The noise from the cicadas was quite oppressive and

wearisome. One was caught and, as I conjectured yesterday, was of

a totally different species from those seen at Darjeeling. It had trans-

parent wings, and was three inches in length. On its sides are too

long horny plates, and upon pressing these plates whilst the animal

continued to ery, a modulation of the extraordinary and wild sound

emitted by this strange fly was caused, bearing however no resem-

blance to harmony. Under skilful hands and by delicate manipulation,

a tune might be extorted from this cicada, thus in a measure verify-

ing the old fable of the cicada having been used as a supplementary

note to the Lyre.

The underwood abounded with the yellow webs of the large red

and black Epire, or bird-ea‘ing spiders, each web containing a

spider.

1853.] Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 547

A troop of red monkeys were gambolling and shouting in the trees ;

their voice is quite different from that of the common red monkey of

the plains.

Three quarters of an hour after leaving Goke we crossed the

Teryook stream at its junction with the Rummanm river, and after

travelling along the banks of the noisy, boiling and foaming Rummam

for an hour more, we crossed to its left bank by a very frail and

dangerous cane bridge of about 300 feet span, and commenced the

steep ascent of Chakoong. We now stood in the Rajah of Sikkim’s

territory.

The Rummam immediately above the bridge comes tearing round

a sharp corner of the mountain, and with one bound dashes over a

group of gneiss rocks. The trees dipping their branches into the

very water, the lofty forest-clad mountains on all sides, from

whose very bosom, the river appears to dash at once, the roar and

noise of the water—altogether present as pretty a picture as can be

well imagined.

After a toilsome ascent of several thousand feet through forest trees

and through several clearances planted with cotton, we reached two

Lepcha huts, where we were most kindly received and invited to

shelter ourselves from the burning sun, and to partake of the delici-

ous “ chee’’ or acidulous infusion of the Murooa (Eleusine), which is

always presented in a joint of a bamboo, from which receptacle it is

sucked up through a hollow reed so cut at the sides as not to permit

the small grains to pass up into the mouth. The liquor resembles

in taste, dilute Hock or Sauterne, and is very refreshing. It is

slightly intoxicating, and is seldom seen above 6,000 feet elevation.

The huts of the Bhotia and Lepcha reminded me of the huts of

the Rajmahal hill tribes. Having no caste, no great secrecy is

sought for in the construction of the house, which consists of one

large room thirty or forty feet square, raised upon wooden posts,

the walls, roofing, beams, rafters, flooring, and fastenings being all

composed of bamboo; the thatch is of grass. There are generally

two or more fire-places in the room composed of loose stones upon a

mound of earth, the whole retained in position by a square fender

of bamboo.

In the house we visited, there were two women, many children,

548 Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mowntains. (No. 6.

and about ten men. Wandering round about the house were cows,

pigs, poultry, goats and dogs. In the interior of the house there

were two fire-places, at both of which food was being cooked, consist-

ing of rice and tea. Tea in these mountains is drank after the fol-

lowing extraordinary manner. Into a large earthen cooking-pot, full

of hot water, a quantity of black tea that has been chopped from the

end of a brick of tea, is thrown, together with a little salt, butter

and barley-meal ; this mess after being well stirred, is served up m

a teapot, each partaker of the tea producing his own wooden tea-cup

from the bosom folds of his capacious clothes. In various parts

ef the house, depending from the ceiling were balls of cotton,

various little bamboo baskets,—a half-finished woven piece of cotton

¢loth, earthen cooking pots, gourds, wooden spoons, a cotton-cleaner,

a, spinning-wheel, several large Chinese hats, nine feet in circumfer-

ance, fishing nets, heads of millet, a book of Boodhist prayers, a few

English bottles, a pair of cymbals, bows and arrows, bead necklaces,

large Lepcha knives, or Ban, hatchets, a drum, several blocks of wood

used as tables, a few bamboo mats anda deer skin:—such is the

simple property of a Lepcha, one of the happiest, merriest, and

most humane of our species.

Close to our hut we could hear the roar of a cataract, the scenery

round about the house was most pleasing.

After reposing during the heat of the day with the friendly

Lepcha family, we started and in an hour reached a Lepcha Lama’s

house or Goompa, an immense building divided into two compart-

ments. The Lama being absent, the whole house was delivered up

to us; we took possession of one room about thirty feet square

nicely boarded with broad and well laid planks. At the East end of

the room was an altar, but divested of many of its usual utensils.

There were nevertheless many holy-water brass cups, eight books of

prayers, in a stand close by the altar, a sacred drum with its curious

crooked drumstick, a pair of yak horns, cymbals, brass images repre-

senting gods, bells, conch-shells, charms and a dorje or the brass

sceptre of the priesthood, resembling an English constable’s hand-

staff, surmounted by a regal crown; besides these articles forming

the furniture of a Boodhist altar, there were English Hau-de-cologne

bottles, a tea-cup, a blacking bottle, a two-foot ruler, and_lastly, a

1853:] Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 549

French deal box, that had once held brandy, and addressed in good

Mnglish to “ Mr. W. Martin, Darjeeling.”” The usual human thigh

bone trumpets were locked up, they being considered too precious

to be left about. These bone trumpets, if possible, are the thigh

bones of Lamas, some of them are highly ornamented with brass

work brought from Thibet. The two condyles at the extremity of

the bone are pierced and the bone hollowed out and when about to

be used, a small quantity of water is poured down the bone to make

it sound clear. The sound emitted is like that from abrazen horn,

and as a small hand drum, with pellets of clay or brass tied upon

strings depending from the rim and serving as drumsticks, is gene-

rally used in the other hand, the noise produced is stunning. In

several Goompas or monasteries, I have requested the Lamas to blow

up the bone trumpets, to which requests they have always good

naturedly acceded, terminating their performance with a hearty fit

of laughter at their own strange and wild noise.

The whole of the walls of our room were decorated with mystic

Squares, triangles, and other figures of white, yellow, and black

pigments; the door wasa block of wood turning on its own heel

which was stepped into a wooden socket, the walls were composed

of planks and wattles covered with mud and pierced with two win-

dows with sliding shutters. The Lama receives five rupees from

the Sikkim Rajah annually.

This Goompa or monastery is situated near the large landslip that

is visible from Darjeeling, this landslip, which is several thousand

feet in height and one hundred broad, has a pretty stream of water

flowing amongst its rocks; when heavy rain takes place the rocks

begin to move downwards, causing a low rumbling sound, loud enough

to awaken the members resident at the Goompa. The view from

this spot looking back upon Darjeeling, only nine miles distant, the

deep valleys at our feet many thousands of feet deep, the lofty

Tonglo mountain to the South West and the foaming cataract on

the landslip, well repaid us for two days’ toil and the suffocating heat

of the valleys.

Around the neck of one of the Lepcha children, hung as a charm,

I observed, the following curious collection of oddities, a leopard’s

and a barking deer’s canine teeth, an ornamented brass bead, a piece

550 Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. [No. 6.

of ginger, a clove of garlic, and the hard seeds of a forest tree, all

strung upon a cotton thread. All the men, women and children

who could afford it had the small silver current British Government

coins, eight, four, and two anna pieces soldered on to brass rings,

and worn either on the fingers or round the neck. To those who

had no silver coins, I made a present of a quantity.

4th August.—Left the Goompa at 6.30 a. M. passed some good

Limboo huts and clearances principally sown with cotton and

murrooa, and commenced a stiff ascent. On passing the Limboo

huts, we found men, women and children all hard at work, husking

grain ; fine English looking cows, pigs and poultry were lying about

or strolling round the neat houses, which are built of split bamboo

roofed with the long and broad leaves of the wild ginger and carda-

mom which abound in the forests at this elevation, the roofs are

guyed to the ground with long rope-like rattans, to enable them to

resist the powerful blasts of wind that descend the mountains with

enormous power, and that without one moment’s notice.

The ascent of Syrioong Burpung, such is the name of this portion

of the Hee mountain, occupied us an hour; the ascent the whole

way being through fine fields of Indian-corn and three kinds of

murrooa. On the crest of Syrioong the heavy forest commences,

and at this spot isa small cairn of stones, marking the boundary

between the Jageer or estate of Lepcha Pongring, who resides at

‘Tullam on the banks of the Rummam, and of the lands of the Rajah

of Sikkim. At 10 a. m. we halted to breakfast at a beautiful water-

fall, with a fine body of water dashing down the side of the forest-

clad mountain by eight or nine leaps. A small portion of this

waterfall is seen from Darjeeling as a white speck on the face of the

mountain.

After crossing Syrioong the footpath runs through a dense under-

wood of rose bushes, stinging nettles, black mud, and running

streams, through which we were obliged to wade ; our legs and feet

getting covered with numerous leeches, and our hands and faces

stung by nettles and peepsas.

The peepsa is a small dipterous fly of a black and metallic green »

colour with spotted legs anda small head. It bites without any

pain, attacking any available part of the body, upon which it feeds

1853.] Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 551

for about three minutes, caressing the part the whole time by raising

and depressing their delicate fore legs alternately, as if thoroughly

enjoying the sanguineous draught ; when their bodies are distended

with blood, they fly away, leaving a small round purple spot of extra-

vasated blood, very irritating, and, with some people, attended with

considerable inflammation. If the fly is disturbed before it has had a

full meal, a small flow of blood takes place, and relieves the bitten |

part. There are several kinds of peepsas, some are so small that

they are barely visible to the naked eye; this kind however give a

most stinging bite, and, although not seen, are felt in a very decided

manner. The peepsas range from 2,000 to 8,000 feet.

A hasty breakfast being despatched, for it was impossible to stand

still without being covered with leeches, we proceeded till eleven

o’clock, when, being fully drenched by a smart shower, and by crush-

ing through the wet underwood, we halted, lit a fire and dried our-

selves ; our legs, arms and bodies smarting from leech-bites and from

the abundant wounds of the formidable stinging nettles which sting

through the strongest clothes.

During our halt, our Lepcha guide made a breakfast of roasted

spinach that he had collected in the murrooa fields in the morning.

Rolling the spinach up in some large leaves he thrust the bundle

into the hot ashes, where it remained ten minutes ; he then withdrew

the bitter feast and consumed it, adding raw but crushed stinging

nettle tops as a sauce to the whole. It would require more boldness

than most people possess to induce any stranger in the hills to

attempt to put any portion of such a formidable-looking plant as

the Sikkim stinging nettle into his mouth for transmission to the

stomach. The leaves are armed with innumerable sharp spikes a

quarter of an inch in length; not only are they spread over the

whole of the upper surface of the leaves, but they also appear on the

point of each tooth of the deeply serrated edge of the leaf, and upon

the leaf stalks and stem of the plant. Each spike at its base is

provided with a small white bladder or gland containing the poison.

|The plant attains the height of four feet; with a leaf upwards of a

foot in length. Their wound causes much pain, and sometimes

| 4A

violent sneezing and fever; one kind in particular mentioned by Dr.

Campbell, and named the “ mellumba,”’ produces running at the eyes,

552 Notes upona Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. [ No. 6.

nose, sneezing, fever and sometimes death. In addition to the

above pungent food, my Lepcha consumed young and tender fern

tops, a white fungus found upon trees, a sharp acid plant, and several

other leaves and roots. A Lepcha affirms that he cannot starve as

long as he is on the hills ; this appears to be true, as he makes almost

the whole vegetable kingdom subservient to his appetite.

Left the fire at 1 P. m., at 2 Pp. M. we were on the summit of

Rutto, a wooden mountain ; after rather a level walk of two hours,

we halted for the night at 4 Pp. mu. a few paces from the left bank of

the source of the Rishi, which stream falls into the Great Rungeet

river. The Barometer gave our elevation 8,030 feet, Thermometer 67°

at 4p. M. or just beyond the region of the leeches. Just as we had

got our small tent up, heavy rain commenced to fall which continued

during the greater portion of the night, penetrating our small tent

and wetting our bedding. A good supper and a sound sleep refreshed

us, nor did we much care for the sprinkling we got during the night.

Near our tent was a tempting L’hap, or cave, formed by an overhang-

ing mass of gneiss rock ; but as it was not found large enough for us

and our fifteen Lepchas, we cleared away the jungle, pitched the tent,

slung the barometer and turned in for the night. I felt satisfied that

our Lepchas were enjoying no worse fare than ourselves; they had

two tents furnished by me for their protection; we had no servants

to cook for us, no beds, no comforts, beyond a good layer of ferns to

lie upon, anda blanket to cover us. A strong decoction of coffee

morning and evening, with a handful of bread rusks and a slice of ham

or bacon, forming our entire food during the twenty-four hours.

Lucifer matches, flint and steel, and several other modes of pro-

curing fire being utterly unavailing in these damp mountains, the

Lepchas were never at a loss to supply us with that necessary ele-

ment, so conducive to comfort and life ; for upon halting, our merry

guides and coolies produced fire by causing one vertical piece of dry

wood that was sharpened almost to a point to revolve rapidly in a

mortise cut in another horizontal piece of wood ; both pieces of wood

were highly dried and smoked at their homes aud exactly resem-

bled two round rulers. The rapid revolution of the upright piece of

wood upon the horizontal piece, produces by friction a dry sawdust,

which, after a minute’s working round and round, catches fire. The

1853.] Wotes wpon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 558

wood resembles willow and is procured from a shrub that grows in

the hot valleys and generally from the banks of the mountain tor-

rents. Two men work the upright piece of wood, the other is placed

upon the ground, or more generally upon the large Lepcha knife.

The upright stick is seized between the palms of the hands, and

made to revolve rapidly first to the right and then to the left, the

pressure used causing the hands to descend from the top to the

bottom of the stick; upon the hands reaching the lower stick, the

second man commences from the top ; and so on, in quick succession,

until fire is produced; one mortise or hole produces fire four times,

when a new one is made, the old one being worn through.

5th August, 1852.—Started at 8 a. Mm. in a North Westerly direc-

tion, and in three quarters of an hour we were upon the summit of

Heeloo, about 8,500 feet (Heethloo of Hooker’s map), at which spot

were boundary stones separating two small estates of Sikkim. From

this spot we commenced a rapid descent, which soon brought us

again upon our tormentors the leeches, which swarmed upon every

leaf, upon every stone. In an hour I had received fifty bites upon

the ancles and legs ; and allowing that only one in ten that managed

to get upon my person bit me, I must have had five hundred of

these troublesome and loathsome animals upon my person within

an hour.

The leech of the Himdalayah is first met with at 4,000 feet eleva-

tion, it is of a small black species, and, when young, is as thin as a

needle and about an inch in length; when full grown it is still very

small not measuring more than two inches in length, even when

gorged with blood—at 5,000 feet their numbers increase; but at 6

and 7,000 feet up to nearly 8,000, they swarm in myriads, every leaf,

bush and stone being covered with these annelides. From 8,000

to nearly 10,000 there is a hiatus, at which elevation these animals

are not found, but from 10 to 11,000 feet, another species is found,

but not very abundant; it is of a snuff brown colour with a black

line down the back and a white stripe down each side of the body.

This is not such a blood-thirsty animal as the black one, but is more

sluggish.

The Lepchas affirm that the leeches spring from the bushes on to

the traveller; this is a mistake, they falJ upon a passer-by from

4a 2

554 Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. (No.6.

boughs over his head, and with the greatest activity cling to the shoe

or foot, although only on the ground during the short period requir-

ed to make a step. We tried tobacco leaves, dried snuff, of which

we carried mulls full; we tried having a man behind to watch our

naked legs, for it is impossible to keep the calves of the legs covered,

otherwise every leech that managed to get upon your person would

have a feast; but all to no purpose. The bites were as numerous as

ever; although from the effects of the tobacco, I have turned out

from my shoes at the end of a day’s journey, thirty or forty dead

and completely dried up leeches. If the leg is thoroughly protected

with leather gaiters, the leech will be driven to bite higher up, and

will insinuate itself up the sleeves or down the neck ; in fact there is

no remedy yet discovered that will keep them off your person.

They are not seen during the winter, nor during very heavy rain;

between the showers of the rainy season is the period of their

greatest activity.

At noon we were a few hundred feet above the Limboo village

Hee, having descended 3,000 feet, and now stood opposite to the

noble mountain on which are situated the monasteries of Pemionchi

and Chanachelling, on the northern side of the Kullait river. The

Thermometer stood at 75°, and the power of the sun was so great

as to necessitate the use of an umbrella, <A pretty Bhootea woman

with a child on her back brought us from her house, where she and

her husband lived whilst tending a herd of cows, a large bamboo

of fresh milk probably holding a couple of quarts, and subsequently

she brought us two bamboos of the delicious chee, only to be enjoyed

where there is great heat. A present of a quantity of silver two-

anna pieces seemed to please her very much, for she ran for her hus-

band, a regular Mongolian with a goitre, who, she assured us, would

act as our guide for a short distance.

As dysentery was raging at Hee, our people begged of us not to

go to the village, as they believe that the disease is infectious ; in-

deed not one of our Lepcehas would have followed us had we insisted

upon proceeding in that direction; so having enjoyed the view of

the magnificent mountain, and having taken the bearings of the

Goompas that were perched 4,000 feet over our heads, our guide

Jed us through the forest in a westerly direction.

ea a ee

1853.] Motes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 555

Soon after leaving the cow-herd’s hut we came upon two upright

posts, the height of a man, stuck upon either side of the footpath

and connected at the top with a horizontal post, from which depend-

ed two bundles of sticks, a foot in length, each bundle containing

fifteen sticks; near these bundles were two wooden cudgels, also

hanging by strips of rattan—a few feet removed from this group

- were two other poles erected on either side of the road, but uncon-

nected with any horizontal bar. The meaning of these posts and

sticks is as follows :—Any one coming from the direction of the two

disconnected poles may pass on free and unmolested; but any one

daring to pass from the other side, which points to the infected vil-

lage, and in this case pointing to the dysentery-infected Hee ;

would be assuredly beaten with the two pendant cudgels under

which he or she passes, and moreover would be fined thirty rupees,

the number of pieces of wood tied up in the two bundles. Thus

whenever small-pox, dysentery or any other complaint breaks out in

a village, a strict sanitory cordon is drawn around the infected vil-

lage, and no one is allowed to move out.

At 1-30 p.m. halted on the banks of the Mik, a tributary of

much beauty to the kullait river, an affluent of the Great Rungeet.

Over the Mik is a small bridge of rough trees with a bamboo ban-

nister, the stream is twenty or thirty feet broad, and dashes by a

series of leaps over a group of gneiss rocks. The noise was deafen-

ing, but the scene beautiful.

Just before reaching the Mik, I broke down and secured a large

handsome fruit of a cucurbitaceous plant that was twining up a

tree, the leaves were palmated, fruit about one foot across, and had

the appearance of a musk-melon that had been pressed from both

ends until considerably flattened. The Lepchas called it kuthoor

_ phort; they immediately, but with some difficulty, dashed the fruit

to pieces on the rocks, extracted from the inside five or six large

red seeds, two inches in length, which, when broken open, I found to

contain a milk-white kernel tasting like a new walnut. The Lepchas

put the stones into the fire and, when roasted, offered them to us;

they were delicious.

The case of the stones is as hard as a walnut shell, veined with

deep sutures like a peach stone, which it resembles in colour,

556 Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. [No. 6.

Having washed all the leeches off our legs, we started and as-

cended a very steep and rocky mountain, and at 4 Pp. M. halted at a

sroup of Lepcha huts named Rudhoo at an elevation of 6,517 feet.

We took possession of a Lepcha house, the owner of which was

absent. The view from this spot is very beautiful; five thousand

feet below us the Kullait river, a mass of foam from its headlong

speed, was visible, looking both up and down the valley. Immediately

to the north of us and shutting out all view of the snowy range,

stood the imposing steep and rocky mountain Pemionchi; magnificent

forests of oak, chesnut and walnut clothing its steep sides. Imme-

diately opposite to our house, we could see a fine cascade dashing

down one of the deep ravines in the face of the mountain. The

monasteries on the summit, the Cazi’s village and residence near

the summit, the numerous deep dells and ravines with which the

sides of the mountain are indented, the distant mountains looking

towards the East, and Heeloo, over which we had travelled this

day, the little village of Hee overhanging the river—all combined

to form as pretty a picture as we could desire to look upon. The

Kullait river rises from the Singaleela range, flows between the Hee

and Pemionchi mountains in a valley with an average depth of 6,000

feet for twenty-four miles, when it falls into Rungeet. Every spur

descending from these two fine mountains has a separate name, and

the whole of them are cultivated up to 5,000 feet, or 1,500 feet

below where we stood, with rice, Indian-corn, and murrooa.

The mountains in the valley of the Kullait are far more grand

and steep than any I have yet met with in the lower Himalayah.

Pemionchi is composed of a bright and glossy micaceous schist ;

Heeloo of gneiss. |

During this day’s march, and as we were proceeding across a hill

torrent in a most orderly manner, a young merry Lepcha behind me

gave a loud scream, which seemed to electrify the whole of our

Lepchas ; down went bag and baggage from every shoulder, my

guide, who was dressed as a non-working man in scarlet and finery,

commenced most irreverently to strip off his finery, and to my hor-

ror almost threw my mountain Barometer into the nearest bush—

when he had stripped himself he dashed into the stream, and com-

menced diving his hands under every stone near him or thrusting a

1853.] Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 557

long stick under the more distant ones, whilst the other Lepchas

were busy throwing branches of trees and bushes into all the small

channels where any animal could possibly find a passage. The shout-

ing and screaming that was kept up rendered it an impossibility to

get an answer from any of the Lepchas; at last after my frequent

enquiries as to what they had seen, my guide, with open mouth and

eyes, told me that it was a fish with hands and legs that they

sought ; in other words they had seen one of the large brown edible

hill frogs which, to judge by the immense sensation caused by its

appearance, must indeed be relished by a Lepcha. ‘The search, I

am sorry to say, was a fruitless one.

Our homely meal this evening was added to by our Lepchas, who

brought us a quantity of the roasted shoots of the young bamboo,

which are put into the ashes until thoroughly heated ; these shoots,

which are conical in shape, and of the size of a man’s forearm, or a

foot in length and four inches in diameter at the bottom of the cone,

are deliciously tender and sweet, resembling an artichoke in tender-

ness, and a good young cabbage mixed with new walnuts in taste.

The only parts that are not edible are the Septa dividing the joints.

These shoots and the roasted seeds of the Kuthoor Phort served

up upon a large leaf were most welcome additions to our salt sup-

per. '

6th August, 1852.—Left our Lepcha hut at 7 a.m. The hut we

had slept in had its walls composed of large sheets of bark, some as

much as four feet broad and seven in length. This hut and two

others constitute the village of Budhoo.

Just as we were starting, the Lepchas of Budhoo brought us as

presents a large live cock, baskets of rice and some milk. The latter

being very acceptable I took it, making them a present in return ;

and haying given a silver coin to each member of a small troop of

children, we proceeded in a westerly direction or up the valley of

the Kullait, hoping by this route to reach the summit of the Singah-

leelah range. Immediately upon leaving the huts, we entered a

fine forest of oak, chesnut, walnut, birch, olive and other fine forest

trees ; our path was about 3,000 feet above the Kullait which we

could hear roaring below, as it dashed over the huge rounded masses

of gneiss which compose its bed. Numerous kokla or green pigeons

558 Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. [ No.6.

inhabit these forests ; their note is like a plaintive run upon a flageo-

let.

At the entrance to all the Lepcha clearances I observed forked

sticks about eight feet in height supporting numerous wooden

swords, minature baskets full of rice, egos, the crops of fowls filled

with rice, little bundles of herbs and flowers, fowls’ legs and small

baskets of raw cotton; these are offerings made to an invisible

being who is said to reside on the banks of the Cholamo Lake in

Thibet, whence the Teesta river (Lachen) takes its rise, and who

is said to wield a great sword, with which he deals out death and

destruction, as well as sickness and famine. The wooden swords

are to deprecate his wrath; the productions of the earth and of

their farms are offered partly as free-will offerings of gratitude for

their abundant harvests, and partly as votive offerings.

At 8 a. M. we crossed a foaming cascade, which was descending over

eneiss rocks with a headlong pace down the face of the mountain

towards the Kullait. At 9a. M. we were at the bottom of a deep

hot valley, in which flows the Rennier stream, this is a large deep

and rocky river flowing from Heeloo. Looking up the valley I per-

ceived that the forest trees, crowning the heights many thousand

feet above us, were all leafless, the foliage having been destroyed by

the snow. The Rennier is crossed by a large fallen tree thrown

from bank to bank, notched to prevent the feet from slipping ; with

an apology for a bannister, consisting of a few sticks tied together

in the rudest manner with creepers, which frail support a Lepcha

was obliged to pull quite tight whilst being used, otherwise 1t would

be of little use to a traveller crossing such a boiling, howling chaul-

dron, as raged below us.

The banks of the stream presented hornstone, and in the bed

were blocks of a very beautiful gneiss, the component parts of which

were intense black mica and pure white quariz.

A little below the bridge there was a strong wooden palisade sup-

porting a quantity of elongated conical fishing baskets and extending

quite across the river, destined for the capture of the edible frogs.

At 11. 30 a. m. after tediously cutting a path through a regular

tropical growth of underwood, we reached a small stone fort prettily

perched upon a knoll commanding a complete view both up and

1853.] Wotes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 559

down the valley of the Kullait, a wild and beautiful scene. The

fort, which is built of flat slabs of gneiss rock, is fifty feet square

with walls eight feet in height, with a square bastion in the centre of

each face; the walls are pierced for musketry. Within the fort are

two houses the residence of a Bhooteah, by name Cheoong’ Lethoo,

who styles himself the Sirdar or chief of Singaleelah, and of the

valley of the Kullait ; he receives no pay from the Rajah of Sikkim,

but has to collect soldiers from his district, when required, which, I

imagine, is not often the case. This little stronghold is surrounded

by fields of Indian corn, rice and murrooa. Immediately under the

walls were cucumbers and chillies, whilst all beyond this small

cleared space is dense forest. The fort was built by the present

owner’s father, who was a man of note in Sikkim. As we approached

the fort, the Sirdar was seen parading up and down upon the top of

the walls, gun in hand, his basket hat, which was highly ornamented

with sparkling plates of mica, shining like a helmet in the sun. He

seemed wonder-struck at seeing our long line of fifteen coolies and

two Sirdars, headed by two Europeans, invading his forest fastness,

where from the commencement to the close of the year a stranger

is never seen. Our presence seemed to distress him very much, and

it was some time before he would condescend to answer any of our

questions regarding the road up to the summit of Singaleelah. A

present of gunpowder, shot and ball for his old English single-bar-

relled gun seemed to please him, as he soon after volunteered to be

our guide to a village where his wife and family were residing a few

miles further up the valley, and where we should be obliged to halt

for the night. This was most fortunate, as, without his assistance,

we never could possibly have found the footpath which crosses and

recrosses streams and forest tracts,in some places without a trace of

a footpath.

From the fort we descended to the banks of the Kullait, which

river we skirted for a short distance until we came upon the spot

where the Sungroo and Sungsor streams, both flowing from the south,

fall into the Nyu, a feeder of the Kullait, only a few yards from

each other. The noise of the three streams, filled as they were by

the late heavy rains, can only be understood by a visit to the spot.

The roar and confusion caused by the falling, bounding and foaming

560 Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. [No. 6.

water, the forests, the strange attire of our party, every member of

which was bleeding profusely from both legs from the leech-bites,

formed a strange, unpleasant, though curiously wild picture. Both

streams are crossed by trimmed trees; between the two streams a

stone wall pierced with embrasures crosses the road, flanked by the

Nyu river on one side and by the steep and wooded mountain on

the other. This defence was erected by the Sirdar’s father to repel

the Goorkas, who more than once have threatened Sikkim with inva-

sion, since their great invasion of 1787 A. D.

Close to the stone wall above-mentioned is a Mendong, a solid

stone edifice resembling a wall ; they are found all over Sikkim ; they

are generally about twelve or fifteen feet in length, six feet high and

two deep, with a centre distinguished by being thicker and higher

than the sides ; on the faces near the top are inserted large tablets

with the mystic words: ‘Om mane pemi hom,” carved in high

relief. As the inscription of course begins at opposite ends on each

side, the Bhooteahs are careful in passing, that they do not trace the

words backwards ;* the left hand is always kept next to the Mendong

when passing one.

An hour’s walk along the banks of the Nyu river brought us to

the ascent that leads to the last houses in the Kullait valley, 6,500

feet above the sea; at the houses we halted for the night, sending

our men ahead to clear away the jungle, as the path from long disuse

is reported as’ overgrown and impassable.

The path to-day passed over much gneiss rock, and occasionally

large detached slabs of the same rock were seen ; some of the blocks

have minute garnets disseminated.

We had a neat little granary assigned to us as our quarters; the

house stood upon high posts and was well stored with baskets full

of ripe barley and wheat in the ear, also cotton ; the walls were open

mat work, and the heavens were visible through a scanty reed thatch ;

the whole room was nevertheless comfortable, dry and redolent of

harvest. At sunset we had an audience of the Sirdar and of the

villagers in general: we sat upon nice soft cushions provided by the

Sirdar, stuffed with musk-deer hair and placed upon the bare rocks.

We conversed through interpreters for some hours, principally about

* See Turner’s Embassy to Tibet, pages 97, 98.

1853.] Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 561

the unfortunate, because misguided, Rajah of Sikkim, about L’hassa,

the grand Lama, the pass of Tumbok into Nepal, which we ex-

pected to reach the next day, and upon a variety of other subjects.

The Sirdar showed with much amusing importance sundry Tibetan

looking letters, stamped with the Rajah’s vermillion seal, forbidding

Cheeoong Lethoo, Sirdar of Singaleelah, to allow any one to pass

either up or down the Tumbok pass; we told him it was impossible

to retrace our steps, the fatigue we had undergone ascending and

descending the steep mountains, amounting to 10,000 feet of descent

and 17,500 feet of ascent in five days, the innumerable leech-bites

we had received, amounting to several hundreds on each leg, the

intolerable heat of the valleys, and the constant wading through the

icy cold streams and from never being clothed in dry clothes had so

knocked us up, that we were determined to enjoy a little of the cool

breezes on the summit of Singaleelah ; we informed him that if we

found we could not get along the crest of Singaleelah we would re-

turn by the Kullait ; this cheered him up amazingly; but when I

told him that if I succeeded in cutting my way along the crest I

should return by Pemionchi, his countenance fell; he begged of me

not to risk my safety in going upon Singaleelah which, he declared, was

a land of rocks and desolation, and a spot not fitted for man to

wander in. Poor Cheeoong Lethoo sat the picture of despair at our

obstinacy, and with the determination of a true Mongol he kept on

passing and re-passing over his beardless chin and that with rapidity,

a handsome pair of flat brass L’hassa beard-plucking pincers, orna-

mented with Tibetan characters, a violent jerk now and then pro-

claiming that a stray hair had actually been secured and rooted out ;

and to ascertain this comforting fact, the edge of the pincers were

passed over his lips; the fact being satisfactorily settled to Chee-

ong’s satisfaction that he had actually captured a solitary hair,

another search was immediately taken in hand.

Amongst his other papers the Sirdar produced a picture about

one foot in length, painted upon fine linen. It was from L’hassa,

the drawing representing a great number of gods and goddesses,

rivers, mountains, and a variety of confused and mystical subjects ;

on the back of the picture were the revered words “ Om, a, hoom’’ in

large bright vermillion letters. The picture, the Sirdar affirmed, cost

4B 2

562 Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. | No. 6.

£50 sterling (500 rupees), and to it he appeared to attach much

value ; the mystic words as written

Ww om Intelligence, arm, power

WV, a The word or God,

a hoom The heart or love

mean God ; or as Le pére Calmette in his “ Lettres édifiantes,” Tome

14th, page 9, says, “ voici ce que j’ appris de la religion du Thibet ;

“ils appellent, Dieu Koncioser, et ils semblent avoir quelque ide’e

“ de adorable Trinité car tantot ils le nomment Koncikocick, Dieu

“un; et tantot Koncioksum, Dieu Trin. Ils se servent d’une espéce

“de chapelet sur lequel ils prononcent ces paroles; Om, ha, hum.

“ Lorsqu’on leur en demande l’explication ils repondent que ‘Om’

“ sionifie intelligence ou bras, c’est a dire puissance; que ‘ha,’ est

“la parole; que ‘ hum’ est le coeur ou l'amour et que ces trois mots

“sionifient Dieu.”

The Sirdar was a boy when Captain Weston came up the Kullait

in 1822, to settle the boundary between Nepal and Sikkim at the

head of the Kullait valley or at the Tumbok Pass. By the treaty

of 1815, between Nepal and Sikkim, a large portion of the Sikkim

Hills and Morung that had been ceded to the British Government

in perpetuity by the Nepaulese Court, and at the same time made

over by the British Government in full sovereignty to the Sikkim

Rajah, required to have the boundaries settled.

The Sirdar had also escorted Dr. Hooker from the Tumbok Pass

to the Teesta river when returning from his tour in eastern Nepal

in 1849, and at last consented to escort us to the summit of the

Tumbook Pass.

Towards the close of the long talk, | made the Sirdar a present of

money, and to every man, woman and child, amounting in all to thirty

individuals, I distributed two, four and eight-anna silver coins; and

in return, we were presented with a live kid, bamboo shoots, rice and

plantains.

At this spot there are only two houses besides our little granary ;

in the house of the Sirdar nearly thirty people were accommodated

during the night with food and lodging, men, women, and children

all sleeping in the one room that constitutes the entire house.

1853.| Votes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 563

Two miles north from the Sirdar’s house, and several thousand feet

below us, the Nyu and Kullait rivers unite, our route lay up the

Nyu, the true Kullait valley from whence the river rises being too

precipitous to attempt to reach Singaleelah by.

7th August, 1852.—Started at 7.30 a. mM. up the valley of the Nyu

with Cheeoong Lethoo, Sirdar, and an old merry Limboo with a long

white beard, as our guides. The ascent was very steep, and the path

had to be cleared the whole way, not having been used for three

years; the principal underwood was ferns, polygona and a plant

whose leaves are eaten as a spinach by the Lepchas. At 9 we

reached a spot in the forest where stood the remains of an old guard-

house built by our Sirdar’s father, for the purpose of watching the

movements of the Goorkas. From this spot, the greater part of

the valley of the Kullait is visible: as we stood to take breath, the

merry old Limboo, who was armed with a bow and quiver full of ar-

rows and a very long and handsome knife, presented me with a

pinch of snuff deliciously scented with pounded cloves, and contained

in a neat horn mull. At 9.30 we entered a fine open forest of

noble birch trees, the ground was free from underwood and nearly

level. At the foot of many of the trees we saw the marks of wild hogs,

deer, bears and wild dogs; green pigeons (koklah) we heard cooing

overhead in the trees, and high over a neighbouring mountain a

black eagle was seen soaring, and beneath him numerous swallows

were flitting to and fro. In this forest we passed the remains of a

hut in which Dr. Hooker had put up for the night in 1849, and

close to which is another stone breastwork thrown right across the

road. The denseness of the foliage of these forests, may be imagined

from the fact that although a fine clear sun was shining overhead,

not a ray could reach the ground along which we were travelling.

Our road now lay along the banks of the Nyu,a feeder of the

Kullait, which rises at the Tumbook Pass, a foaming hill torrent

about fifty feet broad with a cataract or miniature waterfall every

twenty paces; the earth literally shook beneath the weight of the

falling water.

Crossed the Tiksee at its junction with the Nyu, fording it with

much difficulty from the fearful rapidity and strength of the de-

scending water. The method of crossing these rapid streams, is to

564 Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. (No. 6.

send some of the steadiest and strongest men into the stream, who

by the aid of poles manage to steady themselves and form a line

completely across the stream with their faces towards the source ;

in front of this living barricade the weaker men, those heavily laden

and travellers are passed safely over. At 12.15 P.M. crossed in a

similar manner the Sikna; also at its junction with the Nyu, and at

12.45 p. M. crossed over to the left bank of the Nyu by a fallen tree.

Halted here for half an hour; the Barometer gave an elevation

of 8,821 feet, Ther. 62° in the shade.

The rocks in the bed of the Nyu were almost entirely composed

of gneiss of great beauty and fineness, consisting of white quartz,

white, pink, green and rose felspar ; golden, silvery and black mica ;

garnets, and in one specimen some beautiful actinolite of a pale

green colour. At 4 Pp. M. we entered the region of Rhododendrons,

associated with which I noticed tea trees in blossom, maple, Bucci-

nicum hypericum in full blossom, Hydrangea, Daphne or paper-tree,

numerous flowering shrubs and an underwood of the cheem bamboo

of whose roasted tops, our Lepchas gave us a delicious feast in the

evening. We pitched our tents in the Rhododendron forest on a

small piece of level land named Tumbok, from whence the name of

the Pass a few thousand feet above us. Our elevation was 9,660

feet, Ther. 67°, we have ascended 3,160 feet since the morning, leaving

our tormentors, the leeches, at 7,000 feet. Few people who have not

travelled in the forests of Sikkim can imagine the perfect repose we

enjoyed when we got beyond the region of leeches; the incessant

watching for these tormentors, the impossibility of standing still, or

of even walking slowly when amongst them, is fatiguing in the ex-

treme ; all pleasure is destroyed ; beautiful scenery, plants, flowers all

are. disregarded, in order to prevent a cluster of these loathsome

creatures clinging round your ancles. Watching their movements,

brushing them off, the continued sprinkling of dry snuff over the

stockings, which is washed off again at every stream, is more than

enough for the undivided attention of any one.

By observation I have learnt to save myself many hundreds of

bites, but, I am sorry to say, at the expense of those with me; it is”

never to walk behind any one, but to lead the line, which always tra-

vels in Indian file. Immediately a footstep has touched the path

1853.| Notes upon a Lour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 565

the leeches are roused and they spring up from under every leaf,

from under every stone, and after two or more human beings have

passed, the leeches are seen hurrying towards the path from the

neighbouring bushes as far as eight and ten feet distant. When

they reach the foot path they stand up perfectly rigid and quite

ready to grasp the first foot that falls near them. A stranger would

mistake the rigid little black things in the path for twigs or small

pieces of wood. The person leading the line seldom gets bitten, the

animals not being roused. During heavy rain, frost or bright sun-

shine the leeches do not appear; a cloudy or a moderately showery

day is their liveliest time.

During the march, our guide took us off the road up a very steep

bank to inspect a collection of wild bee-hives. After much scrambling

and by the assistance of hooked sticks that were hooked on to the

roots of the trees overhead, we managed to reach a narrow ledge

with a deep valley in front of us. Immediately on our left and sepa-

rated from us by a deep chasm, was a perpendicular wall of rock,

over which a fine waterfall was pouring its full stream; almost

within the reach of the water was a cave formed by an overhanging

rock, from the roof of which depended twenty flat and black looking

combs, three feet in length, covered with innumerable bees busy

manufacturing their honey, while thousands were on the wing going

and coming. The sight of these insects, only a few feet removed from

where we stood, made me shudder; as it painfully brought to my

mind a mad race, I was once made to run for miles down hill after

having inadvertently disturbed a nest of these pugnacious little

creatures. Besides being covered both on the head and hands with

wounds, I had upon that occasion twenty-four stings removed from

merely round my eyes. I therefore hastily made a sketch of the

curious group, and descended from the ledge as fast as possible.

These bee-hives are the property of the Sikkim Rajah; the wax is

taken once a year by smoking the bees out, and yields him a revenue

of ninety rupees per annum. The honey is eaten by the wax collec-

tor or thrown away. |

8th August, 1852.—An hour and a half of sharp climbing carried

us to the summit of Singaleelah* where the Tumbok Pass leads

* Means ‘‘ Birch tree.’’

566 Motes wpon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. [ No.6.

from Sikkim into Nepal. Barometer gave an elevation of 10,792 feet,

Thermometer 64°.

On: our way up we were shown two rocks between which the nar-

row footpath runs; and where our guide informed us that a stout

Nepalese Soubah, who was travelling in this direction, was unable,

without great manceuvering, to force his portly personage, much to the

merriment of his followers and of Cheeoong Lethoo Sirdar, who related

the story, as we halted for breath, with great gusto.

At 10,000 feet we fell in with the pale-coloured leech that inhabits

this elevation, but, as they are scarce and sluggish, we paid little heed

to them.

The Tumbok Pass is a depression in the Singaleelah range

flanked on either side by high mountains, that to the south “ Melido”’

or “ Singaleelah”’ is four miles distant and rises to 12,329 W. feet ;*

that to the north, distant two miles, is nameless and is about 12,000

feet in height. The immediate summit of the Pass is destitute of

trees, the forest being for two or three hundred yards on each side

of the footpath replaced by grassy banks and slopes covered with

a bright assemblage of purple geraniums, white roses, primrose,

everlasting chrysanthemum of a buff colour, lily of the valley, forget-

me-not, thistle, numerous pretty wild flowers whose names I am

unacquainted with, a large white Passion flower-looking creeper,

hemlock, holly, raspberry, arums, campanula, two kinds of buc-

cinium, ferns, lichens, mosses, grass, carex, fennel, dock, ranun-

culus, anemone, a shrub bearing an elegant cluster of red bells, and

a delicate lily-of-the-valley-looking plant bearing a pink or white

cluster of minute bells. The trees near at hand were arboreous

rhododendron, maple, a mimosa-looking tree, bearing a cluster

of brown berries (Pyrus Americana?) and several others; wild

garlic grows in great abundance with avery beautiful purple flower ;

this herb was gathered in large quantities and consumed by the

Lepchas.

A few feet below the summit of the Pass on the Nepal side, there

is a deep black looking tarn surrounded by such deep forest that

we could not conveniently get to it. The Sirdar and coolies all held

* W. When applied to heights, indicates heights ascertained by Colonel Waugh,

Surveyor General.

1853.] Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 567

up their hands in the attitude of prayer when they saw the water,

and remained in that position muttering to themselves for several

minutes. |

The Sirdar after showing us the cairn of stones erected by Cap-

tain C. T. G. Weston in 1822, (?) and having shown us the boun-

dary between Nepal and Sikkim, took his leave and returned home,

taking with him as presents a pair of scissors, a sharp scalpel, a pen-

knife, a quantity of gunpowder and shot, and a bottle of brandy.

' On the cairn of stones are three carved slabs of gneiss, the carv-

ings representing Boodh in the attitude of meditation, and several

other Hindoo gods and some very indistinct figures, none of which

were visible until I had destroyed, with boiling water, a very tough

and flat lichen, that had spread over the whole of the slabs.

' On a slab of flinty slate, we engraved our names and date of visit.

- The view looking into Nepal is extensive and very beautiful, the

spurs of almost all the mountains up to 5000 feet being much more

éleared and cultivated than those im Sikkim, bespeaking a denser

population. The grandeur of the view, looking back the way we

liad come or to the east, can hardly be described in words. The

eastern snowy range was out in all its glory ; there was not a cloud

to obscure a single peak. Gipmochee 14,509 W. was bare of snow ;

Cholah 17,319 W. was covered with snow for about 1000 feet ; fur-

ther north all was one wintery scene of snow, and the lofty Chuma-

lari 23,929 W. distant 80 miles and far in Thibet, towered over all

the peaks in advance of him. I have given a slight sketch of this

mountain upon the accompanying map, as it appears from the Tum-

bok Pass, To the north, nothing was visible but the sharply pointed

and snowy peak, Nursing 19,139 W. distant 23 miles and covered

with perpetual snow, the higher crest of Singaleelah shutting out

our view to the north.

The valley of the Kullait from its great depth appeared bathed in

a cobalt tinge ; Hee, Tendong and many other fine mountains seen

from Darjeeling were now seen in flank by us; and on our right a

fine waterfall, the source of the Nyu, was dashing down the fir clad

Melida mountain which is 12,329 feet in height.

' Our tent was pitched upon a bed of geraniums in full flower,

thousands of whose pretty blossoms were trodden under foot. Gad-

568 Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. [No. 6.

flies of a large size were very abundant, but they gave us no trouble

beyond an occasional bite.

As we had had only a very short march and intending to remain

all day on the Pass, the Lepchas commenced playing hop-step and a

jump; running races, jumping distances and playing all sorts of

tricks, like so many good-natured school-boys; whilst the Nepalese

Hindoo coolies shrunk away to sleep under the trees.

The Lepcha is a most desirable companion in travelling, neither

heat nor rain nor cold, nor any thing else appears to ruffle his even

temper. I have travelled with them in the height of the rains

when for fifteen days they never had a dry stitch of clothes on their

backs, and yet no word of murmur was ever heard from their lips.

They travelled the whole of these days through drenching rain, car-

rying heavy burdens; and at night often in vain endeavouring to

dry their clothes, their legs streaming with blood, they would without

a murmur, but with much laughing and joking, lie down on the wet

ground under a cotton covering, stretched upon two poles, and sleep

till the morning.

During the night I heard the hooting of owls; bats and shrews

were also heard. I procured a very handsome speckled crow with a

white and black tail; small birds were very scarce.

9th August, 1852.—Direction north along the crest of Singaleelah.

The morning was most lovely, the air pure and transparent and the

temperature delicious; although this trip has been undertaken in

the height of the rains, we have as yet only had a few showers since

leaving Darjeeling.

The same beautiful view that we had sat for hours enjoying the

evening before was still before us; Chumalari towering over every

thing. This singular, isolated mountain was recognized this morn-

ing by several of my Lepchas who had been to Phari at its base.

As we proceeded we noticed a bank of snow-white clouds twenty

miles in length and twelve thousand feet in height, impelled by the

full force of the most southwest monsoon rolling up the eastern

flank of the eastern snowy range, and as the clouds poured over the

western side upon the lower hills of Sikkim, it had the exact appear-

ance of an extensive cataract pouring over the mountains into the

deep valley of the Teesta river; a cataract twenty miles long and

12,000 feet in height ; it was a glorious sight.

1853.] Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 569

As we ascended the grassy knoll that overhung our tents, the

snowy range of Nepal was revealed to our sight, with all its attend-

ant beauties of deep valleys and blue mountains for a foreground.

For three and a half hours we had to cut our way through a forest

of rhododendrons, red currant trees in full fruit though not ripe,

maple, juniper, birch, white rose, cherry trees in full fruit, with an

underwood of Aconitum palmatum or bikh, the root of which is a

deadly poison, and of which our Lepchas dug up a quantity ; a purple-

flowered garlic, many beautiful flowers, the forget-me-not, the poppy-

like garnet-coloured and yellow mecanopsis, and a great variety of

wild flowers. The roots of this deadly aconitum are collected by

the hill-men (Puharias) I believe in the spring, and exported to Cal-

cutta and to other places, where it sells for one rupee the seer. Its

uses were laughingly described to me by my merry Lepcha guide,

as “useful to sportsmen for destroying elephants-and tigers, useful

to the rich for putting troublesome relations out of the way, and

useful to jealous husbands for the purpose of destroying faithless

Wives.”

Its poisonous power is so great that a Lepcha died at Darjeeling,

some months ago, who when crossing the hot valleys had allowed the

root which was carried across his shoulder in an open cane-basket,

to rub against his moist naked body ; during this time he imbibed

through the pores of the skin sufficient of the poisonous principle

to cause his death.

At 10 a. mM. we arrived at a grassy spot, where the remains of a

Gurung’s house stood. The Gurungs are a pastoral race of Hin-

doos residing in Nepal, who, during the summer, drive up to the base

of the snows large flocks of sheep, where they depasture the grass

found as high as 14,000 feet, and gradually retreat to lower eleva-

tions as the summer draws to a close.

From this spot we found a good footpath leading along the crest

of Singaleelah ; we had passed over five high peaks and now stood

upon a very high one with immense blocks of moss-capped gneiss

protruding through the soil; which latter was a carpet of beautiful

flowers, the pretty Veronica predominating. Halted an hour to

breakfast and to rest and at 11 a. mM. commenced the ascent of

Sughoo mountain, passing through a forest of small rhododendrons

4c 2

570 . Maunkyala. [ No. 6.

of many kinds, only one of which was in blossom, bearing a small

purple flower three quarters of an inch across, and with a leaf only

one quarter of an inch in length, I also saw a quantity of a bright

yellow heartsease. Reached the summit of Sughoo at noon, from

whence we commenced descending, and halted for the night under

some fine large cherry trees at an elevation of 11,458 feet, Ther.

65°, 1 p. m. Sughoo is the culminant point of the great Pemionchi

spur that ends in the great Rungeet, and which spur is sixteen

miles in length from west to east. Its western extremity being

1,200 feet above the sea, and its eastern extremity about 2,000 only.

We were now sixteen miles from the perpetual snow line, but

could see nothing, as we were enveloped in a thick cloud.

(To be continued.)

Note on the Ruins at Maunkyala,—by Major James AxBport,

| Boundary Commissioner, Punjab.

My tent being pitched at the tope of Maunkyala on 7th April

last, I set out to examine more particularly the village and its

neighbourhood. For although I had previously visited the spot

more than once, I could learn of the villagers nothing confirmatory

of the report, which places several smaller topes in that neighbour-

hood, and which would make it the site of a city that has since

disappeared. uring the morning several zemindars came to visit

me. They, as usual, denied the existence of any other topes than

the principal; but allowed that near the village of Maunkyala,

building stones occurred in great number at the depth of from three

to seven feet. My first object was to visit one of the diggings for

such stones. It occurred on the south-west of the village, distant

from it about one hundred and fifty yards. The depth at which the

stones occurred was about five feet, the super-incumbent soil being

a sandy clay, manured from the village. J was informed that the

same occurs on digging at any portion of the village glacis; by

which I mean that land which is manured from the village.

The village, as at present it exists, contains about eighty houses

closely congregated together, and built entirely of the debris of the

1853. | Maunkyala. 571

ancient habitations. The space in which these building materials

occur may be an area half or three quarters of a mile in circuit, a

space which might have contained a good-sized village of two or

three hundred houses, <A street occurs in the village paved with

massive slabs. But as thisis at the very summit of the tumulus

upon which the village stands, it may have been made since the

destruction of the original buildings. Outside the village, however,

on the north-west, the paved street appears to be original; for on

one side are the remains of a foundation elaborately. constructed of

squared stone without cement, but accurately fitted together.

This village occupies an elevated site partly natural, partly artifi-

cial, about four hundred yards north of the Maunkyala Tope. No

one, on examining superficially this site, could conjecture that beneath

it are the ruins abovementioned. The soil shows no admixture

with particles of brick, pottery or building stone. It appears like

the natural undisturbed soil of the country.

The stones which lie beneath the soil are of two kinds, the com-

mon unsquared building stone, of which houses are built in this

neighbourhood, and large slabs of sandstone carefully squared, some

of them from two to four feet in length by a cubit in breadth.

These occur in such numbers as to leave no doubt that a consider-

able building has here existed, very different in structure from the

dwelling houses of the present century.

On carefully observing the surface of the neighbourhood, several

mounds are apparent, which, on examination, prove to be the ruins

of religious or sepulchral edifices. All of these have, I believe, been

violated by that antiquarian frensy which spares neither religion

nor piety, but rudely spoils alike the sepulehre and the shrine, to

gratify the avarice of curiosity or of ambition. This sacrilege can-

not be too much execrated. The veneration which attaches to

sepulchres is so closely interwoven with religion, that its demolition

endangers interests the most sacred to humanity. If we can warp

our hearts to take delight in plundering the. dead, how shall we

respect the rights of the living ?—that solemn, time-honored legion

who have preceded us to the unknown shore, who have explored

for us the mystic path, who have dared the perils of regions without

a name, that we might profit by their success or their error, and

572 Maunkyala. [No. 6.

tread more confidently the mazes of eternity. How can we reconcile

it with our conscience, with our principles, with our feelings, to drag

their dust forth rudely from the tomb, or to mutilate and deface

those sacred monuments which were hallowed to their hearts by

association with the Author of all good? Do we rob them because

they have none to act as champions for them, because there is none

to call us to account? to sue us at law? If so, it is a cowardly and

an unmanly plea.

The number of these mutilated monuments I reckoned to be

eight or nine, but there may be others which I did not observe.

Several of these have been regular topes, though now for the most

part despoiled of their squared stone: a fate from which the main

tope has been saved, only by the cumbrous weight of its materials.

There are alsoa large number of wells in this neighbourhood,

frequently of oblong figure and lined with squared stones. Hach of

these wells may have belonged to some shrine, or have been dug as a

votive offering to the religion of the spot.

We have now no means of ascertaining the traditions of Maun-

kyala. We know not whether the supposed sanctity of the spot led

to the erection of the main tope, or whether it was the consequence

of the existence there, of so considerable a shrine. But whatever

the cause, it has led to the erection of many such shrines or sepul-

chres, and to the excavation of many wells.

The Boodhists evidently delighted in water. As their religion

seems to have emanated from the worship of Fire: so water, as one

of the elements, seems to have been necessary to their ritual, and is

found in either tank or well at all of their shrines. Many of those

at Maunkyala may have been gifts to the main shrine; others belong

to separate shrines of which the vestiges remain: and others may

have been the work of votaries, to whom in consequence of the

scarcity of water at that spot, the work had been enjoined by the

priests. My small camp, of less than forty persons, daily exhausted

the principal well. A few of these wells may have been designed

for irrigation.

From a careful examination of the spot, I cannot see any evidence

of the existence here of a city. The area occupied by submerged

ruins would not have comprised a very considerable village: whilst

1853. ] -Maunkyala. 573

the comparatively large number of wrought stones, denotes some

costly structure which might have occupied the entire site. I rather

incline to think these, the ruins of the monastery of Maiukialan

described by Hiang Tsang as existing in the 6th century.

Jt is probable that every considerable tope was the shrine of a

neighbouring monastery, where were deposited the relics of each

saint of the order, as he died. The original villages of this estate

may be those which still exist there: and Maunkyala itself as a

village may be altogether posterior to the ruin of the monastery from

the debris of which it is erected.

The arguments upon which some writers have attempted to prove

the modern village of Tukhtpurri to be the ancient Taxila refute

themselves. It is asserted that Tukhtpurri zs Taxila, because at

the distance of six miles, viz. at Maunkyala are the ruins of a large

city. Were this the case, Maunkyala might.be Taxila. But in the

name Maunkyala, we have no resemblance to that of Taxila; and at

Tukhtpurri, which has some resemblance to the name sought, we

have no ruins at all. The two places have no connection whatever,

the one with the other. Tukhtpurri has no Boodhistic remains, but

is built on the site of a modern Gukkur village, a mile off the high

road.

Whatever the origin of the veneration felt by Boodhists for the

site of Maunkyala, we find it taken up and adopted by the Gukkur

princes of the Dhangulli branch, who have established their cemetery

about four miles to westward of the tope, in a spot remarkable for a

rock of the sandstone formation, which there crops out of the soil

in the figure of a natural wall.

J. ABBOTT.

P. §.—At Maunkyala very few Bactro or Scytho Greek coins are

found; but from the little town of Mulpoor, distant three or four

miles, some were brought me, which appear to have been received

by Kuttries from the peasantry who find them in old village sites.

Of these 1 observed the following :—

The dregs of the copper coinage of the Kanerkean Dy-

ME Ee aitat niuidiaaten data geld shagiraas boars eeabatene wegen «Oa

I AE aU cia trates suldeslnapitegtuhing Yale + op baddodeepennslgel pe eewe

NM ee ny eer ba: ais doulas Dadinees v'ahh vaedayns-«Nuvesitenoahd sheg eee

574 Literary Intelligence. [No. 6.

The copper coin which appears to belong to the Cashme-

rian Dynasties of Indo-Greeks, but is common also in the

Sind SapurDoabay.. 2. AR a A SO ay

Copper comage' of Baraoro} 1. 2.059. FA Ga Se a ew?

The coins of Sri Ram, ........... 2d, ea dlfew

_ The prevailing coin at Mulpoor is is a ‘mnie bronze coin, worth

about half a farthing, having on one side a rude image of Kadphises

or Kanerkes, and on the other what appears intended for a figure of

plenty seated. I have not met with it elsewhere. f

I have visited Maunkyala several times, but have found very few

coins or relics in that neighbourhood.

DIV POPPI OPIS

Literary Intelligence.

The 2nd No. (vol. vii.) of the ‘ Zeitschrift’ of the German Oriental

Society contains the first half of a paper by Professor Neumann on

early Chinese civilization. Dr. Grotefend criticises Col. Rawlinson’s

reading of the Behistun inscriptions. Dr. Max Miiller notices the

first portion of Dr. Ballantyne’s Edition of the Mahabhashya.

There is a paper by Dr. Hitzig on Gazzali’s Ihja-ulum-al-din, and

another by Dr. Grotefend Piper on the I-king of Confucius.

' Among the notices, there is a communication from Dr. Weber of

Berlin, exposing another fictitious publication similar to that of

St. Croix in 1778. Some Danish missionaries imposed on by a

Tranquebar Brahmin published in the Missions berichte aus Ostin-

dien (Halle 1742) a paper entitled, ‘An abstract of the Yadsur

Vedam, one of the four Law-books of the Brahmins.’ There is also

a criticism of Pertsch’s Chronicle of the family of Rajah Krishna

Chandra of Nuddeah, just published at Berlin. The Catalogues of

MSS. in the Berlin and Leyden Libraries, which are the subject of

two other interesting notices, will be more particularly a

hereafter.

An Oriental Society has been founded at Constantinople. Its

members already number. forty, and its first. meeting was held on

the 11th February last.. ‘The. Journal commenced by M. 7 is

henceforward. to appear. under. the Society’s auspices.

1853]. Literary Intelligence. 575

The 3rd No. of the same publication contains but three papers.

Dr. Max Miiller concludes his contributions to the knowledge of

Indian philosophy, a paper commenced some time ago. Dr. Haug

begins an article which will be welcome to Zend students ; he gives a

translation of and commentary on the forty-fourth Chapter of the

Yagna. The third paper is by Professor Dillmann on the History

of the Kingdom of Abyssinia.

Among the notices, is a very interesting one, by Professor Lassen,

of the translation just published by Julien of the Life and Travels, in

India, of Hiouen Thsang ; the first vol. of the work is daily expected

from Europe.

DOO A et

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

For SxrremBer, 1853.

The Society met on the 7th instant at the usual hour.

J. R. Corvin, Esq. V. P., in the Chair. ,

Dr. Porter was introduced as a Visitor by Dr. A. Sprenger.

The proceedings of the last month were read and confirmed.

The accounts and vouchers for the month of July were laid on

the table.

Donations were announced :—

1st.—From J. A. Cockburn, Esq. Superintendent, Barrackpore

Park: The Carcass of a Leopard, Felis leopardus.

2nd.—From Mon. C. Holmboe, Secretary of the Royal University

of Christiana: The latest publications of the University as per

list in the Library Report.

3rd,— From Hodgson Pratt, Esq. Officiating Under-Secretary to

the Government of Bengal, specimens of copper smelted in Dhul-

bhoom, a district in the South West Frontier Agency, together with

reports on the quality of the same by the Assay and Mint Masters.

The following is an extract from the Assay Master’s report.

‘‘T have the honor to report that their (the specimens’) pure con-

tents are as under;

No. 1 90 per cent.

No. 2 88 ditto ditto ;

they both contain sulphur and iron, and seem to be fair specimens of

metal imperfectly refined.”

The Mint Master adds that on trial at the laminating rollers of

the Mint both specimens were found unmalleable.

YS My Pr a

;

i on i j

Remains ofa 12 armed Idol found on the Site of ai anecent

(ily built by R agah Mihe Pal at Ghysabad near Moorshedabad.

“ bitte Luh Press

1853.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 577

4th.—From Captain Layard, two slabs of basalt inscribed with

Pali characters.

The following is an extract from Captain L.’s letter:

“T yesterday put on board a boat belonging to Messrs. J. and R.

Watson which leaves Berhampore this morning, two stones from

Ghysabad, on which you will distinguish a few characters apparently

Péliin shape. I have had the stones much reduced in size, as they

were over-large and heavy for carriage; but this cutting has in no

way interferred with the inscriptions on them. I may again mention

that the stones were built into rude steps leading up to a small

Durgah, in which is said to be the tomb of Sultan Ghyas-ood-deen.

The ground near the Durgah is covered with the debris of an ancient

Hindu temple of Tribeni. I doubt the tomb at Ghysabad being that

of Ghyas-ood-deen. One Ghyas-ood-deen reigned A. H. 769 and was

buried with his two sons Zayn-oolab ideen and Wahaz-ood-deen at

Peroa in a mosque called the Eklakhee. Among the early conquerors

of Bengal I find a Sultan “‘ Hoesam-ood-deen avuz Ghyas-ood-deen ;’’

but he was killed near Gour in battle, by Nassir-ood-deen (the

prince reigned in 609, A. H.), and was probably buried on the spot.

It was near the Durgah that the small gold coins were found, which

I sent to you last cold weather ; others have been found lately. <A

twelve-armed figure, of which the enclosed is a sketch, was found

during the last dry season in the bed of an old tank. The carving

is rude and unfinished, and the figure here and there defective, as you

may perceive. In the hand holding the sacred shell, I fancy the

idol must represent Vishnu or rather his incarnation, as I know of

no twelve-armed god amongst the numberless Hindu deities, nor

can any pundit here enlighten me! You will see that the hands hold

the saw, the boar, the lotus, a bird, a half human figure, an elephant’s

head, a shell and some undistinguishable object, imperfect on the

stone. I have not sent the idol, as it is, as you see, mutilated (of course

by Kala Pahar), but will do so if you think it worth prescrving in

the Museum. I think I mentioned to you before, that the country

inland around Ghysabad bespeaks the site of an ancient Hindu

city ; numerous dry tanks, blocks of black stone, broken bricks and

pottery, with the remains of fountains and roads, are every where

to be seen. The name of the city I could not discover, but it ig

4D 2

578 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 6.

said to have been founded by Rajah Muhee Pal. This Rajah may

have been one of the successors of Sumoodru Pal, the Yogee, who

followed Vikrama Sen and his son Vikramaditya.”

It was proposed by the Council that Captain Layard should be

thanked for the two inscriptions and requested to forward, to the

Museum, the twelve-armed figure mentioned in his letter.

Sth.—From Babu Hadhanath Shikdér through Capt. Thuillier,

Deputy Surveyor General, Meteorological Registers kept at the

Surveyor General’s Office, Caleutta, for January and February last.

Mr. Woodrow proposed that measures be taken to procure a

return of the fall of rain at places such as Cherra Punjee and

Darjeeling.

_ Ordered that the Seeretary have extracts taken from the Registers

in the Office of the Medical Board to be published in a condensed

form in the Journal of the Society.

_ The following gentlemen duly proposed and seconded at the last

meeting were balloted for and elected ordinary members: |

Captain J. C. Haughton, 54th N. I.

George A. Plowden, Esq. C. 8.

Lieut. C. H. Dickens, Bengal Artillery.

The Council submitted the following reports.

1st.—Recommending the publication of the Suryya Siddhanta in

the Bibliotheca Indica, under the editorship of Mr. E. Hall.

2nd.—Submitting, for confirmation, dratt of a rule for regulating

the circulation and retention, by members, of books from the library.

The rule is as follows :—

“ All books, plates, &c. taken from the library by parties resident

within twenty miles from Calcutta, to be returned for inspection by

the 1st January in each year, and to be returnable on the Librarian’s

demand at the end of three months from date of issue. Where

however the books, &c. may not be required for loan to another

applicant, they may be retaimed on re-application for successive

periods of three months till the end of the year.

“These applications shall certify to the books, &c. being forth-

coming and in good order; and in future the receipt for delivery of

all library works shall contain the valuation of the work borrowed

according to the Librarian’s valuation Catalogue. Books taken by

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. , 579

parties resident beyond twenty miles from Calcutta to be returnable

on demand, at the end of three months from the date of issue as above

provided, but the Council may, in regard to books issued to such

parties, dispense with their actual return by the 1st January in each

year, on being satisfied that the books are in good order, and that

the Society is not likely to suffer by their not being recalled to

the library.

“Tn order to carry out the valuation part of these provisions, the

Committee desire that the Librarian will commence immediately on

the systematic valuation of the whole library, and proceed therewith

gradually under the direction of the Secretaries until the valuation

be complete as to all the printed works.”’

Resolved that the recommendations of the Council be adopted.

- Read letters :—

6th—From J. J. Gray, Esq. Goamaty, Maldah, announcing. that

he has obtained a MS. copy of the History of Bengal by Gholam

Hosein entitled “‘ Ryaz-us-Salateen’’ and promising to send it to the

Society.

7th.—From Dr. Fayrer, Rangoon, forwarding copies of Meteoro-

logical Registers kept at the Rangoon Field Hospital, for the months

of May and June, 1853.

| 8th.—From Hodgson Pratt, Esq. Officiating Under-Secretary to

the Government of Bengal, enclosing correspondence on the subject

of iron found in the Raneegunge district.

_ 9th.—From Captain J. C. Haughton, Cheybassa, submitting the

following note on a ruined city in Singbhoom.—

“In No. 103 (Vol. IX. p. 694 et seq.) of the Asiatic Society’s

Journal for 1840 is a note by the late Mr. Torrens, appended to Capt.

Tickell’s memoir on the Colehan, soliciting further information re-

garding the antiquities of Singhbhoom, and, in No. 186 of 1848, a

native report of the existence of a ruined city in this quarter is

noticed. Having traversed Singhbhoom in almost every direction,

I am able to furnish some negative information on the subject,

which I now offer for those who take an interest in the question.

“The only remains in the country, known to me, which have any

pretensions to antiquity are those at Benee Sagur, Késna and

Nagra. The two former places have been noticed by Capt. Tickell and

580 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No.6

do not, in my opinion, merit particular consideration. Capt. Tickell

is said to have sent the Society a gold coin from Késna, but I could

not learn that any other of gold, silver, or copper had ever been

found at Kesna, Benee Sagar, or Nagra. The offer of a reward

produced some small thorn-like pieces of gold, a portion of a gold

ring and some stone beads at Kesna, but elsewhere nothing.

“ At Nagra, twenty-three miles 8. 8. E. from Chyebassa, in the

jungles, are some heaps of brick in fragments, spread over a sufficient

extent to warrant the supposition, that a town of moderate size once

existed there. The remains of a stone-lined tank would indicate

some wealth and civilization, but the ruins afford no defineable trace

of temple or other building. The former inhabitants of the Pur-

gunnah having been expelled in modern times by the Coles, there is

now no local tradition regarding the place. Trees of a century or

two’s growth flourish on the spot.

‘“‘T had some hope that information as to these ancient towns might

be gleaned from the Bunsawullee of the Raja of Porahat, or from

the local Pundits, but my enquiries have not been attended with

success.

“T conclude that if any ruins of importance exist in this direction,

they are to be looked for further South in Mohrbunj or Keunjer.

The nearest known to me are those of Kiching in Keunjer, and in

the opposite direction at various places in Sirgooja, about one hun-

dred miles to the N. W. of this.”’

10th.—Read extract from a private letter from Col. Rawlinson,

dated Baghdad, 5th July, 1853, containing allusions of interest to

the progress of his researches in Assyrian Antiquities.

The Librarian and the Curator of the Zoological Department of

the Museum submitted their usual monthly reports.

Read and confirmed. October 5th, 1853.

(Signed) J. R. Corvin.

Report of Curator, Zoological Department, for August Meeting.

1. W. Theobald, Esq. Jr., late of the Punjab Salt Range Survey, has

favoured the Society with a collection of mammalia and birds chiefly

obtained in the Salt Range, with also a few skins from Kashmir.

The mammalia consist of Prerorus Epuuis (v. Edwardsii), Myotts

1853. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 581

PALLIDIVENTRIS, (Hodgson),* in spirit, “from limestone caves near Matar

Nag, N. of Islamabad” (Kashmir),—Vutrrs riavescens (?), Gray,t—

Herpestes nyuta, Hodgson, var. (with bright rufous face and tail-tip),t

—H. avrorunctatus, Hodgson,—Fetnis cnavs, Guld. (vy. Jacquemontiit,

Is. C coff., &c.),—F.. Hurronr, nobis, J. A. S. XV, 169,S—Errtnacevus

* Extremely close to the European M. piristReLivs, but may readily be dis-

tinguished by the much greater length of the fore-thumb, which, with its claw,

measures nearly } in. (not following the curvature of the claw). The general hue

of fur of the upper-parts appears to run greyer or less fulvous, and of the under-

parts to be more albescent, than in the Huropean Pipistrelle; but there may be

considerable variation of shades of colour.: Capt. Hutton’s Masuri Pipistrelle

(J. A. S. XXI, 369), is again distinct, being of a much darker colour than the

two others, and it is especially characterized by the diminutive size of the foot,

which, with claws, scarcely exceeds 8; in..—Myoris parviens, nobis, n. s. In

other respects the three species are very closely affined.

+ Much brighter-coloured than Afghan specimens, and the tints purer and more

strongly contrasted; the legs much paler, or more rufescent and less nigrescent,

than in the larger V. MonTANUs of the sub-Himalayas generally. Size, and the

proportions of skull, the same as in the Fox of Afghanistan and Persia.

t Mr. Gray has recently noticed two Herpestidine animals from Ceylon (Ann.

Mag. N. H., July, 1853, p. 47). One, his Herpestes Smirpit, Mag. Nat. Hist.

1837, II, 578,=A. rubiginosus, Kelaart, v. Elloti, nobis, J. A. S. XX, 162,

184, XXI, 348, and inhabits also the Nilgiris and Travancore. The other, Cynic-

Tis Macarrui&, Gray (loc. cit.), does not seem to be H. FULVESCENS (vy.

fiavidens), Kelaart, J. A. S. XX, 162,184, XXI, 348 ; but may nevertheless prove

to be no other. A cynictis, however, should have no fifth toe to the hind-foot,

which exists in H. FULVESCENS.

§ This seems to be the same small Cat, affined to the domestic races, as that of

which an imperfect skin was procured by Capt. Thomas Hutton at Kandahar ; but

the fur of Capt. Hutton’s specimen is much longer, indicating probably the win-

ter vesture, whereas Mr. Theobald’s specimen has short fur, and might well pass

for a variety of the domestic Cat, which perhaps itis. I incline, however, to the

opinion that it is probably one of several wild types which have merzed in domes-

tication to produce the domestic Cat. Now the resemblance of the domestic Cat

of Bengal, and I believe of India generally (if not also of Eyypt, Barbary, and

even Spain?), to the wild F. MANicuLATA, Riippell, is most manifest ; but this

is far from being the case with the tame Cats of northern Europe, the resemblance

of which to the European wild Cat (F. sytvestris, Aldrovand,) becomes much

stronger to an eye familiarized with the appearance of the domestic Cats of India,

than to that of an observer unacquainted with the latter. It is not probable that

582 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 6.

cottaris, Gray, Hardw. Zl. Ind. Zool.,*—Scrvurus paLMARUM, L. (verus),

—Mvs pvusius, Hodgson (apparently, from Aliabad Serai, top of Pir

F. syLtvesrris has more than contributed to the production of the domestic breed

of northern Europe; yet sufficiently to have influenced the characters of that

breed, by frequent intermixture probably in times when the domestic Cat was

introduced and continued rare, while F, syLvestris was far more abundant than

at present. The domestic Cats of India interbreed occasionally with F. cuaus,

and also with F, rusigrnosa of the Coromandel coast and Ceylon, as I have

been assured by Mr. Walter Elliot (vide J. A. &. XVII, 247, 559).—Since the

preceding note was penned, I have received the following notice from Mr, Theo-

bald, in answer to some enquiries which I made of him.—‘' The Ferris Hurrons

is one of the three common wild Cats well known to Shikdmis in the Salt Range,

—viz. F. Hutroni, F. caus, and a large black species which I have not seen.

I also shot one which is similar to, but, I think, smaller than F. coaus: I have

only, however, the head of it.’’—The word ‘‘ black’’ here probably refers merely

to a dark colour.—*‘ I should add that the F. Hurront has red eyes,”

* The species is founded on the figure cited, and has never been described.

General Hardwicke’s specimen was from the Doab. Capt. Hutton’s Hedgehog

from Buhawulpur (J. A. S. XIV, 351), referred dubiously to E, cotnaris, is

probably distinct and new. Mr, Gray’s British Museum specimen, from ‘** Madras,’’

presented by Mr. Walter Elliot, is probably E. micropus, nobis (J. A. §. XV,

170), from the Nilgiris; whence also the example in the Society’s museum, the

locality of which is stated to have been unknown, Joc. cit. (vide J. A. S. V, 191);

and this southern species, though proximately affined to E. convaris, is very

obviously distinct from it. Perhaps, however, Capt. Hutton’s third specimen of

supposed coLtiaris (J, A. 8. XIV, 351,) may be no other,as formerly suggested (in

XV, 570). It is by no means probable that a second species of Hedgehog inhabits

the Nilgiris. In Nepal, Mr. Hodgson enumerates three species of this genus, E,

sPATANGUS and E. Grayt of Bennet, and E, coLtarts, Gray (Calc. Journ. Nat.

Hist. IV, 288). In Capt. Hutton’s supposed E. coxttaris from Buhawulpur,

the quills were ‘‘ white on the basal half, and jet-black on the upper half ;’’ in Mr.

Theobald’s three specimens from the Punjab Salt Range, the quills have their

terminal third black, also the extreme base, and the rest whitish with a broad

dusky ring, about equal to exch whitish ring above and below it. In other

respects they accord, as well as can be made out, with Hardwicke’s figure. Un-

fortunately, there are no skulls with them (though one has since been promised

by Mr. Theobald); and one of the skins is too much injured to be of any use,

though the other two have been mounted. Length of tarsus, to tips of cl:ws, 14

in. Mr. Gray also mentions an Erinaceus mentatrts, Black-chinned Hedze-

hog,’’ from the Himalaya: but with this we are wholly unacquainted,

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 583

Panjal Pass), *—M. Turoxpatpt, nobis, x. s.,f;—HystTRIx HIRSUTIROSTRIS,

Brandt (H. leuweurus, Sykes), 2 skulls,—Ovis Vienet, nobis, skins of old

female and of young male, also some skulls and frontlets,—Capra saKIN,

(the Himalayan Ibex), skull of a female,—Gazet1a cora, H. Smith (H.

Bennettui, Sykes), skull and horns of male,—and skulls of Sus rnpicuvs,

Gray.

The most interesting of the birds are a specimen of the recently de-

scribed NuctFraGa MuLTIMacuLATA, Gould, from Kashmir,—ditto of the

Seesee Partridge, AMMopERDIx BonHamti, from the Panjab Salt Range,—

a small Bunting, Husprza, perhaps new,f—a new Mirarra, sent entire in

spirit, as also a skin,S—AcCENTOR ATROGULARIS, nobis,—and CoRYDALLA

RUFULA, (Jerdon) ; the last being a species which was discovered on the

Nilgiris, but whose chief range would now appear to be the N. W.

Himalaya.

Also a fresh-water Crab (THELPHEUSA).

3. Fulwar Skipwith, Esq., C. 8. Skin of Ru1zomyys pruinosvus, nobis,

J. A. S. XX, 519, from Sylhet.

* The same Mouse, to all appearance, as one sent by Capt. Sherwill from Darji-

ling (ante. p. 409); but certainly not the young of M. ursanus, Hodgson, the

description of which seems to indicate the M. Maner, Gray, or common House

Mouse of all India.

+ Like M. GrRBILLINus, nobis (ante p. 410); but larger, with comparatively

shorter tail and larger feet, Dimensions of an adult female.—Length of head and

body 22 in.; tail 23 in.; ears 3 in,; tarse and toes +3 in.

+ Euspiza, female. Length 5% in.; of wing nearly 3 ing; and tail 2} in.

Brown, with narrow medial dusky streaks to coronal feathers, and a conspicuous

pale narrow supercilium: shoulder of wing and margins of the alars deep maronne-

brown: lower parts rufescent, streakless. Legs pale.

§ M. pHa@nicurorpeEs, nobis. Affined to M. poa@nicura, Franklin, but the

general hue less rufescent; the under-parts pale fulvous-grey, albescent on throat ;

tail brown, faintly rufescent at its extreme base, and on the exterior web of the

outermost feather; broad margins to inner webs of the primaries and secondaries,

with the axillaries, also pale rufescent, imparting this hue to the inner surface of

the wing. Wing 3 in., the short first primary 1% in., and 13 in. shorter than the

second, which is } in. less than the next three, which are equal. Tail 2$ in. ; bill

to gape % in. ; tarse Z in.; and hind-claw 55, in. Hab. Kashmir.

There are also the wings and feet of a large female Carpopacus (apparently) ;

the wings measuring 43 in., with tertiaries 1 in. shorter than the primaries ; and

tarse 1 in,

584 Proceedings of the ee Society. [ No. 6.

4. Capt. M. Turnbull. A fresh specimen of SciurUs HYPOLEUCOs,

Horsf., ‘from the Straits.” Sumatra is the habitat of this species; and

not Madagascar, as stated by Col. Hamilton Smith, in his volume on

mammalia in the ‘ Naturalist’s Library.’ It belongs to the true S. E.

Asiatic type of gigantic Squirrels.

5. Mr. J. Harley. A dead Lorivs poMIcELLA. |

6. From Barrackpore. Dead specimens of NycricEBuS TARDIGRADUS,

Hystrix BENGALENSIS, and PHASIANUS TORQUATUS.

7. From myself. Various specimens in spirit procured by C. S.

Bowring, Esq., in Hongkong. Among them isa small Bat, which is pro-

bably ScoToPHILUS IRRETITUS (Vespertilio irretitus, Cantor, Ann. Nat.

Hist. 1X, 481). Form typical, with two pairs of permanent upper incisors.

Entire length of female 33 in., of which tail 13 im. Expanse 8} in. Fore-

arm 1,5,in. Tarse =2in. Lars (posteriorly) 3 in. Colour brown-black,

with slight pale tips to the fur of the upper-parts; below somewhat less

deep-coloured, with the pale tips to the fur more developed, and towards

the vent and base of thighs the prevailing hue is whitish. ars, limbs

and membranes uniformly blackish. V. rtrretrirus from Chusan, as

described by Dr. Cantor, accords in dimensions; but the fur of the upper-

parts is given as “‘ soft brownish-grey ; that of the abdomen dust-coloured.”’

According to my recollection, however, of Dr. Cantor’s specimen, it was

as dark as the female now before me; for I especially remember suspecting

its identity with the common minute species of all India, Sc. conoMANDE-

Lianvs, (F. Cuv.), which I have likewise seen from Singapore.

Of reptiles, are included an apparently new Scinque (PLESTIODON QuaA-

DRILINEATUM, nobis),—a small Hremipactyitus,—CoroneLLa RussELLII,

CoLUBER RADIATUS ; DIPsAS MULTIMACULATA, TROPIDONOTUS UMBRATUS,

and Hyprvs striatus, with also a few Insecta and other sundries which

do not need to be here enumerated.

K. Buyru.

LiBrary.

Additions to the Library during the past month have been the fol-

lowing :—

Presented.

Observations made at the Magnetical and Meteorological Observatory

at Hobart Town. in Van Diemen’s Land. Printed under the superintend-

ence of Col. E. Sabine, vol III. London, 1853.—By ran Brrrisn Go-

VERNMENT.

Jury-Institutionen i Storbritanien, Canada og de forenede Stater af

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 585

Amerika. Vol. II. Christiania, 1851.—By tur Royvat UNIVERSITY oF

CHRISTIANIA. |

Uber Micha den Morastheten und Seine prophetische Schrift von Dr.

C. P. Caspari. 2nd part. Christiania, 1852, 8vo.—By THE SAME.

Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne. Vol. 7. p. 1.—By THE sAME.

Fortegnelse over Jordegods og andre Herlighéder tilhérende erkebi-

skopsstolen i nidaros affattet ved erkebiskop aslak bolts Foranstaltning

mellem aarene 1832 og 1849. P. A. Munch. Christiania, 1852.—By THE

SAME.

Det norske Sprogs vesentligste Ordforraad, sammenlignet med Sans-

krit og andre Sprog af samme Att. Bidrag til en norsk etymologisk

Ordbog, af C. A. Holmboe. Wien, 1852, 4to.—By tHE AuTHoR.

Memoires de l’Academie des Sciences, Arts et Belles Lettres de Dijon,

Année, 1850.—By THE ACADEMY.

Selections from the Public Correspondence of the Board of Adminis-

tration for the affairs of the Punjab. No. 4, 4 copies—By tHE Boarp.

Selections from the Records of the Bengal Government, No. XII.

Embankments of the Damooda. 2 copies.—By THz BeneaL GovERN-

MENT.

Journal Asiatique, No. 3.—By THE Soctx’tE’ ASIATIQUE.

Bibidhartha Sangraha, No. 21.—By tHe Epiror.

Satydrnab, Vol. IIJ.—By tue Rev. J. Lone.

Vedanta Darsana, Nos. 7, 8.—By toe Epitor.

Ditto ditto —By Ba’su JapAvaKRISHNA SINHA.

Annual Report of the Tattwabodhina Sabha for 1774 Saka.—By THE

SaBya’.

Tattwabodhini Patrika, No. 120.—By THE same.

The Upadesaka, No. 81.—By THE Eprror.

The Missionary, Nos. 8, 9.—By THE Epiror.

The Oriental Baptist, No. 81.—By tHE Epiror.

The Oriental Christian Spectator for July, 1853.—By tae Epitor.

The Calcutta Christian Observer for Sept. 1853.—By tuHz Epiror.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, for the months of Jan.

and Feb., 1853.—By Ba’su Ra’pHA‘Na’TH SIKDA’R.

The Citizen for August and Sept. 1853.—By tHe Epirtor.

The Purnachandrodaya for Ditto.—By tue Epitor.

Exchanged.

The London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, Nos. 34,5,6.

Jameson’s Journal, No. 102.

4B 2

586 _ Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. [ No. 6.

Purchased.

Comptes Rendus, Nos. 19 to 26.

Journal des Savants for May and June, 1853.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History for June and July, 1853.

Maurice on the Religions of the World.

Christomathie aus Sanskritwerken.—Von T. Benrey.

Vollstandige Grammatik der Sanskritsprache.—Von T. Brnrey.

Williams’s English Sanskrita Dictionary.

Ra‘SENDRALA'L Mirra.

For Octoser, 1853.

The Society met on the 5th instant, at the usual hour.

J. R. Conviy, Esq., V. P., in the Chair.

The proceedings of the last month were read and confirmed, and

the accounts and vouchers for the month of July laid on the table.

Presentations were received—

1st. From J. Ackermann, Esq., Secretary of the Society of Anti-

quaries, London, the latest publications of the Society (vide Library

Report).

2nd. From the Government of India, through T. Oldham, Esq.,

Superintendent of Geological Survey, specimens of rocks and earths

from the gold bearing districts in the vicinity of Mount Ophir, Ma-

lacca, collected by T. Braddell, Esq., Assistant Resident.

3rd. From the Bombay Government through Lieut. E. F. Fer-

gusson, I. N., Superintendent of the Government Observatory, Mag-

netical and Meteorological Observations made at the Bombay Ob-

servatory during 1850.

4th. From the Bengal Government through W. Gordon Young,

Esq. Under-Secretary, a Map of the district of Purneah surveyed

‘by Messrs. FitzPatrick and J. J. Pemberton.

5th. From Captain Young, Rangoon, a large slab of marble,

bearing a figure of the impression of the foot of Guadama.

6th. From the British Government through Her Majesty’s

i ca et

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 587

Minister for Foreign Affairs, two copies of a sketch of the Bornu

or Kanuri language, with dialogues, translations and vocabulary

drawn up by Mr. Norris, translator of foreign languages in the

Foreign Office, from papers sent to England by the late Mr. James

Richardson while employed in the interior of Africa.

Mr. Addington’s letter points out “that the grammatical sketch

is confined to the Bornu language, and the lithographic fac-similes

contain materials for a work in the Hansa or Soudanese language

also; of which language, however, there is already a Grammar in

print by the Rev. Mr. Schou.”

7th. From Major Saunders Alexius Abbott through Major J. Ab-

bott, three silver Greek coins.

The following is an extract from Major J. Abbott’s letter.

“ T have the pleasure to send, in this packet from my brother

Major Saunders Alexius Abbott, Deputy Commissioner of Hoshiar-

poor, a silver coin which Ido not remember to have seen de-

scribed. It is a hemidrachm of the Arianian king Dionusos, and

seems entitled to hold place immediately after the coinage of Apol-

lodotos and immediately before that of Zoilos. As, however, I am

travelling and have no means of reference to the list of coins, my

memory may deceive me as to its rarity.

“ Like the circular hemidrachms of Apollodotos the execution is

very rude and far inferior to that of the copper coinage of the latter

king.

The type is as follows :

Head of the King facing the East.

BASIAEQSSOTHPOSAIONYSIOY.

R. Pallas with the Atgis thundering.

“ Four coins of this type, with about thirty other silver coins of

the same figures and size, were found together by a little boy, as he

dug in the bank of a village near Anundpoor, Makowal, on the left

bank of the Sutlej above Roopur. Of these coins one was of Lusias,

several were of Zoilos, and the rest were of Apollodotos. All so

much resembled one another (that of Lusias excepted) as to be

easily mistaken for coins of a single type.

“ The use of the title Soter and the appearance of Pallas thun-

dering, seem to ally these coins with the coinage of Menander, Apol-

588 Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. [No. 6.

lodotos and Zoilos, while the occurrence of the coins together, seems

to give additional probability to the alliance.

“ I have the pleasure to add in my brother’s name a coin of Zoilos

found with the above and another of Apollodotos. The latter, dif-

fering somewhat in type from those in my collection, may possibly

be acceptable to the Society.”

8th. From Major Turton, specimen of a fossil root from Prome

(vide Proceedings for July last.)

9th. From Major Baker, on the part of Major H. Fraser, speci-

mens of fossil shells from the banks of the Irrawaddy at Prome.

10th. From Dr. Fayrer, Rangoon, a Burmese water jar of curi-

ous construction.

11th. From Captain Layard, a twelve-armed figure found in a

tank at Ghysabad (vide Proceedings for the last month.)

12th. From E. C. Craster, Hsq., C.S., a gold coin of Toghlak

Shah found in the ruins of Gour.

Read a note from G. R. French, Esq. requesting to withdraw his

name from the list of members.

Communications were received :—

Ist. From Walter Elliot, Esq. Vizagapatam, enclosing a list of

Tamil and Canarese works, published at the press of the London

Missionary Society, Ballery.

2nd. From Babu Radhdndth Sikddr, Superintendent of the

Observatory, through Captain Thuillier, enclosing Meteorological

Registers kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, for the

months of March, April, May, June, July and August, 1853.

3rd. From W. Muir, Esq. enclosing copy of Meteorological

month of May, 1853.

4th. From Major J. Abbott, Deputy Commissioner in the Haza-

ra, communicating note of an investigation which he has recently

made of the ruins at Maunkyala.

Resolved that the paper be published in the Journal.

5th. From G. Couper, Esq., Officiating Secretary to the Govern-

ment of India, enclosing correspondence, received from the Bombay

Government, on the subject of chintz printing at Tatta in Scinde.

6th. From Norton Shaw, Esq., Secretary, Geographical Society,

London, acknowledging receipt of Journal No. 39.

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 589

7th. From John Barlow, Esq., Secretary Royal Institution, Lon-

don, acknowledging receipt of the Catalogue of Birds.

8th. From H. Piddington, Esq., Curator, Museum of Economic

Geology, submitting a note on Nepalite, believed to be a new miner-

al from the neighbourhood of Kathmandoo.

The Curators and the Librarian submitted reports of additions

made to their respective departments during the past month.

Thanks having been voted for the above donations and communi-

cations, the meeting adjourned.

Read and confirmed,

(Signed) J. W. CoLvie.

Nov. 2nd, 1853.

Report of Zoological Curator for September Meeting.

At the last meeting of the Society, it was mentioned by the President

that Dr. A. Campbell of Darjiling had forwarded some skins for our

museum, of mammalia from Tibet. These have since come to hand, and

two of them seem to pertain to species hitherto undescribed.

One is an imperfect skin of a Bear, termed by Dr. Campbell the “ Blue

Bear of Tibet. The people assure me,” he writes, “ that it is not an

accidental colour, but that it is a well known species, distinct from TIBE-

TaNus, and from the white one or Arctic species” (qu. ISABELLINUS, men-

tioned subsequently by Dr. Campbell). ‘I am trying to get a skull, and

a perfect skin for the Society.” This Bear has a fine coat, of longer and

softer fur than in cis-Himalayan TrBETANUS, but not so long nor shaggy as

in fine specimens of IsaBELLINUS: the colour black, with hoary or light

brown tips which impart a very characteristic appearance ; hence PrUI-

nosus would be an appropriate name, if it prove to be a distinct species.

The hoary tips to the fur disappear upon the limbs, which are wholly black

(so much of them at least as are shewn in the specimen) ; and there is the

same narrow white V-like mark on the breast as in the Himalayan Bear

known as U. TIBETANUsS,—of which my impression is that this Tibetan animal

will prove to be a trans-nivean variety, and that the name TIBETANUS,

therefore, is more correctly applicable to the species than has been sup-

posed.

Two Badger skins are sent, evidently of distinct species and even

genera. One is the TaxtpEa LEUCURUS described and figured by Mr.

Hodgson in J. A. S. XVI, 763. The other is a true Mrtes aflined to the

European Badger, but which I adjudge to be distinct because it has a

590 Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. [ No. 6.

white throat, whereas the European Badger (of which we possess two

mounted specimens for comparison) has constantly a black throat. From

the Taxipna of Tibet it differs altogether, as much as the European Badg-

er differs from the N. American Taxipsa: it has smaller and much less

tufted ears, a shorter and much less brushy tail, and the fur shorter and

coarser, though of finer texture than in the European Badger, with much

woolly hair at its base. General colour as in Metzs Taxus, but the throat

white as aforesaid, and the markings of the face are different. In M.

Taxus the head is white, and a broad and well defined blackish-brown

band commences midway to the eye and muzzle, is continued through the

eye and ear, and gradually disappears upon the shoulder ; the bands of

the two sides leaving a broad and well defined white interspace, which

contracts and is gradually lost posterior to the ears. In the Tibetan

Badger (M. atBogutartis, nobis), the white interspace referred to con-

tracts immediately behind the eyes, and continues as a narrow and ill

defined band so far as between the ears only; the lateral dark bands pro-

portionally expanding behind the eyes, and all merging in the grizzled hue

of the back from the occiput, and not from the shoulder backward as in

M. taxus. In the European Badger the cheeks are broadly white, bor-

dered above by the dark band through the eye, and below by the black

throat. In the Tibetan Badger there is little white below the eye, and

this ill-defined ; and it is bordered below by a narrow dark band, beyond

which is the white throat. I donot doubt that these distinctions will

prove permanent, as the European Badger is not subject to vary in its

peculiar markings (though some affined animals, as the American Skunks

and African Zorilles, certainly do, to a greater or less extent in different

species). The°Tibetan Badger is probably also a smaller animal than that

of Kurope.*

While examining our series of the Badger group, my attention was

attracted to another undescribed species, which I have recognised as dis-

* N. B. It would seem that Mr. Hodgson has figured the exterior of the

Tibetan TaxIpDEA, and the skull of the Tibetan Me tes as that of the TAXxIDEA;

little suspecting the existence of a true Meves also in Tibet. In this case, the

Tibetan true Badger would be fully as large as that of Europe. It is also pro-

bable that the identical specimens were forwarded to the Hon’ble Company's

museum by Mr. Hodgson, being those noticed by Mr. Gray in Ann. Mag. N. H,

Sept. 1853, p. 221. There can, assuredly, not be the least doubt of the specifical,

if not generic, distinctness of the two Tibetan specimens now sent by Dr. Camp-

bell, although the skulls of both are unfortunately wanting.

Ee oe

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 591

tinct for many years, but awaited further information concerning its dis-

tribution, &c., before bringing it to notice in the Society’s Journal. This

is a second species of Bhaloo-soor or Hog-badger, which may be desig-

nated—

ARCTONYX TAXOIDES, nobis, 7s. Adult about half the size of the

adult of A. cottaris, F. Cuv.: having a much longer and finer coat, very

like that of the European Badger but softer, though not so long and soft

as in Taxipra ; the muzzle less broad and Hog-like than in A. connaris ;

the ears also are proportionally smaller than in that species; the tail is

shorter ; and the colours and markings, though similar, are much brighter.

Greatest length of skull of a fully adult (but not aged) male of A. cot-

LARIS, 63 in.; greatest breadth of zygomata, posteriorly, 33; in. ; length of

bony palate 4,in.; width at posterior great molar 14 in. In an aged female

A. CoLLARIS, the same admeasurements are 63, 33, 37, and13;in. Ina

fully adult female of A. TaxorpEs, 42, 23, 2? and +2in. Dentition of the

upper jaw similar in the two species: in the lower jaw, the interspace

between the second and third premolars is proportionally much greater

in A. co~taRis than in A. TaxorpEs. Lastly, the large species attains

with age a strongly marked sagittal crest, which I doubt is ever seen in

the other. Our two specimens of A. TAxoIDEs are respectively from Asam

and Arakan ; so that both species inhabit the same range of territory, and

are probably commonest in Sylhet.

Two other skins sent by Dr. Campbell are those of the Tibetan Lynx

(F. 1saBELLina, nobis, J. A. S. XVI, 1178), and of the Frtis MacRocELis

(v. macroceloides, Hodgson). Of the latter, we previously possessed two

mounted specimens, both sent from Darjiling ; and a skin from the Ya-ma-

dong mountains which separate Arakan from Pegu. I also lately saw two

living specimens from Upper Asam; and have been assured, on good autho-

rity, that the species is not uncommon in the north of China. Mr. Hodg-

son states it to inhabit Tibet ; and it was originally discovered by Raffles

in the mountains of Sumatra. At least, no satisfactory distinction has

been pointed out between MAcRocELIs of Sumatra and MACROCELOIDES of

Tibet ; and as the latter is positively the same from Upper Asam and the

mountains of Arakan, there would be nought remarkable in its range ex-

tending along the mountainous spine of the Malayan peninsula and that also

of Sumatra. A nearly affined but much smaller species, common in the

Malayan Peninsula, is F. marmMorata ; and this also we have from Upper

Asam! (J. A. S. XVII, 83.) Both are about the most eminently arboreal of

the Cat tribe, judging from the Asamese specimens which I saw alive, and

which were most graceful and accomplished climbers, with much of the action,

4 F

592 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. ['No. 6.

probably, of the diminutive Prionopon. The large F. uncta has also nearly

the same proportions, with similar very long and well furred tail; and it may

prove to be equally arboreal in the mountain pine-forests. The proper ground

Cats for little wooded districts are the Lynxes, which are the extreme

opposites in structure to the true Leopard group, wherein the three pre-

ceding species are comprised. Yet even the Lynxes are not bad climbers ;

whereas there are some few Cats, as the three largest of all, the Lion,

Tiger, and Jaguar, which never ascend trees, as the Leopard does so very

commonly. That the Cheeta (F. suBarva) is no climber, is much less to be

wondered at.

Together with the male specimen of the Shou, or Tibetan Stag, pre-

sented on a former occasion by Dr. Campbell,—the horns of which are

far from having attained a first-rate magnitude, as shewn by Mr. Hodg-

son’s figure and description in J. A. S. X, 722, as well as by his subse-

quent description, 2bid. XX, 388,—I have now the pleasure of exhibiting

for comparison a noble frontlet and horns of the Wapiti Stag of N. Ame-

rica, C. CANADENSIS. To any person who has made a study of the sub-

ject, and is conversant with the essential distinctions observable among

the horns of different species of Deer, over and above the variations to

which all are liable, those specifical distinctions are exceedingly well

marked in the horns of the Show and of the Wapiti. As long ago stated

by me of a fine Stag-horn from Kashmir, the species being (as I now feel

more than ever confident) the same as that of Tibet, of Persia (where

known as the Maral), and in all probability that of the southern parts

of Siberia and of the north of China,—“ the general character of horn

fof the great Asiatic Stag] is intermediate to that of the Wapiti and

European Stag, but agreeing more nearly with the latter in its kind of

granulated surface.”* ‘With the horns of all three species now before me,

aided by familiar recollection of numerous horns of C. ELaPpHus, the typi-

cal character of the latter, or Huropean Stag, is to have the most roughly

granulated surface to the horn, decidedly ; in the Asian Stag, the rugosity

is well marked, but smoothened a good deal, so as to be much less harsh

to the feel; and in the N. American Stag there is scarcely any roughness

whatever, the horn being smoother than in the Fallow Deer. Hence I sus-

pect that, in the great majority of instances, these horns might be readily

enough distinguished by the fée/ alone. Next, the tendency to flatten, or

palmate, in the crown of the Wapztz horn is very decided, from the base of

the median on “ royal antler” upward or onward. The utmost transverse

depth of this palmature, at the base of the main fork of the crown, in the

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1840, p. 80.

See ee ee a ee ey

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 593

pair of Wapiti horns now exhibited, amounts to 7 in., by 13 in. breadth.

Nothing of the kind is ever seen in the European Stag, nor (it would

seem) in the Asian species. Again, the tendency in the Wapiti is to have

the crown not only flattened, but further subdivided than in the Asian

Shou, in which, we may now venture to affirm, it rarely more than simply

bifurcates ; but Capt. Cunningham assured Mr. Hodgson that “ the

Kashmir Stag has, sometimes, a double fork at the top of its horns.”* Such

is shewn in the Wapiti horns now before the meeting; the crown first

bifurcating, with a considerable amount of palmation as already described,

this flattening being continued on each branch, and the hinder of these

again bifurcating, while the anterior bifurcates imperfectly on the left

horn, and tends towards the same form on the right horn; the posterior

prong of the anterior main branch of each crown being the defective one.

Next (and this I remember well to be characteristic of the Wapitz), the

posterior main branch of the crown does not slant somewhat abruptly

inwards, like the usually undivided posterior prong of the (in general)

simply bifurcating crown of the Asian Show, but inclines directly back-

ward and somewhat downward, with a tendency to subdivide again and

again, as shewn in the otherwise abnormal Wapiti horn (No. 4) figured

in J. A. S. X, plate 4, p. 750. Another marked and distinctive character

of an average Show horn is the comparatively very abrupt bend of the

beam from the base of the median or royal antler, which, with the equally

abrupt slant inward of the posterior prong of the bifurcating crown, im-

parts a sort of lyrate aspect to the pair, very different from the more

even curvature of beam seen in the Wapiti. Lastly, still another charac-

ter very commonly present in Wapiti horns, and scarcely if ever seen in

those of the Show and European Stag, consists in the presence of a small

snag between the bases of the brow and bez antlers, and a little to the front ;

which is distinctly shewn, though small, in both horns of the pair

before us.

2. To Babu Rajendra Mallika, we are indebted for a fine stuffed specimen

of a young Cassowary, retaining much of the brown plumage of youth;

though at the time of its death it was putting forth the black plumage of

maturity ; and the two are throughout intermixed in the specimen. Also

a dead Rose-breasted Cockatoo (Cacatua Eos); and a broken egg of Cye-

NUS ATRATUS.

3, From Dr. Fayrer, late of Rangoon. A few specimens in spirit, compris-

ing ELars MELANURUS, HomotLopsis HyDRINA, Cantor, BunGaRUs CANDI-

DUS, SCORPIO AFER, and a few other sundries.

* J. A. S. XX, 393.

4B 2

594: Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 6.

4. Capt. S. R. Tickell, now of Maulmain. A skin of the great Fire-

back Pheasant, or Macartney cock (EupLocomus 1e¢niTUus), and one of

ARDETTA SINENSIS.

K. Biyrs.

LIBRARY.

The following additions have been made to the library since the last

meeting.

Presented.

Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science for

1852.—By THE ASsocraTION.

Catalogue of Stars near the Hcliptic observed at Markree, during the

years 1851-52, and whose places are supposed to be hitherto unpublished,

Vol. IT. containing 15,298 stars. Dublin, 1853.—By THE Britisu Govern-

MENT.

Nuovo Dizionario Italiano-Francesco,-Armeno-Turco, compilato sui

» Migliori Vocabolarii di queste Quattro lingue dai Padri della congre-

gazione Mechitaristica. Vienna, 1846, Royal 8vo.—By J. Avpatt, Esq.

Zeitscrift der Deutschen morgenlindischen Gesellschaft, VII. Band,

3 heft.—By THE SociEry.

Indische Studien, II. Band, 3 heft.—By tur Same.

Journal Asiatique, June, 1853.—By THE Sociz’Tr’ AsIATIQuE.

Address at the Anniversary meeting of the Royal Geographical Society,

by Sir R. Murchison.—By tue Soctery.

Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, Nos. 34, 35.—By TuE

Society.

Address delivered at the Anniversary meeting of the Geological Society

of London on the 18th of February, 1853, by W. Hopkins, Esq.—By

THE SAME.

Calcutta Christian Observer for November, 1853.—By tur Eprrors.

Journal of the Indian Archipelago for February and March, 2 copies.

—By THE GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL.

Oriental Christian Spectator for September.—By tur Epitor.

The Upadeshak, No. 83.—By THE Epitor.

The Oriental Baptist, No. 83.—By tHE Epitor.

The Missionary for October, 1853.—By THE Eprror.

Tuttwabodhini Patrika, No, 123.—By tue TurrwapopuHinr’ Sosna’,

Bibidhartha Sangraha, No. 21.—By tue Epiror.

Purnachundrodaya for October.—By THE Epitor.

The Citizen for October, 1853.—By tux PuBiisuer.

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 595

Eachanged.

The Philosophical Magazine, No. 37.

The Calcutta Review, No. 41.

Purchased.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History for August.

Comptes Rendus, Nos. 1 to 4 for July, 1853.

Edinburgh Review, No. 199.

Ra’JENDRALAL Mittra.

DDL"

Abstract of Meteorological Observations for the month of April, 1853.

Rangoon, \st May, 1853.

Remarks.

Thermometer | Thermometer | Thermometer

Noon. 3 P.M. Sunset 9P.M

Thermometer

9 A.M.

Thermometer

Sunrise

Meteorological Observations kept at Rangoon.

Several

and N. W.

Ce c ~

° g = aie 2

cont = DM a

addtacs

gH oO SEES

eg° "3! 2

felet-E tan

rae ‘<

oO SA

met SS. oo

eras ee

Cee euS.e

So a SB

SU ESELS

EsaSoas

“SUOIJRAIOS

“qo Sutpeo 84 8°28

-aid Jo “UlTA

"UINUULA] | aA 18

“UUnWIXe A | 08 cg

*SUOIJVAIIS

-qo Surpao OIG

-oid joruly | ~A——

*UNULUT TAL | *UOIZBAIBSGO 3UGQ

canmaixe yy | 64 Gg

*SUOI}PAIOS

qo Suipeo L1L°08 96

-aid jo ‘uly,

*WINUILUT TAT | A +6

"cuNUATxe yA | cg 001

*SUOTJBAIOS

“qo Sulpao ce’6L LF6'S6

“aad Jo "OLY

“WANULOL YA | 44 26

“cNWIxe [| 18 0OT

*SUOTJRAIOS

“qo ZuIpao F8¢°8L Z19'F8

-a1d jo ‘UIT

*“WUNUIUL TY | Gs 18

‘WUNUIIXe yA | 28 £6

*SUOIJEAIOS

qo Surpea FOLSL LL

-aid jo ‘uly

*CUNUWULUT TAT | rL CG)

wuNnwWIxe yA | LY 6L

= a)

Barometer Barometer Barometer

3 P.M.

Barometer

Sunrise.

9 pv.

Sunset.

Noon.

9 A.M.

‘SUOTJBAIIS

-qo duped

-o1d jo ‘uly

“CONLURTUT TAT

“UINUIIXR AL |

*SUOI}BALQS

-qo Suipoo

-a1d jo ‘uly

*WUNWIUIT |

‘wunWIxe yy |

| *SUOLIJBAIaS

-qo suIpao

-aid JO "UIT

MUNITY |

"mnuxeyy |

*SMOTJVAIOS

-qo suipso

-aid jo “uly,

*UNULUI AA |

"UNIX AT |

*SUOIJEAIIS

-qO Sulpso

-a1d Jo “uly

*UUNUALUT TAL |

“wnuxeyAy |

"SUOI}RALOS

-qo sulp9o

-aid jo ‘UIT

“CAN UILUT TAT |

*WINUIIX® fy |

[No. 6°

Field Hospital, Rangoon.

J. Farrer, M. D. Asst. Surgeon,

ee ee

010 OIG od

"ow | SOF"M S| fe

*1jnuNny) “4 “M ‘Ss ee

ou 011 7

*0}31¢ "OIC oo

. “Iva ‘OVI ee

‘Tyan "I “Mw aS ee

*IeI19 “onIG ie

°077IC, | “mM ‘S es

“HD S03 “ANB |*

eeee nal “M ‘Ss ee

"0331 0171 ia

‘071d "oI .

*Iynwung "41 “A ee

*IynuUN? rh “M ee

01d ‘op “NM ‘Ss oe

‘ond *d0J “A Or)

OIG 0171 oy

*ITMMND *SOJ aN ‘S ee

aie "PULA

JO uO0ljIa.IIp

ney pue 90.1049 |:

Sis

&e 8

@o¢6

- +

jo5

‘NOON

Se aN OR o° > Bae eer

L¥6°S6| Se6L

O'SZ8I \S°SSFI

66 8f

o°46 LL

66 84

86 18

G°L6 08

G°88 64

96 ee

76 | 9°28

6 6

86 84

ool 18

oot 18

L6 64

66 18

$°S6 64

66 08

96 64

£6 8L

66 8L

‘hig | ‘PM

*19J9WOUIIY J,

G19'P8 |F8G°8s| °° _. es =* LL \|P9lL°SL | “Uva

wees as «6 os ezct |eRIF.Ll °° cease dees ** |z-coFT e'GSFL| “TRIOZ,

‘AzeH | “Hmm |Soy"m) 88 [age | °° "awaT [SOF "MN | °° 81 9f 0¢

‘ynuny | ITM 'S ae ¢8 LL zs ‘oWId | “IAN is 9L rZ 66

cece ec ee ee ee ane ee "oI eves ee oe ee 82

eeee eecoe ee ee oe eo ‘OIG eeee ee ee ee LZ

ecce eevee ee eo ee ee ‘onlgd eeece ee ee oe 92

es ee eoee ee ee ee ee ‘ouIG ‘OIG ee LL CL GZ

"ond ORIG een ¢8 1 aa eo a | at ae Gs GZ ¥G

OIG OIG ois #8 Z8 ee eecs Ore i oe ve ee €Z

LUO OWI is 98 9f 2 ase i ie de 92 |S°9L G3

‘TTnuny) | IT°M ON Big €6 6L = “Wea | LN as LL 9f 1z

eeee eoree ee se ee 06° *"IBdTD "I Cf "N ee gs yA 61

0131 "OIG ee $8 6L ee ecee esee ee 6Z 9! 8L

“onIG ‘OIG eo fee} 62 ee e@oes eeee ee oe ee TANT

“InuN) "4 “A 'N ee 98 18 ee erce @ece ee ee ee ot

ecee eee. ee ee ee ee eevee eevee ee ee ee CL

‘oniq "091d te 08 64 Pe “tea1 | I HN “e LL 9 at

‘TTInung | ‘U'M ON ae 18 BZ eS 0331 OG rh LL 9L €1

ence eevee eo ee ee ee "OIG ‘OWIG ee 6L LL OL

‘OIG - OMIGS |. €8 62 E ‘OIG ‘oWIG + SL 9/ It

"071d 01d i a pes ad 071, ‘oOuIG $3 SL 9L OL

"LUIQ “41 "M ee $8 6 ee OIG OnIC es ee ee 6

ee ee ee eve eo ee ee ee “Azepy ‘ONIG ee ee ee 8

*ITNWIND OIG ee cg 28 ee ‘Apnolg ‘OIG ee ee ee L

LUD “STA a £8 64 & "ABITO) “OW T LL 94 9

@ece e@ees ee ee ee ee *mUleO 0701 ee 91 CL Cc

"18319 0) (4 Oa €8 Ghs ae AzeH | TCM N | ott QL cL t

a anite) °01d =a 08 Lz ee ‘OuWG ‘ov a Lg cL €

‘yawny 4] aN "N ee ee ee ee ‘WHuNg “wed ee 9L c Z

eves eevee on #8 8, ee Sis tei8 eeee ee cL tL I

: “parr BF Vii Bas « “pULAL

) ee eee col 5: ne SO a 5 0 a je wonoaat : “oR

J ie pue so10q |= 2 &. “wajamoueyy | * al lie pue o010g | =

WN Wo ‘aSIUNAG

{

*g OF °W'd € 48 TST

OY} JO UOOUAAI O44

Ul [[9J Wlet Your us

30 06" 19} PBI! ING

JOALL O94} 1W9NT “ope

-390}s opisul sasnoy

ay} 0} osewMep Youu

Suiop pue ysaM "N

ou} OF "UN Woy

Sungtys qjenbs ‘ures

pue Jepuny) ‘pura

JO W10}S jUSTOIA YW

"T'S UL Suruzysry

ond

ownd

*9Z901q Yselq

*Jamoys ‘ropunyy,

*a1e [OOD JuRsea[g

*SyAVUIIY

UL) 1g)

"LID

"18319

Ate) te)

‘011

“ond

"yng

AAS

jo yoodsy

"OIG

“ITM 'S

U°M S'S

"ITM 'S

“ond

“AAS

‘aun

“awn

“acing

spULAN

jo uo0lj}0a.11p

| pue 90107

® 6

a oe

‘Wd 6

€8

"hig

“48 AN

“aj a0 WIT],

et 8s SS

ee Ls we c8 6L

*1nUIND *p0J "Mm “Ss ee ee ee

“ule 04S ‘lapuny y, es ee ee

, “PUM. . ;

Aas jo u0lj20.1p = Cs

jo yoodsy nae: eS)

pue 90107 i JOJO OWN T

“LASNAS

"ont

"oud

OWN

pea)

‘ond

*£pnoy)

‘TnUIND

"ZAQ “Aq

‘071

‘on

*IvaIO

‘ouIG

0711

ant) @)

Be eite)

‘ypawng

"ond

OIG

“yuMND

‘ond

‘Tynwng

“AIS

jo yoodsy

"IS AN 'S

"on

"od

‘aM *S

‘oud

*S0j “A ‘Ss

“aT °M 'S

*SOJ “A "S

‘owd

“WAS

"owd

“IAA *S

“BOF “A

‘ond

"doy “AA ‘Ss

‘OWE

‘NMS

BO} *M. as

‘od

“90} “MS

“pula

jO uor}0e.1p

pue 910g

OOT |9°8Z

001 BL

C6 18

66 68

L6 68

96 68

66 18

98 8L

a6 cs

€6 €8

Oot 6L

c6 18

86 cs

Oot 08

L6 #8

L6 €3

¥6 €8

L6 €8

96 08

c6 €8

¥6 08

c6 82

“hig | *39AN

JazaMLOUIIYT,

po ss | SS eee

‘udp fo yquou ay, Wof sywuwagy quarboj0.009zaT iT

“WN

Ee eS eee

(panwizwog)—Eesl

1853. | Meteorological Observations. 599

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the

month of Kebruary, 1853.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

See Qe

> Cle Range of the Barometer. Pa 2 Panne jag the: en

= gs ® perature.

20.0 FA =

D: Taa Qs

ate. a) Pa)

S24 | Max Min. | Diff. | §& | Max.| Min. | Diff.

= S

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. fy) 0 oO a)

1 29.960 30.052 29.875 0.177 | 66.4 | 78.6 |} 51.9 | 26.7

2 915 29.091 843 148 | 67.4 | 80.0 | 51.7 | 28.3

3 961 30.046 908 138 | 69.2 | 80.6 | 56.0 | 24.6

4 936 .028 866 «1O2 9). 70:9), Slot h3.5' 128.0

5 905 29.988 .858 130 | 72.8 | 83.2 | 57.4 | 25.8

6 | Sunday

7 944 30.020 902 e189) 70.6 |) 79.2) 162.8) 16.4

8 957 -036 901 135 | 69.4 | 79.4 | 58.4 | 21.0

9 952 .031 .897 .134 | 69.5 | 80.8, 56.0 | 24.8

10 -950 -028 .889 139 | 70.3 | 80.8 | 57.4 | 23.4

11 937 -009 885 ee LB SS. 20 O70 2aeg

12 .886 29.974 808 166 | 73.1 | 83.0} 60.5 | 22.5

13 | Sunday

14 857 943 794 149 | 74.8 | 87.0 | 60.3 | 26.7

15 1.837 922 766 .156 | 74.6 | 87.4 | 60.6 | 26.8

16 798 873 2d 146 | 76.1 | 89.2 | 62.0 | 27.2

17 .840 wie 184 133 77-1 | 89.4 | 61.0 | 28.4

18 905 978 857 AZT 79-6,5|.. 90.6516 67.4 | 23.2

19 888 .978 805 pL Zoee|. 80.6.1) 920% 1466.9 | 25.8

20 | Sunday

21 871 969 .804 165.) 77.4 |; 90.7.|. 65.8 | 24,9

22 845 .938 STEW 161 78.2.| | 91.00|5 66.8 | 24:2

23 874 967 818 0149: 0) 78.5, |: 90.8) [: 64.3 | 26:5

24 909 990 853 S137 4) £68) py FOO .:63.0- |. 2730

25 20709 30.056 926 2130..) 77.4 |° 90-2 |, 64.9 | 25:3

26 .998 100 929 Lely) 77-2: 1290.3.) (62.4 | 25.9

27 | Sunday

28 943 .016 886 130 | 81.1 | 93.5 | 67.6 | 25.9

~600 Meteorological Observations. [No. 6. :

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the

month of Kebruary, 1853.—(Continued.)

: eee ae

e ¢ |g ]A |g ca ier eS

a) i ‘ re 2 S ° ° B seule 3s SS.

3 56 5 & wo |) a | ee ee

3 > E 2 of es | to &

faa) ro) o Cs) 2 » on & om

Date. : a) an) 5 a FS 5 | 2 2 o0

38 s 2 SB. | $8 |gre| aes

Pe |g big. | ge | 22) | be | ees

2f | @ B. S luge | oS ee able ee

8 8 b> 5 po | S> | $4 |S aa] $es

a A s) A a = < PI

ty) Oo 0 ft) Inches.| T. gr. | T. gr.

1 60.6 5.8 56.7 9.7 | 0.468 5.18 1.99 0.722

2 61.1 6.3 56.9 | 10.5 | 0.472 5.20 2319 704

3 61.8 7.4 56.9 | 12.3 | 0.471 5.19 2.62 665

4 64.3 6.6 60.3 10.6 0.528 5.80 2.43 705

5 67.5 5.3 64.7 8.1 | 0.610 6.69 2.02 768

6 | Sunday.

7 66.0 4.6 63.4 7.2 | 0.586 6.44 1.71 790

8 62.9 6.5 58.8 10.6 | 0.502 5.93 2.33 104

9 62.2 7.3 57.4 | 12.1 | 0.480 5.28 2.60 .670

10 63.4 6.9 59.1 11.2 | 0.508 5.58 2.50 691

11 65.6 6.2 62.1 9.7 0.560 6.14 2-31 727

12 65.6 7.9 61.3 | 11.8 | 0.545 5.97 2.82 -679

13 | Sunday

14 65.6 9.2 60.2 | 14.6 | 0.526 5.73 3.53 619

15 64.8 9.8 58.8 15.8 | 0.502 5.47 3.73 099

16 65.7 10.4 59.5 16.6 | 0.515 5.58 4.05 979

17 68.0 oe 63.0 14.1 | 0.578 6.27 3.65 -632

18 72.6 7.0 69.3 10.3 | 0.711 7.67 3,02 717

19 EE 9.5 66.4 | 14.2 | 0.645 6.97 4.04 .633

20 | Sunday.

21 64.7 12.7 56.6 20.8 0.467 5.06 4.95 .005

22 65.8 12.4 58.3 19.9 0.494 5.34 4.91 O21

23 67.6 10.7 61.6 16.7 0.551 5.96 4.32 .580

24 64.9 11.9 07.4 19.4 0.480 5.20 4.63 .029

25 64.5 12.9 56.2 2112 0.460 4.99 5.02 .499

26 65.0 12.7 57.0 20.7 0.473 5.12 4.98 907

27 | Sunday.

28 69.5 11.6 63.3 17.8 | 0.584 6.28 4.89 562

1853. ] Meteorological Observations. 601

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta, in the

month of February, 1853—(Continued.)

8 3 Prevailing direction

$ : - E ee d. General aspect of the Sky.

Se, a

fe) Ine

1. 95.3 |'.. |S. W. or S. E. Nearly cloudless.

2| 95.0 -. |S. or S. W. Cloudless.

3] 97.7 | .. |S.W. or W. or Calm.|Cloudless till 6 a. mM. scattered \ i till

5 Pp. M. cloudless afterwards. [ wards.

4| 92.2 | .. |Calm or S. or W. Scattered \ i till 6 pv. m. cloudless | after-

5} 95.2 | .. {Calm or S. Cloudless till 8 a. mM. scattered \ior “i

till 7 e. m. cloudless afterwards.

6| Sunday

93. -.» |S. or N. W. Cloudless till 10 a. m. scattered ‘% i till

, 4 p. M. cloudless afterwards.

8), 93.7 «|: |N. or N, W. Cloudless.

9} 94.9 | .. |N. W. high from 1 till/Cloudless till 11 a. M, scattered \ i till

3 P.M. 7. PM. cloudless afterwards.

10} 96.3 | .. |CalmorN. W. high at|Cloudless,

noon and 1 Pp, M. ji [7 p. m. cloudless afterwards.

10 eee -- {Calm or N. W. Cloudless till 8 a. mM. scattered ‘i till

LZpere. -. |N. W. or W. orS. W./Cloudless till 6 Aa. m. scattered \ i till 7

P. M. cloudless afterwards.

13| Sunday.

14, .. a |W. Nearly cloudless the whole day.

15ty ) se -- |S. W. or W.or N. W./Cloudless.

te -- |W. or S. W. high at/Cloudless,

l and 2 Pp. M.

7b pee -. |S.or W. or S. E. — \Cloudless.

18h. > w -- |S. or W, Cloudless till 3 a. m. overcast till 5 a. mM.

scattered \-ior i till 9 a. mM. cloud-

less afterwards. [ wards.

19; oe -. |S.or S. W. Cloudless till 4 Pp. mM. scattered ‘ i after-

20 Sunday

21 os -- |S. W. or N. W. Nearly cloudless, occasionally scattered

[i or ~i. [less afterwards.

22> ves .- |CalmorN.W.orS.W, Scattered “ i till 7 a. m. nearly cloud-

23), oe -- |S. W. or N. W. or W. Cloudless.

24 we te VW wars IN Wea Cloudless.

7 ae .. |S. or N. or N. W. Cloudless, [or ~i.

26) oe -- |W. or N. W. Nearly cloudless, occasionally scattered \ i

27 Sunday.

28ip jo. .. |S. or N. W. Cloudless barring little \i at 9 a.m. andnoon.

Relea ids ae 6 itil, N= Biecee cede ce Cirro-strati,

OR Se esdaesne CUMUL. M- 1 cececeeees Cumulo-strati.

ced a wieidh sieve: e's SULA. VED yade cowsee Nimabf,

Wi .o.eceeeee Cirro-cumuli.

602 Meteorological Observations. No. 6.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the

month of March, 1853.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

Sek eke

i S S Range of the Barometer. = 8 ger ee

< a's o perature.

oS ae

= ‘s

Sas | Max. Min. Dif. | 2 | Max.| Min. | Diff,

= =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. fy) 0 ty) 0

1 29.949 30.031 29.893 0.138 | 82.1 | 93.2°| 67.0 | 26.2

a .943 .045 861 0.184 78.5: | 89.5 | 967.5 | 22.0

3 913 006 Boy) 0.177 76.9 | 90.0 | 62.4 | 27.6

4 -880 29.962 807 0.155 77.6 | 90.7 | 64.5 | 26.2

5 877 974 -786 0.188 | 77.9 | 90.4 | 64.4 | 26.0

6 | Sunday.

7 .886 952 843 0.109 | 83.3 | 95.4 | 64.3 | 31.1

8 .878 904 .830 0.124 83.0 | 95.0 )) 69:9-3)°25.1

9 .893 .965 837 0.128 | 82.4 | 94.8 | 68.5 | 26.3

10 885 972 <Oon 0.151 83.5 | 95.5) || 70,00) 2oc5

11 899 -987 831 0.156 80.1 | 92.0 | 67.5 | 24.5

12 .858 949 118 0.171 | 79.8 | 93.6 | 64.8 | 28.8

13 Sunday.

14 01 .858 oo 0.219 | 85.2 | 96.2 | 75.3 | 20.9

15 843 916 188 0.128 83.6 | 96.6 | 71.5 | 25.1

16 .886 974 .828 0.146 $2.3 | -93.3:1|70ro a) 22ca

U7 871 954 809 0.145 | 82.9 | 95.6 | 69.0 | 26.6

18 883 -966 .819 0.147 84.2 °|'97.0°"| 68.7 | °28.3

19 -892 -982 814 0.168 84.8 | 97.3 | 69.3 | 28.0

20 | Sunday

21 842 .926 770 0.156 84.2 , 95.5.4) (73.0) 22.5

22 831 910 179 0.135 84.4 |) 95.7 || 74.0 | 21.7

23 829 916 0736 0.180 85.7 | 99.3 | 74.3 | 25.0

24 177 .849 -696 0.153 86.3 | 98.6 | 74.3 | 24.3

25 Good| Friday.

26 762 847 702 0.145 85.9 | 99.0 | 73.6 | 25.4

27 Sunday.

28 113 847 721 0.126 84.4 | 92.7 | 74.5 |-18.2

29 761 .830 .695 0.135 85.7 | 95.7 | 75.4 | 20.3

30 147 .806 .690 0.116 85.9 | 95.5 | 75.4 ;1-20.1

3l 07 .829 .698 0.131 85.7 | 96.0 | 76.5 | 19.5

1853. | Meteorological Observations. 603

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the

month of March, 1853.—Continued.

3 ve ge ea eer hee

coe 2 |b eee ee

a Pa ee ore ra ole en

= Ss E 3 2 oe Bes |") Saat gh

Date. aa] 2 a ‘4 a seo |F = 3 | 9 @ 2

o 3S = at o2 S5s| amos

Ee pila So eee Sy es ne tale BY ie

s 3 mA B, ‘5 c & aS |[380/g°8

ws cS oS Sit ire Ss 2

oO g Po g PO o - dD) ops aS, 24 Su Qo — 2

= A oS ie See hes 4 A

ty) 0) ty) ) Inches. '| , Togr.? (Es. gr.

1 69.9 122 63.5 18.6 | 0.587 6.30 5.21 | 0.547

2 63.4 15.1 53.1 25.4 | 0.415 4,50 5.85 435

3 63.2 13.7 54.0 22.9 | 0.427 4.64 5.22 471

4 64.4 13.2 55.8 21.8 | 0.455 4.92 5.15 489

5 68.6 9.3 63.6 14.3 | 0.590 6.39 3.77 .629

6 Sunday.

7 73,1 10.2 68.3 15.0 | 0.687 qiol 4.56 .618

8 69.6 13.4 62.3 20.7 | 0.565 6.04 5.78 oll

9 68.8 13.6 61.3 21.1 | 0.545 5.86 5.795 .905

10 67.6 15.9 58.2 25.3 | 0.492 5.28 6.72 .440

11 65.9 14,2 57.1 23.0 | 0.475 5.11 5.73 471

12 66.9 12.9 59.3 20.5 | 0.511 5.00 5.25 012

13 Sunday

14 74.7 10.5 70.0 15.2 | 0.727 7.176 4.85 615

15 70.4 13.2 63.5 20.1 | 0.587 6.29 5.74 523

16 68.3 14.0 60.4 21.9 | 0.529 5.69 5.89 491

17 67.6 15.3 58.6 24.3 | 0.499 5.35 6.44 454

18 70.1 14.1 62.6 21.6 | 0.569 6.09 6.15 -498

1g 71.6 13.2 65.0 19.8 | 0.616 6.60 5.86 2000

20 Sunday.

21 74.5 9.7 70.2 14.0 0.731 7.82 4,42 .639

22 77.1 7.3 74.2 10.2 | 0.831 8.91 3.40 0724

23 76.8 8.9 73.2 12.5 | 0.805 8.59 4.21 .671

24 78.8 7.5 79.9 10.4 | 0.879 9.38 3.64 20

25 Good| Friday.

26 76.6 9.3 72.8 13.1 | 0.794 8.48 4,39 659

27 Sunday

28 78.9 5.5 76.8 7.6 | 0.905 9.67 2.64 786

29 79.7 6.0 77.5 8.2 | 0.924 9.88 2.92 372

30 79.9 6.0 WEY: 8.2 | 0.930 9.94 2.93 172

6.0 77.5 8.2 | 0.924 9.88 2.92 172

604

Meteorological Observations.

[ No. 6.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the

| Date.

mr 09

Max. Solar

radiation.

Sunday.

eeee

Sunday.

Inc.

Good Friday.

Sunday.

month of March,

Prevailing direction

of the Wind.

S. W. or N. E.

N..W.

N. W. or W. or S. W.

S. W. or W.

S. W. or calm.

S. or S. W. or N. W.

high S. wind at

midnight.

S.E. or N.W.orS.W.

W.ors. W.

W.orS.W.orN. W.

high W. wind at

2 P.M.

S. W. or N. W. or W.

Ss. W.

S.W.orcalm,orN.W.

Calm, N.W. or S.W.

N. or S. W. or calm.

W.orS. W.

S. W. or W.

Ditto.

S. or S. S. E;

S. occasionally blow-

ing sharp.

S. or S. W.

S. blowing sharp

8a.M. to 3 P.M.

and high at 9 Pe. M.

S. blowing high at

3 A.M.

Ss.

S. constantly blow-

ing sharp.

Ditto.

S. blowing sharp

before sunrise.

18538— Continued.

General aspect of the Sky.

Scattered \i and ~i till 10 a. m. cloud-

less till 2 pe. m. Scattered \i till 8 Pe. M.

cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless or little \i or “i till 8 a. mM.

cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless or scattered \i occasionally.

Cloudless till 6 a.m. scattered ‘i till

1 pe. m. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless till 8 a. mM. scattered “i or i

till 3 p.m, and nearly cloudless afterwards.

Variable sky till 8 a.m. being cloudless or

overcast. Cloudless till 3 Pp. M. all kinds

of clouds afterwards.

Cloudy till 6 a.m. scattered — iafterwards.

Scatd. —i till 5 p.m. overcast afterwards,

Overcast till 2 a. M. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless.

Ditto.

[cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless till 2 a. M. overcast till 6 a. M.

Cloudless.

Ditto.

Nearly cloudless.

Ditto.

Cloudless till 7 a.m. scattered ‘i after-

wards,

[ wards.

Cloudless till 5 A. M. scattered \i after-

Scattered \ i—overcast at 1 and 9 Pp. M.

Scattered \i—occasionally overcast.

Cloudless and occasionally scattered \— i.

i. an on -

1853. | Meteorological Observations. 605

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, in the

month of April, 1858.

Latitude 220 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

Oo 5 spiel

2 ° s Range of the Barometer. 52 pes, Ce ae

20 © Fy b> =|

eee oe

Date. a ay i m

a = = Max. Min, Diff S aS Max. | Min, | Diff.

= =

Inches. Inches. Inches. Inches. fe) oO o 0)

1 29.727 29.806 29.628 0.178 86.6 | 96.8 | 76.3 | 20.5

2 .673 .700 093 157 88.3 | 99.5 | 76.3 | 23.2

3 Sunday.

4 .786 .865 716 .149 86.1 | 95.0 | 76.8 | 18.2

5 22 794 -635 159 86.6 | 96.0 | 78.4 | 17.6

6 71 867 -682 185 83:6 °| 94.6°|' 77.5 | 17.1

7 0853 932 192 .140 80.5 | 90.5 | 68.2 | 22.3

8 -870 -960 195 -165 Saxon 940M! 272.5) |. 2be5

9 852 933 170 .163 8562") 95.3.1) 73.8) |) 21.5

10 Sunday.

11 2813 > (893 De 161 86.3 | 98.0 | 74.3 | 23.7

12 747 824 .655 169 87.7 |101.4 | 75.0 | 26.4

13 683 47 .600 2147 89.8 |102.8' | 77.4 | 25.4

14 .708 803 .648 155 89522) 99.2010 77.0; | 22.2

15 .796 -820 .699 121 84.8 | 90.3 | 78.4 | 11.9

16 178 873 712 161 85.5 | 95.5 | 65.0 | 30.5

17 Sunday.

18 783 873 706 .167 87.3 | 97.7 | 76.8 | 20.9

19 Wwol .805 653 152 87.8 | 99.6 | 77.0 | 22.6

20 734 837 632 2205 86.8 | 98.4] 77.5 | 20.9

21 Wi7 842 -681 161 84.0 | 94.6 | 74.0 | 20.6

22 730 193 .644 149 88.2 | 99.6 | 74.0 | 25.6

23 sf22 197 612 ~185 SSae ty 99.5 F2.3) |, Be

24 Sunday.

25 138 814 .681 133 84.1 | 93.0} 73.2 | 19.8

26 742 Bll 678 183 S7iL4) 98:04).82%6:51., 2S

27 714 785 -626 159 87.6 | 98.7'| 76.6 | 22.1

28 -652 20 .567 .158 88.5 | 98.1 78.0 | 20.1

29 624 -695 ool 144 89.6 |100.0 | 79.2 | 20.8

30 -605 .684 i510 .169 90.6 | 103.0 | 80.1 | 22.9

606 Meteorological Observations. [ No. 6.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the

month of April, 1853.—(Continued.)

ss ; B r Be [ag |e

A : = |8 g a eee ae

- & | 2 S Dba ie ae

2 - 5 =] ww 6 sa53e)| 3 os |

Date. Pani 2 a 2 ao | B53 | Bao |

3 8 a ee ee Bist lee s~ |e oa oo ae

=o =) 8 Fe Om ela = bo (se ®l 355

S| faa] = a 4 3 = 5 2 >a |

=e) =) 5 aos S Sua eDs | SoS

6 4 fad 8 po | > | $8 |S a6] 38 :

= A S) A = = < = |

0 ft) ) 0 Inches. | T. gr. |.T. gr.

1 79.0 236°°| 96A'.) 10.5 (20.884 (942 | tater ie 719 |

2 78.5 91987) 747!.{ 13.6517.0.845'100'8.97 | | Cakes 1) 650

3 Sunday.

4 79.9 612909) FRG 8.5 | 0.928} 9.89 | 3.06 | .764

5 80.0 Ce Se 9.0 | 0.927} 9.89 | 3.25 | .753

6 77.1 6.5 | 74.5 9.1 | 0.840 |. 9.01 | 3.02 | .749

7 72.6 7.99%). 68.9.) 11.67 4° 0-701 fo 7.55 || tea .68s

8 75.9 7) FRFi 1069 0.799 108.49 | | SRS o 7G

9 76.6 860) 73.00.) 12.15 F10.802 |) 78.58 | |; ae eB 0

10 Sunday.

11 77.4 89°] ° 73uB Ml 12.541" 0.822 1028.75 | aay |) 672

12 77.4%. /1'10.3° | 73e2e 14.55H0.806 8.56 | ee) | eal

13 77.60) Wesac FBT) VF 0.79) 1248.38) eka | ae

14 749 | 14.3 | 68.4 | 20.8 | 0.690] 7.30 | 6.86 | .516

15 F4cC 1000): FORAY | 14.4} 0.736.) 097387 | BOT) ase

16 74.7 1O86e] (69.01) 15.60) 10.724 1829.72) Se 0r)) 607

17 Sunday. P

18 V7.2 1OSET A FBC! 14.20100,802 |) 28.54 1! MBF) aay

19 78.8 9.0 | 75.3 | 12.5 | 0.863] 9.16 | 4.44 | .674 #

20 73.0 88° | 745°] 12.3°190.841 |: 8.96 |-'4795 | -678 t

21 75.4 SiGe) PUTO 2231000.768 [698.23 1) Bide aang i

22 17.6) 4° VO6 4 7353811. 1479) 190.809 |088:57 | Veo |) .aas :

23 79.0 O74 FST 13.4.4 0.861 08.16 || 4 BO 656 4

24 Sunday. i

25 75.5 8.69) 748") 12.3) 190.771 |) 18.25 || s.96 | + 2676 :

26 78.1 9.054 7460) 12.58190.842 |) 8.96 | 4a7 pela

27 79.2 8.4 | 76.0 | 11.6 | 0.881 | 9.37 | 4.15 | .693

28 80.5 BO 77868) 10-97 00-927 | 09.85%) eaoset ee zalo

29 82.0 7.6 (7941) 10.21 120.982 | 10.41; | 93.92 | P9868

30 81.8 8.8) 7eeFi). LP90) 20.96) |: 10.16 +} “40 OP wees

1853.]

Meteorological Observations.

607

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the

month of April, 1853— (Continued.)

oS &

eee

ns Prevailing direction

3 4s E of the Wind. General aspect of the Sky.

A) a” |e

0) Inc. [7 p. M. cloudless afterwards.

Eh ences .. | S. and high at 7 p. m.| Cloudless till 4 a. M. scattered i till

1 a Pr -- |S. W. or S. E. or S.} Cloudless till 6 a. mM. scattered ~i till

3} Sunday 5 Pp. M. cloudless afterwards.

Al ise vie 73 | S. or Ss. HB. Cloudless till 5 a. M. overcast till 1 P, M.

~ cloudless till 6 Pp. M. cloudy afterwards,

Bl? gies -- | S. or S. E, and blow-| Cloudy.

ing high at mid-

night. [or overcast afterwards.

| ree we |S, ee Or Ss, Nearly cloudless till 8 a. mM. scattered 1% i

4 101.5 .- | E.orS. E. or N. E:| Overcast till 9 A. M. scattered \ i and wr

blowing high at) till 7 Pp. m. cloudless afterwards,

midnight. [8 p. m. cloudless afterwards.

8} 107.0 EO IMTS AMID AeCe) greys Cloudless till 6 a. M. scattered % i till

9 114.5 oe S208 S. a8, Cloudless till 3 a. M, scattered \i or Wi

til 2 p.m. %i till 7 Pp, mM. cloudless

afterwards.

10) Sunday. [3 Pp. M. nearly cloudless afterwards.

1]; 118.4 Se is Cloudless till 4 a4. ™M. scattered \i till

12) 122.0 a Se Cloudless till 4.P.™M. scattered \i till

7 Pp. M. cloudless afterwards,

13) 122.0 |0.20] E. or S. W. Scattered \—i or overcast.

14; 124.2 | .. |S. W. or N. W. or| Scattered i till 2 a. mM. cloudless till

S. E. 8 A, M. all kinds of clouds afterwards.

TSO <5 eo (Calm. [or S.! Cloudy, Lafterwards.

16; 107.8 | .. | W.orN.W.orS.W.| Cloudy till 4 a.m. all kinds of clouds

17| Sunday. [cloudless afterwards,

18} 112.8 .. |S. W. or S. E. or S.| Cloudless till 10 a.m. Xior \itill7 p.m.

19) 118.0 S. Overcast at 3 a. M cloudless till 11 a. mM.

scattered “i till 5 p. m, cloudless or thin

clouds afterwards. [afterwards.

20} 115.0 |.. |S. Cloudless 11 a.m. scattered \—i or cloudy

21} 115.0 .- |S. or S. E. or S. W.| Overcast till 10 a. wm. scattered “i after-

wards with thunder and lightning,

22| 122.2 -- |S.orS. E, Cloudy or Wi till 7 a.m. cloudless till

: noon, scattered i afterwards.

72 re .. | Ditto. Cloudless till 7 a. M. scattered “i or

cloudy afterwards.

24| Sunday. eecene About 2 p. M. a heavy shower of hailstone

and rain with much lightning (forked)

and thunder.

25} 120.6 |0.80) S. or S. W. or S, E.| Cloudy.

26} 124.4 .. |S.or S. S. E, or S.| Scattered “i or cloudy till 6 p.m. cloud-

Ss. W. less afterwards.

27| 117.0 veri. Oris, B, Nearly cloudless. [afterwards.

28) 121.0 «= | Ditto, Cloudless till 3 a. M, scattered -ior i

29; 116.0 ao (S08 Nearly cloudless.

30| 127.0 . S. Cloudless till 7 A. M. scattered \~i till

5 P.M. nearly cloudless afterwards.

4 0

608

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

Meteorological Observations.

[No. 6.

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, wm the

month of May, 1853.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

Sey oR ies

x oe Range of the Barometer. a 8 Hannes fhe goes

= ga D perature.

eos aie

Date. = i BS & E

S23 | Max Min Diff. | $& | Max.| Min. | Diff,

= >

Inches. | Inches, | Inches. | Inches. 0 ) 0) 0

1 Sunday.

2 29.668 29.746 29.610 0.136 90.1 | 102.0 | 80.5 | 21.5

3 -662 736 599 137 89.5 | 97.5 1oetee 1° 16:0

4 -600 677 .920 0157 89.7 | 99.6 | 80:9 | 18.7

5 607 -686 O31 -155 88.4 | 96.0 | 80.8 | 15.2

6 -658 124 095 -129 89.3 | 99.5 | 80.8 | 18.7

7 456 839 682 0157 89.3 | 99.4} 80.2.) 19.2

8 Sunday.

9 679 7143 544 .199 88.9 | 99.9 | 74.6 | 25.3

10 /02 Tl 637 0134 86.77) 97.4 | 7G.9 4) 20-5

M1 728 .848 .080 -268 84.8 | 95.5 | 75.8 | 19.7

12 .670 741 604 -137 84.3 | 94.5 | 70.4 | 24.1

13 .653 2a 081 -142 85.2 | 94.5 | 74.0 | 20.5

14 625 679 2047 132 89.7 | 98.5 | 78.5 | 20.0

15 Sunday.

16 .652 eat .565 -156 91.3 |101.4 | 80.9 | 20.5

17 -699 788 .633 0155 91.0 | 10¥-2, |. 78.99) 622-3

18 -690 169 .606 -163 92.0 |101.3 | 81.5 | 19.8

19 .658 129 .089 144 91.3. | 102.7) |) W879. | 424.0

20 663 123 095 -128 91.2 {101.0 | 81.0 | 20.0

21 .697 749 652 097 90.7 |101.2; .. ar

22 Sunday,

23 714 185 632 153 91.6. 1103.0) | ‘ST.ogie2i5

24 716 0/89 .624 165 91.8 | 102.6) Sid | 2h3

25 -682 174 .078 -196 91.0 |101.2:) 82.4 | 18.8

26 -606 -684 -520 -164 90.4 | 99.6 | 80.3 | 19.3

27 087 -665 48] 184 89.5 | 99.8 | 81.2 | 18.6

28 .649 -796 -078 .218 84.3 | 97.5 | 75.6 | 21.9

29 | Sunday.

30 .686 475 .085 .190 85.8 | 95.2 | 74.5 | 20.7

31 .655 119 .562 157 87.4 | 96.3 | 740) 22.3

1853. | Meteorological Observations. 609

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, im the

month of May, 1853—(Continued.)

s ae Sah Oe Mele eC

Bet 45 = a) ry a eS = 2 3

a = 5 2 Se on i ee ae

> ES o i) > 6 Og gee

2 > — 3S TSS =

a @ b ° ioe. (peerees | Sls e

Date. ‘ 2 a ‘3 Geo |Fg 3} o So

Fo < £ 45 cole i & Sp Ng es

I 5 ms 2 Sul! 3

S06 = = a ¢ 2 Sunil s, 2 io bine S

o & Pb g Pau} 8.5 Sa |S aie| Sos

= fa) Ss) a = a < =

te) 0 0 ) Inches.| T. gr. | T. gr.

1 Sunday

2 82,2 7.9 79.4 10.7 | 0.984 | 10.39 4.15 | 0.715

3 82.0 7.5 79.4 10.1 190,983) | 10.41 3.88 Wi}

4 82.6 Fak 80.2 9.5 | 1.007 10.66 3.71 742

5 82.1 6.3 79.9 8.5 | 0.998 10.59 3.25 -765

6 82.2 7.1 A907 9.6 | 0.993} 10.51 3.70 740

7 81.9 7.4 79.3 10.0 | 0.979 10,38 3.83 730

8 Sunday

3 76.9 12.0 71.9 1.00) O77 8.19 5.85 583

10 77.3 9.4 73.5 13.2 | 0.813 8.67 4.51 658

11 77.3 7.5 74.3 10.5 | 0.835 8.92 3.54 716

12 77.4 6.9 74.6 9.7 | 0.844 9.02 3.26 735

13 80.2 5.0 78.4 6.8) 0:952 | 10.17 2.44 -807

14 83.3 6.4 81.2 8.5 | 1.039 | 11.01 3-36 766

15 Sunday

16 81.7 9.6 78.3 13.0 | 0.949 | 10.01 5.05 .665

17 76.2 14.8 69.7 21.3 | 0.720 7.60 7.33 509

18 79.3 12.7 74.3 17.7 | 0.836 8.79 6.57 072

19 80.2 11.1 76.0 15.3 | 0.883 9.31 5.75 618

20 82.9 8.3 80.1 11.1 1.004 10.60 4.42 .706

21 83.6 7.1 81.2 9.5 | 1.041 | 10.99 3.81 743

22 Sunday

23 82.6 9.0 79.5 12.1 | 0.986 | 10.40 4.79 .685

24 84.1 | 81.6 10.2 1.052 V1 4,16 128

25 81.1 9.9 77.9 13.5 | 0.926 9.76 5.17 .654

26 82.1 8.3 79.2 VL.2) 6.976" | 10:33 4.34 704

27 82.0 7.5 79.4 10.1 | 0.983 | 10.41 3.88 728

28 78.4 5.9 76.2 8.1 | 0.886 9.51 2047 174

29 Sunday.

30 a) ho 74.8 11.0 | 0.848 9.06 3.77 706

31 79.8 7.6 77.0 10.4 | 0.909 9.69 3.76 720

610 Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the

month of May, 1853—(Continued.)-

\ 43 Prevailing direction

$ : 3 Z of the Wind. General aspect of the Sky.

AL a” |e

) I

1) Sunday.

2; 117.0 | ...| 8S. or S. E. occasion-} Cloudy till 4 a.m. Cloudless afterwards.

ally blowing sharp. [wards.

a) 15. G) a) e.8 | (Dito: Overcast till 6 a. m. nearly cloudless after-

4, 116.0 | .. | Ditto. Scattered clouds till 8 A. M. nearly cloud-

less afterwards.

5, 113.0 | .. | Ditto. Cloudless till 4 a.™. flying clouds or

cloudy, lightning and thundering till 7

p. M. cloudless afterwards.

6) 115.0 | .. | Ditto. Flying clouds or scattered \i or “i or

overcast till 7 p.m. cloudless afterwards.

A ES RN Se bn Cloudless till 8 a.m. flying clouds till

8} Sunday. 8 p. M. cloudless afterwards.

9; 116.8 |0.08|S. or S. S. W. or} Cloudy with rain and thunder till 9 a. m.

S. 8. E. occasion-| cloudless till 4 p.m. cloudy with rain

ally sharp. and thunder afterwards,

10} 120.0 | 0.10) E. or S. or N. E. | Cloudy or overcast till 8 Pp. M. nearly

cloudless afterwards.

1)} 113.4 | .. |S. E. orS. occasion-| Cloudless till 4 a.m. cloudy with rain and

ally high. thunder afterwards.

12} 118.3 | 0.96) S. BE. or S. Overcast or cloudy till 7 a.m. cloudless

‘ till noon, scattered \—i afterwards.

13} 113.0 |0.70| S. E. or S. occasion-} Cloudy with occasional rain, thunder and

ally sharp. lightning. [7 p.m. cloudless afterwards.

14/.125.0 | .. |S.or 8S. E. Cloudless till 4 a. M. scattered clouds till

15| Sunday.

16) ;124.0 |...; | S..E. or S. Cloudless or patches of \i or “i.

17| 124.0 eis: 08.1 E08 Ne Vi Cioudless.

18} 119.3 -. | S.or S. W. or calm.} Ditto.

19] 130.0 wt | 8. 0ores W. Cloudless or scattered ‘i.

20} 118.2 -» |S.orS. E. Nearly cloudless till 7 a. M. scattered “i,

or cloudy afterwards, [afterwards.

21) :122.0 -.« | Ditto. Nearly cloudless till noon, scattered clouds

22) Sunday.

23| 125.0 sc eat Se Flying clouds till 7 a. mM. cloudless till

1 ep. M. cloudy with rain and thunder till

8 p. M. cloudless afterwards. [ wards,

24| 124.0 |} .. |S. orS. E. Nearly cloudless till 2 p. M. cloudy after-

25| 126.4 | .. | Ditto. Cloudy.

26; 115.4 val |S. UWE Ss All kinds of clouds.

27| 124.0 | .. | Ditto high at 5 ep. m.| Cloudy and drizzling at 8 p.m. [zling.

28| 119.0 |0.50| S. E. or S. or E, Cloudy or overcast with occasional driz-

29| Sunday. | 0.08

30} 120.0 | .. | S. or S. W. or N.E.| Raining at midnight, and cloudy till 6 a. Mm.

Scattered \-i or \i till 8 Pp. mM. cloud-

less afterwards,

31; 125.0 | .. | Calm orS, Cloudless till 2 a. M. scattered clouds, or

cloudy or overcast afterwards.

JOURNAL

OF THE

Po bA PG SOeLEDY,

Psy

No. VII.—1853.

Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains, undertaken

for the purpose of ascertaining the Cleological Formation of Kun-

chinjinga and of the perpetually snow-covered peaks in tts vicinity.

—By Captain Wauter STANHOPE SHERWILL, Revenue Surveyor.

(Concluded from page 570. )

August 10th, 1852.—Direction north, still along the crest of Sin-

galeelah; started at 7 a. mM. on a beautiful sunny morning, the wea-

ther delicious and the air very pure, of which I took advantage, and

obtained the following bearings ; Tassiding Goompa east, Darjeeling

south-east, the houses being quite distinct and visible, and only

twenty-four miles distant by direct distance, but these twenty-four

miles have cost us seven long and laborious marches, or at the very

- lowest computation, one hundred and forty-five miles of windings

and twistings of ascents and descents. Tendong* mountain E. 11°

S. The survey Flag Staff on the Tonglof mountain 8. 11° E, Sun-

dhukphoo mountain 8. 11° W.

To the south-east the Teesta river was distinctly visible in the

plains south of the Morung Forest. To the north Kunchinjinga

towered over the high peaks of Singaleelah.

Looking to the west, the snowy range of Nepal, grander in its

proportions, if any thing, than the Darjeeling range, Kunchinjinga

always excepted, and the cultivated valleys of Nepal and some very

remarkable rocky and. sterile peaks standing between the perpetual

snows and the upper limits of vegetation, presented us with a view

* Ten “‘ permanent,’’ Dong ‘ resting-place.’’ T Tonglo ‘* Cotton tree.’’

No. LXI.V—New Serizs. Von. XX. 41

612 Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. [No. 7.

that very speedily made us forget all the labour we had gone

through the previous week. As we proceeded we looked down into

the deep blue valley of the Rungbi, which at this point is about

10,000 feet deep. The eye, in looking down these stupendous val-

leys, wanders from the tough arctic lichen and snow rhododendron at

the observer’s feet over fine forests of fir trees, rhododendron, birch,

oak, on the slopes of the mountains, down to the tropical trees and

plants, plantains, bamboos and gigantic orasses in the valleys. The

scenery was now rapidly changing ; instead of the suffocating heat of

the valleys with their abundant tropical vegetation, we were breathing

a bracing pure air, with the Thermometer standing at 41°; the trees

were small; of soil there was but a very scanty sprinkling under

our feet, and looking either to the east or the west a wild confused

snowy scene, treeless mountains, rocky peaks destitute of vegetation,

bare precipices and deep—profoundly deep—valleys had replaced

our hitherto confined view.

At 8-30 we arrived at a foot path descending towards Nepal; at

this spot were the remains of a Gurung’s hut and a small shallow

pool of water measuring 150 by 30 feet.

At this spot I measured a cherry tree and ascertained it to be

twelve feet in circumference. Plants and trees met with this morn-

ing were rhododendrons of many kinds, from the rhododendron with

a leaf fourteen inches in length with a deep ferruginous tinge on the

under side of the leaf to the small aromatic rhododendron with a

leaf only sth of an inch in length, bearing a purple flower ; yellow

hearts-ease, rose, hypericum of several kinds, one thorny with a

yellow flower, thistle, hemlock, yellow-flowered potentilla, dock

garlic with a pink flower, and many others.

The sheep track to-day was almost entirely over bare gneiss rock,

in which were fine crystals of schorl.

During this march we passed several caves in the gneiss called

by the Lepchas, L’haps, into which they, with solemn faces assured

us, their Lamas can with a lighted candle in hand, travel subterra-

neously from one mountain to another—no one besides the Lamas

possessing this faculty.

At 11 a. M. we came upon the tracks of the Sippiyook or wild

sheep, an enormous animal judging by his foot-print, at a spot where

1853.|] Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 618

the ridge of Singaleelah is split into two ridges, the whole being

composed of precipices aud naked masses of gneiss rock affording

in its crevices a place for a sweetly scented rhododendron, a pretty

white primula and a large ox-eye looking composite flower growing

upon along stem. For half an hour after leaving this curious spot,

our track lay under a vast precipice of gneiss from which the earth-

quakes, which are so frequent in these mountains, have hurled down

large masses of rock, and in this dangerous spot the Gurungs have

ventured to erect their huts even under the most dangerous and

incoherent rocks. The whole face of the precipice is split into

cuboidal masses, piled one upon the other and which threaten hourly

descent. In one of the detached cubes of gneiss I noticed a band

of greenstone six inches in width extending for sixty feet along the

front of the rock. Under this insecure-looking rock were the

remains of a Gurung encampment. This mountain is the Dumdongla

of Hooker; a footpath leading from Sikkim towards Nepal, here

crosses Singaleelah and is called the Dumdongla pass.

At 2 p. M. we again regained the crest of Singaleelah, where we

saw an old springe set for the capture of pheasants ; a few minutes

afterwards a covey rose close to us, from which I managed to bag

a brace; of these welcome birds our Lepchas made us a delicious

curry in the evening, the first hot meal we had had for nine days.

Encamped for the night at the southern foot of Kanglanamo

mountain at an elevation of 12,317 feet in a dense fog which during

the night condensed into heavy rain. At the foot of this mountain

the Lepchas collected a quantity of a white lichen which grows in

long white filaments ; they called it, Bukh; it is used as incense to

burn before their gods.

August 11th, 1852.—A most lovely clear morning, the perpetual

snow is only eight miles ahead of us; the air very cold, Thermome-

ter standing at 41° at sunrise ; half an hour’s walking brought us

at 7.45 a. mM. to the base of the conical-shaped Kanglanamo, and

three quarters of an hour more and we stood upon the summit at

about 13,000 feet elevation towering over every peak to the south,

At the base of the mountain there are quantities of a dark and

glossy hornblende slate mixed with the gneiss apparently split and

fractured by the snow and frost of winter. In Hooker’s Map of

472

614 Notes upon a Tour im the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. [No. 7.

Sikkim, Kanglanamo is made to appear covered with perpetual snow ;

this is a mistake, as I found the following plants on its summit and

no snow; yellow and purple aromatic rhododendrons and another

kind, rose, pyrus americana, and many small flowers.

The stratification of the gneiss at this elevation is perfectly

horizontal, and in no way contorted, as it is at 7,000 feet and lower

—associated with the gneiss on Kanglanamo is much hornblende

and a black micaceous slate, green felspar, veins of snow-white

quartz and masses of black mica.

The view from the summit of Kanglanamo is very extensive, em-

bracing as it does nearly two hundred miles of the Nepal snowy

range, and showing the junction of Kunchinjinga with the Nepal

- range: a sharp peak bearing a little to the north of west, distant 200

miles, that has been visible for two days, but has barely aitered its

bearing I imagine to be Gosainthan mountain, directly north of

Catmandu; so that from Gosainthan mountain on the west round by

the Nepal snowy range passing round by Kunchinjinga, Pundeem,

the eastern snowy range down southward to Cholah—we had a

glorious panorama of three hundred miles of perpetual snow, peak

towering above peak, all approach to which appears guarded by steep,

precipitous and bare rocky mountains. Looking to the south the

plains of Bengal appear but a very few miles distant, although sixty

miles removed, and on a very clear day the Rajmuhal Hills south of

the Ganges distant 165 miles must be visible, as they are from lower

elevations. Chumulari could not be seen, though I searched well for

him—probably haze or clouds shut him out from our view. On the

north-west we could see the Wallanchun and Kanglachema passes

into Tibet, forty miles distant. Over these passes salt is brought

from the salt lakes in Tibet. The salt is laden first upon men’s

backs, who with much difficulty convey it over a dangerous portion

of the pass, it is then transferred to the backs of sheep who convey

it over the narrow footpaths of the great elevations ; from the sheep

it is transferred to yaks, from yaks to bullocks and eventually, when

nearing the plains, it is transferred to carts.

There is a strange prophecy amongst the Bhotias concerning

these salt lakes, it is as follows: In the salt lake region there is one

large lake from which no salt has hitherto been obtained by reason

1858.| Dotes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 615

of the great quantity of water in the lake; this lake it is prophesied

will in time dry up as the others have done, and that when salt can

be procured from the lake, it will be carried away over the passes by

a white nation who will come from the south, and who will seize

upon the lakes as their own.

The lake is said to have commenced drying up forlatel and it is

expected that salt will be obtainable from it in a few years.

One European and only one (Dr. Hooker) has visited these passes.

One mountain in the Nepal range is a most remarkable object,

both for its curious shape and for its immense height, its name none

of my party knew, nor have I yet succeeded in obtaining the name.

The peak is a hollow crater-like mountain probably 27,000 feet in

height with a long table-mountain attached to it, both covered with

glaciers. To the west of this great mountain are five distinct peaks

separating the large mountain from a hollow shell-like and perpen-

dicular mountain about 26,000 feet in height. The morning sun

shining upon this mass of snow, gave it the appearance of a gigantic

pearl-shell set upon its edge, the snow on the surface being of a

bright pink colour. From the peculiar hollow curved and perpendi-

cular nature of this mountain, it resembles the crater of a Volcano

broken down on one side; beneath this range of snowy mountains

there is a range of bare mountains of a deep red colour about 19,000

feet in height, broken into thousands of ravines, and totally destitute

of vegetation.

At 9 A. M. we got a glimpse of an inhabited Gurung’s hut far

away upon a lofty mountain in Nepal, the flocks of white sheep look-

ing like small patches upon the mountain side.

At a small trickle of water where we halted to breakfast, long

slender and entirely white worms were abundant in the water ; they

resembled long pieces of white thread. The Lepchas seemed to

hold them in great dread, and would on no account touch them. The

crest of Singaleelah at this spot is a precipitous jagged and rocky

mountain which necessitated us to descend several hundred feet

into the Nepal territory. At 11 4.m. the path led us through a

swampy tract of country with several pools of good water, numerous

streams flowing to the westward over slaty gneiss. On a patch of

luxuriant grass near the pools of water, I turned out from under a

616 Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. [No. 7.

slab of gneiss, one of those curious little animals the Neodon sik-

kimensis whose habits and proportions resemble that of the Arvicola,

but the tail is comparatively short; length from snout to the root

of the tail five inches—of the tail 13 inch. This genus was disco-

vered by Mr. B. H. Hodgson in Upper India. From amongst the

rhododendron bushes, we put up a large number of the beautiful

scarlet-legged and three-spurred pheasants, of which I only bagged

one; in the marshy ground great quantities of a beautiful primrose

were in full blossom—also chrysanthemum, a blue dock, dwarf

rhododendrons, grass in abundance, many beautiful flowers and

potentilla; as we were admiring these beauties, we heard the deep

barking of the Gurung’s dogs betokening the vicinity to one of their

large flocks. A Nepalese of our party was sent on ahead to have

the fierce dogs called off, or the better part of our party would have

been torn to pieces by these ferocious brutes. We soon came up

to the Gurungs seven in number, fine athletic looking Hindus with

very scant clothing. They stood in the midst of their flock of three

hundred sheep surrounded by their fine-looking dogs which resemble

the Newfoundland breed. These shepherds had pitched their one

long mat-hut twenty feet in length upon a grassy knoll under the

shadow of some rhododendron trees. They called the country Is-

sunghee, and said that they were moving downwards, having con-

sumed all the grass nearer the snows. Their sheep, which are of a

very large breed, were in excellent condition, and some of the wethers

of a size unknown in England; they asked eight rupees for a large

wether, from whose carcass twenty men might have been well fed.

In the hut we found the Sirdar or chief, Pahulmun by name, of

Chynepoor in Nepal; he told me that he had five brothers each

owning a flock of sheep, and that they were all upon the neigh-

bouring mountains. The wool from these sheep is converted into

very good blankets, several of which I saw in the tent—the Gurungs

appeared to be well fed, their food consisting of mutton and Indian

corn, heaps of the latter were being weighed out in the tent

prior to being cooked for dinner. The men had an abundance of

good brass cooking pots and blankets, and the Sirdar was armed with

a handsome silver-mounted kookree or Nepal knife :—snow falls here

early in October—clevation about 12,000 feet.

1853.| Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 617

Not being able to come to any terms about the purchase of some

sheep, we left the Gurung’s hut, and descended a few hundred feet

under the guidance of one of the Gurungs to a fir forest, from whence

we again ascended and encamped at one P. M. upon a grassy moun-

tain covered with sheep tracks and overhanging the deep valley of

the Yung-ya river. We were above the line of firs at 12,109 feet,

Thermometer 56°, my breathing was very much affected, and it was

with great difficulty I managed the last ascent, and with greater

difficulty I managed to bag a beautiful scarlet-legged pheasant.

Our Lepchas, who are the most timid of mortals, appeared rather

frightened at being in Nepal, especially as the Gurung Sirdar had

been questioning them as to the meaning of our party coming into

Nepal. He was informed that the rocky nature of the summit of

Singaleelah was the reason we were in the Nepal territory, and that

had it been possible to have avoided crossing the Sikkim boundary,

we would not have done so. The Sirdar said, it was all very well

talking, but he knew very well that we had come to examine the

boundary, and that he would report our party to the Nepal Durbar.

which we suppose he did, as we saw a messenger depart that very

afternoon towards the west.

Towards the evening the Gurungs brought some dead sheep for

sale that had been killed on account of sickness produced by eating

the aconitum. The Gurungs watch the animal that has partaken

of this deadly plant, and if they find there is no chance of its living,

its throat is cut and the carcass eaten. The wool is first cut off

close and the stumps singed until the animal appears dressed in

parchment. Strange to say the Lepchas, who will eat snakes, frogs

and other extraordinary food, would not partake of these diseased

sheep, the two carcasses therefore that I purchased were made over

to the Nepalese Hindoo coolies, four in number, who consumed the

two sheep in two days.

Across a deep valley immediately opposite or west of our small

encampment, was an immense cascade falling by a succession of

leaps from upwards of 3,000 feet down into the valley of the Yung-

yariver. ‘To our east the ragged and serrated crest of Singaleelah

rose some thousand feet above us, the horizontal masses of gneiss

being destitute of any vegetation. About 2,000 feet above our camp,

618 Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. [No. 7.

upon the Singaleelah slopes I discerned several white objects like

men; I sent off a Lepcha for one, and it turned out to be a mountain

rhubarb plant, one of the handsomest botanical objects I ever remem-

ber to have seen. It consists of a conical assemblage of buff-coloured

leaves of great beauty elegantly crimped, and edged with pink; the

whole growing upon a substantial stem, upon which and hidden by

the graceful leaves are bundles of flowers and triangular seeds some-

what resembling mignonette—the plant measures forty-five inches

in diameter at the base of the cone, and is about the same height.

The Lepchas call it “ Chookeor Dong; the stem is eaten by the

Hill people, it is extremely acid and astringent.

August 12th, 1852. Woodcocks were heard overhead at day-

break. Further south upon the summit of Singaleelah there are a

considerable number of these birds.

Started at 6 a. mM. Thermometer 41°, our road was up a narrow

erassy gorge in the mountain ; some of the snowy peaks were seen

peering over the tail of Kubra on our left, about five miles distant—

a few hundred feet rise, brought us to the top of the Kanglanamo

pass, a gap in the crest of Singaleelah, affording during the summer

months a means of communication between Sikkim and Nepal. This

is the pass, so I have been informed, by which Dr. Hooker endea-

voured to force his way from Nepal to Sikkim, but was prevented

by the deep snow. The pass I calculate to be 12,600 feet, but I

did not take the height.

The rocks on the crest of Singaleelah at the pass are of horizontal

eneiss, castellated and shattered by the frost, on the right hand

side of the pass the rock has been worn into the very image of a

man sitting with his hands upon his knees, dressed in a robe and

crowned with a Scotch cap with a conspicuous tuft on its top. The

whole figure is about fourteen feet in height; the figure by all

parties was declared to be the Rajah of Sikkim guarding his boundary.

From the pass, the weather being very fine and the air clear, we

had an extensive view of the plains, the Teesta river, the eastern

snowy range and of Darjeeling, which latter mountain is a fine object

from whatever side it is observed. Darjeeling bore south 22° east,

Tendong mountain south-east by east; we were considerably to the

north of several of the snowy peaks—we now left the footpath which

metyenmy97{ ool 3° Tf Sa yYENH yy NIVINNO Wj + ,DNO CY YOM OOH A) EL

SVE, \

a ae

‘eer

Siar

es, a

Dib) CY

Rah Beat

ON Prat ah pS eae oY} ae

Fy ong:

SE = them lama,

MOR g& 7WVeAs3a |

ayy so aces 9% BAAS HVISIIVINIS AV SYD auy So NorswNIWs | MEGANE Aya Gurimoys HILING ABiwoisig ¥

ui NUE LBs Is ING Ne

ri “A j x ) =

\ \ / an SEP AL f Tf .

Sez

S Ss

\ j «<

5 y- q

ae yes < oe ' | :

Lasoo y 2 cme f Ae e

—— ) - ~ ay ;

nso { ys #Y - ; {

Oe go ™ UW 4 Fs j

Teed / $s ref

/ he “ / : 3 2 y ayYsns :

sprhngg Uh ent) S

Me q : i = / ¢ > i) nf i ; 7 : t / t" rl :

WAN py Bed ‘sot N [yb ll | LY hs ee BL elke : ‘tus > SEP et ee

FTN ee } A

ane, aay yx

Toe ‘ Ae

ld aot i S “56 ss We =)

= 0 S - : a ae ape ed

aawiy ton] se Ses Jd? nee a

x \ seloet es = a —e- Etec teeey ~ =)

See a 2 Doll

(aa 0 at Pena en ne eats are

1853.] Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 619

descends in an easterly direction from the pass, crosses the Rungbi

to Yangpoong, to scramble in a northerly direction over naked rocks

under the eastern crest of Singaleelah ; these rocks have been hurled

from the castellated crest by the severe frosts of winter; the stra-

tification of the gneiss being perfectly horizontal, and the individual

strat exceeding minute; the Lepchas named the blocks “ Lama’s

books” which indeed they resemble—one of these blocks fifteen feet

in height and thirty in length, was traversed by a band of white quartz

a foot thick, and being of a less perishable nature than the gneiss,

it stood out in bold relief at each end of the block. A thousand

feet below us, we saw some pools of water standing in the midst of

fine grass pasture land, the property of the Sikkim Rajah, and where

his herds of yaks graze in the month of September ; several stone

huts were scattered about the pasture, where the yak herds shelter

themselves during the night. At the present the yaks were five

miles to the north at Jongri, immediately under the snow, or three

days’ journey from this. One mile of this rough and slippery scram-

bling brought us again to the crest of Singaleelah, where, to my

amazement I discovered that the Singaleelah range breaks off sud-

denly, and that I stood upon the edge of a steep descent several

thousand feet deep. Singaleelah at this spot sweeps round to the

east by a great bend of one mile, and terminates in a spur that

points to the south, separating the two main sources of the Rungbi

river. From nearly the centre of the great curve, a narrow wall-

like ledge much below the crest of Singaleelah runs to the north,

and forms the only apparent connection of Singaleelah with the

snows. Looking down into the deep valleys to the right and to the

left, whose waters are separated by the narrow ledge above-mentioned,

the eye rests upon a curious scene; the valleys, destitute of any

vegetation and filled with pools of water, have been scoured from

end to end by the action of either heavy masses of moving snow or

by glaciers, the loose rocks are piled up in confusion, in some places,

to the height of several hundred feet. The whole scene is one of

ruin and desolation—not a shrub or a plant is seen, nothing but a

region of loosely piled up gneiss rocks. From this spot looking to

the north-west or across the deep valley at our feet, a fine lake

about a mile in length is seen perched up in a strange position upon

620 Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. [No. 7.

a high level plateau in the mountain. The water, partaking of the

colour of the naked rocks that rose behind it for several thousand

feet, was almost black ; its shores were rocky, dark and gloomy.

From this lake the Yungya, a feeder of the Tambur river in Nepal,

takes its rise, and is seen leaving the lake by a fine cascade of 3,000

feet fall. As this lake had never been seen by any European, I have

named it “ Lake Campbell,’ after my esteemed friend Dr. A. Camp-

bell at Darjeeling.

From this strange spot we descended to the east of the narrow

ledge and found ourselves in a deep hollow, full of pools of water,

and the whole surface of the valley one large moraine, the rocks of

which have been driven about and piled up in wild confusion. Tem-

perature of air at 10 a. m. was 58° of water 52°.

I was enabled this day to make some slight additions to Dr.

Hooker’s valuable Map of Sikkim—especially as this immediate spot

was not visited by that intelligent traveller.

Encamped at 1. M. upon moss and lichen covered rocks at an

elevation of 14,229 feet—we had been scrambling over these loose

gneiss rocks for hours, and as we had splitting headaches, we were

delighted to halt, although the poor Lepchas had no wood to cook

their food. The rarefaction of the air is beginning to tell upon us;

bleeding at the nose, a tightness across the back of the head, is what

I most suffer from. The exertion of writing, making a false step

amongst the rocks, of addressing any one, stooping to tie the shoe,

or performing any act requiring but moderate exertion, is productive

of the most distressing symptoms of suffocation, sharp sudden pains

in the chest, extreme beating of the heart, and violent action of the

lungs, which being fed with a thin and rarefied air, have to work

hard to keep the blood purified. I have been so prostrated this day

as to be fit for nothing, which is the more strange as our elevation

is not a very great one; but from all I can gather from travellers in

the Himalayah, I suspect that the sufferings of travellers commenc-

ing as they do from this elevation, are more acute and more noticed

as being something new and at first very alarming. One of our

Nepal coolies is in great agony, moaning in a most piteous manner,

During the afternoon, rain and fog shut us out from all the world.

In the sheltered spots I found dwarf rhododendron, a few primroses

~~. eee

1853.] Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 621

a butter-cup-like plant, the conical rhubarb, two andromeda, one

with a pretty white bell the very image of a true heath—and juni-

per, a few sticks of which latter tree were brought up from a distance

by the Lepchas, and with them water was boiled with some diffi-

culty at 189° 50, or 14,229 feet.

A pheasant got up from amongst the rocks, which I fired at and

bagged; the concussion of the air was so intolerable and stunning,

and so painful, that I was obliged to lie down for some hours before

I got over it.

The fog clearing away we were enabled to see that we were in the

midst of a scene of desolation and chaos, ragged rocks, black slate,

moraines, land slips and steep cliffs were all that met our view near

us, but to the south the plains and the intermediate ranges of

mountains were all spread out before us. To the east of our encamp-

ment about one mile distant, we gradually saw the rounded moun-

tain Gubroo, 15,000 feet, emerge from the clouds. To the north we

could see nothing, as we were at some distance from the crest of a

high ridge, that leaves the foot of Gubroo and sweeping round tothe —

west, joins the high black mountains on which “ Lake Campbell”’ is

situated.

Somewhat to our astonishment we found our tent was only a few

feet removed from a precipice 300 feet deep, had one of the furious

blasts of wind that are common at this elevation descended from the

snows, our tent would have been hurled over the precipice and

received at the bottom in a deep pool of water a few hundred feet

across. Thirty feet from the shore and at the depth of twenty feet

I could see rocks around, whilst the water from its great depth was

quite black.—A bright sun was shining overhead which would have

enabled me to see the bottom perhaps at fifty feet, had the pool

been so shallow. These pools during the winter are entirely frozen

and covered with snow, one hundred feet deep or more, which is

drifted from the heights above—when this large body of snow begins

to melt in the spring and summer, the rocks lying under it are

pushed along with the descending mass and are heaped and piled

up as we saw them. ‘These pools form the sources of the Rungbi

river which, after a course of thirty-five miles through deep valleys,

falls into the great Rungeet under Rinchinpoong.

4nu2

622 Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. (No.7.

August 13th, 1852. Leaving our tents, baggage and people at

the encampment we ascended the loose rocky ridge to the north of

us, the summit of which, 14,500 feet, we reached in half an hour; the

sight that met our gaze from the top was a scene of grandeur I had

never expected to see. The whole of the snowy mountains seen from

Darjeeling were close to us, Kubra, 24,004 feet in height, appeared

hanging over us although two and a half miles distant, but all pro-

gress northward was completely cut off, we were on the edge of a

precipice many thousands of feet deep, at the bottom of which was

a narrow valley running east and west with a handsome lake to the

east, the water from which runs round the foot of Gubroo and falls

into the Ratong. Across this valley a small ledge of rocks connects

the semi-circular ridge of Gubroo with the foot of Kubra. Three

similar chasms all running south-east, north-west, separated us from

the perpetual snow on Kubra. The sides of the chasms are com-

posed of a dark slaty rock, containing much hornblende, the sides

being too precipitous to allow snow to rest upon them. The first,

and second ridges had no snow on them, the third had patches only

of snow, the fourth was covered with perpetual snow, one and a half |

mile distant from us. These ridges are buttresses, descending from

Kubra and terminate in the Ratong valley.

The Thermometer stood at 34° ; the air was quite clear and bracing,

allowing us a free view of the plains, Darjeeling, Nepal, the eastern

snowy range and of the giant peaks to the north of us. Wo aid

Srom a telescope was required to show me that the whole of the large

snow-covered mountains, Kunchinjinga, Pundeem, Kubra and Ji unnoo

are composed of a finely stratified rock to thew very summits. By

the aid of a telescope, the stratification of Kunchinjinga was very

distinct, both in the large naked spot, now only ten and a half miles

distant, and mentioned in the first page of my diary as having been

caused by the earthquake of May, as well as at the very summit.

which is not covered with snow, but with a pellicle of ice, snow only

resting upon the ledges and peaks. The strata, which are very small

and minute, dip to the north-east about 20°, all the large peaks pre-

sented the same appearance. The rocks of the Gubroo range are

composed of a hard flinty parallel gneiss intermixed with much

black or blue hornblende and micaceous slate, the gneiss every-

where splitting into very thin lamine as thin as roofing slates.

1853.] Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 623

Immediately to the west of Gubroo, the rocks dip to the south-

west at an angle of 30°.

The dip of the strata upon the Gubroo ridge being to the south-

west, and the northern face of the ridge being nearly precipitous,

a great flow of water takes place towards the south, the whole sur-

face of the mountain is divided with numerous steppes, each steppe

having pools of water resting upon them averaging from one hundred

to four hundred yards broad—and many of them surrounded by

steep walls of a fine slaty gneiss composed of hornblende, white

quartz and felspar ; from these pools there is a constant discharge of

icy cold water which flowing away south form the Rungbi river.

From the crest of the Gubroo range, we could see a yak herd’s

encampment in the direction of Jongri, or north-east of where we

stood, many thousand feet below us and separated by several deep

valleys.

Kunchinjinga, 28,177* feet above the sea was 10} miles distant.

Pundeem,...... 22,015* — ditto ditto 7). aatbo.

WOmbrayiw. das... 24,004* ditto ditto 3 ditto.

Nursing, ...... 19,139* — ditto ditto 12 ditto.

Tuchcham, ...14,000 (?) ditto ditto 27 ditto.

We were six miles north of Nursing; this peak from Darjeeling

has the appearance of rather a blunt rounded mountain, but from

our position it was an exceedingly sharp pointed peak, run into a

very fine point. None of the numerous glaciers that abound at the

foot of all the great peaks and in the valleys separating them, could

be seen, being completely hidden by the sharp slaty ridges above

mentioned.

From the nature of the mountains surrounding Kunchinjinga,

J felt convinced that any nearer approach to the great peak would

hide him altogether, I therefore determined upon returning. Sit-

ting on the ground with a rock to support my back, I with much

difficulty, from the pain I was suffering from the rarefaction of the

air, took a sketch of the snowy range from the most northerly attain-

ed spot in our journey, and having given one more look round this

grand and wintry scene, we turned our backs upon the snow and

descended to our tents at which we arrived, very cold, at 7 a. mM,

August being the month at which the snow is probably at its

* Heights ascertained by Lt. Colonel Waugh, Surveyor General.

624 Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. [ No. 7.

highest elevation, I was enabled by a series of bearings to lay down

a correct outline upon Dr. Hooker’s Map of the snow line in the

height of summer, and which from careful observations I calculated

to be about 17,000 feet ; but some of the glaciers are far below this

elevation, probably not higher than 12,500 feet. The great glacier

at the foot of Kunchinjinga, visible from Darjeeling, is elevated about

16,000 feet.

At 8 a. M. we left our encampment and descended in a southerly

direction over the loose rocks, crossing many running streams and

pools of water. I particularly remarked, and that after repeated

examinations, that none of these pools contained any living animal,

either fish or animalcule, nor had they any weeds, grass, nor indeed

any organic matter in them. The only living things to be seen

were two minute wrens hopping about the rocks. At 9A. M. we

reached a path, or rather a track marked out by the yak herdsmen

by erecting large stones within sight of each other; upon a fall of

snow occurring, these form their only guides through this wilderness

of loose rocks; to us they were invaluable, as no one of our party

had ever been where we were now threading our way, in the midst

of a thick fog that obscured everything from our view. From the

rocks we commenced ascending the ridge of which Gubroo forms

the northern culminant point, and which separates the waters of the

Ratong and Rungbi rivers. At 9.30 we reached the summit of the

ridge, which to the east is precipitous, descending to the Ratong by

a steep fall of about 8,000 feet. Looking back into the rocky basin we

had left, and from which the fog had blown off, the view was very

wild and interesting. Several landslips have taken place upon Singa-

leelah, uprooting large tracts of fir forest, some of which trees were

seen with their roots in the air, their fine stems shivered and torn

by the falling rocks.

We were much disappointed in not being able to see the view

from the eastern face of the Gubroo range, as from our position, we

should have been enabled to comprehend in one view all the glaci-

ers lying at the foot of Kunchinjinga and Pundeem mountains,

probably twelve in number, the nearest being five miles distant,

as well as Jongri, situated upon one of the swelling buttresses of

Kunchinjinga overhanging the right bank of the Ratong. Jongri

1853.] Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 625

is a yak herd’s summer-post, consisting of several stone houses at

a probable elevation of 14,000 feet, and is the highest spot in this

region where yaks are grazed during the summer months. rom

Darjeeling I was enabled during some very clear weather in Octo-

ber and by the aid of a glass, to fix the true position of Jongri. In

Dr. Hooker’s Map, Yangpoong is called Jongri. Perhaps the mean-

ing of the name Jongri applies to both places, in which case Dr.

Hooker’s Map would merely represent an omission of the site Jongri

and nota mistake. From these glaciers flow many streams, the united

water of which forms the Ratong, a feeder of the great Rungeet.

The eastern face of the Gubroo range is a handsome object in the

view from Darjeeling, from whence it is seen as a bare, rocky, preci-

pitous mountain. About 10 a. m. we reached a spot upon the

almost bare rocks where there stands a yak herd’s stone house com-

posed of large slabs of gneiss rocks, some of the slabs being five feet

in length. The house which is in a rather dilapidated condition, was

supported by wooden posts, and was surrounded by a low stone

wall ;—we halted for breakfast ;—in amongst the rocks, I noticed

rhododendrons, blind nettles, rue, primrose, chrysanthemum, rose»

dwarf rhododendron, fennel, geranium, polygona, dock and potentilla.

This stone-liouse is a resting-place for the herdsmen and cattle when

on their way from the valleys of Sikkim to Singaleelah.

We now commenced a rapid descent, and at 11.20 a. mM. we reach-

ed Yangpoong, several hundred feet removed from the crest of the

Gubroo range or upon the western slope of the mountain on a level

with the fir forest or about 12,000 feet. Yangpoong consists of two

large stone-houses covered with shingle, and a ruined house, this

latter probably a kraal for enclosing cattle, an extensive mendong,

covered with carved slabs and two tall flagstaves, bearing cloth flags

covered with printed prayers. The inhabitants had gone to the north

or to Jongri, so we examined their houses whose doors were merely

tied up with a piece of string. We found the houses large, com-

modious and well filled with the usual Bhotia furniture, amongst

which were some fine drums, trumpets and brass vessels. Though

my Lepchas and Bhotias wandered about the houses examining

and making fun of everything they could lay their hands upon,

nothing was taken away, but my guide begged of me to take a large

626 Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. [No. 7.

pair of yak horns that were nailed to a post in the house. I had

shown some desire to take back a good pair with me, but I could

not consent in the absence of the owner to remove them, especially

as they were evidently prized by the herdsmen from their superior

size and shape.

Underneath the houses, which were built after the usual Bhotia

fashion, there was accommodation for the yak calves.

From Yangpoong the descent was rapid, in the morning we had

stood where nothing grew except a minute golden lichen, we were

now at noon in a handsome forest, having passed rapidly through the

various botanical grades of lichen, small flowers, juniper, rhododen-

dron, fir, oaks, chesnut, to our tormentors the leeches. At noon we

passed a small stone-altar called “Mon Lepcha’’ erected by the

Lepchas, in honour of the “principle of evil; we put up in a yak

herd’s hut on the left bank of the Rungbi, close to where it is joined

by a fine stream flowing from the mountains to the east.

August 14th, 1852. Started at 6.15 a.M. ina southerly direc-

tion crossing the Rungbi over a handsome bridge close to our

encampment. These bridges consist of a few saplings, their thicker

ends being stepped under heavy stones, their lighter ends are brought

together and form the crown of an arch; from this arch, loops of

creepers hang down, into which one single sapling is laid, and forms

the platform along which the traveller walks—we were now ina

deep valley flanked on the west by the lofty Singaleelah, and on the

east by the Catsuperri mountains, our path lay through a heavy

forest a few feet above the Rungbi, a fine broad river full of rapids

and water falls.

At 11 a. M. we arrived at a small patch of cultivation showing

that we had descended 9,000 feet since yesterday morning. At this

spot I measured one of the large black epirce bird eating spiders,

and found him to be eight inches across the legs; at 11.30 a. M. we

reached Rungbi a Limboo clearance with four houses, near which was

a small stone altar and some handsome trees of the fir species with

very fine leaves.

In the deep valley of the Rungbi we met a party of Limboos, men,

women and children all busy poisoning fish in the stream—our sud-

den appearance in the narrow path running through a thick tropi-

1853.] Motes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 627

cal underwood seemed to take them by surprise. One old man

carried a pot of tobacco and water in his hand, with which he con-

tinually anointed the leeches as they crept upon his naked legs,

the first application caused the animals to roll off as if in agony.

At 2 pv. m. after a very fatiguing march we arrived at two Lim-

boo huts, perched up about 1,000 feet above the river, and command-

ing a fine view down the stream, which here turns off the east, flow-

ing between the Pemionchi and Catsuperri mountains. The northern

flank of Pemionchi is much less steep than its southern or Kullait

river-side. Looking up the Rungbi, nothing is visible but a deep

dark forest-choked glen, down which the Rungbi could be heard

roaring. Near Rungbi we saw avery beautiful waterfall, the fall was

only twenty-four feet in height, but the arrangement of the rocks

and forests and the numerous streams into which the fall was broken,

quite made up for its small height.

We put up for the night at a Limboo clearance where the Soobah

of the Rungbi valley resides, and where, upon our arrival, he was, in

honour of the harvest, keeping up great festivities. The whole popu-

lation amounting to about ten men and four or five women besides

children, were all more or less intoxicated ; it was a long time before

we could get a hearing on account of the music and dancing, shout-

ing and screaming that was going on inside the principal house ; at

last they all tumbled out, and the soobah, a good-natured creature,

at the head of the party, led us away to a nice house, which was

forthwith swept out and cleaned and a fire lighted for us. Two

bamboos of chee, a fowl, milk and rice were sent from the banquet,

upon which we regaled ourselves, our sixteen attendants formed a

grand addition to the party who were with much cordiality invited

to see the dancing and to partake of chee, which they did with a will ;

for before midnight the whole of them were fast asleep and very

drunk.

I sent my compliments across to the soobah to say I should like

to see what was going on; he forthwith came himself, conducted us

into his fine house, where there were about thirty men and womea

sitting on the ground, hot chee was being served round tu every one

and in the middle of the room a young girl highly excited and most

fantastically dressed was dancing to the beat of several drums, The

628 Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. | No. 7.

girl was dressed in a pretty coloured petticoat with two cross belts

of cloth covered with cowrie-shells thrown across her shoulders, from

which depended on the back two skirts almost touching the ground

and fringed with the teeth of the wild boar, deer, and bear, the

dried heads and beaks of a handsome bird, of the scarlet pheasant,

and other birds heads, seeds, pheasants spurs, and bears claws, and

her head was ornamented with long cocks’ tail feathers. The dance,

which was a slow monotonous shufile at first, increased in spirit as

the drums beat louder, the girl moving gracefully to the time faster

and faster until she got into a perfect frenzy, wheeling round the

room and the fire places at a fearful pace, the men’s heads keeping

time to her dance; shouts, and beating of drums increased the girl’s

pace until unable to controul herself, she dashed into the midst of a

large fire that was burning in the middle of the room, and with her

naked feet sent the fire flying all over the room, nor were her hands

idle, for she commenced tearing down a hanging frame-work upon

which all the household cooking apparatus and property is generally

slung; the women of the house rushed forward to save their pro-

perty, the men to put out the burning brands; all was uproar and

confusion during which moment we slipped out. The next morning

I sent for the little dancing maniac, she came in full dress, but was

as demure and quiet as any Limboo damsel possibly could be. I

examined her dress, and maryelled how so slight a creature could

dance, and at such a pace with the enormous weight of cowries and

cloth that encumbered her body.

August 15th, 1852.—Four hours’ quick walking in an easterly direc-

tion through forest, brought us to the summit of the Pemionchi

mountain.

At 10 «a. mM. we reached the monastery of Chanachelling, or as the

Lepehas call it Sanachelling. It is a remarkable and curious look-

ing stone building three stories high, pierced with doors and win-

dows, ornamented with paint, horse-hair curtains, hanging balconies

and flights of stone stairs. The southern side faces a garden which

is enclosed by a stone wall, beyond which are several handsome

chaitans or stone monuments, The goompaor monastery is thatched,

the edges of the thatch are secured by long ratans being tied to it

at all points and pegged into the ground; this is to guard against

1853.] Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 629

the high winds that sometimes sweep across these mountains with

resistless force. Chanachelling is a monstery for women, but since

the Rajah’s disgraceful conduct towards Drs. Campbell and Hooker

when travelling in his country—which, together with the Rajah’s

refusal to deliver up his Dewan, the principal instigator in the

outrage, and on which account the two Morung Purgunnahs lying

at the foot of the hills and yielding a yearly revenue of 23,000

rupees, and that portion of the hills now known as the Darjeeling

Territory, and for which the Rajah received 3,000 per annum from

the British Government, were confiscated from the Rajah,—the

yearly allowance hitherto granted by the Durbar to the Goompa has

been stopped, and we found that all the nuns had gone over the

snows to Choombi in Tibet, leaving one Lama in charge of the vast

house, its library, images and religious furniture. The interior of

the house was as curious as its exterior. The portico at the entrance

of the Goompa has the walls painted with a series of figures larger

than life in the true Chinese style ;—bright colours, bad perspective

and extravagant action. The drawings represent Chinese oflicers

of various grades bringing in frantic haste presents, such as strings

of precious stones and other rare articles to a group of images in an

inner room, the figures are so painted that they appear hastening

into the room where a grand idol sits, flanked on either side by

smaller images. The eyes of one of the mandarins or high officers

were so painted that they really looked as if they were about to

spring out of their sockets. The tension of the eye-ball was remark-

ably well-painted. The flowing drapery, the armour, faces and jewels

upon the figures were all very well and minutely painted.

In the praying room up stairs, thirty-six feet long by thirty

broad, were arranged round the book-cases for the reception of the

books of prayers of which I counted 86 volumes bound in silk and

each labelled upon three slips of various coloured Chinese satins.

The roof of the room is supported upon six handsomely carved and

painted wooden pillars, carved in a truly Chinese manner; down

the eastern side of the room were ranged eight curiously carved side-

tables behind which in recesses were seated twelve gods, five feet

in height and painted so as to resemble life. Immediately to the

left of the altar which was divested of most of its ornaments, was a

4u2

630 Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. { No. 7.

group of painted figures five feet in height, too indecent to make

any further mention of. The altar consisting of a raised platform

had upon it a few conch shells—brazen cups with water in them—

bells—small brazen images and drums, all of Tibetan manufactory

and very beautiful, especially the brass work which is chased and

carved in a very minute style. Four heads of Indian corn were

also hung up in front of the altar. In one corner of the room stood

a prayer-drum five feet in height and supported between strong

upright wooden posts. Their drums called “ Mane”’ are found with

all sects of Buddhists in or near the Himalayah, they contain painted

and written prayers and are made to revolve from north, round by

east, the revolving Lama repeating the words “Om Mane pemi hom.”’

These prayer-drums vary from a few inches in length to several feet

in height. The former are turned by the hand, the latter either by

wheels or by water power.

The Lama left in charge of the convent could not appear, as he

was undergoing either penance or was under a vow not to mingle

with the world on this day ; we conversed with him through a door,

he speaking in the Bhotia language, our Lepchas interpreting; he

sent us out nice soft rugs to sit upon, and a gallon of tea. He was

most anxious that we should stay and sleep at the convent, and have

a long talk with him on the morrow ; he said all the brethren had

experienced much pleasure from Dr. Hooker’s visit, and assured us

that our having come so far to see the convent, was an honour and

that we were welcome. The fact is, these monks, perched upon lofty

mountains and shut out from all the world, lead a life of monotony ;

a traveller breaking in upon this monotony and conversing about

the world, its politics and people, is warmly welcomed and treated

with great kindness.

A hot walk of three miles along the crest of the mountain brought

us to Pemionchi, where there is a very handsome Goompa of three

stories ; it is eighty feet in length by about forty broad. As we

approached, we saw one of the Lamas, who was dressed in his long

garnet-coloured cloth robes, beating a gong to call all the monks

to prayers; we were fortunate in seeing the whole establishment

go through a religious performance upon the occasion of the death

of a brother monk,

1853.] Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountams. 634

About twenty intelligent looking monks old and young, all dress-

ed in the garnet-coloured flowing robes with under clothes of richly

figured Chinese silks and satins, their hair cut short, assembled at

the sound of the gong; they received us with great kindness and

provided us with seats at the entrance to the Goompa, where the

ceremony of chanting prayers for the dead was about to take place.

The walls of the vestibule in which we sat were highly ornamented

with painted figures as large as life, representing a Tibetan deity

on a white horse; a female deity half-woman half-snake ; and another

deity upon some frightful beast.

Looking through the capacious door or up the body of the tem-

ple, the sight reminded me of a Catholic Chapel during the perform-

ance of high mass. Three pillars highly ornamented, gilt and painted,

stand on either side of the aisle which terminates at the high altar,

or rather a deep recess filled with eight or ten strange images as

large as life. To the right of the recess there was a square metal

tray, containing a hundred lights which shone brightly in the dark-

ened room, the walls of which are painted from floor to ceiling with

the likenesses of gods and goddesses, with skulls and tridents, things

on earth, and with things that never were on earth, so beau-

tifully confused and confounded that to attempt to analyze or parti-

cularize what there was or what there was not, would be a matter of

difficulty. The colours were all of the brightest hues and pleasing

to the eye.

On both sides of the aisle were ranged felt seats raised a foot

from the ground, upon these the twenty Lamas took their seats and

opened the ceremony by chanting a hymn, and finer bass voices I

never heard ; an old Lama sat near the altar on the right hand side

and immediately in front of him and standing in the centre of the

aisle was a figure dressed in the defunct Lamas clothes, a crash of

cymbals, and a loud blowing upon the human thigh-bone trumpets

closed each hymn, of which they chanted some twenty ; two boys

dressed as Lamas, during the whole of the service were very actively

engaged in serving out hot chee from Tibetan metal tea-pots to the

singers, who each held out his own wooden tea-cup produced from

the folds of their capacious robes, and when emptied and licked clean,

these were put back again into their breasts ; near the door and close

632 Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. [No. 7.

to where we stood, incense was burning ina silver dish, a hand-

some silver flagon containing water also stood close to us, the flagon

was of Chinese manufacture highly chased and ornamented, with two

hideous Chinese dragons as its handles.

Service being over, we walked round the temple conversing with

the Lamas through interpreters, our conversation lasted two hours,

during which we were made to drink a quantity of chee and tea, a

side of beef was also presented to us, accompanied by plantains, rice

and vegetables.

The conversation was principally concerning the Rajah of Sikkim ;

and of his crippled condition since the British Government had

deprived him of his land in the plains, the only land that yielded

him any revenue ; they deplored the outrage that had been commit-

ted upon Doctors Campbell and Hooker at the Cholah pass, and

said that it was all the Dewan’s doing, but that as the Dewan was

intimately connected with the Rajah by marriage, the Rajah could

not deliver him up to the British Government, when he was request-

ed to do so. They gave me to understand that the Dewan was now

a beggar, that having ruined his master, he was suffering for it. The

allowance of 2,000 rupees and various presents that were annually

given by the Durbar to the Pemionchi Goompa had been stopped,

consequently they would all be obliged to go over the snows into

Tibet, or starve. They certainly were very far from the starving

point when I saw them, for a more jovial, fat, good-natured set of

mortals could not be seen; they were the very pictures of jolly

friars. :

I particularly asked them if they had any objection to English

gentlemen visiting their country and Goompas, their reply was, “None

whatever : whoever will honour us with a visit, we will receive them

with pleasure, give them food and a house to live in,”’ and begged of

us to pay them another visit. They said we were strange people and

pointing to our legs that were bleeding from fifty leech-wounds,

asked us, why we underwent such trouble, labour and misery when

we might sit at home and be comfortable. ‘“ Yes’’ one fine intelli-

gent Lama said, sighing: “we were all happy and at peace amongst

ourselves before any English gentleman had penetrated our hills,

but since then, all has gone wrong ; but strange to say from no fault

of yours, but of our own.”

1853.| Motes wpon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 633

The view from Pemionchi, 7,000 feet, commands a fine view of the

snowy range and of the greater part of Sikkim. Numerous Goompas

perched upon mountains are seen to the east; the Rungeet river is

seen 6,000 feet below and Darjeeling to the south—Tassiding Goom-

pa appeared at our feet.

A great portion of the eastern end of the Pemionchi mountain

was once encircled with a stone wall, the remains of which are still

seen and was the capital of Sikkim. This place was sacked by the

Goorkas, and the valuable library burnt in 1787, a. p. when the

Goorkas descended the Tumbok pass (Islumbo of Hooker) and

ravished the whole of Sikkim.

The summit of Pemionchi mountain is composed of mica schist

of great brilliancy, shining in the sun like the nacre of a pearl oyster.

The schist is not horizontal, but carved and distorted, presenting in

the separation of its strata, huge conchoidal pearl-like surfaces.

Left Pemionchi at 2 P. M. passing several chaitans and descended

2,000 feet on the southern face to the great Gayzing Mendong,

which is 615 feet in length, about ten in height, and as many broad;

it is highly ornamented with well-carved slabs, the word “Om

mane pemi hom”’ predominating. At the north end there stands a

chaitan ; and at the south end a tall flat slab of stone nine feet in

height and covered with inscriptions, has been erected in a bed of

masonry. ‘The slab has had its head snapped off and just below the

fracture, the writing commences. I am sorry I did not secure an

impression of the inscription, but great fatigue had prostrated my

strength, and I was fit for nothing.

Dr. Campbell in his journal of a trip to Sikkim—see Asiatic Socie-

ty’s Journal for May, 1849—mentions that this Mendong is the

largest in Sikkim—the labour that has been expended upon this

wall is immense, there being no less than 708 stone slabs all elabo-

rately carved with letters five and six inches in length, some of the

legends are arranged in circles ornamented with flowers and contain

other words than the usual ‘Om mane pemihom ;” one stone written

in the Outza (Tibetan) character had the words “ Om, a, him, tim-

phi’ arranged in a circle. These phrases appear to have some hid-

den meaning, but unknown to the generality of the Lamas ; however,

they say that they all apply to God, each syllable bearing its own

634 Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. [No. 7.

peculiar virtue. An intelligent Lepcha with me who read the inscrip-

tions freely, and also copied some for me, rendered the words “ Om

mane pemi hom” into the following prayer “Oh God receive me

into Thine essence when I am going;” (dying) ; absorption into the

divine essence being the Budhist’s idea of heaven, I have no doubt

that the prayer, meaning whatever it may do in strict reality, is used

by the Budhists in that sense.

On our descent, we met a slave girl toiling up the steep ascent

laden with a large bamboo full of water for the use of the monks.

This girl had been kidnapped from Bengal in her infancy and had

forgotten her native language, she was in good condition, fat and

plump, but with a melancholy expression of countenance, an expres-

sion only seen upon the face of a slave. To prevent people being

kidnapped from Bengal and from our own hill territory has long

occupied the attention of our government; at every bridge leaving

the British territory there is a guard; over these bridges a slave

is never taken to Sikkim and no slave who may seek shelter from

Sikkim is ever sent back again. Slavery and its attendant miseries

have in an indirect manner been the cause of the Rajah’s losing his

country; mild reforms proposed by our government with regard to

the existing slave-trade in Sikkim roused the anger of the Sikkim

Durbar which led to direct violence offered to the person of our go-

vernment representative.

August 16th, 1852.—Descended to the Kullait river in two hours,

the path the whole way displaying mica schist ; saw small red mon-

keys, doves, and green pigeons (koklah) in the forests.

To our annoyance we found that all the cane-bridges over the

Kullait had been cut away to prevent any of the people from Hee,

and the neighbouring clearances crossing to Pemionchi, the whole

of the inhabitants near the southern bank of the river being more

or less affected with dysentery, such is the horror and alarm with

which that complaint is viewed by these people. Men were sent

up and down the river for miles but without success, all the bridges

had disappeared and as the river was at its height, very deep and

impetuous, we were at our wits end, as I particularly wished to avoid

the hot and miasmatic valley of the Rungeet, which appeared to be

our only alternative. Men were again sent off down the stream to

1853.] Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 635

see if there was any possibility of crossing ; a spot was at last found

half a mile above the junction of the Kullait and Rungeet rivers

where some gneiss rocks jutted into the river, diminishing its width

considerably. Here our Lepchas, in the space of two hours, threw a

strong bridge across the Kullait made of bamboos and saplings

retained in position by heavy stones. It was an exciting moment

when a man crawling forward upon the supple and bending bamboos

overhanging the boiling headlong current below, managed to effect

a junction with the opposite bank.

The rocks in the Kullait are a fine gneiss in company with masses

of white quartz.

A flock of black cormorants flew up the river, as we were sitting

on the rocks, watching the bird-eating spiders letting themselves

drop from great heights from the branches of the trees overhanging

the water, and seizing insects and flies upon the rocks. The move-

ments of the spiders were exceedingly rapid and precise, seldom

missing their prey. From a living specimen I wound off upon a

piece of card a good hank of a beautiful golden yellow web, resem-

bling floss silk, which however turned into gum upon getting wet.

At noon we crossed the Kullait and after repeated halts on

account of the suffocating heat arrived at a small level clearance

near the summit of Rinchinpoong, where there is a Lepcha and

Bhotia village of ten houses, at an elevation of about 6,000 feet. The

name of the village is Yansinkum, the inhabitants of which had

an abundance of good cows, pigs and poultry. I was importuned to

prescribe for a man suffering from dysentery ; having no medicine-

chest with me was no excuse, for I was implored to make some sort

of medicine to effect a cure; I accordingly had a quantity of worm-

wood gathered and pounded and stirred up in brandy, to which was

added nutmegs, cinnamon, and cloves, all reduced to powder; doses

from a bottle full of this strange mixture well diluted with water

were recommended to be taken three times a day.

Here, from sheer fatigue and from severe inflammation of my legs

and ancles caused by leech-bites, we were obliged to halt a whole

day. Let no one who has never ventured into the Himalayah moun-

tains imagine that travelling in these mountams is anything but

downright and real hard work ; 1t is seldom a traveller is so fortunate

= |

636 Notes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. [No. 7.

as to have dry clothes on; his food is of the plainest quality and often

very scanty. Dr. Hooker was reduced to coarse boiled rice and

Chili vinegar ; this is poor fare for a man walking up hill and down

dale for ten hours a day.

August 18th, 1852.—Left Yansinkim at. 6.30 a. M. win ascend-

ed to the summit. of Rinchinpoong, a few hundred feet above the

village—saw several chaitans on the road ; all the hills near Dar-

jeeling appear to have been, in some former age, much more densely

inhabited than they are now, mendongs and chaitans appearing upon

almost every ridge and peak of any note.

The rocks still mica schist. Passed the village Na gon-kum and.

commenced the descent of Rinchingpoong at 9.15 a. mM; crossed at

10.40, the torrents; Richi flowing from west to east and falling into

the great Rungeet, which river we could see turbid and swollen some

thousands of feet below us; commenced the ascent of Singrioong at

11 a. M. and reached the summit at 0.45 Pp. Mm; a little to the west of

the point of crossing this ridge, stands a conical peak, named Bik-

sadong.

At 2 Pp. m. commenced the descent of Singrioong and by mistake

taking the wrong path, we had to return 2,000 feet up a steep as-

cent. The heat was so overpowering, the jungle so dense, the air

so quiet that a feeling of faintness crept over me, which deprived me

of all strength ; upon reaching the Ruttoo stream at the foot of

Singrioong where it dashes over a high rock, I could not resist a

plunge into the river. It was late in the day, any more ascent, worn:

out as we were, was impossible, and to sleep in this deep miasmatic

valley was almost certain death from jungle-fever. Fatigue and the

sight of the cool-stream overruled all scruples, we slept here. A:

fortnight subsequently, I was in bed delirious from jungle-fever,

but I feel grateful that no one but myself suffered from my impru-

dence in sleeping in this deep valley.

On the way down Singrioong passed over one of the travertine

lime deposits, common upon this spur, and upon Chakoong to the

south.

In the Ruttoo are quantities of rolled and water-worn pieces of

blue, pink, and other delicately tinted slates. The rock in situ is

gneiss.

1853.] Motes upon a Tour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. 637

August 19th, 1852.—Left the banks of the Ruttoo at 7 a.m. and

ascended Chakoong by a very steep path, reached the summit at 8

A. M., a rapid descent and ascent over several small spurs, brought

us at 11 a.m. to the Rummam river, which we crossed by a very

good cane-bridge.

Upon the southern flank of Chakoong I saw several large blocks

of sandstone, black clay slate and gneiss. The jungle was too dense

to allow of any examination of the ground. In the Rummam, gneiss

veined with white quartz is the only rock to be seen.

At 1 P.M. we reached the guard-house at Goke by an excellent

_ government road which commences at the Rummam river; four sets

of zig-zags and many easy gradients, render the road accessible to

horses. The change from steep and narrow footpaths, to a broad

road was most delightful. There is much cultivation upon the spur

and many substantial Limboo houses. The most remarkable feature

upon the Goke spur is the large bamboo forest through which the

road has been cut; bamboos ten inches in diameter and a hundred

feet in length may be had in any quantities. These bamboos, called

by the natives “ Choongas,’’ are used at Darjeeling, instead of the

common leather-bag (mussak), for holding water for domestic pur-

poses; they are also used as milk-pails, also for holding chee, ghee

and other liquids. Amongst these bamboos, I saw the large black

squirrel, measuring about three feet six inches from the nose to the

tip of the tail. From Goke half an hour’s descent brought us to

the little Rungeet where our friends had sent us ponies and some

bread ; a man having been sent on two days ahead to announce our

approach ; at 4.30 p. mM. we reached Darjeeling by the Tugqvor spur,

having been away eighteen days, during which we had travelled

‘360 miles on foot or at the rate of twenty miles per diem ascending

36,000 feet and descending 31,000 feet, to reach an elevation of

14,500 feet distant in a direct line thirty-seven miles from the point

of departure. These figures may in a slight measure convey some

idea of the labour that has to be undergone by a traveller in the

Himalayahs. The longest march made during the trip um a direct

line was ten miles; the average distance was only five miles, each

march occupying eight hours steady walking.

Here I part with my Lepcha guide and Lepcha companions, testi-

4 N 2

688 Notes upon a Pour in the Sikkim Himalayah Mountains. | No. 7.

fying at the same time to the good nature and good temper of these

interesting people, whom no hardship or discomfort appears to rufile.

After travelling for nearly twenty years amongst the “noli me

tangere” Hindus, who, fenced about with acruel caste, refuse all

approach to familiarity, sociality, or even kindness with any one,

even with one of their own caste, the change to Lepcha followers

for Hindus is most pleasing: on one hand there is the brooding,

moody Hindu, exchanging no thought with any one ; eating his food

in silence and alone; his fear lest any one below him in caste should

touch him; his dread lest any of the hundred omens observed

between his rising up in the morning and his lying down at night

should not have been properly divined and acted up to; the cruel

bondage to which his every action in life is subservient, makes the

unfortunate Hindu any thing but a pleasant companion: on the

other hand we have the free, happy, laughing and playful, no-caste

Lepcha, a child of the mountains, modest, social and joyous in dis-

position.

I have watched the Lepchas after a good day’s work playing

amongst themselves, either racing on foot, playing at hop-step and

a jump, quoits, wrestling and jumping ; or walking up to a companion

and throwing his arm round his neck, a Lepcha will pretend to be

asking some question, in the middle of the pretended conversation,

his friend receives a violent kick from behind, he turns round to see

who is the culprit, no one is there and his friend has disappeared

screaming with laughter at the trick he has played a hundred times

before; a chase takes place, they run, they double, the culprit is

caught, they wrestle and end by rolling upon the sward locked in

each other’s arms, they rise in good humour and go off to play the

same trick upon some one else. I frequently brought these pastimes

to a temporary close by offering the Lepchas a plate full of rice, °

ham, sausages, or perhaps half a raw flitch of bacon; panting from

these healthy exercises, they would take the viands, their very teeth

grinning thanks, sit down on the grass and divide the mess amongst

each other. )

1853. ] Notices and Descriptions of various Reptiles. 639

Notices and Descriptions of various Reptiles, new or little known.—

By EK. Bruyn.

Trestupo PHayReEt, nobis. Great Burmese land Tortoise. Cara-

pax smooth, as in T. raprava and T, aneutara, but much flatter ;

oblong, subquadrate, its free marginal plates reverted and moderately

serrate. Nuchal plate broader than long. Caudal plate double.

Gular plates longer than broad, moderately notched: anal broader

than long, and deeply notched. Beak unemarginate. Fore-limbs

covered with very long and thick imbricated scales, much as in a

Pangolin; the claws elongate, strong and thick: similar great

elongate scales at the heel; and a group of five principal obtuse

spines on either side of the tail, the medial of them remarkably

strong and thick. Two or more smaller spines or thick elongate

scales above the tail. Colour wholly black, or mingled more or less

_ with buff-yellow. In the young, the scales are probably of the

latter hue, with gradually increasing black centres. Limbs deep

brown; some of the claws yellow in some specimens: the head and

neck paler brown, strongly tinged with yellow. Our largest speci-

men is 20 in. long in a straight line, or 223 in. measured over the

curve of the carapax, from front of nuchal plate to middle of caudal

notch: greatest breadth 143 in. or 20} in. following the curve, from

one obtuse lateral angle to the other. Height 1; in. Head to

occiput 45 in. The shell of this individual is wholly black, with

merely a few slight indications of the ochreous-yellow colouring:

all the claws deep brown. Another, rather smaller, has the appear-

ance of great age, with most of the plates of its carapax more or

less completely united, so that the form of some cannot be traced.

Colour irregularly mingled black and dull buff-yellow; the plastron

chiefly black; and several of the claws are yellow wholly or in part.

Hab. Arakan; Tenasserim Provinces. Specimens presented by

Capt. Phayre.

T. exoneata, nobis. Small Burmese land Tortoise. Carapax

elongate, becoming more so and quite smooth in adults, wherein it

approaches to a semi-cylindrical form; flattish, sub-even, the three

medial vertebral plates lying almost in a plane, and the free marginals

640 Notices and Descriptions of various Reptiles. [No. 7.

slightly reverted. Caudal broader than the last vertebral. Nuchal

twice or thrice as long as broad, and even with the borders of the

anterior marginals. Gulars not notched, or but very slightly so.

Caudals divergent from base, and transversely elongate-triangular,

broader than long, forming a slight lateral notch with the ventrals.

Beak laterally notched or distinctly three-pointed. Scales of the

limbs rather small, contrasting much with those of the preceding

species. Colour of half grown specimen orange-yellow, each plate

having a large black centre, which mostly disappears with age,

leaving a few more or less radiating black spots on those of the

carapax, and often a black spot on only the large medial plates of

the plastron. Head and limbs brown, much tinged with yellow.

Length of an adult 13 in. in a straight line, by 8 in. across, or rather

more towards the hinder part of the body. Height 54 in. Head

to occiput 2? in. Hab. Arakan. Specimens presented by Capt.

Phayre. According to Dr. Helfer, Tortoises abound in the Tenasserim

Provinces, and are much eaten by the Peguers and Karens, who

train dogs to search for them.

In India proper and also in Ceylon, only one species of land

Tortoise occurs, the T. steLtata, Schweigger, a figure and interest-

ing notice of which are given by Capt. Hutton in J. A. S. VI, 689,

under the supposition of its being T. Grommtrica. The latter isa

S. African species, very similar to T. stenniata, but having a distinct

nuchal plate, which T. steLnata does not possess, and exhibiting

certain other distinctions. Among some Tortoises, however, pre-

sented to the Society by Capt. Sherwill from 8. Africa, are two

small specimens of GEOMETRICA, and one full grown example which

can in no way be distinguished from the Indian stenttata. The

latter does not inhabit Lower Bengal, and is rarely brought alive to

Calcutta. One much more commonly brought here is the T. rapt-

ATA, Shaw, a larger species remarkable for its very hemispherical

form, and which is said to be indigenous to Madagascar, in which

case it is probably brought to India from the Mauritius. The very

large specimen referred by me to STELLATA (Vv. actinodes) in a

note to p. 462 ante, I now think, after much consideration, to be

distinct, and shall indicate as

T. MEGALOPUS, nobis, x. s. Similar to T. ster.ata, but attaining

1853. ] Notices and Descriptions of various Reptiles. 641

a much greater size, with proportionally much larger feet and claws.

The colours duller and therefore less strongly contrasting, and the

lines radiating from each boss of the carapax more numerous.

Fore-feet with two large claw-like scales of equal size behind the

palm, and no others approaching them in size. Claws of hind-feet

fully twice as large as in adult stennata. Length of carapax,

measured in a straight line, 12 in., by 7% in. in diameter-breadth.

Hab.—— ?

There are several living specimens about Calcutta, of the great

Seychelle Tortoise, miscalled T. rsp1ca by Gmelin, and under which

Mr. Gray unites no fewer than seven of the supposed species admitted

by M. M. Dumeril and Bibron. According to Dr. Schlegel, “ The

Indian Tortoise [so-called], probably indigenous to Madagascar and

the neighbouring isles, has been acclimated in the Gallapagos

Isles, in California, and on several other points on the western coast

of South America :” but we have been assured, on good authority,

that numerous specimens kept in gardens in the Mauritius, have all

been brought from the Scychelle Islands in the first instance, that

they are still commonly brought from those islands to the Mauritius,

and thence we believe the few in India have been imported. It is

most assuredly not an Indian reptile, nor have we heard of its ever

propagating in this country.*

* In the Mauritius I am informed that it is eaten. The largest I have seen is

in my own possession, alive, and measures 4 ft. 4 in. in length over the curve of

the carapax, or 3 ft. 5 in, in a straight line; transversely 4 ft. 2 in. over the high

arch of the carapax, or in a diameter line 2 ft. 2 in. : height, when not raised upon

the legs, 7, e. height of shell, 203 in.; when walking, the shell is lifted fully 6 in.

from the ground, if not more: circumference of hind-foot 173 in, A scientific

friend, recently from Jamaica, assures me, that this great Seychelle species is quite

distinct from the great. Gallapagos Tortoise, which has bred and multiplied in

Jamaica and other W. India islands. Curious, that these gigantic land Tortoises

(diminutive, however, in comparison with the extinct Indian CoLossicHEILIs,) should

thus. be indigenous to small oceanic groups of islands, in each case remarkable for

the peculiarities of both their fauna and flora. Weare reminded of the great wingless

birds (Dodos and Solitaires) of the Mauritius, Bourbon, and Rodrigues ; those also

of N. Zealand and of Madagascar ; the Megaeopius of the Nicobars, and its

congeners of other islands; the singular and quite recently extinct great Parrot of

Philip Islet near Norfolk island, with its sole congener in N. Zealand ; the Owl-like

642 Notices and Descriptions of various Reptiles. [No. 7.

From Afghanistan Mr. Gray describes a T. HoRsFiELDI, which

he suggests may be T. 1Bperta, Pallas, Faun. Casp., t. 5. The

Society’s Museum possesses a land Tortoise from that country,

which however belongs to the genus Homorus, having but four

claws to each foot. It may be thus described.

Homorus Buryesti, nobis. Carapax squarish, depressed, broad-

est posteriorly, where the free marginals are a little reverted and

distinctly serrate. Anterior border straight, the nuchal plate well

developed. Caudal as broad as the last vertebral, and broader than

the other vertebral plates. Nucleus of each lateral or discoidal

plate near its immer or upper border. Gular plates longer than

broad, the two forming a nearly equilateral triangle. Anals oblong,

divergent, forming a rather deeply notched border. Scales of fore-

limbs rather large, and those to the front mostly uniform in size.

Claws elongate, or not worn down by attrition. Beak three-pointed.

Colour yellow above, with black nuclei to the plates: those of the

plastron black with yellow border. The head and limbs appear to

have been yellowish. Length of carapax 6 in., by 57 in., measuring

straight. Height 23 in. Head to occiput 15 m. This large spe-

cimen was procured in Afghanistan by Sir A. Burnes. A very small

Homoprvs in spirit, also from Afghanistan, 1s doubtless the young,

though exhibiting some remarkable differences in the shape of the

upper plates. In this the nuchal is roundish, or as broad as long ;

nocturnal Cock:too of N. Zealand, also close upon extirpation, &c. The majo-

rity, if not all, of these islands appearing to be remnants of what may be compare

atively termed continents, each with its peculiar centre or centres of creation.

In all these supposed reliques of ancient lands, with the chief exception of

Madagascar, mammalia are rare, and are chiefly or wholly Cheiroptera, Rodentia,

and Marsupialia; the two former orders comprising the only placental mammalia

of Australia; and one species of each of these placental orders being the only

known indigenous mammals of N. Zealand, though a large Badger-like animal has

lately been reported in the latter country, in all probability a marsupial, Mada-

gascar is very remarkable for the extraordinary development of the quadrumanous

group of Lemurs, among the higher placental mammalia; and has even a rodent

Lemur in Cuerromys, as Australia has a rodent marsupial in PHascaLomys.

Its other placental mammals are mostly of peculiar genera, unknown even on the

neighbouring continent of Africa; and no marsupial has been discovered there.

— ss

1853. | Notices and Descriptions of various Reptiles. 643

and all the vertebrals are about equally broad. Colour dull yellow

throughout. Presented to the museum by Dr. Allan Webb.

Of the numerous true Terrapins (EMys) of the Gangetic rivers,

only three species are common in the vicinity of Calcutta; and adults

of all are rarely met with. These are—E. tHureii, Gray, which

attains to a much larger size than has hitherto been described, adults

measuring 20 to 22 in. (straight) in length of carapax; E. rrorum,

Gray, the adults of which measure similarly 6 in.; and E. Hamit-

ToNu, Gray, the adults of which measure similarly 53 in. The only

other species we have yet met with from this vicinity is E. tENTORIA,

Gray, one young specimen only. This Mr. Gray describes from

the Bombay Dukhun, where procured by Col. Sykes; and Sir

Alexander Burnes obtained an adult from the Indus, which is

now in the Society’s museum. These two specimens differ in some

respects from each other, also from Mr. Gray’s description, and

from Buchanan Hamilton’s coloured figure, the two latter again

presenting certain discrepancies one from the other. The species

is nearly affined to E. tectum, Bell, but at all ages has the median

keels to the first three vertebral plates much less developed, and the

form of the whole carapax is conspicuously flatter and broader. A

peculiarity of both species consists in the peculiar decanter-shaped

form of the fourth vertebral plate. Comparing the adult of E.

TENTORIA from the Indus (length of carapax, measured straight,

62 in.,) with an adult of E. tectum from the Hughly (carapax,

similarly measured, 6 in.), the first vertebral plate is proportionally

much broader in the former, pentagonal, narrower to the front, with

a broad straight transverse base posteriorly, and the keel little

developed; whereas the first vertebral plate of E. tzEcrum is penta-

gonal, broader to the front, with a rounded posterior base, and much

more developed keel. In the former, the first vertebral is considerably

larger and somewhat broader than the second, whereas in the latter

it is sub-equal or even rather smaller than the second: in adult HE.

TENTORIA the second vertebral plate is hexagonal but almost square,

and rather broader than long, with the keel nearly obsolete; in

E. TeEcTuUM somewhat pear-shaped, truncate to the front and narrow-

ing and curving off posteriorly, with the keel strongly marked: the

third vertebral plate of adult renroria is quadrangular, longer by

644: Notices and Descriptions of various Reptiles.. [No. 7.

half than broad, with the keel quite obsolete on the anterior half,

and flat and but little raised posteriorly ; in E. rectum it is hexa-

gonal, with the keel strongly developed and prolonged backward.

A narrow black line is continued along the spinal ridge of E. run-

TORIA; whereas the middle of the ridge is broadly white in E.

rECTUM, bordered by a black line on either side. The plastron of.

KE. rentorta is blackish-brown, with a pale border to each plate; in

EK. tectum pale with two or three distinct blackish patches on each

plate. Comparing the young of the two species, the first vertebral

plate forms a much broader pentagon in E. renrorta, being equal.

in breadth to the second; in young HE. recrvum the first vertebral

plate is considerably narrower than the second: the second vertebral

plate in young TENTORIA forms a heptagon with the base posteriorly ;

in young TECTUM a pentagon with rounded apex and anterior base:

the third in young TENTORIA is subquadrilateral, somewhat longer than.

broad, with the keel a little produced posteriorly ; in young TEoTUM a

pentagon with its base to the front, and the keel much broader and

more prominent. Yet, notwithstanding these great differences of

detail, and also of the colouring of the head, neck and limbs, the two

species are very liable to be confounded on a superficial glance.

According to M. M. Dumeril and Bibron, the E. tTrisuea,

Schweigger, was obtained by M. Duvaucel from the “ salt-water

lake’’ lying east of Calcutta; but of the numbers of Terrapins which

we have seen from that locality, we have sought in vain for this

species, which belongs to the peninsula of India, and is the only one

which has been there observed, with the exception of Col. Sykes’s

specimen of E. renrorta.* In Ceylon it is replaced by the very

distinct E. sem, Gray.

On the Arakan coast, adults of E. phoneoxa, Gray, approaching

to 2 ft.in length of carapax, would appear to be very common ;_

but the only young specimen which we have seen of this species

was sent down alive from Asam by Major Jenkins, and is now

* Since the above was printed, we have obtained another Emys from the vicinity

of Chaibasa, which appears to be the young of E. pHonGoxa; and Mr. Jerdon

assures me that a large species abounds in the Nerbudda, 2 feet and upwards, which

is probably the same: it is not referred to in Mr, Jerdon’s paper, p. 463 ante.

1853. | Notices and Descriptions of various Reptiles. 645

mounted in our museum. The adults have much the appearance of

TrTraonyx Lesson, D. and B., but are readily distinguished by

having five instead of four claws to the fore-feet. T. Lxrssoniz

abounds at the mouth of the Hugly, and great numbers are brought

to Calcutta, where they are eaten by particular castes of Hindus,

and are even kept for sale in tanks. Though the water-Tortoises

generally are much used as food, the species chiefly consumed, or at

least which are brought in greatest quantity for that purpose, are

TretTraonyx Lessonit and Emypa punctata. The latter appears

to be the most generally diffused species of Tortoise throughout the

whole of India and Ceylon, and is very abundant in Lower Bengal,

burrowing deep into the beds of tanks when the water dries up. A

large one which escaped into the Society’s compound was found

several months afterwards in a healthy state, buried among the

roots of some guinea-grass.

A small and evidently young Emys from Arakan or Tenasserim

would seem to be

KE. ocenuata, Dumeril and Bibron. The colouring agrees with

the description: the details of structure less completely. Length

of carapax 6 in. (measured straight). It is affined to E. raureit;

and, as compared with a specimen of E. tourer of the same size,

it is at onee distinguished by having the whole under surface of the

shell spotless yellowish-white, and each lateral or discoidal plate of

the earapax is marked in the centre with a large round reddish-brown

‘spot, surrounded by a pale areola; an interrupted black line along

the spinal ridge, which is raised into keels on the first four verte-

bral plates. These are of equal breadth, whereas in HE. rHurait

the first is much narrower than the others. Nuchal plate twice as

long as broad, and throughout equal; whereas in E. rHure@ir it is

triangular with posterior base. Hindmost vertebral plate much

narrower than in E. ruvureir; and the posterior marginals and

especially the caudals are much smaller than in that species. Colour

of the upper parts greenish olive-brown, with the ocelli before men-

tioned, which probably become obscured with age. Head brown

above, with yellow superciliary line meeting its opposite over the

nostrils, and another proceeding backward from the eye. Limbs

and under parts apparently yellowish without markings.

40 2

646 Notices and Descriptions of various Reptiles. [No. 7.

There is a species of Chameleon in the Society’s old collection,

the origin of which is unknown, but it would appear to be unde-

scribed. It would seem to be most nearly affined to C. cucuLLatTUs,

Gray, and has the occipital flaps of both that species and Cu. DELE-

pis, Leach.

CH. VERRUCOSTS, nobis. Body minutely tuberculated, with larger

tubercles regularly interspersed throughout. The latter are smaller

and contrast less strongly on the limbs and tail, and are more

thickly set upon the limbs. Ridges of the back and throat serrated,

the tubercles becoming smaller towards and upon the tail. Beneath,

the tail is smooth, though tending to exhibit a slight serrature

towards its base. Superciliary ridges not uniting together, either

before or behind; and a small medial occipital ridge continued to

the base of the two lateral flaps or lappets of skin. Colour of the

specimen blanched; but there is a strongly marked black streak

proceeding backward from the axilla, and surmounted by a white

streak, the two occupying the space which may be concealed behind

the humerus. Length 112 in., of which the tail is 6 in. Hab. un-

known.

Lriurus Brrpmoret, nobis (Geckoidg). Agrees with Mr.

Gray’s definition of Lerurvus, except that there is no appearance of

the toes being webbed at base. Colour grey, with 4 longitudinal

blackish streaks along the back and sides, 3 or 4 interrupted cross-

bands of the same on the upper surface of the tail, a medial black

streak on the nape, and others successively diverging on each side of

it, and a black streak from before the eye continued to the shoulder.

Some mottling also on the limbs. Hab, Mergui, where ees by

Capt. Berdmore,

The genus STELLIO is new to the Indian fauna. <A species from

Upper Hindustan cannot be safely separated from the Arabian Sr.

CYANOGASTER, Ruppell, unless upon comparison of specimens. The

tail, however, appears to be longer; and there is a slight gular

jfanon. Specimens vary much in colour. An adult from Mirzapore,

presented by the late Major Wroughton, measures 123 in. long, of

which the tail is 8 in. Throat blue, spotted over with yellowish-

white, deepening to purple on the faxon which is less spotted. The

rest of the lower parts are yellowish-white, marbled on the trans-

1853. | Notices and Descriptions of various Reptiles. 647

verse fold of the neck and immediately behind it with blackish, and

spotted with the same on the breast and belly, the spots becoming

less numerous on the latter. Upper parts dark olive-green, the

back and sides speckled over with whitish. Two smaller specimens

were presented to the Society by L. C. Stewart, Esq. now of H. M.

61st Regt., from Wuzeerabad. Length of one 8? in., of which the

tail measures 5} in. In these the under parts are yellowish-white,

suffused or marbled with bluish or pale dusky on the throat, and

slightly spotted with the same on the breast. Upper parts paler

olive-green than in the large specimen; the back and sides speckled

with yellowish-white in one, as in the adult example, with traces of

dusky marbling on the back; in the other, the back is much more

marbled and blotched with dusky, and has only a few largish dull

white spots on the back and sides, while the limbs and tail are

banded, and there are three dark transverse lines over each eye.

- If new, St. rnpicvs, nobis.

Genus Catotres, Kaup. We have now nine well marked species

of this genus in the museum. The first three are distinguished

by a pit or fold before the shoulder, which is lined with minute

scales.

1. C. uma, Gray (vide “ Proceedings of the Asiatic Society”’ for

May, 1853, p. 413.) Inhabits Mergui, and probably other parts of

Burma, ranging northward perhaps to the Khiasya hills; but ex-

tremely doubtful as an inhabitant of Afghanistan. We have elsewhere

expressed our suspicion (loc. cit.) that collections made by the late

Dr. Griffith in Afghanistan and in the Khasya hills had become mixed

and confounded, and hence that Mr. Gray had been led to assign

his CALOTES EMMA, C. Marta, C. Minor, and SaLtea HorsFiELpI to

Afghanistan, and two of the four to the Khasyas also; countries so

extremely different, that it is most improbable that the same species

would be found to inhabit both of them.

2. C. mysraceus, Dumeril and Bibron. (Described J. A. 8.

XXI, 754). Inhabits Burma, and also the mountainous parts of

Ceylon. Hind-toe reaching to the ear.

3. (C. Rovxi (?), Dumeril and Bibron. Three adult specimens

and another half-grown forwarded by Dr. Kelaart from Newera Elia,

in Ceylon, accord fully with the description as regards structure ;

648 Notices and Descriptions of various Reptiles. [No. 7.

but the colouring is remarkable, and different again from that of Mr:

Jerdon’s supposed C. Rovxt of 8. India. Pit before the shoulder

more developed than in C. Mysracevs, and partially black. Hind-

toe reaching to the eye. A row of 3 or 4 raised spines above the

tympanum ; and nuchal crest moderate and gradually diminishing

to the tail. The latter is tumid at base, and soon attenuates ra-

ther suddenly, the tumid portion exhibiting a median ridge of very

broad keeled scales. Caudal scales towards the base of tail much

larger than those of the body. Throat scales very broad and flat, with

a median row of narrow compressed scales imparting the appearance

of a small fanon or dewlap. A half-grown specimen (in spirit) is

blue, with the tail reddish-brown to near its base, and marked with

an irregular double series of ocelli which are white, having a black

border. A few similar ocelli are seen bordering the low spinal crest.

There is a black mark between the eye and the ear, and another

below the eye; and a tinge of ruddy on the throat, about the tym-

panum, and on the occipital and tympanic spines. Adults (in

spirit) have the body and limbs blue, the tumid base of tail green,

and the rest of the tail dull red-brown, with ocelli less bright than

in the young. Borders of lips black, continued as a broad black

band (more or less variegated with ruddy-white) to the shoulder-pit.

Throat whitish tinged with ruddy and strongly contrasting, as also

a white band from the tympanum continued over and passing the

shoulder-pit. In some, the shoulder-pit is also posteriorly margined

with a white mark; and raising the fore-leg, two or three additional

white stripes are seen, oblique and successively more inclining to

the horizontal. The limbs are also banded with white; but these

markings are often indistinct or obsolete. Tumid base of tail bright

orange underneath in some specimens. C. Rovxt is described from

Burma; but as we possess the preceding species both from Burma

and the mountains of Ceylon, it is the less improbable that the pre-

sent may have the same habitat.

4, C. GiGas, nobis. (Supposed C. opxHtomacuus, J. A. S. XI,

870). Resembles C. VERsICoLOR, except in being much larger,

having no trace of gular fanon, and a double nuchal crest of spine-

like scales, } in. long in the specimen under examination. Dorsal

crest also proportionally more developed than in C. VERSICOLOE,

1853.] Notices and Descriptions of various Reptiles. 649:

and terminating abruptly over base of tail. Length of head and

body 5$ in. Of tail ? Of hind-limb 32 in. Colour apparently

uniform without markings, but the specimen is much blanched.

Hab. >

5. C. verstcotor, Daudin. The most common and generally

diffused species, inhabiting all India and Ceylon, from the base of

the Himalaya southward, and (according to Mr. Gray) also China

and Afghanistan (vide, however, remarks on C. EMMa). It is the

only species we have in Lower Bengal, where it is excessively abun-

dant, particularly in gardens. Sir A. Burnes sent a specimen from

Sindh ; and we have also one from Rangoon. In the last, however,

the scales are somewhat smaller than in Indian specimens, and the

two detached spines on the tympanic ridge are remarkably minute ;

but there is no other difference. Ceylon specimens, on the other

hand, appear commonly to attain a greater size, with somewhat larger

scales, the nuchal and dorsal crests and also the gular fanon being

rather more developed (and they are then the supposed C. Rovuxtr

apud nos of J. A. S. XXI, 354) ; but smaller and younger specimens

from Ceylon are quite undistinguishable from Bengal examples;

and it may even be that the latter sometimes attain the size and

general development of the Ceylon reptile.* In S. India, again, the

changes of colouring (as described by Mr. Jerdon) differ from those

of C. veRsicotor of Bengal, and are perhaps the same as in the

Ceylon animal. Here the colours are changeable, but no yellow is

ever seen ; and in the months of May and June, the males chiefly

are often observed with the head and anterior third of the body,

inclusive also of the fore-limbs, tolerably bright red, a large black

patch before the shoulder, and all the rest plain greenish-brown.

They are often altogether of the latter hue without markings; or

the markings come out more or less strongly. The reptile is then

commonly brown, lighter or darker, with a series of transverse

dusky bands, broken on either side by a longitudinal whitish band

which is evanescent, appearing and disappearing and sometimes

shewing very conspicuously. A dusky streak through the eye, and

* Some living examples sent to me from Galle by Dr. Kelaart are quite

undistinguishable from living Bengal specimens,

650 Notices and Descriptions of various Reptiles. [ No. 7.

three others radiating below and two above it. Three or four oblique

streaks on each side of the throat ; and others on the limbs. Females

are smaller and darker, generally of the hue of the ground on which

they lie.

6. C.virtpis, Gray. Nuchal crest extremely slight; and no

decided spines above the tympanum, but three raised angular scales

placed not on a ridge, but disposed triangularly and separated apart.

In some specimens, probably the females, the latter are scarcely

noticeable. There is also a row of five flattened scales from below

the eye to above the tympanum. Two longest hind-toes of subequal

length and reaching only to the ear. Body scales acutely pointed,

especially those of the lower parts. Colours green or brown, mottled

with whitish and with dark brown; lips black. From S. India.

7. C. opHiomacuus, (Merrem). Tympanic ridge with several

short and two longer spines. Longest hind-toe reaching to front of

eye. Tail extremely long, its terminal three-fourths commonly

whitish. General colour green, paler below; with some irregular

white transverse bands on the body in adults. Stripe through the

eye red; and nuchal crest and throat the same in the breeding

livery of the males. One Ceylon example (in spirit) is remarkable

for having a longitudinal white lateral band, continued from the

shoulder to the tail upon which it becomes broken and lost. Iden-

tical from 8. India, Ceylon, and the Nicobar Islands.

8. C. puatycrrs, nobis, J. dA. 8S. XXI, 354. Hab. Khasia hills.

9. C. rRIcaRINatTUs, nobis. Founded on a young specimen of a

well marked species, affined by the flat form of the head to the last,

but particularly distinguished by having three low crests or keels

along the nape and shoulders. An oblique row of six large triangular

scales over each tympanum, but no spines (perhaps on account

of youth). Longest hind-toe reaching to tip of muzzle. Colour

(in spirit) blue above, white beneath. From near Darjiling, where

procured by Capt. Sherwill.

Aspris, nobis, 2. g. (Scincide). Affined to TroprpopHorts,

Dumeril and Bibron, but differs much in the arrangement of the

shields upon the head, and the face anterior to the eyes is com-

pressed and narrow, with subacute muzzle. Tongue very slightly

notched. Teeth extremely minute. Frontal shield elongate-pentan-

1853. | Notices and Descriptions of various Reptiles. 651

gular, attenuating much posteriorly : fronti-parietals triangular and

contiguous ; parietals large, subovate ; interparietal smaller, elongate

and obtusely pentangular ; superciliaries five in number, broad, the

two series separated apart by the narrow hinder part of the elon-

gated frontal shield. Scales of the back and upper part of tail

rhombic, strongly carinate, the keels running in parallel ridges ; of

the belly roundish, smooth. Pre-anal scales 2, large, triangular.

Toes 5—5, simple, slender.

A. BerpMmoret, nobis, 2. s. Colour dusky-brown or blackish, the

throat and belly ruddy-white, with some cross-bands of the same

upon the neck and body, broader and more distinct on the former,

and white specks on the lips, chin, and on the under and lateral

surface of the tail. Hight distinct rows of keeled scales along the

back. Length of specimen 43 in., of which the tail is 23 in., and

head ;% in.; fore-limbs ,%, in.; hind-limbs +3 in. Hab. Mergui,

where procured by Capt. Berdmore.

Mocoa Formosa, nobis, n.s. Length of one 7 in., of which the

tail measures half. Scales hexagonal, in six dorsal series. Pre-anal

scales similar to the abdominal. Form robust. Frontal shield elon-

gate-pentagonal, broadest to the front, and rounded posteriorly.

Inter-nasal and fronti-nasals lozenge-shaped, or somewhat fan-

shaped, broader than long. Fronti-parietals distinct, but unsym-

metrically divided. Colour olive-green, with black lateral and

pale superlateral bands as usual, the former much speckled with

greenish-white, and the latter shewing a series of black spots.

Between the pale superlateral streaks are five narrow black lines

along the nape and body, variegated with angular greenish-white

spots. A few such spots appear also on the upper surface of the

tail, caused by a scale variegated with black and greenish-white

here and there placed. Limbs minutely pencilled with black, and

spots or streaks of the same upon the head. Under-parts green-

ish-plumbeous throughout. This large specimen was procured at

Mirzapore by the late Major Wroughton; and others, from Wu-

zeerabad, presented by L. C. Stewart, Esq. now of H. M. 61st Reet.,

are smaller and less marked with black, which does not form con-

tinuous lines along the back, but variegated scales (black, with pale

652 Notices and Descriptions of various Reptiles. [No. 7.

medial portion,) are throughout scattered, and there are some black

markings on the head.

M. siximmeysts, nobis, 2. s. A small species, about 4 in. long,.

the tail varying in length in different individuals. In one the head

and body measure 12 in., the tail 22 in.; in another the head and

body measure 1? in., the tail but 2in. This difference is probably

sexual, the former proportions denoting the male, and the latter the

female.* Closely affined to the preceding species, but much smaller,

flatter, and more lustrous, with proportionally much more slender toes.

Colour of the upper parts nacreous olive-green, with three irregular

black lines or rows of specks along the back, not always very con-

spicuous. <A broad black lateral band, becoming obsolete along the

sides of the tail, is margined with a glistening pale greenish stripe

above, and variegated with spots of the same along its lower half

and on the outside of the limbs. Under-parts greenish-white, except

the tail and below the limbs where the colour is rufous-white. Some

have a few dark spots on the throat. Haz. Sikim, where procured

by Capt. W. 8. Sherwill.

PLESTICDON QUADRILINEATUM, nobis, 2. s. Proportions of Tr11-

qua; the head small, but its plates almost exactly as in PL. LATICEPs

of N. America. Colour blackish above, pearly white below; two dorsal

greenish-white streaks, commencing at the nostrils and gradually

disappearing at about the middle of the tail; these streaks being

exterior of the two alternating series of medial and hexagonal dorsal

scales: also a lateral pale streak from fore to hind limb, which is

more or less indicated on the neck and base of tail, close upon the

whitish hue of the under-parts. Length 7% in., of which the tail

measures 43 in.; of hind-imb 13 in. China (Hong Kong?). J.C.

Bowring, Esq.

EUPREPES MACULARIUS, nobis, 2. s. Affined to Ev. cyANOGASTER,

(Lesson, v. Hu. sechellensis, D. & B.) Like Trt1qgva RUFESCENS,

(Shaw), but the scales of the upper-parts 5-7 carinate, and colour

bronzed olive-green above, pale below ; the hinder half of back and

base of tail above marked with irregular reddish-brown spots, and a

broad reddish-brown lateral streak continued from the ear to the

middle of the tail, marked throughout with white, which tends to

* The same variation occurs in the species of Riopa, Gray.

1853. | Notices and Descriptions of various Reptiles. 653

form continuous lines posteriorly. Terminal half of tail whitish.

Arms and hind-limbs speckled with. white posteriorly. Length of

specimen 5} in., of which the tail measures 3} in. Has. Rungpore ?

Lissonora, nobis, 2. g. Form of Eupreres, but more slender,

covered with very smooth minute uncarinated scales. Head short,

flat, subtriangular as viewed from above, broader than high, with ob-

tusely pointed muzzle. Tympanum distinct, roundish. Lower eye-

lid sealy. Palatal incision slight, placed far back. Tongue scarcely

notched. Teeth very minute. Frontal shield pentagonal, subtri-

angular, broad to the front, and elongated to an obtuse point pos-

teriorly ; the supra-orbitals nearly meeting across. Inter-nasal

hexangular, somewhat fan-shaped. ronti-nasals small. Fronti-

parictals two, contiguous. Inter-parietal squarish or diamond-shaped.

Limbs well developed. ‘Toes 5-5, the palms and the heels (or exte-

rior portion of soles) granular. Infra-caudal scales larger than those

of the body; and two large triangular pre-anal scales.

L. Macvunata,* nobis, z. s. Colour (in spirit) greyish olive-green,

with a double row of irregular dark spots along the nape and back,

and a median line of the same along the tail. On each side a dark

band is continued throughout, commencing at the nostrils; and

beneath this is a narrow pale streak, then a narrow dark one, and

finally a few dark spots on the sides of the throat and belly. Upper

surface of the limbs variegated throughout. Lower-parts albescent-

greenish. Length of specimen,—head and body 13 in., and tail

probably about the same, but the tip is wanting. LF ore-limbs % in. ;

hind limbs 14 in.: distance apart. of fore and hind limbs 1 in. From

Asdm ; Col. Jenkins,

Oputors Jurpont, nobis, 2. s. A typical species, dark bronze

above, black-spotted, with two obscure broad dorsal streaks; below

white throughout. Length of head and body 13 in.; of tail 22 in.;

of hind-limb, to extremity of longest toe, in. Femoral pores 7 or

8. Shields of head plaited longitudinally. “ Procured at Mhow,

in pasture land.” T. C. Jerdon, Esq.

* This species would seem affined to PLESTIODON sINENsIS, Gray.

+ Since Mr, Jerdon’s paper on the reptiles of S. India was ready for publi-

cation. With reference to that paper, p. 468 anée, he desires me to state that

‘¢the only specimen of Homonora FrascisATA was taken from the mouth of a

snake, in grassy land, near Jaulnah.’’

4p 2

654 Notices and Descriptions of various Reptiles. [No. 7.

SPHENOCEPHALUS, nobis, x. g. A Sepsoid form affined to Spuz-

wors, Wagler, but with more slender and elongated shape, and the

limbs placed more distantly apart; the anterior minute and fitting

into a groove, the posterior as large as in SPHENOPS, and each having

but three toes, of which the innermost and next are subequal and

the outer much shorter.* Form slender, 3 cylindrical, quite flat and

laterally angulated beneath as far as the vent: the body and tail

covered with small, smooth, lustrous, hexagonal scales, with a me-

dian row of broader scales along the under surface of the tail.

Head much as in SpuHenoprs, but the muzzle more pointed; the

upper lip covering the mouth. Tongue broad, triangular, its cleft

scarcely perceptible; the incision of the palate small. Teeth very

minute. Eyes minute, with semi-transparent lower lid, No ex-

ternal trace of ear, Nostrils terminal, placed in the anterior margin

of the nasals, contiguous to the front of each inter-nasal and the

rostral; rostral equilaterally triangular; supra-nasal broad, hep-

tangular, with apex to the front; fronti-nasals subtriangular, a little

elongated ; frontal obtusely subtriangular; parietal inequilaterally

pentangular, with obtuse posterior base, single and as large as the

frontal. A large subquadrilateral plate under the eye, and three

small transversely narrow plates in front of it, and posterior to the

nasal plate. A large diamond plate on centre of chin, emarginated

anteriorly to admit a small roundish plate which is bordered by the

anterior laterals. Tail shorter than the body, and sub-cylindrical,

flattened below.

SPH. TRIDACTYLUS, nobis, x. s. Very pale brown, a little deeper

on the upper-parts. The largest of six specimens, measures 6 in. in

total length, of which the tail is 2 in., and distance apart of the fore

and hind limbs 3 in. Length of fore-limb 4 in,; of hind 5% in.

From Afghanistan. Presented by Dr. Allan Webb.

The habit of this curious reptile is indicated by its structure. It

is evidently a burrower, probably into loose sandy soil, where it

would work its way with its wedge-like muzzle, deriving considera-

ble appwis from its hind-limbs; the minute fore-lees remaining

* It is still more nearly affined to the Australian form Ronta of Gray, figured

in the Appendix to Grey’s Journal ; but this has still more rudimentary limbs, the

anterior merely indicated externally, and the posterior shewing but two digits.

1853. | Notices and Descriptions of various Reptiles. 655

generally close within the grooves into which they fit; the head

meanwhile being raised, and the long body arched,—an attitude

which most of the specimens assumed when immersed in spirit.

The following is a remarkable limbless lizard from Rangoon, ob-

tained by purchase.

OpHIsEPs, nobis, ”. g. Form anguine, of nearly uniform bulk

throughout, tapering suddenly at the extremity of the tail; no ex-

terior trace of limbs ; and the vent placed in the middle of the entire

leneth ; the body above, and tail above and below, covered with

parallel ranges of quadrilateral keeled scales, the throat and belly

with hexagonal smooth scales, and the tapering extremity of the

tail with imbricated and rounded scales. A groove on each side

from shoulder to vent. Tongue obtusely forked: no palatal teeth ;

but a single row of small maxillary teeth: the triangular incision of

the palate large. Eyes rather small, lacertine; the lids scaly.

Tympanum small. Nostrils small, lateral. Head conical, somewhat

compressed in front; the cleft of the mouth extending to beyond

the eye. Rostral plate small, broad, triangular; it and the nasals

and anterior labials surmounted by numerous small plates and larger

representatives respectively of a posterior nasal and united fronti-

nasals. Frontal shield large, heptagonal with posterior base; and

the parietal inequilaterally pentangular, with anterior base. Fronti-

parietals quadrangular. The streaks of the chin are sub-quadrangu-

lar and placed obliquely. Along the median ridge of the back the

parallel ranges of scales alternate, but not upon the tail.

O. TESSELLATUS, nobis, ». s. Length of specimen 123 in., of

which the tail measures 63 in. Colour pale dingy buff-yellow, paler

below, with numerous plumbeous spots on the anterior half of the

body above, composed of scales of that colour, some detached, others

placed contiguously to form transverse bands more or less imperfect ;

all the scales being highly lustrous. There are 14 parallel ranges

of them above, from lateral groove to groove, and 8 such ranges

below. From Rangoon.

(To be continued.)

656 _ Notes on the Ruins at Mahdbalipuram. [ No. 7.

Notes on the Ruins at Mahdbalipuram on the Coromandel Coast.—

The temples of Mahabalipoor or Mavellipuram are situated in

Lat. 12° 36’ 57” North, and Long. 80° 14’ 1” Hast ; nearly thirty-five

miles south of Madras, and about five north of the little town of

Sadras.

They are built and excavated from a low rocky ridge, that rising

isolated from the plain, runs slanting towards the shore for about a

mile anda half. The highest part, towards the north, is little more

than 120 feet in elevation; and perhaps a mile from the sea, into

which the southern extremity runs. It appears to have some small

spurs, which may be seen cropping out at various points on the

beach.

It is chiefly* ofa binary granite, that conveys to a casual ob-

server, the idea of having been recently half-wetted by a driving

pelt of rain; and although extremely hard, splits readily into masses

of various, but considerable size. I saw a block from forty to fifty

feet in length, and twenty-five to thirty feet in width, that had been

divided with an apparentlyt plane surface by a single blast of gun-

powder. The hewers of the caves, however, do not seem to have

enjoyed the assistance of this powerful agent: their method was to

trace out on the surface of the rock, the line in which they required

a separation, along which small holes were made with the chisel,

and wedges introduced with sufficient force to compel cleavage. It

would however be difficult at the present day, to determine whether

these wedges were of wood, well dried before insertion, and subse-

quently swelled by the application of water; or of metal driven in

by repeated blows, as appears to have been the custom in ancient

Egypt.

The rock yields to the weather by conchoidal peelings, which gives

to the group the general appearance of a mass of gigantic boulders,

or a confused assemblage of ruined domes. Considering its hard-

* As far as I could perceive, it was entirely so: but I had not leisure for an ex-

amination sufficiently minute, to authorize my speaking positively.

+ I say ‘‘ apparently,’’ because with reference to the known conchoidal frac-

ture of the rock, it is probable that when closely examined, the surface would be

found somewhat curved.

1853. | Notes on the Ruins at Mahdbdélipuram. 657

ness, it seems to be peculiarly affected by the sea air. This was

remarked by Mr. Chambers in 1772 and 1776. “All these figures

are doubtless much less distinct, than they were at first; for on com-

paring these, and the rest of the sculptures that are exposed to the

sea air, with others at the same place whose situation has afforded

them protection from it, the difference is striking ; the former being

every where much defaced, while the others are fresh, as if recently

finished ;”’ and it is necessary to bear in mind this characteristic,

when discussing the antiquity either positive or comparative, of any

portion of these edifices.

The greater part of these temples are excavations, after the

fashion of Ellora and Hlephanta; superior in taste and symmetry,

though far inferior in dimensions, to the first named. The most

perfect and beautiful is in a narrow ravine, towards the northern

part of the range, and facing to the Wrst; whereby it has been

well protected from the effects of the sea air. Although small in its

dimensions, it is remarkable for its artistic merit: the columns in

particular are slender and most graceful; the pedestals couchant

tigers facing outwards; the capitals elegant and well proportioned,

though fashioned in a style unknown among the orders of Grecian

architecture. Mr. Chambers remarks on its sculpture that “the

figures of idols in high relief on its walls are very well finished, and

perfectly fresh.’’ Another appears to have been dedicated to Siva,

who is represented, in the middle compartment, of large stature and

with four arms. <A small figure of Brahma is on his right; Siva

with his consort Parvati on the left; and his left foot rests on a

bull couchant. At one end of the temple, is a gigantic figure of

Vishnoo sleeping on a Cobra-di-capello, with several heads so dis-

posed as to form a canopy above the god. At the opposite end

appears Sivani, in the character of Doorga, with eight arms, mounted

on a lion; opposed to her is a gigantic figure with a human body

and buffalo’s head, much resembling that which is elsewhere called

the Yum raja; between them is a human figure suspended head

downwards, apparently the object of their dispute: and the monster

brandishes a club, while the goddess is armed with various weapons

and accompanied by some dwarf attendants.

Mr. Goldingham remarks, “ The figure and action of the goddess

658 Notes on the Ruins at Mahébalipuram. [No. 7.

are executed in a spirited and masterly style: and Lieut. Newbold

observes that “the best executed figure of the king of the beasts,

is that on which the goddess Doorga is seen, mounted in the sculp-

tured cave near the summit of the hill.”

Not far off, a large polished slab about ten feet in length, with

the figure of a couchant lion at the southern end, is shown as the

bed of the Dharma raja: which may probably be understood as the

“Sit de justice,’ or throne, whence some prince of that name was

wont to dispense justice to his people.

Of the other caves some were considerably larger, and had more

the appearance of being dedicated to Vishnoo : all facing the Hasr.

But the striking point in which the whole series resembles that of

Ellora is their unfinished state. Mr. James Fergusson remarks of

them in a paper read to the R. A. Society in 1843.

“ One of the most singular characteristics of this series of caves

is, that they are all of one age, and probably the work of one prince,

who has carried on the works simultaneously: but from some cause

or other has been unable to complete even one of them. Had one

been finished, or had there been any gradation of style or workman-

ship, some chronological arrangement might easily have been effected :

but nothing of the kind exists.”

Another still more remarkable point of similarity is the repeti-

tion of the sculptured group, representing a skeleton figure in a

supplant attitude before a personage appearing to possess authority.

Mr. Goldingham describes the group at Mahabalipoor as follows :

“ Near this structure, the surface of the rock about ninety feet in

extent, and thirty in height, 1s covered with figures in bas relief. A

gigantic figure of the god Khrishna is the most conspicuous; with

his favourite Arjoon, in the Hindoo attitude of prayer ; but so devoid

of flesh, as to present more the appearance of a skeleton than of

a living person; below is a venerable figure said to be the father of

Arjoon ; both figures proving the sculptor possessed no inconsider-

able skill.”

It does not appear whether Mr. Goldingham had any authority

for this interpretation, beyond that of the attendant Brahmins, who

are always ready to affix the names of some Hindoo god or hero to

every ancient sculpture: but I could not perceive in the standing

1853. ] Notes on the Ruins at Mahdbalipuram. 659

figure, the usual attributes of Khrishna; neither can I recal any

tale or legend, that represents Arjoon and his father Pandu as sup-

pliants to that divinity, in a state of starvation.

When I visited the caves of Ellora in 1841, Lieut. Howarth, then

engaged in making drawings of the bas-reliefs, informed me that the

group was generally considered to pourtray a miser, holding a bag

of money, while his wife and son, reduced to skeletons, are vainly

supplicating for food ; but on minute inspection, I was not. satisfied

with this interpretation, and find my notes on the subject as follows.

What is assumed to be a purse tied round the waist of the miser,

has not the appearance of a sack containing money; but might ra-

ther represent a girdle, drawn tight round the body to ease the

sensation of hunger, as is the custom with most semi-civilised na-

tions: neither can it be a bag of coins that he holds in his hand,

because the thick part is above the hand, and terminates in a point

at top; but it might be an instrument for cutting the rock, which

he is holding out to the half-starved figures at his feet. The little

fat cherub may as well be supposed to be bringing him a bag of

treasure, as to be taking it away; and then the entire group may be

imagined to pourtray the cause and mode of construction of these

caves, as a work undertaken by some prince or wealthy chief, during

a time of famine, to relieve the wants of his starving people. Ad-

mitting this supposition, we shall have no difficulty in accounting

for a continuation of the bas-relief which appears appended, not

only to this group, but also to a similar one in less perfect preserva-

tion in another cave: and we shall recognize Ganesh, at the head of

a row of females, each carrying a child in her arms, as exhibiting

the eventual results of the judicious disbursement.

This interpretation is merely a conjecture ; but it seems to derive

great support from the existence of the same group on the rocks of

Mahabalipuram, We can hardly imagine sculptors at such very

different parts of India, happening to invent precisely the same

story: though it might easily occur that both had to relate to pos-

terity the same events. It is no very great stretch of credulity, to

suppose that in both places, the works were undertaken by some

prince, to employ his famishing subjects during a time of great

scarcity ; and to furnish them with food without supporting them

4 Q

660 Notes on the Ruins at Mahdbalipuran. [No. 7.

in slothful idleness. This is exactly what was done by Sir Charles

Metcalfe, in our Upper Provinces during the famine of 1837-8, and

it does not seem impossible that similar events might suggest simi-

lar remedies, to beneficent and intelligent minds, even at an interval

of many centuries. Nor are we without some indications that such

actually has been the case: for Mr. Taylor, quoting from the

Mackenzie papers, says :

“Tt is said that in the Kali Yuga, Singhama Nada, a Zemindar of

the Vellugotivara race, ruled at Mallapoor (Mavellipuram) ; in that

time, during a famine, many artificers resorted hither, and wrought

on the mountain a variety of works during three years.”

This theory will explain how in both cases, (Ellora and Mahabali-

puram,) a number of works were commenced simultaneously, in

order to employ at once a large number of workmen: and how they

came to be left unfinished; the people naturally returning to their

ordinary occupations, when the pressure of famine was removed.

I must not omit to mention another tradition, which attributes

the construction of these works to a body of Northern artificers, who

fled from the tyranny of their own or some conquering prince, and

were suddenly recalled to their homes, by proffered favours and con-

cessions on his part; nor the conjecture of Mr. James Fergusson,

who, discrediting this story, accepts Singhama Nayadu as the prince

to whom the excavations are due; and tracing him to his death in

battle, while besieging the fort of Jalli Palli in the thirteenth cen-

tury, conceives this eyent to be a more probable cause of the sudden

interruption of the works, “as they were not part of the religion of

the people, nor was it likely that his successor would continue the

follies of his parent.” Hither of these suppositions would certainly

account for the non-completion of the works at Mahdbélipoor: but

we should then have to seek out some analogous cause for the same

circumstance at Ellora: and the remarkable repetition of the signi-

ficant group of sculpture would remain totally unexplained.

There are a variety of other sculptures both of beasts and human

beings; and often presenting a mixture of both. The most conspi-

cuous is the king snake, with the head and body of a man, termina-

ting in extensive serpentine convolutions, often winding round other

groups. They are nearly all on the eastern face of the rock: and

1853.] Notes on the Ruins at Mahdbiélipuram. 661

mostly close to the principal caves, which are in the northern half of

the range. In the same vicinity is a somewhat remarkable mono-

lith; a mass of living rock left isolated, and artificially fashioned

outside, as well as inside. It appears to be above twenty-five feet

in height, the same in length and about half in breadth. It has a

long roof curved like a Gothic pointed arch, and gabled at each end.

The walls are of great thickness, so that the interior cell is small :

it contains a lingam, and among the sculptures on its walls, appears

the figure of Ganesn in small dimensions. Its door faces the West :

and close to it the Brahmins are quarrying the rock, to repair and

beautify the interior of the brick pagoda; the only one in which

the ceremonials of worship are performed, at the present day.

At the extreme south of the ridge, and separated from it by a

small level space, along which runs the lower road from Madras to

Cuddalore, stand a group of monoliths, seven in number, surrounded

by a grove of cocoanut trees.* Five of them are pagodas ; of which

the most southern (measured by Mr. Goldingham forty feet in

height) resembles in general outline a Mussulman mausoleum.

Another twenty-five feet in height, and perhaps fifty in length, has

a long Gothic roof as previously described, and is ornamented on

the outside: the other three are more like modern pagodas. The

two remaining rocks are fashioned to imitate an elephant and a lion,

in colossal proportions. All these monoliths, though close to the

sea beach, and perfectly exposed, are comparatively fresh in their

outline, and exhibit very little signs of corrosion. They are com-

posed of this same binary granite, and I think we may thence con-

clude their comparative antiquity not to be very great.

There still remain twof temples, differing from the former in being

bwilt, instead of hewn in the solid rock. The first, already alluded

to, stands near the village on the level ground not far from the prin-

cipal caves, and is of brick, plastered and coloured in the modern

style. It is of considerable size, and is still used for purposes of

worship, and for the accommodation of Hindu travellers. The

brahmins enjoy some revenues attached to the building, and are

busily engaged ornamenting and improving it: all which cireum-

* Or else—palmyras: my recollection on this point is indistinct.

T I have been told of a third farther north, but did not see it.

492

662 Notes on the Ruins at Mahabalipuram. [No. 7.

stances,* combined with its perfectly recent form and appearance,

are conclusive in my mind against any claims to great antiquity that

may be advanced on its behalf.

The last remaining is that which has attracted most attention

from travellers: it is built of large masses of hewn granite, on one

of the granite rocks already mentioned, as protruding at intervals

along the sea shore. It is nearly opposite the highest part of the

ridge, and has apparently been built en rapport with some part of

the excavated hill, from which it is a mile distant in an easterly

direction. Jts dimensions are small: speaking from memory, I

should say, under thirty feet square: but its curiously ornamented

conical roof rises to an elevation of nearly fifty feet: It is sur-

rounded on three sides, by a granite screen of ten or twelve feet

high, and about five feet distant from the body of the temple: on

the fourth side (the West,) stands a miniature of the temple, open-

ing towards the Wrst, and bearing every appearance of having

originally been its principalt entranee. The walls and roof of a

connecting passage still exist, but all access by this route is now

barred, by a slab of black basaltic rock, fixed in the eastern wall of

the portico, opposite its entrance. A similar, rather larger slab

occupies a corresponding place on the inner surface of the western

wall off the temple; and on both are images of Siva, Parvatee and

their child. I was unable to discover whether the space intervening

between these two slabs is vacant, or has been filled up with ma-

sonry: but it is my very strong impression, that they and their

immediately surrounding blocks of stone are long subsequent in

date to the rest of the building, and have been inserted in order to

mark the ancient entry. As matters at present stand, it is impos-

sible to assign any reason for the existence of a blind chamber, or

* It will generally be found that religious edifices, still possessing endowments,

belong to the later phases of Hinduism: the more ancient having been lost, in the

various political and religious contests.

+ As is constantly seen at present to the East of Hindu temples.

+ The centre is occupied by a large lingum which, from its dark colour, I con-

clude to be of this basaltic rock, which must have been brought from a considerable

distance. The chaityas terminating the roofs of both temples and prophyllum are

the same. Every other part is granite.

1853.) Notes on the Ruins at Mahabilipuram. 663

other mass of building, between two temples of Siva placed dos é dos :

and there are only two suppositions that will account for the erec-

tion of these two buildings, of obviously the same date, with a covered

passage of connection. Either the smaller was a sanctuary, to be

entered only from the larger; as appears to have been the case in

some of the Arian temples still extant in Cashmere: or else it must

have been a portico, through which admission was obtained to the

larger or real temple. The first hypothesis is contradicted by the

existence of the western entry to the smaller edifice, which is cer-

tainly contemporaneous with its construction: and also by the fact

that the stone screen, that so carefully encircles the larger building,

ceases On arriving opposite the smaller. We are therefore thrown

back upon the second ;* which is supported not only by these cir-

cumstances, but also by the extreme simplicity of the present door

to the larger temple; a mere plain opening in the wall. I may also

mention that while the smaller building (and through it, were the

passage still open, the larger one only) is approached from the west

with ease and on a level; the only access to the simple opening in

the eastern screen now serving as an entry is over alow, but steep

and rugged rock washed by the breakers below. This rock has cer-

tainly the appearance, both here and elsewhere, of having been

partly cut into rude steps, and partly perforated as if to receive

some superstructure that has since disappeared. One solitary

column still raises its head above the waves, and is commonly con-

sidered to have been a Stambha, to support lamps: it should how-

ever be remarked that there is no vestige of any mode of ascent, to

place them ; neither of niches wherein they might be placed. The

top is formed into a kind of peg, as if to receive some capping stone,

and I have myself little doubt, that it is the sole relic of some ter-

race or arcade, once extending in this direction: I also traced out

faintly, the platforms of two collateral buildings ; one on each side

of that now standing: and among the débris of the southernmost, I

discovered several images of the kneeling bull generally placed oppo-

site a lingum, so corroded as to be only recognizable on careful

* The idea of the original entrance having been from the West, will appear less

strange, if it be remembered, that the entrance and portico of the Kylas at Ellora

actually are from that quarter.

664 Notes on the Ruins at Mahdbalipuram. [No. 7.

examination. A similar image, in a better state of preservation, is

to be seen within the granite screen, on one side of the portico ; and

on the other, in a closet or small chamber of comparatively recent

construction, is a large recumbent statue of Vishnoo, with the ordi-

nary Ses-naga below and above him.

On the shore close by, are several rudely sculptured rocks: one

representing a monster with human arms and the head of an ox or

buffalo, commonly called the Yam rajaé. They have suffered greatly

from the action of the sea air, as has also every part of the adjacent

temple, except its chaityas of basalt. In this respect, there is a

great difference between its appearance and that of the caves, or

even of the group of monoliths placed in a situation no less exposed :

and after close examination of all surrounding circumstances, I am

unable to resist the conclusion, that this temple is by many degrees

the most ancient of the remains at Mahabdalipoor: in fact that it is

one of the most ancient in India. JI am aware that Mr. James

Fergusson considers, “that its age does not differ materially from

the rest ;’ and it is with the greatest diffidence that I venture to

express an opinion differing from that entertained by so competent

an authority: but Mr. Fergusson was specially engaged in the

examination of the rock-cut temples; remarking the similarities and

the differences existing between them and similar works in other

parts of India; so that probably he had little leisure for this struc-

ture ; to which I, on the contrary, devoted much attention. Besides,

if I remember right, he decided these caves to be more modern than

those of Ellora: at the same time he considered the celebrated

Kylas of that place to have been copied from some earlier edifice of

Southern India: and looking to the very great general similarity of

style, I am certainly inclined to refer this shore temple of Mahaba-

lipoor, to the age of those earlier structures, although the precise

model of the Kylas may not be found here, but at Shellumbrum or

Tanjore. This would give a considerable difference of date; and

the supposition is borne out by the assurances of the Brahmins who

attended Mr. Goldingham, that their ancient books -“ contained no

account of any of the structures here described, except the stone

pagoda near the sea, and the pagodas of brick near the village.” The

obvious error of the last statement certainly detracts from the value

1853. ] Notes on the Ruins at Mahdbalipuram. 665

to be assigned to the former; but it should not be forgotten, that

these brick pagodas were in their own possession, and in present

use; so that they had a motive for assigning to them a fabulous

degree of antiquity : while they had no such inducement for making

an untrue distinction between the caves and the other remains, all

equally abandoned and valueless to themselves.

But whatever the age either actual or relative of the various tem-

ples of Mahabilipoor, it seems certain, that at some distant period,

the place was one of no small importance. The ground immediately

inland from the shore temple has obviously been built over, to a

considerable extent. The extremely well cemented foundations of

ancient walls are now dug out, as required for building materials,

by the inhabitants of the neighbouring village; or for the improve-

ment of the brick pagoda. I examined a large mass of concrete,

with bricks on the lower surface, and found it extremely solid, and:

in excellent preservation. It consisted of sharp broken fragments

of the granite of the place, mixed with unburned shells: the excel-

lent mortar in which they were embedded being probably these

same sea shells burned. The bricks were of the large size usual in’

all old Hindu structures: but not uniform in their shape. Those I

measured varied from eleven to thirteen. inches in length, from seven

to seven and half in breadth and were pretty regularly two inches*

thick ; so well laid in the finest mortar, that five of them in situ barely:

measured eleven inches. Most of the houses in the village are built

of these old bricks; but the ruins are so completely covered with a

deposit of soil, and drift sand, that numerous excavations would be

necessary, to afford even the vaguest idea of their extent. It is’

' * T append a memorandum of the dimensions of old bricks I have collected

within the limits of the Mahabharut, and an average of a much larger number of

Paneeput fort, 15 inchlong 9 inch wide 25 thick, ) specimens from the neigh-

Brsrtepoer do. 14 2, glee opt ebuicit givad 1p Vy

ge Lk ee ee es Baby 22;

Average, 153 ,, Di te 23 » 6 J

It will be observed that here again the most variuble dimension is the length ;

and the average of these north country bricks will be found to be. exactly of the

same proportions as the average of those at Mahabalipoor, the length 15} and

breadth 9, being pretty nearly to the length 12 and breadth 7} inches as the thick-

ness 24 is to the thickness 2.

666 Notes on the Ruins at Mahabdlipuram. [No. 7.

however certain, that there must have been a wealthy, and therefore

in all probability a numerous, population, where dwelling-houses

were built of burned bricks, cemented with lime mortar ; and where

masons were sufficiently acquainted with the mysteries of their art,

to use foundations of concrete, formed of the most durable materials,

and on the most approved principles. It must be remembered that:

in classical days, the extremity of the peninsula was the entrepdét of

commerce, between the east and the west. Gibbon says, “ Every

year about the summer solstice, a fleet of a hundred and twenty

vessels sailed from Myas Hormas, a port of Egypt on the Red Sea.

The coast of Malabar or the island of Ceylon was the usual term

of their navigation, and it was in those markets, that the merchants

from the more remote parts of Asia expected their arrival. This

fleet traversed the ocean in about forty days, by the periodical assist-

ance of the monsoons.”” Whence we gather that the European fleets

proceeded to India, with the commencement of the 8S. W. monsoon ;

and remained there until the beginning of the N. Easterly ; which

is consonant with all we know of the habits of the seamen of anti-

quity. But, at that time of year, the ports of the Malabar coast

would have: been extremely unsafe; besides that no large city is

known to have flourished at that epoch, any where near Ceylon,

with access from that quarter. It is therefore far more probable,

that the laden ships, favoured by the strong southerly current along

the shore, passed by the Malabar coast, and by the island of Ceylon,

to find harbour on the Coromandel coast, and await the change that

would take them on their return voyage. I have the authority of

a commander of approved skill, and well acquainted with these seas,

for saying that there are no physical features to prohibit the idea,

that Mavellipoor may have been one of these ports. He answers

my enquiries: “There are no reefs off the Seven Pagodas; and

the only danger in the vicinity, is a:small reef nearly abreast of the

collector’s house at Tripalore, hence called the Tripalore reef, upon

which one of the Company’s vessels was wrecked some fifty years

ago: but so near shore (half mile) as not to create any alarm at the

present day,” when its situation is perfectly ascertained. He adds,

that even now ships passing along this coast generally make Sadras

hills, to get into a good position for reaching more northern parts:

1853. | Notes on the Ruins at Mahabalipuran. 667

and that “there is no reason why the anchorage at the Seven Pago-

das should not be as safe as Madras roads.’’ Nor are there wanting

indications of the place having formerly possessed far better anchor-

age than either Madras or Pondicherry could ever boast. Behind

and south of the sculptured ridge for some distance inland, runs a

salt-marsh, bearing every appearance of having once formed part of

the estuary, which debouches about half-way between Sadras and

the shore Pagoda. The soil is not at all like once firm ground,

overflowed by the ocean, but rather the light pulpy character of silt,

deposited by contending currents and streams in some nook, where

their forces neutralised one another: an operation well known to be

proceeding down to the present day in every quarter of the globe.

A corresponding action, minor in degree because only due to rain

and atmosphere, has most certainly taken place on the other side of

the sculptured ridge: as is shown by the five or six feet of alluvial

soil under which the ruins of the city are now buried: and we can

with equal confidence assert, that foreigners were in the habit of

visiting the place, as among the coins found in the vicinity, have

been some of Rome, of China and other distant lands. No very

great increase of depth in the estuary would (1 believe, but I could

not obtain accurate soundings) be necessary to admit vessels of the

burthen then usual, and to afford them shelter equal to any on the

coast. We have, therefore, I think, good reason to conclude, that

in the olden days of which so few records have reached us, when the

Chinese, the Phoenicians and the men of Tarsis united, as in the

present day, the extreme east and west in bonds of amity by the

mutual interchange of commodities, Mavellipoor or Mahdabalipuram

was a place of considerable commercial resort ; and perhaps one of

the chief ports of Southern India: very probably the Malearpha of

Ptolemy. J am far from considering it equally certain that this was

the capital city of the mythological hero Bali. We all know the

tendency of the Brahmins to appropriate to their own sect every

relic of antiquity they found in the countries over which they ex-

tended their influence: and beyond their own assertions, I do not

know that we have the least evidence to the fact. “The name still

surviving’ will seem, to many, a strong argument : only it will not

prove a sound one. The name of Mahdbalipuram, “the city of the

668 Notes on the Ruins at Mahdbalipuram. [No. 7.

great Bali,” is only known at the present day to the Brahmins, and

to Europeans who derived all their information either directly or

indirectly from the Brahmins: and as there is no reason to believe

that Sanscrit or Hindee was at any epoch the vernacular of that

part of the country, we can hardly suppose that such a purely San-

scrit name ever was in common use thereabouts. Had the current

name among the people been one that might possibly be considered

a Tamul version of this significant epithet, we might certainly give

some weight to the fact of such a name lingering about these re-

markable antiquities: but on the contrary the common names of

Mallapoor or Mavellipooram are* said to have no such meaning ;

and the similarity of sound would rather favour the idea that the

Brahmins finding these remains with a name firmly annexed, adapted

both to their own purposes; by fixing upon that one of their fabu-

lous heroes, to whose title the foreign word could most easily be

converted. Their own books do not afford much support to their

present claims. The Mahabharata describes the city as being

WHat Caw Wai Bisvatat Wasa

TaasAATaY yaaa yfaa |

“South of the Ganges 200 Yojanas, 5 Yojanas westward from the

eastern sea.”” It must be admitted that we do not know the exact

equivalent of the Indian Yojana :} but it has generally been considered

between nine and twelve miles, either of which would carry us far

south of Ceylon! If therefore this quotation refers to any city on

the present continent of India we must greatly reduce tke length of

the Yojana: say to five or even four miles which would about bring

us to the latitude of Mavellipuram. But we must suppose that the

proportion of two hundred to five was somewhat near the truth:

and this would oblige us to look for Bali’s capital not on the sea-

shore but twenty miles inland, where to the best of my information

no vestige of a city remains. If we assume the Yojana five miles

* T cannot speak positively nor of my own knowledge, not being sufficient of a

Tamul scholar.

+ A Pundit in this neighbourhood (Rohilcund) called it ‘‘four kos :’’? which

would be from five to six English miles; as the local kos is seldom as much as

one-half miles: and from a note to Chap. 22, of Fa Hian’s pilgrimage it would

seem that farther south the Yojana was only four miles.

1853. | Notes on the Ruins at Mahdbalipuram. 669

instead of four, we shall certainly be able to satisfy both conditions

pretty well in Combacorum, the Benares of the south, or in the an-

cient capital of the Pandyan kingdom, but either explanation is equal-

ly fatal to the claims of Mavellipuram.

It is true that it has been generally believed that the sea had

encroached on this shore, and that many pagodas and buildings of

this ancient city had been submerged even since the English settle-

ments took place; and it may therefore be said that in all probabi-

lity the site of this city was actually twenty miles from the sea in

the days when the Mahabhirata was written. This idea is founded

partly on the mariner’s name of the Seven Pagodas, said to indicate

the existence (in the early days of English intercourse with India)

of seven Pagodas on the shore where now only one remains. But

personal inspection at once shows the fallacy of this derivation of the

name: the shore temples being far too low to be perceived at the

distance that ships usually pass; more especially as they are backed

by the cave-hewn ridge ; and it is infinitely more probable that Mr.

Chambers was correct in referring the appellation to the peculiar

appearance presented by the rounded peaks of this ridge itself, espe-

cially as temples were vaguely known to exist in that neighbourhood

without their situation being very accurately settled. He says,

“The rock or rather hill of stone on which great part of these works

are executed, is one of the principal marks for mariners as they ap-

proach the coast, and to them the place is known by the name of

the Seven Pagodas: possibly because the summits of the rocks have

presented them with that idea as they passed.”

A far stronger evidence, however in the general opinion, was the

tradition imparted by the Brahmins, and perhaps other inhabitants,

to the earlier European visitors of the place. Mr. Chambers relates :

«The natives of the place declared to the writer of this account,

that the more aged people among them remembered to have seen

the tops of several pagodas far out at sea; which being covered with

copper (probably gilt) were particularly visible at sun rise, as their

shining surface used then to reflect the sun’s rays: but that now

that effect was no longer produced, as the copper had become en-

crusted with mould and verdigris.”’ Passing over as a minor

objection that “ at sun rise’’ the dark sides of the pagoda tops would

4 R 2

670 Notes on the Ruins at Mahibalipuram. [ No. 7.

alone be visible from the shore, and that they would be best seen

when illuminated by the setting sun, I would enquire, how is it pos-

sible that these slender ornaments should shine “far out’’ in the

surf of the Coromandel coast, where not years or months, but a few

hours of the stiff gales, with which it is so constantly visited, would

be all-sufficient, not only to destroy the lustre of gilt copper, but

to dislodge every stone between high and low water mark? It can-

not be supposed that any sudden convulsion lowered the whole coast,

so that all at once the waves should roll within a few feet of the top,

instead of below the foundations of the Pagodas: for such a con-

vulsion must infallibly have shaken them to pieces, as well as levelled

the existing temple, whose still uninjured pinnacles clearly disprove

the hypothesis: therefore the subsidence, if ever it took place, must

have been extremely gradual, like those of the Swedish and parts of

the Italian coast: and recollecting the numerous years, (not to say

centuries) that would be required to sink the forty or fifty feet

which may reasonably be assumed to have been the height of the

vanished structures, I only ask, is it credible that the waves should

have spared them until only their tops (still bright and glittering

notwithstanding the dashing spray!!!) remained above the surface.

I am sorry to be obliged thus to demolish the beautiful romance

of the “ Wave-covered metropolis of Bali; but it is not the first of

the aerial castles of Indian tradition, that has faded before the fuller

light of modern European investigation. Like Bishop Heber, I find

it difficult to understand how this particular spot: should have sunk

so much, if (as other writers aver) the rest of the Coromandel coast,

both north and south, has rather risen within historical times. I

have already mentioned the local features leading me to conclude,

that this immediate vicinity has not suffered any encroachment from

the ocean, but has rather gained from, and increased in elevation

above it by, alluvial deposits from the higher* lands: and if a Brah-

* The brick foundations I have mentioned as being five or six feet below the

present surface of the land, are very considerably more than that amount above

high-water mark. I have not noticed Capt. Newbolt’s argument in favour of the

submersion of the city: viz. that Chinese and other coins are often washed ashore

in storms; because the fact is equally explicable, by the supposition that this was

a port frequented by foreign ships, of which some must necessarily, in the course

of years, have been wrecked and sunk in the vicinity.

1853. ] Notes on the Ruins at Mahdbalipuram. 671

min legend is required, there happens to exist one in the Mackenzie

papers (v. Mr. Taylor’s 3rd report, section 9, page 65,) that comes as

near to my view of the formation of the salt-marsh, as these

taies generally do to the natural truths they often dimly chroni-

ele.

“In early times one Mallesudu ruled here prosperously, but hav-

ing refused charity to a Brahmin, he was changed into an alligator.

A Rishi named Pundarica, going to pluck a lotus flower in the tank

where the alligator lay, was seized by it, but had power to drag it

out. The king thus obtained release and went to Swerga. The

Rishi wished to present the lotus flower to Vishnoo, but the sea

barred his way, and would not retreat ; so he sat down to bale the

sea out! While thus occupied, an ancient Brahmin came and asked

for boiled rice, offering to do the Rishi’s work, while the latter

should go and cook it. By taking up a single handful of water the

sea retreated a whole coss, and when the Rishi returned he found

the Brahmin reposing in the manner in which statues of Vishnoo

are sometimes represented. He now recognised the god, and a

fane was built by him over the spot.” If this tale have any real

foundation, it probably indicates, that after a period of abandonment

this site was re-occupied, and great increase of land discovered to

have taken place, about the time when the worship of Vishnoo was

introduced into the southern peninsula ; which being a date tolerably

ascertained, may possibly guide some future visitor in fixing the age

of the various structures ; especially if assisted by some translation

of the inscriptions which were unfortunately quite unintelligible

to me.

Tt will be observed that I have made the freest use of the accounts

of other travellers: partly, in order to present in a general view the

remarks now scattered in half a dozen volumes, and part.y in order

to support by the authority of others, the conclusions drawn in my

own confessedly hasty visit. Had I only been as well acquainted at

that time as I am now, with the writings of my predecessors, I should

have investigated far more closely several points that I now perceive

with regret I almost overlooked. The shore temple alone can be

said, to have been thoroughly examined : and I suppose it must have

been deemed less worthy of notice by former travellers: else I do

672 Notes on the Ruins at Mahdabalipuran. [No. 7.

not understand how it could escape* remark that the original entry

of the building, must have been through the portico which is in rear

at present. I trust what I have said may draw the attention of

men better versed in Indian antiquities to the subject of the direc-

tion in which the entrance is placed in Hindu temples: as it may

possibly prove characteristic of some particular sect or epoch. At

the present day, all temples in these Upper Provinces (and as far

as my observation goes, in the other Presidencies also) are turned

towards the east: and a Brahmin at Huridwar gave me as a reason,

the rising of the sun in that quarter. I remember} to have seen one

exception (besides the Kylas at Ellora already mentioned ;) which

is on the grand trunk-road on the banks of the Burachur near Tal-

danga. In a group of four temples, not differing essentially in style

or architecture, and all apparently quite modern, one is turned to

the west, while all the others are to the east, I could not discover

that they belonged to different divinities, but there was no person

near from whom [I could positively ascertain that such was not the

case.

Another point that strikes me as deserving attention, more parti-

cularly from Engineers and persons engaged on public works, is the

_ very great durability of the basaltic rock as compared with the gra-

nite of the Coromandel coast. We have no reason to believe that

the umbrella-shaped summits of the temples, which for want of a

better term I have called chaityas, are otherwise than contempora-

neous with the rest of the temple; and they are of course equally

exposed to the spray and saline atmosphere: yet they appear per-

fectly fresh and uninjured, while the granite has lost the whole of

its outer surface by gradual disintegration and exfoliation.

I append two sketch plans to elucidate the above descriptions of

locality : but they have no pretensions to strict accuracy, being done

entirely from memory, months after I visited the place.

* JT have not been able to procure the papers of Mr. Babington or of Mr. Walter

Elliot on the subject: but of the four or five I have perused no one touches this

point.

+ And I think that among the Aryan temples of Cashmere, is said to be a group

of four facing to all four cardinal points.

Sketch Plaw

of the country around

MAVELLIPOOR.

f/ =

/ Group of =

y Sq =

YE =

Wy), Monoliths

a I t Ye —

Shetch Plan of the Temple

on the Shore.

B sculptured slabs

state of Vishroo.

grande bull.

dotted lines mark

supposed passage.

hap abi aA | th ee

‘

CSS Teas a

nee wr pray bl

—

+ ASINTIO LITH PRESS T BLACK, MANAGER

MAHA VALI PURAM SHORE TEMPLE. =

1853.] Note on an ancient Inscription from Thineswar. 673

Note on an ancient Inscription from Thdneswar. By B&su RAsen-

DRALAL Mirrra, Librarian, Asiatic Society.

Subjoined is the legend of a Sanscrita inscription lately found in the

Thaneswar district. Mr. Bowring, to whom the Society is indebted

for facsimiles of this interesting record, states “that it is engraved

on a tablet of red sandstone in the temple of a follower of the Go-

raknath persuasion, in the town of Pehewa, which is about fifteen

miles west of Thaneswar.’’ Regarding the circumstance under

which it was discovered, Mr. B. adds, “ I was marching from Pati-

ala towards Thaneswar, and halted at Pehewd which is on the banks

of the Saraswati river, and is a place of pilgrimage of some note,

having been formerly known under the name of Prithudak. It is

included in the limit of the sacred territory, known as the forty coss,

that is, the distance between certain places, or the four points of the

compass, within which the skirmishes of the Pandavas were carried

on. The inscription was copied after my departure by the Thanadar

of Pehew4, and is, as you will observe, reversed. I am not sure

whether it will prove to be legible, as a part of the inscription is

effaced. It is possible, however, that there may be interesting

matter in it.”

The document is divided into two portions, the first of which is in

verse and comprises twenty-one lines, and the second is in prose and

includes eight lines. They are both very imperfect, being full of

lacune, and several letters from the beginning and end of every line

effaced ; the inscription, however, is of importance as throwing some

light on an interesting but little known period of Indian history.

The researches of Wilford, Colebrooke and Tod have proved

that three different sovereigns of central India have assumed the

title of Bhoja Rajé. The first of these, according to Tod apud Prin-

sep, flourished about the end of the 5th century (483 A. C.) the

other two in the middle of the 7th and the 10th centuries (665 and

1035 A. C.) respectively. These dates however, excepting the last,

have not been proved by any authentic testimony, and the history of

the three princes has been very much confounded by Orientalists.

Prinsep makes the first Bhoja the nephew of Munja, while the as-

tronomical and astrological works quoted by Colebrooke concur in

674 Note on an ancient Inscription from Phaneswar. [No. 7.

styling the latter as the uncle and predecessor of the third Bhoja,

a statement fully borne out by the Jain MSS. of Col. Tod and the

authorities cited by Wilford and Bentley. Colebrooke places the

celebrated “nine jewels’’ of Vicramaditya in the court of the third

Bhoja, while Prinsep, following Bentley, would have Kalidasa flourish

in the 5th century as a contemporary of the first king of that name.

If this imperfect inscription has been correctly read, these discre-

pancies are completely set at rest. 1t shows that the first Bhoja

lived about three and a half centuries before the time assigned

him by the learned historian of the Rajputs, and entirely overthrows

the deductions of Bentley, regarding the age of Brahma Gupta,

Vararuchi, and of some of the leading astronomical works of the

Hindus, as far as they are based upon the era of the renowned

sovereign of Dhara. The Bhoja of Prinsep and that of the inserip-

tion are both descended from Mahendrapala, but the former is the

fourth, and the latter the tenth (if not more—for the last six lines

being defaced it is impossible to be positive) in descent from that

sovereign ; the intervening names too are different; they stand thus:—

Prinsep (Tables p. 106.) Inscription.

A.C.

402. Mahendrapala. Mahendrapila.

409. Karmchandra. Jatula.

410. Vijyananda. —_——-—?

470. Munja. Vajrata.

483. Bhoja. Yajnika.

Sogga.

Purna.

Devaraja.

Ramachandra.

Bhoja. 8. 179—A. C. 122.

Of Prithudaka, the pool, near which the inscription was engraved,

nothing seems to be known, and the temple which bears its name

and on which the inscription is recorded, although according

to Mr. Bowring a place of pilgrimage, is not reckoned as such in

the Purénas. But Kurukshetra itself, the battle-field of the Pandus,

on which the empire of India has been more than once contested

and lost, is a perfect terra imcoguita to the antiquarian, and would

1853.] Note on an ancient Inscription from Thaneswar. 675

prove a rich field to the tourist who with the Mahdbhdrata or the

Kurukshetra Mahatmya by his side, could devote a fortnight to the

wastes between Delhi and the Sutledge.

Inscription.

— ay aaa, aa Bafa aa feast we a aTeTTT,

He WsINa Way W Ty Calacaanatay aeafafa y—

Q)—aefed wifge: ara araayegfcaguatarvat-

afatian | savtawcaafaar asa: Plas cepesaieat-

gq * *—(2)—aquifa <a faarqeaamaaaaa| Bat-

fad afantefermarrammivfafacsacuate: * *—(a)

—qlaas: USIHTUC aA HME: | araarfyacwyT-

qtamugfasanrqa cama ata fea—( 8) fa-

aid: ULIUAISS TAMIA! GT Btagqala AGHIIITA: A-

mate: MHNLRE: Wey: * dtut * * * *_(y)—saa-

arafa:| Aal aIgs caqeaufea: wat zarrgfaart-

attatasifaa: fafaufaaiaiesares: | 7 asatfaged a—

(g)—aaet BATS Ba) AM Tew aracrsa frac.

aga: ayaa Weleeeccaa afea stafaaa)

ofafau—(o)—eqreataitaatta | safa fraaarear da gx

faatfa aan xa fats wpa fefeatar | aq Sze:

vafeasrag st * *_(c)—e: | veatesfa qaafara:

SHAIGSTH: WH: WA CAAA CY MHALAMLAG Ata: | TA

qufcaatz: aiefca aa—(e)—q fafeuw | aaraai

qaR: WZtegawmimMed fraaty, aisaiqesafa

UH TIC AUFACAUART | TI—(Le)—S HCA raar A: |

aqucaatan farang as RIT AWIGATIAMNIFATA |

wat asta faerat fedtar wyefa w) * *~(x)—afa

amaaAa Hea ale fafaatxat frarar) warat feafe-

676 Note on an ancient Inscription from Thaneswar. [No. 7.

agqaactaaqaita: efaaaa * * * ofa: sacfa—(ex)

—safinaitega! waaufeufed act yates gd qa-

TaANAce dfea * * fat * *) qea qaufeataca—(ea)

—sacfefeamcfrar grease: | Te UTA aafa-

frm eet Car: Boras wla wAVTeH LG arayare: | *

((2)—arawafes cawmaraqaie || araifa gacad fa-

wy ay aay vafeaciyarary | carat afte fanatenre

areat—-((4) —Hietataafyat aay afsardanradaag-

au**ar** | gw araaatrncaciaat werfa-

acarael—(ve)—ACAAAU «= Was aATWAAtfeaqwtyc-

waa | farwiuraqaasd acaaacs serdiat-

wasafagd * * *_(.o)_acat Catisia Wataaaat yee *s-

GWARGIAY BAIT AAT | RHA aa atafeuiqaca

faa | **—((c)—a: | ata syaasaste*at cae

aafee arcfaara ** * |) aaaniaaaaar fedtat w-

afaa ) wearer * *—(Qe)—are zeta: aa a-

afe | aqaaaa ———_ale yea: ufuceg fafeat

aguaigiwem qaayey * * * * * * *_(20)_aug aA-

wi sialicadfaa: |\——_——_ ufe@avitaart

TCA FICHA SILI SHAHN a BCAA WReAUISTAL-

RAUL AN SF ILHRA SILICA UCLA AT ANAIAeS age ATA-

farasaraa()eiafansusyaucaced avieatuna-

WAAR AGA Gaq ave qmiwyfc o Hai daaefe-

qaaaqan()ai fratfae Steacatfaar af erlsaaei

PTSARATS al PATATA ATA PAAATSACATA WH Ta TI

qT aU qaamagd wafee safa (3) AGN TAAAAT-

aia fameata as au fuanfcae caufeaga aaa

1853.] Note on an ancient Inscription from Thaneswar. 677

qa waaafaaaga waifcaaracaqantata aE AU CEa-

ata (8) GA MARTI ATIATY AYA BMARAF TeCAaA-

UA AWAIVFARGA BRA IGA suNlcaie Sfeaaaic-

Ba arlHe| (4) Tal AFCaAaAgs Saafeag BlnecaaAaay-

AUT can waqeaga tfaqe * ** * | UcUa BATT-

BIZala ULTHA WHIF Langa wa (z) fa waga va-

qen Vanesa * * * ufaaga afanateeaga—

—— uaa Tg TURTT TH ——_a"* gaya

(0) aq seuua tau"ga aaufs*aa wae.

aquest ———__weangad Bralawangaa saws aur

Hate:

Translation.

Line 1. * * * * May he who sleepeth in the embrace of | Sesha],

when even the soul of the enemy of darkness ceaseth to be, when

the career of mankind knoweth no change, when the stars vanish and

the horizon of the earth is destroyed, when the [different] oceans

[which surround the globe] all merge into one [may he vouchsafe

prosperity to thee. | !

Line 2. * * * * Jtis the most beneficent aspect of the god of

the horny-bow. Delighted in the company of his beloved, pleasing

as the sweet soothing stars, merged in the ocean of ardent love * * *

radiant beams from the moonlike face of women * * * *

Line 3. * * * * May he grant such vigour as knoweth no

failing! Seated in the heart of sages, whose knowledge of them-

selves has dispelled deep darkness from their mind, who are ever

contented * * * *

Line 4. * * * * The cloud at the time of the destruction

of the earth pouring without intermission. Abounding in many a

dire disease ; like a sun for the destruction of the soft clay * * * *

Line 5. * * * * Envied another’s might. May he prosper, the

illustrious Mahendrapdla Deva, the victorious over his enemies, the

beautiful as the moon, the asylum of all * * *

4s 2

678 Note on an ancient Inscription from Thaneswar. [WNo. 7.

Line 6. * * * * By name Jatula, of excellent character, re-

nowned and adorned with (the modest ornament of) mercy, radiant

with the light of true knowledge, and glorious in kingly career

+ re

Line 7. * * * * The glory of his deeds made his very body

brilliant as the sky, bright with the radiant moon * * * *

Line 8. * * * His columns of victory in the different quarters

of the earth were planted by him, as if to prevent his fame spreading

wide * * * *

Line 9. * * * * The noblest of his race Lord Sri Bajrata, who

had obtained all he wished, whose greatness was extreme in all

auspicious actions, whose beauty was bright as the radiant moon,

was born of that celebrated * * * *

Line 10. * * * * Of her was born Yajnika, the gentlest among

the unenvious; his banner moves triumphant among the mighty

legions of his enemies, dismal with numberless elephants * * * *

Line 11. * * * * [He] the renowned in battle had two wives,

both great as if they were the crowning jewels of all well-behaved

women, and beautiful as the full moon. Of them, one was called

Chandra, and the other Sankata * * * *

Line 12. * * * * His name was Sogea; the creator of the world

had placed him foremost among heroes, he was the Lord of the earth.

Through the vigour of his scymetar pearls from the forehead of the

elephants of his enemies had adorned this earth * * * #

Line 18. * * * * Afterwards he gota son named Purna raja

who was an enemy to vice and * * * *

raja by name was the receptacle of all [noble] qualities. His vigour

dispelled the clouds of his enemies * * * *

Tine 15. * * * Of form like a verdant tree bent down by the

weight of the delicious fruit [of goodness]. The mere mention of

his majestic name overcast with a frown * * * *

[Lines 16 to 21 undecipherable. |

For the promotion of the prosperity, success and the good govern-

ment of the most venerable, the king of kings, Lord Sri Bhoja Deva,

successor of the most venerable, the king of kings, the deceased

Sri Rama Chandra Deva, the proprietors of Sri Prithudaka, on

1853.] Note on an ancient Inscription from Thaneswar. 679

the 7th day of the white half of the moon, in the month of

Vaisdkha of the Samvat era 179, by the advice of those who had,

as independent men, assembled here at the horse festival, [such as]

Chandra son of Natadharmika son of Hatta Vira, Rajyabala, Ballaka,

Satya Sinha son of Panduka, and Uddyati Kritya Bhattaka, to

Vilasavara, Dhikkari Malla son of the valiant Takshaka, the noble

Adityanéka Ratnakara son of Jaya Naka Bilva, also Ramaka son

of Rakuka Karanaka, Baladeva, and his son Pravira, Sweta Mriganka,

Varana Kavachankarsaka son of Sarirakarsaka, Sukamanijya and

his son Upabharasaéra, and son of Labhata Sava Hurikatyasara,

and also Uddhavaditya son of Sunkara Ballaka, Rakshaka son of

Sri Gurudaksha Kritya Ballaka, son of Ratibardhaka, Yaya Bardhaka,

Bhramadukshaghatakiya t———— son of Sura Chandrapanka, Sarva

Deva, Dharatta son of Saunaka, Kafabalhaka Dharmya’s son,

(after several other undecipherable names) and Sri Krishna son

et Bhacta; presented * *,* * *

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

For Novremper, 1853.

The Society met on the 2nd instant at the usual hour.

Sir James Cotvize, Kt., President, in the Chair.

The proceedings of the last month were read and confirmed, and

the accounts and vouchers for the month of September laid on the

table.

Presentations were received—

Ist. From the Bengal Government, through W. G. Young, Esq.,

Under-Secretary, for the Museum of Economic Geology. Specimens

of Rocks collected by Lieut. Furlong of the 1st Madras Native

Infantry, at Kaizawalajong, during a march with a detachment on

the route between Padong and the Tongoop pass.

2nd. From J. A. Cockburn, Esq., Superintendent of the Barrack-

pore Park. A dead Janghil Bird. Tantalus leucocephalus, GM.

ard. From J. Avdall, Esq., a new Dictionary in Italian, French,

Armenian and Turkish.

4th. From R. Houstoun, Esq.,a Mug MS. of medicine entitled

Maha-thanada-yea.

Raja Is’riprasad of Benares was named for ballot at the next

meeting ; proposed by Mr. Hall and seconded by the President.

The Council submitted a report, recommending that a grant of

Co.’s Rs. 1000 (one half that amount from the Oriental Fund) be

sanctioned for the purpose of four more glazed book-cases ; two for

the preservation of the Sanskrita MSS. transferred to the Society

from the College of Fort William, and the other two for the Society’s

Library.

Ordered that the grant asked for by the Council, be placed at their

disposal for the purpose in question.

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 681

Communications were received—

1st. From Major A. Cunningham, forwarding a plate of Kangra

coins, and promising to send a descriptive account of the coins so

soon as the plate shall have been engraved.

The following is an extract from Major C.’s letter.

“‘T have made out this plate after examining all Bayley’s coins,

which have given me about five specimens in addition to those

which I had before ; I have also collated all the genealogies, and 1

am happy to say that their general agreement with one another and,

more particularly, with numerous synchronous Princes in other states,

is very satisfactory. The data for establishing the Chronology are

sound and good, and as they extend over a considerable period, we have

the means of fixing the approximate dates of the earlier Kings.

“ The earliest ascertained date is A. D. 804, and the average

length of reign from that time to the present is 1,326 years.”’ |

2nd. From Rev. N. Brown of Sibsagur, Assam, enclosing a list

of Assamese works published at the American Mission Press at

Sibsagur.

ard. From A. Campbell, Esq., Darjeeling, enclosing an abstract

of the Register of rain-fall kept by Dr. Withecombe at Darjeeling,

from 1st January to the 1st October, 1853.

“The maximum fall for a whole year,’ says Mr. C. “was 135

inches in 1850, and the minimum 114 inches in 1852. I believe

after a residence of many years that 125 inches may be taken as the

average annual fall at Darjeeling.

“T am not able to supply any detail of the annual rain-fall at

Cheera Punjee, but from Lieut. Yule’s observation (see Journal

Asiatic Society) and from Dr. Hooker’s letter to me from that place

in 1850, I believe that the annual fall of rain there varies from 360

to 500 inches per annum.”

4th. From Capt. Thuillier, communicating a paper entitled

*“ Notes upon some atmospherical phenomena observed at Darjeeling,

in the Himalayah Mountains, during the summer of 1852,” by Capt.

W.S. Sherwill.

The Librarian and the Curator in the Zoological Department

having submitted their usual monthly reports the meeting adjourned.

Read and confirmed, 7th Dec. 1853.

(Signed) J. W. Conviiez.

682 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 7,

LiBrary.

The following additions have been made to the Library since the last

meeting.

Presented.

Archzologia: or Miscellaneous Tracts relating to antiquity. Vol.

XXXV.—By tHE Society or ANTIQUARIES OF Lonpon.

Catalogue of the Kerrich Collection of Roman Coins 1852.—By THE

SAME.

Proceedings of the Society of Antiquaries of London. Nos. 33 to 36.—

By THE SAME.

Bombay Magnetical and Meteorological Observations for 1850.—By

THE GOVERNMENT OF Bompay. |

_ A Map of the District of Purneah surveyed by J. Fitzpatrick and J. J.

Pemberton.—By THr GovERNMENT OF BENGAL.

Revenue Meteorological Statements of the North West Provinces for

the several official years from 1844-45 to 49-50. Agra 1850, 4to.—By THE

GOVERNMENT oF THE NortH WeEstTERN PRovINCEs.

Report of the Inspector General of Prisons for 1852.—By THE saME.

The Satyarnab, No. 1, of Vol. 1V.—By tur Rev. J. Lone.

The Oriental Baptist, No. 82.—By Tur Eprtor.

The Calcutta Christian Observer, for October 1853.—By tHE Eprrors.

The Upadeshak, No. 82.—By tHE Eprtor.

The Oriental Christian Spectator for August 1853.—By tHE Epirors.

A Plan for the future Government of India. By J. 8S. Buckingham,

Esq. Pamphlet.—By tne AutHor.

On the Cyclone Wave in the Sunderbunds. A letter to the Most Noble

the Governor-General of India, by H. Piddington, Esq. Calcutta, 1853.

Pamphlet.—By tur AuTHoR.

The Citizen for September, 1853.—By tHe Ep1Tor.

Journal of the Indian Archipelago. Nos. for February and March.—

By tue Epiror.

Exchanged.

The Calcutta Review. No. 41.

Purchased.

Shore on Indian Affairs, 2 vols. 8vo.

Gleig’s Memoirs of Warren Hastings, 3 vols. 8vo.

Malcolm’s Life of Clive, 3 vols. 8vo.

Sutherland’s Dattakamimansa.

Masson’s Journey to Khelat, 1 vol. 8vo.

Siely’s Wonders of Ellora, 1 vol. 8vo.

Scott’s History of Dekkan, 2 vols. 4ito.

Pogson’s History of the Boondelas, 4to.

Burnes’s Visit to Scinde, 12mo.

Wynch’s Daya Krama Saiigraha, 4to.

Ra‘senDRALA'L Mirtrra.

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. 683

FoR DEcrMBER, 1853.

At a meeting of the Society held in the Society’s Rooms, Park

Street, on the 7th instant, at the usual hour,

Sir Jamus Corvin, Kt. President, in the chair.

The minutes of the last month were read and confirmed, and the

accounts and vouchers for the month of October laid on the table.

Presentations were received—

1st. From Mons. Stanislas Julian, the first volume of his Life

and Travels of Hiuean Thsang.

2nd. From J. J. Gray, Esq. a MS. copy of the Ryas-us Sala-

teen, a History of Bengal in Persian, by Gholam Hossein.

8rd. From the Government of Bengal, for the Museum of Kco-

nomic Geology, through W.G. Young, Esq. Under-Secretary, a map

of the district of Tirhoot.

4th. From F. L. Beaufort, Esq. an image of Vishnu found in

the bed of a Nall in the Pubnah district.

5th. From Mons. E. Mulsant, Secretary to the Societé Royale

des Agriculture, &c. de Lyon. Memoirs of the Academy for 1851.

6th. From Shah Kabeer Uddeen. The following Persian works:

Dele Sard,

Nala Dard.

7th, From Captain Hayes. A collection of ancient coins from

Lucknow.

8th. From H. Piddington, Esq. Clay Figures of Kaéluraya and

Dakhinraya, forest gods of the Hindus, found on Saugor Island.

9th. From J. Ritchie, sq. of Bombay, through Mr. Piddington,

a lithographed copy of the Map of Bengal and the Sunderbund,

published in De Barros’s History.

Raja Isriprasid of Benares, duly proposed and seconded at the

last meeting, was balloted for and elected an ordinary member.

The following gentlemen were named for ballot at the next

February meeting.

Babu Nagendranath Tagore,—proposed by Sir James Colvile, and

seconded by Dr. Sprenger.

G. H. Freeling, Esq.—proposed by Mr. E. Thomas, and seconded

by Mr. Grote.

684 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 7.

The Council gave notice that at the next anniversary meeting of

the Society, they will propose that Section 6 of the Code of Bye-

Laws be modified by omitting the words “is anxious to kg aa

the progress of science and literature, and.”

Dr. Falconer gave notice of his intention to propose that rule 6

be altered into the form originally proposed in the Draft Code.

Mr. Piddington sent, for exhibition at the meeting, a copy of the

Admiralty Chart of the N. W. Passage, just published.

Communications were received—

1st. From W. G. Young, Esq. Under-Secretary to the Govern-

ment of Bengal, stating that the Most Noble the Governor of

Bengal would be glad to have any opinion or suggestion which the

Society may desire to offer relative to the best way of preserving

any of the ruins at Gour from further destruction.

Copy of the reply which the Council proposed to dispatch, was

read and approved of. ,

2nd. From the same, enclosing a paper, by Capt. J. C. Haughton,

on the Geological Structure and mineral resources of the country

comprised within the Singbhoom division of the South-West Frontier

Agency, together with a map to illustrate the same.

38rd. From Babu Radhanath Sickdar, Meteorological Register kept

at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, for the month of October.

4th. From the Secretary, Geological Society of London, acknow-

ledging receipt of the Journal, Nos. 230-31.

5th. From J. Barlow, Esq. Secretary, Royal Institution, London,

acknowledging receipt of the Journal, Nos. 233-34.

The Librarian having submitted his usual monthly report, the

meeting adjourned.

Read and confirmed, 4th January, 1854.

(Signed) J. W. Couvite.

LiBRary.

The following additions have been made to the Library since the

November meeting.

Presented.

Literaturgeschichte der Araber. Von ihrem Beginne bis zu Ende des

zwolften Jahrhunderts der Hidschret. von Hammer-Purgstall. Vierter

Band.—By tHe AuTHorR.

1853. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 685

Memoires de la Société Royale d’Agriculture, Histoire Naturelle et Arts

Utiles de Lyon, 1825-1836, 5 volumes.—By THE SociETY.

Compte Rendu des Travaux de la Société Royale d’Agriculture, Histoire

Naturelle et Arts Utiles de Lyon, pour l’années 1813-15-17-19-21 et 24,

6 volumes.—By THE SAME.

Annales des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles d’A griculture et d’Indus-

trie, publise par la Société nationale d’Agriculture, etc., de Lyon. Tome

II.—By Tue same.

Memoires de l’Academie Nationale des Sciences Belles-lettres et Arts

de Lyon. Classe des Sciences, Tome ler.—By THe AcaDEMY.

Ditto ditto, Classe des lettres, Tome ler.—By THE SAME.

Collection Orientale. Burnouf’s Bhagavat, vol. III.—By tHe ImpEriaL

GOVERNMENT OF FRANCE.

Lexicon Geographicum cui titulus est &Sod telah le gibi vel ,0

cl!» Quintum fasciculum et sextum. Edidit T. G. J. Juynboll.—Pre-

SENTED BY THE CURATORS OF THE ACADEMY OF LEYDEN.

Specimen e literis orientalibus, exhibens historiam Kalifatus al Walidi

et Solaimani, sumtum ex libro, cui titulus est: ee) 3 weal } WAS

ks] pss) ics cP ) e codice Ley. nunc primum edidit Jacobus Anspach.

Pamphlet.—By THE saME.

Memoires de la Société des Sciences Naturelles de Cherbourg, ler.

volume, 1 levraison.—By THE SoctrEry.

Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland.

Vol. XV. p. 1—By THE same.

The Thirtieth Annual Report of the Royal Asiatic Society —By THE

SAME.

Selections from the Public Correspondence of the Administration for

the Affairs of the Punjab, No. 5, 4 copies. —By THE CHIEF ComMISSION-

ER OF THE PUNJAB.

The History of Raja Pratapaditya, the last king of Sagur Island, by

Harishchandra Tarkalankar.—By tHE Rev. J. Lone.

Selections from the Bengali Periodical Press.—By THE sAME.

Charupatha, or Entertaining Lessons in Bengali. By Akshayakumara

Datta.— By THE AUTHOR.

Nalaé Durd—a Persian work on Devotion.—By SHan KusrEr-UDDEEN.

Delé Surd, ditto.—By THE same.

The Missionary, vol. III. No. IJ.—By rue Eprror.

The Oriental Christian Spectator for October, 1853. By tar Eprrors.

The Bibidharta Sangraha, No. 22.—By tue Eprror.

686 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 7.

The Satyarnab for November, 1853.—By tHE Rav. J. Lona.

A Map of India, chiefly compiled from Trigonometrical Surveys, exe-

cuted, by order of the Hon’ble Court of Directors, by J. Walker.—By

THE GOVERNMENT oF INDIA.

Exchanged.

The London, Edinburgh and Dublin Phil. Magazine, No. 38.

The Atheneum for September, 1853.

Purchased.

The Birth of the War-God, a poem by Kalidasa. Translated from the

Sanskrit into English verse.—By Ratru F. H. Grirritu, M. A.

Journal des Savants, July and August, 1853.

Comptes Rendus, Nos. 5 to 10, for July.

Ritter’s Atlas.

Thomson’s Travels in Western Himalaya and Tibet.

Michaud’s Bibliotheque de Croisades.

December, (th 1853, Ra/JENDRALA'L Mirra.

1853. ] Meteorological Observations. 687

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the

month of June, 1853.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

Swe ; as Range of the Tem-

oS Range of the Barometer. ae

aos o) perature.

2D S Fe > a

oe E:

Date. as ae

a ax Max Min. Diff. Sf | Max.| Min. | Diff

= =

Inches. | Inches, | Inches. | Inches. 0 fy) o 0

1 29.645 29.707 29.574 0.133 87 | 96.3 | 77.7 | 18.6

2 .600 651 534 117 Soe | oe Oi ler o.g | 27S

3 517 -586 436 150 84.5 | 92.0 | 76.7 | 15.3

4 457 024 381 143 87-8. |. 95.9 197.8 | 18.1

5 Sunday

6 .468 045 413 132 86.2 | 94.0 | 79.4 |} 14.6

‘ 004 -592 457 095 84.0 | 88.0 | 69.0 | 19.0

8 029 097 -440 0157 84.4 | 93.5] 95.1 | 18.4

9 495 038 429 -109 34.0) "92.0: 194.9 | 97.1

10 454 -506 091 145 89.1 | 93.8 | 81.6 | 12.2

il 004 -607 463 144 89.0 | 94.1 | 81.7 | 12.4

12 Sunday

13 -637 .688 568 120 88.2 | 94.9 | 80.3 | 14.6

14 641 .710 .962 148 89:7 | 98.8 | 80.5 | 18.3

15 -682 S432 621 -lll 87.6 | 93.6 | 80.8 | 12.8

16 .682 157 -596 -161 88.8 | 95.2 | 80.0 | 15.2

17 -601 684 oll 173 So | 87 O..a79:2 | 17.8

18 005 O71 425 -146 86.2 | 91.0 | 79.5 | 11.5

19 Sunday

20 459 .025 099 .126 SES | 86.3) [674.9 | 34.4

21 483 .028 -420 -108 82.7 | 87.3 | 78.0 9.3

22 494 041 -440 101 85.6 | 91.5 | 76.8 | 14.7

23 022 979 -469 .110 86.6 | 92.4 | 79.0 | 13.4

24 494 041 424 ou ly 87.1.| 93.0 | 77.0 |. 16.0

25 449 oll -389 122 85.3 | 93.6 | 79.8 | 13.8

26 Sunday

27 .005 O74 438 136 84.1 | 88.6 | 77.1 | V1.5

28 481 933 All 122 85.9 | 91.8 | 77.4 | 14.4

29 464 .501 413 -088 83.6 | 86.7 | 78.0 8.7

30 480 917 411 -106 84.7} 91.6 | 77.0 | 14.6

688 Meteorological Observations. . [ No. 7.

Abstract of the Résults of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the

month of June, 1853—(Continued.)

: a ae eee

a 4. 2 a » Salle Wek aia

Sal = a) é 2 S is) ou ./ mS

am S 9 w~ = 2 =] = FF

= o ° = ee eS

5 5 S Auta 2 A i

Date. Fire 2 a S S29 E's 5 | oS 20

3 3 2 3 | 48 Se | 32 |goe| PES

=o 3 s a 3 BS aa) Be hs 6 2

2 8 = S. 6 | os } eg? | |e ees

o 6 seat) peed

oA ae z PA o> a. |2 am} oo s

= A O A a = < =

0) Cy) ) ) Inches.| T. gr. | T. gr.

1 79.8 7.7 77.0 | 10.5 02909 k "79067 3.82 | 0.717

2 80.5 5.1 78.7 6.9 0.960 | 10.26 2.50 .804

3 81.0 3.5 79.8 47 0.995 | 10.64 171 .862

4 82.3 5.5 80.5 7.3 1.016 | 10.83 247 196

5 Sunday.

6 82.1 4,1 80.7 5.5 1.023 | 10.91 2.08 .840

7 81.2 2.8 80.2 3.8 1.009 | 10.79 1.38 .887

3 80.5 3.9 79.1 5.3 0.973 | 10.42 1.89 846

9 83.2 3.8 82.0 5 0 1.066 | 11.36 1.93 855

10 83 7 5.4 82.0 y a | 1.065 | 11.31 2.81 801

11 83.4 5.6 81.5 7.9 1.051 | 11-13 2.95 790

12 Sunday.

13 81.6 6.6 1958.) 8.9 0.979 | 10.40 3.36 756

14 82.4 7.3 79:9 9.8 0.998 | 1056 3.81 735

15 82 0 5.6 80.1 V5 1.004 | 10.67 2.85 789

16 81.5 7.3 78.9 9.9 0.968 | 10.26 3.74 733

17 81.1 7.9 78.3 10.7 0.948 | 1005 4.03 114

18 80.5 5.7 78.4 7.3 0.953 | 10.15 2.84 781

19 Sunday.

20 80.2 1.6 79.6 Z.2 0.990 | 10.65 0.75 934

21 79.8 2.9 78.8 3.9 0.963 | 10.36 1.36 884

22 81.4 42 80.0 5.6 1.000 | 10.68 2.08 837

23 81.2 5.4 79.3 7 0.980 | 10.44 2.70 195

24 81.1 6.0 79.0 8.1 0.970 | 10.33 3.00 175

29 81.8 3.9 80.6 4.7 1.021 { 10.90 1.74 862

26 Sunday.

27 81.1 3.0 80.1 4.0 1.003 | 10.75 1.46 .880

28 81.1 4.8 79.4 6.5 0.983 | 10.47 2.40 814

29 81.0 2.6 80.1 3.5 1.005 | 10.75 1,28 894

30 81.7 3.0 80.7 4.0 1.023 | 10.95 1.47 .882

1853. ] Meteorological Observations. 689

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the

month of June, 1853—(Continued.)

5 2

oc _ | Prevailing direction f

g| as E of the Wind, General aspect of the Sky.

Ala” |e

) Inc.

1] 112.8 | .. | Calm or S. E, Cloudless till 2 a.m. ior itill7 a.m

scattered i till 8 Pp. M, nearly cloudless

afterwards.

Cloudiess till 4 a.m. \i or ~i till 7 a. M.

scattered i with little rain till 7 p.m.

cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless till 4 a. mM. “ior cloudy with

thunder and rain till 7 Pp. Mm. cloudless

2} 117.5 |0.55] S. E.

3} 116.0 |0.15] E, or S. E.

thunder afterwards,

Overcast with occasional drizzling.

Cloudy or overcast with occasional rain and

thunder. [scattered “i,

Overcast with little rain and lightning or

Overcast or scattered clouds.

[or S. E| afterwards. [scattered % i afterwards.

4, 124.0 | .. | S.or BE. or N.N. Ej Cloudless till 5 a. mM. cloudy till 8 a. M.

5| Sunday. |

6| 118.7 | .. | S.orS. E. or calm. | Cloudless till 3 a.m. cloudy with rain and

A ae or S. E. or N, E.

Si 98.0 + |. |S. E. [or N.

[ly the whole day.

9} 103.0 | 0.75) S. blowing high near-

10} 109.0 | .. | S. E. or S. blowing

high the whole day.

11) 105.0 | .. |S. orS. E. ditto.

12| Sunday.

13) 145.5 | .. | S.or 8. E,

Overcast or cloudy.

| Overcast with slight drizzlihg, or cloudy

or scattered “i.

Cloudy or scattered \i or “i. [ wards.

Scattered “i or \itill 11 a.m. cloudy after-

Cloudy or scattered \i or i. Little driz-

Cloudy or scattered “i. [zling af 11 A.M.

14, 120.0 | .. |S. E.orS.

15} 113.0 | .. | CalmorS.S.E. orN.

To) 2121.5 4+ ...) 8. E. or E.

17, 123.0 | .. | Calm or E. or S. E.

18; 109.0 } .. Overcast or scattered “i till 7 p,m. \i af-

terwards.

19) Sunday. | 1.32 |

20; .«- |3.12) S. E. Cloudy, raining, or drizzling constantly.

21; .... |0.48) S. or S. S. W. Cloudy the whole day, and drizzling till

[ly the whole day.| 2 aM. [between 4 and 5 a. Mm.

22} 1038 | 0.14] S, blowing high near-| Cloudy the whole day and a shower of rain

23) 114.3 | 0.08) Ditto. All kinds of clouds. [afterwards.

24; 111.8 S or S. W. Cloudy or \~i or Wi till 8 p.m. cloudless

25} 108.0 | 0.72) S, E. Cloudy with occasional drizzling, or scat-

tered “i or i.

26| Sunday.

27; 1040 | 0.46) S. E. Scattered \i or \-itill 5 a. M. scattered “i

or cloudy with occasional rain afterwards.

| 28} 109.0 |0.16| Ditto. Cloudy. [occasional drizzling afterwards.

| 29) 99.6. | ... | S. or E. or S.E. Scattered \i or i till8 a. M. cloudy with

30} 109.4 |0.16} Calm or I. or S. or| Overcast till 4 ep. M. scattered “i or \i

S. E. or cloudy afterwards since rain at 2 Pp. M.

ye Re re 9 to N= 1 cece ee oe Cirro-strati.

Pt A sieideis'a oc = + CUM M 1 ceccsece se Cumulo-strati.

nD ares we as os Strat. We aires oe Nimbi.

Ni eeoe se seer? Cirro-cumuli.

402

690: Meteorological Observations. [No. 7.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the

month of July, 1853.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East,

OnD at. eis a

= . a Range of the Barometer. as eee

oo FH ae

o Ss ree (S)

Date, | 7 a % ;

a o f ‘ So : 4

So3 Max. Min. Diff. =f, | Max.| Min. | Diff,

= =

Inches. Inches, Inches. Inches. oO ce) oO oO

1 29.468 29.508 29.398 0.110 | 84.5 | 89.9 | 77.4 | 19.5

2 467 536 425 loot) $3.6) 589.2 haedeigs ie

3 Sunday. :

4 6523 576 444 .132 | 84.8 | 89.5 | 77.0 | 19.5

5 496 537 426 SVT eh Ba 70 91.2 ee as: 4

6 500 .540 441 099 | 85.2 | 91.8 | 78.0 | 13.8

’| 510 554 463 091 | 82.8 | 92.7 | 77.5 | 14.2

8 487 542 426 116 | 84.5 | 89.2 | 78.2 | 319

9 429 482 0358 124 | 83.7) |. 87.0-), Zor og

10 Sunday.

11 304 345 .236 109 | 83.9 | 89.4 | 75.0 | 14,4

12 318 412 258 6154 1° 82)8°| 86.9 | 770°) ° 9.6

13 425 - 493 383 110 | 80.7 | 84.0 | 76.1 7.9

14 452 510 395 15 $8356 4-9.1.2 |) 95 'gr lan 3

15 407 473 335 138. 188.5) | 91-0.) Faro apy ie

16 376 463 5327 .136 | 82.4 | 86.7 a. e

7 Sunday.

18 513 555 448 107 | 84.2 | 89.8 | 75.0 | 14.9

19 459 528 371 157 | 84.4 | 91.0 | 76,0 | 15.0

20 Ay .456 359 300724) B57") Slot er eteey aia)

21 416 .460 .360 100 | 85.5 | 90.1 | 79.2 | 10,9

7. All 491 343 148 | 84.5 | 89.8 | 78.0 | 11.8

23 531 .604 .468 136 | 84.9 | 90.0 | 77.7 | 19.

24 Sunday.

25 495 536 434 102 | 86.6 | 99.6 | 80.2 | 10.4

26 557 639 474 165 | 82.3 | 89.5 | 79.0 | 6.5

27 575 624 517 «107. | 83.65 O8.0 -? ates sa ie

28 557 615 483 .132 | 85.6 | 91-2 | 78.6 | 12.6

29 575 640 521 119" 85.2)" 90-0 |) 77 ei arom

30 562 .606 513 9B 8226)" 89.0 | 97 7) | Mame

31 Sunday.

se ne eeeennenieneemenenietereeneeeen samen ml

1853. | Meteorological Observations. 691

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Cleneral’s Office, Calcutta, in the

month of July, 1853—(Continued.)

4 gic ea ls Be led [34

2 3 = a 9 Sens P 3 Si3

= io) o ta Se ° 2 5 8 a = a

5 > = 2 oo wT +5 ow &

faa] ) o os] o + O Se ore

Date. - 2 an) ‘Ss ao Bs 5 | O Sao

3 3 = 2 Boe =o 1a ok) be

ss 2 2 Beet | Ee he eee lhe el ro 2

g Ss s Os = 3 2-219 ie

a0 om =a > sie = SS0|/eb8

age ae 3 bo | o> $4 |S a6) 855

= A Oo A = = < =

oO ) o ) Inches.| T. gr. | T. gr.

] 81.1 3.4 79.9 4.6 0.999 | 10.67 1.68 0.864

2 80.9 Qh 80.0 3.6 1.000 10.72 1.31 891

3 Sunday.

4 81.6 322 80.5 ALS: TOTS 10.89 1.57 874

5 81.5 4.2 80.1 5.6 1.003 10.71 2.09 837

6 81.8 3.4 80.6 4.6 1.022 10.90 1.71 .864

7 81.0 1.8 80.4 2.4 | 1.014 10.90 0.85 .928

8 81.4 3.1 80.3 4.2 | 1.012 10.82 1.53 876

9 81.0 2.7 80.1 3.6 1.004 10.75 1.32 O91

10 Sunday.

11 81.0 2.9 80.0 3.9 1.002 10.72 1.41 .884

j2 80.0 2.8 79.0 3.8 0.970 10.42 1.33 .887

13 79.4 Ike 79.0 1.7 | 0.969 10.46 0.58 947

14 80.1 3.9 73.9 4.7 0.966 10.37 1.66 .862

15 79.8 Sif 78.5 5.0 | 0.954 10.25 1.75 6854

16 80.3 Qik 79.6 2.8 0.988 10.63 0.98 -916

17 | Sunday.

18 79.6 4.6 77.9 6.3 | 0.938 10.04 2.20 .820

19 80.5 3.9 29nil 5.3 | 0.973 10.42 1.89 .846

20 81.9 3.8 80.6 5s bdeO2t 10.90 1.90 6852

21 81.8 3.7 80.6 4.9 | 1.019 10.90 1.82 0857

22 81.5 3.0 80.5 4.0 | 1.017 10.89 1.46 882

23 81.6 3.3 80.5 4.4 1.016 10.89 1.60 872

24 Sunday.

25 82.6 4.0 81.3 5.3 | 1.042 11.13 2.01 847

26 80.3 2.0 79.6 2.7. | 0.989 10.63 0.95 .918

27 80.4 3.2 79.3 4.3 | 0.978 10.51 1.52 -874

28 81.5 4.1 80.1. 5.5 | 1.004 10.71 2.05 .839

29 81.0 4.2 79.5 Bea 0.987 10.53 2.08 .835

30 79.6 3.0 78.5 4,1 0.955 10.27 1.41 .879

—

692 Meteorological Observations. [ No. 7.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the

month of July, 1853—(Continued.)

o.8

Gre Ree ees

@| 44 3 S n ce re General aspect of the Sky.

s| Se ‘S :

Al & pa

) Inc.

1) 104.0 S. E. or E. S. E. Cloudy with occasional drizzling. Cloud-

less from 9 Pp. M, to 1] P.M.

2} 102.2 |0.75| S. E. or S. Cloudless till 1 a.m. Cloudy and occa-

sionally raining.

3) Sunday.

106.0 | 0.52) S. or S. E. Cloudy with occasional drizzling. Cloud-

less from 8 Pp. M. to 11 P. M.

5 PESO"). 2"; Ditta. Cloudy with little thundering and driz-

ziing at 1 Pp. M.

6| 312.0.) ... | N. EB, or Sx. Nearly cloudy the whole day.

Z|. saved JLOLS8 Ss Overcast or cloudy and constantly drizzling.

BS] eee -t | Dita) 7 Overcast or cloudy. [rise.

9} .eee | 0.44) S. or calm. Overcast with constant drizzling before sun-

10| Sunday. | 2.92

1T| «ee | 0.24] Calm or N. E. Overcast with occasional drizzling.

LBetecsg (0.19) SHE. Cloudy and also raining between 12&2P.M.

13} ec ea (134) NOB: Cloudy and constantly drizzling.

14) wece «+ | SoBuvor S$. W. Scattered \i or ior “i till6 P. M. over-

[N.} cast with rain and drizzling afterwards.

15| «ee. |1.09) Calm or N. N. E. or| Cloudy and raining between 5 & 6 P. M.

16} «eo |0.46) KE, Cloudy with occasional drizzling also over-

cast and raining at 5 & 10 a. M.

17| Sunday.

18), ‘6006 (| 0.36] Ey or S. Cloudy.

Dire. -4 0.08) Ee ar 8.8.8: Cloudy with occasional drizzliug.

20} cece . | E. or N.E. or S. E.| Cloudy or scattered \i or Wi or Mi.

21) wees so of au. OF Noi. Scattered ‘i till 5 a.m. Cloudy after-

wards, also drizzling at 1 Pp. M.

2A igs ce .. |N. N. E. or N. E. | Cloudy and also rain between 8 & 10 P.M.

23} «eee |0.42;S.8. E.orS Cloudy and constantly raining.

24| Sunday.

25| wees | o | S.or S. W. or S, E.| Scattered itill 7 a.m. Cloudy afterwards.

ZO) ) sec) Ik tat So. OF pe We Cloudy and constantly raining or drizzling.

27| wee |1.49| S. E. or S, W. or} Scattered \-i or cloudy with occasional

N. W. or calm. _ drizzling before sunrise also rain at 2 P.M.

28) eee .» | Calm or S. W. or S.} Cloudy and also drizzling at midnight and

| 3 P.M. and raining at 11 Pp. M.

29) see -- | Calm or S. W. Cloudy and drizzling at 4 & 8 Pp. M.

BQ) +2005 O21) SW. or S. Scattered Ni or ior “itill 5 a.m, Cloudy

with occasional drizzling afterwards. |

31) Sunday.

1853. | Meteorological Observations. 693

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, mm the

month of August, 1853.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

es hr

eos Range of the Barometer. as emufos J Mo ag

=Es ) perature.

o 5 S A a

Date. | TRS ta

a a = Max. Min. Diff. Sé, | Max.| Min. | Diff

= a

Inches, | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. ) fs) fy) ty)

1 29.571 29.618 29.514 0.104 | 83.5 | 88.7 | 75.9 | 12.8

2 591 .644 .528 DG | S34") 92.0 125.9 | 26,2

3 611 659 -007 102 86.3 | 92.7 | 75.8 | 16.9

4 611 663 2009 104 85.4 | 92.0 |°78.2 | 13.8

5 .610 -660 -546 114 83.8 | 90.0 | 78.0 | 12.0

6 2074 .626 O14 oL12) | 83i5:! 87.8.) 374.4 | 13.3

7 | Sunday.

8 .583 .640 527 Ele |PSleoe | S32 277.3 5.8

9 .616 .668 061 OF? | 82.9) 90.8 1575.9) B41

10 .645 .698 .597 -101 83.8 | 90.0; 77.0 | 13.0

11 .706 179 .659 207 (Slee SS. 1376.9 6.7

12 763 817 0703 114 83.2" | 88.0 ) 475.5) 12.5

13 720 793 647 146 | 85.1 | 90.5 | 76.9 | 13.6

14 | Sunday.

15 .632 .682 558 -h24s |) (80¢5e! 86.0) 74:0 | 12.0

16 .659 734 -608 .126 Sieae)) 86.0: 75,5) | FOS

RZ 740 791 692 .099 Sidr | 85.3 1 °75.0' | 10.3

18 761 0839 -683 .156 83.5°| 89.5 | 73.3 | 16,2

19 .669 741 074 167 S565) | 92.2 '477.5 | ¥4.7

20 078 641 006 135, | 8459.) .90.7 | 79.0 | 1Lh7

21 | Sunday.

22 .070 611 .510 -101 Sion! SOO bo7e.4 | kao

23 -586 .650 041 .109 82.4 | 88.5 | 76.4 |] 12.1

24 .642 .697 095 102 84.4 | 90.4] 76.3 | 14.1

25 -659 .710 099 Ll 85.3) 87.0 pa77.9 9.1

26 .605 .653 .040 ebuiay ||) 8Se0¢ |} 7-0 jo F722 9.8

27 075 .632 014 -118 80.6 | 82.8 | 75.0 7.8

28 | Sunday.

29 613 .669 099 110° | 83.9°| 89.7 | 75.2 | 14.5

30 -623 .693 041 "152 84.4 | 89.5 | 77.0 | 12,5

31 .620 -673 047 126 84.7 | 89.2 | 77.2 | 12.0

694 Meteorological Observations. [No. 7.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the

month of August, 1853—Continued.

’ c= a i 6 D

z is AG sty ME CN et ee

ay 3 ne o B68 em gs

= = g e 2 2. | |e ene es

2 ) te) oe Org 2] aw, 2

Ee 5 5 : 2 28 | 22 oe

Date. FO 2 Q - a So | BoB fos

es £ ms ° a Sem ia 6 te

a3 Fa a a P| en | hee || See

ia b g Pou oF Da) | Seen tees

= Binh iSoinw | iste eel

ty) 7) ) ) Inches.| T. gr. |. T. gr

1 79.9 3.6 78.6 4.9 | 0.958 10.28 1.72 | 0.857

2 80.1 3.3 78.9 4.5 | 0.968 10.37 1.59 .867

3 81.5 4.8 79.8 6.5 | 0.996 10.60 2.42 814

4 81.4 4.0 80.0 5.4 |-1.002 10.70 1.98 844

5 80.7 3.1 79.6 4.2 | 0.989 10.60 | 1.50 .876

6 80.7 2.8 19.7 O84 20.993 10.63 | 1.37 886

7 Sunday

8 79.2 2.3 78.3 3.2 | 0.950 10.22 1.09 904

9 80.2 2a7 79.3 3.6 | 0.978 10.51 1.28 891

10 80,6 3.2 7923 4.3 | 0.985 10.57 1.53 .874

1] 79.4 233 78.6 oct, 0.957. 10.32 1.05 .908

12 80.5 2.7 79.5 3:7") (0.987 10.57 1.32 .889

13 Sid 4.0 79.7 5.4 | 0.992 10.61 1.96 844

14 Sunday.

15 78.4 oral 77.6 2.9 | 0.928 10.01 0.97 912

16 79.5 2.3 78.7 3.1 | 0.960 10.35 1.05 .908

17 79.4 1.9 1804 2.6 | 0.962 10.35 0.89 J21

18 80.3 3.2 792 4.3 | 0.975 10.48 1.52 873

19 81.7 3.8 80.4 5.1 | 1.014 10.83 1.89 851

20 81.8 3.1 80.7 4.2 |.1.025 10.95 1.54 877

21 Sunday.

22 80.3 Dee 192 4.31 0/975 10.48 1,52 873

23 80.3 ae | 79.5 2.9 | 0.987 10.60 | 1.01 913

24 80.8 3.6 79.5 4.9 | 0.987 10.55 1.76 .857

25 81.0 2.3 80.2 3.1 | 1.008 10.81 1.12 906

26 80.5 Dis 79.6 3.4 | 0.989 10.63 | 1.19 899

27 79.3 1.3 78.8 1.8 | 0.964 10.40 | 0.61 945

28 Sunday.

29 80.9 3.0 79.8 4.1 | 0.996 10.66 | 1.47 .879

30 80.8 3.6 79.5 4.9 | 0.987 10.55 1.76 857

31 80.9 3.8 79.5 5.2 | 0.987 10.55 1.87 .849

8889999800000

1853.]

Meteorological Observations. 695

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, m the

o i?

| e s

al =

] @eeee

2 @eecee

3 @eeee

4 eeoee

Bis.) 22

10 e

ee ae

12 @eeee

Tae sacs

14| Sunday.

Bae sm ae

PGR. se dk

dy eece

| ee

20) 110.0

21) Sunday.

22) 95.5

23) 109.0

24; 106.2

25) 105.0

ZGn) 2.3.

BONN sie Sie

28] Sunday.

29) 102.5

30; 104.0

31) 105.2

fam]

Inc.

0.25

5.50

0.41

month of August,

Prevailing direction

of the Wind.

ees

S. E. or S. W. or W.

or calm.

Calm or N. E. or W.

S. W. or S. or N.

Calm or W. or S.

N. or W.

Calm or S. W.

Calm or S. or S. E.

S.E.orcalmorN. W.

Calm or S. W. or W.

or S. E.

S. E.

S. E. or S.

alm or S.

S. or S, E. or N. W.

S. or calm.

[high at 1 P, M.

S. or S. E. blowing

S. E. or S.

on SW.

peli

. KE. or EB.

E. or S. E.

S. or E. or S. S. E.

S. E. or Calm.

S. E. or E.

E. or S. E.

0.09| Ditto.

1853— (Continued.)

General aspect of the Sky.

——s

Se pS fo

Cloudy.

Overcast with rain.

for %i till 7 p. m. Cloudless afterwards.

Cloudy till8 a.m. Scattered ior Wi

Cloudless till 2 a. m. Cloudy or scattered

1 afterwards also raining at 7 Pp. M.”

Cloudy and also drizzling from 4 P. M. to

6 P.M. [4 a. M.

Cloudy and also drizzling or raining till

. [till whole day.

Cloudy or overcast also raining or drizzling

Cloudy and also drizzling till 6 a. M.

[zling occasionally.

Cloudy or scattered \-i or “i also driz-

Cloudy and constantly drizzling, also smart

shower of rain between 3 & 9 a. M. and

8&9 P.M.

Cloudy and occasionally drizzling.

Cloudless till 7 a. mM. Scattered “i or i

afterwards. [zling.

Overcast or cloudy with constantly driz-

Overcast or cloudywith constantly drizzling,

also a shower of rain from 6 to 8 a. M.

Overcast or cloudy with constant drizzling.

Scattered — i or “i or cloudy with constant

Scattered Ni or Wi or Mi. (drizzling,

Scattered \—-i till 3 p.m. Cloudy with

drizzling afterwards and a shower of rain

between 4&5 P. M. [73 P.M.

Cloudy and also raining at 10 a. M. and

Scattered \i or i or W i till noon, cloudy

and raining and thundering afterwards,

Scattered Ni or Wi.

Scattered \i or “ior Witill10a.M.

Cloudy with occasional drizzling after-

wards,a shower of rain between9&!0 A.M.

Cloudy and drizzling occasionally.

Cloudy and constantly drizzling.

Cloudless till 4 A. M. overcast or scattered

i till 7 ep. mM. Cloudless afterwards, also

little rain at 3 P.M,

Scattered “i or \i or i or cloudy till

7 A. M. Cloudless afterwards. Also little

rain at 1 & 4 P.M,

Cloudless till 2 a. m. Cloudy with little

thundy, till 7 p. mM. Cloudless afterwards.

4 x

696 Meteorological Observations. [No. 7.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

; taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the

month of September, 1853.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

S85 35. Bi

eos Range of the Barometer. m2 Range i the Tem-

aes ® perature.

PO Ou p> &

me Ag

Date.) iy a lai

$S¢ | Max. | Min. Diff. | S& | Max.| Min. | Diff.

= i

Inches. Inches. Inches. Inches. oO (a) 0

1 29.045 29.714 | 29.567 0.147 84.6 | 89.0 | 77.9 | 11.1

2 29.610 .667 .930 bly 13d 84.3 1991.0 1 77.30) 13.7

3 29.608 .661 .000 -106 83.8 | 87.5 | 77.6 9.9

4 | Sunday.

5 29.660 .720 .596 .124 84.6 | 88.5 | 78.4 | 10.1

6 29.596 .645 933 2 84.5 | 88.0 | 79.4 8.6

7 29.574 632 511 Zi 84.8 | 88.4 | 79.5 8.9

8 29.585 649 | 2523 .126 60.0 | 82.0 | 75.8 6.2

9 29.636 .694 070 124 81.0 | 84.6 | 75.6 9.0

10 29.614 672 0039 Sy. 83.8 | 89.4 | 75.0 | 14.4

11 Sunday. .

12 29.606 .666 544 .122 84.3 | 89.2 | 77.0 | 12.2

13 29.637 .698 .588 110 &5.8 | 92.0 | 77.5 | 14.5

14 29.695 748 .646 102 86.1) 91.7 | 77.9) 13.8

15 7A he 0783 .654 .129 86.6 | 920 | 83.0 9.0

16 29.721 789 .638 151 86.7 | 92.6 | 79.4 | 13.2

17 29.734 798 646 0152 °°) 85.1) Oo4 Ws ‘

18 Sunday.

19 29.758 .804 674 130 82.4 | 86.3 | 73.6 | 12.7

20 29.750 817 -665 ee 84.5 | 91.0 | 762 | 14.8

21 29.718 .788 .642 146 | 86.1 | 92.9 | 77.5 | 18.4

22 29.697 .760 -628 oe 87.4 | 93.5 + 79.6) 13.9

23 29.691 .762 .615 147 87.2 3-0 |\.79.8 i), Load

24 29.671 726 -606 120 86.0 | 91-3 | 79.9 | 11.4

25 Sunday.

26 29.605 .668 2004 134 80.1 | 86.0 | 74.9 | 11.1

ag 29.564 .608 O17 091 78.8 | 79.9 | 73.8 6.1

28 29.600 .662 .036 .126 79.8 | 84.0 | 74.3 o

29 29.661 730 .610 .120 82.5 | 88.0 | 74.0 | 14.0

30 29.693 762 ~630 a2 84.3 | 90.0 | 75.9 | 14.1

1853. | Meteorological Observations. 697

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the

month of September, 1853—(Continued.)

: Riel ebat eae Lee

A r ee 9 SC ies NNN eee

eI o =) =) 3 Ce So = — S és

= fo ) 3 > 2es_¢|/ "4p

2 a > od Cae 6 SS eat Goh es

5 > E Sis eee Sl Sas

faa! 5 o = ) > oYs 2s

Date. : a Q S Si» Bs 5 | 8 & 20

ES = oh) Be | Be) ee tase | 233

5 5 3 Ms 2 Pes 2o| = a

ES Ee = hue Ball) Ree AUG fen) so Be

&S | > a) oo ie F= 2

o = p> S Pay ce) > Oem 53 ae oeS

= a S) fa =) = < =

te) ) ges Inches.| T. gr. | T. gr.

1 81.1 3.5 fo 4.7 0.998 | 10.67 1.72 | 0.861

2 80.9 3.4 1931.) AO 0.992 | 10.61 1.67 .864

3 81.1 204 80.2 3.6 1.007 | 10.79 1.31 892

4 Sunday

5 81.9 2.7 81.0 3.6 1.033 | 11.05 1.34 892

6 82.1 2.4 81.3 3.2 1.042 | 11.17 1.18 | .904

7 81.8 3.0 80.8 4.0 1.026 | 1098 1.48 | .881

8 78.5 1.5 (Wee) 2k 0.938 | 10.12 0.69 .936

9 49.1 1.9 78.4 2.6 0.952 | 10.25 0.89 .920

10 79.8 4.0 78.3 5.5 0.950 | 10.16 1.94 .840

11 Sunday

12 80.1 4.2 78.6 5.7 0.958 | 10.26 2.02 836

13 80.3 5.5 78.3 7.5 0.949 | 10,12 2i0 1 789

14 81.8 4.3 80.3 5.8 1.012 | 10,78 2.17 832

15 82.6 4.0 81.3 5.3 1.042 | 11,13 2.01 847

16 82.4 4.3 81.0 5.7 1.032 | 11.01 2.17 .835

17 89.8 4.3 79.3 5.8 0.979 | 10.46 2.11 832

18 Sunday

19 By 2.7 78.7 3.7 0.962 | 10.33 1,28 .890

20 80.4 4.1 78.9 5.6 0.968 | 10.34 2.01 .837

21 81.4 4.7 79.8 6.3 0.994 | 10.62 2.33 .820

22 82.1 5.3 80.2 7.2 1.009 | 10.73 2.72 798

23 81.6 5.5 lips 7.4 0.991 | 10.57 2.76 793

24 81.0 5.0 79.3 6.7 0.978 | 10.44 2.47 809

25 Sunday

26 78.5 1.6 10 2.2 0.937 | 10.12 0.72 .934

27 78.0 0.8 ie hei 1.1 0.931 10.09 0.35 -966

28 78 2 1.6 77-6 2.2 0.928 | 10.03 0.72 933

29 79-2 3.3 78.0 4.5 0.939 10.09 1.55 567

30 8.2 4.1 78-7 5.6 0.962 10.29 4,98 .838

698 Meteorological Observations. ENO. 7%.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the

month of September, 1853— (Continued.)

Prevailing direction

of the Wind.

Max. Solar

radiation.

| Date.

0 Inc.

1; 107.0 oe 41S,4. or 8. Oren. Bi.

2} 111.0 .. |E. or N. E, orS. E.

3} 101.0. |0.41/E. or S. E,

4) Sunday.

5} 105.8 |0.36/Calm or S,

GK hae Calm or S.

7 ee .. |S. sharp at 3 a. M.

Sip iio 1.92)S. or S. W.

9 ae ees |S. Or calm.

10} 98.0 |0.47/S. or S. W. or W.

11| Sunday.

12 a . |W. or S.

13] 105.0 .- |S. or W. or calm.

14] 104.3 a. |S. W. or calm.

YS TVS fot |S: OSs Soi We

16} 107.0 ie FS

17| 108.0 .. (|S. or S. W.

18] Sunday. | 0.70

19| 104.4 |0.95)Calm or S.

20} 101.0 . jS. or W. or calm.

2) S11 7eo -- |S. W. or N. W. or

W. or calm.

22} 102.0 -- (Calm or N. W.

23) 102.2 -- |(Calm or N. E. or

N. W.

24 1T3.5 ee |Calm or S. or N. E.

or E. or S. E,

25) Sunday.

26 oe 1.42|N. E. or E. N. E.

27, AA 1.85|E.

28 Pr: 0.70/E.

29} 96.0 |0.37\E.-or S. E. or S.

30! 107.4 .. |S. E. or E.

General aspect of the Sky.

Cloudless till 3 A. mM. scattered % i and

i till 9 p.m. Cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless till 2 a. M. scattered \i or W i

or “itill 2 ep. m. cloudy and rainy till

8 p.M. Cloudless afterwards.

Cloudy, raining occasionally till 7. P. M.

Cloudless afterwards.

Cloudy.

Ditto [6P.™M. and raining at 11 P.M,

Overcast or cloudy, also drizzling at 5 and

Overcast, raining or drizzling, nearly the

whole day.

Overcast and also drizzling till 8 a.™M.

also a shower of rain between 5 and 6 P. M.

Cloudy.

Cloudy or scattered % i and \ i.

Scattered \—- i or \i or Wi or overcast.

Overcast or cloudy ; also raining or driz-

zling after 8 Pp. M,

Overcast or cloudy also raining between 2

Cloudy or scattered Xi or — i, [and3 P. M.

Cloudless or scattered “% i.

Cloudless till 3 a. M. afterwards scattered

‘ior ior \ior cloudy.

Scattered \i till7 a. M. cloudy or scatter-

P. M.

Scattered N\ior ior Wior “i.

Overcast and drizzling or raining.

Overcast and drizzling or raining,

Overcast and raining or drizzling.

Cloudy or scattered % i also raining at l

A. M. afterwards occasionally drizzling.

Cloudless, or scattered \ i or —ior 1.

strati, \— i Nimbi.

1853. | Meteorological Observations. _ 699

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, in the

month of October, 1858.

Latitude 220 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

Se ie) Py

og. eae of the Tem-

4 E = Range of the Barometer. as ‘ac ee 2

22 S ae

o = ey S

Date. ea a a 5

4 cg .

Sa #2 Max Min, Diff. ze Max. | Min. | Diff

(CUNT ee ee ee | SE sees: eee | ee

Inches. Inches. Inches. Inches. fe) oO ra)

1 29.682 29.751 29.619 0.132 8481 87.2 477.5 9.8

2 Sunday

3 672 137 604 133 84.3 | 90.0 | 73.9 | 16.1

4 .665 717 .094 0123 83.3.) 87.5 | 77.2 | 10.3

9) 711 dd .634 143 78.4} 79.8 | 973.2 6.6

6 771 831 .716 0115 80.0 | 86.5 | 73.0 | 13.5

7 .850 913 195 118 79.6 | 83.0 | 74.0 9.0

8 -909 979 853 126 82.8 | 88.1 | 74.6 | 13.5

9 Sunday

10 872 .934 816 | 118 85.1 | 90.7 | 77.4 | 13.3

11. .857 916 .805 alt 82.8 | 88.0 }°75.0 | 43.0

12 851 923 .800 .123 81.4 | 87.4 | 71.9 | 15.5

13 -849 915 788 alt if 8Z.E | 88.9 4°73.0 | 15.3

14 873 -942 «O29 113 82.6 | 88.6 | 73.3 | 15.3

15 901 [= 3977 855 122 $2.1 | 88.4 | 73.4 | 15.0

16 Sunday.

ray. 914 3979 .868 lil 81.3 | 85.0 | (73.5 | 11.5

18 879 -930 836 094 81.2 | 84.6 | 76.0 8.6

19 853 914 194 .120 8.7. | 87.4 1573.2 | 114.2

20 +867 -933 818 AIS 81.6 | 86.3 1.73.9 | 22.4

21 873 947 .820 «127 79.2 | 83.3 | 70.0 | 13.3

‘ 22 846 -904 801 -103 79.2 | 84.4 | 72.0} 12.4

23 Sunday.

| 24 .935 30.005 .880 125 80.2 | 87.0 );70.2 | 16.8

25 «926 29.998 863 135 79.4 | 85.5 | 70.0 | 15.5

26 -940 30.011 .884 127 79.1 | 84.8 | 70.0 | 14.8

27 30.015 103 .967 136 79.8 | 86.6 | 70.0 | 16.6

28 .026 .100 -969 131 80.4 | 86.5 | 71.7 | 14.8

' 29 29.999 .082 -936 146 79.9 | 86.6 | 70.0 | 16.6

30 Sunday.

31 983 .057 929 .128 78.2 | 86.2 | 67.5 | 18.7

bee

700 Meteorological Observations. [ No. 7.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the

month of October, 1853—(Continued.)

a B S 5h os ¢ ~ g

3 ee, eo ee ee

By = 5 he 2 SS Om a.) Bel a

Ra > ° oe) sa & s ies ic

=| o ° re = iS = 42) 5 2's

3 e B Q ro) ee) 20'S s = 2 3

Date. = 2 a cf 2 SS eae ee

Peers 3 he an 1b: ~ aes = 2 a

ee | 2 | 3 | 2s )82) se |ge8) ses

gl = = a. = 2 2 ki

Ho al = = aos eee be en | Shen

o A P 3 am o> oe |Sae| Sos

a a ) A a = < =

0 0 | oO ty) Inches.) Eo gr.:-| ition

1 80.2 3.6 78.9 4.9 0.967 | 10.37 1.73 | 0.857

2 Sunday.

3 80.2 Abe | 7807.) 5.6 0.962 | 10.29 1.99 838

4 79.4 ag 78.0 5.3 0.939 | 10.09 1.84 846

5 76.4 2.0 75.6 2.8 0.870 9.42 0.89 914

6 77.5 2.5 76.5 3.5 0.897 9.67 1.14 895

7 78.3 1.3 77.8 1.8 0.934 | 10.09 0.60 944

8 80.0 2.8 79.0 3.8 |. 0.969 | 10.42 1.33 .887

9 Sunday.

10 80.8 4.3 79.3 5.8 0.978 | 10.46 2.11 832

11 76.8 6.0 74.4 8.4 0.837 9.00 2.75 ./66

12 75.5 5.9 73.0 8.4 0.801 8.62 2.65 765

13 76.6 5.5 74.4 ey | 0.837 9.00 2.51 182

14 76.2 6.4 73.5 9.1 0.815 8 74 2.94 148

15 75.7 6.4 73-0 9.1 0.801 8.60 2.91 47

16 Sunday.

17 75.9 5.4 73.7 7.6 0.818 8.82 2.42 1/85

18 77.8 3.4 76.5 4.7 0.895 9.65 1.56 861

19 ida 4.0 76.2 5.5 0.886 9.54 1.83 839

20 76.1 5.5 73.9 hod 0.823 8.87 2.47 182

21 73.1 6.1 70.3 8.9 0.734 7.93 2.63 iD |

22 13.2 6.0 70.5 8.7 0.733 7.98 2.58 706

23 Sunday

24 73.4 6.7 70.4 oa 0.735 7.94 2.90 132

25 73.1 6.3 70.2 9.2 0.732 791 2.41 745

26 12.3 6.8 69:1,.| 10.0 0.706 7.62 2.08 724

27 73.2 6.6 70.2 9.6 0.731 7.89 2.86 734

28 73.8 6.6 70.9 9.5 0.747 8.07 2.87 138

29 71.8 8.1 67.9 | 12.0 0.679 7.33 3.45 -680

30 Sunday.

31 71.5 6.7 68.3 2.9 0.687 7.45 2.80 727

1853.]

Meteorological Observations. 701

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the

month of October, 1853—(Continued.)

"eyo

wh AAS

2\ “sa

S| Ss

A) a”

fC)

1} 91.0

2 Sunday.

3) 112.0

4) 97.8

ae ee

6 eeee

Bilie o

8} 101.8

9 Sunday.

10} 110.5

11} 106.0

12) 108.5

13] 101.8

14} 109.7

15] 105.0

16) Sunday

17 pee ee

18; 94.0

19| 106.0

20} 102.0

21) 98.0

22; 97.0

23) Sunday.

24) 101.0

25) 100.0

26) 105.9

27| 113.0

28) 111.5

29; 103.0

30 Sunday.

31) 109.0

Rain.

Inc.

0.90

Prevailing direction

of the Wind.

Calm or S. W.

E. or N. E.

E. or N. E. or S.

E. or S.

| E. or N. E. or S. E.

Calm or E, or S. W.

Calm or S. S. W.

Calm or N. W.

Calm or W.

Calm or N. W.

Ditto.

N. W. or N.

Calm or N. or S.. E.

N. W.

Ditto.

N. or N. W.

N. W.

Calm or N. W. or W.

Calm or W.

WwW

Galt or E. or S..W.

Calm or E. or N. E.

Wior NeW. [or A:

Calm or N, W.

General aspect of the Sky.

Cloudy also drizzling between 7 and 11 P.M.

Cloudless till 6 a.m. scattered i or cloudy

afterwards and also much lightning on

S. W. side between 6 and 9 P. M.

Scattered \i or \-i or “i also overcast and

raining at 11 Pp. M.

Cloudy and occasionally raining.

Cloudy or overcast, raining occasionally.

Ditto.

Cloudy or scattered Nior \i or i.

Cloudless till 7 a. M. scattered i till 5

Pp. M. and cloudless afterwards,

Cloudless.

Cloudless till 11 a. mM. scattered “i till 6

Pp. M. and cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless till 8 a. mM. scattered i till 5

Pp. M. and cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless. [wards

Cloudless till 7 a. M. scattered \i after-

Scattered \~i or cloudy.

Cloudy, also raining at 7 P. M.

Scattered \i or i or i,

Cloudless till 6 a. M. scattered Ni or i

till 6 ep. m. cloudless afterwards.

Scattered \-itill 8 a.m, cloudy afterwards.

Cloudy.

Scattered i or “i or cloudless.

Scattered % i or i till 4 Pp. m. cloudless

afterwards.

Scattered -i or cloudless. [ wards.

Cloudless till 6 a. M. scattered % i after-

Scattered \—-ior “i.

Scattered \i or % i.

Cloudless,

702 Meteorological Observations, [No. 7.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the

month of November, 1858.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

So ESS -

x 33 Range of the Barometer. aes : Range of eaten 4

25's perature.

= C Ba Db 2

fae]

Date. Fa a as S E

5 2 + Max Min. Diff & a | Max.| Min. | Diff

= a

Inches. Inches. Inches. Inches. re) (0) O.. re)

1 29.958 30.032 29.892 0.140 78.1 | 86.2 | 68.0 | 18.2

2% .900 29.980 .830 .150.. |..78.6..| 86.2 .| 68.3. 1.17.9

3 867 .947 820 ag 78.7 | 86.0 | 68.4 | 17.6

4 .848 919 782 clay 78.7. | 86.9 | JOUR W1G.4

5 -849 i933 -800 «113 79.3 | 86.7 | 69.4 | 17.3

6 Sunday

7 .885 957 .818 -139 79.2 | 86.2 | 68.6 | 17.6

8 -846 .928 -790 138 79.0 | 86.6 | 69.4 | 17.2

9 853 912 .800 112 79.8 | 87.6} 72.7 |.14.9

10 910 .988 847 141 80.1 | 86,9 | 72.6 | 14.3

11 -935 30.018 .852 .166 77.3 | 85.5 -| 66.7.11/18.8

12 865 | 29.949 196 153 76.6 | 85.6 | 64.9 | 20.7:

13 Sunday

14 941 30.012 .886 -126 78.0 | 86.0 | 67.5 | 18.5

15 2939 .030 877 153 12.5° | 86.5: 1 67.3. 119.2

16 .868 29.946 801 0145 77.1 | 86.5 | 66.0 | 20.5

17 .903 -990 852 0138 78.4 | 86.7.{ 72.8 | 13.9

18 919 30.000 861 139 17.9 | 8314 678 a) 1716

19 933 017 -882 0135. VV 7.95) 85,0. 1 65,5. 00175

20 Sunday

at .963 .037 .908 129 69.1 | 78.0 | 58.0 | 20.0

22 .969 .050 .902 .148 69.6:01:79;2.) 57.60 21.6

23 .938 .026 .868 158 70.3 | 80.0. | 58.4 | 21.6

24 .934 29.997 887 110 71.2 | 80.0 | 60.0 | 20.0

25 .935 30.015 .858 me yf 71.5 180.9.) 59,7 oO B12

26 918 29.991 0852 139 71.6 | 80.0 | 60.4 | 19.6

27 Sunday

28 922 991 .868 2123 69.3 | 79,3 | 58.3 | 91.0

29 933 30.007 .868 139 69.3 | 80.7 | 56.4 | 24.3

30 -976 2065 > 1, qeRad 134 70.4. |:81.0.] 57.7 | 23.3

1853.] Meteorological Observations. 703

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the

month of November, 1853— (Continued.)

= 6 = eg [td

ea D =| A o Dae, we OO Sa

_ ins] e

Et Oo cS) = pein? SS) as f

5 Ay > Oo » > Os fi

2 ro) S mw O ae 6 SY ocd

3 2 e 2 ae) OS os ow Ss

mo S = Ss 2 “ oF 8) 48 F

Date. A 2 a = eS Fis | o £40

oo ye rs 2 St mS fa ws SERS

oY oo = a O's Sos oe o

=o re os as AS = aa gos

aie ra = 5 chee a % ES 2o| ees

® 8 a 5 Se poe | ee |S Sa iMek 2

= A S) A = = < =

fo)

io)

fo)

i=}

Inches.| T. gr. |, Degree.

1 71.3 6.8 68.0 10.1 0.681 7.38 2.84 0.722

2 72.3 6.3 | 69.4 9.2 | 0.712 | 7.72 | 9.66 744

3 73.0 GW 70.4 8.3 | 0.736 C87 2.44 766

4 73.4 5.3 71.0 Lat 0.751 Soke | 2.99 780

5 73.1 6.2 70.3 9.0 0.733 7.93 2.66 749

6 Sunday.

ih 73.6 5.6 71.1 SE 50.754 8.15 12

8 13.7 5.3 fpr 7.7 | 0.759 8.20 781

9 74.5 5.3 722 7.6 | 0.780 8.41 4782

10 74.3 5.8 Fish 8.4 | 0.769 8.30 -766

11 68.8 8.5 64.3 13.0 | 0.603 6.55 -656

12 70.4 6.2 67.3 9.3 | 0.666 7024 441

13 | Sunday

14 72.0 6.0 69.2 8.8 | 0.708 7.67 O03

15 71.6 5.9 68.8 8.7 | 0.699 7.57 0104

16 70.9 6.2 67.9 9.2 | 0.678 iBT «443

17 Aled 6.7 68.5 9.9 . | 0.692 7.50 H26

18 72.0 5.9 69.2 8.7 | 0.709 7.67 795

19 67.4 7.9 63.3 11.6 | 0.583 6.35 -685

20 | Sunday

21 62.3 6.8 57.9 11.2 | 0.488 a7 -690

22 63.5 6.1 59.8 9.8 | 0.519 5.71 723

23 64.4 5.9 60.9 9.4 | 0.538 5.93 -734

24 65.8 5.4 62.8 8.4 0.573 6.31 .260

25 66.1 5.4 63.1 8.4 | 0.579 6.37 -760

26 66.0 5.6 62.9 8.7 | 0.575 6.31 ol

2/ Sunday

28 63.0 6.3 59.1 10:2 | 0.507 5.60 225 otha

29 63.7 5.6 60.3 2. | 0.528 5.82 2.01 143

30 64.3 6.1 60.6 9.8 | 0.534 5.86 2.24 «723

704

Meteorological Observations.

[ No. 7.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in Jee

Max. Solar

radiation.

| Date.

ty)

1; 108.0

2} 108.0

3} 102.0

4; 103.0

5} 108.0

Sunday.

7| 102.0

8| 102.0

9} 105.0

10} 104.0

11} 100.0

12} 100.8

13) Sunday.

14; 104.0

15} 100.5

16; 101.5

17| 103.6

18} 100.5

19} 103.0

20| Sunday.

21| 88.5

22| 95.0

23} 93.8

24) .92.0

24) 100.5

26; 93.4

27| Sunday.

28} 92.0

29} 98.0

30) 105.0

—

Rain.

Prevailing direction |

of the Wind.

Calm or N. W.

Ditto.

N. or N. W.

Calm or N. W.

Calm or W.

Calm or S. W.

N. or E. or S,

S. W.

S. W. or S.

Ss.

Calm or N, E. or W.

N. W.

Variable.

N.W. or S. W. or W.

Calm or W.

N. W.

Calm or N. W. or W.

Calm or N. W.

W. or N, W.

Calm or N. N. W.

month of November, 1853—(Continued.)

General aspect of the Sky.

Cloudless till noon scattered Wi till 4

P. M. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless till 11 a. mM. scattered “ior \i

till 8 p. m. cloudless afterwards.

-Cloudless till 5 a. m. scattered \i till 7

P. M. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless till noon scattered “i till 7 p. M.

cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless till 10 a. m. \i and “i till 4

P. M. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless till 11 a. M. scattered 1 i till 4

Pp. M. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless.

Ditto.

Nearly cloudless.

Cloudless.

Ditto,

Cloudless and occasionally scattered “i

or i.

Cloudy till 8 a.m. cloudless till 1 Pp. mM.

scattered 1 i till 4 ep. m. cloudless after-

wards,

Cloudy nearly throughout the day.

Nearly cloudless.

Cloudless.

Ditto.

Scattered \i or “i or Wi till 6 Pe. M.

cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless.

Ditto.

1853. | Meteorological Register kept at Agra. 705

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of May, 1853.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 a. M.

Maximum and

Temperature. Miniinwik:

in pe Ong

5 5 2 ee 2 Aspect of the Sky.

o ta ° Ss t=] 5s |. =

ee |S |e) eee |e iS

= = a =< 2 % |e [238

x 3 ce Cet Ss DS ae

and 2 ) ) EF pelea Ia

1 |29.275| 87.0 | 97.5 | 80.5 oe SIN Clear.

2 |29.293) 89.4 | 94.5 | 7235 3 oa) TUNG Ditto.

Se ai2o-270\| 69.0 1 94.1") 73.0 | Soe oe] W. | oDitto.

Bee 27a) 2o.0.| 92.2 | "68.9" |. we tala aves Ditto.

ye peor eao|67.0)))..93.0 lo 71.0.) ced bee cl Wh, Ditto.

6 |29.309| 86.9 | 93.2 | 71.6] .. oo | W. Ditto.

fo 29-405) SS-0:) 94:04 75.0) ost ew tS. Ditto.

Beg -s07) S6:5.).,.93.07 1.72.0 os Sieh Ind Nis Ditto.

MM) 29-09) O10 87.5 75.5 to. | ae IS. e,). Clear,

29.297). 89.9) 89.54 FOE I owe Nd = all avers

12 29.223) 88.0 | 88.0 190% 0G a6 E. Hazy.

me 29-235) 89-9 |, 91.5715 | 3 as S. Clear.

Pe eee. 9): 89.0 1-918.) Jar) ote |S. Ditto.

15 29.285) 86.0 | 90.0 | 72.0] .. isan NV Ditto.

16 |29.429| 86.6 | 87.6 | 71.9 | .. | .. In.w.| Ditto.

17 |29.409| 86.6 | 88.9 | 71.0] .. | .. | W. |. Ditto.

BS tid0-o20| 86.7 | 90.2 )5°74.5 | oa | se | We). Hazy.

Poe daas 84. O.\. 91.0 75.5 Foe] em LW. Ditto,

BO 29-300) 90.5.) 93.8) 79.50 | ot" | oe | We scattered,

ae 20-097 85.0 | 94.9 | 76:0 |e bh ww | We Clear.

Ae Av) 89.0 | 95.6. 78.0 | «>: |». |S: w.|. Ditto.

ee eo 405) 90.9) | 97.7 A S120 FT ne hee, W..| -. Clear.

Bs (29-307) 92.0 | 98.9 | 81.0} .. e- INeW.| Hazy.

26 |29-193} 90.8 |100.7 | 80.5 | .. met Wis Clear.

ee 298173) 87.9 | 1O2ZS (S45 bo aie, Wis Ditto

28 | 29-205) 90.0 |100.0 | 81.0]... wen Ws Ditto,

oo \20°301) 90-3 |} 93-5 | 77:0. | esi] oe | N. Hazy to N.

30 | 29-235) 90.0 | 98.2 | 79.0] .. es | W. Clear.

een 2osa0o90.5) |) 90-04); 6720.| veo) wet Wal. Ditto

Pen. 12922971. 88.8 |) 94/1 1. Fate 4 va bse) oh Bowans

Barometer Observations corrected for capillarity only.

( \ Cirrus.

| \— Cirro-strati.

Symbols, ......4 ™ Cumuli.

| ™ Cumulo-strati,

(| — Nimbi or Nimbus.

W. Muir, Secy. to Govt. N. W. P.

706

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

[ No. 7.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of May, 1853. Larrrupe.

Date,

OMAGH & dO =

Mean,

Temperature.

nhs |

po}

=| ele | 2

e| 21413

s oe aa)

Fa. |S hig? ie

29.267; 88.5 | 99.4 | 82.0

29.269) 87.9 | 96.8 | 69.5

29.245) 88.5 | 96.0 | 69.0

29.251) 88.0 | 95.5 | 74.0

29.229) 87.8 | 95.4 | 73.9

29.301) 87-5 | 98.0 | 71.5

29.339] 86-5 | 99.9 | 78.0

29.279] 88-0 | 96.0 | 73.8

29.183) 87-0 | 98.1 | 78.0

29.153} 91.9 | 101.0 | 79.5

29.279) 91-0 | 95.0 | 77.3

29.205; 90-0 | 91.4 | 77.5

29.229) 90-4 | 94.8 | 71.5

29-255} 84.9 | 94.5 | 73.8

29.239} 88.0 | 92.0 | 71.5

29.405) 87.9 | 91.9 | 73.9

29.387) 88.0 | 93.5 | 70.0

29.319} 86.9 | 92.8 | 75.4

29.341) 87.9 | 92.1 | 76.4

29.305! 90.7 | 97.8 | 81.0

29.335] 88.8 | 95.5 | 77.5

29.375) 89.5 | 98.2 | 80.0

29.335) 90.7 | 100.9 | 78.5

29.345) 90.5.|100.9 | 82.4

29.279| 89.0 |104.2 | 84.6

29-137} 88.9 |102.5 | 81.8

29.149) 89.0 {105.0 | 86.4

29-177) 91.0 |102.9 | 83.4

29.277) 91.1 | 97.5 | 78.6

29-205} 91.0 | 995 | 79.8

29-205) 92.0 | 97.5 | 79.0

29.268) 89.0 | 97.3 | 77.1

Observations at apparent Noon.

Maximum and

Minimum,

. os

g = SIRS

Ss °

EAER Et

Becta

Slee ie

at) Seema els (

i reife. 5

ee ee W.

Aovpultcce aul hire

SRAUE icnes gilt Ne

Shes

re we la Nie

PREM Nt

ays 4 (So We

i ie

4422445 422 3 44449 4

Clear.

Aspect of the Sky.

Ditto.

\— scattered,

Clear.

‘% in zenith,

Clear.

Ditto.

\ in horizon to N. and E.

Hazy.

scattered.

Clear.

Ditto.

\ all over.

Hazy.

O scattered.

Clear,

Ditto.

O scattered.

Clear.

Hazy.

Clear.

Ditto.

Hazy in horizon.

Clear.

Ditto.

| | eee

1853.]

Meteorological Register kept at Agra. 707

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of May, 1853.

pinche gaan IAN RLS ee AER NO EE

Minimum pressure observed at 4 P. M.

‘ g

= =

a. |. 3

1 {29 185

2) 290165

a (29.165

4 |29.155

5 {29.159

6 |29.217

a. 28.255

8 |29.169

9 {29.071

10 |29.079

ll |29 181

12 |29.063

la 129-173

14 |29-179

15 |29 173

16 |29 315

17. ‘| 29 287

18 | 29.245

19 | 29-265

20 | 29.257

21 | 290303!

22 |29.293

Za | 292225

24 | 29-245

Zo. | 2015p

26 |29.085

27 =| 29.057

28 |29.145

29 =| 29.193

30 | 29.059

31 | 29.105

Temperature.

i | en | cr | eee |

Maximum and

Minimum.

Bel # led) | es |e

Se Set s ont 2

° Valea He = Stl es

90.0) 101.5 {80.0} 100.0 |85.0 92.5

90.0| 99.5 |70.5| 99.1 182.5. 90.8

90.0) 99.5 |70.5| 99.1 |84.5' 91.8

88.0| 99.3 |75.0| 98.0 |82.0 90.0

86.6 101.0 |76 2} 99.0 |82.6 90.8

89.1/ 102.1 |77-0/101.0 {82.0 91.5

84.0| 103.9 | 79.9| 102.0 |82.0! 92.0

89.0 102.6 | 79-0/ 102.0 /81.8 91.9

88-1/ 100.6 |78.1} 99.1 |82.0 90.55

91-2/ 100.0 | 80.0} 101.0 {88-5 94.75

91-2) 96.0 |79-5| 95.5 |81-0, 88.25

90-5| 95.6 179-0] 95.5 182.0 88.75

86.5| 97.0 |74.0| 96.6 |82-0) 89.3

83.4) 96.6 |75.5| 96.0 |81.5) 88.75

88.5) 93.6 | 73.0} 94.0 |77.5) 85.75

83.0) 94.8 175.5) 94.2 |77.0) 85.6

87.9| 97.0 | 76.6] 96-0 |77-0| 86.5

87.0| 95.2 |77.0] 94.2 |80.6! 87.4

88.5) 93.0 |77.5| 94-0 |81.6] 87.8

91.4] 99.0 |82.0| 98.8 |84-5) 91.65

90.0| 100.4 | 82.9} 99.8 |85.0] 92.4

90.0 100.3 |81.9| 99.9 | 84.8] 92.35

91.2/102-5 | 78.0|101.0 | 84.7] 92.85

91.8|103 5 |83.7/103.0 |85-0} 94.0

89.91 106.0 |85.0/ 104.8 |86-7| 95.75

89.6] 99.6 |81 5|100.9 |88-0| 94.45

90.9} 107.5 |86,0| 102.0 | 89.0) 95.5

90.2! 90.5 |77.0/107.0 |90 5] 98.75

91.8] 98:3 |79.0| 98.0 |83-9| 90 95

91.8) 101.0 |79 9| 100.0 |86.9| 93.45

91.0) 106.0 |87.0/ 106.0 |87.0| 96.5

89.1; 99.5 |78.6| 99.3 |83.5| 91.40

Rain

Gauges.

SPR liga

Aspect of the |23| os

oe =

Sky. e a ee

= al OF

~q WW] 2

-o| 22

ee set) se

| eS

on =)

}

Ditto veal IN,

Ditto ce |i Wis

Ditto val WW.

Ditto cat) Wis

Ditto ee IN: WL

Ditto Ser fl Ne

\ in zenith we | Ne

VV to W. earl) We

Hazy a few \ to/0.12,N. E.

\W 2 of sky Se S.

scattered W.

Clear os (Ss W.

Ditto . | W.

Ditto . |N.W.

Ditto [of'S.}- 55 )|N\W.

\— scattered 4] .. S.

W~ scattered cee | Wes

Clear ue} | Nw

A few toN. ce |W.

% scattered eel Ne

Clear ce | OW

Hazy eat) We

Clear war it) Whe

Ditto <a | We

Drizzling oa [ Ses

Clear ee | Ni

Ditto ee (NEW.

Ditto E.

ES eeeteiaeeaapeeaieenmmmarton << $$$ $$

708 Meteorological Register kept at Agra. [No. 7.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of June, 18538.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 a. M.

Maximum and

Temperature. NiGhinvum.

8 a 2 Ee : : Aspeet of the Sky,

oO = .° =) =) =} ° =

A g = AS faa] g g |S

3 2 = < 45°} | ft les eae

cs 3S Se Se 2 can iar =

fay pa fe) ° Eisis 4

¥ (29.241! 94.0 | .99;5 | 78:01). uae iiaenalaNy Clear

2 (29.151) 90.0 10220 | 79.50 lt aa Ne Ditto

3 | 29.143) 92.8 |105.8 | 82.0] .. See Ditto

42 |:29.037| 91.5° 1 LOB. 2+) 72:51 aa Lp |) We Ditto

5 |29.067; 92.0 |105.0 ; 73.0] .. | .. | W.| Ditto

6 | 29.053} 91.0 |106.3 | 69.5] .. | .. | W. |. Ditto

7 129.077). 92.0 1106.0 |. 71:04 2! | sod N; Ditto

8 {29.151} 93.0 |101.5 | 71.0 Aha teeta neh Tr Ditto

9 {29.057; 90.8 |106.2 | 73.0] .. | .. IN.w.| Hazy

10 |28.977) 91.0 |104.8 | 81.0 oped (aNe \ scattered

12 |29.067| 92.0 1106.0 | 79.5]... |.. |N. Hazy

13. |29.137| 94.0 |105.0 | 79.0] .. | .. |N. Clear

14 |29,149| 91.0 |106.2 | 77.0 | .. | .. In.w.| Ditto

15 |29,231) 94.0 |102.0 | 80.0}... ].. |N. Hazy

16 |29.279| 94.0 | 93.8 | 80.6] .. | .. In.w.] Ditto

17 29.245] 96.5 86-0 | 80.0] .. Seo. TING VV to N.

1D 129,949)" 9370'| 87.5 Veda ee eee Ine ee to N.

20 | 29.109) 91,5 |..89:4 | 83.6) ..° |). | Be Vw all over

24 1 29.021)°'89.9 448950 |Site: [ee ING \ scattered

22 |28.983} 91.5 | 91.5 | 82.0] .. | .. | E. | “Ww scattered all over

28. #129049) 92 deli OA7 See ie? be Jerks scattered

2h 129,071)| 925 |. 9418 eS 20el ce: ly Oe N: scattered

25 129.033) 92.0 Vy. 9bt0 4 Sa29 Le! fe eel OW. Clear

26 | 29.045) 92.0 | 98.2} 81.5 ].. | .. |In.w.| Hazy

27° | 29.133) 94.0°)-95.5 | 282.5 8) ise Bs ™ scattered all over

28> 129:055| 95.0°). 97.5 {°8hOa~ 3) 4). 1) Be ™ scattered

29 |29.053| 92.4 | 92.4 | 82.0 |.. | .. [n.w.| Ww scattered

30 |29.109| 85.0 | 84.3 | 80.4 | .. | .. | N. Ww all over

Mean. | 29.101} 92.15} 98.27) 78.92) ..

Nore.—The Dry Bulb and Maximum Register do not agree, the former always

reads more than the latter the average difference is 1° 6’ but at times it is far

greater.

1853. | Meteorological Register kept at Agra. 709

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of June, 1853. Latirupe.

Observations at apparent Noon.

Maximum and

Temperature. Wnicndin,

ss og |

8 5 la é lig itae Aspect of the Sky.

: z atl alee hes ee

x ° = <i + hie rae

ws 3S a ea be S fe Lac

A Ain Ol CO) eB ee [Ie

1 |.29.219) 93.5:1205.3 | 082.9 | .. (Joan; (Ney Clear

Z J29.133) 9b.55) 0035) (808. by. chiar JONG Ditto

3 | 29.103) 92.0 | 108.7 | 84.4] .. | .. | W.] Ditto

4 | 29,005) 90.4:4108.7 | (73.4 10,2 |e. | We Ditto

5 |29.009| 92.6./308.2 1073/1}... ) rea |) We | Ditto

& |.29,029) 91.0; ):180.7 1170-51. (lig: | Wie) Ditte

4; 1,29,061|) 91.8:4 90952) (41.9 ities (NG). Ditte

SB 29113) 92.9) /107 Aa iZ 10 ie iliee) NGG). Ditto

9 | 29031} 92.0 |110.5 | 74.0 | .. | .. IN.w.] Hazy

10 | 28.905) 91.0 |104.0 | 81.0 | .. | .. | N. | W scattered

11) | 29,025) 91.0 |108.0 | 79.2] .. | .. [N-w.} Hazy

12 /|29.025} 92.0 |106.9 | 80.5 ]|.,. | .. |N. | Ditto

$5) }29115) 93.2.4507-6).(°79.0 Fs hiee: JIN, |: Clear

14 |29'115| 94.0 |110.0 | 79.0] .. |... |N. | Ditto

15 |291181] 94.5 |105.0 | 81.6]... | .. |N. | Hazy

16 (29.277; 91.0 | 86.0 | 77-5] .. | .. | W.| Stormy

17. |29.229; 89.4] 89.3 | 80-5]... ].. |N. | “eto N.

1g | 29,083} 93.9 | 96.6 | 80-5] .. | .. |N.E.| ™ scattered all over

19 |29,105) 93.4 | 92.4 | 82-4] .. |.. |IN.E.| “to N.

20 |29,089} 92.8 | 90.0 | 84-0] ..+|.. | E. | \ all over

BL +}29/995), 90°84, 90.3): 82-4:4) 0 cle. ON, \— scattered

22 |28.957| 93.0 | 93.5 | 81:5] .. | .. |N.E.| ™ scattered all over

23 + |29,039| 94.0 | 94.6 | 80-9 ld Hrtdta, oi NS Ww scattered

24 (29,039) 92.5 | 95.6 | 83-9] .. |.. | N. | Ditto

25 |29.005| 91.5.) 96.9: | B34 1)..°/. W.| Clear

26 |29.019) 95.0 |100.8 | 81.5 -. IN.W.| Hazy

My N29 OW Aone 97:85 ABZ 7 oh life. ti Be m scattered all over

OB. 425.995 9520), | O98 719 B 25 ys ae - 1 ™ scattered

29 |29.035| 93.6 | 94.0 | 81.1 |... | .. |n.w.] “VW all over

30 |29.089| 87.0 | 87.2 | 82.0] .. | .. |n..] Ditto

Mean. | 29.104; 92.3 {100.6 | 79.6) .. | .. | e ose

710

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

[No. 7

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

menth N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of June, 1853. Lonerrupe.

Minimum pressure observed at 4 Pp. M.

Date.

OOS OP OO Hh =

Temperature. Minimini

sG P e - e

s 2

sie}. | 2 : :

o Cran Chey o ioe} = vo

Fas | nN) lh» perk le clea pe Hm cle

29.123) 96.0) 108.0 | 85.5 | 108.0 |90.0] 99.0

29.061) 93.0} 109.0 | 84.0 | 109.0 | 91.5/ 100.25

29.005] 96.0; 109.0 | 82.5 | 109.0 | 92.3) 100.65

28.929) 92.0/109.9 | 80.5 | 109.2 | 93.5) 101.35

28.959) 94.0'110.0 | 74.5 | 109.4 | 91.4) 100.4

28.965) 93.3/111.6 | 80.0 | 111.0 | 91.3) 101.15

28.995| 94.0)112.0 | 73.0 | 111.3 | 91-7; 101.5

29.005) 92.0/110.4 | 75.6 | 110.0 | 90-5) 100.25

28-901| 92.5) 113.0 | 75.0 | 113.0 | 96-5) 104.75

238-887) 90.5) 110.0 | 80.0 | 109-6 | 98.0) 103.8

28+999/ 92.0, 105.0 | 79.0 | 109-0 | 98-4} 103.7

28-891} 93.0) 104.0 | 81.0 | 107-5 | 99-0] 103.25].

29.031/94.0/111.0 | 79.5 | 109-8 | 95-0) 102-4:

29.035) 94.6)111.0 | 80.0 | 111-0 | 95-5) 103 25

29-077) 96.0) 106.0 |82.0 | 106.0 |97-0/101-5

29-171} 90-2) 93.5 |78.9 | 98.5 |93-3) 95-9

29-125|92.0| 93-4 |79.6 | 83.9 |93-0) 88-45

29 013/95.5| 98.0 |85.0 | 87.5 |97-0] 92-25

29.005] 95.0) 92.0 |82.3 | 93.0 | 85-9] 89-45

28-995| 91-0} 89.6 |82.0 | 91.0 |84:5} 87-75

28.915] 93-0} 93.0 |82.0 | 92.8 |84-4] 88-6

28.9023) 93-0) 94.0 |82.0 | 93.6 |86-6) 90-1

28-973) 93-0} 95.5 |81.5 | 95.0 |86-7| 90.85

28-955) 92-0) 98.0 |84.3 | 98.0 |90-3) 94.15

28-909] 92-0} 99.4 |85.9 | 99.2 |90-6) 949

28.975/ 97-0! 104.0 |83.0 | 103.4 |93-6) 985

29.037| 95-6; 93.9 |84.0 | 94.0 |92-4] 93.2

28.945] 95.5) 94.2 |88.0 | 95.5 |89 0} 92.25

28.9355) 92.7) 91.0 | 79.0 | 95.5 | 85-0} 90.25

29.019] 88.5) 87.9 |82.0 | 92.4 |82-9) 87.65

28 993) 93.3) 101.9 | 81.05) 102.5 | 90.9) 96.7

Maximum and

ee | rm res ee fl

Rain

Gauges.

Biles,

Aspect of the |£ 5) ° 3

Sky. ae 5 BES

S238

ma:

Clear - Se TEN

Ditto be, RNs

Ditto Se ae

Ditto Lo i W..

Ditto eae

Ditto a> AW.

Ditto Ee KN.

Ditto S. W.

Hazy we | |N.We

\ all over DN.

sey oe |NeWe

Ww all over J (EN.

Clear ae. UN.

Hazy ae (EV

Ditto J. (EN.

VW to N. N,W.

Ditto over '0. 18| N.

% scattered all| .. | E.

VW all over 1.02 |N. E.

Ditto [over | .. | N.

“ scattered all| .. | N.-

VW ditto at, IN» Es

n scattered 1; IN:

\- scattered .. | We

Hazy Pm ie

Ditto [over } .. |N.w.

~ scattered all| .. |N.W.

VW all over Joti.

“to S. & W.| .. IN. Ww.

Vw all over 1.05 N.E.

ttle (D2 alec

1853. | Meteorological Register kept at Agra. 711

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of July, 18538.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 a. M.

Maximum and

Temperature. ee ee

Bib oe Re

2 | 8 ieee: Spee ae ies

eee | 2 | 2 ba 4 ee ee

Pea SO leo |e a Sale te

1 |29.077| 89.0) -88.1 | 84.0) .. N

By pos.000) 87.7) *B0.9 0 82.9.4. 20d Ie

3 | 29.135) 89.9 | 88.0 | 84.0] .. Page 2

4 |29.133} 89.5 | 88.3 | 83.6 ae) «fe Bs

5 |29.029) 89.9 | 88.6 | 82.7 S. E.

6 | 29.025) 86.1 | 85.5 | 82.6 S.W.

7, 129.101) 85.4:) 83.5 | 8.5 of aee Sen Bs

6 | 29.069) 87.0: 86.2 |..82.8-) 4, Lull.

9 |29.033) 84.0 | 83.1 | 79.9] . « Do.

10 |28.943|} 86.2 | 86.5 | 80.5 N.W.

AL =}29.011) 82.9.) 79.0 |.-77.9 N.

12, | 29-015) 88.0:) 88.0 |.'83.8.) 1. | N

13 | 29.057}. 86.8 | 86.0 |] 81.7 ie) E

14 |29.069) 87.9 | 88.3 | 81.8] .. . |E

15 | 29,123) 87.0 | 86.6 | 82.5] ,, . |N.E.

16. {29.129 89.5 | 91.1 | 83.6} , eh WV

17 | 29.159): 89.0 | 84.6 |: 82.01) ., . [NW

18 |29.165) 87.0 | 85.6 |. 80.0 | .. 2 TN

19) | 29.155). 84.7) | 83.6 } 79-41 6.04 6.0: (Nw.

20 (29.043; 86.2 | 87.4 | 81-8) ..].. | W

2h, }29.06/|:307.0.3| -87.8 .)) S1.7. 4.) be) W

22 |29.135} 86.0 | 86.0 | 82.9 nor | WY

23 |29.157) 88.3 | 85.4} 81-5 |... 1 .. Is

24 | 29.167}: 86.5 | -83.1 | 80-9)... |. N.

25 =|29.083) 82.0 | 82.0 | 80-4 ont ded fA

26 | 29.105} 84.0 |} 88.7 | 77-5 ~. [Se W

ie)

too)

at .

e°

3.1

28 (29.117) 84.54 85.0.) 78-04 .. . |N.W

29 | 29.185) 86:0 | 85.5 | 78.4.1 » Ww.

30 (29.145) 85.0 | 863 | 78.5 on 4 le Wi.

ob 129.105) 87.0) '87.5.W 76.441... - |N.W

Mean. | 29.095} 86.5 | 85.7} 81.11]...

Aspect of the Sky,

VW to W. \“ toE.

VW all over

\n scattered

all over

VW all over

Ditto

\W in horizon

W scattered

scattered

Ditto

\W all over

Ditto

scattered

Ditto

Raining.

\W all over

Raining.

~™ scattered

Hazy

Ditto

in zenith

Clear

Ditto

712

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

[ No. 7.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of July, 1858.

Temperature. Mianuin’

Pp i ree dag ee

6 jee aes ee

vo a faa) | g |S

| 4 Beal eebeer Nees

So bt Oh etre ae ve

$5.5): 84.2: |. 81.4 2h SEE.

89.0 | 88.0 | 83.2 6 DY oof ee

90.0 | 88.5 | 84.0 watt Ieee

DOD 903! We BAO eM) ace se ae

88.4 88.6 | 84.0 Ss. E.

86.5 | 86.0 | 82.6 i W.

86.04/84. 440 Sia ve Ss. E,

86.6 | 85.0 | 82.7 E.

86.0 | 86.3 |} 80.9 | .. N

86.5 | 86.8 | 80.9 N.W.

83.5.| 79-5 | 77.8 N.

87.0 | 86.7 | 82.8 z N,

87.5 | 87.5 | 81.0 p A E.

89.0 | 89.8 | 81.9 F E.

88.0 | 88.4] 82.7 | .. Sern ES

OL. O45) 1 FB a4Gli Ww.

89.91) ~85s4! | S220 3. - IN.W.

WARS aN ce 7a 81.0 - SNe

85.651 (85.3) 8hsart 2, a OW

88.0 | 88-4 | 81-5] .. W.

SS. OmiisS5) | wales tee, N.W.

8805.1) 88-9. S342.) 24 N.E,

87.8 | 85.6 | 82.0 so (UNGER

87.0.|. 85.4 | 82.0] . ef MIN:.

83.1 | 82.2 | 81.0 N.W

Barometer.

Observations at apparent Noon.

Maximum and

Aspect of the Sky.

Vv all over

VW to N.

V~ all over

\/ scattered

VW all over

Ditto

\- in horizon

\- all over

% scattered

Ditto

\~ all over

Ditto

~ scattered

\W all over

Ditto

Raining

VW all over

Raining

~ scattered

Hazy

Ditto

A in zenith

Clear

Ditto

a i neers

1853. ] Meteorological Register kept at Agra 718

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of July, 1853.

Minimum pressure observed at 4 Pp. M.

Maximum and Rain

Dompenaeare: Minimum. Gauges.

° | Steet

: > ; : Aspect of the |2E\)o-s

Se ait gl vies Sky. 22:5

tee ell a Bled = mS

meee le | 21s) ee 22/33

A a e) fs) > S = = 0 IA

1 |29.013)86.0) 83.0 |80.5| 87.9 |84.0 85.95) “all over 1.07| E.

2 | 28,982/90.6} 90.4 |85.0) 89.5 |81.3, 85.4 | W-toN, 022| E.

3 | 29.029\90.0! 93.9 | 82.9) 92.9 81,4, 87.15} % in horizon a)

4 |29.005/90.1| 89.0 | 83.5} 90.5 |82.9 86.7 | \~ all over 0.37 \s. E.

5 |28.969/89.0| 84.2 | 81.0) 89.0 84.2) 86.6 | Ditto eh IN)

6 |28.995|87.0| 86.5 |82.7| 869 |82.9 84.45] Ditto a 1S We

7 {(29.031/86.5) 85.0 |81-7| 86.0 |80.0 83.0°| Ditto a2 7 | Eo.

8 /|28.985|87.8| 85.0 |78.5) 84.5 |80.4 82.45] Ditto 0.09| E.

9 |28.891/87.0) 86.6 |80.5| 85.9 |78.9| 82.4 | Ditto 0.49| N.

10 |28.905/87.0| 87.5 |81.0) 87.0 |78-8, 829 | Ditto .. |N.W.

11 28 949|86.5| 85.6 |81-9| 85.5 |76-8) 81-15] Ditto 0.24, N.

12 |28.943/88.8) 88.2 |83.9| 87.5 |80-8, 84.15] Ditto BI ING.

13. |28.977/88.9| 89.0 |81.7| 88.6 |82 0) 85.3 | m scattered 0.19| E.

14 /|29.011/89.6) 90.5 | 82.0} 89.3 |82-0) 85.65) \W all over Sa ba DA

15 |29.053/90.7| 90.5 | 83.5) 89.8 |81-8) 85.8 | 1 scattered 0.17| E.

16 | 29.063| 84.0} 94.6 | 84.3) 94.0 |84°5) 89.25 “We to S. ee NEW

LW 29.105|89.5| 84.9 |80.7] 85.5 |82.7) 84.1 | “all over Beat NAW «

18 |29.081/88.0) 86.0 |81-6} 88.4 |81.9) 85-15) Raining Soe NEA.

19 |29.033/87.0| 86.0 | 81.9) 85.6 |81.3) 83-35) VW all over 0.15 |N.w.

20 | 28.957'89.9| 90.3 |82.0| 89.6 |81.0! 85.3 | We to S. ae NNN «

21 28.995|85.5) 84.5 |81.7| 89.6 |82.7| 86.15) Raining 1.57| W.

22 | 29.055/ 83.0) 83.5 |81.0) 89.0 |82.3] 85.65| “all over N22 NG

23 =| 29.079 88.0) 85.0 | 82.1} 90.0 |81.7} 85-85} Ditto 0.72 |N. E.

24 | 29.059) 87.2) 88.0 |83.0| 87.8 |81.5| 84-65) \~ all over 0.32| W.

25 |29.011|/84.5| 85.4 |78.6| 84.5 |81.5} 83-0 | \ in horizon |0.40| W.

26 |29.073)86.7| 85.5 |79.9| 84.5 | 79.8) 82.15) ~ scattered ee Wee

27 | 29.085) 88.0} 86.7 | 79.0) 85.5 |80.0) 82.75) Hazy RU es

28 |29.059|89.1| 88.0 |79.8] 85.5 |79.9| 82.7 | “to N. Si NERY

29 | 29.117|90.0| 89.4 |79.4| 87.0 |80 3} 83.65) Few “scattered | .. |N.w.

30 | 29.069) 91.2) 90.6 |79-1| 88.0 |80.4| 84.2 | Clear see |

3L | 29.027/88.0} 91.0 |80.1} 88.9 |81.9| 85.4 | Ditto wre oN

Mean. eee 88.4) 87.7 |81.4| 87.8 |81.3) 84.6 eienete SE i

714

Meteorological Register kept at Agra. [No-?:

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of August, 1853.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 a. M.

Temperature.

Barometer.

Of Mercury.

Of Air.

Maximum and

a | | |

—— 1 seem

HCMnmDonoaowwnna4a ds

Seuss NG ee eee

—_

~<a

WODMMDDMDDMDDMOMHDMNMO

MOWDDOBDOOCoONCSHN

29.223] 90.2

lo oe oe oe ome 2)

91.4

TOE

Minimum.

Ong

a) 3 &

@ (fell @ Vee

BS te 8 lee

s | aie |ge

eS |= |=

Geo SN ae

79.0 ° Rea ph

78.7 oleae Cy NW.

82.8 |, ooh AW

79:3 Vs os | NW

78:4 1% fe | ee

ForO" 3 N.W.

756 Vee a

Gor 7 Se (i: W.

Pee Oy Ul aso NG

peice Dk Vics Oa ae a le

ORO Oe titre Th Nis

PIT es | We

78.0 | .. . |Nvw.

79.0] .. ae ae

Recon be <1 Ws

TO4 RS 2 | Ne

76.8) | 2. . |NOW.

S21" 2% - |New.

19.0" .2 ee

FSO ae sts” IN wes

TECOUN Ss N.W.

SCs ii es lees uN We

BOO rae OSS NL

Sas | eek NS ee

81.0 es NN

78.5 6 OLN

78.6 a AP acs ef

82.9 oS CUNO,

S2.5.4 *. 3” | bs

81.9 S. E.

Clear

Aspect of the Sky.

~ all over

Clear

Ditto

Hazy to E.

“ scattered all over

\ scattered

ditto

A few — to N,

Hazy

W/W in zenith

~ scattered

Ww all over

Clear

Ditto

Hazy

\ in zenith

\ to South

™ scattered

Ditto

\— scattered in zenith

Clear

Ditto

\w towards S. [all over

Ditto N. E. and “scattered

“ scattered all over

—

1853.]

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

715

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of August, 1853.

Temperature,

- Pp

3 3B me)

ee lg

a i=) S <q »

3 = ra Sy 2

a a) fs) fe) =

1 | 29.119) 88.8 | 89.5 | 78.1

2 |29.183/ 88.6 | 89.7 | 79.0

3 | 29.203) 89.4 | 90.5 | 79.4

4 |29.197| 89.9 | 91.3 | 80.5

5 {29.165} 90.0 | 91.8 | 80.0

6 |29.141] 90.5 91.5 78.2

7 |29.079] 88.9 91,4 75.0

8 | 29.169) 90.2 g2.2 41) 46.6

9 | 29.203] 90.4 | 92.6 | 78.6

“EO” )29.263)' 914) | 93-6 78.6

11 | 29.261) 92.9 93.0 77.5

12 {29.319} 90.8 o252 79.5

13° |29.259| 93.9 96.3 78.8

14 | 29.193) 92.9 96.4 78.0

15 | 29.205) 90.8 | 92.7 78.0

16 29.233] 91.2 93.7 770d

17 | 29.269} 920 | 95.3 77:1

18 | 29.305) 92.0 | 93.0 79-0

-19 | 29.233) 92.0 | 95.3 | 981-0

20 | 29.167! 94.0 98.5 79:4

21 |29.111! 93.9 95.0 79:0

22 |29.135! 93.0 94.7 81:8

23 |29.131! 93.0 95-0 80-2

24 /29.219) 92.5 | 99 2 795

25 |29-235! 95.0 | 93 8 80-3

26 {29-181} 98.9 100.0 81.0

27 +|29-143} 99.8 | 99.8 78-5

28 {29-181| 98.0 97.8 78:3

29 {29.219 937 | 91.9 | 99.5

30 |29.205) 91.8 90.2 81.5

31 29.197) 95.5 | 95.5 82.1

Mean, | 29.199] 92.4 93.8 | 79.2

Observations at apparent Noon.

Maximum and

Minimum,

| Maximum.

| Minimum.

| Di

2424

44224944:

rection of

the Wind.

a5 3

Aspect of the Sky.

Clear

™ all over

" scattered

Clear

Ditto

Few \- scattered

Clear

Hazy to E,

™ scattered all over

scattered

™ ditto

A few —to N.

Hazy

scattered in zenith

™ scattered

\n- all over

™ scattered

Clear

Hazy

\ scattered

™ ditto

Ditto

Clear

Ditto

\W towards N.

™ scattered all over

Ditto

716.

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

[ Now;

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-.

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of Aug. 1853. LonerruDe.

Date.

OOwn ow Oh =

Barometer.

29.085

29.119

29.155

292d

29.099

29.075

29.077

29.109

29.163

29.175

29.193

29.239

29.183

29.095

29.13)

29.205

29-189

29-209

29-145

29-075

29-059

29-079

29.195

29.127

29.079

29-029

29-085

29-155

29-119

29.047

Minimum pressure observed at 4 P, M.

Temperature.

Maximum and

Aspect of the .

Sky.

~~ all over

Ditto

rm scattered

Clear

Ditto

nm scattered

WN scatd. all o’er

Ve scattered

~ ditto

Few ™ scattered

~ all over

% scatd. in Z.

~ scattered

Vw all over

Ve towards E.

Ve to west

Ditto

Few \—scatd.

~ scattered

Ditto

\/ scattered

™ ditto

Clear

Ditto

\W all over

sceatd. all o’er

Ditto

3 Ft.2In. from

| EE | pees | SE | ee ES |

the ground.

Direction of

the Wind.

——esse Gee?

er fr ee Se

29.126

Minimum.

Es H

fle |e 2 he

= < 43 “i i 2}

Cg rar S - o

. OBA) te eS |e

89 0} 89.5 |79.2| 89.7 181.9) 85.8

91.6} 91.6 |79.0) 90.5 |81.9| 86.2

91.0} 91.7 |79.8| 89.4 | 82.5} 85.95

92.5| 93.4 |80.5| 92.1 183.4] 87.8

93.8| 936/80.0) 92.4 183.7] 88.1

91.0; 93.6|77.0| 91.2183 0} 87.1

89.6} 93.0 |76.3) 91.5 | 83.2] 87.4

92.9| 94-0 |76.8) 92.0 | 82.3] 87.15

94.1} 95-1|79 4! 92.7 |83.0] 87.85

94.6| 94.6|79.0) 92.6 |83.4| 87.5

93.0; 94.6 |78.0! 92.4 | 83.6] 88.0

92.0} 93.0 /|80.3) 91-7 | 86.6| 89.15

94.0) 97.4 |79.0| 95-0 | 86.5] 90.75

92.2} 97.8 | 78.6} 95-2 |87.0] 91.1

93.0} 93.9 | 78-4] 95-0 | 86.2! 90.6

94,0} 96.0 |77.8| 95:0 |84.0} 89.5

940! 96.7 |77.7| 94-5 | 83.8] 89.15

93.9) 94.4 /80.2} 93-1 | 83.0] 88.5

93.7} 94.9 |79.5| 94-0 186.5] 90.25

94.0} 100.4 |79.5} 98 2186.8] 92.5

93.0} 97.3 |79.6| 95-1 |88.7] 91.9

93.1/ 95.0 |79.3| 95-2 |86.6| 90.9

94.0| 95.4 |79.5| 95-5 |87 2) 91.35

93.0) 92.6 |79.5) 95-2 |85.0| 85.1

99.5} 96.6 78.9! 95-0 |84.0] 89.5

101.0] 101.4 | 82.0) 101°6 | 83.5] 92.55

105.7; 103.2 | 81.9} 103-0 | 87.3] 95.15

105.0} 102.7 | 80.6) 101°7 |86.2} 93.95

87.8) 83.5 |79.1] 101-9 | 87.2] 94.55

98.0} 95.2 | 81.8} 101°5 | 86.2] 93.85

101.6} 100.0 | 82.9} 101-8 | 81.2} 91.0

94.4; 95.2/79.4| 94.7 |84.7| 89.7

1853. | Meteorological Register kept at Agra. 717

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment NN. W. P. Agra, for the Month of September, 1853.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 a. M.

Maximum and

Temperature,

Minimum.

E 3 c @ lhe ae Aspect of the Sky.

eee |e lear er eee |

3 g = < eal bee hoe hoe

xs 3 Cee Chey o SS -- |.

fan ea] fo) fe) a Ue ei

1 |29.279| 96.0 | 95.4 | 82.4] .. E. ™ scattered

2 129.231) 95.6) 95.02|-:84.0 |)... | J. YN. el) Ditte

a eee2ts) 94.0915 93,001 82.0. |)... | ve (ss me.) 6 Ditto

eae 73) 9 ait) 92.0 pe S16. |i we. le eet! Be \— scattered

eee rte 90.8 1912312 Ooed. | seu |i taf! Be ™ ditto

eo rl 9 2e 7a -93.2") 180.4. | 251 oe Now. (Clear

229139) OVO OL.44 A854. | ee News) Hazy

8° |29.173!' 90.0 | 90.4 | 78.0] .. | .. |n-w.| . Clear

9 |29.201) 88.0 | 88.6 | 76.7 | . .. |N-w.| Ditto

VO) '29.239| 87.9)\-88.3%| 76.4 |... «. IN-w.| Ditto

i 9.173), 86.8 |-87 54) 76.2. |). oe ING Ditto

12 |29.223) 89.0; $9.6 | 76.5 |] .. | .. IN.w.| Ditto

13. | 29.257). 91.7 |- 91.9 | 77.0 | ...| .. |n.w.| -“ scattered

1297503), 92:04) -92.7 9) 975.3) |. oe ee IN. w.| . Clear

Pe 2ota2)| 92.5 93.30.75.0 | oe .- |N.w.| Ditto

16 |29.341) 92.0 |} 92.2 | 75.6 ‘ . |N.W.| ™ scattered

17. ‘| 29.369) 91.0 | 91.8 | 75.3 ‘ n.wW.| Ditto

18 |29.385| 89.4 | 90.2 | 74.9 | .. | .. |nN.-w.| Clear

19 |29,367| 90.0 | 90.5 | 76.5] .. | .. |N.w.| ™ scattered

20 |29.373) 89.0 | 89.5 | 76.5 | .. | .. |n-w.,. Ditto

21 |29.377| 88.0 | 88.6 | 75.0 | .. | .. InN.-w.| Clear

29 | 29.385) -8$9.5-)4 69.69) 075-4 | cee b ae” | N scattered

23 129.397) 90.0 | 90.5 | 76-4] .. se Now. Clear

24 |29,341) 90.7 | 91.4 | 75:0] .. «- |N.W.| Ditto

25) }291329)- 92.0%) 92.371.°76.8 | oe | vet (N.E,| | Ditto

26 -}29.311| 91.7% 1-92.8 1 79.4 |. < .. |S. E.| Ditto

ae 29.257) 92%) 93.0 4. 7402 Five -. (s.w.| Ditto

ae § 129.26) 9026 19125 We 72-0 | oat fee JIN. El VDitto

29 (29.277), 88.9 | 89.5% 976:4° |. ow -| wo lS, Eel’ » \ towards’ E,

30 |29.313} 88.6 | 88.8 | 78.0 | .. | .« | W.| \“ few scattered

eee | eee | | | — | fl ere |

Mean, | 29.285} 90.78) 91.19|97.40] .. | .. |... ntsc

718 Meteorological Register kept at Agra. [ No. 7.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of Sept. 1853.

Observations at apparent Noon.

Maximum an

Temperature. aximum and

Minimum.

. a y ‘ j ro < Aspect of the Sky.

3.) 8 JU ie a eee

: g o = jaa 3g SS tas

Ege ioe eae a Bete

a a ) .) So) Sule Wea

1. | 29.229) 97.5 | 97.3 |} 83.5 Sloe n- scattered

2 |29.205) 95.9 ! 94.8 | 84.0) .. . (N.z.| Ditto

3 |29.197) 95.8 | 95.8 | 81.5 ).. 1... (n.w.} Ditto

4 > |,29,258)), 9268) -94,0.17.82.0) | 4.0 sa. Be % all over

5 (29. 23)) Sera) “92.5 I BS.0 Wed? cece Be \n- all over

6 {|29,141] 95.6 | 96.7 | 79.0 | .. | .. [N.w.| \“— scattered

J. \29. 128) 95.00): 95.5) 679.5, |... 21) ve Nowa), lazy

8 |29,147| 93.9 | 94.5 | 78.9 | .. | .. |N.w.| ‘“—very few scattered

9 {29.201} 91.6 | 92.5 | 78.0] .. | .. In.w.] scattered

10 |29.231) 91.4 | 91.8 | 74.9 | .. | .. [~.w.} Clear

TL 29.450) GLOW OL Ge Wi GO-Aulin: Salt Wh Ditto

12. (29,215) 93.0: |) 93.94) 75.6 |) . .. |N.w.| Ditto

13. 129.247) 94.8 | 95.4 | 76-4 ].. | .. |n.w.| \“ scattered

14. }29:297| 96-7.) 97.80) 7504. .. (N.w.| Clear

15 |29.315| 96.0} 96.8 | 74.8! . eo aIN well “eDitto

16 |29 323} 95.0 95.9 | 75-6 N.w.| Ditto

17. |29.359| 93.0 | 93.1 | 73.8] .. | .. |New.| \ scattered

18 |29,.365| 92.3 | 92.0 | 75.0] .. | .. |new.| Clear

19 |29.325) 94.5 | 94.5 | 74.3 | .. | .. |N-w.] ™ scattered

20 }29.357| 91-2 |: 91.50) .75.4 | 2.) va cin-w.| Ditto

92 |29.355| :91-5.|.924 | 74.5 | .. |... IN.w.| Ditto

93 |29.373| 92-5 | 93.0:| 76.4 | ., -» IN.W-| Ditto

94 129.315) Ola (9.00) S745 fee Sines): eat “ditto

25 |29.305| 95-8 | 96.0 | 74.5] .. | .. |N.£.] “% in horizon towards E.

96. (29.267) 94.6) 4 98.261 94.9 Too odee. fb B Clear

97° 199,935), 94 4094S UF4G. Pie ee te Ditto

98 129.237| 930 N94 7 el 727 ts is ar Ditto

29 |29.237| 92:7 |-93.0:| 76.7 N.w.| Ditto

80 =|:29:303) 92:0 +025.) 78.6 bcc: | dent Wi \ few scattered

—

Mean, | 29.263 wise 942906) 77 OO) oh as Alen eves

1853. | Meteorological Register kept at Agra. 719

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of Sept. 1853.

Minimum pressure observed at 4 Pp. M.

Maximum and Rain

Denipebatares Minimum. Gauves.

° = © | et

: b : Aspect of the |2 2) os

s 2 2 q g Sky. 2 2le:5

Bjas | sie | ealie aS

Bee 12 | = ike eee. 8 selec

fa 9 fe) } S = = = a i=

1 29.111) 99.6) 98.91 83.5} 99.1 g1.3. 90.2 | ~ scattered dig cls

2 {29.111} 94.8] 90.6} 80.2) 99.9 | 85.5 92.65) WW all over oo.

3 129.133] 94 2) 91.9} 81.5} 91.0 | 82.6 86.8 | Ditto a a oe

a 429.159)" 92.3) 92.0 | S1.9|- 93.2 82.0, 87.5 | Ditto a es

5 129.153] 94.0) 93.7] 83.0} 93.3} 83.9, 88.4 | Ditto a i oe

6 |29.041/100.8] 101.5 | 79.6| 99.4 | 83.0 91.2 | Clear ba Te WW

7 | 29.033/100.0} 101.0} 79.8] 100.8 | 85-9 93.15) Hazy [scatd.| .. |N.w.

8 |29.125| 97.3) 98.5| 79.6) 98.8 | 82-0, 90.4 )\- very few] .. [N.w.

9 |29.145] 96.0} 96.0] 78.0} 99.0 | 81-9 90.0 | ~ scattered we |N.W.

10 |29.161] 96,0} 95.8| 76.6) 94.9 | 79-0) 86.95) Clear ae sh

11 |29.133) 96.4; 96.2| 76.6) 95.1 | 80-0) 87 55) Ditto Jo. (NOW

12 |29.195| 97.0] 96.6} 76.0) 97.0 | 80-0} 88.5 | Ditto ws. [Ne Wie

13 |29.137| 97,0} 97.2| 76.5} 96.0 | 80-0} 88.0 |W all over de RAN

14 |29 237] 99.0] 99.0] 76.0) 97.9 | 83-9] 90.9 | Ditto aig PING Wie

15 | 29.245} 99.4! 98.6! 75.0] 98.0 | 82-8) 90.4 | Clear oe |N.We

16 | 29.237] 98.5} 98.7| 77.5! 97.5-| 82-3) 90.15)“ towards E.| .. | ..

17 |29.251] 97.6) 97.9] 74.0} 98-0 | 82.3) 90.15! scattered J.) We

18 |29.301] 96.3} 93.7 | 76.0} 95.3) 81.0) 88.15} 7 all over N.wW

19 |29.263] 95.0) 94.5] 75.6) 95-3 | 82.0! 88.65] ~ scattered we |N.We

20 |29.267| 94.0) 92.5] 76.5}: 92.0 | 81.0) 86.5 | Ditto ee |N.W

21 |29.279| 94.0| 92.4] 76.1) 92.0 | 81:5} 86.75} Ditto Mo) RUNS

22 |29,.295| 94.1) 94.8] 74.4} 93.8 | 81.3! 87.55! Ditto se Ye Wie

23. |29.297| 96.7! 97-4] 76.2}. 95.8 | 81-5} 88.65] Ditto he WN.

24 |29.237| 94.7) 98-2] 74.5] 96.5 | 82-0} 89.25] 1 ditto e. WAN.

95 |29.235| 98.0} 98.5| 75.0}: 97.3 | 82:8) 90.55|°- in horz. to-| .. | N.

26 (29175) 99.1} 98.0] 79.0) 97.0 | 83.0) 90.0 | Clear[wardsE,| .. | E.

27 |29.111| 98.6} 97.9] 75.0} 97.6 | 83.0) 90.3 | Ditto aay Nuee

28 |29.171| 97.6} 98.0] 72.9] 97.9 | 81.0) 89.45] Ditto Cy tiie

29 |29.191) 95.5} 96.1] 78.5) 98 4 | 82.8) 90.6 | Ditto Ge EW.

30 |29.237| 98.5} 98.5] 78.4) 97.2 | 81-6) 89.4 | Ditto be [Ncw

Eee ae

Mean. | 29.189)/96.63| 96.53 |77.48| 96.50/82.06| 89,28 asies oe. j/fiuee

et ee | ee

720 Meteorological Register kept at Agra. [No. 7.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of October, 1853.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 a. M.

Maximum and

Mean. | 29.482) 81.5 | 82.2 | 69.1

Temperature. tiem

s Z e s¥% 4 3 Aspect of the Sky.

; z + | ge) St eae Sie

Site | = | 2 oo eee ee

GS iim |°O | 68 BR San ia

I 4:29:527). 89.0 1.89.2 ZO.2 a | . Nak Clear

2 129.265) - 93:0 |93.6<1, 7.0) i oo dl ae Ditto

S [2o.eco| 90.6 4591 Ga 742.440 a aa.) AINE Ditto

4 |29.343) 90.5 | 90.5 | 74.2 | .. | .. |N.E.| ™ scattered

5. “(20:311) $8.0 1.88.3.) 79.5 .. |N-E.| \ all over

G | 29.299) 79.0 | .78.2 |. 75.0 .<) Ae Ditto

Z || 29,091) «75.9 ie75.ocls 94.08 1.8) Ives ol a5. Raining

A A a a ee Oe ee ee nO eg V~ all over

9 129.411) 76.4.) (76.6.)) 74.04 6 da. sIN.w-| Ditto

10 |29.505) 75.5 | 76.0 | 72.0] .. | .. |N.w.| % scattered

1] 29.573) 78.9 |.79.6-1. 73.001 .. . IN.w.| Clear

12 29.445) 82:5.1.--83.3.|) 0.04 6) bm e sSeW.e Ditto

13. 129.447), 82.2 | 89,5... 6S bal |. etl Ev « Ditto

14 |29.497| 80.0 | 80.6 | 68.2] .. |.. |N-w.| | Ditto

15 |29.549| 80.0 | 81.0 | 66.0] .. | .. [N.w.| Ditto

16. "| 29-580) 81.2 | 61.7 > 68.00) 1.4 13s] W. |= Ditto

17. {29.599} 82.5 | 83.0 | 66.0 d ciel aves Ditto

18 |29-.569| 81.6 | 82.6 | 66.4 | SAAN: Ditto

19 [29-381] 48.4 77.7930. Go.08l 2. soho olNewal ») Ditto

20 ~(29-507| 78.234 79.04) 64.05) ). acd. . Ditto

21 °429-027| 79.0:)S0.2-4, 63.30) |... W.| Ditto

92 |29-499| 84.6 | 85.0 | 63.4 Pe ee Ditto

23 |29-517| 79.6 | 80.6 | 66.6 | .. soleil ae Ditto

24 |29-559| 79.5 | 81.0 | 67.4] .. | .. | W.| Ditto

25 (29-529) 79.6.) 80.7. |, 67.0.| .# 1+...) |S«Ws|~ Ditto

26 |29-511| 81.0 | 82.5 | 64.8 é E W. Ditto

99 “120:634|. 80.5:1 481-50) OF -O8l ios ties: Ditto

28 |29-635| 79.8 | 80.9 | 66.0 | onal OW Oly SD tto

29 |29-599| 79.0 | 80.9 | 66.0 | .. ~e |N.wW.| Ditto

30 | 29-593) 82.2 | 83.0 | 67.0 oe W.!| Ditto

31 |29-617| 81.5 | 82-8 | 69.0] .. ee |N. Ww. - Ditto

1853.]

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

721

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of Oct. 1853.

Date.

OOnnwr DN —

Observations at apparent Noon.

Maximum and

Minimum,

| Maximum,

| Minimum,

Direction of

the Wind.

4442 4422929224"

g444a%

Temperature,

‘ >

B S S

ae | 2) 2

Bio. || Oo) | se

P9289) 9320.) 9356) | 72.4

29501) 95.2 po9505! [971.5

29.245; 93.0 | 93.3 | 75.0

29.307; 93.0 | 93.5 | 74.8

29.273) 90.0 | 88.7 | 79.2

29,259) 80.1 | 79.5 | 75.8

29.173) 75.9 | 75.5 | 73.5

29.337| 78.9 | 78.6 | 75.5

29.393) 78.0 | 78.5 | 74.2

29.489] 79.9 | 800 | 72.9

29.503} 81.0 | 81.6 | 73.0

29.415} 85.5 | 835.5 | 70.5

29.421) 85.2 | 85.5 | 68.1

29 479} 83.1 | 83.5 | 69.0

29.831) 82.5 | 83.5 | 66.5

29.567) 84.0 | 85.5 | 68.3

29,559} 85.0 | 85.6 | 668

29.551] 83.5 | 84.3 | 67.9

29.511} 83.0 | 84.0 | 63.4

29.499} 84.1 | 85.4 | 64.6

29.503) 84.8 | 86.0 | 64.1

29.469} 86.0 | 87.2 | 64.7

29.505} 85.0 | 86.1 | 67.0

29.517) 83.8 | 84.5 | 69.7

29.505| 84.0 | 84.7 | 67.8

29.493) 84.8 | 85.5 | 65.5

.29.607| 84.0 | 85.0 | 67.2

29.605} 86.0 | 87.2 | 66.1

29.557] 85.0 | 86.4 | 67.0

29.559} 84.0 | 85.0 | 67.0

29.450) 84.7 | 85.3 | 69.5

Aspect of the Sky.

Few —

Clear

Ditto

scattered

—SSSe SS

o~ scattered.

Vw all over

Ditto

Raining

Vv all over

Ditto

Clear

Ditto

722 Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Govern-

ment N. W. P. Agra, for the Month of Oct. 1853.

Minimum pressure observed at 4 Pp. M.

4 Maximum and Rain

Temperature. Migimiam , Gites:

ty We Aspect of the Se Os

S 5 2 g g Sky. ye 5 Ss =

o = e s =) 3 PE Ie)

ae |) Bel ee es 8 ogee ae a PSE

3s S = < + i aa 3 se ees

3 Ga See Co Ss = o Sa ome =| cern

a 1} Oh OS | ie Ae Se Eh eee) oe 0 1G

1 | 29.171/96.0) 96.4 | 72.7) 98.2 |79.0| 88.6 | Few \— scattered KE.

2 |29.237/ 96.8} 97.1 | 71.8) 96.0 |79.0| 87.5 | Clear wet | WV

3. | 29.251] 96.7) 96.9 |73.4| 955 |86.5} 910 | ~ scattered vs) (Ni BE,

4 |29.247/95.0| 95.4 | 74.4) 94,0 |86.5} 90.25] Ditto Se IN. E,

5 | 29-263) 93.0) 93.4 |82.7| 94.0 |89.0} 91.5 | Wall over ee. INS Ee

6 | 29-241) 83.5}| 540 | 76.0) 84.0 {81.0} 82.5 deviate ee) | OL,

7 |29-101) 76.4] 75.7 | 74.5) 76.6 | 74.0) 75.3 | Raining Hei | EG,

8 | 29-339) 77.8) 77.5 | 74.9) 79.0 |73.5| 76.25) \“ all over ted 1 NV

9 | 29-371) 78.8] 79.1 |74.8] 80.5 |73.9] 77.2 | Ditto er NW

10 | 29-443) 83.8} 84.0 | 74.5} 82.2 |69.U| 75.6 | % scattered oe (NW,

11 | 29-389| 87.2} 87.6 |73 6| 85.6 |68,8| 77.2 | Clear ae |) We

12 | 29-381/89.3) 89.6 |70.0| 87.9 |71,2| 79.55| Ditto o- |N.W.

13. | 29-387/90.4| 90.0 |70.9| 88.9 |71.5|} 80.2 | Ditto ae |W.

14 |29-459/ 88.0) 87.2 |67.0) 88.2 |68.9) 78.55] Ditto a= Wee 38

15 | 29 503/87 0} 86-7 |66.6) 88.0 |69.0) 78-5 | Ditto N.W.

16 |29-527/88.4| 88.6 |68.7| 88.5 |69°0| 78.75] Ditto N.W.

17 | 29.525] 88.5] 88.8 |68.0) 87.4 |73.6| 80-5 | Ditto Ww.

18 | 29-489| 89.0; 89.0 |68-9|} 87.6 |73.0| 80.3 | Ditto .- IN.W.

19 | 29.429] 88.8) 88.2 |65.0} 87.0 |67.0| 77.0 | Ditto oe | OW

20 | 29.453; 89.5) 89.9 |65-0| 87.2 |67.3]) 77.25] Ditto .. |N.W.

21 | 29.455) 90.0} 90.5 | 64.5] 88.2 (67.2) 77.7 | Ditto oie | AV

22 | 29.435) 91.1) 91.4 | 68-0) 89.4 |67.0} 78.2 | Ditto os |N.W.

3 | 29.467|90.0} 90.6 | 68.3) 88.9 |71.6) 79.95} Ditto ee | NW:

24 | 29.465] 89.5) 90.1 |69-1) 88.0 | 70.5} 79.25] Ditto skate NGA

25. | 29.455) 90.0) 90.5 |/69-0} 88.5 |70.5| 79.5 | Ditto ston | Ws

26 | 29.459) 90.8) 91.6 |69.0! 89,2 |69.9| 79.55] Ditto Beil Noe

27 =| 29.569] 90.5; 91.0 |67.9] 89.4 |73.5| 81.45] Ditto ae) Se

28 =| 29.553) 91.0} 91.3 |67.0} 90.5 | 71.0) 80 75) Ditto Ser (NAVs

29 | 29.507/ 90.3, 90 6 | 68.0} 89.6 |71.0} 80.3 | Ditto Ne NSW

30 | 29.477) 88.5) 89.4 |67 5} 884 |69.0) 78.7 | Ditto oe)

31 | 29.527) 88.0) 88.0 |70.0] 87.5 |68.5} 78.0 | Ditto -. |N.W.

Mean. | 29.406}88.8} 89.1 | 70.4] 88.2 |72.5| 80.54

pew es

ie |

I y

bare

‘

Py 4, b,

Hele

i) Xi

inl!

Pe Mie

eidiaie

ri ares

seer

ve ors

FAOPF wees

iSite rest

rer yy

iecpetor

wed Brass

pte

‘]

ert

ett

ees

ree

Pebith teh

Pape ee ars

pobreene

eh ets

444

eet

Pb be Pr Pemed

ie braze ene

parece pate

és

agree

tare

i a3

)

anaes

Hrehrips

et tise

Titty t+

Sah ay Je

ran alale Dee

ae asmeeteus i

4+ Ae

Shope oe Boe oe

rer ere rest

BSP obs be

seteeetats

rhe bet:

Mitsasr hat

. 4 ~

mat feted or *

tard oe Be Py ey

it *

;

Ome ehee be B-F

SEDO RG Oho PER Yeh m ih 8 *

tiehsce se Cees

Jat ashes

eiteitetctaees

Reb tek =

Sse

tert ee Pee

fepoh ae

eee

Ee Riise

Bea, r

eae

Pot oH =

Hy aH

“pe

aed

on ae

oer

738

TUES

eek

ors

‘

peest

iteeees

RE em

eenee

reste

Heat

Bites

bene p

geatateties

o) Bi gsaires

tet

eee!

é evra

boee

had

tee

See

aie

sent

peice

Su Bee ame

Sere

Sela Setae ;

pla ea

veer

Greens

‘a

bale

Big

Peta et ys

‘ay

ee Re

wipers

44.

= ere

are

ote wat

FT) Pakl badd odd eee

wee 4

denemes

BLO re heidi: i

SBME R Om pew nk whan

bib n=

= = ie

zee

= br b=

e-f=n"¥

Oxbow ge

rhew~ Tt

ee hk eae a

trectsestcee!

She hew ark

Ree He wt eh Ae

=e Fens

Cees mer mad ey

Srkegehogers-

. fre Rintack

AH dee Sid

itr yo et a Tota

Se hOOEh Shah he

a ee Lt es

mek ce

“ie

oh em ee «

+e Ree P= KK oe

» Bray t= Mroes

ius

secre ee

pews mee

bed bes be Rede |

Solem Ga

°@

Prmth wee

yn teria ho OS bs @

Rew lbs we De

Bets

Pew. wee

Bey

Ce ee r

oa Ata r fre be mere acee &

oe rites

pad

Bee

Be BB

hee

ita mes

yee we

Pew rt

“eae

-o

: veep

Perit atc

greresecpibe

Spey

ad tt 4

Odie Se Gham G

a de

pe he fe

reeispee

net

tebe:

ne (Siayer sae

ere e Tia ete»

Coa fe

ere

Cae oe

;

proese

= fe @

B= Boks enews

aeic bee

ann

Be hn @(Or bets

® Bom

enh =

aera

peecheees

Ls >

at oe

sheer ceres

1) rs -74

Sheeterk rience

atest

epratetater

Patan

Benepe

are ea

e -

grey e we

J ° < bs PP?) thecarecacaes

ye oR a

eet. it 2.250879, 2

bes

. >

ape peeee seep “nee #-=9 te

4 be ts App Pa

"a Cizare b) Oreuk-

ates Cpt ere na eee

te tr

= Nd

hie

adeGere ae

A-e ow ee

eh eee aw:

pe irecneeoe ct

t= hte e

tas

cree

fe: Rem ye

Gr bremce Bee

teen

= 8° 8) Few

SEsorarece

- =

eu tml ewe

bad

“ele

met